A FINAl^CIAL  GIBEALTAE. 


THE  NATIONAL  BANK  OF  COMMERCE  IN  ST.  LOUIS. 

The  printing  of  this  volume  had  just  been  finished  when  the 
announcement  was  made,  that  the  Continental  National  Bank 
had  been  merged  into  the  National  Bank  of  Commerce.  We 
speak  of  these  two  banks  on  page  159  and  page  172  respectively 
and  will  add  here,  that  by  this  consolidation  the  National  Bank 
of  Commerce  has  become  one  of  the  giant  financial  institutions  of 
the  United  States,  its  capital-  amounting  to  seven  million  and 
its  surplus  also  to  seven  million  dollars,  making  a total  of  four- 
teen millions.  As  the  new  Board  of  Directors  is  composed  of 
members  of  the  two  former  boards  and  the  officers  remain  as 
before,  there  will  be  no  change  in  the  policy  and  management  of 
the  institution,  which  will  be  conducted  upon  the  same  sagacious, 
progressive  and  libei’al  basis  as  heretofore. 


AND 


Iron 

Mountain 

Route 


KNOWN  AS  THE, 


: 


Great  Southwest  System 

Connecting  the  Commercial  Centers  and  TOf 

Rich  Farms  of JTiiOOUUIti) 

The  Broad  Wheat  and  Corn  Fields  and  1/' A IWC  A C 
Thriving  Towns  of XaXAllwxaOy 

The  Fertile  River  Valleys  and  Trade  Cen-  NEBRASKA, 

The  Grand,  Picturesque  and  Enchanting  OD  A TWl 

Scenery  and  the  Famous  Mining  District  of 

The  Agricultural,  Fruit,  Mineral  and  Tim-  A ‘pi/  A IMC  A Q 
her  Lands  and  Famous  Hot  Springs  of  . . xAIill/AllOrlOy 

The  Beautiful  Rolling  Prairies  and  Wood-  IIUTtT  A AT 
lands  of  the iililiiill 

s ^ TERRITORY, 

The  Sugar  Plantations  of  . . LOUISIANA, 

The  Cotton  and  Grain  Fields,  the  Cattle  T'H'YAQ 
Ranges  and  Winter  Resorts  of 1 £/A.r\0, 

Historical  and  Scenic  . . . OLD  and 

^ ^ NEW  MEXICO 

ular  Winter  Route  to  . . ARIZONA  and 

^ ^ CALIFORNIA. 


FOR  DESCRIPTIVE  AND  ILLUSTRATED  PAMPHLETS.  LAND  FOLDERS,  ETC., 
ADDRESS  COMPANIES’  AGENTS. 


C.  G.  WADNED, 

Second  Vice-President, 


DUSSELL  HARDING,  H.  C.  TOWNSEND, 

Third  Vice-Pres’t  and  Gen’l  Mgr.,  Gen’l  PassT  and  Ticket  Agent, 
ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


CITY  OFFICE,  S.  E.  COR.  6TH  AND  OLIVE  STS. 


MERCANTILE, 


INDUSTRIALS^  PROFESSIONAL 
SAINT  LOUIS. 


E.  D.  KARGAU. 


ILLUSTRATED. 


ST.  LOUIS,  MO.: 

NIXON-JONES  PTG.  CO.,  PRINTERS. 
BECKTOLD  PTG  AND  BOOK  MEG.  CO.,  BINDERS. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Congress 
In  the  OfDce  of  the  Librarian  of  Congress,  Washington,  I).  C. 


THE  FLOWERS  COLLECTION 


7 7.. 


TO  THE 

MERCHANTS  AND  MANUFACTURERS, 

THE  BUSINESS  AND  PROFESSIONAL  MEN, 

Whose  energy  and  ability,  enterprise  and  perseverance  have 
made  our  City  what  it  is,  and  to  whom  St.  Louis  owes 
its  growth  and  prosperity,  its  position  and 
prominence  among  the  great 
cities  of  America, 

THIS  WORK  IS  DEDICATED. 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2015 


https://archive.org/details/merchantileindus01karg 


INDORSEMENTS 


The  work  of  our  fellow-citizen,  Mr.  E.  D.  Kargau,  deserves 
special  recognition  and  support.  His  connection  with  the  daily 
press  of  this  city,  covering  a period  of  more  than  forty  years, 
afforded  him  exceptional  opportunities  for  information  regarding 
our  financial,  commercial  and  manufacturing  interests  and  his 
book  will  prove  of  great  value  to  all. 

We  therefore  cordially  recommend  his  enterprise  to  the  consid- 
eration and  hearty  assistance  of  our  business  community. 

The  foregoing  bears  over  two  hundred  signatures,  including:  — 


E.  L.  Adreon. 

M.  Kotany. 

Altheimer  Rawlings  Inv.  Co. 

Wm.  H.  Lee. 

F.  W.  Biebinger. 

Wm.  J.  Lemp. 

C.  F.  Blanke. 

Edward  Mallinckrodt. 

Otto  Bollman. 

Estill  McHenry. 

Jos.  W.  Branch. 

C.  F.  G.  Meyer. 

Robt.  S.  Brookings. 

E.  F.  W.  Meyer. 

Adolphus  Busch. 

Geo.  H.  Morgan. 

Murray  Carleton. 

Chas-.  Nagel. 

Gustav  Cramer. 

T.  K.  Niedringhaus. 

Alex.  N.  DeMenil. 

Wm.  D.  Orthwein. 

Edw.  Devoy. 

Peter  J.  Pauly,  Sr. 

Wm.  Druhe. 

Louis  Renard. 

C.  Marquard  Foster. 

Clark  H.  Sampson. 

Joseph  Franklin. 

Alex.  H.  Smith. 

Louis  Fusz. 

Marshall  S.  Snow. 

G.  W.  Galbreath. 

Otto  F.  Stifel. 

August  Gehner. 

Wm.  Taussig. 

Morris  Glaser. 

Chas.  H.  Teichmann. 

Henry  C.  Haarstick. 

Chas.  F.  Vogel. 

Richard  Hospes. 

Festus  J.  Wade. 

R.  R.  Hutchinson. 

C.  P.  Walbridge. 

Anthony  Ittner. 

Julius  S.  Walsh. 

Breckenridge  Jones. 

C.  M.  Woodward. 

L.  D.  Kingsland. 

W.  H.  Woodward. 

Caspar  Koehler. 

Wulflng,  Dieckriede  & Co. 

■j: 


PEEFACE. 


This  work,  published  at  the  suggestion  of  many  prominent  rep- 
resentatives of  our  financial,  mercantile  and  manufacturing 
interests,  most  of  whom  have  known  the  writer  for  more  than 
forty  years,  makes  no  pretension  to  completeness,  but  it  may 
nevertheless  be  considered  a modest  contribution  to  our  local 
history,  a true  picture  of  our  development  and  a faithful  mirror 
of  what  Saint  Louis  does  in  the  field  of  industry  and  commerce. 

The  annexed  table  of  contents  shows  the  subjects  of  which  this 
volume  speaks,  and  a carefully  prepared  index  will  greatly 
facilitate  the  finding  of  the  desired  information.  In  placing  the 
result  of  his  labor  — the  work  of  one  since  many  years  deprived 
of  his  eyesight  — in  the  reader’s  hands,  the  author  does  so  in  the 
hope  that  it  will  meet  with  general  approval  and  give  satisfaction 
to  all  concerned. 


E.  D.  Kargau. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

[For  index  see  end  of  volume.] 

History  of  St.  Louis 13 

The  Louisiana  Purchase 42 

The  History  of  our  World’s  Fair 45 

Plan  and  Scope  of  the  Exposition 52 

World’s  Fair  Officers,  Directors  and  Committees . 55 

The  World’s  Fair  Grounds  and  Buildings 59 

World’s  Fair  Architects 82 

Eads  Bridge  and  Tunnel 82 

Union  Station  86 

The  Merchants  Bridge 89 

Terminal  Railroad  Association 91 

Merchants  Exchange 92 

History  of  St.  Louis  Mills 97 

Milling  and  Flour  Trade 101 

Grain  and  Flour  Export  and  Grain  Trade 113 

Produce,  Fruit,  etc 120 

Meat  and  Provision  Trade 124 

Cotton  Exchange 127 

The  Cotton  Trade 128 

History  of  the  St.  Louis  Real  Estate  Exchange 132 

The  Real  Estate  Trade 134 

Stock  and  Bond  Exchange 148 

Financial  Institutions,  Banks 157 

Trust  Companies 180 

Fire  and  Life  Insurance 188 

Railroads 206 

Ocean  Passenger  Traffic 213 

Coal  and  Coke 215 

The  Lumber  Trade  231 

(10) 


— 11  — 


Sashes,  Doors  and  Blinds 245 

Furniture,  Office  and  Store  Fixtures 251 

Carpets,  Curtains,  etc 260 

Wooden  Ware 263 

Cooperage 267 

Cars,  Carriages,  etc 270 

The  Saddlery  Trade 275 

Agricultural  Machines  and  Implements 277 

Metal  Industry  and  Trade 283 

Foundries  and  Machine  Works 289 

Stoves  and  Furnaces 300 

Butchers’  Supplies 303 

Hinges,  Nuts  and  Bolts 305 

Machine  Saws 307 

Architectural  Iron  Works 308 

Leather,  Tanning  and  Belting 313 

Transmitters  of  Power  — Pulleys . 315 

Electric  Manufacture 319 

Bricks  and  Tiles — 323 

Lime  and  Cement 328 

Roofing 329 

Street  and  Sewer  Construction 331 

Architects 332 

Dentistry 337 

The  Musical  Profession 339 

Musical  Instruments  and  Sheet  Music 371 

Commercial  Colleges 378 

The  Paper  Trade  380 

Booksellers,  Printers,  Engravers  and  Binders 384 

Publishing  Firms 403 

Advertising  Agencies 406 

Dry  Plates  and  Photographers’  Supplies 409 

Opticians’,  Artists’  Supplies,  etc 416 

Physicians’  and  Surgeons’  Supplies 419 

Drugs  and  Chemicals 422 

Paints,  Oils  and  Colors 434 

Mineral  and  Soda  Water 441 

The  Dairy  Industry  449 


— 12  — 

Bakeries 451 

The  Hardware  Trade 459 

Clippies  Station 462 

The  Grocery  Trade 467 

Soap  Manufacture 488 

Cigar  Manufacture 490 

Cigar  and  Paper  Boxes 491 

The  Brewing  Industry 496 

Malt,  Hops  and  Brewers’  Supplies 528 

Highwine,  Liquors  and  Wine 536 

Table  Supplies,  Restaurants  and  Public  Resorts 550 

Florists 556 

Dry  Goods 558 

Cloaks  and  Suits 565 

Watches  and  Jewelry 577 

China,  Glass  and  Queensware 582 

Toys,  Notions,  Fireworks  and  Rubber  Goods 583 

Millinery 585 

Hats  and  Caps 589 

Embroidery  and  Embroidery  Silks 592 

The  Clothing  Manufacture  and  Trade 595 

Boots  and  Shoes 607 

APPENDIX. 

Our  Congressmen 609 

The  Municipal  Administration 613 

The  Public  Schools 633 

Washington  University 636 

Libraries 639 

The  Daily  Press 641 

St.  Louis  Post  Office 648 

Index 651 


HISTORY  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 


^NE  hundred  and  thirty-nine  years  is  a long  time,  espe- 
cially in  a country  which,  in  comparison  with  the  old 
world,  must  still  be  considered  young.  St.  Louis  is, 
therefore,  one  of  the  oldest  cities  on  the  North-Ameri- 
can  Continent,  as  one  hundred  and  thirty-nine  years 
have  elapsed  since  the  first  white  man  set  his  foot  upon  the  west- 
ern shore  of  the  Mississippi  at  a point  where  the  block  house  was 
built  which  became  the  nucleus  of  a traders’  post,  and  later  on 
of  a small  village,  from  which  the  fourth  largest  city  in  the  United 
States  emanated. 

It  was  in  December,  1763,  when  Pierre  Liguest  Laclede,  com- 
ing up  the  river,  landed  here  with  a few  companions  and  after 
reconnoitering  the  terrain,  selected  the  place  as  a suitable  location 
for  a traders’  post.  A year  before  the  firm  of  Maxent,  Laclede 
& Co.  in  New  Orleans  had  been  established  and  the  exclusive 
privilege  given  them  by  the  French  Colonial  Government,  to  trade 
with  the  Indians  in  what  was  called  the  Missouri  River  country. 
The  party  remained  only  a few  days,  after  which  they  went  to 
Fort  Chartres,  a French  military  post  east  of  the  Mississippi,  for 
winter  quarters.  In  the  following  spring  Auguste  Chouteau,  then 
a mere  boy  of  only  fourteen  years,  was  sent  here  with  a few  men 
by  Laclede,  his  step-father,  to  make  the  necessary  preparations  for 
the  trading  post.  He  built  a block  house  where  is  now  the  inter- 
section of  Main  and  Walnut  streets,  to  which  another  and  larger 
one  was  added  after  the  arrival  of  Laclede,  who  came  a couple  of 
months  later.  This  second  house  served  for  a dwelling  and  ware- 
house purposes  and  for  Laclede’s  headquarters,  from  which  he 
always  started  on  his  regular  expeditions  to  the  various  Indian 
tribes,  with  whom  he  traded.  Laclede  gave  the  colony  its  name 
in  honor  of  King  Louis  XV.  of  France,  but  young  Chouteau  is 
and  must  be  considered  the  founder  of  St.  Louis,  as  the  former 


— 14  — 


left  everything  in  the  latter’s  care,  reserving  to  himself  only  a 
supervising  control.  Laclede  died  in  1788  and  from  that  time  on 
all  authority  over  the  settlement  and  its  inhabitants  was  vested  in 
Auguste  Chouteau,  who  never  misused  his  power,  enjoyed  the 
fullest  confidence  of  all  and  did  much  for  the  common  good.  His 
death  occurred  in  1828,  in  the  seventy-ninth  year  of  his  life. 

The  inhabitants  of  St.  Louis  in  that  period  were  simple, 
unsophisticated,  good-natured  men  and  women,  living  together  in 
harmony  and  peace.  They  divided  the  land  among  themselves, 
I cultivated  the  soil  by  assisting  each  other,  and  if  one  became  unable 
to  work  his  neighbors  lent  him  a helping  hand.  One  of  their 
chief  duties,  to  which  they  faithfully  adhered,  was  the  mutual 
protection  and  defense  against  thievish  and  hostile  Indians. 
Their  principal  safeguard  consisted  in  a palisade,  which  they 
had  erected  in  the  rear  of  the  two  streets  running  parallel  with 
the  river.  The  great  value  and  importance  of  this  palisade 
was  best  proven  during  the  attack  upon  the  settlement,  made 
by  about  fifteen  hundred  Indians  on  the  26th  of  May,  1780. 
The  Indians  had  crossed  the  river  during  the  night,  fastened 
their  canoes  where  is  now  Bissell’s  Point,  and  had  hidden  them- 
selves in  the  woods  which  surrounded  the  common  fields,  where 
a large  number  of  men,  women,  and  children  worked  as  usual 
on  a bright  summer  day,  without  the  least  suspicion  of  the  near 
danger.  It  was  about  10  o’clock  in  the  forenoon,  when  the 
Indians  broke  through  the  trees  with  their  infernal  yell,  killing 
and  wounding  all  who  were  unable  to  escape  their  brutal  pur- 
suers. As  soon  as  those  in  the  village  became  aware  of  what 
was  going  on,  resistance  quickly  began;  everybody  armed  him- 
self with  his  gun  or  pistol.  Auguste  Chouteau  and  his  brother 
Pierre  took  command  and  when  the  redskins  approached  they  were 
met  on  all  sides  with  such  a fusillade,  that  they  hastily  retreated, 
taking  with  them  their  killed  and  wounded  and  about  thirty  men 
and  women  from  the  village  as  prisoners.  Of  the  villagers  nearly 
forty  men,  women  and  children,  had  been  killed,  a still  larger 
number  wounded,  and  as  only  a few  of  those  captured  succeeded 
in  escaping  and  returning  home,  the  fate  of  the  others  never 
became  known  and  caused  lifelong  anxiety  among  their  families 
and  friends.  The  Indians  had  expected  to  have  a walk-over  and 


— 15  — 


were  greatly  disappointed  in  being  repulsed  in  such  a manner; 
the  result  of  this  was  that  they  never  afterwards  repeated  such  an 
undertaking  — the  “braves'’  had  found  out  to  their  surprise 
and  dismay  that  there  were  still  braver  men  in  the  little  colony. 
Stealing  and  pilfering  was  nevertheless  continued  by  them  for 
many  years,  and  once  in  a while  a dead  Indian  was  discovered 
in  some  yard  whose  owner  had  made  good  use  of  his  rifle. 

The  French  Government  had  by  a secret  treaty  in  1763  ceded 
all  its  territory  west  of  the  Mississippi  to  Spain,  but  it  was  not 
before  1765  that  the  Spanish  government  took  possession  of  what 
was  called  the  Louisiana  Territory ; at  the  end  of  the  century 
France  became  once  more  the  owner,  but  Napoleon  the  First  was 
always  in  fear  that  England  would  not  tolerate  the  arrangement 
and  make  it  perhaps  a casus  belli;  and  prompted  by  this  appre- 
hension he  entered  into  negotiations  with  the  government  of  the 
United  States,  which  led  to  the  purchase  of  the  Louisiana  Territory. 
The  transfer  took  place  in  December,  1803,  in  which  month  the 
French  colonial  government  in  New  Orleans  ceased  to  exist  and 
that  of  this  country  became  its  successor.  It  was  on  the  9th  of 
March,  1804,  when  St.  Louis  witnessed  the  lowering  of  the  French 
tricolor  and  the  hoisting  of  the  stars  and  stripes,  whereupon  the 
French  military  and  civil  officers  were  replaced  by  Americans. 
The  representatives  of  the  Spanish  government  who  had  resided 
here  from  1765  to  1801,  had  always  been  on  the  best  of  terms 
with  the  almost  exclusively  French  inhabitants ; the  officers  and 
soldiers  of  the  garrison  had  never  given  cause  for  complaint,  and 
the  same  was  the  case  with  their  successors  from  France,  who 
left  in  the  spring  of  1804.  The  old  French  settlers  were  now 
American  citizens  and  in  the  beginning  more  or  less  displeased 
with  the  change,  but  they  soon  became  reconciled  ; they  did  not 
give  up  their  manners  and  customs,  retained  their  mode  of  living, 
the  social  features  inherited  from  their  ancestors,  and  were  soon 
content  with  the  new  order  of  things. 

The  population  amounted  in  1804  to  about  1000';  in  1808  nearly 
1400;  a year  later  the  town  of  St.  Louis  was  incorporated,  fol- 
lowed by  the  election  of  town  trustees.  The  first  city  charter 
was  granted  in  1823,  in  which  year  the  population  had  reached 
4000.  Dr.  William  Carr  Lane,  the  first  mayor,  was  re-elected 


— 16  — 


for  five  consecutive  terms,  and  after  an  interruption  of  nine  years, 
for  three  more,  altogether  eight  times,  no  doubt  a rare  occurrence 
in  the  history  of  American  cities.  The  term  of  municipal  officers 
was  at  that  time  limited  to  one  year. 

St.  Louis  was  during  the  first  four  decades  hardly  more  than 
j a trader’s  post,  but  its  commerce  gained  greater  dimensions,  and 
this  brought  an  influx  of  French  colonists  from  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Ohio,  and  Michigan,  and,  by  and  by,  of  Americans  from  the 
Eastern  and  New  England  States.  The  original  French  charac- 
ter of  the  place  remained  intact,  in  spite  of  this,  even  during  the 
J first  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  was  not  entirely  lost 
for  many  years  later.  Most  of  the  dwelling-houses  were  after  the 
pattern  of  those  in  the  smaller  towns  of  France,  one  story  in 
height,  with  a gable  roof  and  a piazza,  which  often  surrounded 
all  four  sides ; a garden  in  front  was  seldom  missing,  and  that 
was  sometimes  quite  large.  They  were  built  either  of  rough 
stones  or  wood,  but  from  1815  on  brick  houses  were  frequently 
built,  and  when  all  the  houses  were  counted  in  1820,  the  result 
was  as  follows : North  of  Market  street,  154  of  stone  or  brick,  and 
195  of  wood ; south  of  Market  street  78  of  the  former,  and  223 
of  the  latter  kind  — total,  650.  The  streets  ran  for  a long  time 
only  from  north  to  south,  or,  in  other  words,  parallel  with  the 
river ; the  laying  out  of  those  between  east  and  west  was  com- 
menced after  Sixth  street  had  been  reached. 

The  growth  of  the  population  and  the  extension  of  the  town 
brought  an  outspoken  change  in  the  occupation  of  its  inhabitants  ; 
^ the  fields,  used  for  the  culture  of  all  sorts  of  grain  and  vegeta- 
'*  bles,  had  to  give  way  for  buildings,  so  that  the  woods  had  to  be 
cleared  from  time  to  time,  to  make  room  for  agricultural  purposes. 
yThe  cultivation  of  the  soil  was  entirely  given  up  by  many  to  become 
tradesmen  or  to  engage  in  other  pursuits.  Trading  with  the  Inr 
dians  was,  in  course  of  time,  entirely  left  to  the  Newfoundland 
Fur  Company,  at  the  head  of  which  the  Chouteaus  and  Johann 
Jacob  Astor  of  New  York  stood,  and  from  1819  on  to  the  Mis- 
souri Fur  Company.  The  merchants  of  the  early  period  kept 
their  stock  of  goods,  nearly  all  of  which  came  from  the  East,  in 
their  residences,  and  sometimes  in  large  boxes  standing  in  front 
of  them,  which  were  unlocked  when  a customer  came.  Think  of 


— 17  — 


a wholesale  dry  goods  merchant,  whose  stock  was  kept  in  this 
manner,  and  the  palatial  business  houses  of  to-day  in  the 
wholesale  district ! 

The  means  of  traffic  were  of  an  equally  primitive  character, 
and  so  was  the  postal  service  in  those  days.  The  first  post  office, 
established  in  1804,  consisted  of  a small  room  in  the  postmaster’s 
residence,  northwest  corner  Third  and  Elm  streets,  and  was 
removed  later  on  to  South  Main  street.  The  “postrider,”  who 
brought  the  mail  twice  a week  from  the  Eastern  and  Middle 
States  (mail  connection  with  the  West  did  not  exist  at  all),  was 


an  important  person;  after  his  arrival,  everybody  who  was  some- 
body went  to  the  post  office  to  call  for  letters  and  newspapers, 
and  after  horse  and  rider  had  taken  the  necessary  rest  and 
the  merchants  had  handed  in  their  letters  in  answer  to  those 
received,  the  mail  pouch  was  closed  and  sent  off  with  the  return- 
ing rider.  The  list  of  uncalled-for  letters  was  written  out  by  the 
postmaster  once  a month  and  nailed  on  the  outside  of  the  door; 
this  custom  ceased  after  the  establishment  of  a newspaper  (1808), 
whereupon  the  list  was  published  every  three  months.  After  two 
more  removals,  first  to  the  corner  of  Second  and  Chestnut,  then  to 

2 k 


— 18  — 


Chestnut  between  Third  and  Fourth  streets,  the  building  on  the 
southeast  corner  of  Third  and  Olive  was  erected  by  the  Govern- 
ment, and  occupied  by  the  Post  Office,  Custom  House  and  the  Fed- 
eral courts  from  1853  to  1884,  in  which  year  the  transfer  to  the 
present  quarters,  covering  the  block  between  Olive  and  Locust, 
Eighth  and  Ninth  streets,  took  place. 

It  may  not  be  without  interest  to  know  how  the  various 
pursuits  — commercial,  industrial  and  professional  — were  rep- 
resented in  earlier  days,  and  we  select  for  this  purpose  the  year 
1820.  The  town  had  at  that  time  4 bakers,  6 butchers,  5 grocers 
(most  of  whom  sold  also  wine  and  liquor),  1 brewery,  46  dealers 
in  products  and  merchandise  of  all  sorts,  12  tailors,  3 hatters, 

13  shoemakers,  2 confectioners,  6 cabinet  makers,  28  carpenters, 

14  masons,  3 stone-cutters,  10  painters  and  glaziers,  9 black- 
smiths, 1 nail  maker,  1 locksmith,  4 coopers,  4 wagon  makers, 
1 tanner,  2 brick  makers,  2 potters,  5 watch  makers,  4 hair- 
dressers and  barbers,  1 coach  manufacturer,  3 soap  and  candle 

(makers,  3 druggists,  13  physicians  and  3 midwives.  Legislation 
must  have  been  rather  brisk,  as  there  were  27  lawyers  more  or 
less  busy  all  the  year  around  ; there  were  3 auctioneers  of  real 
estate,  1 bookseller,  3 weekly  newspapers,  1 portrait  painter, 
6 livery  stables,  a number  of  taverns  (called  coffee  houses)  and 
inns,  three  of  which  were  styled  hotels.  Musicians  were  in 
abundance  and  had  a good  deal  to  do,  as  dancing  was  much 
indulged  in,  balls  and  parties  being  the  principal  entertainment 
at  that  time,  aside  from  billiard  playing,  a favorite  pastime,  for 
which  five  billiard  tables  were  provided  in  public  resorts. 

The  first  church  was  built  in  1770  after  the  arrival  of  two  or 
three  Catholic  priests  from  Kaskaskia;  it  was  not  a very  large 
blockhouse  put  up  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Second  and 
Walnut  street.  The  first  cathedral  was  erected  in  1818  on 
Walnut  street  on  the  site  of  the  present  one,  built  in 
1837.  There  existed  no  graveyard  before  1776;  the  dead 
were  buried  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  dwellings,  in 

gardens  and  yards  until  the  aforesaid  year,  in  which  a 
churchyard  was  laid  out  along  Second  street  between  the  little 
church  and  Market  street.  It  remained  there  till  1828,  in  which 
year  the  coffins  were  transferred  to  a new  cemetery  at  what  is  now 


— 19  — 


the  intersection  of  Franklin  avenue  and  Twenty-second  street.  The 
St.  Francis  Xavier  church,  in  charge  of  the  Jesuit  fathers  of  the  St. 
Louis  University,  was  built  on  Ninth  street  and  what  is  now  Lucas 
avenue,  and  dedicated  in  184.3  ; St.  Mary’s  and  St.  Joseph  church, 
both  German,  were  opened  for  service  in  1844  and  1846  respec- 
tively, St.  Patrick’s  and  St.  Vincent’s  in  1845  and  St.  Peter  and  Paul 
in  1854.  These  are  the  oldest  Catholic  churches  in  the  city.  The 
first  Protestants  in  Missouri  were  Baptists  and  their  first  church  in 
this  city  was  built  in  1818  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Third  and 
Market  streets  ;this  congregation  comprised  only  very  few  members 
and  dissolved  in  1832  principally  because  their  house  of  worship 
had  partly  been  condemned  by  the  city,  when  Market  street  was 
widened.  The  second  Baptist  congregation  was  organized  in  1835 
and  bought,  in  1836,  the  Episcopal  church  on  Third  and  Chest- 
nut streets;  the  third  English  and  the  first  German  of  this  denom- 
ination were  both  built  in  1850  on  Fourteenth  and  Clark  avenue  and 
Fourteenth  and  Carr  street  respectively.  The  first  Methodist 
Episcopal  congregation  was  founded  in  1821,  hut  went  out  of  ex- 
istence in  1845  after  the  secession  of  a part  of  the  members,  the 
split  being  caused  by  the  dissenting  views  on  the  slavery  question, 
whereby  the  Methodist  Episcopal  South  church  was  formed.  The 
first  Methodist  (North)  church  after  this  separation  was  built  in 
1852;  the  first  North  Methodist  congregation  of  any  conse- 
quence was  organized  in  1862  in  the  former  Presbyterian 
church  on  Eleventh  and  Locust  streets  and  had  within  a short 
time  400  members.  The  first  Methodist  Episcopal  church 
was  a rather  small  building,  on  Fourth  and  Myrtle,  and 
replaced  in  1835  by  a larger  one  on  Fourth  street  and  Washing- 
ton avenue,  where  the  congregation  worshiped  up  to  1854,  in 
which  year  the  then  completed  new  edifice,  on  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Eighth  and  Washington  avenue,  was  inaugurated.  The 
St.  Paul  congregation  erected  a chapel  near  the  Mound  in  1838, 
and  the  Centenarian  church  was  built  in  1844  on  the  southwest 
corner  of  Fifth  and  Pine  streets.  The  Presbyterians  had  no 
church  of  their  own  until  1826,  the  second  followed  in  1832 
and  stood  on  the  corner  of  Fifth  and  Walnut  streets,  where  now 
the  Temple  building  stands  ; the  first  Presbyterian  congregation 
abandoned  its  down-town  location  in  1847,  after  building  a new 


— 20  — 


church  on  Fourteenth  and  Lucas  place,  now  the  Germania  The- 
ater. The  first  Episcopal  church  was  built  on  the  corner  of  Third 
and  Chestnut  in  1829,  and  was  the  predecessor  of  Christ  Church 
Cathedral,  on  Thirteenth  and  Locust;  a second  one,  the  St. 
Paul’s,  was  erected  in  1839,  on  Fifth  and  Wash  streets,  where  it 
remained  till  1859,  in  which  year  the  church  on  Seventeenth  and 
Locust  was  dedicated.  The  Unitarians  erected  their  first  church, 
the  Church  of  the  Messiah,  1836,  at  Fourth  and  Pine,  and  a 
much  larger  one,  in  1851,  on  Ninth  and  Olive,  which  was  sold  in 
1879,  some  time  previous  to  the  inauguration  of  their  new  church 
on  Garrison  avenue  and  Locust  street.  The  First  Congrega- 
tional church  emanated  from  the  Third  Presbyterian  (organized 
1842)  in  1852  ; they  bought  the  building  belonging  to  the  latter, 
located  on  Sixth  between  Wash  street  and  Franklin  avenue,  which 
was  vacated  after  seven  years,  and  a new  church  on  Tenth 
and  Locust  substituted  in  1860.  The  Church  of  the 
Holy  Ghost,  the  first  German  Protestant  church,  dates  back 
to  1834 ; it  stood  first  on  Seventh  and  Myrtle  streets, 
but  was  soon  replaced  by  a larger  one  on  Eighth  and  Walnut. 
The  first  two  Evangelical  churches,  St.  Marks  and  St.  Petri, 
were  built  in  1843  on  Soulard  and  Carr  streets  respectively,  and 
then  followed,  in  1848,  the  St.  Paul’s  on  Ninth  street  near 
Lafayette  avenue.  The  Evangelical  Lutherans  (Saxons)  wor- 
shiped for  several  years  in  a Baptist  church,  but  erected  one 
for  their  own  use  in  1842  on  Lombard,  now  Papin,  between  Third 
and  Fourth  streets.  This  was  the  Trinity  church,  replaced  in 
1865  by  the  present  one,  corner  of  Eighth  and  Lafayette ; the 
second,  Immanuel’s  Church,  was  erected  in  1848  at  Eleventh  street 
and  Franklin  avenue;  it  was  entirely  destroyed  by  fire  in  1865, 
whereupon  a new  edifice  was  built  on  Sixteenth  and  Morgan 
■streets.  The  United  Hebrew  congregation  was  organized  in  1839 
and  purchased,  after  worshiping  in  several  rented  places,  in 
1855,  the  old  Benton  schoolhouse  on  Sixth  near  Locust  street  and 
remodeled  it  for  divine  service ; the  congregation  remained  here 
until  the  new  temple,  corner  Twenty-first  and  Olive,  was  finished 
in  1880.  Another  Jewish  congregation  was  formed  in  1840, 
called  the  Bnai  El;  their  first  temple,  on  Sixth  near  Cerre  street, 
was  replaced  by  their  present  house  of  worship  on  Chouteau 


— 21  — 


avenue  near  Eleventh  street.  The  reform  element  in  these  two 
congregations  seceded  in  1868,  organized  a third  and  built  a 
temple  on  Seventeenth  and  Pine,  known  as  Shaare  Emeth,  and 
from  this  latter  emanated  in  turn  the  Temple  Israel  congregation  in 
1887.  The  constant  growth  of  the  population  caused,  naturally, 
the  forming  of  new  congregations,  and  the  addition  of  new 
churches  of  all  denominations,  and  their  total  number  amounts 
now  to  over  three  hundred  and  fifty.  There  are  two  Free- 
thinkers societies  in  the  city,  one  in  North  and  one  in  South 
St.  Louis,  the  former  since  1850,  the  latter  of  more  recent  date, 
the  members  of  both  being  exclusively  Germans.  The  Ethical 
Society  was  organized  in  1887  after  the  principles  laid  down  by 
Dr.  Felix  Adler  of  New  York,  the  founder  of  the  first  Ethical 
Culture  Society. 

Congress  donated,  in  1812,  to  the  towns  and  villages  in  Missouri, 
certain  sections  of  government  land,  the  income  from  which  was 
to  be  applied  to  the  foundation  and  maintenance  of  public  schools 
aside  from  a school  tax  to  be  levied  and  paid  by  every  taxpayer, 
but  the  first  school  heard  of  in  St.  Louis  was  not  created  before 
the  year  1833,  and  even  then  five  more  years  elapsed  until  the^ 
first  money  became  available  for  school  purposes,  whereupon 
4000  dollars  were  appropriated  for  the  building  of  two  school- 
houses,  one  on  Fourth  and  Spruce  and  the  other  on  Third  and 
Cherry  streets  (now  Franklin  avenue).  Both  were  opened  in 
1838  with  one  male  and  one  female  teacher  in  each.  The  present 
number  of  public  schools  is  125,  fourteen  of  which  are  for  col- 
ored children;  and  the  total  number  of  teachers,  1700.  The 
parochial  schools,  which  the  church  congregations  support,  are 
of  an  earlier  date  than  the  public  schools ; the  school  attached  to 
the  Cathedral  was  the  first  and  followed  by  other  Catholic 
schools  in  the  various  parishes ; and  there  is  a large  number  of 
Protestant  schools  (Evangelical  and  Evangelical  Lutheran)  in 
connection  with  the  respective  churches  in  existence.  The  first 
higher  educational  institute  was  established  in  1819,  by  Bishop 
Rossatti,  but  was  kept  up  only  a few  years.  The  St.  Louis  Univer- 
sity was  founded  in  1829  by  a number  of  Jesuit  fathers  from  Bel- 
gium ; the  buildings  covered  by-aud-by  the  double  block  bounded 
by  Ninth  and  Eleventh  streets,  Washington  and  Lucas  avenues. 


— 22  — 


and  remained  there  until  1888,  in  which  year  the  new  building  on 
Grand  and  Lindell  avenues  was  inaugurated.  Professor  Edward 
Wyman  opened  Wyman’s  Academy  on  Fourth  and  Olive  in  1843, 
and  transferred  it  in  1861  to  Sixteenth  and  Pine  streets,  changing 
its  name  to  City  University  which  ceased  to  exist  in  1867.  The 
Christian  Brothers  College  was  established  in  1850,  by  some 
members  of  the  order,  who  had  come  here  from  France  at  the 
request  of  Archbishop  Kenrick;  it  remained  on  Eighth  and  Cerre 
streets  till  1882,  when  the  Brothers  took  possession  of  their  new 
building  on  King’s  Highway  and  Easton  avenue.  The  Deutsche 
Institute,  a High  School  for  boys,  was  founded  in  the  beginning  of 
the  fifties  on  South  Third  near  Elm  street  and  went  out  of  ex- 
istence some  twenty  years  later.  Washington  University  was 
founded  in  1853  and  added  in  course  of  time  a Law  School, 
the  Mary  Institute,  Smith’s  Academy,  and  in  1880  a Manual 
Training  School ; it  includes  now  the  two  Medical  Colleges 
mentioned  further  on.  The  Concordia  College  on  Jefferson 
avenue,  a seminary  in  which  young  men  are  fitted  out  for  the 
Evangelical  Lutheran  pulpit,  was  established  in  1850,  and  its 
adjunct,  the  Walther  College,  soon  after;  the  latter  was  in  1890 
removed  to  the  block  between  Eighth  and  Paul,  Hickory  street 
and  Chouteau  avenue.  The  High  School,  belonging  to  the  Public 
Schools,  began  oj^eratlons  in  1853  in  a room  of  the  old 
Benton  School  on  north  Sixth  near  Locust  street,  where  it 
remained  for  only  one  year,  during  which  an  appropriate 
building  was  erected  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Fifteenth  and 
Olive  streets,  which  was  replaced  in  1893  by  the  present  one 
located  on  Grand  near  Finney  avenue. 

Our  city  has  a great  number  of  higher  schools  for  girls  and 
young  ladies,  the  oldest  of  which  is  the  Sacred  Heart  Convent, 
established  in  1827  by  the  Sisters  of  Notre  Dame  on  the  con- 
vent grounds  bounded  by  Fifth  and  Sixth,  Labadie  (now  La  Salle), 
and  Hickory  streets,  where  it  remained  till  1872,  in  which  year 
they  removed  to  their  new  possession,  called  Maryville,  on 
Meramec  street ; a branch  institute  was  opened  in  1893  on  Taylor 
and  Maryland  avenues.  The  next  oldest,  the  St.  Joseph’s  Convent 
in  Carondelet,  dates  back  to  1836.  The  Convent  of  the  Visitation, 
from  1846  to  1858  located  on  South  Ninth  street  and  from  the  latter 


— 23  — 


year  till  1893  on  Twentieth  and  Cass  avenue,  occupies  since  then 
its  new  quarters  in  Cabanne  Place.  The  Ursuline  Sisters  came  here 
in  1848  and  kept  for  two  years  a school  in  a rented  house  near 
the  French  Market  till  their  convent  on  Twelfth  street  and  Russell 
avenue  was  built.  The  other  convents  are  of  more  recent  date. 
The  Mary  Institute,  a branch  of  Washington  University,  was  es- 
tablished in  1859,  occupied  until  1878,  a building  on  Lucas  Place 
near  Fourteenth,  then  on  Locust  and  Beaumont  and  will  soon 
remove  to  Lindell  Boulevard.  Hosmer  Hall  was  for  many  years 
located  at  2812-14  Locust  street  and  removed  some  }’ears  ago  to 
4296  Washington  avenue.  Forest  Park  University  for  women, 
south  of  Forest  Park,  is  the  offspring  or  more  correctly  the  succes- 
sor of  Kirkwood  Seminary,  organized  in  1861,  and  after  thirty 
years’  existence  followed  by  the  present  institution,  the  first  of  its 
kind  in  the  United  States. 

The  Missouri  Medical  College,  the  oldest  in  the  city,  was 
founded  in  1840  by  Dr.  McDowell,  by  whose  name  it  was  gener- 
ally signified ; the  building,  northwest  corner  Eighth  and  Gratiot 
streets,  was  his  property,  and  he  being  an  outspoken  secessionist, 
it  was  confiscated  by  the  Government  soon  after  the  breaking  out 
of  the  civil  war  and  used  as  a military  prison  until  1865,  where- 
upon it  was  again  used  for  its  original  purpose  up  to  1874  ; it  was 
then  removed  to  Twenty-third  and  Locust,  later  on  to  Twenty- 
seventh  and  Lucas  avenue,  and  in  1899  consolidated  with  Wash- 
ington University.  The  St.  Louis  Medical  College,  established  in 
1847  by  Dr.  Chas.  A.  Pope,  and  for  many  years  called  Pope’s  Col- 
lege, stood  at  the  intersection  of  Seventh  street  and  Clark  avenue, 
but  was  transferred  in  1890  to  Eighteenth  and  Locust  street  and  is 
now  likewise  a part  of  Washington  University.  The  Humboldt  In- 
stitute existed  from  1859  to  1869,  was  conducted  after  thes  ystem 
of  medical  schools  in  Germany,  and  first  located  on  Ninth  near 
Walnut,  afterwards  on  Fourteenth  street  opposite  the  City  Hos- 
pital. The  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons,  Beaumont, 
Barnes,  Marion-Sims  and  the  Homeopathic  Medical  College 
originated  in  later  years. 

Up  to  1818  a policeman  or  anything  like  it  was  unknown; 
previous  to  that  time  the  only  preservator  of  law  and  order  was^ 
a one-armed  constable.  In  the  year  named  a nightwatch  was 


— 24  — 


organized  consisting  of  six  men  and  a captain,  who  also  acted 
as  market  master  and  town  register  ; this  very  primitive  state 
of  affairs  remained  till  1839,  in  which  year  the  number  of  men 
was  raised  to  sixty;  it  was  their  duty  to  call  out  the  hours, 
give  the  alarm  in  case  of  a fire  by  blowing  a Lorn,  and  to  arrest 
everybody  found  in  the  street  after  9 o’clock  in  winter  and 
10  o’clock  in  summer,  who  could  not  give  a satisfactory  account 
for  being  out.  Constant  patroling  was  not  expected  of  them, 
as  sentry  boxes  were  provided  for  their  use,  in  which  they 
could  take  a rest  for  a while  and  find  shelter  in  inclement 
weather.  Day  police  was  still  lacking  until  1848,  when  seven 
officers  and  a lieutenant  were  appointed  for  duty  during  the 
day;  the  office  of  City  Marshal  combined  with  that  of  Chief 
of  Police  was  created  in  1850,  which  two  offices  were  separated 
in  1861  by  the  appointment  of  a Chief  of  Police  after  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Metropolitan  Police  Department.  The  present 
force  comprises  1100  men,  divided  between  a central  station 
and  eight  districts  or  sub-stations. 

The  extinguishing  of  fires  was  for  more  than  fifty  years  left 
'to  the  neighbors  and  any  one  who  would  help.  A fund  was 
raised  in  1819  and  two  hand  engines  were  purchased 
that  year  in  Cincinnati,  and  this  led  to  the  formation  of  two 
volunteer  fire  companies,  one  in  the  northern  and  one 
in  the  southern  part  of  the  town,  but  they  dissolved 
after  a few  years;  a new  company  was  organized  in  1826, 
and  their  engine  was  stationed  in  the  market-house,  on 
Market  street  and  the  Levee  ; another  followed  in  1829  ; but  both 
existed  only  till  1831.  The  formation  of  regular  volunteer  com- 
panies began  in  1832,  and  there  were  a goodly  number  of  them 
in  course  of  time ; the  engines  were  drawn  to  the  place  of  the  fire 
by  long  ropes,  of  which  the  men  took  hold,  and  there  was  a great 
rivalry  between  the  companies  as  to  which  would  arrive  first  and 
receive  the  five  dollars  premium  paid  by  the  city ; fights  on  this 
account  were  of  frequent  occurrence,  the  rivalry  went  even  so 
far  as  to  lead  to  incendiaries  at  a certain  moment,  to  enable  this 
or  that  company  to  arrive  before  any  other.  The  first  steam  en- 
gine was  bought  in  1855,  and  caused  such  a jealousy  among  the 
volunteer  firemen  that  they  lost  all  their  former  energy  and  am- 


— 25  — 


bilion,  so  that  one  company  after  the  other  went  out  of  service, 
and  all  were  replaced  by  the  paid  fire  department,  organized  by 
the  city  in  1858.  The  department  consists  now  of  one  chief  en- 
gineer, nine  assistants,  and  a corps  of  nearly  500  firemen,  with 
thirty-nine  engines  and  hose  carriages,  a sufficient  number  of  coal 
wagons,  eleven  hook  and  ladder  apparatus,  and  two  water  towers. 
The  salvage  corps,  an  efficient  accessory  of  the  department,  was 
organized  in  1874,  and  has  now  three  stations  in  different  parts 
of  the  city ; its  costs  are  defrayed  by  the  insurance  companies, 
and  not  by  the  city,  and  its  duties  consist  in  the  protection  of 
merchandife,  furniture,  etc.,  against  damage  by  fire  and  water. 
Until  1830  fire  alarms  were  given  by  horn  signals  and  the  cry  of 
“ fire  ; ” from  that  year  on  by  strokes  from  a bell  in  the  tower  of 
St.  Xavier’s  church,  at  that  time  ihe  highest  in  the  city,  two 
men  being  employed  for  that  purpose;  the  telegraph  system  for 
the  announcement  of  fires  was  introduced  in  1858,  with  forty-five 
alarm  boxes.  They  number  now  nearly  1000,  with  more  than 
1800  miles  of  wire.  The  police  telegraph  comprises  at  present 
250  boxes,  430  telephones,  and  22  operators. 

St.  Louis  became  a city  in  1823,  with  a north,  middle,  and 
south  ward,  which  were  changed  into  four  wards  in  1833,  with 
three  representatives  for  each  in  the  City  Council.  The  addition 
of  new  wards  caused  usually  a change  in  the  number  of  new  rep- 
resentatives in  the  municipal  legislature,  which  sometimes  con- 
sisted of  only  one  body,  and  sometimes  of  two  branches,  which  is 
the  case  since  1877.  In  1870  the  city  was  divided  into  twelve 
wards.  The  present  city  charter  was  adopted  in  1876  and  the 
separation  of  the  city  from  the  county  took  place  the  same  year, 
whereupon  Clayton  became  the  county  seat  of  the  new  St.  Louis 
County.  The  sum  of  18,000  dollars  was  appropriated  fora  City 
Hall  in  1828  and  a two-story  brick  building  erected  on  the  site  of 
the  old  mai’ket  house  between  Market  and  Walnut,  Main  street 
and  the  Levee,  of  which  the  lower  floor  was  still  used  as  a market 
house  and  only  the  upper  story  for  municipal  offices.  The  city 
sold  this  building  in  1855  to  the  Merchants’  Exchange,  who 
had  it  taken  dowrr  to  make  room  for  what  is  now  the  old 
Merchants’  Exchange,  vacated  in  1874.  The  city  offices 
were  transferred  into  a three-story  brick  house  on  the 


— 26  — 


south  side  of  Chestnut  between  Main  and  Second  street 
and  again  removed  in  1863  to  the  north  wing  of  the  Court- 
house rented  for  that  purpose  from  the  county.  The  barn  like 
structure  between  Eleventh  and  Twelfth,  Market  and  Chestnut 
street,  now  known  as  the-old  City  Hall,  was  built  at  an  outlay  of 
70,000  dollars  and  was  used  from  1877  till  1898.  The  new  City 
Hall,  standing  on  what  used  to  be  Washington  Square,  was  com- 
menced in  1890,  but  its  interior  is  not  completely  finished  and 
the  two  million  dollars  so  far  expended  will  not  be  sufficient  to 
finish  it. 

The  construction  of  streets,  sidewalks  and  wagon  roads  began 
Jm  1818.  The  first  city  engineer  was  appointed  in  1828  and  placed 
at  the  head  of  the  street  department,  which  now  stands  under  the 
control  of  the  Board  of  Public  Improvements,  organized  in  1877, 
and  embracing  the  street,  water,  sewer,  harbor  and  park  com- 
missioners, appointed  by  the  mayor  for  a term  of  four  years, 
and  a president  elected  by  public  vote  every  six  years.  The 
sewer  system,  whose  net  of  subterranean  canals  is  constantly 
extended,  was  commenced  in  1849,  and  is  one  of  the  principal 
sources  of  the  excellent  sanitary  condition  for  which  St.  Louis  is 
justly  known.  The  first  water  works,  commenced  in  1831  at 
Ashley  and  Collins  streets  by  two  contractors,  were  not  completed 
on  account  of  financial  difficulties,  so  that  the  city  had  to  pur- 
chase them  in  1835  ; they  were  finished  at  a cost  of  $54,000. 
More  pumps  were  added  in  course  of  time  and  the  reservoirs 
built  in  1846,  which  furnished  half  a million  gallons  water  per 
day.  The  erection  of  larger  water  works  at  Bissell’s  Point  began 
in  1868,  for  which  purpose  the  city  issued  three  millions 
in  bonds;  these  works  supplied,  in  1872,  forty  million  gallons  in 
24  hours.  Compton  Hill  reservoir,  from  which  the  southern 
part  of  the  city  is  supplied,  was  built  in  1868.  These  works 
became  inadequate  and  the  necessity  of  larger  ones  more  obvious 
from  year  to  year,  so  that  the  erection  of  a new  plant  at  the  Chain 
of  Rocks  was  commenced  in  1887,  whose  daily  capacity  will 
amount  to  one  hundred  million  gallons ; a part  of  them  is  in 
operation  since  1894,  but  it  will  be  some  time  before  they  are 
entirely  completed.  Another  reservoir  is  now  in  course  of  con- 
struction in  Baden  to  supply  the  entire  northwestern  part  of  the 
city. 


CITY  HALL. 


28  — 


The  first  hospital  was  established  in  1828  by  three  or  four 
sisters  of  Charity,  who  had  come  here  from  France ; it  was  a 
four-room  house  on  the  south  side  of  Spruce,  between  Third 
and  Fourth  streets,  but  had  soon  to  be  enlarged,  so  that  a 
massive  four-story  building  was  erected  in  1832,  covering  more 
than  half  the  block  and  known  as  the  Sisters  or  the  Mullanphy 
Hospital,  Mr.  Bryan  Mullanphy  being  the  donor  of  the  ground 
and  principal  contributor  to  the  cost  of  the  building.  It  re- 
mained there  till  1874  in  which  year  the  Sisters  went  into  their 
new  hospital  on  Montgomery  street  near  Grand  .avenue.  In 
1840  the  erection  of  a City  hospital  was  begun  on  the  double 
block  bounded  by  Lafayette  avenue,  Carroll,  Fourteenth  and 
Grattan  streets.  The  first  patients  were  received  in  1846,  but 
as  only  ninety  patients  could  be  accommodated,  additions  were 
made  from  time  to  time.  A fire  destroyed  all  the  buildings 
in  1856,  whereupon  larger  ones  were  immediately  constructed, 
which  again  met  with  total  destruction  by  a cyclone  on  the 
twenty-seventh  of  May,  1896,  since  which  time  the  former  Con- 
vent of  the  Good  Shepherd,  corner  Seventeenth  and  Pine 
streets,  serves  as  a “ temporary  ” hospital.  Quarantaine  Hos- 
pital was,  until  1854,  on  Arsenal  Island,  was  then  removed  below 
Jefferson  Barracks  and  is  now  used  by  the  city  authorities  as 
a hospital  for  contagious  diseases,  especially  smallpox  patients. 
The  United  States  Government  established  its  Marine  Hospital 
in  1858 ; in  the  same  year  two  others  were  opened,  the  Good 
Samaritan  (chiefly  supported  by  German  Protestants)  and  the 
Evangelical  Lutheran;  St.  John’s,  1861;  St.  Luke’s,  1865; 
the  Alexian  Brothers’,  1870;  St.  Mary’s  Infirmary  and  the  City’s 
Female  Hospital,  1872,  complete  the  list  of  the  older  institutions 
of  this  kind ; at  present  there  are  thirty-three  public  and  eight 
private  hospitals  in  the  city.  The  St.  Vincent’s  Insane  Asylum 
on  Ninth  and  Marion  streets,  opened  in  1858,  and  managed  by 
the  Sisters  of  Charity,  was  removed  in  1895  to  new  quarters, 
the  property  of  the  Sisterhood,  built  eight  miles  from  the  city 
on  the  line  of  the  Wabash  Railroad.  The  county  erected  like- 
wise in  1858  an  Insane  Asylum  in  the  southwestern  part  of  the 
city  near  Manchester  Road  which  came  into  possession  of  the 
city  at  the  separation  from  the  county  in  1876. 


— 29  — 


The  first  market  house  was  built  as  early  as  1812  at  the  foot  of 
Market  street.  Wednesday  and  Saturday  were  the  market  days, 
and  the  market  kept  open  from  sunrise  till  10  o’clock  in  the  fore- 
noon. The  City  Market  was  established,  1832,  on  Third  between 
Morgan  and  Green  streets,  now  Lucas  avenue;  it  was  taken 
down  in  1868  and  replaced  by  the  Union  Market.  The  French, 
or  Convent  Market,  at  the  junction  of  Fourth  and  fifth  streets, 
was  built  in  1839  by  a private  corporation,  to  which  it  still  belongs. 
Soulard  Market  was  also  established  as  a private  enterprise  ( 1848), 
but  was  acquired  by  the  city  in  1854,  considerably  enlarged  in 
1865 ; the  tornado  of  1896  destroyed  the  western  half  of  the 
building,  and  it  has  not  been  reconstructed.  Lucas  Market  was 
abolished  in  1882  ; it  had  been  erected  in  1845,  in  the  middle  of 
Twelfth,  occupying  the  space  between  Olive  and  Chestnut  streets. 
Mound  Market,  on  Cass  avenue  and  Fifth  street,  existed, from 
1843  to  1868;  Sturgeon  Market,  from  1851  to  1897;  Center 
Market,  established  in  1856,  covered  the  block  between  Seventh 
and  Eighth,  Spruce  and  Poplar  streets,  and  was  sold  in  1882  to 
make  room  for  Cupple’s  Station,  which  by  this  time  extended 
almost  to  Eleventh  street.  The  Round-Top  Market,  so  called  on 
account  of  its  cupola-like  roof,  was  built  in  1857,  but  is  no  longer 
used.  Biddle  Market  was  establislied  about  1858  by  a private 
corporation  between  Biddle  and  O’Fallon,  Thirteenth  and  Four- 
teenth streets.  The  South  St.  Louis  Market  belongs  to  the  city 
since  the  aunexatiou  of  Carondeletin  1870.  Several  small  market 
houses  for  instance,  the  Allen,  St.  George,  Washington,  Carr, 
etc.,  ceased  to  exist  in  course  of  time. 

The  two  oldest  parks  are  the  Dakota,  for  which  the  town  trus- 
tees of  Carondelet  destined  a part  of  tl;e  common  fields  in  1812, 
and  the  Jackson  Place,  donated  to  the  town  of  St.  Louis  by  some 
land  owner  in  18 16  ; the  next  oldest  are  the  Gravois  and  the  Laclede 
parks,  with  the  exception  of  Jackson  Place  all  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  city.  The  new  City  Hall  stands  on  what  used  to  be 
Washington  Square,  in  olden  times  a nice  park,  vyhich  lost  all 
attraction  through  the  neighborhood  of  the  Four  Courts.  The 
first  appropriation  for  Lafayette  Park  was  made  in  1857  ; it  be- 
longs to  the  city,  but  stands  not  under  the  control  of  the  Park 
Commissioner,  having  a superintendent  of  its  own  under  the  di- 


— 30  — 


rection  of  a separate  board  of  three  citizens  living  in  the  park 
district,  which  for  naany  years  paid  a special  tax  to  assist  in  its 
maintenance.  The  Carr  family  donated  Carr  Square  to  the  city 
in  1842,  but  it  was  not  laid  out  until  many  years  later.  The 
ground  for  Hyde  Park  was  purchased  by  the  city  in  1854,  but 
it  became  attractive  only  after  the  end  of  the  civil  war.  The 
present  Benton  Park  was  originally  in  part  a city  cemetery,  and 
work  for  park  purposes  began  18G6.  The  United  States  Govern- 
ment gave  a part  of  the  Arsenal  ground  to  the  city  in  1871  for 
the  Lyon  Park,  and  Henry  Shaw  donated  in  the  same  year  Tower 
Grove  Park  to  the  city ; the  latter  bought,  1874,  the  land  for 
Forest,  O’Fallon  and  Carondelet  parks.  St.  Louis  Park,  for- 
merly called  St.  Louis  Place,  was  donated  by  the  several  real 
estate  owners  of  North  St.  Louis,  but  not  laid  out  for  a number 
of  years.  The  city  became  the  owner  of  the  Missouri  Botanical 
Gardens  by  the  last  will  and  testament  of  Mr.  Henry  Shaw  in 
1889,  who  also  left  a part  of  his  real  estate  to  the  municipality, 
the  income  from  which  to  be  used  for  the  maintenance  of  the 
Gardens. 

Jit  was  in  1823  that  the  city  authorities  forbade  further  inter- 
ments within  the  city  limits,  which  at  that  time  meant  east  of 
Seventh  street,  south  of  Biddle  street  and  north  of  the  Mill  Creek. 
The  few  graveyards  within  this  territory  were  accordingly  closed 
and  new  ones  laid  out  in  the  common  fields.  They  were  located 
in  various  parts  of  what  was  at  that  time  called  country,  but  what 
now  and  since  quite  a while  constitutes  busy  thoroughfares  and 
residence  districts.  Bellefontaine  Cemetery  was  opened  in  1851 
and  Calvary  in  1863 ; the  latter  is  an  exclusively  Catholic  burial 
ground,  the  former  receives  the  dead  irrespective  of  creed,  and 
both  number  among  the  largest  and  most  beautiful  cemeteries  in 
America.  Several  graveyards  belonging  to  Protestant  congrega- 
tions and  Catholic  parishes  are  located  in  the  outskirts  of  the  city, 
likewise  the  Jewish  cemeteries.  The  crematory  in  the  southwest- 
ern part  of  the  city,  one  of  the  very  few  so  far  existing  in  the 
United  States,  was  built  in  1888  by  an  association  organized  for 
that  purpose,  which  has  slowly  but  constantly  grown  in  member- 
ship. 


— 31  — 


The  first  court  house,  a very  primitive  one,  stood  on  Third 
near  Myrtle  street  and  had  been  built  in  1817,  later  on  the 
house  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Third  and  Market  streets 
was  used  for  that  purpose.  Here  its  offices  remained  until  1826, 
in  which  year  a small  building  was  placed  upon  one  corner  of  the 
present  court  house  square  ; the  corner-stone  for  the  present  one 
was  laid  in  1839,  but  work  was  not  commenced  until  1851,  and 


COURT  HOUSE. 


the  structure  not  completed  before  1862,  the  total  cost  amount- 
ing to  $1,200,000.  Two  Circuit  Courts  for  the  whole  State  were 
created,  with  St.  Louis  as  the  seat  of  one  of  them  three  courts 
were  established  in  its  place  in  1840,  viz. : The  Common  Pleas 
the  Law  Commissioner’s  and  the  Land  Court,  which  in  turn  were 
succeeded,  in  1865,  by  three  circuit  judges,  and  this  number 
was,  in  course  of  time,  first  charged  to  five,  and  later  on  to 


— 32  — 


seven.  The  Criminal  Court  was  created  in  1842,  and  had  a sep- 
arate judge  up  to  1895,  from  which  year  on  the  circuit  judges 
occupy  the  criminal  bench  in  rotation.  The  Court  of  Appeals 
was  organized  in  1876  to  relieve  the  State  Supreme  Court  of  a 
part  of  its  duties.  The  building  known  as  the  Four  Courts  was 
erected  in  1871  by  the  old  St.  Louis  County,  and  became  the 
city’s  property  five  years  later;  it  contains  the  headquarters  of  the 
police  department,  a police  station,  the  Criminal  Court,  the 
Court  of  Criminal  Correction,  the  Police  Court  and  the  jail. 
Until  the  completion  of  the  building  the  police  headquarters 
were  located  on  Chestnut  between  Second  and  Third  streets,  the 
jail  and  city  prison  on  the  site  where  now  the  Laclede  Hotel 
stands.  The  Probate  Court  dates  back  to  1807,  but  was  reor- 
ganizi'd  in  1841,  serving  till  1876  for  county  and  city,  since 
then  only  for  the  latter. 

The  river  trade  of  St.  Louis  is  no  longer  what  it  used 
to  be ; its  prestige  waned  when  the  railroad  era  began ; 
it  stood  at  its  height  in  the  forties,  fifties  and  sixties, 
during  which  period  an  uninterrupted  line  of  steamboats  occu- 
pied every  foot  along  the  lauding  from  Biddle  street  on  the 
north  to  Chouteau  avenue  on  the  south,  and  often  a boat 
had  to  wait  for  th3  departure  of  another  one  before  it  could 
approach  the  wharf.  These  were  the  golden  times  for  passen- 
gers and  freight  traffic  on  the  Mississippi  between  St.  Paul  and 
New  Orleans,  and  St.  Louis  was  the  center  of  the  immense  trade 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley  and  the  western  and  southwestern 
country  tributary  to  the  city.  The  steamboat  interest  was  of 
the  greatest  prominence  ; millions  were  invested  in  it  and  millions 
made  by  it.  The  owners  and  captains  of  the  floating  palaces 
pla3'ed  a conspicuous  I’ole  in  our  commercial  circles,  but  their 
halcyon  days  came  to  an  end  with  the  continued  extension  of  the 
railroad  system  of  the  country. 

There  were  no  railroads  in  Missouri  during  the  first  half  of  the 
century,  and  it  was  not  before  the  beginning  of  the  fifties  that 
steps  were  taken  to  build  them.  The  Missouri  Pacific,  the 
Iron  Mountain  and  the  North  Missouri  (now  Wabash  West) 
were  put  in  operation  between  1852  and  1855 ; each  of  them 
had  its  own  depot  until  the  erection  of  the  first  Union  Depot 


33  — 


at  Twelftli  and  Poplar  streets  in  1874.  Tbe  railroads  which 
connected  St.  Louis  with  the  Eastern,  Middle  and  Northern 
States  terminated  on  the  eastern  shore  of  the  Mississippi,  and 
had  their  passenger  and  freight  depots  in  East  St.  Louis  until 
the  completion  of  the  Eads  Bridge  and  Tunnel,  which  were 
inaugurated  on  the  fourth  of  July,  1874.  Up  to  that  time  pai 
«engers  and  freight  were  brought  across  the  river  by  ferry 
boats.  To  show  what  great  traffic  was  carried  on  in  this 
•way  we  can  state  that  in  the  middle  of  the  sixties  from 
lorty  to  fifty  large  buses  transferred  from  1,000  to  1,500 
railroad  passengers  to  and  from  East  St.  Louis,  about 
€00  big  transfer  wagons  took  the  freight  over  in  both 
directions  and  200  loaded  farmer  wagons  came  in  on  an  average 
every  day  across  tbe  river.  All  this  became  obsolete  when  the 
central  depot  system  went  into  force.  The  first  on  Twelfth  street 
was  abolished  in  1894,  in  which  year  our  magnificent  Union 
Station,  unsurpassed  by  any  central  railroad  depot  in  this  coun- 
try, was  opened.  The  Merchants’  Bridge,  built  in  1889,  connects 
a number  of  railroads  with  Union  Station  by  an  elevated  road.  The 
many  tracks  running  from  the  exit  of  the  tunnel  on  Eighth  street 
an  a western  direction  made  the  building  of  bridges  over  a number 
of  streets  a necessity,  as  without  them  all  communication  betwee*" 
north  and  south,  west  of  Seventh  street,  would  have  become  in.- 
possible  ; the  city  erected,  therefore,  with  the  financial  assistance  of 
the  railroad  companies,  a number  of  bridges,  viz.,  over  Twelfth, 
Fourteenth,  Eighteenili,  Twenty-first  streets,  Jefferson  and  Grand 
avenues,  and  it  is  only  a question  of  time  when  additional  ones 
will  be  needed. 

The  growth  of  the  city  made  means  of  transportation  for  longer 
distances  necessary  and  the  appearance  of  the  first  omnibus  in 
1844  was  hailed  with  delight;  it  went  up  and  down  Olive  between 
Fourth  and  Twelfth  street  from  7 o’clock  in  the  morning  till  to 
the  close  of  the  theaters,  aud’was  driven  by  its  owner,  Erastus 
Wells,  afterwards  president  of  the  City  Council  and  Congress- 
man; another  omnibus  ran  on  Market  street,  one  on  Franklin 
avenue,  and  these  were  soon  followed  by  several  others  run. 
ning  between  the  northern  and  southern  part  of  the  city, 
even  as  far  as  Carondelet.  This  method  prevailed  for 

3k 


— 34  — 


fifteen  years,  and  was  abandoned  in  1859,  when  it  wa& 
succeeded  by  the  street  railroad  cars,  the  first  of  which 
was  in  operation  on  Olive  street,  but  not  further  west  than 
Twelfth.  The  Market  street  line  was  opened  the  same  year 
to  Thirteenth  street;  the  line  on  Fourth  and  Chouteau  avenue 
to  St.  Ange  was  established  in  1860,  and  in  1865  extended  to 
Lafayette  Park.  Franklin  avenue  and  Morgan  street  had  car 
sei’vice  in  1859,  Fifth  street  resp.  Seventh  to  the  Arsenal  about 
the  same  time.  Numerous  other  roads  sprang  up  in  course  of 
time,  and  eventually  the  horses  and  mules  were  placed  on  the 
retired  list,  making  room  for  the  cable,  and  later  on  for  the  elec- 
tric cars ; to-day  there  are  few  large  cities  in  the  world  with  so 
extensive  a system  of  rapid  transit  as  St.  Louis. 

For  the  lighting  of  our  streets,  oil  lamps  did  service  as  late  as 
1847,  in  which  year  a contract  was  made  between  the  city  and  the 
St.  Louis  Gas  Light  Company,  by  which  the  latter  was  to  light  the 
streets  with  gas  at  fixed  rates.  It  was  a great  event  when  the  first 


gas  lanterns  replaced  the  obsolete  oil  lamps  on  the  evening  of  the 
fourth  of  November,  1847  ; ten  years  later  gas  works  were  erected 
in  Carondelet,  and  they  are  still  in  operation,  forming  a part  of 
the  Laclede  Gas  Light  Company,  which  latter  was  organized  in 
1868,  and  later  on  became  the  purchaser  of  the  older  company. 
The  lighting  of  streets  by  electricity  was  inaugurated  in  1889,  but 
a large  part  of  the  city  is  still  lit  with  gas. 

It  did  not  require  great  prophetic  ability  to  predict  even  in  ear- 
lier years  the  future  of  our  city  as  one  of  the  commercial  centers  of 
the  United  States  ; its  geographical  location,  the'waterways  of  the 
^ Mississippi  and  Missouri  and  the  tributary  sections  of  the  country 
with  their  vast  agricultural  products,  but  especially  the  supplying 
of  the  great  western  territory,  contributed  all  together  to  make  St. 
Louis  the  focus  of  trade  and  commerce  with  the  West,  South  and 
Southwest ; it  became  still  more  so  through  the  constant  addition 
of  further  railroad  connections.  To  all  this  came  its  quick  devel- 
opment as  an  industrial  center ; there  is  hardly  an  important 
branch  of  industry  not  represented  in  our  midst,  and  we  occupy 
a front  rank  in  many,  as  for  instance,  the  milling,  iron  and  other 
metals,  street  car  building,  furniture,  saddlery,  boot  and  shoe, 
clothing  manufacture,  etc.  The  St.  Louis  flour  is  celebrated  in 


— 35  — 


domestic  and  foreign  markets ; our  breweries  bave  made  the  name 
of  this  city  known  in  every  part  of  the  globe;  among  the  chemical 
factories,  one  is  the  largest  in  the  United  States  ; and  though  the 
slaughtering  and  packing  trade  is  no  more  what  it  used  to  be,  it 
still  forms  an  important  branch  of  business,  likewise  the  lumber 
and  the  cotton  trade.  The  Merchants  Exchange  adopted  this 
name  in  1850,  emanating  from  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  or- 
ganized in  1836  ; the  meetings  were  held  in  rented  localities  until 
1857,  in  which  year  the  building  on  Main  between  Market  and 


MERCHANTS  EXCHANGE. 


Walnut  streets,  now  known  as  the  old  Merchants  Exchange,  was 
opened.  The  present  one  was  inaugurated  in  1875,  is  a very  im- 
posing structure,  whose  only  fault  lies  in  its  ill- chosen  location. 

One  of  the  principal  causes  for  the  removal  of  the  Exchange 
from  Main  to  Third  street  was  the  continued  wane  of  the  river 
traffic  and  the  general  exodus  of  business  from  the  neighborhood 
of  the  Levee.  The  westward  march  of  trade  began  when  the 
wholesale  firms  (mostly  in  the  dry  goods,  clothing  and  hat  and 
cap  line)  left  Main  for  Fifth  sti'eet  and  afterwards  for  Wash- 
ington avenue ; Fourth  street  was  deserted  by  the  wholesale 
millinery  and  the  retail  dry  goods  houses,  which  also  went  further 


— 36  — 


west;  the  banks  and  brokers,  who  used  to  be  on  Third,  came  to 
Fourth  and  made  it  the  Wall  street  of  St.  Louis;  Olive  street, 
once  one  of  the  favorite  residence  streets,  became  the  center  of  our 
retail  trade,  and  North  Broadway  underwent  a similar  change 
up  to  Franklin  avenue;  Lucas  avenue,  formerly  called  Green 
street  and  Christy  avenue,  is  now  the  seat  of  many  manufacturing 
aud  wholesale  firms.  Post  Office  and  Custom  House  followed 
suit  in  1884.  The  northern  part  of  the  city,  beginning  with  Cass 
avenue,  abounds  more  than  any  other  part  with  factories  of  all 
sorts,  particularly  in  the  furniture  branch,  and  it  is  also  the  principal 
location  for  lumber  yards ; the  southern  part  of  St.  Louis  has  in 
■course  of  time  developed  into  a manufacturing  district  by  the 
establishment  of  many  industrial  enterprises  of  importance,  most 
of  which  are  between  the  river  and  Broadway,  on  account  of 
transportation  facilities  by  water  and  railroads. 

The  long  list  of  great  calamities,  of  which  St.  Louis  became  a 
victim  from  time  to  time,  begins  with  the  flood  in  1872,  followed 
by  a second  one  in  1885.  Like  casualties  occurred  in  1811,  1823 
and  1826  but  none  of  them  had  such  fearful  results  as  the  overflow 
of  the  Mississippi  in  1844,  when  more  than  500  persons  had  to 
leave  their  dwellings  and  the  loss  of  property  was  very  great. 
Further  floods  came  in  1851,  1854,  1858,  1863,  1867,  1871,  1875 
and  1876,  but  the  damage  caused  by  them  was  comparatively  not 
very  large.  The  entire  Levee  stood  under  water  in  1881  and  1883, 
likewise  in  1892,  in  which  year  this  side  of  the  river  suffered  only 
little  damage,  when  to  the  contrary  the  loss  on  the  Illinois  shore 
amounted  to  almost  ten  million  dollars. 

Large  conflagrations  were  so  numerous  in  course  of  time  that 
rmention  can  be  made  only  of  those  whereby  the  losses  amounted 
rto  300,000  dollars  and  more.  The  most  terrible  of  all  of  them 
■happened  on  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  of  May,  1849, 
when  the  fire  broke  out  in  one  of  the  boats  in  the  harbor,  other 
iboats  were  caught  by  the  flames  and  the  Levee  being  covered 
with  cotton  bales,  hemp,  hogsheads  of  sugar  and  all  kinds  of 
merchandise  the  flames  spread  soon  to  the  buildings  on  the 
Levee  and  from  there  further  west  causing  the  destruction  of 
dwellings  and  business  houses  in  fifteen  blocks  between  Locust 
and  Elm,  Third  street  and  the  Levee  with  a loss  of  over  six 


— 37  — 


million  dollars.  The  “ City  Buildings  ” on  the  Levee  between 
Market  and  Walnut  streets  burned  down  in  November,  1856,  loss- 
$300,000 ; a loss  of  $350,000  was  incurred  by  the  destruction 
of  Fagin  and  McQueen’s  pork  house  (O’Fallon  and  Main)  in 
1873,  and  the  Collier’s  White  Lead  Factory  on  Clark  avenue  in 
1881.  Fires  in  which  numbers  of  large  business  houses  were- 
totally  or  nearly  destroyed  happened  as  follow's : On  the 
west  side  of  Main  between  Pine  and  Olive,  in  1868,  with  a loss  of 
750,000  dollars;  in  April,  1879,  on  Washington  avenue,  Broad- 
way and  St.  Charles  street,  loss,  450,000  dollars ; in  May  of  the 
same  year  on  the  west  side  of  Broadway  from  Locust  half  a 
block  northward;  in  November,  1891,  over  a million  dollars 
worth  of  property  was  destroyed  on  both  sides  of  Broadway 
between  Morgan  street  and  Franklin  avenue,  and  exactly  the 
same  locality,  including  both  sides  of  Fourth  street  even  up  to 
Third  became  the  victim  of  a terrible  fire  in  December,  1899,  the 
losses  amounting  to  several  millions;  in  October,  1887,  business 
houses  on  Washington  avenue  and  on  Fourth  street  burned  out, 
causing  a loss  of  450,000  dollars.  Further  very  destructive  fires 
were  those  of  Anchor  Mills,  on  Twenty-third  and  Randolph 
streets,  in  1879  (loss  $300,000),  and  in  the  same  3mar  the 
Greeley-Burnham  Grocery  establishment  ($450,000)  ; in  1886  the 
lumber  yard  of  Knapp  & Stout  ($380,000),  and  Shapleigh’s 
hardware  store  on  Main  street  with  $400,000  loss.  Richardson’s 
wholesale  drug  house  on  Fourth  street  and  Clark  avenue  burned 
to  the  ground  on  January  1,  1889,  loss  half  a million;  in  1891 
the  establishment  of  Mansur  & Tebbetts,  on  Spruce  and  Tenth 
streets,  with  300,000  dollars  loss ; the  dry  goods  firm  of  Ely, 
Walker  & Co.,  on  Eighth  and  Washington  avenue,  suffered  a loss 
of  750,000  dollars  in  1897.  The  burning  of  the  Mermod-Jaccard 
Building  shortly  before  Christmas  in  1897,  was  accompanied  by 
a loss  of  400,000  dollars. 

Hotel  fires  were  less  frequent,  but  some  of  them  caused  the' 
loss  of  many  lives.  This  was  especially  the  case  by  the  burning 
of  the  Pacific  Hotel,  corner  of  Seventh  and  Poplar  streets,  in 
February,  1858,  and  of  the  Southern  in  April,  1877.  The  Lin- 
dell  Hotel  was  totally  destroyed  in  April,  1867,  and  the  St. 
Nicholas,  on  Fourth  between  Morgan  street  and  Franklin  avenue, 


— 38  — 


burned  out  in  January,  1885.  The  following  theaters  became 
the  victims  of  fire:  In  1837  the  St.  Louis,  on  Main  near  Locust; 
in  1866  the  National,  on  Market  street  opposite  the  court  house 
(originally  Wyman’s  Hall),  and  the  Bowery  on  North  Third 
near  Franklin  avenue ; in  1867  the  Opera  House,  on  Fifth  near 
Wash  street;  in  1880  the  Comique,  formerly  DeBarr’s,  on  Pine; 
in  1884,  the  Grand  Opera  House  on  Market. 

The  various  boat  conflagrations  in  our  harbor  have  caused  a 
loss,  at  a low  estimate,  of  over  twenty  millions ; the  most  de- 
structive of  them  occurred  in  1849,  1864,  and  1869,  with  losses 
of  $400,000,  $300,000,  and  $475,000  respectively. 

Cholera  epidemics  appeared  in  St.  Louis  in  1832  and  1833  in  a 
mild  form,  but  in  a fearful  measure  in  1849  when  4,140  persons 
were  taken  away  by  the  scourge ; 872  died  from  it  in  1850,  in  the 
year  following  790.  The  dreadful  disease  returned  in  1866,  in 
which  year  684  persons  fell  as  its  victims ; sporadic  cases  ap- 
peared in  the  following  year,  and  no  more  since  that  time.  A 
smallpox  epidemic  visited  the  city  in  1872,  causing  the  death  of 
1,591  out  of  3,759  patients,  and  nearly  1,900  more  died  during  the 
next  three  years  ; 1,840  children  and  adults  died  in  1886,  and  1887 
of  diphtheria,  and  in  1892  were  3,642  typhus  eases  reported,  of 
which  514  pi’oved  fatal. 

The  first  tornado  occurred  in  1833,  on  the  27th  of  June,  the 
second  came  on  the  27th  of  April,  1852,  when  Carondelet  suf- 
fered most;  another  one  was  that  on  the  8th  of  March,  1871,  and 
a very  severe  storm  set  in  on  the  evening  before  Easter  Sunday, 
1872.  It  will  be  observed  that  two  of  those  tornadoes  happened 
on  the  27th  day  of  April  and  June,  respectively,  and  it  is  there- 
fore a somewhat  strange  coincidence  that  the  27th  of  May,  1896, 
brought  over  our  city  a similar  and  at  the  same  time  the  most 
terrible  calamity  that  ever  befell  this  or  any  other  of  the  large 
cities  of  this  country.  The  cyclone  of  that  memorable  day  de- 
stroyed within  twenty  minutes  8,500  houses  of  all  kinds,  factories, 
warehouses,  dwellings,  either  entirely,  or  in  such  a measure  that 
their  repairing  became  more  expensive  than  to  build  them  anew ; 
138  lives  were  lost,  several  hundred  persons  wounded,  and  the 
excitement  and  terror  during  that  never-to-be-forgotton  catas- 
trophe, made  many  insane,  or  at  least  nervous  for  the  rest  of 


— 39  — 


their  lives.  The  material  damage  to  property,  real  estate  and 
otherwise,  amounted  to  more  than  ten  million  dollars,  and  a 
great  number  of  those  who  had  to  bear  those  losses  have  not  yet 
recuperated  from  them. 

A history  of  St.  Louis,  may  it  be  ever  so  brief,  would  be  incom* 
,plete  without  some  reference  to  the  German  element,  which  played 
and  still  plays  such  a conspicuous  role,  and  an  important  factor 
in  the  development  of  the  city.  The  revolutionary  movements  in 
1848  and  1849  brought  a vast  immigration  from  Germany  to  the 
United  States  ; the  West  received  a full  share  of  it,  and  Missouri, 
■especially  St.  Louis,  attracted  many  of  these  newcomers  to  the 
•western  shores  of  the  Mississippi ; they  comprised  farmers, 
mechanics,  laborers,  but  the  majority  consisted  of  merchants,  ' 
lawyers,  clerg}^men,  teachers,  civil  officers,  physicians,  etc.,  — in  1 
one  word,  men  of  intelligence,  knowledge  and  culture,  whose”^ 
presence  soon  became  felt  in  the  community.  They  devoted 
themselves  to  the  various  professions,  commercial  pursuits  and 
industrial  branches,  and  it  did  not  take  long  before  the  German 
attorneys,  doctors,  teachers,  editors,  merchants  and  manufac- 
turers  formed  a prominent  part  of  the  population.  It  is  a fact 
that  many  of  our  German  fellow-citizens  number  among  the 
ioremost  representatives  of  trade,  industry  and  science,  and  that 
their  energy  and  enterprise  have  materially  assisted  in  making 
St.  Louis  what  it  is. 

Times  of  lawlessness  and  disturbances  of  a very  deplorable 
character  furnished  some  lamentable  pages  in  the  history  of  our 
city.  The  discovery  of  some  skeletons  in  an  outhouse  of  the  Med- 
ical College  on  Eleventh  street  and  Washington  avenue,  a part  of 
the  St.  Louis  University,  on  the  25th  of  February,  1844,  by  some 
boys  who  had  entered  the  yard,  caused  a riot  and  the  destruction 
of  a building  and  its  contents  by  an  infuriated  crowd,  which  from 
there  went  to  McDowell’s  College,  on  Eighth  and  Gratiot  streets, 
with  similar  intentions,  but  the  professors  and  students  received 
a timely  warning,  removed  everything  from  the  djssecting  room 
that  could  have  aroused  the  ire  of  the  crowd  ; an  inspection  of 
the  premises  satisfied  the  ring-leaders  that  there  was  no  cause 
4or  an  attack,  and  no  harm  of  an3’-  kind  was  done.  A fight 
between  the  members  of  a volunteer  fire  company  and  some 


— 4U  — 


boat  bands  during  the  burning  of  a steamer  in  June,  184i>,. 
extended  into  a riot,  in  which  four  or  five  boarding  houses  and 
saloons  on  the  Levee  were  demolished,  and  many  of  the  partici- 
pants wounded.  The  municipal  election  in  April,  1852,  caused 
very  riotous  scenes  around  Soulaid  Maiket  and  Seventh  street,, 
and  Park  avenue ; bloody  combats  between  German  and  non- 
German  citizens  lasted  from  morning  till  evening  on  election> 
day ; a house,  in  which  many  Germans  hail  sought  refuge,  was- 
set  on  fire  and  burned  down,  and  an  infuriated  mob  went  late  in 
the  evening  to  the  office  of  the  Anzieger  des  Westens,  bound  on? 
destroying  it  on  account  of  the  paper’s  politics,  but  a military 
company  protected  the  building,  and  the  attack  was  prevented^ 
The  worst  of  all  was  the  riot  in  August,  1854,  brought  on  by  the 
Knownothing  party,  the  native  Americans,  whose  object  it  wa& 
to  deprive  the  foreign-born  citizens  of  their  Constitutional  rights 
this  moveruent  was  especially  directed  against  Catholics  and' 
Irishmen ; their  dwellings  on  the  Levee,  Second  and  Morgaui 

streets,  Franklin  and  what  is  now  Lucas  avenue,  at  that  time- 

called  Green  street,  were  attacked  by  the  mob,  their  furniture- 
and  household  goods  destroyed,  and  the  inhabitants  who  did 
not  escape  in  time,  were  either  badly  treated  or  wounded 

and  many  of  them  even  killed.  The  anarchy  thus  created 

lasted  two  days  and  nights,  and  the  riot  was  only  quelled  by 
the  interference  of  all  the  military  companies  and  a posse  of 
armed  citizens,  who  had  organized  to  restore  peace  and  order. 
The  disturbances  in  connection  with  the  great  railroad  strike  of 
1877  produced  a few  troublesome  days,  especially  in  factories, 
flour  mills,  foundries  and  other  industrial  establishments,  but 
they  came  to  an  end  without  bloodshed  and  without  much  harm 
to  anyone.  The  strongest  contrast  to  that  insignificant  inter- 
ruption of  normal  conditions  furnished  the  street  railroad  strike 
in  1900,  which  lasted  fully  three  months,  causing  the  greatest  in- 
convenience to  the  public,  indescribable  hardship  to  the  striking 
conductors  and  motormen,  and  large  financial  losses  to  the  con- 
solidated street  car  companies.  The  direct  effect  of  this  strike- 
included  two  other  features;  the  employment  of  men  new  in  the- 
service  and  without  the  necessary  ability,  and  in  consequence  of 
that  innumerable  accidents  of  more  or  less  serious  nature,  and  this 


— 41  — 


condition  has  lasted  during  the  year  following  (1901)  and  still 
prevails. 

The  growth  of  the  population  is  best  shown  by  the  following 
figures:  The  inhabitants  of  St.  Louis  in  1800  numbered  970; 
in  1810,  1,400;  in  1820,  4,000;  in  1840,  34,000;  in  1850  the 
population  amounted  to  78,000;  in  1860  it  had  risen  to  185,000  ; 
in  1870  to  310,000.  It  is  somewhat  surprising,  that  the  census  of 
1880  places  the  population  at  only  350,000,  only  40,000  more  than 
ten  years  before,  when  the  decade  from  1860  to  1870,  including 
the  period  of  the  civil  war,  shows  an  increase  of  125  000,  but  this 
can  in  part  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact,  that  the  second  half  of 
the  sixties  brought  large  numbers  of  immigrants  from  Germany 
and  Austria  to  this  country  and  that  St.  Louis  received  a full 
share  of  it.  The  census  of  1890  gave  the  city  451,770  inhabi- 
tants, and  the  one  taken  in  1900  places  it  at  575,000.  This  last 
census  makes  St.  Louis  the  fourth  largest  city  in  the  United  States. 

The  foregoing  pages  show  in  a concise  way  the  development  of 
St.  Louis  from  a small  trader’s  post  to  the  magnificent  city  of  its 
present  size,  and  the  changes  which  time  has  brought  to  the  me- 
tropolis on  the  western  bank  of  the  Father  of  Waters,  the  mighty 
Mississippi. 

ST.  LOUIS  OF  TO-DAY. 

St.  Louis  has  a population  of  nearly  600,000 ; it  has  a river 
front  of  nearly  twenty  miles ; an  area  of  sixty-two  and  one-half 
square  miles ; 462  miles  of  improved  streets ; over  500  miles 
of  sewers ; it  has  twenty  public  parks  with  an  acreage  of 
2176.59;  its  waterwork’s  plant  cost  thirty  million  dollars; 
over  five  millions  are  invested  in  public  school  property,  it  has 
125  public  schools  ; fifty-four  colleges  and  academies  ; forty-one 
hospitals ; 328  churches.  St.  Louis  has  the  largest  steel  arch 
bridge  in  the  world,  costing  ten  millions ; the  largest  and  finest 
railway  station  in  the  world ; the  greatest  electric  plant  in 
America;  the  largest  brewery  in  the  world.  The  Missouri 
Botanical  Garden  (better  known  as  Shaw’s  Garden,  after  the 
name  of  its  founder)  is  the  finest  botanical  garden  in  the  world, 
and  it  is  said  that  every  fiower,  tree,  plant  and  shrub  on  the 
globe  finds  a representative  within  its  boundaries. 


— 42  — 


THE  LOUISIANA  PURCHASE. 

The  Province  or  District  of  Louisiana  was  a French  possession 
originally,  through  La  Salle’s  discoveries  in  the  Seventeenth 
Century.  In  1762,  by  a secret  treaty,  France  conveyed  Louis- 
iana to  Spain.  It  had  been  an  expensive  and  troublesome  prov- 
ince, and  France  was  glad  to  be  rid  of  it.  In  1800,  nearly  forty 
years  later,  another  secret  treaty  retroceded  the  country  to  France. 
Our  relations  at  that  time  with  both  Spain  and  France  were 
decidedly  strained,  the  free  navigation  of  the  Mississippi  river 
being  a particularly  troublesome  question  with  the  former. 

President  Jefferson  saw  plainly  that  we  must  obtain  certain 
territory  on  and  adjacent  to  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  river. 

No  man  dreamed  of  such  a thing  as  the  purchase  of  Louisiana, 
let  alone  suggesting  its  possibility.  The  vast  region  teas  virtually 
thrown  at  us  by  Napoleon. 

When  Jefferson  began  negotiations  for  the  purchase  of  the 
desired  territory  — New  Orleans  and  the  Floridas  — it  was  with 
Spain,  which  was  supposed  to  own  it.  When  subsequently  it 
was  ascertained  that  Spain  had  secretly  reconveyed  Louisiana 
to  France,  it  was  a complete  surprise  to  the  United  States 
negotiators. 

War  between  France  and  England  being  now — 1802  — almost 
certain,  negotiations  were  transferred  to  France  and  pushed 
energetically,  $2,000,000  being  the  sum  our  negotiators  were 
authorized  to  give  for  the  territor}’  desired. 

Livingston,  our  Minister  to  France,  was  reinforced  by  James 
Monroe,  a man  eminently  qualified  for  his  extraordinary  mission. 

Monroe  reached  France  April  7,  1803.  Apparently  the  stars 
in  their  courses  fought  for  us,  for  on  April  30th,  the  treaty  trans- 
ferring all  of  Louisiana  to  us  for  $15,000,000  was  signed,  and 
was  at  once  sent  to  Washington  for  ratification.  Congress  rati- 
fied it  October  17,  1803,  and  on  December  20th  following,  the 
French  colors  came  down  at  New  Orleans  and  the  stars  and 
stripes  .went  up  in  their  stead,  and  the  Mississippi  ran  its 
course  to  the  sea  wholly  through  American  territory. 


— 43  — 


Before  Monroe  leacbed  France,  Napoleon,  with  consummate 
astuteness,  had  decided  to  dispose  of  all  of  Louisiana  instead  of 
the  insignificant  portion  we  were  trying  to  buy.  To  Talleyrand 
and  Marbois,  his  Ministers  of  State  and  Treasury,  he  had  said : 
“ I know  the  full  value  of  Louisiana,  and  I have  been  desirous 
of  repairing  the  fault  of  the  French  negotiator  who  abandoned  it 
in  1762.  A few  lines  of  treaty  have  restored  it  to  me,  and  I 
have  scarcely^  recovered  it  when  I must  expect  to  lose  it.  But  if 
it  escapes  from  me,  it  shall  one  day  cost  dearer  to  those  who 
oblige  me  to  strip  m3'self  of  it,  than  to  those  to  whom  I wish  to  de- 
liver.it.  The  English  have  successively  taken  from  France,  Can- 
ada, Cape  Breton,  New  Foundland,  Nova  Scotia  and  the  richest 
portions  of  Asia.  They  shall  not  have  the  Mississippi,  which  they 
covet.  * » * I tiave  not  a moment  to  lose  in  putting  it  out 

of  their  reach.  * ♦ ♦ j think  of  ceding  it  to  the  United 

States.  * * » They  only  ask  of  me  one  town  in  Louisiana, 

but  I already  consider  the  colony  as  entirely  lost ; and  it  appears 
to  me  that  in  the  hands  of  this  growing  power  it  will  be  more 
useful  to  the  policy,  and  even  to  the  commerce,  of  France  than 
if  I should  attempt  to  keep  it.”  And  again,  “I  renounce 
Louisiana.  It  is  not  only'  New  Orleans  that  I will  cede,  it  is  the 
whole  colony  without  any  reservation.  ♦ * * Xo  attempt  to 

retain  it  would  be  folly.  I direct  you  to  negotiate  this  offer  with 
the  envoys  of  the  United  States.  * * ♦ I will  be  moderate  in 

consideration  of  the  necessity  in  which  I am  of  making  the  sale.” 
This  determination  to  hasten  matters  is  shown  in  the  words  to 
the  Ministers:  “Irresolution  and  deliberation  are  no  longer  in 
season.  Do  not  even  await  the  arrival  of  Mr.  Monroe.  Have 
an  interview  with  Mr.  Livingston  this  very  day.” 

When  the  proposition  to  sell  this  vast  domain  w'as  laid  before 
the  American  diplomatists  they  were  naturally'  rather  staggered. 

They  at  once  rose  grandly  to  the  occasion,  however.  In  those 
days  of  slow-sailing  ships  and  no  cables,  they  must  themselves, 
unadvised  by  Jefferson  and  his  Cabinet,  assume  the  responsi- 
bilities of  the  moment  and  act  one  way  or  the  other  — either 
accept  or  reject.  Like  brave  patriots  they  did  this,  accepted, 
and  closed  the  bargain. 

After  a little  haggling  as  to  price,  the  matter  was  easily  arranged. 


— 44  — 


and  thus  England  was  prevented  from  seizing  New  Orleans  and 
Louisiana  in  the  great  war  that  immediately  followed,  and  the 
United  States  obtained  a future  empire. 

Marbois,  a personal  friend  and  admirer  of  Monroe,  and  also  a 
warm  friend  of  our  country,  was  an  important  adjunct  in  the 
negotiations. 

When  Napoleon  was  informed  of  the  conclusion  of  the  treaty 
he  said:  “This  accession  of  territory  strengthens  forever  the 
power  of  the  United  States;  and  I have  just  given  to  England 
a maritime  rival  that  will  sooner  or  later  humble  her  pride.” 

This  brief  recital  shows  the  important  figure  cut  by  the  French 
Emperor  himself  in  the  affair,  and  how,  as  a matter  of  fact,  we 
drifted  into  it  without  any  preconceived  intention  on  the  part 
of  Jefferson  or  any  one  else. 

And  what  of  the  country?  There  was  a great  uncertainty  at 
the  lime,  and  there  is  now  to  many,  as  to  what  we  actually 
obtained.  We  did  not  buy  the  Oregon  country.  United  States 
Land  Commissioner  Hermann  gives  the  area  of  the  purchase  as 
883,072  square  miles,  or  565,166,080  acres,  an  area  somewhat 
less  than  that  of  the  original  thirteen  States.  Roughly,  the 
eastern  limit  followed  the  Mississippi  from  its  mouth  north  to  the 
forty-ninth  parallel  at  the  Lake  of  the  Woods ; the  forty-ninth 
parallel  constituted  the  northern  boundary,  which  extended  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains ; the  western  line  ran  south  along  the  summit 
of  the  Rockies  to  the  head-waters  of  the  Arkansas  river  in  Colo- 
rado ; thence  down  the  Arkansas  to  the  100th  meridian ; thence 
south  to  the  Red  river ; thence  down  that  river  to  the  ninety-fourth 
meridian  ; south  along  that  meridian  to  the  Sabine  river ; down 
the  Sabine  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  which  formed  the  southern  line. 

The  Louisiana  Purchase  was  larger  in  area  than  Great  Britain, 
France,  Spain,  Germany,  Portugal,  and  Italy  thrown  into  one. 
Out  of  it  have  been  carved  entire  Missouri,  Arkansas,  Iowa,  Ne- 
braska, North  and  South  Dakota,  and  Indian  Territory;  nearly 
all  of  Louisiana,  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Wyoming,  and  Montana, 
about  two-thirds  of  Minnesota,  and  one-third  of  Colorado.  In 
1890  the  population  within  its  limits  exceeded  twice  that  of  the 
United  States  at  the  time  of  the  purchase.  To-day  it  is  the 
greatest  mineral,  grazing,  timber,  and  corn  and  wheat  region  of 
the  United  States. 


— 45  — 


THE  HISTORY  OF  OUR  WORLD’S  FAIR. 

From  an  address  delivered  before  the  Southern  Industrial  Convention 
at  Philadelphia  by  Walter  B.  Stevens,  Secretary,  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair 
■Company. 

The  man  who  wrote  the  Declaration  of  Independence  in  1776 
sat  in  the  White  House  twenty-seven  yeais  later  and  directed  the 
acquisition  of  what  became  known  as  “ Jefferson’s  West,”  and 
what  was  until  then  called  the  Territory  of  Louisiana.  The  price 
paid  to  the  Government  of  France  was  fifteen  million  dollars. 
The  money  had  to  be  borrowed.  Stephen  Girard,  the  Philadel- 
phia philanthropist,  negotiated  the  loan.  The  St.  Louis  World’s 
Fair  Company  entered  upon  the  period  of  prepaiation  with 
$15,000,000  already  provided  toward  the  cost.  It  is  one  of 
the  coincidences  that  the  amount  secured  in  advance  for  the 
celebration  of  this  Centennial  is  exactly  what  was  paid  for  the 
Territory.  The  Territory  thus  acquired,  stands  to-day  for 
$6,600,000,000  of  taxable  wealth.  It  is  seven  times  as  large  as 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland  ; four  times  as  large  as  Germany  or 
France.  The  genesis  of  this  coming  World’s  Fair  was  an  evolu- 
tion. A dozen  years  ago  James  G.  Blaine,  speaking  of  the 
Louisiana  Purchase  to  the  Merchants’  Exchange  of  St.  Louis, 
said : — 

“ Your  growth,  gentlemen,  is  the  growth  of  the  Republic.” 
“ But,”  he  continued,  ” I feel  I have  one  reproach  against 
this  Trans-Mississippi  department.  My  reproach  to  every  foot 
and  to  every  inhabitant  of  the  territory  of  Louisiana  is  that  on 
its  surface  which  represents  a third  part  of  the  United  States, 
there  is  not  a statue  raised  to  the  honor  of  Thomas  Jefferson.” 

It  was  a reproach.  The  just  ground  for  it  was  acknowledged. 
Sentiment  for  some  form  of  celebration  which  should  emphasize 
the  wisdom  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  and  glorify  the  man  who 
made  it,  has  been  growing.  The  people  of  the  Purchase  dis- 
cussed one  form  after  another  for  the  observance  of  this  Cen- 
tennial. When  the  thought  of  a World’s  Fair  was  first  expressed 
it  received  little  attention.  When,  in  February,  1898,  a St. 


— 46  — 


Louis  member  of  Congress  introduced  a bill  for  a World’s 
Fair  at  St.  Louis  in  1903,  it  passed  almost  unnoticed.  Ten 
days  later  the  Maine  was  sunk.  The  bill  slumbered. 

In  the  summer  of  1898  the  Missouri  Historical  Society  of  St. 
Louis  moved  formally  in  the  matter  of  the  Centennial  celebration. 
A committee  of  fifty  men,  fully  representing  the  city’s  interests, 
was  named  to  consider  plans.  The  deliberation  showed  that 
the  plans  considered  at  that  time  were  limited  to  a monument 
for  Jefferson,  a building  for  the  Historical  Society,  or  the  creation 
of  a memorial  park.  But  none  of  these  was  satisfying.  Months 
of  consideration  brought  the  conviction  that  the  Centennial 
called  for  observance  in  the  form  of  a World’s  Fair.  To  the 
Governor  of  Missouri  the  committee  went  with  the  suggestion 
that  the  States  and  Territories  of  the  Purchase  be  called  in  con- 
sultation. The  Governor  formally  invited  the  other  Governors  of 
the  Purchase  to  send  delegates  to  a convention  at  St.  Louis,  and 
they  did  so.  The  invitation  set  forth  the  purpose  to  be  “ con- 
sideration of  the  form  the  observance  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Centennial  should  take.”  Every  State  and  Territory  in  the 
Purchase  responded.  The  Convention  met  in  St.  Louis 
January  10th,  1899.  Organization  was  effected  with  the 

Lieutenant-Governor  of  Iowa,  Mr.  J.  C.  Milliman,  as 
President.  Delegates  were  present  from  Arkansas,  Colorado, 
Iowa,  Kansas,  Louisiana,  Minnesota,  Missouri,  Montana,  Ne- 
br’aska,  North  Dakota,  Oklahoma,  South  Dakota  and  Wyoming. 
The  convention  continued  during  two  days.  The  result  of  it  was 
a unanimous  decision  that  the  Centennial  of  the  Purchase  should 
be  celebrated  by  a World’s  Fair.  In  summing  up  conclusions, 
the  delegates,  without  a dissenting  voice,  declared:  “ We  believe 
that  this  object  can  be  best  accomplished  by  an  Exposition,  inter- 
national in  its  character,  where  the  products  of  the  labor,  skill, 
genius,  industry  and  enterprise  of  our  country  are  brought  into 
close  comparison  with  those  of  all  other  countries ; where  the  peo- 
ples of  the  earth  can  have  an  opportunity  to  behold  and  study 
the  mighty  impress  which  the  influence  of  Liberty  makes  upon  the 
progress  of  man,  and  in  this  great  contest,  where  the  world  is  the 
field,  this  wonderful  valley,  extending  from  the  semi-tropical  sea 
on  the  south  to  the  semi-frozen  regions  of  the  north,  will  gladly 


— 47  — 


submit  its  progress  and  achievements  for  the  first  century  of  its 
growth,  in  friendly  competition  with  the  results  of  many  centuries 
in  the  older  world.”  The  convention  recommended  that  Congress 
be  asked  to  participate  through  a suitable  appropriation.  A roll 
call  of  States  and  Territories  for  an  opinion  of  the  most  appropri- 
ate location  for  the  proposed  Exposition,  showed  sixty-nine  votes 
for  St.  Louis  and  eight  for  New  Orleans.  The  Missouri  delegation 
asked  to  be  excused  and  did  not  vote.  On  motion  of  a delegate 
from  Louisiana,  Mr.  Calhoun,  the  selection  of  St.  Louis  was 
made  unanimous.  The  convention  then  .proceeded  to  organize 
an  Executive  Committee  composed  of  three  representatives  from 
each  State  and  Territory  within  the  Purchase.  This  Executive 
Committee  is  in  existence  to-day  as  an  important  branch  of  the 
organization.  The  convention  further  declared  its  judgment  to 
be  that  in  order  to  insure  success  of  the  proposed  international 
Exposition  on  a scale  worthy  of  its  importance,  it  would  be  neces- 
sary to  obtain  an  appropriation  of  $5,000,000  from  the  National 
Government,  conditioned  upon  a subscription  of  $5,000,000  by 
the  citizens  of  St.  Louis.  The  judgment  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee was  that  it  would  be  necessary  ” to  ask  and  obtain  the 
amount  of  $5,000,000  from  the  city  of  St.  Louis  additional  to  the 
$5,000,000  subscribed  by  citizens.” 

The  people  of  St.  Louis  acted  promptly  upon  the  decision  of 
the  Louisiana  Purchase  Convention  and  its  Executive  Committee. 
An  organization  of  two  hundred  citizens  was  formed,  with  Pierre 
Chouteau  as  Chairman,  with  David  R.  Francis,  as  head  of  the  Ex- 
ecutive Committee,  and  with  Wm.  H.  Thompson,  as  Chairman  of 
the  Finance  Committee. 

In  the  month  following  the  convention  at  St.  Louis,  thirty 
members  of  the  Executive  Committee  then  formed,  representing 
all  parts  of  the  Purchase,  visited  Washington.  The  committee- 
men canvassed  the  Congressional  delegations  from  their  States. 
They  found  the  responses  to  the  suggestion  of  a World  s Fair 
prompt  and  emphatic.  Following  the  canvass,  ther^  was  given 
a dinner,  the  hosts  of  which  were  the  Executive  Committee  of 
the  Louisiana  Purchase  Convention.  The  guests  were  members 
of  the  Cabinet,  Senators,  Representatives  and  Delegates  and 
members  of  the  United  States  Supreme  Court.  Invitations  were 


— 48  — 


limited  strictly  to  those  from  Purchase  States  and  Territories. 
The  Cabinet  was  represented  by  Secretaries  Hitchcock  and  Wil- 
son. Congress  was  represented  by  nearly  every  Senator  and 
Representative  and  Delegate  within  the  Purchase.  The  Supreme 
Court  was  represented  by  Justices  Brewer  and  White.  The 
banquet  assumed  a most  practical  aspect.  A series  of  speeches 
indorsing  the  decision  of  the  convention  and  pledging  per- 
sonal effort  on  the  part  of  the  guests  to  carry  out  the  recom- 
mendations was  made.  These  addresses  were  characterized  by 
marked  enthusiasm.  In  the  course  of  his  introductory  remarks, 
the  chairman,  David  R.  Francis,  said:  “Such  an  P^xposition 
as  we  are  planning  will  be  the  scene  of  competition  of  the 
highest  mechanism  of  the  world,  and  the  theater  for  the  dis- 
play of  the  best  thought  of  the  age.  The  one  hundreth  anniver- 
sary of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  should  be  marked  by  the  erection 
of  a monument  to  Thomas  Jefferson  in  the  capital  or  metropolis 
of  every  State  carved  from  the  Louisiana  Territory.  On  behalf 
of  St.  Louis  I am  authorized  to  say — and  in  this  statement  I am 
sustained  by  substantially  all  of  her  progressive,  public-spirited 
merchants,  capitalists  and  laboring  men  — the  men  who  have 
made  that  city  what  it  is  — and  twenty-five  or  more  of  them  are 
seated  at  this  board  — lam  authorized  to  say  that  the  city  of  St. 
Louis  pledges  her  people  to  raise  at  least  $10,000,000  toward 
preparing  for  such  an  international  Exposition  as  will  fitly  com- 
memorate the  Louisiana  Purchase,  provided  the  Federal  govern- 
ment will  grant  its  recognition  of  the  Exposition,  and  will  evi- 
dence its  good  will  and  support.”  The  addresses  which  followed 
dwelt  upon  the  magnitude  of  development  within  the  Purchase 
limits  and  upon  the  importance  of  the  Purchase  to  the  whole 
country.  There  was  not  an  inharmonious  note  in  that  series  of 
talks,  continuing  far  into  the  night.  The  Executive  Committee 
and  the  St.  Louis  delegation  returned  to  their  homes  to  take  up 
details  of  preliminary  work.  Senators  and  Representatives  and 
delegates  who  had  pledged  their  co-operation  formed  an  organi- 
zation to  encourage  sentiment  on  the  subject  in  Congress. 

The  Missouri  Legislature  entered  upon  the  necessary  legislation 
for  the  enterprise.  In  St.  Louis  the  work  of  raising,  by  popular 
subscription,  the  $5,000,000  which  Chairman  Francis  had  prom- 


— 49  — 


ised  at  Washington,  was  undertaken  with  vigor.  At  amass  meet- 
ing held  in  the  great  Music  Hall,  $4,000,000  was  pledged.  The 
Speaker  of  the  House,  Mr.  Henderson,  appointed  a special  com- 
mittee to  consider  World’s  Fair  matters.  In  the  House  the  initial 
World’s  Fair  bill  was  introduced  by  Hon.  J.  R.  Lane,  of  Iowa. 
In  the  Senate  a similar  bill  was  introduced  by  Hon.  Francis  M. 
Cockrell,  of  Missouri.  At  the  hearings  before  the  special  com 
mittee,  appeared  Governors  or  other  officials  of  the  Purchase 
States.  It  was  asked  that  Congress  should,  through  enactment, 
give  assurance  of  national  aid  to  the  amount  of  $5,000,000. 
This  aid  was  to  be  wholly  dependent  upon  St.  Louis  raising 
$10,000,000.  The  committee  reported  in  favor  of  a vote  by 
the  House  upon  the  proposition.  Before  the  session  ended  a 
provision  in  the  sundry  civil  bill  committed  Congress  to  this  con- 
ditional aid.  Especially  significant  and  gratifying  was  the  absence 
of  any  partisanship  or  sectionalism  in  the  action  of  Congress. 
With  the  leaders  of  the  House  the  conclusion  was  that  if  St.  Louis 
performed  its  part  of  the  contract  the  appropriation  should  be 
made  at  the  subsequent  session  of  Congress.  The  contract  was 
fulfilled.  At  the  next  election  in  Missouri,  November,  1900, 
the  Constitution  of  the  State  was  amended,  not  only  to  per- 
mit the  city  of  St.  Louis  to  issue  $5,000,000  in  bonds,  but  also 
to  authorize  an  appropriation  of  $1,000,000  by  the  State  for  its 
participation  in  the  Exposition.  The  voting  resulted  in  the 
passage  of  both  propositions,  five-sixths  of  the  total  number 
being  in  the  affirmative.  Since  that  election  the  Legislature  has 
carried  out  its  part,  making  the  appropriation  of  $1,000,000 ; the 
municipal  assembly  has  by  ordinance  authorized  the  issue  of  the 
$5,000,000  in  bonds,  and  the  people  of  St.  Louis  have  subscribed 
the  $5,000,000  in  stock. 

In  February,  1901,  Secretary  Gage,  of  the  Treasury  Depart- 
ment, was  furnished  with  the  evidence  that  honajide  subscriptions 
to  the  full  amount  stipulated  by  Congress  had  been  secured  and 
that  the  bonds  had  been  legally  authorized.  He  certified  these 
facts  to  Congress.  The  Special  Committee  reported  the  bill  pro- 
viding an  appropriation  by  the  Government  of  $5,000,000.  The 
House  passed  it  by  more  than  a two-thirds  majority.  There  en- 
sued some  days  of  delay,  owing  to  the  desire  of  the  Senate  to 
4k 


— 50  — 


attach  to  the  St.  Louis  proposition  appropriations  for  the  Buffalo 
and  Charleston  expositions,  and  owing  to  the  unwillingness  of  the 
House  to  couple  these  propositions  to  the  World’s  Fair  at  St.  Louis. 
On  the  3d  of  March,  the  Senate  receded  from  its  position,  and 
the  bill,  as  passed  by  the  House,  was  accepted  with  only  ten  dis- 
senting votes,  which  were  cast  by  friends  of  the  other  proposed 
appropriations.  This  action  of  Congress  in  appropriating  $5,000,- 
000  to  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair  making  the  Government  a finan- 
cial partner  to  the  extent  of  one-third,  was  practically  unanimous. 
It  constituted  the  most  notable  legislation  by  Congress  for  exposi- 
tion purposes.  In  the  act  making  the  appropriation  the  general 
government’s  close  relations  were  clearly  set  forth.  A national 
commission  was  provided  for.  That  commission  the  late  President 
McKinley  appointed  before  the  end  of  April.  The  nine  commis- 
sioners are  four  former  United  States  senators,  two  former  mem- 
bers of  the  House  of  Representatives,  a former  railroad  manager, 
a former  State  official  of  New  England,  and  a leading  business 
man  of  the  Southwest..  All  sections  of  the  country  have  represen- 
tation in  this  commission. 

Following  the  action  of  Congress,  the  Exposition  Company  was 
incorporated,  and  the  stockholders  elected  directors.  The  direc- 
tors immediately  organized  by  the  election  of  officers  and  by 
appointment  of  committees.  The  president  of  the  company  is 
David  R.  Francis,  former  mayor  of  the  city  of  St.  Louis,  former 
Governor  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  and  a member  of  President 
Cleveland’s  cabinet  during  his  second  administration.  Wm.  H. 
Thompson,  the  treasurer,  is  the  president  of  the  National  Bank  of 
Commerce  of  St.  Louis.  The  directors  stand  for  all  leading 
financial,  commercial  and  professional  interests  of  the  city. 

The  second  month  of  corporate  existence  brought  the  selection 
of  site  to  a conclusion,  and  found  a score  of  committees  at  work 
upon  the  general  scope  and  the  numberless  details  of  the  exposi- 
tion. Mention  only  of  the  indorsements  which  this  World’s  Fair 
proposition  has  received  from  industrial  and  commercial  bodies 
would  tax  patience.  It  will  not  be  attempted.  But  the  fact  may 
be  recalled  that  the  Southern  Industrial  Convention  which  met  in 
New  Orleans  went  on  record  in  strong  terms  supporting  the  move- 
ment. On  that  occasion  it  was  declared  that  the  delegates  and 


— 51 


members  of  the  Southern  Industrial  Convention  “ urge  not  only 
upon  all  the  States  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase,  but  upon  all  the 
Southern  States,  cities  and  manufacturers  especially,  to  give  to  the 
enterprise  their  hearty  approval,  advocacy  and  co-operation,  in 
order  that  the  industrial  development  of  the  South  and  West  may 
be  practically  placed  before  the  world’s  people,  and  that  the  grand 
achievement  of  the  greatest  statesman  of  modern  times,  Thomas 
Jefferson,  be  properly  celebrated  and  his  memory  crowned.” 

There  is  evolution  in  expositions.  The  Centennial  was  a great 
thing  in  1876.  Everybody  talked  about  it.  Everybody  who 
could  visited  it.  Some  statesman  at  Washington  made  a speech 
the  following  winter,  in  which  he  inveighed  bitterly  against  expo- 
sitions. He  told  how  some  of  his  constituents  had  sold  their 
winter  stoves  in  summer  to  get  money  to  go  to  the  Centennial, 
and  were  then  shivering  at  their  homes  in  penance  for  their  folly ! 
The  awakening  of  interest  in  the  Centennial  was  sudden.  It 
came  with  the  opening  of  the  gates,  and  inci’eased  almost  to  a 
popular  craze.  For  months  after  Chicago  obtained  from  Con- 
gress the  legislation  to  hold  the  Columbian  Exposition,  the  prop- 
osition was  treated  in  many  parts  of  the  country  with  incredulity. 
Six  months  after  the  action  of  Congress,  the  Government  Com- 
missioners found  it  expedient  to  afHrm  in  resolutions  that  the 
Columbian  Exposition  movement  was  worthy  of  the  serious 
consideration  of  the  world. 

The  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  enters  the  field  without 
handicap,  with  the  official  indorsement  and  financial  backing  of 
the  United  States  Government.  It  began  the  period  of  material 
preparation  with  the  good  will  of  the  whole  country,  and  with 
notable  manifestations  of  interest  from  all  parts  of  the  world. 
The  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  will  surpass  all  predecessors. 
How?  It  is  too  soon  to  tell  in  detail,  but  that  does  not  detract 
from  the  promise.  An  exposition  grows  in  the  brains  as  well  as 
by  the  hands  of  its  builders.  Out  of  the  wealth  of  suggestion 
comes  as  naturally  as  germination  of  seed,  the  evolution  of  a 
World’s  Fair.  Shadows  of  some  phases  are  being  cast  before. 
They  indicate  no  borrowing,  no  copying.  Life,  the  human 
activities,  it  seems,  will  be  a strong  feature  in  the  Exposition.  A 
World’s  Fair  of  people  as  well  as  of  things  is  contemplated. 


— 52  — 


Enduring  features  are  engaging  the  attention  of  the  directors. 
A World’s  Fair  that  shall  create  for  permanence  is  being  planned. 
Processes  of  manufacture,  wherein  actual  production  is  shown, 
will  be  encouraged,  as  being  of  more  interest  to  the  people  than 
still  exhibits.  These  and  other  tendencies  will  develop  that 
which  shall  make  the  coming  Exposition  characteristic,  greater 
and  better  than  all  international  expositions  which  have  pre- 
ceded it. 


PLAN  AND  SCOPE  OF  THE  INTERNATIONAL  EXPOSITION  AT 

ST.  LOUIS. 

(Official.) 

PLAN. 

The  foundation  plan  of  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair  will  be 
that  of  an  exposition  both  national  and  international  in  its 
character,  so  that  not  only  the  people  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Territory,  but  of  our  Union,  and  all  the  nations  as  well,  can 
participate.  It  will  be  so  projected  and  developed  as  to  insure 
the  active  interest  of  all  the  peoples  of  the  world  and  induce  their 
participation  upon  a scale  without  parallel  in  any  previous 
exposition. 

It  will  present  in  a special  degree,  and  in  the  most  comprehen- 
sive manner,  the  history,  the  resources,  and  the  development 
of  the  States  and  Territories  lying  within  the  boundaries  of  the 
Louisiana  Purchase,  showing  what  it  was  and  what  it  is ; what 
it  contained  and  produced  in  1803;  what  it  contains  and  pro- 
duces now.  It  will  make  it  plain  that  the  prophecy  of  1803  has 
been  more  than  fulfilled,  and  show  that  a veritable  empire  now 
lies  between  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Puget  Sound,  within  the 
limits  of  the  territory  Jefferson  obtained  by  the  Louisiana 
Purchase.  It  will  show  the  history,  resources  and  development 
of  the  possessions  of  the  United  States,  including  Porto  Rico, 
Alaska,  Hawaii,  Samoa,  Guam  and  the  Philippines.  It  will 
embrace  in  a similar  portrayal  Cuba  and  any  other  country 
which  may  enjoy  the  special  and  exceptional  protection  and 


— 53  — 


guardianship  of  the  United  States.  It  will  depart  from  the  plan 
of  all  past  expositions  and  make  life  and  movement  its  distin- 
guishing and  marked  characteristics.  To  this  end  it  will  aim 
definitely  at  an  exhibition  of  man  as  well  as  the  works  of  man  ; 
at  the  presentation  of  manufacturing  industries  in  actual  conduct 
as  well  as  of  the  machines  out  of  action ; at  the  exhibition  of 
processes  as  well  as  of  completed  products. 

It  will  carefully  plan  in  the  location,  the  construction  and 
ai’rangement  of  all  buildings  and  works  so  as  to  assure  the  highest 
degree  of  convenience,  ease  and  comfort  for  visitors  who  come  to 
inspect  the  wonders  contained  within  its  inclosure.  It  will  make  it 
both  easy  and  comfortable  to  get  to  the  Exposition  Grounds  from 
every  quarter  of  the  city  and  from  every  railway  terminating  in 
St.  Louis.  It  will  in  like  manner  make  it  easy  and  comfortable 
to  move  about  the  Exposition  Grounds,  and  to  pass  from  building 
to  building  and  from  point  to  point  within  every  building  of  large 
area.  In  short,  it  will  make  the  transportation  of  visitors  the  subject 
of  special  study  and  spare  no  expense  in  the  solving  of  this  vital 
problem,  so  that  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair  may  go  down  in  his- 
tory as  the  first  great  international  exhibition  which  a visitor  could 
inspect  without  enduring  fatigue  and  hardship. 

Finally,  it  will  embody  and  illustrate  the  latest  and  most  ad- 
vanced progress  in  the  employment  of  the  energies  of  nature.  It 
will  be  up-to-date  in  the  use  of  all  new  motive  forces,  and  be  fully 
abreast  with  science  in  the  utilization  of  every  novel  invention  or 
discovery  that  has  practical  value. 

SCOPE. 

In  order  that  the  general  plan  outlined  for  the  St  Louis 
World’s  Fair  may  be  fulfilled  in  its  actual  accomplishments,  it  will 
exhibit  the  arts  and  industries,  the  methods  and  processes  of 
manufacture  of  the  whole  world ; it  will  gather  the  products  of 
the  soil,  mine,  forest  and  sea  from  the  whole  earth.  It  will 
comprehend  man  in  his  full  twentieth-century  development, 
exhibiting  not  alone  his  material,  but  his  social  advance- 
ment. It  will  show  humanity  at  rest  as  well  as  at  work, 
presenting  man  in  his  hours  of  recreation,  his  exercises,  his 


— 54  — 


games  and  his  sports.  It  will  illustrate  the  modern  home  with 
the  infinity  of  comforts  and  conveniences  that  have  been  brought 
into  common  use  within  the  century  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair  will 
commemorate.  It  wilLbring  together  the  wild  life  of  the  forests, 
plains  and  waters,  showing  visitors  a zoological  collection  of  un- 
trained and  untamed  Janimals  as  nearly  as  practicable  with  the 
surroundings  of  their  native  state. 

The  progressiveness  of  the  Exposition  will  be  most  especially 
manifest  in  the  manner  and  extent  of  its  use  of  artificial  light,  both 
for  purposes  of  illuminating  and  as  a means  of  decoration.  Electric 
lighting  in  the  latest,  most  striking  and  most  effective  form,  as  well 
as  all  other  new  and  efficient  modes  of  illuminating,  will  be  so  liber- 
ally employed  that  the  Exposition  grounds  and  buildings  will  blaze 
with  light  at  night  and  their  beauties  successfully  rival  the  at- 
tractions of  daylight.  For  the  development  of  the  Exposition 
to  the  full  scope  outlined  it  will  provide  for  the  housing  and  care 
of  exhibits  divided  into  a number  of  grand  sections,  each  of 
which  will  be  again  divided  into  departments  and  subdepart- 
ments. The  principal  sections  into  which  the  Exposition  will  be 
divided  will  be  as  follows : Agriculture,  Athletics  and  Outdoor 
Sports  and  Games,  Chemical  Industries,  Civil  Engineering, 
Colonization,  Decoration,  Furniture,  etc.,  Diversified  Indus- 
tries, Education  and  Instruction,  Electricity,  Fine  Arts, 
Machinery,  Food-stuffs,  Forestry,  History,  Horticulture  and 
Arboriculture,  Liberal  Arts,  Military  and  Naval,  Mining  and 
Metallurgy,  Social  Economy,  Textile,  Transportation,  Wild 
Animals. 


00  — 


WORLD’S  FAIR  OFFICERS. 

President. 

David  R.  Francis. 

Vice-Presidents. 

Corwin  H.  Spencer. 
Samuel  M.  Kennard. 
Daniel  M.  Houser. 

Cyrus  P.  Walbridge. 

Seth  W.  Cobb. 

Charles  H.  Huttig. 
August  Gehner. 

Pierre  Chouteau. 

Treasurer. 

William  H.  Thompson. 
Secretary. 

Walter  B.  Stevens. 

General  Counsel. 

James  L.  Blair. 


BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS. 


A.  A.  Allen. 


James  Campbell. 
Murray  Carleton. 
Pierre  Chouteau. 
Seth  W.  Cobb. 


James  L.  Blair. 
Nicholas  M.  Bell. 


C.  F.  Blanke. 
W.  F.  Boyle. 
A.  D.  Brown. 


James  F.  Coyle. 
George  T.  Cram. 
John  D.  Davis. 


George  Warren  Brown. 
Paul  Brown. 

Adolphus  Busch. 
James  G.  Butler. 


Alex.  N.  De  Meuil. 


S.  M.  Dodd. 
L.  D.  Dozier. 


— 56  — 


BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS.  — Coiitmued. 


Harrison  J.  Drummond. 

R.  B.  Dula. 

George  L.  Edwards. 
Howard  Elliott. 

S.  M.  Felton. 

David  R.  Francis. 
Nathan  Frank. 

A.  H.  Frederick. 

August  Gehner. 

Norris  B.  Gregg. 

W.  T.  Haarstick. 

A.  B.  Hart. 

Walker  Hill. 

John  A.  Holmes. 

D.  M.  Houser. 

C.  H.  Huttig. 

M.  E.  Ingalls. 
Breckenridge  Jones. 

S.  M.  Kennard. 
Goodman  King. 

W.  J.  Kinsella. 

Charles  W.  Knapp. 

Dr.  J.  J.  Lawrence. 

W.  H.  Lee. 

F.  W.  Lehmann. 

Wm.  J.  Lemp. 

J.  W.  McDonald. 

Thos.  H.  McKittrick. 
Geo.  D.  Markham. 

Finis  E.  Marshall. 

C.  F.  G.  Meyer. 

Isaac  W.  Morton. 

F.  G.  Niedringhaus. 

W.  F.  Nolker. 

D.  C.  Nugent. 

Edward  S.  Orr. 

George  W.  Parker. 


H.  Clay  Pierce. 
Joseph  Ramsey,  Jr. 
David  Ranken,  Jr. 
Jonathan  Rice. 

Clark  H.  Sampson. 
Julius  J.  Schotten. 
John  Schroers. 

Isaac  Schwab. 

R.  M.  Scruggs. 

John  Scullin. 

A.  L.  Shapleigh. 

J.  E.  Smith. 

C.  H.  Spencer. 
Samuel  Spencer. 

W.  C.  Steigers. 

H.  W.  Steinbiss. 
Walter  B.  Stevens 
Charles  A.  Stix. 

R.  H.  Stockton. 

Geo.  J.  Tansey. 

Wra.  H.  Thompson. 
Charles  H.  Turner. 
J.  J.  Turner. 

J.  C.  Van  Blarcom. 
Festus  J.  Wade. 

C.  P.  Walbridge. 
Julius  S.  Walsh. 

C.  G.  Warner. 

W.  B.  Wells. 

Chas.  F.  Wenneker. 
J.  J.  Wertheimer. 
Jldwards  Whitaker. 

A.  A.  B.  Woerheide, 
Wm.  H.  Woodward. 
Geo.  M.  Wright. 

B.  F.  Yoakum. 


CHAIRMEN  OF  COMMITTEES. 


Organization : 

D.  R.  Francis,  ex  officio ; C.  H.  Spencer,  Vice-Chairman. 
Executive : 

D.  R.  Francis,  ex  officio ; Wm.  H.  Thompson,  Vice-Chairmi 

Fmance : 

Wm.  H.  Lee. 

Ways  and  Means: 

Festus  J.  Wade,  Thos.  H.  McKittrick,  Vice-Chairman. 
Concessions : 

Geo.  L.  Edwards,  J.  J.  Wertheimer,  Vice-Chairman. 
Transiwrtation : 

Julius  S.  Walsh,  Joseph  Ramsey,  Jr.,  Vice-Chairman. 
Press  and  Publicity: 

R.  H.  Stockton,  W.  B.  Stevens,  Vice-Chairman. 

Chief  of  Press  Bureau; 

Wm.  a.  Kelsoe. 

Foreign  Relations: 

Adolphus  Busch,  W.  F.  Boyle,  Vice-Chairman. 
Supplies: 

Norris  B.  Gregg,  James  F.  Coyle,  Vice-Chairman. 
Sanitation  : 

C.  P.  Walbridge,  Alex.  N.  De  Menil,  Vice-Chairman. 
Police : 

Harrison  I.  Drummond,  C.  H.  Turner,  Vice-Chairman. 

. Insurance: 

Geo.  T.  Cram,  A.  D.  Brown,  Vice-Chairman. 

Ceremon  ies : 

C.  H.  Spencer,  W.  H.  Lee,  Vice-Chairman. 


— 58  — 


Grounds  and  Buildings: 

W.  H.  Thompson,  S.  M.  Kennard,  Vice-Chairman. 
Legislation : 

D.  M.  Hocser,  W.  C.  Steioers,  Vice-Chairman. 
Agriculture : 

Paul  Brown,  Festus  J.  Wade,  Vice-Chairman. 
Fine  Arts: 

Isaac  W.  Morton,  S.  M.  Dodd,  Vice-Chairman. 
Mines  and  Mining: 

W.  J.  Kinsella,  John  D.  Davis,  Vice-Chairman. 
State  Exhibits : 

C.  H.  Hcttig,  Edward  S.  Orr,  Vice-Chairman. 

Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts: 

Geo.  W.  Parker,  Goodman  Kino,  Vice-Chairman. 

Electricity : 

J.  E.  Smith,  Joseph  Ramsey,  Jr.,  Vice-Chairman. 
Fish  and  Fisheries: 

Seth  W.  Cobb,  A.  B.  Hart,  Vice-Chairman. 
Ethnology : 

F.  W.  Lehmann,  Goodman  King,  Vice-Chairman. 
Education : 

John  Schroers,  R.  B.  Dula,  Vice-Chairman. 
History : 

Pierre  Chouteau,  Alex.  N.  De  Menil,  Vice-Chairman. 

Director  of  Exhibits: 

Fredrick  J.  V.  Skiff. 


— 59 


THE  ^YORLD’S  FAIR  GROUNDS  AND  BUILDINGS. 

The  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  in  St.  Louis,  will  be  the 
first  in  the  world’s  history  in  which  hills  enter  into  the  composition 
of  the  main  exposition  “ picture.  ” The  natural  topography  of 
the  site  prompted  this  radical  departure.  The  main  “picture” 
of  the  exposition  (the  great  spectacle  to  be  made  by  the  big 
exhibit  buildings,  by  water  and  by  sculptures)  is  to  be  located 
entirely  within  Forest  Park,  the  second  largest  public  park  in  the 
United  States.  The  use  of  half  of  this  park,  the  unfinished  por- 
tion, was  granted  to  the  exposition  company  by  the  City  of  St. 
Louis  as  an  exposition  site.  This  part  of  the  park  is  hilly.  It 
contains  a large  level  tract  of  about  400  acres,  which  formerly 
supplied  space  for  golf  links  and  a race  track.  From  this  level 
the  ground  rises  on  a slope  of  about  60  degrees  to  an  average 
height  of  60  feet.  The  main  exhibit  buildings,  the  big  towers, 
the  lagoons,  basins,  canals  and  statuary  groups,  occupy  the  lower 
level.  The  Art  Gallery  and  its  by  buildings  (the  architectural 
chef  d’oeuvre  of  the  exposition  designed  by  Cass  Gilbert)  the 
United  States  Government  Building,  designed  by  J.  Knox  Taylor, 
are  t©  be  built  on  the  elevated  tract. 

In  the  treatment  of  the  intervening  slope  the  commission  of 
Architects  had  scope  for  originality.  The  difference  of  elevation 
constituted  the  chief  problem  with  which  they  had  to  contend. 
They  solved  it  as  shown  in  the  ground  plan.  Hanging  gardens  and 
a series  of  magnificent  cascades  fill  in  this  portion  of  the  picture. 
The  main  picture  of  the  exposition  is  roughly  in  the  shape  of  a 
gigantic  fan,  the  ribs  of  which  are  the  avenues  of  the  exposition. 
At  the  apex  of  this  radiant  composition  stands  the  Art  Building 
on  an  eminence.  Three  great  cascades  that  issue  from  the 
sides  of  three  hills  in  the  form  of  a crescent  are  to  course 
down  the  hillsides  and  to  empty  into  a grand  basin.  The 
water  effects  of  the  picture,  radiating  from  these  three  cascades, 
offer  a mile  of  continuous  water  circuit.  From  the  roughly 
semi-circular  basin  into  which  the  cascades  plunge,  two  streams 
in  imitation  of  a natural  river  branch  to  right  and  left.  As  they 
traverse  the  avenues  their  banks  assume  a regular  geometrical 


— 60  — 


outline  to  their  debouchure  into  the  grand  basin  at  its  lower  end. 
The  beautifully  wooded  areas  on  the  highest  levels  of  Forest 
Park  are  to  be  occupied  by  the  State  and  foreign  buildings. 
The  main  entrance  to  the  exposition  is  to  be  on  the  side  toward 
the  city  where  the  exposition  site  abuts  the  finished  portion  of 
the  Forest  Park.  A monumental  entrance  of  magnificent 
proportions  and  design,  the  work  of  Chief  Architect  Taylor,  will 
be  located  here.  The  two  exhibit  buildings  immediately  within 
this  great  portal  will  be  crowned  by  towers  400  feet  high  which 
will  form  a part  of  the  picture  of  the  monumental  entrance. 
The  grandest  residence  street  in  St.  Louis,  Lindell  Boulevard, 
will  lead  directly  to  the  monumental  portal.  Visitors  driving  to 


LOUISIANA  PURCHASE  EXPOSITION 

Ground  Plan  Revised  to  Feb.  1st,  1902. 


\ 


1 Goyfmf/vr 

2 nsH  Commission 
.3  ubcnalArts 

4 Mines  ANOMfrALCORGX 
6 MANVFACTUM£0 

6 Textiles 

7 ART  GALLERY 

8 VARIED  /NDUSTff/ES 

9 Electricity  ANO  Machinery 

10  MACHINERY 

11  Transportation 

12  Forestry ANonsH AND  GAME 

13  CDUCATION  AND  SOCIAL  ECONOMY 

14  ADMINISTRATION 
1 6 PHYSICAL  CUL  TORE 


GROUND  PLAN. 


the  site  out  Lindell  Boulevard,  will  traverse  a thoroughfare  on 
which  are  some  of  the  handsomest  homes  in  America.  The  main 
exposition  picture  covers  over  two-thirds  of  a square  mile. 
The  avenue  in  which  lies  the  Grand  Basin  is  600  feet  wide.  The 
other  avenues  are  300  feet  wide.  From  the  main  entrance  to 
the  apex  of  the  radiant  picture  the  distance  is  over  three-fourths 
of  a mile.  The  buildings  are  on  the  same  heroic  scale.  Those 
in  the  main  picture  are  to  be : — 


— 61  — 


BUILDING. 


DIMENSIONS. 


ARCHITECT. 


Art  Building,  with  two  Pa-i 
vilions,  each / 

300  X 900  ft.  \ 
200  X 300  “ i 

Cass  Gilbert. 

Liberal  Arts  Building 

600  X 550  .. 

Barnett,  Haynes  & Barnett 

Manufactures  and  Liberal  Arts 

Building 

600  X 1200  “ .. 

Carrere  & Hastings. 

Electricity  Building 

600  X 550  “ .. 

Walker  & Kimball. 

Varied  Industries  Building  . . . 

600  X 1200  .. 

Van  Brunt  & Howe. 

Mines  and  Metallurgy  Build’g 

650  X 750  “ .. 

Theo  C.  Link. 

Textiles  Building 

550  X 750  “ .. 

Eames  & Young. 

Machinery  Building 

Government  Building,  with 

600  X 1300  “ .. 

Widmann,  Walsh  & Bois- 
selier. 

Fisheries  Pavilion  and  Ord- 

nance  Pavilion 

400  X 250  “ .. 

J.  Knox  Taylor. 

The  Agricultural  Building,  the  largest  structure  in  America, 
700x2000  feet,  to  be  designed  by  Chief  Architect  Isaac  S.  Tay- 
lor, -will  not  be  included  in  the  main  picture. 

Another  problem  solved  by  the  architects  was  in  the  composi- 
tion of  the  Art  Building.  This  is  to  be  a fire-proof  permanent 
structure,  and  for  that  reason  cannot  be  as  ornate  as  the  show 
buildings  of  staff,  which  form  the  rest  of  the  main  picture.  To- 
eliminate  a discordant  note  which  might  enter  in  the  juxtaposi- 
tion of  a subdued  building  with  the  more  ornate  exhibit  buildings, 
the  summit  of  the  hill  whence  the  cascade  torrents  gush  will  be 
crowned  by  a magnificent  colonnade  or  peristyle  which  will  close 
the  main  picture  and  exclude  from  the  grand  view  the  more 
subdued  main  art  galleries.  The  colonnade  will  be  terminated 
at  either  end  by  the  pavilions  of  the  Art  Building. 


UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 

The  United  States  Government  Building  will  occupy  the  most 
easterly  site  of  the  several  large  exhibit  buildings.  It  wilt  be 
upon  an  eminence  sixty  feet  above  the  water  level  of  the  Grand 
Lagoon  and  will  command  a view  of  the  main  transverse  avenue 
of  the  exposition  “ picture.”  The  west  frontage  of  the  build- 
ing will  be  marked  by  great  colonnades  on  the  Corinthian  order. 
The  appropriation  for  this  building  is  $250,000,  but  since  the 


— 62  — 


sketch  has  been  finished  by  the  architect  the  government  board 
has  declared  that  the  space  afforded  by  the  structure  is  insuffi- 
cient and  an  effort  will  be  made  to  make  the  building  larger 
without  materially  altering  the  design.  The  site  affords  ample 
space  for  the  proposed  increase  of  size.  The  building  is  from 
designs  by  J.  Knox  Taylor,  supervising  architect  of  the  treasury. 
He  has  introduced  in  the  design  a central  feature  which  gives  a 


GOVERNMENT  BUILDING. 


well  balanced  and  effective  facade.  The  style  of  architecture 
conforms  happily  with  that  adopted  for  the  other  exhibit  build- 
ings. The  area  to  be  covered  by  this  building,  if  present  plans 
are  followed,  is  a little  more  than  two  acres,  being  400x250  feet. 
Back  of  the  main  structure  is  to  be  a large  building  for  the 
United  States  Fish  Commission  exhibit. 


THE  MISSOURI  STATE  BUILDING. 

The  Missouri  Building  at  the  World’s  Fair,  is  the  main  building 
in  the  group  of  buildings  to  be  erected  by  the  Missouri  World’s  Fair 
Commission  on  the  grounds  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition 
in  Forest  Park.  The  site  of  the  building  was  recommended  by  the 
Commission  after  a careful  survey  of  the  ground.  Ready  accessi- 
bility and  prominence  among  the  buildings  that  surround  it  are  both 
admirably  subserved  by  the  location.  The  building  will  be  erected 


— 63  — 


on  the  high  grpund  south  of  the  big  main  picture  of  the  Fair.  The 
building  nearest  to  it  will  be  the  United  States  Government  Build- 
ing. The  Missouri  Building  is  to  be  almost  in  the  geographical 
center  of  Forest  Park  and  is  therefore  near  the  eastern  boundary 
of  that  part  of  the  park  to  be  used  for  the  Fair.  It  will  be  easy 
of  access  from  north,  south  and  east.  The  grounds  to  the  south 
are  nearly  level  to  the  border  of  the  park  at  Clayton  road.  To 
the  north  the  approach  is  precipitous,  which  adds  beauties  of  per- 
spective, while  at  the  same  time  the  declivity  is  not  so  great  as  to 
render  it  inaccessible  for  pedestrians.  The  Intramural  Railway 
which  will  traverse  the  grounds  of  the  Fair  has  been  laid  out  to 
pass  in  the  immediate  vicinity  and  a handsome  station  will  be 
located  near  the  Missouri  Building.  All  the  sewer,  water  and  elec- 
tric service  lines  will  be  brought  to  the  building.  The  site  selected 
is  now  heavily  wooded  with  oak,  hickory  and  other  forest  trees 
and  not  a single  tree  will  be  molested  except  where  the  necessities 
of  foundations  and  walks  compel.  The  majestic  old  trees  will  be 
kept  to  serve  as  a background  and  a foil  for  the  architectural 
beauties  of  the  edifice.  The  Missouri  Building  will  face  the  north, 
looking  directlj'  toward  what  will  be  the  main  entrance  to  the 
Exposition  grounds.  The  Lindell  pavilion,  located  near  this 
point,  is  even  now  and  will  be  after  the  Fair,  the  central  gateway 
on  the  north  side  of  the  park.  The  style  of  architecture  of  the 
building  is  a free  treatment  of  the  French  Renaissance,  which  is 
the  characteristic  style  selected  for  the  Exposition.  It  is  in  the 
shape  of  a long  parallelogram  with  a center  wing  extending  to  the 
rear.  It  will  be  two  stories  in  height  and  will  have  a basement 
story  also.  The  center  is  a symmetrical  square  design  with  the 
two  side  and  rear  wings  joining  same.  The  two  side  wings  of  the 
three  which  branch  from  the  main  rotunda,  will  have  a center 
corridor,  the  full  length  of  the  wing  with  rooms  on  either  side  — 
large  and  spacious  and  capable  of  being  used  either  as  reception 
or  exhibit  rooms.  The  present  intention  is  to  divide  the  space 
into  compartments  for  use  during  the  Fair.  Afterward  it  can  be 
thrown  into  one  compartment  to  serve  such  uses  as  the  building 
will  be  put  to  after  the  Fair.  The  height  of  the  stories  allows  the 
rooms  to  be  thoroughly  lighted  and  ventilated,  and  gives  them  a 
monumental  appearanee.  A great  dome  crowns  the  center  and 


— 64  — 


the  second  story  is  formed  into  a balcony  opening  the  view  from 
the  level  of  the  first  story  floor  to  the  ceiling  of  the  dome.  The 
visitor  entering  the  building  will  be  struck  at  once  with  the  size 
of  the  rotunda  and  the  wide  sweep  of  the  dome.  Sixteen  columns 
will  carry  the  balcony  of  the  second  floor  and,  following  the  plan 
of  the  dome,  will  carry  the  perspective  from  the  floor  line  to  the 
vault  of  the  dome.  The  ceiling  of  the  great  dome  and  the  walls 
of  the  corridor  will  supply  work  for  the  mural  painter  in  the 
representation  of  incidents  in  the  history  of  Missouri  and  in  genre 
representation  of  incidents  of  the  life  and  work  of  its  citizens. 
These  genre  paintings  will  represent  life  and  action  of  the  present 


MISSOURI  BUILDING. 


day  in  Missouri,  and  will  in  a short  time  to  come  be  of  great 
historical  interest.  It  is  the  intention  to  have  these  paintings 
represent  a court  scene ; a marriage  scene,  civil  or  church ; a 
baptism  scene,  and  other  every-day  events  of  the  present  time. 

Large,  wide,  easy  flights  of  stairs  lead  to  the  second  story. 
The  sides  of  the  main  entrance  are  decorated  with  massive  stone 
columns  and  the  entablature,  broken  into  the  shape  of  an  arch, 
makes  the  front  light  in  construction  and  graceful  in  appearance. 
This  form  also  guarantees  light  and  ventilation  in  the  main  ro- 
tunda at  all  times.  A magnificent  caiwing  in  stone  of  the  coat 
of  arms  of  the  State  of  Missouri  will  hold  a place  here,  over  the 


— 65  — 


ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING. 

hall,  in  the  basement,  are  toilet  and  storage  rooms.  This  com- 
partment also  contains  the  heating  and  ventilating  -apparatus. 
Above  the  hall  are  two  large  rooms  which  can  be  used  advan- 
tageously for  exhibit  purposes.  Two  flights  of  iron  stairs  lead 
from  the  basement  to  the  second  story.  These  are  placed  back 
of  the  rotunda  and  afford  easy  access  to  all  parts  of  the  building. 
5k 


main  entrance  of  the  building.  This  will  stamp  it  through 
coming  years  as  one  of  the  possessions  of  the  State,  no  matter  to 
what  use  it  is  turned  after  the  exposition.  In  the  rear  wing  is  a 
large  assembly  hall  on  a level  with  the  first  story  floor.  This  hall 
is  25  feet  high  in  the  clear,  capable  of  seating  1,000  persons. 
At  the  sides  are  retiring  rooms.  The  hall  is  designed  not  only 
for  speech-making  but  also  for  such  balls  and  entertainments  as 
the  Missouri  Commission  may  give  during  the  exposition.  A 
large  gallery  crosses  the  hall  at  the  northern  end.  Under  the 


— 66  — 


None  but  Missouri  materials  will  be  used  in  the  building.  The 
Commission  is  satisfied  that  Missouri  can  supply  everything 
needed  for  the  erection  and  equipment  of  even  so  elaborate  a 
structure  as  this.  The  basement  of  the  building  is  to 
be  of  Missouri  granite.  Above  this,  to  the  top  of  the 
ballustrade  course,  the  material  will  be  of  cut  stone. 

The  exterior  of  the  dome  will  be  covered  with  Missouri  lead  or 
zinc.  The  rotunda  is  to  be  finished  in  the  marble  and  onyx  so 
abundant  in  Missouri.  The  most  delicate  materials  can  be  used 
in  this  position,  as  there  will  be  perfect  protection  from  the 
weather.  There  will  be  no  plastering  in  the  rotunda.  Walls, 
columns  aud  dome  will  show  the  original  materials  in  their  most 
highly  finished  condition.  The  purpose  is  to  get  a perfectly  har- 
monious effect  of  color  and  texture,  but  at  the  same  time  give  all 
the  vast  building  resources  of  Missouri  a show  place  in  this  struc- 
ture for  all  time  to  come.  In  the  finish  of  the  interior  the  beau- 
tiful woods  of  Missouri  will  be  exclusively  used.  The  wood  will 
be  finished  aud  polished,  but  in  natural  color.  Oak,  walnut, 
elm,  sweet  gum,  yellow  pine,  maple,  ash,  and  many  others,  will 
be  used.  The  chandeliers  will  be  of  Missouri  iron.  The  floor 
of  the  rotunda  of  Missouri  marble.  The  building  will  be  fire- 
proof throughout,  and  from  foundation  to  dome  will  be  a credit 
to  the  State,  and  what  it  is  intended  to  be  — an  exhibit  within 
itself  of  the  building  material  resources  of  the  State. 

Isaac  S.  Taylor  is  the  architect  of  this  magnificent  edifice. 


TEMPLE  OF  FRATERNITY. 

It  is  very  gratifying  to  the  promoters  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Exposition  to  have  accorded  them  such  a cordial  spirit  of  co-oper- 
ation as  the  fraternal  societies  of  the  United  States  have  shown. 
Very  substantial  results  are  to  follow  the  efforts  of  these  societies, 
which  will  take  the  form  of  a magnificent  Temple  of  Fraternity 
costing  $200,000,  to  be  erected  on  the  site  of  the  World’s  Fair  and 
to  be  a prominent  part  of  the  Exposition.  This  temple  will  be 
erected  by  the  World’s  Fair  Fraternal  Building  Association  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Missouri  Fraternal  Congress,  which  repre- 


FRATICKNAL  BUILDING 


sents  the  various  fraternal  societies  operating  in  Missouri.  This 
is  the  first  time  that  the  fraternal  orders  have  united  in  such  an 
enterprise.  The  congress  includes  Masons,  Odd  Fellows,  and 
other  fraternal  and  beneficiary  orders  having  a combined  member 
ship  of  more  than  three  millions.  Every  member  of  all  these 
orders  will  be  made  to  feel  at  home  in  this  building.  As  each  one 
will  participate  to  a greater  or  less  extent  in  its  erection  he  will 
feel  a proprietary  interest  in  the  building  and  will  be  attracted  to 
the  World’s  Fair.  It  will  be  the  meeting  and  resting  place  for  all 
members  of  these  societies,  where  their  interests  will  be  well 
oared  for. 

The  Board  of  Directors  will  consist  of  Noah  M.  Givan,  Presi- 
dent; W.  R.  Eidson,  1st  Vice-President;  W.  H.  Miller,  2nd  Vice- 
President;  Theo.  A.  Huey,  President  of  the  Missouri  Fraternal 
Congress,  and  C.  F.  Hatfield,  Secretaiy.  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Thomp- 
son, President  of  the  National  Bank  of  Commerce,  and  Treasurer 
of  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition  Company,  is  also  Treasurer 
of  the  Fraternal  Association.  The  Finance  Committee  will  con- 
sist of  W.  R.  Eidson,  Chairman;  Charles  F.  Wenneker,  Sam’l 
M.  Kennard,  Corwin  H.  Spencer,  W.  H.  Woodward,  C.  H.  Hut- 
tig,  A.  S.  Robinson,  and  J.  T.  M.  Johnston.  Thus  it  will  be  seen 
that  six  of  the  principal  directors  of  the  World’s  Fair  Company  are 
unofficially  indorsing  this  building,  A press  and  publicity  com- 
mittee will  also  be  organized,  of  which  Mr.  W.  F.  Bohn  has 
already  been  appointed  Chairman.  The  plans  for  the  building, 
designed  by  Mr.  Thomas  J.  Prosser,  architect,  show  a structure 
300  by  200  feet  in  size.  The  building  is  to  be  an  adaptation  of 
the  famous  Parthenon  of  Athens,  the  standard  of  Greek  Archi- 
tecture. Immense  Doric  columns  will  surround  the  building  on 
all  its  four  sides,  inclosing  sixteen  foot  verandas,  which  will 
surround  the  building  on  both  the  ground  and  second  floors. 
There  will  be  eighty  rooms,  all  of  which  will  have  an  abundance  of 
light  and  air,  all  being  outside  rooms,  and  running  from  these 
outside  verandas  to  an  interior  court,  which  is  to  be,  itself, 
surrounded  on  both  floors  by  broad  galleries.  The  intei’ior  of 
this  court  is  to  be  made  attractive  with  fountains,  foliage, 
flowers,  etc.  There  will  be  four  entrances,  one  on  each  side  of 
the  building,  leading  through  magnificent  corridors  to  the  central 


— 69  — 


court.  Many  conveniences  will  be  provided  such  as  a free 
dispensary  for  the  sick,  both  men  and  women,  under  a medical 
commission  ; a branch  post-office,  telephone  service,  check-rooms, 
writing,  reading,  smoking  and  lounging  rooms,  ladies’  parlors, 
and,  in  fact,  every  convenience  which  will  insure  the  comfort 
and  enjoyment  of  members  of  the  fraternal  societies  visiting  the 
World’s  Fair.  It  is  designed  that  the  building  shall  be  placed 
upon  an  elevation,  rising  in  two  terraces  from  the  main  ground 
level.  The  Director  of  Construction  and  Maintenance,  Mr. 
Isaac  S.  Taylor,  has  assigned  a very  satisfactory  and  eligible 
site  500  by  600  feet. 


MINES  AND  METALLURGY  BUILDING. 

The  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building  forms  part  of  the  east  wing 
of  the  fan-like  general  ground  plan,  and  is  the  last  building  on 
the  south  side  of  the  esplanade  leading  to  the  group  of  Govern- 
ment buildings,  which  are  to  stand  on  a higher  level.  It  will 
have  a rich  background  of  hillside  foliage  toward  the  southeast. 
Considered  as  part  of  the  general  scheme  it  plays  a rather  un- 
important role  in  the  spectacular  display  of  the  Fair,  and  for  this 
reason  no  attempt  has  been  made  to  force  attention  to  it  by  such 
means  as  towers,  domes,  or  similar  architectural  devices.  The 
outside  dimensions  are  525x750  feet  and  the  interior  is  divided 
into  eight  oblong  parts,  almost  equal  in  area.  The  division  is 
accomplished  with  glass  covered  and  ventilated  arcades  from  30 
to  50  feet  wide,  which  makes  it  possible  that  each  division  receives 
abundant  light  from  every  side,  and  that  no  skylights  are  neces- 
sary directly  over  any  of  the  exhibition  spaces.  At  the  inter- 
section of  the  two  principal  arcades  through  the  main  axis  a 
colonnaded  rotunda  is  shown.  The  ground  floor  will  furnish 
an  exhibition  space  of  about  265,000  square  feet,  and  about 
150,000  square  feet  may  be  gained  by  the  introduction  of 
galleries.  A subdivision  of  each  department  into  numerous 
alcoves  is  suggested.  The  walls  of  the  building  are  set  back 
from  the  facade  18  or  20  feet,  forming  a covered  loggia  which 
surrounds  the  entire  building.  The  facade  of  the  building  in 


— 70  — 


question  may  be  likened  to  a screen  bearing  the  same  relation  to 
this  structure  as  do  the  colonnades  of  the  adjoining  buildings. 
The  base  of  this  screen  consists  of  sculptured  panels  illustrating 
in  bold  relief  the  progressive  stages  of  civilization  in  symbolical 
representations,  the  background  to  the  sculptured  figures  being 
of  a rough  golden-colored  glass  which  will  be  illuminated  at 
night  and  show  the  figures  in  silhouette.  The  figures  are  more 
than  life  size.  Being  a part  of  the  greatest  “ show  ” ever  at- 
tempted it  undoubtedly  should  be  novel,  striking  and  full  of  life. 
The  style  of  architecture  which  it  represents  has  been  a source 
of  much  speculation. 

“ Some  have  attempted  to  classify  it  as  an  example  of  the 
‘ Nouveau  art,’ ” says  Mr.  Theo.  C.  Link  (of  St.  Louis),  the 
architect  of  the  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building,  “but  when  I 
recently  noticed  an  English  art  critic  say,  in  protesting  against 
its  invasion  of  Great  Britain,  that  this  ‘ Nouveau  art  ’ is  ‘ a mal- 
ady, the  pernicious  virus  of  which  becomes  more  acute  the  farther 
it  travels,’  I feel  a strong  personal  solicitude  for  a properly  con- 
ducted baptismal  ceremony.  Let  us,  therefore,  name  it  ‘ Seces- 
sion Architecture.’  Perhaps  I will  have  to  explain  what  ‘ seces- 
sion architecture  ’ is,  if  the  name  should  not  make  it  quite  clear. 
It  means  architectural  liberty  and  emancipation,  with  a strong 
plea  for  individuality.  It  is  a breaking  away  from  convention- 
ality in  design ; it  is  more  an  architecture  of  feeling  than  of 
formula.” 


LIBERAL  ARTS  BUILDING. 

The  Liberal  Arts  Building,  another  of  the  monster  struc- 
tures which  makes  up  the  great  picture  of  the  Exposition,  was 
designed  by  Barnett,  Haynes  and  Barnett,  an  architectural  firm 
of  established  repute  in  St.  Louis.  It  is  the  closest  of  the  big 
exhibit  buildings  to  the  open-mesh  wire  fence  which  will  separate 
the  exposition  site  from  the  finished  part  of  Forest  Park.  It  is 
the  most  easterly  of  the  buildings  and  abuts  the  pavilions  of  the 
United  States  Government  Building,  which  will  be  used  for  fish 
and  ordnance  exhibits.  The  Liberal  Arts  Building  will  be 
built  of  staff  and  the  estimate  of  its  cost  is  $500,000.  Although 


— 71  — 


following  the  prevailing  style  of  architecture  of  the  exposition  — 
the  Renaissance — it  adheres  very  closely  to  classic  lines.  The 
long  facade,  especially,  shows  a magnificent  entrance,  which  is 
almost  pure  Corinthian.  Here  is  what  the  architects  say  of  their 
structure : — 

“ The  style  of  architecture  is  a severe  treatment  of  the  French 
Renaissance  for  the  exterior  facades.  In  fact,  the  treatment 
embodies  rather  a feeling  of  the  classic  than  of  the  Renaissance. 
It  has  been  the  endeavor  of  the  architects  to  depend  largely  on 
sculpture  in  the  decoration  of  the  building,  refraining  from  the 
over-use  of  stereotyped  architectural  ornamentation.  The  main 
facade  will  be  750  feet  long  and  will  be  made  interesting  by  the 
use  of  a center  pavilion  and  of  two  end  pavilions.  The  center 


LIBERAL  ARTS  BUILDING. 


pavilion  is  brought  somewhat  above  the  connecting  buildings 
which  unite  it  with  the  pavilions  on  either  side.  Each  of  the 
three  pavilions,  on  the  fronts,  forms  an  elegant  entrance  to  the 
building.  On  the  main  facade  are  three  entrances  and  on  the 
525-foot  facades  are  two  entrances,  one  in  each  of  the  end  pa- 
vilions. One  of  the  most  beautiful  features  of  the  plan  will 
be  the  internal  court,  which  is  to  be  carried  out  - in  strictly 
Roman  feeling.  The  court  is  treated  with  arcade  develop- 
ment, which  incloses  the  court,  forming  a cool,  shady  walk 
entirely  around  it.  The  court  is  diversified  with  architectural 
fountains,  statuary  and  vases.  It  is  the  idea  that  these  vases  and 


— 72  — 


statuary  shall  be  reproductions  from  old  Italian  and  Roman  mas- 
ters. In  the  loggia  of  the  court  will  be  mural  frescoes  on  old  gold 
backgrounds,  which  will  add  subdued  color  to  the  enchanting  pic- 
ture. Vines  and  flowers  will  be  employed  in  a garden  walk  at  the 
attic  story  line.  The  lower  court  will  be  carried  out  in  the  form 
of  gardens  and  fountains.  One  of  the  most  beautiful  treatments 
of  the  exterior  will  be  the  broad  allegorical,  processional  frieze  on 
the  interior  walls  of  the  exterior  loggias.  These  mural  paintings 
will  be  executed  on  a background  of  old  gold.  The  main  en- 
trance will  be  in  the  form  of  a semi-cycle  with  circular  colon- 
nades. The  ceiling  of  this  semi-cycle  will  be  frescoed  on  a back- 
ground of  old  gold.  The  decorations  and  ornaments  will  be 
brought  out  in  relief.  The  plan  is  conspicuous  for  the  perfect 
simplicity  of  its  arrangement  and  the  practicability  of  its  exhibit 
spaces.  The  ten  main  entrances  of  the  building  intersect  the  ex- 
act centers  of  the  exhibit  spaces,  the  axial  lines  of  these  entrances 
running  through  the  centers  of  the  exhibit  spaces  from  east  to 
west  and  from  north  to  south.  The  building  is  to  be  construc- 
ted without  interior  columns,  the  exhibit  space  being  spanned  in 
one  truss.  The  internal  court  can,  if  necessary,  be  used  as  an 
overflow  exhibit  space.  The  exhibit  space  is  adapted  to  any  kind 
of  an  exhibit  and  the  building  will  be  ventilated  and  lighted  by  an 
abundance  of  windows,  both  in  the  exterior  walls  and  in  the  clear- 
story.” 

ELECTRICITY  BUILDING. 

The  Electricity  Building  is  the  work  of  Walker  & Kimball,  of 
Boston  and  Omaha,  who  were  chief  architects  of  the  Omaha 
Exposition.  The  structure  is  located  on  the  main  central  avenue, 
and  is  one  of  the  leading  elements  of  the  main  Exposition  pic- 
ture. It  will  have  a frontage  toward  the  north  of  650 
feet,  and  toward  the  east  of  525  feet,  facing  the  main 
lagoon.  The  design  is  a bold  columnated  treatment  of  the 
Corinthian  order.  The  columns  are  carried  well  down  toward 
the  ground  to  give  height  to  the  facades.  The  facades 
are  well  accentuated  by  elevated  pediments  and  tower  effects 
over  the  four  main  entrances  and  at  the  corners.  Over  the 
accentuated  places,  as  well  as  over  the  twin  columns,  which  form 


73  — 


a pleasing  variation  of  the  treatment  of  the  facades,  opportunity 
for  ample  sculptural  decoration  is  supplied.  The  fenestration  is 
bold  and  appropriate,  giving  ample  light  and  substantial  wall 
treatment.  On  two  sides  of  the  building  are  loggias  which  add 
pleasing  effects  of  light  and  shadow.  There  are  numerous  open- 
ings on  the  facades,  such  as  exhibitors  always  seek  in  selecting 
their  exhibit  space.  The  plan  of  the  building  is  simple  and  well 
treated,  showing  an  effort  to  supply  as  much  exhibit  space  as  is 
possible  with  the  350,600  square  feet  of  floor  space.  The  exhibit 
space  is  compact  and  symmetrical.  An  extensive  balcony  sweeps 
around  four  sides  of  the  building,  supplying  100,000  square  feet 
of  additional  exhibit  space. 

MANUFACTURERS  AND  LIBERAL  ARTS  BUILDING. 

The  Manufacturers  and  Liberal  Arts  Building,  designed  by 
Carrere  & Hastings,  of  New  York,  is  one  of  the  leading  structures 
in  the  big  Exposition  picture.  It  is  located  in  the  picture  sym- 
metrically with  the  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building.  These  two 
buildings  will  stand  one  at  each  side  of  the  first  view  of  the  pic- 
ture of  lagoons,  cascades  and  hanging  gardens,  which  the  visitor 
will  get  as  he  enters  the  grounds  by  the  main  entrance.  At  the 
northern  end  of  each  of  these  buildings  a gigantic  tower,  some 
400  feet  high,  will  be  reared,  and  will  close  the  picture  much 
as  the  colonnade  of  the  Art  Building  will  close  the  picture  at  the 
southern  end.  These  two  big  buildings  have  been  designed  re- 
spectively by  Walker  & Kimball,  who  were  chairman  of  the  Board 
of  Architects  of  the  Omaha  Exposition,  and  Carrere  & Hastings, 
who  were  chairman  of  the  Board  of  Architects  of  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition,  so  that  the  northern  end  of  the  St.  Louis 
Exposition  picture  will  have  a working  relation  with  the  most 
recent  great  expositions  held  in  this  country. 

Isaac  S.  Taylor,  Chairman  of  the  Commission  of  Architects, 
furnished  the  following  discussion  of  the  structure:  “The  Lib- 
eral Arts  Building,  by  the  well-known  AmericaD  architects, 
Carrere  & Hastings,  of  New  York,  is  a noble  composition  devel- 
oped in  the  Corinthian  order  of  architecture.  It  lies  in  the 
main  picture,  being  one  of  the  buildings  on  the  entrance 
to  the  main  boulevard  or  central  spacing.  The  structure  has  a 


— 74  — 


frontage  to  the  north  of  1,300  feet,  with  a depth  of  525  feet  on 
the  main  boulevard.  The  architects  have  designed  noble  and  im- 
posing entrances  at  the  centers  of  the  main  facades  and  have 
composed  a tower  some  400  feet  high  to  stand  at  the  angle  of  the 
main  facade  facing  north.  This  prominent  feature  gives  an 
appropriate  balance  with  a tower  of  corresponding  height 
on  the  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building  immediately  west. 
These  two  towers  will  balance  the  main  front  of  the 
general  layout  of  the  important  buildings  constituting 
the  fair.  The  architects  have  arranged  corner  entrances  into 
this  building.  Entrances  at  the  corners  of  buildings  are  difficult 
to  so  design  as  to  be  in  perfect  harmony  with  the  architecture  of 
the  building  in  general.  Without  skillful  treatment,  such  en- 
trances would  not  be  acceptable  from  an  artistic  standpoint,  but 
such  entrances  as  Carrere  & Hastings  supply  will  please  both  the 
layman  and  the  expert.  Graceful  groups  of  sculpture  will  orna- 
ment and  accentuate  the  four  main  entrances  on  the  sides.  The 
architects  have  developed  a most  skillful  arrangement  of  the  roof 
lines.  They  give  light  and  ventilation  and  at  the  same  time  avoid 
the  extensive  and  troublesome  skylights  frequently  used  on  struc- 
tures of  this  kind.  The  design  of  the  facades  of  the  building, 
employs  the  open  Colonnade  treatment  which  is  very  acceptable  in 
a climate  like  that  of  St.  Louis.  This  affords  both  a passageway 
for  visitors  and  offers  the  shadow  relief  that  will  enhance  the 
beauty  of  the  design.  The  interior  of  the  building  has  been 
laid  out  with  courts  of  simple  and  pleasing  proportions,  with  suffi- 
cient decoration  to  break  the  monotony  of  the  walls.  Oppor- 
tunity for  mural  decoration  is  given  on  the  outside  walls  back  of 
the  column  treatment.  The  cost  of  the  building  is  to  be 
$850,000.” 


THE  BIG  TOWER  OF  MANUFACTURES  BUILDING. 

Carrere  & Hastings,  of  New  York  City,  architects  of  the 
Manufactures  Building,  have  sent  to  Director  of  Works  Taylor 
a perspective  drawing  of  the  big  tower  which  will  stand  at  the 
southeastern  angle  of  their  building.  The  plan  of  the  building 
consists  of  two  trapezoids  slightly  inclined  towards  each  other 
about  a central  axis.  The  tower  stands  at  the  end  of  this  axis^ 


— 76  — 


This  tower  is  symmetrical  in  the  picture  with  a similar,  tower 
holding  a similar  position  on  the  Varied  Industries  Building, 
designed  by  Van  Brunt  & Howe,  of  Kansas  City. 

The  tower  rises  375  feet  above  the  ground.  It  has  an  observ- 
ation platform  300  feet  above  the  grade  of  the  building.  The 
platform  is  reached  by  a staircase  and  two  elevators.  The  tower 
consists  of  a plain  square  shaft  with  a large  spreading  base. 
In  this  base  is  a monumental  doorway  giving  entrance  to  the 
main  axis  of  the  building.  The  observation  platform  is  a great 
loggia  beyond  a colonnade  of  the  Ionic  order,  which  is  located 
immediately  below  the  principal  cornice  of  the  tower.  Above 
the  cornice  is  a heavy  pediment,  forming  the  base  of  the 
surmounting  lantern.  The  lantern  is  composed  of  an  octagonal 
basement  story  supporting  four  loggias  with  Corinthian  columns, 
between  which,  and  the  angles,  are  allegorical  figures  set  upon 
bracket  plinths.  The  top  story  of  the  lantern  is  an  octagonal 
attic  with  torches  at  its  base.  This  attic  is  capped  by  a small 
gilded  dome,  on  which  stands  a winged  figure. 

The  motion  to  be  taken  by  the  sculptures  is  suggested  iu 
considerable  detail  by  the  artist  who  has  drawn  the  pei’spective. 
Sculpture  is  used  in  profusion  in  the  pediments,  in  the  cornice 
and  in  the  angles  beside  the  pediments.  In  the  tower  along  the 
roof  line  of  the  building  a small  balcony  is  located,  which  can 
also  serve  for  observation. 

Carrere  & Hastings  have  sent  to  the  Director  of  Works  their 
general  drawings,  including  plans  and  sections,  and  the  force  of 
draftsmen  is  now  engaged  in  developing  them. 

ART  BUILDING. 

The  Art  Palace  and  its  by-buildings,  designed  by  Cass  Gilbert, 
of  New  York  and  St.  Paul,  the  architect  of  the  New  York  Custom 
House  and  of  the  Minnesota  State  Capitol,  will  be  the  crowning 
construction  of  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair.  The  art  palace  will 
stand  on  a natural  elevation  rising  some  60  feet  at  an  angle  of 
about  60  degrees  from  the  level  on  which  will  be  located  the  other 
big  main  exhibit  buildings.  It  will  close  the  picture  as  much  as  the 
big  electric  tower  at  the  Pan-American  Exposition  closed  the  pic- 
ture there  and  as  the  Peristyle  at  Chicago  closed  the  Court  of  Honor 


picture  there.  The  Art  Palace  will  consist  of  a main  permanent 
gallery,  600x300  feet,  in  which  will  be  housed  the  priceless  paint- 
ings gathered  from  all  parts  of  the  earth ; two  pavilions,  each 
200x300  feet  which  will  be  used  for  housing  exhibits  of  art  ob- 
jects produced  in  the  course  of  industrial  pursuits ; and  a gigan- 
tic colonnade  connecting  the  pavilions  and  spanning  the  entire 
upper  end  of  the  exposition  picture.  The  main  art  gallery  will 
be  a permanent  fireproof  structure. 

In  the  main  art  gallery  will  be  two  courts  which  it  is  the  inten- 
tion of  the  Art  Department  to  use  for  the  exhibit  of  sculptures 
under  as  nearly  as  possible  the  conditions  under  which  they  were 
designed  for  exhibit.  The  Art  Palace  and  its  by-buildings  will 
cost  $1,000,000. 


TEXTILES  BUILDING. 

Messrs.  Eames  & Young,  St.  Louis  architects,  have  designed  the 
Textiles  Building.  They  have  selected  the  Corinthian  order  of 
architecture  as  being  most  in  keeping  with  the  purpose  of  the 


TEXTILES  BUILDING. 

structure.  The  Textiles  Building  is  situated  to  the  left  of  the 
main  Lagoon,  and  this,  and  the  Electricity  Building  are  the  only 
two  buildings  facing  the  Grand  Basins  with  the  cascades  and 
approaches  to  the  terrace  crowning  the  hill  on  which  the  Art 
Building  stands.  While  the  building  is  not  the  largest  in  area, 
its  position  makes  it  one  of  the  most  conspicuous  one,  in  what  has 
been  called  the  “Main  Picture’’  of  the  Exposition.  The  build- 
ing fronts  525  feet  on  the  main  thoroughfare  of  the  Exposition. 
The  principal  entrances  are  on  the  axes  of  the  building  and  some- 


— 78  — 

what  resemble  the  well  known  form  of  the  triumphal  arch.  At 
each  angle  of  the  building  is  a pavilion,  forming  a supplementary 
entrance,  and  these  are  connected  by  a colonnade  of  monumental 
proportions.  The  four  elevations  are  similar  in  character,  varying 
only  as  required  to  accommodate  the  design  to  the  irregular  shape 
of  the  ground  plan.  A liberal  use  of  architectural  sculpture  lends 
a festal  character  to  an  otherwise  somewhat  severely  classical  ex- 
terior. The  screen  wall  back  of  the  colonnade,  gives  opportunity 
for  a liberal  display  of  color  as  a background  for  the  classic  out- 
lines of  the  Corinthian  columns,  affording  liberal  scope  to  the 
mural  decorator. 

The  interior  court  will  follow  the  general  outline  of  the  build- 
ings in  form  and  style,  and  will  be  laid  out  in  the  form  of  a plais- 
anoe  or  garden  of  a formal  type.  It  is  also  suggested  that  this 
building,  the  roof  of  which  is  practically  on  a level  with  the 
terrace  of  the  Art  Building,  could  be  successfully  utilized  as  a 
jjromenade  with  a roof  garden  and  restaurant  attachment.  It  is 
estimated  that  the  cost  of  this  building  will  be  about  $600,000. 
It  will  be  wholly  temporary  in  character,  and  will  be  constructed 
of  staff,  or  other  similar  material. 

MACHINERY  BUILDING. 

The  Machinery  Building,  which  is  the  product  of  Widman, 
Walsh  & Boisselier,  of  St.  Louis,  has  a number  of  peculiarities 
that  distinguish  it  from  the  other  buildings  of  the  main  Exposition 
picture.  From  the  southeast  corner  a big  square  is  cut,  forming 
a re-entering  angle.  The  reason  for  this  was  that  a big  hill 
entered  into  the  side  at  this  point.  The  building  is  peculiar,  also, 
in  that  it  is  crowned  by  eleven  towers.  Two  of  these,  each  265 
feet  high,  flank  the  northern  entrance.  Five  are  located  one  on 
each  of  the  main  corners  of  the  building.  Each  of  these  is  185 
feet  high.  Four  lower  towers,  each  100  feet  high,  are  located  on 
the  south  front  of  the  building.  The  building  is  peculiar,  also, 
from  the  fact  that  it  will  house  the  big  electric  light  and  power 
plant  to  be  put  in  by  the  Westinghouse  Electric  Company,  con- 
sisting of  four  units  of  2,000  kilowatts  each.  Coupled  with  this 
plant  is  a switch  board  107  feet  long,  from  which  the  electricity 
is  to  be  distributed  to  all  parts  of  the  grounds.  This  switch 


— 79  — 


'board  stands  in  a gallery  at  the  eastern  end  of  the  building.  The 
wires  carry  the  current  from  it  and  reach  the  sub-way  through 
two  great  towers,  each  8Jxl8  feet.  These  towers  are  to  be  fire- 
proof and  to  be  built  of  tiling  and  iron.  Another  peculiarity  of 
the  building  will  be  the  fact  that  two  lines  of  railway  track  will 
be  run  through  it,  from  east  to  west,  properly  equipped  with 
turn-outs  and  switches.  These  tracks  will  be  used  for  conveying 
material  to  the  building  during  construction  and  will  be  left  in 
place  to  aid  in  installing  machinery  later.  The  building  will 
contain  altogether  3,000  feet  of  railway  track.  The  floor  is  to 


MACHINERY  BUILDING. 


be  laid  “ flush  ” with  the  top  of  the  rails,  and  the  people  are  to 
walk  over  them.  For  the  passage  of  railway  cars,  there  will  be 
at  the  western  end  big  sliding  doors  13x18  feet.  Like  the  Elec- 
trical Building,  this  building  will  be  equipped  with  a traveling 
crane.  That  in  the  Electrical  Building  will  have  a span  of  60  feet 
and  will  carry  30  tons,  while  that  in  the  Machinery  Building  will 
have  a span  of  80  feet  and  will  be  able  to  carry  a weight  of  40 
tons  — a larger  span  and  greater  power.  This  crane  will  run  the 
entire  length  of  the  building.  The  building  will  be  one  of  the 
giants  of  the  Exposition  picture.  Its  dimensions  are  to  be 
525x1000  feet. 


— 80  — 


VARIED  INDUSTRIES  BUILDING. 

The  Varied  Industries  Building  is  a magnificent  structure  on 
the  outer  perimeter  of  the  picture  representing  the  main  view 
of  the  Fair.  It  is  one  that  will  strike  the  beholder  immediately 
after  passing  the  main  entrance  gate.  It  will  present  a facade  of 
1,250  feet  on  the  north  and  525  feet  on  the  east,  giving  656,250 
feet  of  exhibition  space  on  the  first  or  ground  floor.  It  is  a col- 
umnated  design,  free  treatment,  of  the  Ionic  order.  There  is  an 
increase  of  size  of  column  treatment  at  the  main  entrance,  but  in 
such  style  and  taste  as  to  not  interfere  with  the  general  design.  On 
the  main  1,200  feet  will  be  a center  tower  400  feet  high  with  flank- 

■ BVILDIHC  ■ OF  ■ VARIED-  IllDVSTRIES  • 


ing  towers  each  about  200  feet  high.  In  the  large  tower  there 
will  be  a magnificent  electric  clock.  These  towers  afford  ample 
space  for  electrical  display  and  illumination.  Numerous  entrances 
are  to  be  on  the  facades,  exclusive  of  the  main  entrance  in 
the  center.  A specially  featured  entrance  will  be  made  at  the 
center  of  the  south  front,  this  entrance  being  thrown  baek  and  a 
magnificent  colonnade  formed  on  either  side.  The  colonnade 
construction  on  the  main  fronts  will  afford  protection  for  pedes- 
trians from  both  sun  and  rain.  In  the  center  of  the  struc- 
ture will  be  two  large  courts,  affording  light  and  ventilation 
to  the  building.  Graceful  iron  sheds,  or  canopies,  will  be  erected 
in  the  courts  and  used  for  exhibits.  The  kiosks  to  be  used  as 


— 81  — 


toilet  rooms,  will  also  be  placed  in  the  courts.  The  building  is  so 
designed  that  it  will  have  a magnificent  corridor  or  passageway 
through  the  center  from  north  to  south.  A gallery,  constructed 
with  a view  to  architectual  beauty,  will  nearly  double  the  exhibit 


T.  P.  A.  BUILDING. 


space  in  the  building.  The  size  and  grace  of  this  building  will 
add  materially  to  the  beauty  and  attractiveness  of  the  group  build- 
ings forming  the  main  picture  of  the  Fair.  Van  Brunt  & How 
of  Kansas  City,  are  the  Architects  of  this  building. 

USE  OF  UNIVERSITY  BUILDINGS. 

The  magnificent  buildings  erected  for  the  new  Washington 
University  on  the  terrain  adjoining  the  World’s  Fair  grounds 
have  been  leased  for  Exposition  purposes  and  will  greatly  add  to 
the  beauty  and  grandeur  of  the  Louisiana  Centennial  Exposition. 
One  of  them  will  constitute  the  Educational  Building,  another 
will  serve  for  the  Social  Economy  Exhibit,  a third  will  be  occu- 
pied by  the  various  offices  of  the  World’s  Fair  Administration, 
and  all  will  be  utilized  to  the  utmost  advantage. 

6k 


— 82 


COMMISSION  OF  WORLD’S  FAIR  ARCHITECTS. 

The  following  Architects  constitute  the  Commission  : — 

Isaac  S.  Taylor,  St.  Louis,  Chief  Architect. 

Eames  & Young,  St.  Louis,  Textile  Building. 

Theodore  C.  Link,  St.  Louis,  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building. 

Widman,  Walsh  and  Boisselier,  St.  Louis,  Machinery  Building. 

Barnett,  Haynes  and  Barnett,  St.  Louis,  Liberal  Arts  Building. 

Cass  Gilbert,  New  York  and  St.  Paul,  Fine  Arts  Building. 

Carrere  & Hastings,  New  York,  Manufacturers  Building. 

Walker  & Kimball,  Omaha  and  Boston,  Electricity  Building. 

Van  Brunt  & Howe,  Kansas  City,  Varied  Industries  Building. 

Isaac  S.  Taylor,  St.  Louis,  Missouri  State  Building. 

J.  Knox  Taylor,  Washington,  D.  C.,  Government  Building. 

EADS  BRIDGE  AND  TUNNEL. 

The  necessity  of  a bridge  across  the  Mississippi  river  between 
St.  Louis  and  East  St.  Louis,  connecting  Missouri  and  Illinois, 
was  keenly  felt  long  before  such  a bridge  was  built.  The  first 
official  step  towards  the  erection  of  one  consisted  in  an  instruc- 
tion, given  by  the  city  council  of  St.  Louis  in  1865,  to  the  city 
engineer,  Tiuman  G.  Homer,  to  prepare  plans  and  estimates  for 
such  a structure,  but  when  the  required  outlay  was  set  down  by 
him  at  three  and  a third  million  dollars,  the  intention  was  sum- 
marily given  up.  A charter  in  the  name  of  the  St.  Louis  and 
Illinois  Bridge  Co.  had,  in  the  meantime,  been  secured  from  the 
Missouri  legislature  by  Norman  J.  Cutter  and  a number  of  St. 
Louis  capitalists,  followed  by  a charter  issued  to  him  by  the 
authorities  of  Illinois,  both  documents  granting  the  erection  of  a 
bridge  between  the  two  States,  but  the  Illinois  charter  contained 
certain  unacceptable  conditions,  and  a committee  went  to  Spring- 
field  to  have  them  amended.  Before  this  committee  succeeded 
in  its  mission  a Chicago  syndicate  procured  froiu  the  Illinois  legis- 
lature a charter  creating  the  Illinois  and  St.  Louis  Bridge  Com- 
pany as  a rival,  and  in  opposition  to  the  St.  Louis 'Company, 
which,  in  consequence  of  this  unexpected  action,  had  to 
encounter  all  sorts  of  obstacles,  legal  hindrances  and  embarrass- 


KAD3  BRIDGE. 


— 84  — 


ing  delays  lasting  several  years.  At  last  an  agreement  was 
reached  and  the  difficulties  were  settled  by  the  buying  out  of  the 
Chicago  Company,  leaving  the  field  to  the  St.  Louis  organization, 
whose  board  of  directors  appointed  an  executive  and  finance 
committee,  with  Dr.  Wm.  Taussig  as  its  chairman.  One  of  the 
principal  duties  of  this  committee  was  the  securing  of  the  neces- 
sary funds,  and  the  success  in  this  direction  was  chiefly  due  to 
the  exertions  of  Dr.  Taussig,  who,  after  the  completion  of  the 
bridge,  became  the  general  manager,  and  soon  afterwards  the 
president  of  the  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Company  and  of  the  St. 
Louis  Terminal  Railroad  Association. 

The  bridge  is  called  the  Eads  Bridge,  in  honor  of  Capt.  James 
B.  Eads,  who  was  the  chief  engineer  of  this  gigantic  work,  which 
stands  unsurpassed  in  beauty  and  grandeur.  The  corner-stone 
was  laid  on  the  western  shore  of  the  Mississippi,  at  the  foot 
of  Washington  avenue,  on  the  25th  of  Febrnary,  1868,  and 
the  inauguration  took  place  on  the  4th  of  July,  1874,  fully  six 
years  having  been  necessary  for  the  construction  of  one  of  the 
greatest  bridges  of  the  world.  The  imposing  strncture  connect- 
ing not  only  Missouri  and  Illinois,  bnt  the  entire  East  with  the 
great  West,  consists  of  three  arches,  the  center  one  being  520 
feet  in  clear  span,  and  55  feet  above  high  water;  the  two  side 
arches  measnre  502  feet  each,  with  50  feet  above  high  water ; the 
rise  of  the  middle  arch  is  47  feet,  and  that  of  either  side  span  is 
43  feet  8 inches.  The  total  length  of  the  bridge  is  1,627  feet 
between  abutments ; the  western  abutment  has  a base  of  49  feet 
in  length  and  62  feet  8 inches  in  width ; the  west  pier  is  82 
feet  long  and  48  feet  wide  at  the  base,  and  63  feet  by  24  feet  at 
the  top,  being  172  feet  1 inch  in  height,  with  its  foundation  61 
feet  2 inches  below  extreme  low  water.  The  east  abutment 
measures  83  by  70  feet  6 inches  at  the  base,  and  the  east  pier  is 
82  feet  by  60  at  the  bottom,  63  by  24  feet  at  the  top,  with  197 
feet  and  1 inch  in  height,  the  foundation  standing  86  feet  2 inches 
below  extreme  low  water.  From  the  abutments  on  either  bank 
of  the  river  the  two  roadways  are  carried  across  the  Levee,  a dis- 
tance of  240  feet,  on  an  arcaded  structure  of  stone-masonry  of 
two  tiers  of  arches,  the  lower  roadway  or  railway  floor  being  sup- 
ported on  the  lower  tier  consisting  of  a series  of  five  masonry 


— 85  — 


arches  of  27  feet  span  each ; the  upper  or  highway  floor  is  sup- 
ported on  the  upper  tier  which  contains  21  arches.  The  length  of 
the  bridge,  including  the  two  arcades,  is  2,107  feet,  and  from 
Third  street,  where  the  tunnel  commences,  to  the  east  end  of  the 
east  arcade,  is  3,000  feet. 

The  masonry  of  the  two  piers  below  the  surface  of  the  water 
had  to  be  done  by  way  of  caissons  and  cofferdams,  within  which 
the  workmen  performed  their  not  easy  task,  fresh  air  being  con- 
ducted into  the  caissons  and  the  foul  air  pumped  out  by  power- 
ful machines  from  above,  without  which  precaution  the  workmen 
would  not  have  been  able  to  remain  in  the  caissons  any  length 
of  time.  The  ingenious  contrivances  and  the  whole  apparatus 
brought  to  use  were  admired  by  engineers  from  all  parts  of  the 
globe,  who  came  here  to  witness  the  progress  of  the  work ; but  an 
object  of  still  greater  admiration  was  the  superstructure  with  its 
gigantic  net  of  steel  tubes,  ribs  and  posts,  which  serve  as 
support  for  the  roadbeds.  Each  piece  of  steel  or  iron,  used  in 
the  construction  of  the  bridge,  was  subjected  to  a most 
scrupulous  test  and  promptly  rejected  if  not  coming  up  to  the 
required  conditions.  The  steel  and  iron  parts  came  from  the 
Keystone  Bridge  Co.,  of  Pittsburg,  and  the  William  Butcher 
Steel  Works  in  Philadelphia.  There  the  tests  were  made  before 
the  shipment  to  St.  Louis  took  place  and  they  were  repeated 
here.  Several  machines  were  expressly  invented  for  this  purpose 
by  Col.  Henry  Flad,  the  first  assistant  of  Captain  Eads,  after- 
wards President  of  the  Board  of  Public  Improvements  and  later 
on  a member  of  the  United  States  Commission  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  Mississippi.  The  calculations  were  principally  the 
work  of  Mr.  Chas.  Pfeifer,  who  afterwards  became  Street  Com- 
missioner, then  Harbor  Commissioner,  and  Chief  Engineer  for 
the  building  of  a bridge  over  the  Manongahela  in  Pittsburg.  The 
late  Chancellor  of  Washington  University,  Prof.  Chauvenet, 
assisted  in  the  mathemetical  calculations,  which  formed  such  an 
important  part  of  the  work. 

The  men  who  planned  and  conducted  the  erection  of  the  bridge 
and  in  whose  hands  the  financial  management  rested,  were  fully 
aware,  that  an  enterprise  of  such  dimensions  would  not  be  free 
from  obstacles  and  disappointments,  but  they  hardly  expected 


— 86  — 


that  they  would  have  to  encounter  so  many  great  hindrances  of 
various  character,  as  they  actually  did.  These  men  were  the 
two  engineers,  Eads  and  Flad,  and  the  chairman  of  the  finance 
committee.  Dr.  Taussig,  but  they  had  sufficient  confidence  in  the 
ultimate  success  of  their  undertaking  and  did  not  falter  in  bring- 
ing it  to  completion.  They  overcame  all  difficulties  and  had  the 
satisfaction  to  see  their  arduous  labors  and  prolonged  cares 
triumphantly  crowned  and  rewarded,  when  this  wonderful  work 
of  bridge  architecture  was  finished  and  the  first  railroad  train 
made  its  way  across  the  Father  of  Waters. 

The  quantity  of  steel  for  the  arches  amounted  to  4.788,000 
pounds,  the  wrought  iron  weighs  6,313,000.  The  total  costs, 
including  all  expenses,  approached  ten  million  dollars. 

The  work  on  the  tunnel,  connecting  the  bridge  with  all  our 
railroad  lines,  was  commenced  in  the  fall  of  1872  and  completed 
in  June,  1874.  The  tunnel  begins  west  of  Second  street  and 
goes  from  Third  to  Sixth  street  in  a straight  line  under  Washing- 
ton avenue,  makes  a curve  from  near  Seventh  under  St.  Charles 
and  Locust  to  Eighth  and  Olive  and  thence  below  Eighth  to  its 
mouth  between  Spruce  and  Poplar  street,  where  its  two  tracks 
connect  with  our  whole  railroad  system.  The  tunnel  has  a 
length  of  4,880  feet  or  1,623  yards,  equal  to  one  mile.  It  consists 
in  fact  of  two  parallel  running  tunnels,  separated  by  a massive 
wall;  this  was  done  not  only  to  secure  the  necessary  safety  for 
the  immense  traffic  of  passengers  and  freight  trains,  which  thereby 
run  only  in  one  direction  in  each  of  these  two  tunnels,  but  also 
on  account  of  safer  construction  and  greater  solidity  of  the  un- 
derground masonry  work.  The  laying  of  tracks  was  completed 
on  the  9th  of  July,  1874,  and  the  first  train  was  soon  afterwards 
sent  through  the  tunnel  and  over  the  bridge. 

UNION  STATION. 

The  (old)  Union  Depot  on  Twelfth  and  Poplar  streets  was 
established  simmultanously  and  served  its  purpose  during  twenty 
years;  the  constant  extension  of  traffic,  especially  of  the  freight 
trade,  made  the  purchase  of  additional  ground  necessary  from 
time  to  time,  but  all  this  proved  inadequate  and  led  to  the  erect- 


UNION  STATION. 


— 88  — 


ing  of  Union  Station,  in  which  all  railroad  lines  center.  The 
Depot  building  by  itself  faces  on  Market  street  and  occupies  the 
two  blocks  between  Eighteenth  and  Twentieth  street,  a length 
of  606  feet.  The  plans  were  made  b}'  the  St.  Louis  architect, 
Theo.  C.  Link,  and  the  building  executed  under  his  supervision, 
but  it  is  chiefly  due  to  the  wisdom,  the  energy  and  the  untiring 
exertions  of  Dr.  Wm.  Taussig,  that  St.  Louis  possesses  the 
finest,  best  equipped  and  most  practically  arranged  railway 
depot  in  the  United  States,  and  that  all  Europe  can  boast  of  only 
one  which  is  its  equal  — the  Central  Bahnhof,  at  F'rankfort  on 
the  Main. 

The  New  Union  Station,  as  it  is  still  called,  though  it  has  been 
inaugurated  in  September,  1894,  is  a massive,  imposing  structure, 
just  as  elaborate  and  beautiful  in  its  exterior  as  in  its  interior. 
The  principal  waiting  hall  forms  the  piece  de  resistance  in  size 
and  elegance  and  is  not  surpassed  by  any  waiting  room  in  this  or 
any  other  country.  All  other  parts  of  the  immense  building  are 
likewise  admirably  arranged  and  the  comfort  of  the  public  is  taken 
care  of  in  every  imaginable  way.  The  electric  light  and  the  heat- 
ing is  furnished  from  a separate  building,  standing  1,800  feet 
distant,  by  a system  of  underground  pipes.  The  building  costs 
over  800,000  dollars  and  it  is  confirmed  by  the  best  authorities  of 
America  and  Europe,  that  it  is  worth  fully  that  sum. 

The  train  sheds  of  the  Union  Station  cover  more  area  and  more 
tracks  than  any  existing  train  shed.  The  structure  is  700  feet 
long  by  606  feet  broad,  and  contains  30  passenger  tracks.  The 
area  included  in  the  train  shed  is  424,200  square  feet,  or  nearly 
ten  acres.  The  trains  of  22  railroad  companies  are  to  be  found 
on  its  tracks. 

The  shed  is  lighted  by  150  direct-current  arc  lamps  distributed 
along  the  platforms  and  in  the  Midway,  which  latter  sepa- 
rates the  shed  from  the  main  building.  This  Midway  reaches 
from  Eighteenth  to  Twentieth  street,  is  50  feet  wide,  under  a 
roof  of  corrugated  glass,  which  admits  light  to  the  waiting- 
rooms  of  the  first  floor.  The  movement  of  all  trains  is  regulated 
by  an  interlock  system  furnished  by  the  Westinghouse  Company, 
and  operated  by  electric  pneumatic  power,  for  which  the  com- 
pressed air  is  produced  in  the  same  building  in  which  the  dyna- 


— 89  — 


mos  and  heating  apparatus  stand.  The  interlock  system  is 
controlled  from  a tower  on  the  top  of  the  power-house,  where 
it  faces  the  station  and  the  entire  track  system.  The  successful 
operation  of  the  station  depends  upon  the  rapid  and  safe  move- 
ments of  trains  and  engines,  and  when  it  is  stated  that,  by  actual 
count,  250  distinct  movements  of  trains  and  engines  are  made  in 
one  hour  while  handling  the  regular  daily  traffic,  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  selection  of  the  most  suitable  system  of  interlocking 
was  a weighty  question. 

An  idea  of  the  territory  covered  by  the  Union  Station  property 
may  be  obtained  when  it  is  stated  that  the  building,  the  Midway 
and  the  train  shed,  occupy  an  area  of  497,092  square  feet  or  11.1 
acres ; the  ground  south  of  the  train  shed  and  between  it  and 
the  power-house  contains  465,970  square  feet,  or  more  than 
twenty-two  acres.  There  are  nineteen  miles  of  tracks  in  the 
system,  of  which  three  and  one-half  miles  are  located  under  the 
train  shed.  To  show  the  reader,  furthermore,  the  immensity  of 
the  traffic  within  the  aforesaid  terrain  the  simple  statement  will 
be  sufficient  that  236  passenger  trains,  aside  of  freight 
trains,  arrive  and  depart  every  twenty-four  hours.  The  total 
outlay  for  real  estate,  buildings  and  all  other  improvements, 
tracks,  etc.,  amounted  to  six  and  a half  million  dollars.  The 
general  offices  of  the  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Company  and  of  the  St. 
Louis  Terminal  Railroad  Association  occupy  the  upper  floors  of 
the  Union  Station  Building. 

The  latter  association  will  soon  commence  extensive  prepara- 
tions in  view  of  the  coming  World’s  Fair,  and  the  multitude  of 
travelers  which  during  that  period  will  throng  the  station  and 
whose  safety  and  comfort  will  be  taken  care  of  in  the  same  ad- 
mirable manner  which  has  signified  the  entire  management  since 
the  opening  day  of  Union  Station. 

THE  MERCHANTS  BRIDGE. 

The  second  bridge  spanning  the  Mississippi  at  this  point  bears 
the  name  Merchants  Bridge  from  the  fact  that  some  members  of 
the  Merchants  Exchange  were  its  promoters.  Two  companies 
were  organized : the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Bridge  Company  and 


— 90  — 


the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Terminal  Company.  The  construction 
of  the  Merchants  Bridge  began  in  1887  and  was  finished  in  1889. 
It  is  a railwa}'  bridge  and  has  a double  track;  its  four  piers  sup- 
port three  main  spans,  the  center  one  of  which  measures  523.5, 
each  of  the  two  others,  521.5  feet.  The  height  above 
high  water  is  52  feet.  At  either  end  of  the  main  bridge 
are  three  approach  deck  spans  of  125  feet  each  in 
length.  The  bridge  proper  is  1,366.5  feet  long,  the  total 
structure  including  the  steel  approaches,  2,422.5  feet.  The  en- 
tire superstructure  is  of  steel  except  the  pedestals  and  ornamen- 
ted posts,  which  are  of  cast  iron  ; the  total  weight  of  steel  is 
10,470,940  pounds.  The  eastern  approach  has  a length  of  4,740 
feet  and  crosses  the  tracks  of  the  Chicago  and  Alton,  Cleveland, 
Cincinnati,  Chicago  & St.  Louis  and  the  Wabash  Railroads  in 
the  north  end  of  Venice  and  terminates  in  the  town  of  Madison, 
from  this  point  to  Granite  City,  two  and  a half  miles  distant,  a 
double  track  railway  connects  with  the  above  railroads,  and  the 
St.  Louis,  Chicago  & St.  Paul  Railroad.  At  the  western  end  of 
the  bridge  approach  connection  is  made  with  the  Wabash  Rail- 
road, the  Keokuk  lines  and  the  St.  Louis  Transfer  Railway. 

The  tracks  of  the  Merchants  Bridge  Terminal  Railway  com- 
mence west  of  Tenth  street  near  the  tracks  of  the  St.  Louis  & 
San  Francisco  Railroad,  and  are  carried  on  a double  track  ele- 
vated structure,  8,160  feet  long,  from  Seventh  street  to  the  levee 
and  along  the  levee  northwest  to  Carr  street ; from  this  point  the 
tracks  continue  northward  along  Main  and  Hall  streets  to  Bremen 
avenue,  where  they  meet  the  western  approach  at  the  bridge.  At 
Bremen  avenue  a branch  extends  across  the  grounds  of  the  city 
water  works,  and  thence  along  McKissock  avenue  to  Bircher 
street  and  Broadway. 

The  cost  of  erection  amounted  to  1,800,000  dollars.  Mr.  C.  C. 
Rainwater  has  been  the  President  of  the  Merchants  Bridge  Ter- 
minal Railway  Co.  since  its  organization.  The  offices  of  the 
company  are  located  in  the  Union  Station  Building. 


- 91  — 

TERMINAL  RAILROAD  ASSOCIATION. 

The  Terminal  Railroad  Association  of  St.  Louis,  organized  in 
1889,  is  the  offspring  of  four  older  companies,  which  had  been 
established  at  different  times  since  1874.  The  first  two  of  them, 
the  Union  Railway  and  Transit  Company  of  St.  Louis  and  the 
Union  Railway  and  Transit  Company  of  East  St.  Louis,  chartered 
by  the  States  of  Missouri  and  Illinois  respectively,  were  organized 
for  the  purpose,  to  enable  the  Bridge  and  Terminal  Company  to 
run  passenger  and  freight  trains  between  East  St.  Louis  and 
St.  Louis,  as  the  charter  of  the  latter  company  contained  no  pro- 
vision granting  such  privilege. 

Soon  after  their  formation  these  companies  organized,  under 
the  direction  of  the  bridge  management,  a complete  service,  pur- 
chased locomotives,  erected  machine  shops  and  freight  ware- 
houses, and  laid  connecting  and  storage  tracks  for  the  handling 
of  freight.  But  this  served  exclusively  for  freight  traffic  and  it 
became  necessary  therefore,  to  found  another  company,  to  take 
care  of  the  passenger  traffic ; this  was  done  under  the  name  of  the 
Union  Depot  Company  of  St.  Louis,  by  which  the  (old)  Union 
Depot  on  Twelfth  and  Poplar  streets  was  built;  it  was  opened  for 
traffic  in  June,  1875,  and  served  until  September,  1894,  when  it 
was  superseded  by  the  present  Union  Station. 

In  1880  the  capital  of  the  two  Transit  Companies  had  become 
exhausted  and  as  the  traffic  had  increased  to  large  dimensions 
and  more  ground  was  needed  for  expansion  of  terminals,  two  new 
auxiliary  companies  weie  formed,  the  “ Terminal  Railroad  Com- 
panies of  St.  Louis  and  East  St.  Louis  ” for  exactly  the  same  pur- 
poses as  those  of  their  predecessors.  Thus  there  were  five  sepa- 
rate companies  in  existence,  but  all  five  operating  under  the 
direction  of  the  St.  Louis  Bridge  and  Tunnel  Company.  The 
General  Manager  and  afterwards  President  of  the  latter  company. 
Dr.  Wm.  Taussig,  conceived  already  in  1882  the  plan  for  the  con- 
solidation of  the  principal  railroad  lines  centering  in  this  city  into 
a united  terminal  system,  but  it  took  years  and  years  before  his 
plans  went  into  effect.  The  contracts  with  the  four  companies 
had  expired  in  1886  and  when  Dr.  Taussig  communicated  his  ideas 
to  Mr.  Jay  Gould,  who  in  the  meantime  had  become  the  lessee  of 


— 92  — 


the  bridge,  this  gentleman  approved  of  them  without  hesitation 
and  authorized  him  to  take  the  necessary  steps  for  the  consumma- 
tion of  the  project.  The  final  result  of  this  was  the  formation  of 
the  Terminal  Railroad  Association  of  St.  Louis  in  1889  by  the 
following  companies:  The  Ohio  & Mississippi ; Cleveland,  Cincin- 
nati, Chicago  & St.  Louis  (the  Big  Four)  ; Louisville  & Nashville  ; 
Missouri  Pacific  and  Wabash  Railways. 

Under  the  agreement  made  by  these  companies  they  became  the 
owners  of  all  the  property  held  at  the  time  by  the  five  auxiliary 
corporations  and  perpetual  lessees  of  the  bridge  and  tunnel.  The 
new  association  immediately  elected  Dr.  Taussig  its  president, 
which  office  he  occupied  until  his  voluntary  retirement  in  1896, 
whereupon  Mr.  Julius  S.  Walsh  became  his  successor. 

The  formation  of  the  Terminal  Association,  which  at  the  outset 
required  a capital  of  five  millions  and  later  on  five  more,  gave 
St.  Louis  the  largest,  most  compact  and  perfect  terminal  system 
in  the  United  States  and  there  is  none  in  Europe  which  could 
bear  comparison.  A further  result  of  this  gigantic  association 
was  the  establishing  of  the  largest,  completest  and  best  arranged 
Central  Railway  Depot  in  the  world,  our  unsurpassed  Union 
Station,  which  affords  the  means  of  the  most  practical  ingress 
and  egress  to  twenty-two  railroads. 

The  association  owns  in  St.  Louis  in  fee  and  under  lease  over 
ninety-five  and  in  East  St.  Louis  nearly  eighty-four  acres  of 
ground,  operates  here  thirty  and  across  the  river  twenty-eight 
miles  of  tracks,  with  thirty-eight  locomotives  of  the  latest  and 
heaviest  type,  and  furnishes  freight  facilities,  storage  yards  and 
warehouses  for  all  the  vast  tonnage  that  the  various  roads  bring 
into  and  out  of  St.  Louis.  Its  number  of  employees  is  over 
three  thousand,  all  its  appliances  and  appurtenances  are  of  the 
most  modern  character,  and  its  passenger  accommodations  have 
no  rival  in  this  or  any  other  country. 

MERCHANTS’  EXCHANGE  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

The  Merchants’  Exchange  of  St.  Louis,  now  and  since  many 
years  one  of  the  most  important  institutions  of  its  kind  in  the 
country,  had  its  inception  in  a small  debating  club,  established 


— 93  — 


in  1836  by  about  twenty-five  merchants,  who  came  together  once 
a mouth  after  business  hours,  to  discuss  business  and  other  mat- 
ters of  interest  to  themselves  and  the  city  at  large.  They  had  no 
room  of  their  own  but  met  in  the  office  of  the  Missouri  Insurance 
Company  on  the  east  side  of  Main  between  Pine  and  Olive 
streets.  These  monthly  gatherings  were  soon  attended  by  a larger 
number  of  merchants,  and  the  offer  of  a more  spacious  room  in 
the  printing  house  of  the  Missouri  Republican,  in  the  same 
block  was  therefore  gladly  made  use  of.  Later  on  the  meetings 
were  held  in  the  basement  of  the  Unitarian  Church,  corner  Fourth 
and  Pine,  at  that  time  considered  rather  distant  from  the  center 
of  trade,  that  is  from  the  Levee  and  Main  street,  and  this  fact 
shows  how  insignificant  the  organization  must  have  been  at  its 
beginning.  It  adopted  the  name  of  Chamber  of  Commerce  and 
received  a charter  from  the  State  Legislature  in  1837.  Most  of 
its  members  were  commission  merchants  or  boat  owners  and  the 
deliberations  were  therefore  principally  devoted  to  these  two 
branches  of  business.  It  was  not  until  1848,  that  the  members 
resolved  to  occupy  more  adequate  quarters,  to  meet  every  day 
at  a certain  hour  and  to  get  market  reports,  quotation  and  ship- 
ping news  by  telegraph  and  have  them  posted  in  their  rooms.  A 
suitable  locality  was  found  on  the  second  floor  at  the  northeast 
corner  of  Main  and  Olive  streets ; the  daily  papers  of  other  large 
cities  were  kept  on  file  and  accessible  during  the  whole  day  and 
various  other  facilities  were  procured. 

The  growing  importance  of  the  milling  trade  led  in  1849  to  the 
establishing  of  a Millers’  Exchange  on  Main  and  Locust  streets, 
where  samples  of  grain  and  flour  could  be  exhibited  from  day  to 
day  and  producers  and  dealers  were  invited  to  congregate  there 
for  the  transaction  of  business  ; owners  and  captains  of  steam- 
boats and  barges  and  their  agents  found  it  likewise  in  their  interest 
to  appear  regularly  at  this  Exchange  as  well  as  at  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce  and  both  bodies  became  more  and  more  important. 
The  Millers’  Exchange  was  in  fact  the  first  Grain  Exchange  in  the 
country  and  may  be  called  the  Pioneer  Corn  Exchange  of  the 
United  States.  Before  a year  had  elapsed,  plans  for  a consoli- 
dation were  submitted  to  both  bodies  and  immediatly  adopted, 
larger  accommodations  secured  on  Main  near  Locust  street  and 


— 94 


the  St.  Louis  Merchants’  Exchange,  which  name  had  been  agreed 
upon,  was  opened  for  the  first  time  on  January  the  7th,  1850. 
The  constant  addition  of  new  members,  the  extension  of  trade  and 
the  requirement  of  still  better  accommodations  caused  a general 
desire  to  substitute  an  appropriate  building,  its  own  property,  for 
the  leased  quarters,  and  the  erection  of  what  is  now  called  the  Old 
Merchants’  Exchange  Building  on  the  east  side  of  Main,  between 
Market  and  Walnut  streets,  was  the  result  of  this  desire,  but  the 
intention  of  becoming  the  owner  of  the  building  was  abandoned 
and  the  renting  of  the  second  floor  for  twenty-five  hundred  dollars 
per  annum  preferred.  The  inaugural  of  the  Exchange  Hall  took 
place  on  June  the  8th,  1857,  and  eveiything  went  on  satisfactorily 
and  harmoniously  until  January,  1862,  when  diverging  sentiments 
in  politics  caused  a rupture  among  the  members.  They  were 
divided  on  the  vital  question  of  the  day,  the  intact  preservation 
of  the  Union,  — and  the  outcome  of  these  differences  of  opinion 
was  the  secession  of  the  Unionists;  they  let  the  Southern  sym- 
pathizers in  possession  of  the  hall  on  Main  street  and  esiablished 
themselves  under  the  name  of  the  Union  Merchants’  Exchange 
in  the  then  new  building  directly  south  of  the  Post  Office  on  Third 
and  Olive  streets,  owned  by  General  Frank  P.  Blair.  The  most 
influential  members  of  the  Exchange  had  affiliated  with  the  new 
body  and  this  was  keenly  felt  liy  those  from  whom  they  had  sep- 
arated and  with  whom  many  of  them  had  been  united  by  ties  of  a 
lifelong  friendship.  But  the  separation  diil  not  last  long,  harmony 
was  restored  before  the  year  expired,  the  Union  Merchants’  Ex- 
change was  closed  and  its  members  returned  to  the  old  quarters 
in  November,  1862,  all  being  glad  and  rejoicing  over  the  recon- 
ciliation. 

The  continued  expansion  of  trade,  the  multiplicaiion  of  mem- 
bers, general  prosperity  in  all  commercial  and  industrial  branches 
soon  after  the  end  of  the  war,  renewed  the  demand  for  another 
Exchange  which  would  be  worthy  of  and  in  keeping  with  the  city’s 
greatness,  the  volume  of  trade  and  the  position  occupied  by  our 
mercantile  community.  Another  cause  for  a removal  lay  in  the 
fact  that  the  march  of  trade  in  a western  direction  had  already 
set  in  ; that  many  Arms,  banks  and  insurance  companies  had  left 
Main  street,  and  the  transfer  of  the  commercial  center  to  the 


— 95  — 

streets  further  west  had  become  obvious.  A proposition  made 
by  George  Knapp  in  behalf  of  himself  and  other  prominent 
men,  to  erect  a suitable  and  appropriate  building  for  the  use 
of  the  Merchants’  Exchange  on  Third  street,  reaching 
from  Chestnut  to  Pine,  was  therefore  accepted;  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce  Association  organized  with  Rufus  J.  Lackland  as  its 
President  and  Geo.  H.  Morgan  as  Secretary,  and  work  com- 
menced in  the  spring  of  1874.  The  ground  and  buildings  occupy- 
ing the  site  were  bought  at  a cost  of  561,700  dollars  and  one  and 
a half  millions  were  expended  for  the  imposing  structure  whose 
dedication  and  opening  was  duly  celebrated  on  the  21st  of  De- 


MEKCHANTS  EXCHANGE. 


cember,  1875.  After  the  old  hall  on  Main  street  had  been  closed 
the  same  day  with  appropriate  ceremonies.  The  new  building  be- 
came afterwards  the  property  of  the  Merchants’  Exchange.  The 
purchase  took  place  in  1892.  The  Exchange  hall  proper  has  a 
length  of  222,  a width  of  ninety-two  and  one-half  feet,  and  the 
ceiling  is  sixty  feet  above  the  floor.  It  is  well  adapted  for  its 
speciflc  purpose,  receives  light  and  air  from  three  sides,  and  con- 
tains all  facilities  in  the  way  of  telegraph  and  telephone 
connections,  including  pneumatic  transmission  of  dispatches  to 
and  from  the  central  offices  of  the  Western  Union  Telegraph 
Company. 


— 96  — 


During  the  many  years  of  its  existence  additions  and 
diminutions  of  membership  were  of  frequent  occurrence,  but 
neither  the  one  nor  the  other  ought  to  be  taken  as  a criterion  of 
business  transactions  or  trade  conditions,  as  such  fluctuations  are 
brought  on  by  various  and  in  most  cases  personal  reasons.  The 
largest  membership,  3,566,  was  reached  in  1883,  the  smallest 
was  that  of  1863,  there  being  only  518  names  on  the  list;  the 
number  varied  mostly  between  2,500  and  3,500  and  averaged  in 
the  last  five  or  six  years  aiiout  2,200.  It  is  not  the  quantity,  but 
the  quality  of  the  men,  who  constitute  such  a body,  that  gives 
it  its  prestige  and  it  can  be  said  with  the  fullest  justification, 
that  the  members  of  the  Merchants  Exchange  of  St.  Louis  have 
no  superiors  in  any  of  the  other  commercial  centers  on  this 
side  of  the  Atlantic.  They  are  the  bone  and  sinew  of  the  commu- 
nity, the  foremost  promoters  of  all  important  enterprises  and  of 
everything  tending  to  the  development  of  our  commercial  and 
other  public  interests  and  to  the  welfare  of  the  city  at  large. 

The  men  who,  in  the  course  of  time,  officiated  as  president  of 
the  Exchange,  form  an  array  of  the  best  known  names,  represent- 
atives of  business  and  industr^q  unsurpassed  honor  and  integrity, 
and  so  were  and  are  their  co-workers  from  the  time  of  the 
organization  of  the  Exchange  till  to-day. 

The  officers  for  the  year  1902  are  as  follows:  — 

President. 

Geo.  J.  Tansey. 

First  Vice-President. 

J.  R.  Ballard. 

Second  Vice-President. 

Wm.  a.  Gardner. 

Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

Geo.  H.  Morgan. 

First  Assistant  Secretary. 

D.  R.  Whitmore. 


— 97  — 


Second  Assistant  Secretary. 

H.  R.  Whitmore. 

Attorney. 

R.  F'.  Walker. 

Directors  for  1902. 

Oscar  M.  Whitelaw.  James  S.  McGehee. 

Henry  Wollbrinck.  Christoph  Hilke. 

S.  A.  Whitehead. 

Directors  for  1902  and  1908. 

Wm.  T.  Haarstick.  T.  H.  Francis. 

L.  B.  Brinson.  Otto  L.  Teichmann. 

John  H.  Dieckmann. 


HISTORY  OF  ST.  LOUIS  MILLS. 

My  Dear  Karoad  : 

You  ask  me  for  a brief  review  of  the  flour  mills  of  St.  Louis. 
This  involves  a large  draft  on  memory  for  nearly  fifty  years,  and 
without  printed  or  written  records  to  refer  to,  I will  hasve  to  rely 
on  personal  recollections  entirely. 

When  I came  to  St.  Louis  in  1850,  the  mill  of  August  Chouteau, 
up  to  that  date  run  by  water  power  from  Chouteau  pond  through 
Mill  Creek,  west  of  Seventh  street,  at  about  the  present  Poplar- 
street,  was  abandoned  as  a mill  and  converted  into  a stone  saw 
mill ; later  the  picturesque  Chouteau  pond  was  filled  up  to  make 
ground  for  the  past  and  present  Union  Depot  and  the  numerous 
tracks,  warehouses,  including  the  Cripples  block,  now  the 
location  of  the  heavy  wholesale  grocery,  transfer  and  man- 
ufacturing industries  of  this  busy  city.  The  first  wheel- 
barrow load  of  dirt  was  dumped  into  the  pond  by  Mayor 
Kennett,  in  the  absence  of  Senator  Benton,  with  pomp 
and  ceremony  to  inaugurate  the  beginning  of  the  Pacific, 
our  first  railroad.  The  Chouteau  residence  was  an  imposing  Gre- 
cian structure  on  the  present  site  of  the  jail  and  Four  Courts,  and 
7k 


— 98  — 


Mr.  Cbouteau  aud  the  white  horse  he  rode  to  the  mill  daily  added 
to  the  picturesque  features  of  an  attractive  landscape. 

The  Star  Mill  on  Levee  and  Elm  streets  was  built  by  Daniel  D. 
Page,  of  whom  it  was  told  that  he  used  to  stand  out  on  the  levee 
and  count  the  puffs  of  steam  and  remark  that  the  profit  was  a 
“ dollar  a puff.”  As  the  engine  was  slow  and  he  could  buy 
wheat  at  his  own  price  and  sell  flour  on  the  same  terms,  the  profits 
were,  of  course,  large,  and  helped  to  form  the  great  banking 
house  of  Page  & Bacon,  which  became  the  financial  backer  of  our 
first  railroad  to  the  East,  the  Ohio  & Mississippi,  to  Cincinnati. 
Smith  & Watkins  succeeded  Page  in  the  ownership,  and  after 
running  the  mill  a few  years  it  was  dismantled  and  converted  into 
an  iron  foundry,  now  feed  and  hay  warehouses. 

The  Union  Mill  at  Main,  Levee  and  Florida  streets,  was  built, 
owned  and  run  by  James  and  Edward  Walsh,  which  firm  also 
owned  and  run  several  fine  steamboats  to  New  Orleans.  After 
partially  freighting  at  the  Levee,  these  boats  would  go  to  the  mill 
and  take  on  one  thousand  or  more  barrels  of  flour  for  the  trade 
South.  The  Walshes  descended  from  J.  & E.  occupy  the  high- 
est positions  in  business  and  society  circles  in  the  city.  Capt. 
Gorman,  sometimes  wheat  buyer  for  and  manager  of  the  mill, 
and  also  captain  of  one  of  the  boats,  was  killed  by  a rebel  shell 
while  commanding  the  steamer  Henry  Von  Phul.  After  the 
Walshes  sold  the  mill  it  passed  through  several  changes  of  owner- 
ship, until  torn  down  to  make  room  for  the  Merchants  Elevator. 

The  Phoenix  Mill,  on  Barry  between  Sixth  and  Seventh,  built 
and  run  by  the  Pilkingtou  Bros.,  was  Grant’s  resting-place  on 
his  way  from  town  to  the  farm,  the  pile  of  bran  sacks  affording 
fine  opportunity  for  “forty  winks.”  This  mill,  after  changing 
ownership  several  times,  was  finally  dismantled,  and  the  remnant 
of  it  is  now  used  as  an  annex  to  a planing  mill.  The  O’Fallou 
Mill,  at  junction  of  Fourth  and  Fifth,  now  Broadway,  was  built 
and  torn  down  and  rebuilt  by  Jos.  G.  Shands,and  operated  under 
several  succeeding  owners  until  bought  with  other  properties 
by  the  Gould  railways  for  right  of  way  to  connect  the  Iron 
Mountain  and  Pacific  roads  by  surface  tracks,  but  the  city  refus- 
ing the  necessary  grant,  the  connection  was  not  made;  meantime, 
however,  the  mill  was  torn  down.  The  Nonantum  Mill  was  built 


— 99  — 


opposite  the  Convent  Market  almost  over  the  Mill  Creek  Sewer, 
by  S.  G.  Sears  and  his  associates,  and  run  successfully  for  sev- 
eral years  and  was  then  dismantled  and  became  in  time  a beer  and 
boarding-house. 

The  Planters  Mill,  on  Franklin  avenue,  west  of  Fourteenth  street, 
was  one  of  the  reputable  old-time  mills  which  have  passed.  When 
I first  knew  it  William  Stobie  and  associates  had  it.  It  passed  to 
successive  owners  until  abandoned.  The  first  Anchor  Mill  was 
farther  west  on  Franklin  avenue ; was  burned  and  rebuilt,  burned 
again  and  then  rebuilt  at  Twenty-first  and  Clark  avenue,  burned 
and  rebuilt,  all  under  the  ownership  of  Henry  C.  Yeager  and  his 
associates ; passed  to  Jno.  W.  Kauffman,  and  burned  again,  and 
then  abandoned.  The  Park  Mill  at  Fourteenth  and  Market, 
owned  by  Thomas  A.  Buckland  and  Weller,  afterwards  by  John 
F.  Tolle,  succeeded  by  John  W.  Kauffman  ; burned  in  a Fourth  of 
July  celebration ; the  city  was  sued  for  the  value  of  the  property, 
suit  decided  in  favor  of  the  city ; mill  was  not  rebuilt.  Cherry 
Street  Mill,  corner  Cheny  and  Collins,  was  run  by  Osborne  and 
Tolle,  later  John  F.  Tolle  ; had  a fine  reputation  and  profitable 
trade  up  to  the  death  of  Mr.  Tolle.  Empire  Mill,  Broadway  and 
LaBaume  streets,  built  by  Goodfellow  and  Robinson,  passing 
through  Hazard,  Benson  & Co.,  Alex.  H.  Smith  & Co.,  and 
Empire  Mill  Co.  until  dismantled,  and  is  now  used  as  a carriage 
repository.  The  Jefferson  Mills,  on  North  Market  street,  built 
by  the  Sessinghaus  Mill  Co.,  continues  to  be  one  of  the  few  suc- 
cessful mills  now  active.  The  Missouri  Mills,  Seventh  and  St. 
Charles,  a beautiful  structure,  which  was  burned  soon  after  com- 
pletion and  not  rebuilt;  Powell  Bros,  were  the  proprietors.  The 
Pacific  Mills,  Third  and  Cedar  streets.  When  I first  knew  it 
Pomperoy  was  proprietor,  after  him  Col.  Chas.  L.  Tucker,  suc- 
ceeded by  Kehlor  until  it  burned  ; a pickle  factory  now  occupies 
the  site. 

The  Atlantic  Mills,  corner  of  Main  and  Plum  streets,  was  built 
and  run  by  Ball  & Chapin  until  sold  to  Rhodes,  Pegram  & Co. 
and  Henry  Whitmore,  succeeded  by  Bain  & Pegram,  later  on 
Fusz  & Backer,  under  the  name  of  Regina  Mill ; it  was  totally 
destroyed  by  fire  twice  and  rebuilt.  Plants  — all  the  old  resi- 
dents will  remember  this  old  landmark  on  Franklin  avenue,  be- 


— 100  — 


tween  Fifth  and  Sixth,  from  whence  it  had  supplied  flour  for  fifty 
years,  until  the  new  Plants  was  built  at  Main  and  Chouteau  ave- 
nue ; this  new  mill  was  burned  and  rebuilt  and  is  now  much  the 
largest  mill  here ; the  old  one  was  converted  into  stores.  The 
Laclede  Mill,  Ninth  and  Soulard,  built  by  Elbridge  Goddard  and 
S.  G.  Sears;  last  owner,  Kehlor,  burned  several  years  ago,  and 
was  not  rebuilt.  The  United  States  Mill,  corner  Second  and 
Eutger,  built  by  E.  Goddard  and  Sons,  destroyed  by  cyclone 
ajid  fire ; partially  rebuilt,  but  not  completed.  The  Victoria 
Mills,  built  by  Alex.  H.  Smith  and  his  associates,  now  owned  by 
Wm.  D.  Orthwein  and  the  estate  of  Chas.  F.  Orthwein,  are  con- 
stantly in  successful  operation.  The  Gamble  Street  Mill,  corner 
of  Gamble  and  Twenty-first,  built  and  operated  by  Buschman  & 
Co.,  until  sold  to  Anchor  Mill  Co.,  and  dismantled  to  make  room 
for  the  new  Anchor  Mill.  The  Pearl  Mills,  on  Rocky  Branch  in 
North  St.  Louis,  built  and  operated  by  Horatio  N.  Davis  until 
dismantled  a few  years  ago.  The  Saxony  Mills,  Lombard,  be- 
tween Third  and  Fourth  streets,  built  and  operated  by  Leouhardt 
& Schuricht,  dismantled  and  rebuilt  by  Mr.  Leonhardt,  and  are 
now  successfully  operated  by  his  sons.  St.  George  Mill,  Nos. 
1 11-1919  South  Third  street,  built,  remodeled,  rebuilt  and  op- 
erated by  Henry  Kalblleisch,  was  bought  a few  years  ago  by 
Flannagan  & Co.,  and  converted  into  a corn  mill.  Eagle  Mills, 
Main  and  Bates  street,  built  and  operated  successfully  by  Dennis 
Marks,  until  sold  to  Sam  Plant,  sold  by  him  to  E.  O.  Stanard, 
present  owner. 

Buss  Mills,  North  Broadway,  opposite  Bellefontaine,  a strictly 
up-to-date  modern  mill,  built  and  operated  by  John  B.  Buss 
Milling  Co.  Hezel  Mills,  East  St.  Louis,  built  by  Hezel  Mill  Co., 
totally  destroyed  by  the  cyclone  in  1896,  rebuilt  on  another  site 
and  continually  in  successful  operation.  Venice  Mills,  owned  by 
Kehlor  until  burned.  Kehlor  Mills,  East  St.  Louis,  built  by 
Kehlor  Bros.,  the  largest  mill  here.  This  was  badly  damaged  by 
the  cyclone  of  1896  ; speedily  restored  and  continuously  in  suc- 
cessful operation.  Meramac  Mills,  Eighth  and  Clark  avenue, 
built  and  operated  by  H.  B.  Eggers,  is  a strictly  up-to-date,  suc- 
cessful mill.  The  United  States  Mill,  Seventh  street,  south  of 
Poplar,  built  and  operated  by  Aaron  W.  Fagin  until  burned 


— 101  — 


down  without  insurance  ; was  not  rebuilt.  Camp  Spring  Mill  at 
Twentieth,  south  of  Market  street,  built  by  Eickerman  & Wulze^ 
remodeled  by  the  Camp  Spring  Mill  Co.,  Mr.  John  B.  Woestman, 
president,  was  sold  to  the  Terminal  Co.,  and  now  part  of  the 
Union  Station. 

From  the  brief  resume  it  appears  that  of  the  twentj'-nine  mills 
mentioned,  twenty  have  ceased  to  exist,  and  the  busy,  energetic 
proprietors  have  passed  away  in  about  the  same  proportion.  If 
space  admitted,  I would  like  to  indulge  in  pleasant  reminiscences 
of  these  departed  friends,  but  must  close  with  the  general  sum- 
mary, that  they  were  all  honorable,  useful  citizens,  who,  in  their 
day  and  generation,  contributed  much  to  the  prosperity  of  the 
city.  Alex.  H.  Smith. 

MILLIl^G  AND  FLOUR  TRADE. 

There  was  a time,  and  it  lies  not  at  all  very  far  behind  us, 
when  the  flour  trade  of  the  United  States  looked  to  St.  Louis  for 
its  chief  supply.  Our  city  was,  for  many  years,  the  actual  center 
of  milling,  and  the  wheat  flour  produced  here  was  of  unsur- 
passed quality,  and  considered  tlie  best  in  home  and  foreign 
markets,  and  this  reputation  is  still  held  by  it.  The  prestige  of 
the  St.  Louis  flour,  milled  here  as  in  the  country  mills  owned  by 
St.  Louis  millers,  is  based  upon  the  fact  that  the  wheat  regions, 
from  which  these  mills  draw  their  supply,  is  of  superior  quality, 
and  that  the  mills  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved  and 
modern  machinery ; the  grain  and  flour  inspection  regulated  by 
the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Exchange,  and  conducted  by  its  sworn 
officials,  is,  furthermore,  a guarantee  and  safeguard  to  the  pro- 
ducer and  miller  as  well  as  to  the  dealer  and  consumer,  and  of 
the  greatest  advantage  to  each  of  them.  Fourteen  mills  were  in 
the  city  as  early  as  1847,  twenty-two  in  1850,  and  the  number 
reached  even  up  to  twenty-seven  in  tlie  first  half  of  the  seventies. 
At  present  only  fourteen  are  here  in  operation,  but  to  these  must 
be  added  a like  number  of  mills  located  elsewhere  owned  and 
operated  by  St.  Louis  firms.  Aside  from  supplying  the  domestic 
markets,  very  large  sales  are  constantly  made  to  foreign  coun- 


— 102  — 


tries,  especially  to  Great  Britain,  France,  Belgium,  Holland,  to 
Mexico,  Central  and  South  America,  to  South  Africa,  Mediter- 
ranean points,  and  during  the  last  two  years  the  West  Indies 
were  added  to  the  list.  The  flour  export  began  in  1872,  and  was 
inaugurated  by  the  late  Geo.  Bain,  at  that  time  the  owner  of  the 
Atlantic  (now  known  as  the  Regina)  Mills,  with  the  active  and 
valuable  co-operation  of  Mr.  Henry  C.  Haarstick,  the  president 
of  the  Mississippi  Valley  Transportation  Company,  whose  barge 
lines  form  an  important  factor  in  the  export  trade  of  the  city. 


J.  F.  IMBS,  President.  J.  J.  IMBS,  Vice-President. 

A.  V.  IMBS,  Secretary.  M.  A.  RUST,  Treasurer. 


J.  p.  Imbs  /T\illi9<5  <^o., 


propri(?tors  of 

E/r\ills  - ii)  - Illinois. 


120  ai)d  122  Soiitl?  (Tfaii?  Street, 

sj.  eodis,  /T)o. 


Kirjloel?,  /I8I5. 


B<?11,  /I\aii)  988m. 


— 103  — 


EGGERS  MILLING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  202m.  Kinlocli  A1071. 

The  various  brands  of  flour  produced  by  the  Eggers  Milling 
Co.  from  the  best  winter  and  spring  wheat  are  widely  known  for 
their  excellent  quality  to  dealers  as  well  as  consumers.  The 
most  popular  of  these  brands  are  the  Imperial  and  Good  Luck, 
Patent  Leader  and  Fancy  Pacific,  all  great  favorites  in  house- 
holds, hotels,  restaurants,  with  confectioners,  bakers,  etc.  The 
Eggers  Mills  occupy  substantial  buildings  on  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Eighth  street  and  Clark  avenue,  and  have  a daily  capacity 
of  over  six  hundred  barrels,  being  equipped  with  the  most  ap- 
proved machinery  and  all  appurtenances  for  the  production  of  a 
perfect  article.  The  firm  was  established  in  1883  by  H.  B.  Eggers, 
who  in  course  of  time  admitted  his  two  sons,  F.  W.  and  H.  B. 
Eggers,  Jr.,  into  partnership.  The  company  was  incorporated 
in  1895.  Mr.  H.  B.  Eggers  is  President  and  Treasurer,  Mr.  H. 
B.  Eggers,  Jr.,  Secretary,  and  Mr.  F.  W.  Eggers  has  charge  of 
the  sales.  These  three  gentlemen  form  the  Board  of  Directors. 
The  firm  makes  the  city  trade  a specialty  ; enjoys  a well-earned 
reputation  for  fair  dealing,  attention  and  promptness,  and  its 
members  stand  high  in  the  esteem  of  our  commercial  and  social 
circles.  All  three  are  members  of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants’  Ex- 
change. Between  twenty-five  and  thirty  hands  are  generally 
employed  in  the  mills. 

ENGELKE  & FEINER  MILLING  CO. — Southern  Roller 

Mills. 

Bell  Main  2036A.  Kinloch  D325. 

The  mills  of  the  Engelke  & Feiner  Milling  Company  were 
built  in  1859  and  were  enlarged  by  additional  buildings  from 
time  to  time,  covering  now  more  than  half  a block  between 
Gratiot  and  Papin,  Fourth  street  and  South  Broadway.  They 
were  originally  owned  and  operated  by  John  Engelke  and  Frank 
Deister,  but  the  latter’s  interest  was  purchased  in  1861  by  Mr. 
Frank  Feiner.  The  partnership  of  Mr.  Engelke  and  Mr.  Feiner 
terminated  in  1889  by  the  death  of  the  former,  whereupon  the 


— 104  — 


latter  bought  the  interest  of  his  late  partner.  The  mills  were  for 
many  years  known  as  the  Southern  Roller  Mills,  they  being  the 
first  in  this  city  in  which  rollers  were  introduced  for  the 
manufacture  of  corn-meal  and  other  corn-products,  as  for 
instance  hominy,  grits,  etc.  They  were  partly  destroyed  by  fire 
in  1883,  but  immediately  rebuilt  on  a much  larger  scale  and  have 
since  received  several  additions,  so  that  the  plant  is  now  one 
of  the  most  extensive  of  its  kind  in  the  West.  The  substantial 
buildings  contain  a full  equipment  of  the  most  approved 
machinery  and  the  newest  inventions  are  made  use  of,  so  that 
the  highest  grade  of  perfection  may  be  reached  in  the  various 
products  of  the  establishment.  The  immense  quantity  of 
corn  required  by  the  company  comes  mostly  from  Missouri, 
Illinois  and  Nebraska,  and  only  the  best  grades  are  bought. 
The  output  of  the  mills  is  sold  to  all  the  Western  States 
but  especially  to  the  South  where  the  consumption  of  corn  meal 
is  larger  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  country.  Very  ample 
means,  long  experience  and  unsurpassed  facilities  for  manufactur. 
lug  and  shipping  enable  the  firm  to  place  not  only  a superior  prod- 
uct on  the  market,  but  to  give  their  customers  the  best  condi- 
tions and  to  fill  all  orders,  even  the  largest,  with  unequaled 
promptness  and  care.  The  capacity  of  the  mills  averages  two 
thou-and  barrels  per  day  and  it  is  often  necessary  toopei’ate  them 
day  and  night.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  Frank  Feiner, 
President  and  Treasurer;  W.  Klinger,  Vice-President,  and  F.  C- 
Brockmeier,  Secretery ; Eugene  J.  Feiner,  Assistant  Treasurer,  and 
George  W.  Feiner,  Superintendent,  — the  latter  two  are  the  sons  of 
the  President.  Mr.  Frank  Feiner  hails  from  Baden,  Germany,  and 
came  to  St.  Louis  in  1852,  but  soon  after  went  to  California,  to 
gain  a share  of  the  newly  discovered  gold  in  that  region  ; the 
hardships  of  the  gold  miner  in  those  days  were  not  spared  him, 
but  energy  and  hard  work  overcame  them  and  when  he  returned 
to  this  city  in  1861  he  possessed  what  he  considered  in  those 
days  quite  a fortune,  and  that  he  made  good  use  of  it  by  the  invest- 
ment of  his  capital  in  the  business,  which  he  has  conducted  for 
the  last  forty  years,  is  clearly  shown  by  the  results  of  his  enter- 
prise ; his  well-deserved  success  is  the  fruit  of  strictness,  hon- 
esty and  fairness  in  all  his  transactions,  and  these  qualities  are 
shared b}' his  sous  and  his  partners.  Mr.  Frank  Feiner,  Mr.  Broc  k- 


105  — 


meier  and  Mr.  Eugene  J.  Feiner  represent  the  firm  on  the  floor 
of  the  Merchants’  Exchange  and  all  the  gentlemen  named  in  this 
article  number  among  the  best-known  citizens  and  members  of 
our  commercial  community. 

FISCHER  FLOUR  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  A552. 

The  Fischer  Flour  Company,  established  and  incorporated  in 
1891,  by  Messrs.  J.  C.  Fischer,  Frank  Eppelsheimer  and  Julius 
G.  Hollmann,  is  one  of  the  leading  firms  in  the  milling  and  flour 
trade  of  St.  Louis.  They  are  the  proprietors  of  the  Cane  Mills 
at  St.  Genevieve,  whose  product  — “ Success  Patent  ” and  “ Cane 
Mills”  — are  justly  celebrated  for  superior  quality  and  strength 
and  especially  preferred  by  the  cracker  manufacturers  all  over 
the  United  States  and  in  Canada.  The  mills  are  equipped  with 
the  most  complete  and  best  machinery  and  embrace  a floor  space 
of  75,000  square  feet.  They  are  also  the  agents  and  repi’esen- 
tatives  of  the  Pillsbury  & Washburn  Mills  of  Minneapolis,  Minn., 
a large  part  of  whose  output  is  sold  by  them  to  bakers  and  grocers, 
particularly  Pillsbury  Best  and  Gold  Coin,  two  favorite  brands. 
The  firm  possesses  ample  means,  has  a a very  extensive  trade  in 
the  city  and  vicinity  as  well  as  in  the  different  parts  of  the  Union 
and  Canada.  The  salesrooms  and  office  were  first  at  220  and  222 
South  Main  but  ai’e  now  in  the  recently  erected  large  building 
on  the  south-west  corner  of  Second  and  Market  streets.  The 
directors  and  officers  of  the  company  are  as  follows:  J.  C. 

Fischer,  President;  Frank  Eppelsheimer,  Vice-President  and 
Treasurer,  and  Jul.  G.  Hollmann,  Secretary.  Messrs.  Fischer 
and  Eppelsheimer  have  been  identified  with  the  St.  Louis  flour 
trade  during  the  last  thirty-five  years,  from  1866  to  1880,  with 
the  well-known  house  of  Meyer  & Guye,  whose  existence  termin- 
ated by  the  death  of  both  partners,  and  from  1880  to  1891,  as 
shareholders  in  the  firm  of  Mauntel  Borges  & Co.  Mr.  Fischer 
was  born  in  Nauvoo,  Ills.,  to  which  place  his  parents'  had  come 
from  Switzerland  ; Mr.  Eppelsheimer  hails  from  the  old  Rhenish 
city  of  Mayenoe,  and  Mr.  Hollmann  is  a native  of  St.  Louis.  The 
firm  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  in  the  commercial  community 
and  its  members  are  highly  esteemed  in  mercantile  and  social 
circles. 


— 106  — 


KEHLOR  BROTHERS. 

City  Office:  Bell  Main  1050;  Kinloch  D1537.  Mill  in  East  St.  Louis;- 
Bell  Bridge  656;  Kinloch  B943. 

This  firm  may  justly  be  called  the  foremost  representative  of 
its  branch  in  this  part  of  the  West,  being  the  owners  of  two  of 
the  largest  mills  in  the  United  States,  the  Kehlor  Mills  in  East 
St.  Louis,  and  the  Rex  Mills  in  Kansas  City,  with  a combined 
capacity  of  nine  thousand  barrels  of  flour  per  day.  They  use 
exclusively  thebestqualitiesof  winterwheat,  and  the  flour  produced 
by  them  stands  unsurpassed  and  without  a rival  in  domestic  and 
foreign  markets.  (Their  patent  roller  flour  was  awarded  a medal 
at  the  Pan-American  Exposition  held  in  Buffalo  in  1901.)  Both 
mills  are  equipped  with  the  best  of  machinery.  The  Rex  Mills  are 
considered  the  finest  in  the  whole  country,  and  frequently  visited 
by  millers  and  mill  builders  from  all  parts  of  the  world,  who  have 
heard  or  read  of  them,  and  want  to  see  their  interior  arrange- 
ments. Mr.  James  B.  M.  Kehlor,  the  founder,  and  since  many 
years  sole  proprietor  of  the  firm,  is  a native  of  Scotland ; came 
to  America  when  only  eighteen  years  old,  and  brought  with  him 
the  proverbial  Scotch  industry  and  perseverance,  the  characteris- 
tic qualities  of  the  men  from  that  country.  His  first  enterprise 
consisted  in  a paper  mill  in  Wisconsin,  to  which  later  on  a flour 
mill  was  added ; after  disposing  of  his  property  in  the 
Northwest  he  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1864,  and  established, 
in  partnership  with  George  W.  Updike,  the  commission  house 
of  Kehlor  and  Updike  in  New  Orleans  with  St.  Louis  as  princi- 
pal shipping  point,  the  headquarters  of  the  Arm  being  in  New 
Orleans,  where  Mr.  Kehlor  took  up  his  residence.  The  business 
at  the  latter  place  was  given  up  in  1869,  whereupon  Mr.  Kehlor 
returned  to  St.  Louis,  where  the  Arm  continued  operations  until 
1873.  They  purchased  the  Laclede  and  afterwards  the  Pacific 
Mills,  both  of  which  ceased  to  exist  years  ago.  Mr.  Updike  sold 
his  interest  in  1873  to  Mr.  Kehlor,  who  then  admitted  his  brother,. 
John  Kehlor,  into  partnership  under  the  style  of  Kehlor  Brothers. 
The  mills  in  East  St.  Louis  and  Kansas  City  became  the  property 
of  the  firm  in  1892,  and  gives  employment  to  about  three  hun- 


— 107  — 

dred  and  fifty  hands.  Their  output  is  sold  all  over  the  United 
States  and  largely  exported  to  Sonth  America,  Europe,  South 
Africa  and  Australia.  Mr.  John  Kehlor  was  only  for  a short 
period  associated  with  his  brother,  and  died  years  ago,  but  the 
firm  remained  unchanged.  Mr.  James  B.  M.  Kehlor  is  one  of  the 
most  active,  energetic  business  men  of  St.  Louis,  largely  interested 
in  various  important  enterprises  and  a very  prominent  member 
of  our  Merchants  Exchange  and  also  of  the  Kansas  City  Board  of 
Trade.  The  office  of  the  firm  occupies  a suit  of  rooms  in  the 
Merchants  Exchange  Building. 


H.  W.  BECK, 

FEED  and  SEED  WAREHOUSE, 

2001,  2003  and  2007  Pine  Street. 


Bell,  Main  1164. 


Kinloch,  D54. 


H.  W.  BECK  & SONS, 

FEED  AND  SEED  CO., 

HAY,  GRAIN,  SALT 
AND  FLOUR. 

5701  to  5709  Manchester  Av. 


Lindell  724. 


Kinloch,  C1609. 


— 108 


JOHN  F.  MEYER  & SONS. 

Bell  Main  756m. 

Mr.  John  F.  Meyer,  the  head  and  founder  of  the  above  firm,  is 
one  of  the  oldest  millers  and  flour  merchants  of  this  city,  being 
identified  with  these  branches  for  nearly  forty  years,  namely  since 
1864.  He  was  for  many  years  a member  of  the  well-known  firm 
of  Imbs,  Meyer  &Fusz  and  established  his  own  firm  after  the  dis- 
solution of  this  partnership.  Associated  with  him  are  his  three 
sons;  he  himself  and  the  oldest  son,  Ferdinand  P.  Meyer,  reside 
in  St.  Louis,  the  two  other  sons,  Henry  A.  and  Louis  S.,  conduct 
affairs  in  Springfield,  Missouri,  where  the  firm  runs  the  Queen  City 
Mills,  having  a daily  capacity  of  800  barrels,  and  an  elevator 
with  storage  rooms  for  100,000  bushels  of  grain.  The  mills  are 
equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery,  producing  the  best 
quality  of  flour  of  the  following  brands : The  Albatross,  made  of 
soft,  and  the  Premier,  made  of  hard  wheat,  unrivaled  in  purity  and 
careful  milling.  The  product  of  the  Queen  City  Mills  is  sold 
everywhere,  particularly  in  the  South,  Southeast,  the  East  and  for- 
eign markets.  Between  fifty  and  sixty  men  are  constantly  em- 
ployed in  Springfield,  from  which  point  all  the  shipments  are 
made,  and  the  largest  orders  can  be  filled  without  delay. 
Messrs.  John  F.  Meyer  and  Sons  enjoy  the  confidence  of  the 
business  community  in  general  and  of  their  numerous  customers  in 
particular,  for  upright  and  fair  dealing  in  all  their  transactions ; 
they  possess  ample  means  and  all  desirable  facilities  for  the 
extensive  trade  which  they  have  acquired  and  which  is  still  grow- 
ing into  greater  dimensions.  The  firm  is  a member  of  the  St. 
Louis  Merchants  Exchange  and  uses  the  Robinson  code  for 
telegraphic  communication.  The  offices  are  located  in  the 
Laclede  Building,  therefore  right  in  the  business  center  of  the 
city.  Mr.  John  F.  Meyer  has  participated  in  many  move- 
ments tending  to  the  good  and  welfare  of  the  community  and 
the  promotion  of  our  mercantile  and  industrial  interests  ; he  be- 
longs to  various  commercial  associations  and  charitable  societies, 
having  a warm  heart  and  an  open  hand  for  suffering  humanity 
without  ever  seeking  publicity,  and  therefore  all  the  more  meri- 
torious. 


— 109  — 


REGINA  FLOUR  MILL  CO. 

Bell  Main  1073.  Kinloch  D2000. 

The  tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain  and  Southern  Railroad  pass 
the  Regina  Flour  Mill,  the  buildings  of  which  occupy  the  whole 
west  side  of  Main  from  Plum  to  Poplar  streets,  on  two  of  these 
streets,  and  as  these  tracks  connect  with  all  other  railroad  lines 
the  location  of  this  mill  affords  better  transportation  facilities 
for  the  incoming  grain  and  the  outgoing  flour,  than  any  other 
mill  in  the  city  possesses,  its  nearness  to  the  river  is  likewise  an 
important  factor  in  the  saving  of  freight  expense,  all  of  which 
is  of  benefit  to  the  purchasers  of  its  product.  The  company  was 
incorporated  in  1885  by  Messrs.  Louis  Fusz,  Geo.  H.  Backer, 
Paul  A.  Fusz,  Geo.  W.  Hill  and  Geo.  Bain.  The  first  named 
is  the  president  of  the  company.  The  Atlantic  Mills,  one  of  the 
largest  in  the  city,  stood  upon  the  site  of  the  present  buildings, 
but  was  destroyed  by  fire  in  1878,  causing  a great  loss  to  its 
owner,  the  late  Mr.  Geo.  Bain;  it  was  rebuilt  in  1882,  and 
became  in  1885  the  property  of  the  Regina  Flour  Mill  Co.  ; so  called 
in  honor  of  Mrs.  Regina  Fusz,  the  mother  of  Louis  and  Paul  A. 
Fusz.  Being  equipped  with  the  most  improved  and  modern  ma- 
chinery, managed  and  supervised  by  such  an  expert  as  Mr.  Louis 
Fusz,  who  has  been  in  the  flour  business  almost  for  a lifetime,  and 
using  only  the  best  kinds  of  wheat,  it  is  but  natural  that  the  prod- 
uct of  this  mill  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  far  and  wide. 
It  is  sold  in  our  Northeastern  and  Southern  States,  Central 
America,  and  largely  exported  to  Great  Britain  and  Ireland, 
Belgium,  Holland,  the  Scandinavian  countries  and  the  West 
Indies.  The  greatest  care  is  taken  in  the  milling  process  to 
secure  constantly  the  excellent  quality  for  which  the  Regina 
flour  has  at  all  times  been  celebrated.  The  Ultimate  and 
Regina  brand  are  special  favorites  and  in  great  demand  for 
family  use,  as  well  as  by  bakers,  confectioners,  craqker  fac- 
tories, hotels  and  restaurants.  Sir.  Louis  Fusz  was  born  in 
France  and  came  to  this  country  in  his  boyhood.  His  parents 
settled  in  St.  Louis  in  1853,  where  he  has  resided  ever  since. 
He  was  first  employed  by  Chouteau,  Harrison  and  Valle,  one 


— no  — 


of  the  most  prominent  firms  at  that  time,  and  soon  worked  him- 
self up  to  a responsible  position,  but  resigned  in  1866  to  be- 
came a partner  in  the  fiour  commission  house  of  Imbs,  Fusz  & 
Meyer,  from  which  he  severed  his  connection  in  1873  at  the 
urgent  request  of  Mr.  Mathias  Backer,  one  of  the  oldest  flour 
merchants  in  the  city.  The  firm  of  Fusz  and  Backer  may  be 
considered  the  predecessor  of  the  present  company.  After  the 
retirement  of  Mr.  Mathias  Backer,  his  son,  Mr.  Geo.  H.  Backer, 
became  his  father’s  successor,  but  he  in  turn  has  also  withdrawn 
from  active  business.  Mr.  Louis  Fusz  is  one  of  the  most  prom- 
inent and  active  members  of  the  Merchants.  Exchange,  serving  as 
its  vice-president,  repeatedly  as  a director  and  very  often  in  im- 
portant committees  and  frequently  representing  it  in  conventions. 
He  has  always  promoted  the  commercial  interests  of  St.  Louis 
here  and  elsewhere,  as,  for  instance,  the  introduction  of  St.  Louis 
flour  in  the  New  England  and  several  Southern  States,  is  due 
to  his  exertions.  He  is  a man  of  the  most  affable  manner,  of  the 
strictest  integrity,  and  possesses  a personal  magnetism  which  en- 
dears him  to  a large  circle  of  friends. 


H.  BAUR,  President.  ANDR.  BAUR,  Secretary. 

BAUR  FLOUR  COMPANY, 

(Successors  to  Baur  & RegelJ 

Flour  Mercliants  and  Millers’  Agents, 

1414  NORTH  BROADWAY,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


Bell,  Main  2788. 


Kinloch,  D1665. 


— Ill  — 


SESSINGHAUS  MILLING  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  386.  Kinloch  B1 185. 

One  of  the  oldest  milling  establishments  of  St.  Louis,  the 
Jefferson  Mills,  began  operations  as  early  as  1856.  It  was 
owned  by  Theodore,  Gustavus  and  Frederick  Sessinghaus,  and 
stood  on  Second  and  Jefferson  (now  Clinton)  streets,  but  burned 
down  in  1870,  whereupon  the  present  mill,  on  Ninth  and 
North  Market  streets,  was  built.  The  firm  of  Sessinghaus 
Bros,  was  changed,  in  1881  to  the  Sessinghaus  Milling  Co., 
under  which  name  it  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
the  State  of  Missouri.  Mr.  Theodore  Sessinghaus  was  Presi- 
dent of  the  company  from  its  incorporation  until  his  death 
(February  14th,  1899),  and  was  one  of  the  best  known 

millers  of  the  city.  His  brother,  Gustavus,  who  died  in  1887, 
sat  for  several  years  iu  the  School  Board,  and  was  a member  of 
the  Fiftieth  Congress.  The  third  brother,  Frederick  Sessing- 
haus, followed  him  into  eternity  iu  1894.  The  present  proprie- 
tors are  Mr.  C.  J.  Hanebrink,  Mr.  Oscar  F.  Sessinghaus  and 
Mr.  Wm.  B.  Thompson.  They  form  the  board  of  directors, 
with  the  first-named  as  President,  and  the  second  as  Vice-Presi- 
dent and  Secretary.  Mr.  Hanebrink,  who  is  connected  with  the 
firm  ever  since  1867,  and  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  the  details 
of  the  milling  branch,  was  chosen  President  as  successor  of 
Theodore  Sessinghaus,  but  had  conducted  the  business  for  sev- 
eral years  previous.  Mr.  Oscar  F.  Sessinghaus  is  likewise  well 
informed  in  the  milling  and  flour  trade.  The  product  of  the 
Jefferson  Mills  is  of  excellent  quality,  and  is  sold,  aside  from  a 
large  local  trade,  iu  the  Eastern  and  Western  States,  and  exten- 
sively exported  to  Europe.  Their  S.S.S.S.  brand  of  flour 
received  the  first  premium  at  the  St.  Louis  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  Fair  in  1877,  1887,  1890,  1891,  1892,  1893,  1895 
and  the  highest  sweepstakes  award  in  1897 ; it  was  alsq  the  recip- 
ient of  a gold  medal  and  diploma  at  the  Columbian  Exposition  iu 
1893.  The  mill  is  equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery, 
and  employs  from  fifty  to  sixty  hands  all  the  year  round. 


— 112 


ST.  LOUIS  VICTORIA  FLOUR  MILLS. 

Kinloch  B1306. 

The  St.  Louis  Victoria  Flour  Mills,  located  at  the  northeast 
corner  of  Main  and  Mound  streets,  were  built  many  years  ago,  by 
that  veteran  miller,  Alex.  H.  Smith,  and  his  associates.  The 
establishment  became  in  course  of  time  the  property  of  Chas.  F. 
and  Wm.  D.  Orthwein,  and  is  now  owned  by  the  latter  and  the 
estate  of  the  former.  The  Victoria  Mills  have  the  advantage  of 
a close  proximity  to  the  Mississippi  river,  and  a direct  connec- 
tion with  the  various  railroad  lines  coming  to  this  city,  afford- 
ing excellent  facilities  for  the  unloading  of  grain  and  the  ship- 
ment of  the  mill's  product.  TlTe  Victoria  flour  is  justly  cele- 
brated for  its  high  grade  quality,  only  the  best  wheat  being 
utilized  by  the  Arm.  It  is,  therefore,  highly  appreciated  in  do- 
mestic and  foreign  markets,  and  gives  the  greatest  satisfaction  to 
dealers  as  well  as  consumers.  Mr.  Wm.  D.  Orthwein  of  the 
Wm.  D.  Orthwein  Grain  Company,  of  which  we  speak  in  a sepa- 
rate chapter,  is  the  President. 


J.  B.  BUSS  FLOUR  MILLS, 

(444  NOi^TH  BROADWAY. 

quIen  FLOUR 

Is  superior  to  other  brands 
because  made  only  of  the 
best  grades  of  wheat  and 
with  the  most  improved 
milling 

PROCESS. 
GOLD  MEDAL  AWARDED 

— AT — 

PAN-AMERICAN  EXPOSITION 

IN  BUFFALO,  N.  Y. 

Bell,  Tyler  503a.  Kinloch,  D166I. 


113  -- 


GRAIN  AND  FLOUR  EXPORT  AND 
GRAIN  TRADE. 

It  was  a great  and  important  innovation  in  tbe  grain  trade, 
when  the  first  grain  elevators  were  built  and  tbe  handling  and 
shipping  of  grain  in  bulk  became  introduced.  It  was  in  fact  the 
foundation  of  tbe  grain  export  from  St.  Louis  to  Europe  via  the 
river  to  New  Orleans  and  by  rail  to  Eastern  seaports.  The  old 
method  of  shipments  in  sacks  required  a large  number  of  hands, 
much  labor  and  caused  great  expense;  the  handling  in  bulk 
saved  a great  deal  of  work  and  wages,  likewise  in  cost 
of  freight,  and  the  effect  of  these  savings  was  soon  shown 
in  the  growth  of  the  export  trade.  Another  factor  in  the 
same  direction  was  the  introduction  of  barges  for  tbe  trans- 
port of  commodities  between  here  and  New  Orleans  by  the 
Mississippi  Valley  Transportation  Company,  whose  President,  Mr. 
Henry  C.  Haarstick,  was  untiring  in  bis  efforts  to  facilitate  grain 
and  flour  shipments  from  this  point  to  foreign  countries.  Our 
grain  export  comprises  wheat,  corn  and  oats  and  the  quality  of 
wheat  sent  from  here  has  from  the  strart  won  enviable  repu- 
tation in  foreign  markets,  especially  those  of  Europe.  St.  Louis 
exports  grain  and  flour  to  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland,  Ger- 
many, Belgium,  Holland,  Spain,  Italy,  Switzerland,  Denmark, 
Sweden  and  Norway,  Finland,  Turkey,  Egypt,  Canada,  New- 
foundland, Central  and  South  America,  Mexico  and  the  West 
Indies.  The  building  of  tbe  jetties  at  New  Orleans  in  the 
second  half  of  the  seventies  — they  were  the  work  of  Captain 
James  B.  Eads,  who  also  planned  and  built  our  great  bridge  — 
gave  an  impetus  of  the  greatest  importance  to  our  export  trade,  as 
these  jetties  enable  the  largest  ocean  steamers  with  the  heaviest 
cargo  to  pass  out  without  grounding.  From  that  time  our  export 
became  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  The  fame  of  the  St. 
Louis  flour  enjoyed  by  it  abi’oad  is  based  upon  the  fact,  that  it  is 
made  of  hard  white  wheat  of  the  best  quality,  principally  grown  in 
Missouri,  Illinois  and  Kansas,  and  unsurpassed  in  its  properties 
and  value. 

8k 


— 114  — 


ANNAN,  BURG  & CO. 

Bell  Main  1890.  Kinloch  D1602. 

This  firm  was  originally  established  by  Messrs.  Roger  P.  Annan,. 
Henry  Burg  and  Daniel  E.  Smith,  under  the  name  of  Annan, 
Burg  & Smith,  in  1881,  for  the  traiisaction  of  a general  com- 
mission business  in  grain,  flour  and  mill-feed,  and  the  execution  of 
orders  for  futures.  They  were  first  located  on  South  Commercial 
near  Market,  occupied  afterwards  a warehouse  on  the  corner  of 
Commercial  and  Market  streets  until  1890,  in  which  year  they 
removed  their  offices  to  the  Railroad  Exchange  Building  at  the 
corner  of  the  Merchants  Exchange  Block,  but  still  larger  quarters 
became  necessary  and  they  are  now  on  the  ground  floor  of  the 
Merchants  Exchange  Building,  117  North  Third  street.  Mr. 
Smith  withdrew  in  1901,  since  which  time  the  business  is  con- 
ducted by  Messrs.  Annan  and  Burg  under  the  above  style.  These 
two  gentlemen  possess  the  experience  of  more  than  twenty  years 
and  a thorough  knowledge  of  the  various  branches,  to  which  their 
energy  and  ability  is  devoted.  Buying  from  first  hands  through- 
out the  North  and  West  they  are  prepared  to  give  the  most  favor- 
able prices  to  those  who  have  to  sell  and  those  who  wish  to  buy 
and  they  enjoy  the  fullest  confidence  of  shippers  and  dealers  for 
fair  and  upright  treatment.  Mr.  Annan  hails  from  old  Virginia, 
came  to  this  city  in  1870,  was  first  connected  with  the  commission 
house  of  J.  W.  Booth  & Sons,  afterwards  with  the  H.  & L.  Chase 
Bag  Co.,  with  which  he  remained  up  to  the  time  of  forming  the 
partnership  with  his  two  associates.  Mr.  Burg,  who  is  a St. 
Louisan  by  birth,  was  in  his  boyhood  and  for  several  years  after- 
wards an  employee  of  David  Nicholson,  Sr.,  from  where  he  went 
into  the  commission  business  as  successor  to  Barnard  & Co.  until 
the  establishment  of  the  present  firm.  Both  gentlemen  are  well 
known  and  great  favorites  in  our  mercantile  and  social  circles. 

CHAS.  F.  ORTHWEIN’S  SONS. 

Bell  Main  1196.  Kinloch  D1624. 

The  origin  of  this  firm  dates  back  to  the  beginning  of  the 
sixties,  a time  when  the  Civil  War  had  such  detrimental 


— 115  — 


influence,  that  trade  and  commerce  were  almost  at  a stand- 
still, making  mercantile  ventures  rather  risky,  but  there  were 
two  energetic  young  men  in  St.  Louis,  who  mustered  sufficient 
courage  to  form  a copartnership  for  the  carrying  on  of  a grain 
commission  business.  They  were  Gustav  Haenschen  and 
Cbas.  F.  Orthwein.  The  firm  of  Haenschen  & Orthwein  soon 
succeeded  in  replacing  the  Southern  trade — which  had  ceased 
during  that  period  — by  an  extensive  arain  trade  with  the 
West  and  Northwest,  thereby  making  St.  Louis  the  center 
of  a vast  business,  which  until  then  had  been  monopolized  by 
Chicago  and  Milwaukee.  After  the  dissolution  of  this  partner- 
ship, in  1872,  Mr.  Orthwein  associated  himself  with  Mr.  Joseph 
J.  Mersman  under  the  name  of  Orthwein  & Mersman,  which  firm 
continued  till  1880,  in  which  year  Mr.  Wm.  D.  Orthwein,  a 
younger  brother  of  Mr.  Chas.  F.,  became  a partner  in  the  firm 
of  Orthwein  Brothers.  It  lial  been  the  aim  of  Mr.  Chas. 
F.  Orthwein  ever  since  1866,  to  make  St.  Louis  an  independent 
point  of  export  to  Europe  by  way  of  the  Mississippi  and  the 
port  of  New  Orleans,  but  his  plan  was  for  a long  time 
opposed  with  the  argument  that  the  Southern  climate 
would  be  damaging  to  the  condition  of  grain  and  that  the 
harbor  of  New  Orleans  did  not  possess  the  necessary  require- 
ments for  the  loading  of  ocean  vessels  directly  from  Mis- 
sippi  river  crafts.  It  is  greatly  due  to  Mr.  Orthwein’s  exertions 
that  the  first  argument  was  proved  groundless,  and  that  the 
obstacles  in  reference  to  port  facilities  were  removed  by  the 
building  of  the  Eads  Jetties.  Orthwein  Brothers  were  chiefly 
instrumental  in  creating  an  immense  grain  export  (wheat  and 
corn)  from  St.  Louis  to  Europe,  especially  to  England,  Belgium 
and  Holland,’  thereby  securing  a foreign  market  for  the  grain- 
producing  regions  of  the  West  and  Northwest.  After  an  exist- 
ence of  thirteen  years  the  firm  was  dissolved  in  1893,  whereupon 
Mr.  Chas.  F.  Orthwein  made  two  of  his  sons  his  partners,  under 
the  style  of  Chas.  F.  Orthwein  & Sons,  and  Mr.  Wm.'  D.  Orth- 
wein established  the  Wm.  D.  Orthwein  Grain  Company.  The 
death  of  Mr.  Chas.  F.  Orthwein  in  December,  1898,  was  followed 
by  a change  of  the  firm  name  to  Chas.  F.  Orthwein’s  Sons,  but 
this  was  in  fact  the  only  change,  as  the  business  has  uninter- 


— 116  — 


ruptedly  been  carried  on  in  the  same  way,  and  on  the  same  prin- 
ciples of  strictness  and  integrity  as  before.  The  house  has 
branch  offices  and  grain  elevators  of  the  largest  capacity  at  Kan- 
sas City,  Mo.,  Galveston  and  Fort  Worth,  Texas,  and  in  New 
Orleans.  The  owners  of  the  firm  are  Mr.  W.  J.  Orthwein  and 
Mr.  C.  C.  Orthwein ; the  latter  manages  the  business  in  Kansas 
City,  the  former  is  at  the  head  of  the  St.  Louis  house,  which 
during  his  frequent  stays  in  Europe  is  in  charge  of  Mr.  Chas.  O. 
Schultz,  who  has  been  connected  with  the  Orthweins  for  more 
than  a quarter  of  a century.  The  firm  is  one  of  the  largest  grain 
exporters  in  the  United  States,  and  has  an  unsurpassed  standing 
in  the  commercial  world  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic.  The  St. 
Louis  office  is  quartered  on  the  second  floor  of  the  Merchants 
Exchange  building,  that  at  Kansas  City  occupies  rooms  in  the 
Board  of  Trade  building. 

WM.  D.  ORTHWEIN  GRAIN  CO. 

Bell  Main  1848.  Kinlocli  D1533. 

The  career  of  Mr.  Wm.  D.  Orthwein  is  closely  interwoven 
with  that  of  his  brother,  the  late  Chas.  F.  Orthwein,  whose  part- 
ner he  became  in  1880,  in  which  year  the  firm  of  Orthwein 
Brothers  had  been  organized.  He  came  fully  equipped  for  his 
duties  in  that  firm,  having  been  connected  with  its  predecessors, 
Haenschen  & Orthwein,  and  Orthwein  & Mersman,  for  nearly 
twenty  years,  thereby  gaining  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the 
details  of  the  grain  branch.  The  partnership  of  the  two  brothers 
continued  from  1880  to  1893,  during  which  period  their  direct 
export  of  grain  from  St.  Louis  to  Europe  via  New  Orleans  and 
Galveston  became  more  extensive  from  year  to  year,  reaching 
such  dimensions  that  a division  of  operations  appeared  desirable. 
For  this  reason  the  firm  was  divided  in  1893,  and  two  firms 
emanated  from  the  former  one.  Mr.  Win.  D.  Orthwein  made 
two  of  his  sons,  Messrs.  Frederick  C.  and  Walter  E.  Orthwein, 
his  partners,  under  the  name  of  the  Wm.  D.  Orthwein  Grain 
Company.  Having  been  identified  for  so  many  years  with  the 
grain  trade  of  this  country,  and  with  operations  amounting  to 
millions  of  dollars  annually,  it  was  but  natural  that  Mr.  Orth- 


— 117  — 


wein’s  new  enterprise  was  accompanied  by  the  most  flattering 
results  from  the  start,  he  being  so  well  known  from  Lake  Supe- 
rior to  the  Gulf,  throughout  the  grain  regions  of  the  West  and 
Northwest.  Very  ample  means  combined  with  a long  experience 
in  this  particular  branch  of  business  enabled  the  Arm  from  the 
beginning  to  operate  on  a large  scale,  the  result  being  a very  ex- 
tensive first-class  trade,  placing  the  house  in  the  front  rank  of  its 
line.  The  principles  of  reliability  and  uprightness,  which  have 
marked  all  the  transactions  of  the  father,  are  in  the  same  degree 
adhered  to  by  the  sons  and  form  the  basis  for  the  Various  enter- 
prises in  which  they  are  interested.  The  St.  Louis  Victoria  Flour 
Mills,  of  which  we  speak  in  the  preceding  chapter,  are  owned 
and  controlled  by  the  Orthweins.  Wm.  D.  Orthwein  is  the 
President  of  the  grain  company,  Frederick  C.  Orthwein  the  Vice- 
President,  and  Walter  E.  Orthwein  the  Secretary.  Mr.  Wm. 
D.  Orthwein  made  this  city  his  home  in  1862,  and  can  look  back 
upon  forty  years  of  business  activity.  He  has  been  a director 
of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Exchange,  a member  of  the  Board  of 
Managers  of  the  Mullanphy  Emigrant  Relief  Fund,  and  is  since 
several  3'ears  the  Vice-President  of  the  Manufacturers  Railway 
Company;  also  a director  of  the  Mississippi  Vallej’  Trust  Com- 
pany and  the  Kinloch  Telephone  Company,  likewise  a member  of 
the  St.  Louis,  the  Union  and  the  Jockey  Club.  The  office  of  the 
Wm.  Orthwein  Grain  Company  is  located  in  the  Merchants  Ex- 
change, third  floor,  room  310. 

CHRIS  SHARP  COMMISSION  CO. 

Bell  Main  1133. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1878  by  A.  Hewit  and  Chris 
Sharp  for  the  carrying  on  of  a general  commission  business,  but 
especially  in  grain.  The  incorporation  took  place  in  1889,  with 
Messrs.  A.  Hewit,  C.  Sharp  and  C.  J.  Quesnel  as  incorporators, 
with  Mr.  Sharp  as  President  and  Mr.  Quesnel  as  Secretary. 
After  the  death  of  Mr.  Sharp  (1900)  the  ownership  changed, 
Mr.  Sharp’s  interest  being  purchased  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Quesnel,  who 
is  now  the  President  of  the  company  ; his  partners  are  Mr,  F.  H. 
Gieselman,  the  Secretary,  and  Mr.  Edward  Quesnel.  These  three 


118  — 


gentlemen  form  the  board  of  directors,  and  conduct  the  business 
in  the  same  creditable  manner  as  heretofore.  The  firm  was  first 
located  at  116,  then  212  North  Commercial  street,  but  occupies 
since  many  years  the  entire  four  story  building.  No.  202  North 
Mam  street.  Mr.  Chris  Sharp  was  born  in  New  Orleans,  La., 
September  23d,  1845,  and  worked  his  way  up  from  a youth  with- 
out means  till  he  became  a prosperous  merchant  and  one  of  the 
representative  members  of  our  commercial  community.  He  and 
Mr.  C.  J.  Quesnel  had  been  clerks  on  Mississippi  river  steam- 
boats in  their  younger  years,  very  frequently  on  one  and  the 
same  steamer,  and  their  close  friendship  terminated  only  when 
Mr.  Sharp  was  called  from  earth.  He  was  an  active,  energetic 
business  man,  honest,  reliable  and  straightforward  in  all  his 
dealings,  and  highly  esteemed  by  all  who  came  in  contact  with 
him,  as  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  his  fellow-members  of  the  St. 
Louis  Merchants  Exchange  elected  him  successively  a director, 
first  vice-president  and,  in  1898,  president  of  that  body.  It  was 
in  this  latter  capacity  that  he  introduced  our  late  lamented  Pres- 
ident Wm.  McKinley  to  the  assembled  merchants  of  this  city. 
The  death  of  Mr.  Sharp  was  deeply  deplored  by  his  friends  and 
coworkers,  and  appropriate  resolutions  of  condolence  were 
adopted  by  the  Exchange. 

TEICHMANN  COMMISSION  CO. 

Bell  Main  441m.  Kinloch  A196. 

The  firm  of  Teichmann  & Co.  was  established  in  1857,  by 
Chas.  H.  Teichmann  and  Andrew  Einstmann,  as  a general  com- 
mission business  in  flour,  grain  and  provisions,  at  what  was  then 
No.  50  South  Main  street,  between  Walnut  and  Elm.  Mr.  Einst- 
mann  lost  his  life  in  the  Southern  Hotel  fire  (1877),  whereupon 
Mr.  Teichmann  continued  the  business  by  himself  until  1882,  in 
which  year  the  Teichmann  Commission  Co.  was  incorporated  with 
Chas.  H.  Teichmann  as  President;  Adolph  Bang  (who  died  in 
1901),  as  Vice-President,  and  Otto  L.  Tiechmann  as  Secretary  and 
Treasurer.  The  business  has  prospered,  and  is  one  of  the  oldest 
in  the  city  in  that  line,  which  is  due  principally  to  the  sagacious 
management  of  its  founder,  Mr.  Chas.  H.  Teichmann,  who  is 


— 119  — 


till  actively  engaged  in  conducting  its  affairs.  His  undaunted 
energy  and  strict  integrity  gave  to  the  lirm  an  uninterrupted, 
honorable  and  prosperous  career  for  more  than  forty  years,  none 
of  the  crises  or  panics  during  this  long  period  affecting  it,  and 
it  is  known  to-day  as  one  of  the  oldest  and  staunchest  commis- 
sion houses  of  St.  Louis.  Its  principal  business  is  grain,  and  its 
specialty  barley,  of  which  it  handles  nearly  a million  bushels 
annually.  The  firm  occupies  handsome  and  commodious  offices 
at  No.  204  North  Third  street,  with  warehouse  at  200-2  Market 
street. 

Mr.  Chas.  H.  Teichmaun  was  born  July  27th,  1832,  at  Celle, 
Hanover,  where  his  father  was  a judicial  officer.  He  received 
his  education  at  the  high  school  of  his  native  city,  an  institute 
noted  for  its  efficiency,  and  entered  in  1847  upon  a mercantile 
career.  The  political  liberty  and  business  opportunities  afforded 
in  this  country  brought  him  across  the  ocean  in  1849.  He  found 
employment  as  a clerk  in  New  York,  and  in  1853  came  to  St. 
Louis  as  salesman  and  bookkeeper  with  L.  & C.  Speck  & Co.,  at 
that  time  one  of  the  prominent  wholesale  houses  of  our  city, 
and  subsequently  with  the  commission  house  of  Angelrodt  & 
Barth.  Ever  siuce  establishing  his  business  reputation  Mr. 
Teiclimann  has  been  well  known  in  our  community,  as  an  honora- 
ble and  conservative  business  man,  which  has  brought  to  him 
various  distinctions  and  responsibilities,  demonstrating  the  esteem 
in  which  he  is  held  by  all  who  know  him.  The  Merchants  Ex- 
change has  repeatedly  elected  him  a director,  twice  as  its  vice- 
president,  and  would  have  honored  him  with  the  presideuey  had 
he  not  declined  the  nomination  offered  him  by  a large  caucus  of 
influential  friends  in  1889.  He  was  president  of  the  United 
States  Savings  Association  for  eleven  vears,  has  been  connected 
with  the  Jefferson  Fire  Insurance  Co.  for  over  thirty  years, 
serving  as  directer,  vice-president  and  president,  which  latter 
office  he  still  occupies.  His  valuable  services  as  a member  of 
the  Mullanphy  Board,  during  five  years,  and  as  a director  in  the 
German  Immigration  Society  for  many  years,  have  been  duly  ap- 
preciated by  the  public.  During  the  Civil  ^Yar  Mr.  Teichmanu 
enlisted  three  times,  in  the  Federal  army,  and  was  honorably 
discharged  as  first  sergeant.  He  is  well  known  in  social  circles 


— 120  — 


ami  belongs  to  various  clubs.  The  officers  of  the  Teichmaun 
Commission  Co.  are:  Chas.  H.  Teichmann,  President,  his  son, 
Otto  L.  Teichmann,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  the  latter  being  at 
present  a director  of  the  Merchants  Exchange. 

PRODUCE,  FRUIT,  ETC. 

These  commodities  are  handled  by  a large  number  of  St.  Louis 
dealers  and  the  receipts  are  as  a rule  very  heavy.  The  produce 
market  of  our  city  supplies  not  only  the  local  consumer  but  pro- 
vides an  extensive  outside  territory  with  the  various  products  of 
farm  and  garden.  They  are  brought  here  from  the  Western, 
Southern,  Southwestern  and  Northern  States;  one-half  of  it  is 
absorbed  by  the  city,  the  other  half  distributed  far  and  wide  by 
St.  Louis  firms.  Especially  important  is,  for  instance,  the  potato 
trade;  2,896,059  bushels  of  potatoes  arrived  here  in  1901  by  rail 
and  water,  and  to  this  came  about  two  millions  which  Missouri  and 
Illinois  farmers  brought  here  in  their  wagons,  and  a large  part  of 
the  crop  in  the  American  Bottom  on  the  other  side  of  the  river  is 
also  handled  by  St.  Louis  dealers,  which  may  be  set  down  with 
nearly  three  millions,  making  a grand  total  of  nearly  eight  and 
one-half  million  bushels.  The  receipts  of  cabbage  amounted  to 
four  million  heads  from  which  120,000  barrels  of  kraut  were  pre- 
pared and  sold  here.  Our  city  is  the  greatest  market  for  water- 
melons and  cantaloupes,  over  4,000  car  loads  came  here  in  the 
aforesaid  year,  nearly  three-fourths  of  this  quantity  being  shipped 
from  here  to  Eastern  States.  All  sorts  of  vegetables  and  fruit 
find  their  way  in  season  from  everywhere  to  this  market  for  local 
consumers  and  distribution  to  all  parts  of  the  country,  beans, 
pears  and  apples  forming  the  most  prominent  among  them. 
Dried  fruit,  domestic  and  imported,  is  also  an  important  article  of 
trade.  The  consumption  of  butter  in  the  city  proper  is,  as  may  be 
imagined,  extremely  large,  but  St.  Louis  is,  aside  from  this,  the 
center  of  an  extensive  butter  and  cheese  trade  and  supplies  even 
distant  States.  Nearly  fourteen  million  pounds  of  butter  were 
received  in  1901  and  more  than  four  millions  shipped  from  here; 
during  the  same  year  almost  a million  boxes  of  cheese  reached 


— 121 


our  market  of  which  320,000  were  sent  out  again.  The  produce 
and  fruit  trade  lies  almost  entirely  in  German  hands  and  those 
devoted  to  it  do  generally  a thriving  and  lucrative  business. 

F.  W.  BROCKMAN  COMMISSION  CO. 

Bell  Main  768.  Kinloch  B613. 

This  firm  was  preceded  by  Vogelsang  & Brockman  (1873- 
1876),  and  by  Brockman  & Trauernicht  (1876-1895),  in 
which  latter  year  Mr.  Trauernicht  died.  The  present  firm 
was  incorporated  in  1896  by  F.  W.  Brockman,  C.  H.  Taylor 
and  J.  H.  Woltering,  and  the  officers  of  the  company  are 
as  follows:  F.  W.  Brockman,  President ; C.  H.  Taylor,  Vice- 
President;  Geo.  Eeller,  Secretary;  and  I.  H.  Woltering,  Trea- 
surer. These  gentlemen  are  also  the  directors.  The  Brockman 
Commission  Company  is  one  of  the  best  known  and  most  reliable 
firms  in  its  line,  does  a very  extensive  general  commission 
business,  makes  a specialty  of  eggs  and  poultry  and  handles  in 
particular  large  shipments  of  butter.  The  firm  possesses  most 
ample  means  and  makes  liberal  advances  on  consignments,  on 
goods  in  refrigerators  and  on  bills  of  lading.  This  house 
handles  more  eggs  and  poultry  than  any  other  in  this  market  and 
is  kn^wn  far  and  wide  for  reliability  in  all  its  transactions. 
Aside  from  its  extensive  city  trade  among  grocers,  jobbers,  etc., 
its  shipmenfs  to  all  Northern  and  Eastern  markets  are  very 
voluminous.  The  company  has  its  own  refrigerator  machinery 
and  cold  storage  on  the  premises,  an  advantage  of  the  greatest 
importance.  Mr.  F;  W.  Brockman  was  born  in  Steinhagen, 
Prussia,  came  here  when  a mere  boy  and  it  can  be  said  of  him 
that  he  combines  German  industry  and  energy  with  American 
enterprise  and  activity;  his  partners  are  likewise  experienced  busi- 
ness men  of  the  highest  integrity  and  well  known  in  commercial 
communities.  Always  taking  great  interest  in  public  affairs  and 
especially  in  educational  matters,  Mr.  Brockman  served  during 
several  years  as  a member  of  the  School  Board  and  as  the 
president  of  that  body  from  1894  to  1895  with  marked  ability 
and  success.  He  and  Mr.  Taylor  are  members  of  the  Mer- 
chants Exchange.  Thirty  employees  constitute  at  present  the 


122  -- 


working  force  of  the  firm,  which  was  first  located  at  1023  and 
1025,  from  1879  to  1894  at  904,  and  occupies  since  then  very 
commodious  quarters  at  805,  807  and  809  North  Third  street. 

R.  HARTMANN  & CO. 

Bell  Main  464.  Kinloch  A525. 

One  of  the  best  known  firms  in  the  general  produce  business  is 
that  of  R.  Hartmann  & Co.,  occupying  the  spacious  building 
No.  14  S.  Second  street.  It  was  established  by  Mr.  Rudolph 
Hartmann  in  1883,  and  was  for  a number  of  years  located 
on  North  Main  street  until  more  space  became  necessary  in  con- 
sequence of  its  steady  growing  trade.  Mr.  Hartmann  came  here 
in  1865  and  made  himself  thoroughly  acquainted  with  all  the 
different  branches  of  the  produce  and  commission  business  be- 
fore he  entered  the  held  in  which  he  has  won  success  and  reputa- 
tion in  a like  great  measure.  He  handles  all  kinds  of  country 
produce,  making  a particular  specialty  of  dairy  and  creamery 
products ; is  in  daily  receipt  of  large  shipments  of  choice  butter 
and  cheese  from  the  best  sources,  and  is  at  all  times  enabled  to 
fill  orders  of  any  size  with  the  best  articles  at  lowest  market 
prices.  An  extensive  stock  of  fine  butter,  domestic  and  imported 
cheese,  eggs,  beans,  peas,  honey,  etc.,  is  always  kept  on  hand  and 
exclusively  sold  to  the  trade.  Enjoying  a well-deserved  confidence 
among  producers  and  shippers,  who  can  at  all  times  rely  upon 
fair  dealing  and  the  best  possible  returns,  the  owner  of  this  firm 
stands  likewise  highly  respected  in  our  commercial  community  as 
well  as  in  social  circles.  Mr.  Hartmann  was  born  in  1847,  is  a 
Prussian  by  l)irth,  and  hails  from  tue  celebrated  Eichsfekl  in 
Thuringia.  He  is  the  Vice-President  of  the  E.  Hartmann  Hide 
& Leather  Co.,  of  which  we  speak  in  another  part  of  this  work, 
a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  and  belongs  to  the  Lieder- 
kranz  Society  and  the  Union  Club. 

HOFMANN  BROTHERS  PRODUCE  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  A771. 

One  of  the  oldest  houses  in  the  produce  line,  the  Hofmann  Bros?. 
Produce  Company,  exists  now  for  over  fort}’  years,  namely  since 


— 123  — 


1860,  in  which  year  Ernst  G.  and  Frederick  W.  Hofmann  estab- 
lished the  firm  of  Hofmann  Bros.  They  were  first  located  on 
North  Third  street  (at  that  time  called  Broadway)  nearly  opposite 
Franklin  avenue,  but  occupy  since  many  years  much  larger  quar- 
ters at  700  and  702  North  Second  street,  the  northeast  corner  of 
Lucas  avenue.  The  above  company  was  incorporated  in  1880  by 
the  two  original  owners  and  the  present  partners  are  E.  G.  Hof- 
mann, F.  W.  Hofmann,  Henr}^  Burmeister,  Louis  Hofmann  and 
Oscar  S.  Hofman.  Mr.  E.  G.  Hofmann  is  the  President,  Mr.  F. 
W.  Hofmann  the  Vice-President,  Mr.  Hy.  Burmeister,  Secretary  ; 
and  these  three  gentlemen  constitute  the  Board  of  Directors.  The 
principal  articles  in  which  the  film  deals,  are  dried  and  evaporated 
fruit,  butter,  cheese, beans,  peas  and  various  other  kind  of  prod- 
uce. Fair  and  honorable  dealing  won  for  the  firm  an  enviable 
reputation  and  the  fullest  confidence  of  the  fruit  growers,  farm- 
ers, creamery  owners  and  dairymen  in  the  different  parts  of  the 
country  as  well  as  of  their  customers  here  and  elsewhere.  The 
shipments  of  the  firm  go  to  almost  all  the  States  of  the  Union  and 
include  large  exportations  to  Europe.  A branch  established  at 
Los  Angeles  (California)  serves  especially  for  the  purchase  and  in- 
land distribution  of  dried  and  evaporated  fruit  and  its  transatlantic 
export.  The  proprietors  are  all  activelv  engaged  in  the  manage- 
ment of  the  business,  which  has  grown  from  j’ear  to  j’ear  resulting 
in  a well-deserved  success  as  a just  reward  for  their  energj’  and 
constant  attention  to  all  the  details  of  their  trade.  They  are  ably 
assisted  byfrom  twenty-five  to  thirty  experienced  employees,  many 
of  whom  have  been  with  the  firm  for  a long  time. 


Henry  Sayers  & Co., 

COM  MISSION  MERCHANTS, 

AMD  EXPORTEUS  OF 

Jallovu,  (Jreasi^,  Oils,  5tsari9(^,  <$ott:or) 

Oil,  5o3p 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  U.  S.  A. 


— 124  — 


JULIUS  VOGELER. 

Kinloch  A574. 

It  will  soon  be  forty  years  since  Mr.  Julius  Vogeler  became  the 
successor  of  the  grocery  firm  of  Heidsieck  & Moll  under  his  own 
name  and  in  the  same  place  which  he  still  occupies,  10  and  12  North 
Third  street.  The  business  was  originall}-  confined  to  the  retail 
grocery  trade,  but  was  soon  extended  by  the  establishment  of  a 
general  commission  house,  buying  and  selling  all  kinds  of  pro- 
duce, but  making  eggs  and  poultry  a specialty.  The  territory  of 
sales  comprises  Missouri,  Illinois,  Kansas  and  Arkansas,  aside 
from  which  the  firm  has  a very  extensive  local  trade.  Upright- 
ness and  fair  dealing  in  all  his  transactions  have  been  his  invari- 
able rule,  and  have  brought  him  well-deserved  success  and 
an  enviable  standing  in  the  business  community.  He  is  a man 
of  great  activity,  found  at  his  post  from  morning  till  night,  giv- 
ing his  personal  attention  even  to  the  smallest  details.  Mr. 
Vogeler  is  one  of  the  best  known  commission  merchants  of  St. 
Louis,  which  city  he  has  made  his  home  for  more  than  half  a 
century,  and  which  has  in  him  one  of  its  best  citizens.  He  is 
ably  assisted  in  the  conduct  of  the  business  by  his  son,  Mr. 
Julius  Vogeler,  Jr.,  who,  like  his  father,  devotes  all  his  time  and 
ability  to  the  strict  performance  of  his  duties. 


MEAT  AND  PROVISION  TRADE. 

The  large  local  consumption  of  meat  and  provisions  and  the  ex- 
tensive outside  trade  of  these  articles  form  a very  important 
branch  of  business  in  our  city.  The  annual  sales  amount  to 
many  millions  and  thousands  of  persons  are  engaged  and  em- 
ployed in  the  slaughter-houses,  butcher  shops,  packing  establish- 
ments, etc.  The  stock-yards,  though  located  across  the  river  in 
East  St.  Louis,  must  be  considered  as  belonging  to  our  city  and 
its  transactions  as  a part  of  our  trade.  The  market  for  the  local 
consumption  is  always  well  supplied  and  the  abundance  of  all  sorts 
of  provisions  furnishes  dealers  as  well  as  consumers,  unsurpassed 
facilities  to  make  their  purchases. 


— 125  — 


THE  ST.  LOUIS  DRESSED  BEEF  &^PROVISION  CO. 

(Bell  Lindell  115.  Kinloch  C345.) 

One  of  the  greatest  and  most  important  industrial  establish- 
ments in  the  United  States  is  owned  and  conducted  by  the  St. 
Louis  Dressed  Beef  & Provision  Company,  organized  and  incor- 
porated in  1891  by  Louis  Schaefer,  Henry  Bischoff,  Gust. 
Bischoff,  Mathew  Courtney,  J.  H.  Wollbrinck  and  Henry 
Bisclioff,  Jr.  The  otRcers  of  the  company  are : Louis  Schaefer, 

President ; Henry  Bischoff,  Vice-President ; Gust.  Bischoff,  Secre- 
tary and  E.  S.  Brooks,  Treasurer  ;'the  board  of  directors  consists 
of  these  four  gentlemen  and  Messrs.  J.  H.  Wolibrinck,  Mathew 
Courtney  and  Fred  L.  Luth.  The  gigantic  plant  of  the  company 
covers  the  two  large  blocks  bounded|by  Manchester  avenue, 
Papin  street,  Vandeventer  and  Sarpy  avenues,  and  is  connected 
by  switches  with  all  the  railroad  lines  coming  to  St.  Louis. 
Branch  offices  and  warehouses  are  located  in  New  York,  Brooklyn 
and  Pittsburg,  Pa.  The  territory  of  sales  comprises  the  entire 
United  States  from  one  end  to  the  other,  and  the  articles  which 
the  company  places  on  the  market,  include  dressed  beef,  pork, 
mutton,  veal  and  other  products  derived  therefrom,  such  as  pro- 
visions, lard,  oleo  oil,  sausages,  canned  meats,  etc.  Cured  meats, 
oleo  oil  and  lard  are  “in  large  quantities  exported  by  the  firm  to 
England,  Holland,  Denmark  and  Germany.  The  quality  of  every- 
thing sold  by  the  firm,  and  the  strictness  and  fair  dealing  in  all  its 
transactions  has  now  thehighest  reputation  with  the  trade  as  well  as 
with  the  consumers,  and  its  business  has  steadily  grown  and  became 
more  extensive  from  year  to  year,  in  consequence  of  which 
fact  the  enlargement  of  its  capital  has  become  necessary  from 
time  to  time;  it  was  originally,  in  1891,  100,000  dollars;  the 
first  increase  to  300,000  dollars  was  made  in  1893  and  this  was 
doubled  in  1896  ; 200,000  were  added  in  1899  and  it  became 
a full  million  in  1900.  This  alone  is  a sufficient  proof  of  the 
immense  growth  which  the  St.  Louis  Dressed  Beef  and  Provision 
Company  has  reached,  but  the  following  figures  give  a still 
better  evidence  of  its  magnitude:  they  slaughtered  during  the 
year  1900  — 108,416  cattle,  192,990  hogs,  38,344  sheep  and  18,704 


— 126  — 


calves  ; and  there  are  680  persons  employed  in  the  various  depart- 
ments of  the  company.  The  buildings  are  equipped  with 
the  most  approved  machinery  and  practical  arrangements,  are  well 
ventilated  and  the  greatest  care  is  taken  to  secure  all  possible 
cleanliness  in  the  entire  establishment,  to  make  the  output  pure 
and  wholesome.  A new  feature,  added  a couple  of  years  ago 
to  the  products  of  the  company,  consists  of  three  valuable 
preparations  by  a process  invented  by  Dr.  George  Richter,  of 
this  city,  and  highly  recommended  by  some  of  the  greatest 
medical  authorities.  These  preparations  are:  Pepsin,  whose 
hygienic  properties  excel  all  similar  preparations  in  point 
of  the  result  derived  from  their  use;  another  preparation, 
called  Succarnis,  is  the  juice  pressed  out  of  fresh  lean  beef, 
exsiccated  and  powdered  in  accord  with  Dr.  Richter’s  method,  the 
most  concentrated  food  ever  placed  on  the  market,  and  unsurpassed 
for  sick  and  convalescent  persons ; the  third  bears  the  name  of 
Extauri’s  Bouillon  Powder  and  is  an  evaporated  and  pulverized 
bouillon  or  both,  made  of  the  choicest  beef  and  prepared  with 
all  the  spices,  herbs  and  condiments  which  are  required  to  make  a 
good  strong  soup.  These  preparations  are  patented  by  the  United 
States  government  and  exclusively  made  by  this  company. 

LOUIS  SCHAEFER. 

Bell  Main  344.  Kiuloch  A1009. 

It  gives  us  particular  pleasure  to  refer  here  to  one  of  the  best 
and  widely  known  German-American  citizens  of  St.  Louis,  a man 
whose  name,  is  just  as  familiar  in  North  as  in  South  St.  Louis,  in  the 
center  part  as  in  the  west  end  of  the  city,  namely,  to  Mr.  Louis 
Schaefer,  the  prominent  wholesale  and  retail  butcher  and  president 
of  the  St.  Louis  Dressed  Beef  Company.  He  had  learned  his  Hade 
in  his  father’s  shop  in  a thriving  village  of  Hesse  Darmstadt  and 
left  home  as  a youth  of  sixteen  years,  to  seek  — and  in  his  case  it 
was  to  find  — his  fortune  in  the  New  World.  He  came  to  St.  Louis 
ill  the  summer  of  1860;  the  late  Henry  Springer,  the  well  known 
butcher,  was  his  cousin,  and  at  once  gave  him  employment,  but 
the  Civil  War  had  hardly  lasted  a year  when  young  Schaefer 
joined  the  Union  army  as  a soldier  in  the  Eighty-fifth  Missouri 


— 127  — 


Infantry  i-egiment,  commanded  by  Norman  J.  Colman,  who  after- 
wards became  Vice-Governor  of  the  State  and  Secretary  of  Agri- 
culture. Schaefer  returned  after  the  end  of  the  war  to  the 
city,  working  again  at  his  trade  until  1869,  in  which  year  he  es- 
tablished a business  of  his  own.  Devoting  his  time  and  labor, 
his  thorough  knowledge  of  his  trade  in  all  its  details,  to  his  busi- 
ness, he  soon  prospered  and  was  in  a comparatively  short  time 
enabled  to  add  a wholesale  department  to  his  retail  business. 
His  stand  in  the  Union  Market  expanded  from  year  to 
year  and  occupies  the  space  of  five  or  six  single  stands ; 
here  he  is  seen  every  day  not  only  supervising  his  em- 
ployees, but  attending  to  the  wants  of  his  patrons  as  of  old. 
The  St.  Louis  Butchers  Union  elected  him  repeatedly  its  treas- 
urer, and  he  represented  this  body  in  several  national  conven- 
tions. Though  his  time  is  much  taken  up  by  his  various  business 
interests  he  served  nevertheless  during  two  years  as  a member  of 
the  City  Council  under  the  administration  of  Mayor  Ewing,  but 
declined  are-election.  Being  of  a very  social  disposition,  fond 
of  music  and  song  and  also  of  athletic  sports,  he  takes  an  active 
interest  in  this  direction,  and  has  for  many  years  been  the  presi- 
dent of  the  West  St.  Louis  Liederkranz  and  first  speaker  of  the 
West  St.  Louis  Turnverein,  also  a member  of  several  other  socie- 
ties. His  success  in  life  is  well  deserved,  being  the  result  of 
uprightness,  industry  and  firmness  in  all  his  dealing.s.  He  is  a 
public-spirited  citizen,  liberal-minded  and  generous  and  enjoys 
the  esteem  of  all  who  know  him,  being  welcome  wherever  his 
congenial  face  is  seen. 


ST.  LOUIS  COTTOi^  EXCHANGE. 

The  8t.  Louis  Cotton  Exchange,  established  in  1874,  emanated 
from  the  St.  Louis  Cotton  Association,  organized  a year  before 
by  a number  of  cotton  merchants  of  our  city,  of  which  Theodore 
G.  Meier  was  the  President  and  the  late  Wm.  M.  Senter  the  Vice- 
president.  They  met  first  in  a building  adjoining  the  old  Mer- 
chants Exchange,  and  from  1875  on  in  rooms  on  Main  and  Chest- 
nut streets.  Planters  and  merchants  in  the  cotton-producing 


— 128 


States  had  their  attention  called  to  the  formation  of  the  Exchange 
by  the  usual  means,  but  especially  by  the  offering  of  premiums 
amounting  to  11,000  dollars  per  annum  from  1874  till  1881. 
The  membership  in  the  beginning,  numbering  eighty,  soon 
grew  larger,  and  reached  300  in  1879,  and  with  the  con- 
stant extension  of  trade  came  the  demand  for  more  spacious 
quarters  and  the  desire  to  have  a building  of  their  own  instead 
of  being  in  rent.  The  ei’ection  of  such  a building  was  resolved 
upon  in  November,  1879,  and  the  southwest  corner  of  Main  and 
Walnut  streets  selected  for  the  purpose.  Its  inauguration  took 
place  in  May,  1882,  and  the  existence  of  this  Exchange  has  done 
much  towards  the  promotion  of  the  cotton  trade  of  the  Mississippi 
Valley  and  the  South  in  general. 

The  cotton  received  at  this  point  comes  mostly  from  Arkansas 
and  Texas,  but  there  are  also  shipments  made  to  St.  Louis  from 
Tennessee,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Louisiana,  Alabama,  the 
Indian  Territory,  Oklahoma,  Kentucky  and  Kansas.  The  num- 
ber of  bales  sold  by  the  St.  Louis  factors  varies  in  accordance 
with  the  crop  and  the  quality  of  the  staple,  the  bulk  of  it  being 
sent  direct  to  foreign  markets. 

The  Exchange  has  at  present  the  following  officers : President, 
R.  W.  Upshaw ; Vice-President,  R.  F.  Phillips ; Secretary  and 
Treasurer,  L.  N.  Van  Hook;  the  Board  of  Directors  consists  of 
J.  C.  Taylor,  J.  A.  Senter,  J.  H.  Allen,  Adam  Wiest,  Duncan 
Joy  and  R.  B.  Heed. 

ADLER-GOLDMAN  COMMISSION  CO. 

Bell  Main  794. 

The  Adler-Goldman  Commission  Company  is  the  offspring  and 
successor  of  Adler-Goldman  & Co.,  which  firm  commenced  oper- 
ations in  1870  in  Jacksonport,  Arkansas,  as  cotton  factors.  They 
did  a thriving  business  and  resolved  upon  a removal  to  St.  Louis 
in  1875  after  this  city  had  become  the  center  of  the  cotton  trade, 
especially  of  the  Southwestern  crop.  The  first  name  was  retained 
until  1889  in  which  year  the  above  company  was  incorporated  by 
Messrs.  J.  P.  Goldman,  Ben  Adler  and  Gus  Rosenberg  for  the 
carrying  on  of  a commission  business  with  cotton  as  a specialty. 


— 129  — 


Very  large  financial  resources,  great  business  experience,  an 
extensive  and  fair  dealing  form  the  basis  of  the  successful 
career,  to  which  the  firm  can  point  with  well-j ustified  pride.  The 
present  partners  and  officers  are:  J.  B.  Goldman,  Presi- 
dent; Julius  Lesser,  Vice-president;  and  Ben  Adler,  Secretary. 
All  three  participate  most  actively  in  the  conduct  of  the  compa- 
ny’s affairs,  devoting  their  time  and  attention  to  their  respective 
duties,  and  occupy  an  enviable  position  in  the  commercial  world. 
Mr.  Goldman  was  for  several  years  a director  and  vice-president 
in  the  Fourth  National  Bank,  belongs  to  various  mercantile, 
social  and  benevolent  organizations.  His  partners  are  likewise 
well  known  in  business  and  social  circles  and  all  three  gentlemen 
take  an  active  interest  in  public  matters  and  in  everything  tending 
to  promote  the  good  and  welfare  of  the  community. 

LESSER  COTTON  CO. 

Bell  Main  794. 

Lesser  Cotton  Company  is  almost  identical  with  the  Adler 
Goldman  Commission  Company,  the  partners  of  both  being  one 
and  the  same,  namely  Messrs.  J.  B.  Goldman,  Julius  Lesser  and 
Ben  Adler,  who  are  also  its  officers  and  directors.  The  incorpo- 
ration of  the  Lesser  Cotton  Company  took  place  in  1891,  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  Missouri  State  laws.  They  number  among  the' 
most  extensive  dealers  in  cotton  grown  in  Arkansas,  where  they 
keep  twelve  branches  for  the  purchase  of  the  staple,  which  they 
in  turn  sell  to  the  New  England  factories,  aside  from  a large  ex- 
port to  Great  Britain,  the  continent  of  Europe  and  to  Japan. 
The  management  of  this  business  lies  principally  in  the  hands  of 
Mr.  Julius  Lesser,  who  is  an  expert  in  the  cotton  branch,  and 
■ thoroughly  familiar  with  all  its  details.  Ample  means  and  all 
possible  facilities  enable  the  firm  to  give  sellers  as  well  as  buyers 
at  all  times  the  best  terms  and  advantages,  and  the  strict  prin- 
ciples and  high  integrity  to  which  the  firm  adheres  in  all  its  trans- 
actions has  won  for  the  same  the  fullest  confidence  of  its  customers 
and  correspondents.  The  firm  is  a member  of  the  St.  Louis 
Merchants  and  the  St.  Louis  Cotton  Exchange,  of  which  latter 
body  Mr.  Goldman  has  been  president,  and  Mr.  Lesser  a director. 
9k 


— 130  — 


SENTER  COMMISSION  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1234m.  Kinloch  A578. 

St.  Louis  owes  its  position  in  the  cotton  trade  of  this  country 
in  a great  measure  to  the  above  firm  and  especially  to  the  exer- 
tions of  Mr.  Wm.  M.  Senter,  who  for  nearly  forty  years  has  devoted 
himself  to  this  branch  of  business.  He  came  here  in  1864  and 
saw  in  St.  Louis  the  natural  center  of  the  cotton  trade,  but  it  re- 
quii’ed  the  necessary  development  and  M . Senter  lost  no  time  in 
doing  his  full  share  in  this  direction.  With  this  in  view  he  formed 
a copartnership  with  Mr.  Wm.  T.  Wilkins,  his  brother-in-law, 
and  established  the  firm  of  Senter  & Company,  which  is  known 
on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  as  one  of  the  leading  cotton  houses 
in  the  United  States.  He  was  one  of  the  chief  promoters  of  the 
Cotton  Association  of  St.  Louis,  founded  in  1873,  took  an  active 
part  in  the  organization  of  the  St.  Louis  Cotton  Compress  Com- 
pany, which  gave  our  city  so  great  a prestige  as  a cotton  market ; 
and  the  establishment  of  the  St.  Louis  Cotton  Exchange  in  its  own 
building  (opened  in  1882)  was  chiefly  due  to  him.  The  buying 
and  selling  of  cotton  forms  the  principal  feature  of  the  firm’s 
business.  The  Senter  Commission  Company  is  well  known  among 
the  planters  in  the  various  Southern  States  and  receives  large 
consignments  from  them  and  they  distribute  the  staple  all  over  our 
own  country  and  likewise  on  the  European  market.  They  also 
deal  in  wool,  pelts,  hides  and  grain  as  commission  merchants  or 
for  their  own  account.  The  firm  enjoys  the  unlimited  confidence 
of  the  producers  as  well  as  of  the  trade,  and  is  known  for  the 
scrupulous  attention  given  to  the  interest  of  its  patrons  for  its 
fair  dealing  and  the  promptness  and  accuracy  in  all  its  transac- 
tions. They  are  members  of  the  Merchants  and  the  Cotton  Ex- 
change, which  bodies  Mr.  Senter  had  repeatedly  served  in  vari- 
ous official  capacities.  He  had  also  been  a director  in  the  Union 
Trust  Company  and  several  other  corporations,  and  his  death, 
which  occurred  in  January,  1901,  deprived  our  community  of  one 
of  its  best  citizens.  Mr.  Wm.  T.  Wilkins,  his  life-long  partner, 
succeeded  him  as  president  of  the  company,  but  he,  too,  was 
called  from  earth  a year  later  (in  February,  1902)  after  a long, 


— 131  — 


active  and  useful  life.  He  was  one  of  the  organizers  of  the 
St.  Louis  Cotton  Compress  Co.  and  of  the  Cotton  Exchange  of 
this  city ; had  for  a number  of  years  been  a director  of  the 
Third  National  Bank.  The  present  owners,  Messrs.  John  A.  and 
Chas.  P.  Senter,  are  the  worthy  successors  of  their  father  and 
uncle,  following  in  their  footsteps  by  conducting  the  affairs  of 
the  compan}’  with  the  same  strictness  and  reliability  which  marked 
the  business  career  of  their  predecessors.  John  A.  Senter  is  the 
President,  Chas.  P.  Senter  the  Treasurer,  and  M.  Woffort  the 
Secretary  of  the  company.  The  firm  occupies  handsome  and 
spacious  offices  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Third  and  Walnut 
streets,  in  the  near  neighborhood  of  both  the  Merchants  and 
Cotton  Exchange. 

A.  L.  WOLFF  & COMPANY. 

Bell  Mala  3774.  Kinlocli  B164. 

This  firm  is  an  offspring  of  one  of  the  oldest  and  most  promi- 
nent cotton  firms  in  Liverpool,  the  center  of  the  world’s  cotton 
trade.  It  was  in  1880  when  Mr.  A.  L.  Wolff  made  St.  Louis 
his  headquarters  as  the  representative  of  A.  Stern  & Co.  of  Liver- 
pool, under  the  firm  name  of  A.  L.  Wolff  & Co.  His  sagacious 
management,  his  careful  guarding  of  the  interests  intrusted  to 
him  by  the  Liverpool  house,  was  duly  rewarded.  Messrs  A. 
Stern  & Co.  admitted  him  into  partnership  in  1889  ; the  firm  name 
in  England  remained  unchanged  and  that  of  the  St.  Louis  firm 
was  likewise  retained,  but  they  are  in  fact  constituting  one  busi- 
ness house  with  unsurpassed  facilities  in  regard  to  large  means, 
thorough  experience  in  the  branch,  complete  sm’veillance  of  the 
market  and  rare  opportunities  for  the  purchase  and  sale  of  the 
staple.  As  the  American  partner  of  this  great  English  firm 
Mr.  Wolff  extended  his  operations  over  the  entire  cotton  belt, 
buying  in  the  respective  markets  through  sub-agents  under  his 
personal  directions.  He  established  in  the  aforesaid  ye'ar,  branch 
offices  at  Forth  Worth  and  Corsicana  (Texas)  which  were  after- 
wards consolidated  and  located  in  Dallas,  from  which  place 
the  firm  operates  nearly  the  whole  State  of  Texas  and 
the  Indian  Territory  through  its  own  employees.  The 


— 132  — 


cottou  so  bought  is  directly  shipped  from  Galveston  to 
Liverpool,  from  where  it  is  distributed  over  all  England 
and  the  continent  of  Europe.  The  two  firms,  which  form 
such  a strong  combination,  consist  of  Messrs.  A.  Stern,  A. 
L.  Wolff  and  Maurice  Stern.  The  Messrs.  Stern  reside  in  Liver- 
pool and  number  among  the  most  prominent  merchants  of  that 
commercial  center  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  Mr.  Wolff,  who 
enjoys  the  highest  esteem  in  the  mercantile  and  social  circles  of 
St.  Louis  and  who  is  at  the  same  time  one  of  the  best  known 
cotton  merchants  in  the  Southern  States.  Mr.  Charles  Dobriner, 
the  manager  of  the  local  office,  which  is  situated  in  the  Granite 
Building,  has  for  years  been  actively  identified  with  the  firm  and 
both  gentlemen  are  never  amiss  to  promote  the  business  interests 
and  welfare  of  the  city,  which  they  have  made  their  home. 


HISTORY  OF  THE  ST.  LOUIS  REAL  ESTATE 
EXCHANGE. 

BY  SIDNEY  SCHIELE,  ASSISTANT  SECRETARY. 

A Real  Estate  Exchange  has  been  in  existence  in  St.  Louis 
since  1877,  or  for  twenty-four  years.  There  were  only  a few 
real  estate  men  in  St.  Louis  when  the  Exchange  was  founded,  and 
they  met  in  a little  room  on  Sixth  street,  between  Pine  and  Olive 
streets,  and  organized  an  Exchange,  which  consisted  of  twenty- 
five  members,  comprising  all  the  real  estate  men  in  St.  Louis  at 
that  time.  The  object,  as  stated  in  their  little  prospectus  given 
out  then,  was  “ to  advance  the  interests  of  the  city  of  St.  Louis 
and  its  inhabitants,  by  promoting  public  improvements,  and  to 
maintain  an  organization  for  sales  and  purchases  of  real  estate, 
where  public  or  private  sales  can  be  made,  negotiations  of  real 
estate  loans,  and  renting  and  leasing  real  estate.”  These  objects 
have  been  the  aim  of  the  Exchange  ever  since.  With  the  larger 
field  caused  by  the  immense  growth  of  St.  Louis,  it  has  become 
one  of  the  foremost  business  associations  in  the  city,  ever  ready 
to  devise,  advocate  and  support  all  measures  calculated  to  im 
prove  the  city  of  St.  Louis. 


— 133 


The  history  of  the  Exchange  during  these  years  has  demon- 
strated what  can  be  accomplished  by  concerted  and  persistent 
efforts  on  the  part  of  agents  and  owners  in  this  city  in  the  way  of 
protecting  its  real  estate  interests,  preventing  vicious  legislation, 
securing  relief  from  unjust  laws,  resisting  oppressive  special 
assessments,  and  generally  subserving  the  welfare  of  the  city  at 
large.  Much  of  this  work  has  been  done  for  the  benefit  of  the 
public  without  any  special  reference  to  the  personal  interests  of 
the  members  of  the  Exchange.  In  securing  for  property-owners 
honest  legislation,  and  the  protection  due  to  those  who  contribute 
more  largely  than  any  other  body  to  the  revenues  of  the  city,  the 
Real  Estate  Exchange  has  labored  unselfishly  as  well  as  success- 
fully. 

In  a city  that  has  reached  the  magnitude  of  St.  Louis,  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  that  real  estate  owners  and  real  estate 
agents  work  hand  in  hand.  The  fact  that  the  World’s  Fair,  in 
commemoration  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase,  will  be  held  here,  will 
add  immeasurably  to  the  importance  of  the  real  estate  interests 
of  the  city  as  well  as  to  the  need  of  a watchful  care  on  the  part 
of  the  Exchange. 

The  first  president  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange  was  Theophile 
Papin,  who  was  also  one  of  its  organizers.  He  was  president  in 
1877,  and  occupied  the  chair  for  several  years.  After  him  fol- 
lowed, in  the  order  named:  William  C.  Wilson,  Marcus  A. 

Wolff,  John  G.  Priest,  Charles  Green,  James'S.  Farrar,  John 
Maguire,  Leslie  A.  Moffett,  Leon  L.  Hull,  John  H.  Terry. 
Several  of  these  gentlemen  served  for  more  than  one  year.  Wil- 
liam C.  Wilson,  Marcus  A.  Wolff  and  John  G.  Priest  have  since 
died. 

On  March  17,  1893,  the  Exchange  was  reorganized,  and  incor- 
porated under  the  head  of  business  corporations.  E.  S.  Rowse 
was  president  that  year.  James  M.- Carpenter  was  president  in 
1894  and  1895,  followed  by  J.  T.  Donovan  in  1896,  Edward  B. 
Wolff  in  1897,  and  Malcolm  Macbeth,  who  served  through  the 
years  of  1898,  1899  and  1900.  Joseph  P.  Whyte  was  elected 
president  in  1901  and  Wm.  A.  Giraldin  in  1902.  The  Exchange 
has  now  a membership  of  100  active  members  (men  actively  en- 
gaged in  the  real  estate  business),  its  limit — and  thirty-two  associa- 


— 134  — 


ate  members,  among  whom  are  the  leading  professional  and  busi- 
ness men  of  St.  Louis,  who  feel  that  the  Exchange  is  deserving  of 
support,  and  join  to  give  it  their  moral  support.  Mayor 
Rolla  Wells,  former  Governor  David  R.  Francis,  Wil- 
liam H.  Thompson,  Assessor  John  J.  O’Brien,  Isaac  H. 
Lionberger,  William  H.  Lee,  D.  D.  Walker,  Thomas  Wright, 
Charles  R.  Gregory,  and  other  business  men  have  indorsed  the 
policy  of  the  Exchange  by  joining  it  as  associate  members. 

The  election  held  in  1902  had  the  following  result:  — 

President,  Wm.  A.  Giraldin  ; Vice-President,  Frederick  G. 
Zeibig;  Treasurer,  James  P.  Blake;  Secretary,  Frank  S.  Parker  ; 
Assistant  Secretary,  Sidney  Shiele.  Directors:  James  P.  Blake,  J. 
Hamilton  Parish,  Wm.  A.  Giraldin,  Henry  L.  Haydel,  R.  F.  Kil- 
gen,  C.  F.  A.  Mueller,  Gerald  B.  O’Reilly,  Frank  S.  Parker, 
Robert  Rutledge,  Albert  T.  Terry,  Joseph  P.  Whyte,  Edward 
Wyman  and  Frederick  G.  Zeibig. 

To  the  foregoing  history  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange,  fur- 
nished by  Assistant  Secretary  Schiele,  nothing  needs  to  be  added 
by  us,  but  we  will  state  that  aside  from  the  following  firms  some 
of  the  trust  companies  also  conduct  a real  estate  business 
through  a separate  department,  as,  for  instance,  the  Mercan- 
tile, the  Lincoln,  and  the  Mississippi  Valley  Trust  Company. 

AIPLE  & HEMMELMANN  REAL  ESTATE  CO. 

Bell  Main  1224.  Kinloch  A216. 

This  firm,  established  in  1898,  and  therefore  rather  young, 
can  favorably  compare  the  scope  of  its  business  with  that  of 
much  older  houses  in  the  branch.  Both  partners,  Mr.  Albert  J. 
Aiple  and  Mr.  Theodore  Hemmelinann,  Jr.,  acquired  their  expe- 
rience in  the  real  estate  trade  in  the  otfice  of  Mr.  Henry  Hiemenz, 
Jr.,  in  whose  employ  they  were  for  a good  mauy  years  and 
until  they  began  operations  for  themselves.  They  succeeded 
in  their  enterprise  and  are  to-day  numbered  among  our  pi'ominent 
real  estate  dealers.  The  firm  buys  and  sells  real  estate  on 
their  own  account  and  on  commission,  attends  to  all  transactions 
pertaining  to  real  estate,  negotiates  loans,  makes  investments 
for  others,  acts  as  house  agents  and  rent  collectors,  etc.,  and  is 


— 135  — 


known  for  its  fair  and  reliable  dealing,  prompt  and  careful  execu- 
tion of  all  business  intrusted  to  them.  Mr.  Aiple,  the  President 
of  the  company,  and  Mr.  Hemmelmann,  its  Secretary,  are  both 
sons  of  well-known  St.  Louis  families,  received  their  schooling  in 
this  city,  entered  commercial  life  when  quite  young  and  both 
are  business  men  of  great  activity  and  energy.  Mr.  Hemmelmann 
was  in  1899  appointed  Assessor  and  Collector  of  Water  Rates,  in 
which  responsible  position  he  has  proven  a most  faithful  and 
competent  official ; it  is  due  to  his  diligence  and  strict  fulfillment 
of  his  duties,  that  the  revenue  from  this  source  has  largely  in- 
creased, a fact  deserving  special  recognition  when  compared 
with  the  conduct  of  the  department  in  former  years.  The  office 
of  the  firm  is  located  at  608  Chesnut  street,  in  the  center  of  the 
real  estate  district. 


WILLIAM  BAGGOT. 

Kinloch  C466. 

Few  men  in  our  great  city  are  so  widely  and  at  the  same  time 
so  well  known  as  Mr.  Wm.  Baggot,  by  his  thousands  of  friends 
familiarly  called  Billy  Baggot.  Public  officials  should,  as  a rule, 
attend  to  their  duties  with  faithfulness  and  honesty,  but  this  rule 
is  only  too  often  set  aside  by  the  incumbents  of  public  positions. 
It  must  be  said  of  William  Baggot  that  he  has  invaribly  adhered 
to  this  rule  during  the  many  years  in  which  he  occupied  two 
responsible  offices ; he  was  the  first  marshal  of  the  Court  of 
Appeal,  created  in  1875,  and  served  in  this  capacity  for  nine 
and  a half  years  with  such  fidelity  that  his  resignation  caused  the 
judges  to  pass  an  unanimous  resolution  in  acknowledgment  of 
his  services ; he  resigned  to  accept  the  appointment  as  State  Coal 
Oil  Inspector,  which  place  he  held  for  the  full  term  of  four  years 
and  till  his  successor.  Col.  J.  G.  Prather,  entered  upon  his 
duties.  Mr.  Baggot  has  since  that  time,  now  fourteen  years, 
devoted  his  ability  and  energy  to  the  real  estate  branch,  assisted 
by  his  sons,  William  and  Amos  Baggot.  The  firm  conducts  a 
general  real  estate  business,  consisting  of  selling  and  buying, 
renting  of  houses  and  stores,  collecting  rents,  negotiating  loans, 
etc.,  and  their  patrons  have  increased  from  year  to  year.  Mr. 


136  — 


Wm.  Baggot  came  hei’e  in  1854  and  made  St.  Louis  his  home 
ever  since,  so  that  we  may  by  right  count  him  among  our  old 
fellow-citizens,  reliable  and  trustworthy  in  every  respect.  The 
office  of  the  firm  is  located  at  1004  Chestnut  street,  where  he  can 
be  found  from  morning  till  evening. 


The  firm  of  Adam  Boeck  & Company,  real  estate  and  finan- 
cial agents,  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  its  branch.  It  was  in  the 
spring  of  1866  when  Mr.  John  Grether  (until  then  a justice  of 
the  peace)  and  Mr.  Adam  Boeck  formed  a copartnership 
under  the  firm  name  of  Grether  & Boeck.  Their  first  office  was 
at  507  Franklin  avenue,  and  very  favorably  located,  there  being 
no  other  real  estate  firm  on  that  great  thoroughfare  at  the 


R.  C.  Rowse, 
Financial  Correspondent 


8 00  Chestnut  Street. 


Bell.,  Main  loyo. 


ADAM  BOECK  & CO. 


Bell  Main  2121a.  Kinloch  A243. 


— 137  — 


time.  Most  of  the  other  firms  in  those  years  were  found  on 
Chestnut  between  Main  and  Fifth  street,  and  this  caused 
Messrs.  Grether  & Boeck  to  move  their  office  to  No.  322  Ches- 
nut  street,  where  they  remained  for  several  years  till  the  west- 
ward movement  of  this  branch  of  business  set  in,  whereupon 
they  followed  suit  and  opened  an  office  at  209  N.  Sixth 
street.  Mr.  Grether  retired  in  1887,  since  which  time  Mr. 
Boeck  associated  his  two  sons,  Mr.  Walter  A.  and  Geo.  H. 
Boeck,  with  him  under  the  above  firm  name.  They  were  a 
long  time  at  207  North  Eighth  street,  and  are  now  at  622  Chest- 
nut street,  right  in  the  heart  of  the  real  estate  district  and  in 
the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange.  The 
senior  member  of  the  firm  is  identified  with  the  real  estate  interests 
ever  since  1860,  and  the  experience  gained  during  this  long 
period  makes  him  an  authority  in  everything  pertaining  to  the 
real  estate  business.  With  this  experience  he  combines  the 
strictest  integrity  and  foresight,  so  that  the  interest  of  his  cus- 
tomer is  always  in  safe  hands.  He  has  able  assistance  in  his  two 
sons,  who  in  all  respects  follow  the  worthy  example  given  them 
by  their  father. 


SAM.  BOWMAN  & CO. 

Kiuloch  A257. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1887  by  Mr.  Samuel  Bowman, 
whose  business  career  began  at  a very  early  age.  Born  in  the 
small  town  of  Weston,  in  the  northwest  corner  of  our  State,  he 
came  to  St.  Louis  in  1858  when  only  seven  years  old.  His 
father,  a pioneer  merchant  in  that  section  of  Missouri,  had  died 
in  1854,  and,  as  his  mother’s  fortune  had  dwindled  away,  her 
only  son  was  compelled  to  quit  school  in  his  fourteenth  year. 
He  was  for  nearly  four  years  an  employee  of  the  real  estate  firm 
of  Barlow,  Valle  & Bush,  which  dissolved  in  1869,  whereupon 
he  became  identified  with  the  Bluffton  Wine  Co.,  whose  Treas- 
urer, Mr.  Isidor  Bush,  found  in  him  an  able  assistant.  The 
company  was  bought  out  by  Mr.  Bush  and  succeeded  by  the 
firm  of  Isidor  Bush  & Co.,  of  which  Mr.  Bowman  became  a part- 
ner when  only  19  years  of  age.  He  withdrew  from  the  firm 


— 138 


seven  years  later  and  formed  a partnership  with  Mr.  S.  T.  Bleyer 
in  the  wholesale  wine  and  liquor  business;  this  partnership  was 
dissolved  in  1882,  when  Mr.  Bowman  established  the  Bow- 
man Distilling  Co.  He  went  into  the  real  estate  branch,  as 
stated  before,  and  has  been  one  of  the  most  active  members 
of  that  fraternity,  and  during  the  past  fifteen  years  been 
identified  with  some  of  the  most  progressive  movements  for  the 
development  of  the  real  estate  interest  in  St.  Louis.  He  has 
erected  a number  of  first-class  buildings  which  are  a credit  to  the 
city,  among  them  the  West  P]nd  Hotel  at  Vandeventer  and  West 
Belle,  Fraternal  Building,  Eleventh  street  and  Franklin  avenue. 
Bowman  Building,  Eleventh  and  Locust  streets,  besides  a number 
of  business  blocks  on  South  Jefferson  avenue.  The  firm  attends 
to  all  business  pertaining  to  the  I’eal  estate  branch  and  is  known 
for  its  reliability  and  promptness.  Mr.  Bowman  is  a member  of 
the  Real  Estate  Exchange  and  always  ready  to  promote  the  wel- 
fare of  the  community.  The  office  of  S.  Bowman  & Co.  is  on 
the  northwest  corner  of  Seventh  and  Chestnut  streets. 

J.  I.  EPSTEIN. 

Bell  Main  2160m.  Kinloch  A222. 

The  fundament  of  success  in  the  real  estate  branch,  first  of 
all  is  a thorough  knowledge  of  the  business,  a sound  judgment  as 
to  localities  and  the  value  of  property;  sufficient  experience  and 
precaution,  and  best,  but  not  least,  the  integrity  which  wins  and 
retains  the  confidence  of  patrons.  Mr.  J.  I.  Epstein  can  boast 
of  possessing  all  these  qualifications  and  this  is  proven  by  the 
fact,  that  he,  by  industry  and  close  attention,  has  built  up  an 
extensive  and  valuable  business.  He  buys  and  sells  real  estate 
property  in  city  and  county,  negotiates  loans  on  improved 
property  and  for  building  purposes,  manages  estates,  attends  to 
the  renting  of  dwellings  and  stores,  collects  rents  and  takes 
charge  of  everything  pertaining  to  the  real  estate  business.  By 
devoting  all  his  time,  ability  and  energy  to  the  execution  of  his 
duties  he  has  secured  a large  patronage  and  the  fullest  confidence 
of  his  customers,  whose  numbers  have  grown  with  eveiy  year.  He 
is  a native  of  Alabama,  from  which  State  his  (lareuts  came  to 


— 139  — 


St.  Louis  when  he  was  quite  young,  the  family  making  this  city 
their  permanent  home.  Mr.  Epstein  is  in  the  real  estate  busi- 
ness since  1893  ; he  was  first  located  at  208  North  Eighth  street,  is 
now  at  610  Chestnut,  and  has  earned  for  himself  the  reputation  of 
a business  man  of  the  strictest  reliability  and  fairness  in  all  his 
dealings. 


Jl?(^opl7ili?  papirj.Jr.  Ipuis  \i.  Joptrup. 

& WW?’ 

^ST/^JE  Trents- 

626  Street. 


Bell,  rnaip  2688. 


l^iploelp,  /I223. 


AUGUST  GEHNER  & CO. 

Bell  Main  104t.  Kiuloch  A260. 

The  investigation  of  titles  to  real  estate  property  is  naturally 
of  the  greatest  importance  in  all  real  estate  dealings  ; the  validity 
of  such  titles  depends  in  all  cases  upon  the  correctness  of  the 
abstracts  taken  from  the  original  entry  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder 
of  Deeds,  these  documents  forming  the  acknowledged  safeguard 
for  the  purchaser.  The  investigators  of  titles  are  responsible  for 
the  abstracts  issued  by  them,  and  it  is  therefore  obvious  that  in- 
terested parties  apjily  for  such  important  instruments  to  the  most 
reliable  investigators,  who  give  the  fullest  guaranty  for  the  cor- 
rectness of  their  work.  The  above  firm  is  the  most  prominent 
one  in  this  branch  of  business  in  our  cit}q  and  enjoys  an  enviable 


— 140  — 


reputation  among  real  estate  dealers  and  the  general  public.  It 
was  established  more  than  thirty  years  ago  by  Mr.  August  G-eh- 
ner,  who  had  during  several  years  prepared  himself  for  this  voca- 
tion in  the  office  of  Hurk  & O’Reilly,  who  at  that  time  stood  at 
the  head  of  the  profession.  Mr.  Gehner  soon  won  the  confidence 
of  his  patrons  by  the  painstaking  and  faithful  performance  of 
everything  entrusted  to  him,  and  his  clients  became  in  course  of 
time  so  numerous  that  not  only  the  clerical  force  had  to  be  repeat- 
edly enlarged,  but  that  he  formed  a copartnership  with  Mr.  Gus- 
tave Niemann,  who  for  years  had  been  one  of  his  employees,  and 
particularly  fit  to  take  charge  of  the  most  complicated  investiga- 
tion by  his  knowledge  of  law  acquired  at  Washington  University. 
This  association  took  place  in  1886  and  has  ever  since  proved 
just  as  satisfactory  to  the  two  partners  as  to  their  patrons.  No 
higher  praise  could  be  bestowed  upon  the  firm,  than  by  the 
simple  statement,  that  there  has  never  been  an  error  or  a mistake 
in  the  thousands  and  thousands  of  abstracts  issued  from  their 
office.  The  investing  of  capital  for  others  was  in  course  of  time 
added  to  the  firm’s  functions  ; this  department  stands  under  the 
special  supervision  of  Mr.  Gehner,  who  is  considered  one  of  the 
best  experts  in  real  estate  and  a financier  of  great  ability 
and  circumspection ; he  has  again  and  again  been  re-elected 
president  of  the  German- American  Bank,  one  of  our  foremost 
financial  institutions,  is  a director  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  Trust, 
the  Kinloch  Telephone,  the  German  Mut.  Fire  Ins.  Co.,  theTreas- 
urer  of  the  Planters  Hotel  Co.,  one  of  the  promoters  and  owners 
of  the  Rialto  Building  in  which  the  Fourth  National  Bank  is 
located,  and  a member  of  several  commercial  organizations  and 
social  clubs.  Mr.  Niemann  superintends  the  title  department  in 
particular,  in  which  the  most  perfect  system  prevails  and  where 
his  experience  is  of  the  greatest  value  to  all  concerned;  he  is, 
like  the  senior  partner  of  the  firm,  a recognized  expert  in  real 
estate  and  financial  dealings,  a director  of  the  German- American 
Bank  and  very  prominent  in  fraternal  circles.  Both  gentlemen 
devote  their  time,  labor  and  energy  to  their  various 

business  duties,  which  they  perform  with  untiring 

attention  and  care,  guarding  the  interests  of  their  clients  with 
the  greatest  fidelity  and  number  among  the  most  influential  citi- 


— 141  — 


zens  of  St.  Louis.  The  office  of  August  Gehner  & Companj'  is 
on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Wainvrright  Building,  711  Chestnut 
street,  right  in  the  center  of  the  real  estate  district. 

TITLE  GUARANTY  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1041.  Kinloch  A260. 

This  company  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1900  b}'  a 
number  of  prominent  capitalists,  viz.,  H.  C.  Pierce,  Eben 
Richards,  Wm.  J.  Holbrook,  Murray  Carleton,  J.  C.  Van  Blar- 
com,  August  Gehner,  Gus.  W.  Nieman,  A.  A.  B.  Woerheide, 
Festus  J.  Wade,  Thos.  H.  McKittrick,  Breckenridge  Jones,  S. 
M.  Dodd,  Thomas  H.  West,  I.  W.  Bell,  E.  C.  Simmons,  W.  H. 
Thompson,  L.  D.  Dozier  and  Lorenzo  Anderson.  The  object  of 
the  organization  was  the  consolidation  of  several  title  investi- 
gating firms  and  its  business  is  therefore  identical  with  that  of 
the  firms  now  united  under  one  management.  Messrs.  August 
Gehner,  M.  B.  O’Reilly  and  Eben  Richards  were  chiefly  instru- 
mental in  bringing  about  this  important  consolidation.  The 
officers  of  the  company  are : August  Gehner,  President ; Ebeu 
Richards,  First;  Festus  J.  Wade,  Second  Vice-President,  and 
Gustave  W.  Niemann,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  office  is  in 
the  Wainwright  Building,  711  Chestnut  street. 

HENRY  HIEMENZ,  JUNIOR. 

Bell  Main  2802.  Kinloch  218. 

Mr.  Henry  Hiemenz,  Jr.,  is  since  manj"  years  one  of  the  most 
prominent  real  estate  dealers  of  this  city,  which  is  saying  a 
great  deal  in  view  of  the  fact  that  he  is  one  of  the  younger 
generation  when  compared  with  the  many  much  older  members 
of  the  real  estate  fraternity.  He  is  the  sou  of  the  late  Henry 
Hiemenz,  one  of  the  founders  and  up  to  the  time  of  his  death 
the  secretary  of  the  German  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Co.,  of  St. 
Louis,  and  for  several  years  a member  of  the  City  Council,  which 
position  he  filled  with  honor  to  himself  and  fidelitj'  to  his  constit. 
uents.  The  son  received  an  excellent  education  and  has  been 
identified  with  the  real  estate  branch  since  his  early  youth. 


— 142  — 


thereby  acquiring  a complete  knowledge  of  everything  pertaining 
to  this  line  of  business,  and  he  has  in  course  of  time  built  up  an 
extensive  trade  and  gained  a large  patronage  by  close  attention  to 
business  and  honest  dealing,  serving  his  customers  to  the  best 
of  his  ability.  He  buys  and  sells  real  estate  property,  procures 
loans,  makes  investments  for  his  clients,  attends  to  the  renting 
of  houses  and  stores  and  to  the  collecting  of  rents  with  the 
greatest  promptness  and  care.  He  is  a man  of  great  activity, 
possesses  business  qualifications  of  a high  order  and  gives  his 
personal  attention  to  all  orders  intrusted  to  him.  Mr.  Hiemenz 
belongs  to  the  Real  Estate  and  the  Merchants  Exchange,  is  a 
member  of  the  Mercantile  and  the  Union  Club  and  is  always 
willing  to  assist  every  movement  in  the  interest  of  the  community. 


RENTS  COLLECTED.  REAL  ESTATE  BOUGHT  AND  SOLD.  LOANS  NEGOTIATED. 

Thos.  F.  Farrelly, 

Real  Estate  and  Financial  Agent 

No.  812  Chestnut  Street, 


Kinloch,  B1428. 


ST.  LOUIS. 


LINGENFELDER  & BOKERN. 

Kinloch  B1436. 

Mr.  Eugene  J.  Lingenfelder  and  Mr.  Edward  A.  Bokern  formed 
a copartnership  as  Real  Estate  Dealers  and  Financial  Agents  the 
second  of  October,  1889,  under  the  firm  name  of  Lingenfelder  & 
Bokern,  and  had  the  same  incorporated  in  July,  1891,  E.  J.  Lin- 
genfelder being  the  President  and  E.  A.  Bokern  Secretary  and 
Treasurer.  They  were  located  for  years  at  814  Chestnut,  but 
have  their  office  now  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  same  street  in 
number  823.  Both  partnei’s  had  been  identified  with  the  real 


— 143  — 


estate  branch  long  before  the  establishment  of  their  own  firm  and 
possess  in  a great  measure  the  knowledge  and  experience  which 
are  so  indispensable  in  their  vocation.  The  firm  attends  to  ever}'- 
thing  in  their  line  ; the  buying  and  selling  of  real  estate,  the 
negotiating  of  loans  on  real  estate  property,  the  renting  of  houses 
for  business  and  residence  purposes,  collecting  of  rents,  etc.,  and 
execute  all  orders  with  the  greatest  promptness  and  fidelity. 
The  investment  of  capital,  large  and  small,  is  effected  by  them 
with  the  greatest  care  and  the  interest  of  their  patrons  conscien- 
tiously guarded.  Their  business  has  therefore  grown  from  year 
to  year  and  they  enjoy  a well-earned  reputation  for  integrity  and 
reliability  in  all  their  transactions.  The  firm  commands  ample 
means  and  has  the  fullest  confidence  of  their  numerous  customers. 
Mr.  Lingenfelder  as  well  as  Mr.  Bokern  are  active,  energetic 
business  men,  members  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange,  and  well 
known  in  our  business  community  and  in  private  circles. 

LEWIS  A.  J.  LIPPELT. 

Kinloch  BU2-t. 

The  real  estate  firm  of  Lewis  A.  .J.  Lippelt  is  not  an  old  one 
if  compared  with  many  others,  but  its  owner  had  an  unusual 
opportunity  to  acquire  a thorough  knowledge  and  valuable  infor- 
mation for  just  that  branch  during  a period  of  nearly  twenty 
years,  in  which  he  held  positions  which  enabled  him  to  prepare 
himself  most  fully  for  the  business  in  which  he  has  been  engaged 
for  the  last  twelve  years.  Mr.  Lippelt  was  born  in  the  city  of 
Brunswick  (Germany)  in  1852,  where  he  first  attended  the  gram- 
mar schools  and  afterwards  a private  institute,  from  which  he 
graduated  in  1866.  Thus  equipped  with  a good  education  be 
entered  service  in  a mercantile  house  in  his  native  place,  but  left 
home  in  1870  to  secure  a future  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic.  He 
came  directly  to  St.  Louis  and  soon  found  employment  as  book- 
keeper with  a wholesale  firm,  where  he  remained  for  four  years.  In 
1873  he  passed  examination  for  a teacher’s  position  in  the  public 
schools  but  declined  the  place  offered  him  and  accepted  a better- 
paying one  in  the  office  of  Recorder  of  Deeds  as  chief  clerk  and 
draftsman,  holding  it  until  1878,  in  which  year  Colonel  Henry Flad, 


— 144  — 


President  of  the  Board  of  Public  Improvements,  appointed  him 
abstract  clerk  in  the  Special  Tax  Department ; he  was  promoted 
in  1881  to  Deputy  Assessor  of  Special  Taxes,  which  place  he 
kept  until  his  resignation  in  1891.  These  many  years  in  the 
municipal  service  had  made  him  familiar  with  all  parts  of  the  city, 
especially  in  regard  to  the  value  of  real  estate  in  the  different 
localities,  and  this  led  him  to  establish  himself  in  the  real  estate 
business.  Conscientious  and  trustworthy  in  all  his  transactions) 
active  and  industrious,  he  has  gained  the  confidence  of  a large 
patronage,  and  his  business  is  still  increasing.  lie  has  been  a 
notary  public  ever  since  1876,  and  has  much  to  do  as  such.  His 
office  was  for  years  at  616  and  is  now  at  824  Chestnut  street. 


James  E.  lijviME.  David  F.  Kaimb.  Edwin  F.  Kaime. 

J*  Kaime 


ent§ 


apd  BI^OI^EI^S. 

619  Chestnut  St.  ST.  LOUIS. 


SCHUCHMANN  REALTY  CO. 

Bell  Main  3045.  Kinloch  A233. 

This  real  estate  firm  was  established  in  1885  by  Mr.  Gustavus 
Schuchmann,  who  until  then  had  been  actively  engaged  in  the 
packing  and  meat-canningtrade.  Born  and  raised  in  this  city, 
he  was  for  a number  of  years  a student  of  City  University,  con- 
ducted by  the  celebrated  Professor  Wyman,  and  entered 
practical  life  when  quite  young.  Energetic  and  enterprising 
from  the  start,  he  soon  founded  an  extensive  business  by 
supplying  several  steamboat  lines  with  meats,  and  from  1875  to 
1880  he  furnished  meat  to  the  various  city  institutions. 


— 145  — 


All  this  comprised  large  contracts,  which  he  fulfilled  with  the 
greatest  strictness  and  reliability.  In  1880  he  organized  the 
American  Meat  Canning  Co.,  as  whose  president  he  officiated 
till  1885,  when  he  disposed  of  his  entire  interest,  to  seek  another 
field  for  his  activity.  He  became  identified  with  the  real  estate 
trade  and  soon  won  the  reputation  of  being  one  of  the  best 
judges  of  real  estate  property  and  as  a very  cautious  and  pru- 
dent investor  for  himself  and  those  who  intrusted  their  business 
to  him.  The  firm  attends  to  all  matters  connected  with  the 
real  estate  branch  and  give  the  greatest  care  and  attention  to 
the  execution  of  all  orders,  serving  their  patrons  with  the 
utmost  fidelity  and  integrity.  Mr.  Schuchmann  is  considered 
one  of  the  most  experienced  dealers  in  real  estate  and  his  good 
advice  is  often  sought  by  syndicates  and  corporations  when 
important  enterprises  are  intended.  The  office  of  the  Schuchmann 
Eealty  Company  forms  one  of  the  headquarters  of  the  branch 
and  its  location,  724  Chestnut  street,  lies  right  in  the  center 
of  the  real  estate  district.  The  firm  is  incorporated  with  a paid- 
up  capital  of  50,000  dollars  by  Gustav  Schuchmann,  President; 
Aikman  Welch,  Vice-President,  and  Charles  Voyce,  Secretary  of 
the  company. 


P.  F.  VANDER  LIPPE. 

Kinloch  C640. 

Mr.  P.  F.  Vander  Lippe  conducts  a Real  Estate  and  Financial 
Agency  business  since  the  first  of  March,  1893,  and  enjoys  the 
confidence  of  his  patrons  in  such  a degree  that  their  number  has 
increased  from  year  to  year,  on  account  of  the  great  care  and 
attention  with  which  he  transacts  all  business  intrusted  to  him. 
He  attends  to  the  purchase  and  sale  of  houses  and  lots,  to  the 
renting  and  the  collecting  of  rents,  builds  dwellings  on  monthly 
payments  and  has  always  first  mortgages  on  city  property  for 
sale.  Aside  from  this  he  takes  care  of  real  estate  property, 
manages  estates  and  investigates  titles.  The  negotiation  of  loans 
on  real  estate  forms  an  important  branch  of  his  business  and  he 
makes  the  writing  of  deeds,  wills,  contracts,  leases,  bonds  and 
all  other  legal  documents  a specialty.  Mr.  Vander  Lippe  is  also 
10k 


— 14(3  — 


a notary  public  and  the  interests  of  his  clients  are  carefully 
guarded  by  him  in  every  respect.  He  is  known  for  integrity 
and  fairness  in  all  his  dealings  and  the  great  ability  and  caution 
with  which  he  executes  all  orders.  The  location  of  his  office  has 
never  been  changed  during  all  this  time,  it  is  still  at  1021 
Chestnut  street  and  easily  accessible  from  all  parts  of  the  city. 
Mr.  Vander  Lippe  is  a son  of  the  late  Reverend  Albert  Vander 
Lippe,  D.  D.,  who  for  almost  a lifetime  was  the  highly  esteemed 
pastor  of  the  first  German  Presbyterian  church  of  this  city,  a 
man  of  profound  knowledge  and  of  the  highest  standing  in  the 
community,  whose  honored  name  is  conscientiously  preserved  by 
his  family. 


CHAS.  F.  VOGEL. 

Bell  Main  2194.  Kinloch  A221. 

In  no  other  branch  of  business  are  sagacity,  good  judgment, 
knowledge  and  integrity  such  indispensable  requirements  as  in 
financial  and  real  estate  transactions,  and  the  men  who  possess 
these  qualities  enjoy  by  right  and  justice  unlimited  public  confi- 
dence. One  representative  of  this  class,  Mr.  Chas.  F.  Vogel, 
though  only  since  seventeen  years  identified  with  the  real  estate 
branch,  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  dealers  therein,  and  has  in 
this  comparatively  short  period  built  up  a very  extensive  trade, 
gaining  an  enviable  reputation  far  and  wide.  Whatever  is  in>- 
trusted  to  him  is  in  safe  hands ; the  interests  of  his  clients  are 
most  carefully  guarded  by  him  just  as  if  they  were  his  own,  and 
it  is  his  constant  aim  to  secure  to  his  patrons  the  best  results. 
His  business  comprises  buying  and  selling  real  estate,  loaning 
mone}'  on  such,  the  investing  of  capital  for  others  and  alt  the 
various  functions  of  a house  agent.  Some  very  important  real 
estate  deals  involving  large  amounts  have  been  consummated 
through  him  in  the  most  efficient  manner,  and  he  is  considered  one 
of  the  best  experts  in  his  line.  Imbued  with  the  strictest  busi- 
ness principles,  upright  in  all  his  transactions,  giving  his  undi- 
vided attention  to  everything  placed  in  his  hands,  his  remarkable 
success  is  well  deserved  and  a justified  source  of  pride  to  himself 
and  his  innumerable  friends.  His  career  is  a rather  interesting  one. 


— 147  — 


and  shows  what  industrial  habits,  probity  of  character,  willpower 
and  ambition  can  achieve.  In  his  fifteenth  year  a drummer  boy 
in  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War  and  during  the  following  four 
years,  and  until  mustered  out  at  the  end  of  the  war,  he  has  stood 
before  the  public’s  eye  ever  since,  for  many  years  in  various 
official  capacities,  the  most  important  of  them  that  of  Circuit 
Clerk,  for  which  he  was  twice  elected  by  very  large  majorities, 
and  all  of  which  he  filled  with  great  honor  to  himself  and  the  full- 
est satisfaction  of  the  community.  Mr.  Vogel  is  a man  of  great 
activity  and  energy,  but  at  the  same  time  precautious  and 
conservative,  affable  and  modest  in  his  manners  and  of  rare  per- 
sonal magnetism,  a true  friend  and  well  meaning  to  everybody. 
He  takes  a lively  interest  in  public  affairs,  is  a member  of  the 
Merchants  and  of  the  Real  Estate  Exchange,  the  Mercantile  and 
Union  Club ; belongs  to  several  social  and  benevolent  organiza- 
tions, and  is  very  prominent  in  Grand  Army  and  fraternal  circles, 
especially  so  in  the  Masonic  Order. 

JOS.  P.  WHYTE  REAL  ESTATE  CO. 

Kinloch  A977. 

Mr.  Joseph  P.  Whyte,  the  President  of  this  company,  is  a resi- 
dent of  this  city  since  forty  years,  having  come  here  in  1862. 
His  connection  with  the  real  estate  branch  began  in  1875,  and  he 
became  identified  during  the  following  sixteen  years  with  some 
of  the  oldest  real  estate  firms  of  our  city.  This  long  period 
made  him  thoroughly  familiar  with  the  branch  in  all  its  details, 
and  he  was  fully  equipped  for  the  transaction  of  business  when 
he  opened  his  own  office  in  1891.  The  firm  is  incorporated  under 
the  laws  of  the  Slate  of  Missouri,  and  attends  to  everything 
pertaining  to  the  real  estate  trade  with  the  greatest  reliability 
and  promptness,  guarding  the  interests  of  their  clients  with  the 
utmost  care  and  fidelity.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  .Jos. 
P.  Whyte,  President;  C.  J.  Daly,  Vice-President  and  L.  L.  Daly, 
Secretary.  Mr.  Whyte  is  one  of  the  oldest  members  of  the  Real 
Estate  Exchange ; was  secretary  of  that  body  during  1893  and 
1894,  later  on  one  of  its  directors,  and  in  1899  its  vice-president. 
Declining  the  presidency  in  1900,  he  had  to  accept  it  for  the  year 


— 148  — 


following  and  it  is  a noteworthy  coincidence,  that  on  the  day  of 
bis  election  he  was  appointed  City  License  Collector  by  Mayor 
Wells,  which  office  he  filled  with  such  ability  and  strictness,  that 
the  revenue  from  this  source  showed  an  increase  of  $175,000 
within  one  year.  The  recent  death  of  Harbor  Commissioner 
Alt  made  this  office  vacant  and  Mayor  Wells  appointed  Mr. 
Whyte  to  this  important  position.  The  office  of  the  Jos.  P. 
Whyte  Real  Estate  Company  is  since  many  years  at  809  Chestnut 
street. 


ST.  LOUIS  STOCK  EXCHANGE. 

It  was. in  the  second  half  of  the  80s,  when  a number  of  stock 
brokers  met  every  day  on  the  floor  of  the  Merchants  Exchange 
for  the  transaction  of  business.  The  mining  craze  prevailing  in 
those  years  in  our  city  — principally  caused  by  the  phenomenal 
result  of  the  Granite  Mountain  Mine — kept  the  brokers  unusu- 
ally busy  in  that  period,  and  there  were  sometimes  very 
lively  scenes  witnessed  by  the  bystanders,  from  the  grain 
pit  and  the  pork  corner.  The  accommodation  enjoyed  in 
that  vyay  was  a very  meager  one  and  the  desire  for 
a change  of  base  on  the  part  of  the  brokers  was  natural, 
but  circumstances  were  not  favorable,  business  became 
less  active  and  regular  meetings  were  discontinued  until  1896, 
in  which  year  the  St.  Louis  Bond  & Stock  Brokers  Association 
was  formed,  whose  members  again  met  at  a certain  hour  on  the 
floor  of  the  Merchants  Exchange.  This  Association  had  during 
the  first  year  the  following  officers:  H.  H.  Wernse,  President; 
Chas.  Hodgeman,  Vice-President;  A.  D.  Grant,  Secretary,  and 
B.  C.  Jinkins,  Treasurer.  The  directors  were:  A.  H.  Bauer,  J. 
H.  Blessing,  Wm.  C.  Little,  Ben.  Altheimer  and  M.  Kotany. 
H.  H.  Wernse  remained  its  President  during  three  consecutive 
terms.  The  St.  Louis  Stock  Exchange,  an  offspring  of  the  Asso- 
ciation, was  organized  in  August,  1899.  Geo.  L.  Edwards  was  its 
first  President;  M.  Kotany,  Vice-President;  G.  Lacey  Craw- 
ford, Secretary,  and  B.  C.  Jinkins,  Treasurer;  with  H.  H. 
Wernse,  E.  W.  Rawlings,  A.  H.  Bauer,  Chas.  Hodgeman  and 


— 149  — 


C.  R.  Drummond  as  directors.  The  office  of  President  was  held 
by  M.  Kotauy  from  1900  to  1901,  by  J.  H.  Dieckman  from  1901 
to  1902,  and  A.  H.  Bauer  was  elected  for  1902  to  1903.  The 
other  officers  for  this  term  are;  H.  B.  Collins,  Vice-President, 
B.  C.  Jinkins,  Treasurer;  A.  D.  Grant,  Secretary,  and  H.  S. 
Rein,  Assistant  Secretary.  They  constitute  the  Governing 
Committee,  of  which  H.  S.  Rein  is  Chairman.  The  present 
Board  of  Directors  is  composed  of  the  following  gentlemen: 
J.  H.  Dieckman,  M.  Kotany,  E.  W.  Rawlings,  G.  H.  Walker, 
R.  Singer,  Wm.  C.  Little,  J.  D.  P.  Francis,  J.  P.  Meyer  and 
W.  E.  Orthwein.  The  meetings  of  the  new  organization  were 
first  held  at  214  North  Fourth  street  and  afterwards  in  the 
Continental  National  Bank  Building  till  November  the  first, 
1900,  when  the  removal  to  the  Stock  Exchange  Building, 
erected  by  the  C.  G.  Stifel  Estate  on  the  east  side  of  Fourth, 
between  Olive  and  Locust  streets  took  place,  which  affords  all 
desirable  accommodations  to  the  Brokers’  fraternity. 

ALTHEIMER  & RAWLINGS  INVESTMENT  CO. 

Bell  Main  1850.  Kinloch  B505. 

Mr.  Ben  Altheimer,  the  senior  partner  and  President  of  this 
firm,  began  operations  as  a financial  broker  in  1889  and  so  great 
was  his  success  in  this  field,  that  the  constant  extension  of 
business  caused  the  forming  of  the  corporation  bearing  the 
above  name.  The  Altheimer  & Rawlings  Investment  Company 
was  incorporated  in  1899  by  Ben  Altheimer,  Edward  W.  Rawlings 
and  Herman  C.  Stifel.  The  officers  of  the  company  are: 
Ben  Altheimer,  President;  Edward  W.  Rawlings,  Vice-President; 
H.  C.  Stifel,  Treasurer,  and  Frank  Obernier,  Secretary.  The 
firm  deals  in  high  grade  investment  securities  and  dividend 
paying  stocks,  buys  and  sells  stocks  and  bonds  for  customers’ 
account  and  has  frequently  placed  whole  emissions  of  bonds  on  the 
market.  They  are  known  for  the  careful  handling  of  all  orders 
entrusted  to  them,  for  reliability  and  promptness  in  all  their  trans- 
actions ; they  have  the  confidence  of  a large  and  continually 
increasing  patronage,  including  many  of  our  largest  capitalists, 
who  deal  exclusively  with  this  firm.  Mr.  Altheimer  had  been 


— 150 


engaged  for  many  years  in  the  wholesale  business  before  he 
entered  the  realm  of  finance.  Mr.  Rawlings  was  identified 
with  the  branch  from  boyhood,  having  been  connected  with  the 
firm  of  Whitaker  & Hodgeman  during  a long  period  ; Mr.  Stifel 
held  a responsible  and  important  position  with  the  N.  O.  Nelson 
Manufacturing  Co.  for  years  and  years,  was  afterwards  the 
President  of  the  American  Tripolis  Co.,  and  all  these  gentlemen 
give  their  time,  ability  and  attention  to  their  business  duties. 
The  firm  has  an  extensive  local  trade,  a very  large  number  of 
clients  in  the  Western  and  Southern  States,  especially  in  Missouri 
and  Illinois  and  also  in  the  East.  The  office  was  for  years  in  the 
Mississippi  Valley  Trust  Company’s  Building  and  is  now  at  Nos. 
215  and  217  North  Fourth  street  in  the  Laclede  Building  and 
therefore  in  the  center  of  what  may  by  right  be  called  the  Wall 
street  of  St  Louis. 


M,  KOTANY, 


AND  BONDS, 


409  Olive  Street, 

Continental  National  Bank  Building, 


Bell  Main  1260. 


Kinloch  A30. 


— 151  — 


KOHN  A.ND  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2444.  Kinloch  A3. 

This  firm  is  for  more  than  a quarter  of  a century  in  existence, 
having  been  established  in  1874  by  David  Kohn,  Wm.  M.  Kohn 
and  Ed.  Popper,  for  the  transaction  of  a general  stock  and  bond 
broker  business.  They  were,  for  many  years,  located  on  Third 
street,  between  Olive  and  Locust,  directly  in  front  of  the 
Exchange  Bank,  but  when  most  of  the  banks  moved  to  Fourth 
street,  making  this  thoroughfare  the  Wall  street  of  St. 
Louis,  Messrs.  Kohn  and  Co.  followed  suit,  and  went  into  the 
then  just  completed  Security  Building,  in  which  they  occupy 
commodious  office  rooms  on  the  first  floor,  fronting  on  Fourth 
street.  A branch  of  the  firm  was,  for  many  years,  kept  in  New 
York  and  managed  by  Mr.  David  Kohn,  whose  retirement  from 
active  business  caused  the  closing  of  the  New  Y^ork  office.  The 
St.  Louis  house  stood  under  the  direction  of  Mr.  Wm.  M.  Kohn 
until  his  death,  which  occurred  on  the  31st  of  May,  1900,  since 
which  time  Mr.  1.  M.  Simon  and  Mr.  Richard  Singer  are  the 
owners,  the  latter  gentleman  having  been  a partner  in  the  firm 
for  many  years  previous.  The  house  devotes  itself  to  the  bu}"- 
ing  and  selling  of  Government,  State,  Count}"  and  City  bonds  — 
they  have  repeatedl}"  taken  entire  emissions  of  St.  Louis  munici- 
pal bonds  — of  railroad  and  other  securities,  and  to  the  execu- 
tion of  orders  for  the  purchase  or  sale  of  stocks  and  bonds, 
giving  careful  attention  to  everything  entrusted  to  them.  The 
firm  is  known  for  its  reliability  and  enjoys  a well-deserved  repu- 
tation. Mr.  Richard  Singer,  who  represents  the  firm  on  the  floor 
of  the  Stock  Exchange,  is  a native  of  this  city,  and  had  a long 
experience  in  the  branch,  having  grown  up  in  it  from  boyhood. 
The  firm  is  a memlier  of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants  and  Stock  Ex- 
change and  also  of  the  Chicago  Board  of  Trade  and  the  New 
York  Stock  Exchange.  ® 


— 152 


WM.  C.  LITTLE  & BRO.  INVESTMENT  CO. 

(211  and  213  North  Fourth  Street.) 

Phones  Kinloch  A1616?  Bell  Main  1889. 

The  Wm.  C.  Little  & Brother  Investment  Company  is  the  suc- 
cessful evolution  of  several  brokerage  firms,  all  of  which  were 
organized  and  conducted  by  Mr.  Wm.  C.  Little,  the  President  of 
the  present  company.  He  was  born  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley, 
Virginia,  and  came  to  St.  Louis  when  ten  years  of  age.  After 
passing  through  our  public  schools  he  entered  the  service  of  the 
Clark  Brothers’  banking  house,  of  which  his  uncle,  Mr.  Edward 
Chase  (afterwards  manager  of  the  Clearing  House)  was  the  man- 
aging partner.  Mr.  Little’s  experience  in  the  financial  field  was 
further  developed  by  his  becoming  teller  in  theTraders  Bank,  then  as 
Assistant  Cashier  of  the  Continental  Bank,  which  position  he  re- 
signed in  1876  in  order  to  become  a member  of  the  stock  and 
bond  broker’s  firm  of  P.  F.  Keleher  & Co.,  but  withdrew  from 
it  in  1880,  in  which  year  he  established  the  brokerage  firm  of  Wm. 
C.  Little  & Co.  Four  years  later  this  firm  was  wound  up,  where- 
upon Mr.  Little  became  a partner  of  the  firm  of  Kelley  & Little, 
New  York,  in  which  capacity  he  was  for  several  years  an  active 
member  on  the  floor  of  the  Stock  Exchange.  Returning  to  our 
city  in  October,  1886,  he  re-established  the  firm  of  Wm.  C.  Little 
& Co.,  which  in  1889  was  succeeded  by  Wm.  C.  Little,  Scott  & 
Co.  Mr.  Scott  retired  at  the  end  of  1893  on  account  of  ill- 
health,  whereupon  the  Wm.  C.  Little  & Bro.  Investment  Co.  was 
organized.  During  all  these  years  Mr.  Little  had  remained  on 
North  Third  street,  but  joined  in  1893  the  westward  march  of  our 
financial  institutions  by  a removal  to  Fourth  and  Olive  streets. 
For  a time  thereafter  the  style  of  the  firm  was  changed  to  the 
Little  & Hays  Investment  Co.,  but  Mr.  Hays  retiring,  the  name 
was  changed  to  the  Wm.  C.  Little  & Bro.  Investment  Co.,  as  now 
conducted,  withWm.  C.  Little,  President ; H.  J.  Little, Vice-Presi- 
dent, and  Alden  H.  Little,  Secretary.  The  company  does  a 
general  stock  and  bond  brokerage  business,  and  is  well  equipped 
with  facilities  for  all  kinds  of  financial  transactions.  Their  prin- 
cipal business  is  the  handling  of  whole  issues  of  municipal  and 


153  — 


corporation  bonds,  which  are  bought  by  them  outright  after  care- 
ful examination,  and  then  resold  to  their  clients.  They  also  have 
a very  complete  private  wire  system,  giving  them  quick  and  re- 
liable intercourse  with  the  various  exchanges  in  other  cities,  and 
also  have  an  extensive  department  for  trading  in  local  stocks  and 
bonds.  The  house  is  known  for  its  promptness  and  reliability, 
and  possesses  ample  means,  its  paid-up  capital  stock  amounting 
to  100,000,  with  a surplus  of  40,000  dollars. 


MORRIS  GLASER, 
DEALER  IN 
COMMERCIAL  PAPER, 

STOCKS  AND  BONDS. 


LACLEDE  BUILDING, 

COR.  FOURTH  AND  OLIVE, 
Bell  Main  3079. 


ST.  LOUIS. 

Kinloch  A1791. 


WHITAKER  & CO., 

SUCCESSORS  TO  WHITAKER  & HODGMAN. 

Bell  Main  1456. 

No  Other  Western  brokerage  firm  is  so  well  known  in  the  finan- 
cial centers  of  the  countrj',  especially  in  New  York,  Boston  and 
Chicago,  as  that  of  Whitaker  & Company,  of  this  city,  which  may 
justly  be  called  the  offspring  and  successor  of  Edwards,  Mathews 


— 154  — 


& Co.,  a prominent  financial  and  real  estate  firm,  consisting;  of 
Albert  J.  Edwards,  for  many  years  at  the  head  of  the  U.  S. 
Sub-Treasury  in  St.  Louis,  Leonard  Mathews  and  Edwards 
Whitaker,  who  had  been  taken  into  partnership  in  1872,  after 
resigning  his  position  as  chief  clerk  in  the  Sub-Treasury.  Gen- 
eral Edwards  retired  in  1874  into  private  life  whereupon  the  firm 
changed  to  Mathews  & Whitaker  and  remained  so  until  the 
withdrawal  of  Mr.  Matliews,  which  took  place  in  1889,  when 
Mr.  Whitaker  associated  with  himself  the  confidential  clerk  of 
the  firm,  Mr.  Clias.  B.  Hodgman,  under  the  firm  name  of 
Whitaker  & Hodgman.  If  the  expression  is  permissible  we 
will  say  that  these  two  gentlemen  formed  a very  strong  team, 
as  they  possessed,  aside  from  more  than  ample  means,  a thor- 
ough knowledge  in  financial  matters,  a long  experience  through  the 
management  of  a very  extensive  and  mainfold  business,  comprising 
the  purchase  and  sale  of  bonds  and  stocks  for  customers’  account, 
the  buying  and  selling  of  investment  securities  and  the  negotiating 
of  loans  for  cities,  counties,  railroad,  gas  and  street  railway  com- 
panies, real  estate  and  industrial  syndicates.  Some  of  the 
most  important  and  largest  transactions  of  this  character  were 
carried  out  with  remarkable  success  by  the  firm.  The 
death  of  Mr.  Hodgman  occurred  in  1899,  whereupon  Mr.  Whit- 
aker took  Mr.  H.  B.  Collins,  for  many  years  connected  with 
the  firm,  into  partnership,  changing  the  name  to  Whitaker  & 
Company.  Mr.  Whitaker  is  acknowledged  one  of  the  best 
financiers,  a man  of  far-reaching  business  ability ; this  is  suffi- 
ciently proven  not  only  by  his  own  and  his  firm’s  success  but  also 
by  the  various  positions  of  trust  and  importance  to  which  he  has 
been  elected  in  course  of  time.  The  office  of  the  firm  occupies 
the  ground  floor  of  two  adjoining  buildings  on  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Fourth  and  Olive  streets,  opposite  the  Fourth  National, 
Merchauts-Laclede  and  Continental  National  banks. 

CHAS.  H.  WYMAN  & CO.  CUSTOM  HOUSE  BROKERS 
CORPORATION. 

Bell  Main  1780M.  Kinloch  A91. 

The  services  of  the  Custom  House  Broker  are  in  greater 
demand  from  year  to  year  not  only  on  account  of  the  constant 


— 155  — 


growth  of  the  import  trade,  but  still  more  in  view  of  the  fact,  that 
the  tariff  regulations  become  more  and  more  complicated,  that 
their  interpretation  by  Custom  House  officials  is  by  no  means  uni- 
form and  often  erroneous  and  unjust  to  the  importer,  whose  inter- 
ests are  therefore  best  guarded  by  the  experienced  Custom  House 
Broker.  The  latter  business  is  of  a peculiar  character;  it  requires 
a complete  knowledge  of  everything  in  connection  with  the  im- 
portation of  merchandise  from  foreign  countries,  an  uninterrupted 
study  of  and  a perfect  familiaritj’  with  the  tariff,  its  rules,  changes 
and  modifications.  The  Custom  House  Broker  is  the  watchful  pro- 
tector of  the  merchant  as  well  as  the  private  individual,  who  has 
to  pay  an  import  duty  to  the  government  and  he  relieves  these 
parties  from  all  care  and  not  seldom  very  troublesome  details 
in  the  transactions  with  the  Custom  House.  Our  commercial 
community  has  the  good  fortune  to  have  in  its  midst  an 
excellent  representative  of  this  particular  branch  of  business  in 
the  Chas.  H.  Wyman  & Co.  Custom  House  Brokers  Corporation. 
Mr.  Chas.  H.  Wyman  began  operations  in  1872  and  the  present 
firm  was  incorporated  in  1892,  the  owners  being  Chas.  H.  Wyman, 
Frederick  G.  Hollman,  E.  B.  Wyman  and  James  Richardson,  who 
form  the  Board  of  Directors,  with  Chas.  H.  Wyman  as  President 
and  General  Manager,  and  Frederick  G.  Hollman  as  Vice-Presi- 
dent and  Acting  Secretary.  The  object  and  purpose  of  the  cor- 
poration comprise  all  transactions  pertaining  to  the  import  trade, 
the  appraising  of  imported  goods,  the  protection  of  the  importer 
in  reference  to  carriers,  underwriters  and  custom  officials,  and 
especially  the  defense  against  illegal  exactions.  The  corporation 
not  only  attends  to  the  needs  of  the  merchants  of  St.  Louis,  but 
acts  as  distributing  agent  for  merchants  in  other  cities  of  America, 
as  well  as  for  foreign  merchants  and  manufacturers  — giving  care 
and  attention  to  both  large  and  small  consignments.  It  attends 
to  the  collection  of  accounts  when  requested  and  generally  acts  as 
the  agent  of  importers  or  shippers  in  their  transactions  with  car- 
riers and  with  the  customs.  It  also  acts  as  drawback  agent  in 
the  recovery  of  duties  paid  but  w’hich  under  the  law  are  returned 
to  manufacturers  when  the  imported  product  is  manufactured  and 
exported  in  a regenerated  condition.  This  is  a growing  depart- 
ment in  the  company’s  business.  It  has  always  been  Mr.  Wyman’s 


— 156  — 


aim  to  make  commercial  intercourse  between  his  native  city 
and  the  market  centers  of  the  old  world  both  easy  and  profit- 
able, to  which  end  he  established  offices  abroad  for  the  special 
conduct  of  the  business,  and  these  offices  are  operated  without 
cost  to  the  patrons  of  the  firm,  who  embrace  three-fourths  of  the 
Importers  of  St.  Louis.  The  work  of  the  company  requires,  aside 
from  the  above  mentioned  knowledge,  a thorough  familiarity  with 
the  money  and  wages  of  foreign  countries,  insurance,  marine  and 
railroad  laws.  Mr.  Chas.  H.  Wyman  is  the  second  son  of  the  late 
Prof.  Edward  Wyman,  L.L.D.,  an  educator  of  prominence  in 
the  West  from  1839  to  1888.  He  was  born  in  this  city  in  184o 
and  in  1867  was  appointed  to  a clerkship  in  the  St.  Louis  Custom 
House  by  Hon.  E.  W.  Fox,  who  was  the  father  of  the  direct  import 
law  under  which  interior  ports  in  the  United  States  were  made  avail- 
able as  ports  of  entry.  Mr.  Wyman  materially  assisted  in  the 
preparation  of  the  details  of  that  act,  the  operations  of  which  have 
been  his  particular  study  ever  since.  In  1872  he  resigned  from 
the  service,  and  founded  the  present  business.  The  company  oc- 
cupies spacious  offices  in  the  Columbia  Building,  318  North 
Eighth  street,  directly  opposite  the  Custom  House. 


Joseph  Glaser.  Carl  S.  Glaser. 


Stocks,  Bonds  & Local  Securities. 


JOSEPH 


MEMBERS  OP  THE  NEW  YORK  STOOE  EEOHANSE. 


317  Olive  St. 


Bell  Main  1110. 


ST.  LOUIS. 


Kinloch  A385. 


— 157  — 


FmANCIAL  INSTITUTIOI^S. 

The  financial  institutions  of  to-day  comprise  banks  and  trust 
companies.  St.  Louis  has  at  present  twenty  of  the  former  and 
eleven  of  the  latter.  In  the  second  half  of  the  sixties  there 
were  as  many  as  thirty  banks  in  the  city,  but  a salubrious 
purification  set  in  and  reduced  their  number  in  course  of 
time.  The  first  bank  established  here  was  called  the  Bank  of 
St.  Louis.  It  was  organized  in  1816  and  followed  by  another, 
the  Bank  of  Missouri,  in  1817,  but  both  were  rather  short-lived, 
the  first  existing  only  three,  and  the  second  only  nine  years. 
A branch  of  the  United  States  Bank  of  Philadelphia  was  opened 
herein  1829,  but  when  President  Jackson  vetoed  the  extension 
of  the  charter  of  the  parent  bank,  in  1832,  the  existence  of  the 
St.  Louis  branch  was  of  course  at  an  end.  The  founding  of  the 
Bank  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  located  here,  took  place  in  1837 
and  proved  very  valuable  to  the  commercial  community,  facili- 
tating business  transactions  in  the  most  desirable  manner;  it 
had  a capital  of  five  million  dollars,  part  of  which  furnished  by 
the  State,  for  which  it  held  an  interest  in  the  proceeds.  The 
charter  expired  in  1867,  and  was  not  renewed;  many  similar 
institutions,  and  especially  several  National  Banks  having  been 
established  in  the  mean  time.  In  addition  to  these  banks  and 
trust  companies  there  is  a safe  deposit  and  savings  bank 
in  operation,  making  a total  of  thirty-two  financial  institutions. 
Nearly  one-half  of  the  banks  have  been  in  existence  for  almost 
forty  years,  one  even  more  than  fifty,  and  every  one  of  them 
has  withstood  stormy  times  and  financial  panics,  to  which 
numerous  money  institutions  of  other  great  cities  had  to  suc- 
cumb. The  proverbial  conservatism  of  our  merchants  and 
capitalists  is  still  adhered  to  by  our  financiers  in  the  manage- 
ment of  our  banks  and  trust  companies,  with  enviable  results 
to  shareholders  as  well  as  depositors.  It  is  a source  of  great 
and  justified  pride,  in  what  unexcelled  measure  all  these 
institutions  flourished  and  in  which  high  reputation  they  are 
held  all  over  the  country.  The  city  may  therefore  well  be 
proud  of  this  fact  and  point  to  it  with  unlimited  satisfaction 
and  without  the  least  fear  of  contradiction. 


— 158  — 


AMERICAN  EXCHANGE  BANK. 

Bell  Main  1820.  Kialoch  B1086. 

The  Aiuerican  Exchange  Bank  emanated  from  the  Union  Sav- 
ings Association,  one  of  our  oldest  financial  institutions,  having 
been  organized  as  early  as  1864  with  Thomas  S.  Rutherford  as 
President  and  Thomas  E.  Souper  as  Cashier.  The  Union  Savings 
had  its  office  during  many  years  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Main 
and  Walnut  streets,  in  the  old  Merchants  Exchange  Block,  which, 
at  that  time,  contained  two  other  banks,  the  German  and  the 
Franklin  Savings  Institutions.  The  Union  Savings  Association, 
like  other  banks,  removed  in  course  of  time  from  Main  to  North 
Third  street,  between  Olive  and  Locust,  where  it  remained  until 
the  reorganization  took  place,  by  which  its  name  was  changed  to 
that  of  the  American  Exchange  Bank.  This  was  in  January, 
1888,  since  which  time  the  history  of  the  institution  has  been  one 
of  uninterrupted  success.  It  occupied  for  nearly  twelve  years 
the  northeast  corner  of  Third  and  Pine  streets  (the  Gay  Build- 
ing), but  has,  since  two  years,  its  very  spacious  and  well- 
a])pointed  office  in  its  own  home,  formerly  belonging  to  the  St. 
Louis  National  Bank,  and  purchased  by  the  American  Exchange 
Bank  in  1899.  This  building  stands  on  the  west  side  of  Broad- 
way, between  Pine  and  Olive  streets,  and  was  especially  designed 
and  erected  for  the  purpose  which  it  serves  and  for  which  it  is 
particularly  adapted  in  point  of  safety  and  the  utmost  security 
which  strong  walls,  aside  from  the  vaults  in  the  interior,  afford. 
The  management  of  the  institution,  conservative  as  it  always  has 
been,  is  at  the  same  time  one  of  progressive  and  liberal  prin- 
ciples, the  result  of  vvhich  has  been  a constant  growth  of  its  busi- 
ness, the  number  of  its  patrons  and  depositors,  showing  a 
remarkable  extension  from  year  to  year.  Its  paid-up  capital 
amounts  at  present  to  half  a million  dollars,  with  a surplus  of 
another  half  a million.  The  board  of  directors  consists  of  the 
following  well-known  gentlemen:  Paul  Brown,  A.  H.  Duncan, 
Geo.  A.  Meyer,  Sam.  M.  Kennard,  A.  T.  Kelley,  H.  F.  Lagen- 
berg,  J.  B.  C.  Lucas,  Jas.  Y.  Lockwood,  F.  R.  Rice,  Walker 
Hill,  Ephron  Gatlin,  H.  B.  Spencer  and  L.  A.  Battaile.  The 


— 159  — 


officers  are:  Walker  Hill,  President;  Ephron  Gatlin,  Vice-Presi- 
dent; L.  A.  Battaile,  Cashier,  and  Emison  Chanslor,  Assistant 
Cashier.  Mr.  Walker  Hill  is  known  as  one  of  our  most  able 
financiers,  a man  of  great  experience  and  foresight,  highly  appre- 
ciated in  financial  circles,  as  best  proven  by  the  fact  that  he  has 
frequently  been  requested  to  read  papers  before  the  American 
Bankers’  Association,  which  body  honored  him  a few  years  ago 
by  his  election  as  its  President. 

BOATMEN’S  BANK. 

Bell  Main  1722. 

The  Historical  Encyclopedia  of  St.  Louis  contains  the  follow, 
ing,  written  by  the  Cashier,  Wm.  H.  Thomson,  in  reference  to 
this  bank:  The  Boatmen’s  Bank  was  established  in  1847  as  the 
Boatmen’s  Savings  Institution,  without  capital,  the  profits  to  be 
divided  among  the  depositors.  In  1856  it  took  its  second  char- 
ter with  a capital  of  $4(10,000.  In  1873  it  took  the  name  of 
Boatmen’s  Savings  Bank  and  in  1890  its  present  name.  Its 
officials  are:  Rufus  J.  Lackland,  President;  Edwards  Whitaker, 
Vice-President;  William  Thomson,  Cashier;  Jules  Desloge  and 
Ernest  M.  Hubbard,  Assistant  Cashiers.  The  bank  removed  in 
1891  from  its  old  location  on  Second  and  Pine  streets  to  its  own 
building  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Fourth  street  and  Washing- 
ton avenue. 

CONTINENTAL  NATIONAL  BANK  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  1825.  Kinloch  A36. 

The  history  of  this  bank  is  one  of  continued  great  success. 
It  was  originally  organized  under  a Slate  charter  as  the  National 
Loan  Bank,  incorporated  in  1866.  Two  or  three  years  later  the 
Comptroller  of  the  Currency  demanded  a change  of  its  name,  as 
it  conflicted  with  names  of  banks  organized  under  the  National 
Bank  law,  whereupon  the  name  of  Continental  Bank  was 
adopted.  On  July  the  1st,  1880,  its  capital  amounted  to 
100,000,  its  surplus  11,000  and  the  deposits  405,900  dollars. 
Its  first  President  was  Mr.  T.  B.  Edgar,  who  acted  as  such  offi- 


— IGO  — 


cer  from  its  organization  till  July,  1880,  when  he  resigned  ; from 
that  time  on  the  business  and  financial  condition  of  the  whole 
country  showed  great  prosperity,  and  as  a consequence  this  bank, 
four  years  later,  had  a capital  of  200,000  dollars;  100,000  dollars 
of  its  increase  came  from  the  earnings  of  the  previous  four  years, 
with  a surplus  of  20,000  and  1,031,000  dollars  deposits.  Five 
years  later  the  capital  still  remained  as  before,  the  surplus  had 
growu’to  136,7  00  and  the  deposits  to  3,434,000.  A proposition 
made  at  that  time  to  increase  the  capital  stock  to  two  millions 
resulted  in  a reorganization  under  the  National  Bank  act,  the  in- 
crease being  approved  by  the  stockholders.  The  institution  began 
operation  as  a national  bank  in  1889.  In  consequence  of  the  de- 
pression caused  by  the  panic  in  1893,  it  was  deemed  best  to 
reduce  the  capital  to  one  million,  to  which  proposition  the  stock- 
holders consented  and  the  amount  of  the  reduction,  one  million 
dollars,  was  paid  to  them.  Since  that  time  uninterrupted  success 
has  made  this  bank  one  of  the  strongest  financial  institutions  of 
our  city.  Mr.  Geo.  A.  Baker,  who  had  been  identified  with  the 
bank  for  twenty-three  years  and  during  a long  lime  its  President, 
died  February  2,  1902.  Mr.  F.  E.  Marshall,  for  many  years 
the  cashier  of  the  bank,  was  elected  his  successor.  The  officers 
are  as  follows:  P'.  E.  Marshall,  President;  Jos.  M.  Hayes,  Vice- 
President  ; Geo.  W.  Parker,  Second  Vice-President ; J.  A.  Lewis, 
Cashier;  andG.  N.  Hitchcock,  Assistant  Cashier.  Directors  are: 
Geo.  W.  Parker,  L.  B.  Tebbetts,  B.  Eisemau,  M.  M.  Buck,  Jos. 
M.  Hayes,  C.  H.  Spencer,  Wm.  J.  Orthwein,  H.  S.  Priest,  A.  H. 
Bauer,  Alexander  Douglas  and  F.  E.  Marshall.  The  bank  has  a 
capital  of  one  million,  a surplus  and  undivided  profits  amounting 
to  half  a million  dollars  and  is  a United  States  and  City  of  St. 
Louis  depository. 

FOURTH  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Bell  Main  953.  Kinloch  A1725. 

The  Fourth  National  Bank  is  one  of  the  strongest  financial 
institutions  of  our  city  and  known  as  such  not  only  in  all  the 
Western  and  Southwestern  States,  but  also  in  the  business  and 
money  centers  of  our  own  as  well  as  the  European  continent. 


— 161  — 


It  is  also  one  of  the  oldest  St.  Louis  banks,  having  been  organ- 
ized  in  1864  under  the  Act  of  Congress,  by  which  the  national 
banks  were  created.  The  incorporators  were:  Joseph  J. 

Mersmann,  J.  C.  H.  D.  Block,  F.  E.  Schinieding,  Francis 
Cornet,  Christ  Peper,  Casper  Stolle,  C.  L.  Buschmann  and 
J.  H.  Kaiser.  These  gentlemen  composed  the  first  Board  of 
Directors  with  Jos.  J.  Mersmann  as  President,  F.  W.  Bie- 
binger  as  Cashier  and  G.  A.  W.  Angst  as  Assistant  Cashier. 
The  failing  of  his  eyesight  compelled  Mr.  Mersmann  to  resign 
during  the  first  year,  whereupon  Mr.  Block  became  the  Presi- 
dent, which  position  he  held  up  to  the  time  of  his  death 
(December  20,  1891),  when  Mr.  Biebinger  was  elected  his 
successor.  Having  been  the  Cashier  of  the  institution  from 
the  day  of  its  organization  and  chiefly  instrumental  in  making  it 
what  it  is,  his  promotion  was  only  a well  deserved  recogni- 
tion of  his  ability  as  a financier  and  manager.  He  held  the 
office  of  President  from  1891  till  1901,  in  which  latter  year 
the  failing  of  his  health  compelled  him  to  resign.  Mr.  H.  A. 
Forman,  who  had  been  Vice-President  of  the  bank  for  some  time 
previous,  succeeded  him  and  the  continued  remarkable  success  of 
the  institution  is  the  best  evidence  of  his  sagacity  and  able  man- 
agement. Mr.  Forman  was  for  a number  of  years  a national  bank 
examiner  and  at  one  time  cashier  of  the  Continental  National 
Bank  of  St.  Louis,  after  holding  the  position  of  Vice-President  in 
the  Second  National  Bank  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  The  Fourth 
National  Bank  was  originally  located  at  the  northwest  corner  of 
Washington  avenue  and  Third  street,  where  it  remained  until  1873, 
in  which  year  a removal  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Fourth  street 
and  Washington  avenue  took  place.  There  are  at  present  not 
less  than  ten  banks  on  Fourth  street,  but  at  that  time  only  one 
had  preceded  the  Fourth  National  in  this  great  thoroughfare,  which 
has  since  developed  into  the  Wall  street  of  St.  Louis.  The  con- 
stant growth  of  its  business  made  larger  quarters  necessary  and 
this  led  to  the  erection  of  the  Rialto  Building  at  the  southeast 
corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive  streets,  in  1893,  since  which  year  the 
bank  occupies  the  spacious  office  fronting  on  both  streets. 
The  prominence  of  the  institution  is  in  keeping  ^ith 
the  interior  arrangements  of  its  home,  the  vaults  expressly 
11k 


— 162  — 


built  for  its  use  contain  fire  and  burglar  proof  safes,  which  alone 
caused  an  expense  of  17,000  dollars,  and  which  are  unsurpassed 
in  regard  to  the  security  of  its  contents.  The  number  of 
depositors  has  permanently  been  on  the  increase  from  year  to 
year,  some  of  our  largest  mercantile  and  manufacturing  firms 
being  among  them.  The  Fourth  National  has  a capital  of  one 
million  dollars  and  a surplus  of  another  million  ; it  has  corre- 
spondents in  every  part  of  the  United  States,  and  issues  drafts 
and  letters  of  credit  payable  in  all  civilized  countries.  The  for- 
eign department  forms,  in  fact,  a special  feature  and  includes 
the  execution  of  all  orders  for  the  purchase  and  sale  of  European 
securities,  the  collection  of  accounts,  inheritances,  etc.  The 
bank  represents,  since  many  years,  the  North  German  Lloyd 
Steamship  Line,  and  issues  tickets  to  and  from  Eui'ope  via  New 
York  or  Baltimore.  The  foreign  and  ocean  passage  department 
is  managed  by  Mr.  Ferdinand  Diehm,  who  is  also  counsel  for 
Austria  and  Hungary.  The  officers  of  the  Fourth  National 
are:  H.  A.  Forman,  President;  Edward  A.  Faust,  Vice-Presi- 
dent ; David  Sommers,  Second  Vice-President ; G.  A.  W.  Agust, 
Cashier,  and  Van  L.  Runyan,  Assistant  Cashier.  Mr.  Augst  has 
been  Assistant  Cashier  from  1864  to  1891  and  Cashier  since  then. 
The  following  gentlemen  constitute  the  . Board  of  Directors: 
Messrs.  H.  A.  Forman,  L.  A.  Browning,  G.  A.  W.  Augst,  Van 
L.  Runyan,  August  Goerts,  C.  A.  Caldwell,  Forrest  Ferguson, 
E.  A.  Faust,  Ferdinand  Diehm,  Z.  W.  Tinker,  G.  W.  Lewis  and 
David  Sommers. 


FRANKLIN  BANK. 

Bell  Main  1813.  Kinloch  B626. 

The  Franklin  Bank,  southeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Morgan 
streets,  was  originally  known  as  the  Franklin  Avenue  German 
Savings  Institution,  under  which  name  it  received  its  charter  in 
1867,  the  incorporators  being  Hy.  Meier,  Adolphus  Wippern, 
John  B.  Woestman,  Hy.  S.  Platt,  Adolph  Moll,  Jas.  H.  Forbes 
and  others.  It  was  organized  with  a paid-up  capital  of  only  60,000 
dollars  and  the  best  proof  of  the  great  prosperty  of  the  institu- 
tion lies  in  the  fact  that  it  now  possesses  a paid-up  capital  of  600,- 


— 163  — 


000  with  a surplus  of  200,000  dollars.  The  constant  growth  of  itg 
business  demanded  larger  quarters  and  caused  a removal  from 
the  northwest  corner  of  Sixth  street  and  Franklin  avenue  to  its 
present  location,  which  the  bank  has  occupied  for  many  years  and 
where  its  business  and  the  number  of  its  depositors,  among  whom 
are  some  of  the  most  prominent  mercantile  and  manufacturing  firms 
of  our  city,  have  become  larger  from  j’ear  to  year.  This  is  chiefly 
due  to  the  excellent  management,  and  the  liberal  dealing  for 
which  the  Franklin  Bank  is  known,  but  to  all  this  comes  the  ad- 
vantage of  its  location  in  the  center  of  a very  extensive  wholesale 
and  retail  business  district.  The  officers  of  the  institution  are  G. 
W.  Garrels,  President;  J.  B.  Woestman,  Vice-President;  Louia 
Schmidt,  cashier,  and  Louis  Kraemer,  Assistant  Cashier.  Mr. 
Garrels  is  acknowledged  to  be  one  of  the  best  financiers  in  the 
city,  a man  of  great  executive  ability,  circumspection  and  pre- 
caution ; he  had  been  the  cashier  of  the  bank  since  its  organization 
and  was  elected  to  his  present  office  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Henry 
Meier,  who  for  many  years  had  been  the  President.  Mr.  Schmidt, 
the  Cashier,  has  held  the  same  position  in  the  International  Bank 
and  the  United  States  Savings  Association.  The  Board  of 
Directors  consists  of  the  following  well-known  business  men  and 
capitalists,  most  of  whom  have  been  re-elected  from  year  to  year: 
Robert  M.  Forbes,  G.  W.  Garrels,  Henry  Kaiser,  Henry  Meier, 
Jr.,  Paul  Moll,  Wm.  F.  Reipschlaeger,  Geo.  T.  Riddle,  Geo. 
A.  Wippern  and  John  B.  Woestman.  The  Franklin  Bank  is 
justly  considered  one  of  our  most  solid  financial  institutions  and 
enjoys  the  fullest  confidence  of  the  community.  The  building 
occupied  by  the  bank  is  its  own  property  and  a very  valuable 
piece  of  real  estate;  the  ground  floor  is  exclusivel}^  used  for  the 
bank  office  ; the  upper  stories  contain  among  other  offices  those 
of  the  Franklin  Insurance  Company,  of  which  we  speak  in  the 
appropriate  chapter. 

GERMAN-AMERICAN  BANK. 

Bell  Main  987.  Kinloch  B655. 

The  German-American  Bank  was  organized  in  November,  1872, 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  and  commenced  opera- 


— 164  — 


tions  on  December  2d,  of  the  same  year.  Its  capital  stock  at  the 
time  of  the  incorporation  was  $150,000,  of  which  only  $25,000 
was  paid  in.  The  first  Board  of  Directors  consisted  of  Messrs. 
Hugh  Brennan,  F.  Fienup,  H.  L.  Fox,  Aug.  Gehner,  Benj.  F. 
Horn,  Martin  Lammert,  John  J.  Menges,  G.  Meysenburg,  Wm. 
Niemann,  George  Tinker,  Wm.  Trauernicht,  Balthaser  Weber, 
and  Ernst  Witte,  with  the  following  oflicers : John  J.  Menges,  Pres- 
ident; Martin  Lammert,  Vice-President,  and  Emil  A.  Meysen- 
burg, Cashier.  The  present  capital  amounts  to  $250,000,  divided 
into  shares  of  $100  each.  The  annual  report,  dated  December  31, 
1901,  shows  the  following  figures:  Surplus,  $850,000;  cash  on 
hand  and  due  from  banks,  $1,521,000;  demand  deposits,  $2,488,- 
000;  time  deposits,  $1,765,000;  call  loans,  $598,000;  time  loans, 
$2,631,000.  The  annual  cash  dividends,  paid  by  this  bank  since 
many  years,  are  twenty  dollars  per  share,  and  it  is  therefore  only 
natural  that  its  shares  are  never  in  the  market  and  very  seldom 
change  hands,  being  considered  a most  profitable  and  safe 
investment.  This  phenomenal  success  is  due  to  excellent  finan- 
ciering and  wise  management  on  the  part  of  its  officers  and 
directors,  but  at  the  same  time  to  the  character  of  its  clients. 
The  following  gentlemen  constitute  the  present  Board  of  Directors  : 
Messrs.  Louis  Brinckwirth,  Thomas  Ferrenbach,  August  Gehner, 
Henry  Hiemeuz,  Jr.,  Martin  Lammert,  Gustav  W.  Niemann, 
Wm.  F.  Nolker,  Wm.  Pickel  and  Casper  Stolle,  all  well- 
known  business  men  of  the  highest  integrity,  and  prominent 
representatives  of  our  commercial  and  industrial  community. 
Mr.  August  Gehner,  the  President,  holds  this  position  since 
1875  ; Mr.  Wm.  F.  Nolker  succeeded  Mr.  Lammert  some  years 
ago  as  Vice-President;  Mr.  Chas.  E.  Kircher  is  its  efficient 
Cashier  since  1884,  and  Mr.  L.  F.  Placke,  who  has  been  con- 
nected with  the  bank  since  the  day  of  its  organization,  is  the 
Assistant  Cashier  since  1891.  The  institution  was  originally 
located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Tenth  street  and  Franklin 
avenue,  but  was  one  of  the  first  banks  which  came  to  Fourth 
street,  erecting  its  own  building  on  the  southwest  corner  of  this 
street  and  Franklin  avenue,  and  thereby  forming  one  of  the 
numerous  financial  institutions  which  have  made  Fourth  street 
the  Wall  street  of  St.  Louis. 


— 165  — 


GERMAN  SAVINGS  INSTITUTION. 

Bell  Main  1269.  Kinloch  B516. 

The  year  1903  will  not  only  commemorate  the  Lousiana  Pur- 
chase of  1803,  but  also  the  Fiftieth  Anniversary  of  the  German 
Savings  Institution,  one  of  the  oldest  of  our  banks,  having  been 
organized  in  1853.  The  founders  and  first  directors  were  Wm. 
Palm,  Louis  C.  Hirschberg,  C.  R.  Stinde,  Wayman  Crow,  Edward 
Eggers,  Felix  Coste,  Franz  Saler  and  Robert  Barth,  who  was  its 
President  until  1875,  in  which  year  Mr.  F.  W.  Meister  succeeded 
him ; this  gentleman  occupied  the  position  up  to  the  time  of  his 
death  in  October,  1898,  whereupon  the  Vice-President,  Mr.  .John 
Wahl,  was  elected  to  fill  his  place.  The  first  Cashier  was  Isaak 
Rosenfeld,  Jr.,  afterwards  in  the  same  capacity  with  the  State  Sav- 
ings Association  ; his  successor  was  the  late  Chas.  Enslin,  who  be- 
came in  course  of  time  Cashier  of  the  Buildings  and  Savings  Institu- 
tion and  of  the  Bank  of  Commerce.  Mr.  Richard  Hospes,  who 
had  entered  the  employ  of  the  bank  when  a mere  youth  and  had 
been  promoted  from  one  position  to  the  other,  was  appointed 
Cashier  in  1864  and  has  managed  the  institution  ever  since. 
The  German  Savings,  by  which  abbreviation  it  is  generally 
known,  began  operations  with  a capital  of  60,000  dollars,  of 
which  only  5,000  were  paid  in  originally,  and  its  phenon- 
enal  growth  is  best  evidenced  by  the  fact  that  in  1902  its  capi. 
tal  amounted  to  250,000,  the  surplus  and  undivided  profits  to 
500,000  dollars.  The  first  office  was  on  the  east  side  of  Main, 
between  Pine  and  Olive  streets,  was  in  1857  removed  to  the 
southeast  corner  of  Main  and  Market  streets,  where  the  insti- 
tution had  erected  its  own  building  and  where  it  remained  until 
1876,  when  a removal  took  place  into  the  Merchants  Exchange 
Building,  but  as  Fourth  street  became  more  and  more  the  home 
of  the  financial  institutions,  the  German  Savings  followed  suit 
and  secured  the  magnificent  office  in  the  new  Planters  Hotel, 
which  it  occupies  since  the  completion  of  this  building  in  1894. 
The  great  success  of  the  German  Savings  Institution  is  the  result 
of  the  conservative  principles,  laid  down  by  its  founders  and 
invariably  adhered  to  up  to  the  present  day;  its  solidity  and  the 


— 166  - 


precaution  and  foresight  has  won  for  it  the  unlimited  confidence 
of  its  depositors  and  of  all  who  transact  business  with  this  old 
bank.  It  is  but  natural  that  during  the  long  period  of  its  exist- 
ence changes  in  the  Board  of  Directors  had  to  occur,  but  there 
were  comparatively  few,  which  is  another  proof  of  its  conserv- 
atism. The  following  gentlemen,  all  well  known  in  our  busi- 
ness  community,  are  at  present  and  most  of  them  since  many 
years,  tlie  Directors  of  the  Institution:  Louis  Fusz,  Richard 
Hospes,  Wm.  Koenig,  Wm.  J.  Lem|),  Otto  F.  Meister,  August 
Nedderhut,  Chas.  A.  Stockstrom,  Wm.  C.  Uhri  and  John  Wahl. 
John  Wahl  is  its  President,  Wm.  Koenig  the  Vice-President,  R. 
Hospes,  Cashier,  Herman  Hunicke,  Assistant  Cashier,  who,  like 
Mr.  Hospes,  has  been  identified  with  the  bank  for  more  than 
forty  years. 


YOU  CARRY  THE  KEY 

WE  DO  THE  REST, 

For  the  Security  of  your 

STOCKS,  BONDS 

And 

INSURANCE  POLICIES 

And  Guarantee  Absolute  Protection 
Against  Loss  From 

BURGLARS,  THIEVES  AND  FIRES 

IN  THE  STEEL  VAULTS  OF  THE 

St.  Louis  Sale  Deposit  & Savings  Bank 

No.  513  Locust  Street,  St.  Louis. 


— 167 


INTERNATIONAL  BANK  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  2276.  Kinloch  A594. 

This  bank  emanates  from  the  banking  house  of  Wm.  C.  Lange, 
established  by  him  in  1862  after  his  retirement  from  the  old  firm 
of  Lange  and  Sennewald,  wholesale  and  retail  druggists.  The 
International  Bank  was  organized  in  1865  by  Isidor  Bush,  F.  S. 
Behrens,  Wm.  C.  Lange,  August  Leisse  and  C.  T.  Uhlmau.  It 
was  first  located  on  Locust  and  Market,  afterwards  on  Fifth  and 
Market,  and  occupies  since  many  years  the  first  floor  of  the  build- 
ing at  the  southeast  corner  of  Chestnut  and  Fourth  streets,  pur- 
chased by  the  bank  in  1888.  A reorganization  of  the  institution 
was  effected  in  1885  by  Wm.  C.  Lange,  Louis  G-ottschalk,  G.  J. 
Helmerichs,  A.  W.  Straub,  Chas.  F.  Hermann,  A.  C.  Stifel,  and 
John  P.  Heinrich,  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  Mr. 
Wm.  C.  Lange  was  the  President  from  the  first  day  of  its  existence 
until  the  time  of  his  death  (1886)  whereupon  Mr.  A.  W.  Straub 
succeeded  him,  and  when  he  died  (May.  1898)  Mr.  Christopher 
Winkelmeyer  was  elected  in  his  place.  Mr.  Adolph  Herthel,  who 
in  former  years  had  been  a teller  in  the  German  Savings  Insti- 
tution and  the  Union  Savings  Bank,  was,  1879,  appointed  Cashier 
of  the  institution,  whose  development  and  remarkable  success  was 
in  a great  measure  due  to  his  activity  and  able  management;  he 
held  his  position  for  twenty-one  years,  resigning  in  January,  1900, 
to  take  a much  needed  rest  from  the  long  and  arduous  perform- 
ance of  his  responsible  duties.  The  International  Bank  had  at 
the  time  of  its  reorganization  a paid-up  capital  of  100,000 
dollars.  Its  present  capital  and  surplus  amounts  to  nearly 
300,000.  It  does  a general  banking  business  and  makes  a 
specialty  in  issuing  drafts  on  all  parts  of  Europe,  buying  and 
selling  foreign  securities  and  making  collections  in  Germany, 
Austria  and  Switzerland.  The  number  of  its  depositors  has  con- 
stantly grown  and  so  has  the  value  of  its  shares.  The-  Board  of 
Directors  consists  at  present  of  Messrs.  Otto  Cramer,  Edw. 
Devoy,  William  Herzog,  J.  H.  Aug.  Meyer,  John  Weisert,  Chris- 
topher Winkelmeyer,  Julius  L.  Winkelmeyer  and  J.  Sibley  White. 
The  officers  are : Christopher  Winkelmeyer,  President ; J.  H.  Aug. 


— 168  — 


Meyer,  Vice-President ; William  Herzog,  Second  Vice-President ; 
Geo.  A.  Held,  Cashier,  and  Chas.  Seibert,  Assistant  Cashier. 

JEFFERSON  BANK. 

Bell  Main  604.  Kinloch  D1332. 

The  Jefferson  Bank,  whose  large  and  handsome  office  on  the 
northwest  corner  of  Jefferson  and  PTanklin  avenues,  commenced 
operations  on  the  20th  of  July,  1892.  Its  incorporators  were : 
James  M.  Carpenter,  J.  B.  Conrad,  H.  Wood,  L.  J.  W.  Wall, 
W.  E.  Berger  and  R.  B.  Bullock.  The  present  Board  of  Direct- 
ors consists  of  the  following  well-known  businessmen:  James 
M.  Carpenter,  Henry  Wood,  W.  E.  Berger,  R.  B.  Bullock,  J.  F. 
Conrad,  W.  H.  Steele,  L.  J.  W.  Wall,  Fred  Ueibel,  and  C.  F. 
Blanke.  The  officers  are:  H.  Wood,  President;  R.  B.  Bullock, 
Vice-President,  and  W.  E.  Berger,  Cashier,  which  latter  gentle- 
man had  occupied  a similar  position  in  the  Citizens  Bank  for 
many  years,  and  who  became  the  Cashier  of  the  Jefferson  Bank 
soon  after  its  organization.  The  conservative  ideas  prevailing 
among  the  Directors  have  always  been  strictly  adhered  to  in  the 
conduct  of  the  bank’s  business  and  form  the  basis  of  its  success. 
Located  in  a district  abounding  with  factories  and  stores  and 
very  far  from  all  other  banks  in  the  city,  the  number  of  its 
depositors  are  naturally  very  large,  and  the  way  and  manner  in 
which  its  customers  are  treated  is  another  source  of  its  extensive 
and  constantly  growing  patronage.  The  paid-up  capital  of  100,- 
000  dollars  with  which  it  went  into  business  has  doubled  by 
accumulated  surplus,  and  its  cautious  management  warrants 
continued  additions  in  the  future.  Like  our  other  solid  financial 
institutions,  this,  too,  withstood  the  panic  of  1893  in  spite  of  its 
short  existence  at  that  time,  and  also  the  terrible  ordeal  of  1896 
when  the  whole  country,  and  especially  the  financial  world,  was 
entirely  upset  by  the  gold  and  silver  question  — facts  which  make 
any  additional  word  of  praise  in  regard  to  the  safety  of  this  bank 
superfluous. 


169  — 


LAFAYETTE  BANK. 

Bell  Tyler  365.  Kinloch  B398. 

There  was  no  bank  in  the  southern  part  of  the  city  before  1856, 
in  which  year  the  First  Ward  Savings  Institution  was  organized. 
To  show  the  great  contrast  between  then  and  now,  when  the 
interior  of  our  banks  is  a mar^e  of  elegance  and  comfort,  we 
will  describe  with  a few  words  how  the  office  of  the  aforesaid 
bank  looked.  It  was  a small,  dingy  store,  on  the  corner  of  Ca- 
rondelet  and  Russell  avenues,  and  the  entire  office  furniture  had 
been  purchased  for  $87.65,  an  amount  nowadays  hardly  suffi- 
cient to  buy  the'writing-desk  for  the  president  or  Cashier.  Thomas 
Allen  was  its  President,  and  R.  J.  Rombauer  the  Cashier.  The 
modest  outfit  was  kept  after  the  removal  to  the  west  side  of  Ca- 
rondelet  avenue  between  Barry  street  and  Park  avenue,  and  only 
exchanged  for  something  better  after  the  office  was  transferred  to 
the  triangular  building  now  owned  and  occupied  by  the  Lafayette 
Bank.  The  latter  was  founded  in  1870,  and  was  for  four  years 
located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Caroudelet  avenue  and  Car- 
roll  street,  whereupon  it  was  consolidated  with  the  Carondelet 
Avenue  Bank,  an  institution  organized  in  1870  with  John  Paul  as 
President  and  Fred.  Leser  as  Cashier.  Michael  Helmbacher  was 
the  first  President  of  the  Lafayette  Bank,  and  Wm.  Kossack  its 
Cashier.  It  has  a capital  stock  of  $100,000,  and  just  received  a 
new  charter  for  fifty  years.  This  bank  has  proved  a very  reliable 
auxiliary  to  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the  southern  portion  of 
thecit}',  and  is  a great  convenience  to  the  inhabitants  of  that  dis- 
trict in  general.  It  is  conducted  on  a strict  conservative  basis. 
Fred  Arendes,  the  well-known  merchant  tailor  and  one  of  the 
most  prominent  citizens  of  South  St.  Louis,  was  elected  President 
of  the  bank  in  1872,  and  held  that  position  for  twenty-eight 
years,  till  the  time  of  his  death  on  the  last  day  of  the  year  1898, 
His  administration  was  signified  by  continued  progress  and  very 
successful  results,  and  it  can  truthfully  be  said,  that  it  is  one 
of  the  safest  money  institutions  in  the  city.  Mr.  Peter  J.  Doerr, 
the  Cashier,  has  been  connected  with  the  Lafayette  Bank  for 
over  a quarter  of  a century  and  is  one  of  the  most  experienced 


bank  officials  in  the  city,  a very  careful  manager,  well  liked  by 
the  patrons  of  the  bank  and  held  in  high  esteem  by  his  numerous 
friends. 


THE  MECHANICS  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Bell  Main  1004.  Kinloch  B1022. 

It  was  in  1857,  the  year  of  a financial  and  business  crisis 
which  swept  over  the  whole  country,  when  the  Mechanics  Bank 
commenced  its  operation,  but  neither  that  nor  any  other  panic  in 
later  years  proved  in  the  least  detrimental  to  this  staunch  insti- 
tution, which  since  many  years  stands  in  the  front  rank  among 
the  financial  corporations  of  the  United  States.  It  was  organized 
under  the  laws  of  theState  of  Missouri  with  Joseph  Charless  as  its 
first  President  and  J.  W.  Mills  as  Cashier.  North  Second  and 
North  Third  street  formed  at  the  time  the  financial  center  of  St. 

, Louis,  where  all  our  banks  and  banking  houses  were  congregated, 
and  the  Mechanics  Bank  occupied  for  almost  thirty  years  the 
southwest  corner  of  Second  and  Pine  streets,  till  it  followed  in 
1885  the  westward  march  of  various  other  banks  by  a removal  to 
its  present  location,  the  southeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Pine. 
The  continued  growth  of  its  business  has  been  and  is  due  to  its 
conservative  but  at  the  same  time  liberal  management,  the  strict- 
ness, precaution  and  ability,  with  which  its  affairs  are  conducted, 
and  last,  but  not  least,  to  the  character  and  standing  of  its  offi- 
cials and  directors,  whose  names  in  themselves  have  at  all  times 
been  a guaranty  for  the  validity  of  the  bank  and  the  safety  of 
its  depositors.  The  Mechanics  National  Bank  does  a general 
banking  business  and  enjoys  the  patronage  of  some  of  the  largest 
corporations,  mercantile  and  manufacturing  firms,  and  innumer- 
able private  individuals ; it  grants  discounts  and  loans,  gives  its 
customers  all  reasonable  accommodations;  issues  drafts  and 
makes  collections  in  every  part  of  the  country,  receives  time 
deposits  on  interest  and  buys  and  sells  exchange,  having  cor- 
respondence in  all  the  commercial  centers  of  the  country.  Aside 
from  its  cash  capital  of  one  million  dollars  it  has  a surplus  fund  of 
500,000  dollars  and  its  transactions  become  more  extensive 
from  year  to  year.  The  following  prominent  business  men  and 


— 171 


capitalists  constitute  the  present  Board  of  Directors : Chas.  H. 
Ackert.  R.  R.  Hutchinson,  B.  B.  Graham,  James  Green,  J.  B. 
Desnoyers,  James  T.  Drummond,  R.  M.  Hubbard,  D.  K. 
Ferguson,  Morris  Glaser,  H.  J.  Miller,  Henry  Nicolaus,  Chas. 
H.  Turner,  Isaac  Schwab,  C.  G.  Knox,  and  W.  J.  Kinsella.  The 
officers  are:  R.  R.  Hutchinson,  President;  D.  K.  Ferguson, 
Vice-President;  B.  B.  Graham,  Second  Vice-President ; C.  A. 
Austin,  Cashier,  and  Pope  Sturgeon,  Assistant  Cashier.  Mr. 
Hutchinson  held  first  a responsible  position  in  the  Union 
(afterwards  Union  National)  Bank  and  was  for  many  years 
cashier  of  the  Mechanic’s  Bank,  till  he  succeeded  Mr.  Ferguson 
as  its  President ; he  is  acknowledged  to  be  one  of  the  best 
financiers,  a man  of  great  executive  ability,  full  of  activity 
and  energy,  with  manners  which  cannot  fail  to  win  and  keep 
friends.  Up  to  1901  this  intitution  had  operated  under 
the  laws  of  the  State,  but  is  now  conducted  as  a National 
bank  finder  the  provisions  of  the  National  Bank  Act. 

THE  MERCHANTS  LACLEDE  NATIONAL  BANK  OF 
ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  148.  Kinloch  A1512. 

The  bank  which  bears  the  above  name  was  organized  in  1895 
by  the  uniting  of  the  Mereliants  National  and  the  Laclede  Bank. 
The  former  had  been  founded  in  1857  as  a State  bank  with  J.  A. 
Brownlee  as  President  and  R.  F.  Barry  as  Cashier  and  had  its 
office  for  many  years  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Main  and  Locust 
street;  in  1865  it  was  changed  into  a National  bank  with  Wm. 
L.  Ewing  as  President  and  James  A.  Yeatman  as  Cashier,  who 
soon  after  became  its  President,  holding  this  position  until  the 
amalgamation  of  the  two  banks.  The  Merchants  National  left 
its  first  location  in  1870  and  removed  to  the  northwest  corner  of 
Third  and  Locust  streets,  where  it  remained  till  the  completion  of 
the  Laclede  building,  in  which  it  acquired  very  handsome  quar- 
ters adjoining  those  of  the  Laclede  Bank.  The  latter  was  estab- 
lished in  1872  as  the  offspring  of  the  old  banking  house  of  Bar- 
thelow,  Lewis  & Co.  ; Thos.  J.  Barthelow  was  its  first  President 
and  F.  I.  Iglehart  the  Cashier.  This  bank  had  its  counting-room 


— 172  — 


in  the  Gay  building,  northeast  corner  Third  and  Pine,  and  re- 
mained there  till  the  Laclede  building  was  finished,  whereupon 
the  removal  took  place  to  its  present  commodious  and  well  ap- 
pointed office.  The  consolidation  of  the  two  banks  added 
another  powerful  financial  institution  to  those  already  in  exist- 
ence and  formed  another  important  factor  for  the  advancement 
of  our  commercial  and  industrial  interests.  The  business  of  the 
Merchants  Laclede  National  has  grown  from  year  to  year  and  is 
continually  increasing.  The  bank  has  now  and  since  the  con- 
solidation a paid-up  capital  of  1,400,000  and  a surplus  of  500,000 
dollars.  The  officers  are:  Wm.  H.  Lee,  President;  D.  R. 
Francis,  Vice-President;  A.  L.  Shapleigh,  Second  Vice- 
President;  Geo.  F.  Hoffman,  Cashier;  R.  T.  Sturgeon,  Assist- 
ant Cashier,  and  D.  A.  Phillips,  Second  Assistant  Cashier. 
The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of:  Harrison  J.  Drum- 
mond, Henry  C.  Scott,  Chas.  A.  Cox,  Wm,  H.  Lee,  E.  E. 
Paramore,  David  Ranken,  D.  R.  Francis,  R.  B.  Dula,  F.  A. 
Drew,  C.  F.  Gauss,  L.  D.  Dozier,  A.  L.  Shapleigh,  Geo.  H- 
Goddard,  John  J.  O’Fallon,  Chas.  Clark,  S.  E.  Hoffman,  J.  J. 
Wertheimer,  C.  R.  Scudder  and  Geo.  E.  Hoffman. 

THE  NATIONAL  BANK  OF  COMMERCE  IN  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  32,  2934,  2980,  and  3005.  Kinloch  B845. 

The  statement  that  one  of  the  richest  and  strongest  banks  in  the 
whole  country  is  located  in  St.  Louis,  may  be  new  and  surprising 
to  many  even  in  our  own  midst,  but  it  is  nevertheless  an  undis- 
putable  fact,  and  the  financial  institution  which  holds  this  ex- 
alted position,  is  The  National  Bank  of  Commerce.  It  is  the  off- 
spring of  the  St.  Louis  Buildings  and  Savings  Association, 
established  in  1857  as  a State  bank,  with  Marshall  Brotherton 
as  President,  R.  M.  Funkhouser  (father  of  Dr.  Robert  M.  Funk- 
houser)  as  Vice-President  and  P.  A.  Laduc  as  Cashier.  Mr. 
Brotherton  resigned  before  the  end  of  the  first  year  and  Mr.  Felix 
Coste,  the  father  of  the  attorney,  Paul  F.  Coste,  who  became  his 
successor,  held  the  position  until  January,  1874,  when  he  was 
succeeded  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Burnham,  whose  resignation  (1883)  was 
followed  by  the  election  of  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Thompson,  the  present 


— 173  — 


incumbent;  the  immediate  predecessor  of  Mr.  J.  C.  Van  Blarcom, 
who  has  been  the  Cashier  of  the  institution  from  1877  to  1899,  and 
is  now  its  Vice-President,  was  Mr.  Chas.  Enslin,  who  served  from 
1864  till  the  time  of  his  death  (January,  1877),  and  to  whose  ability 
the  success  of  the  bank  is  in  a great  measure  due.  Mr.  VanBlar- 
com’s  connection  with  the  Bank  of  Commerce  dates  back  to  the 
year  1870,  and  covers  therefore  a period  of  over  thirty  years  ; he  is 
considered  one  of  the  best  financiers  in  the  land  and  the  results  of 
his  management  proved  this  beyond  a doubt.  The  name  “ Bank 
of  Commerce  ” was  adopted  January  the  first,  1869,  but  changed 
for  the  present  one  on  the  16th  of  December,  1889,  on  which 
day  the  institution  was  converted  into  a national  bank.  Its 
phenomenal  career  is  best  told  by  the  following  dates  and  figures : 
In  1864  the  capital  stock  of  $200,000  had  been  raised  to 
$300,000,  fully  paid  up ; in  1866  it  was  resolved  to  create  a 
surplus  fund  by  preserving  and  accumulating  the  profits  during 
the  next  five  years,  and  in  1871  this  method  was  made  perma- 
nent, but  the  paying  of  dividends  was  resumed  in  1879.  The 
capital  at  that  time  amounted  to  $300,000  and  the  surplus  to 
$800,000.  In  1882  the  authorized  capital  of  $500,000  was 
acquired  by  the  sale  of  the  remaining  2,000  shares  at  $400  per 
share,  which  brought  the  surplus  up  to  $1,500,000.  The  capital 
was  again  increased  on  December  31,  1889,  to  $3,000,000,  with 
a reserve  fund  of  $350,000.  Another  increase,  warranted  by 
the  constant  growth  of  its  business,  took  place  in  1899  by  the 
sale  of  20,000  shares  of  stock  at  $200  each,  since  which  time  the 
capital  amounts  to  $5,000,000,  with  surplus  and  undivided  profits 
of  $3,000,000.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  the  following 
gentlemen : James  W.  Bell,  Geo.  O.  Carpenter,  Nathan  Cole, 
Samuel  W.  Dodd,  W.  T.  Haarstick,  John  A.  Holms,  Thos.  H. 
McKittrick,  Jno.  Nickerson,  H.  C.  Pierce,  E.  C.  Simmons,  W. 
H.  Thompson,  J.  C.  Van  Blarcom,  and  Chas.  G.  Warner.  The 
officers  are:  Wm.  H.  Thompson,  President;  J.  C.  Van 

Blarcom,  First,  and  Jno.  Nickerson,  Second  Vice-President,  B.  F. 
Edwards,  Cashier,  and  C.  L.  Merrill  and  W.  B.  Cowen,  Assistant 
Cashiers.  The  office  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Broadway  and 
Olive  street  was  known  as  the  handsomest  of  all  our  financial 
institutions,  but  will  be  surpassed  by  its  future  home  in  the  new 


— 174  — 


Bank  of  Commerce  Building  on  the  southeast  corner  of  these 
two  great  thoroughfares. 

NORTHWESTERN  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Bell  Tyler  403.  Kinloch  A1524. 

The  Northwestern  Savings  Bank  will  soon  be  able  to  celebrate 
its  thirtieth  anniversary,  having  been  founded  and  incorporated 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri  in  1873.  The  first  officers 
were:  Chas.  J.  Stifel,  President;  John  H.  Evers,  Vice-Presi- 
dent, and  Peter  Obernier,  Cashier.  The  constant  growth  of 
North  St.  Louis,  the  uninterrupted  addition  of  large  manufactur- 
ing establishments,  breweries,  lumber  and  coal  yards,  furniture 
factories,  planing  mills,  etc.,  of  business  firms  of  all  kinds,  made 
such  a financial  institution  a necessity  in  that  part  of  the  city, 
and  the  organization  of  the  Northwestern  Savings  Bank  was 
therefore  highly  welcome  as  an  important  factor  in  trade  and 
commerce.  But  it  was  also  of  great  benefit  to  the  thousands  and 
thousands  of  thrifty  mechanics,  workmen  and  laborers  living 
in  that  district,  as  it  furnished  them  a safe  place  to  deposit 
and  accumulate  their  earnings  and  savings.  There  is  perhaps 
no  other  financial  institution  in  the  city  in  which  week  after 
week  so  many  small  de[)osits  are  made  by  men,  women,  and 
even  boys  and  girls,  who  bring  part  of  their  wages  to  the 
window  of  the  receiving  teller.  The  capital  of  the  bank  amounts 
at  present  to  200,000  dollars,  the  surplus  and  profits  to  125,000, 
and  its  shares  are  in  great  demand,  but  seldom  in  the  market 
and  hardly  ever  change  hands.  After  serving  more  than  twenty 
years  as  President  of  the  institution  Mr.  Stifel  resigned,  his 
various  other  interests  demanding  this  step,  whereupon  Col. 
Arnold  Beck  became  his  successor  and  after  the  death  of 
Vice-President  Evers,  Mr.  Bernard  Irael  succeeded  him  and 
remained  Vice-President  until  his  death.  Mr.  August  H.  Hoff- 
mann, one  of  the  most  enterprising  and  prominent  business  men  of 
North  St. 'Louis,  was  elected  President  in  1900,  in  which  year 
Col.  Beck  died.  The  following  gentlemen  form  the  present 
Board  of  Directors:  F.  W.  Bierbaum,  Conrad  Blumeyer,  Aug. 
Pick,  Felix  Hoevel,  August  H.  Hoffmann,  Christ  Oonk,  H. 
Ratermann,  Jacob  B.  Schorr,  Fr.  Steinkaemper,  Otto  F.  Stifel 


and  Fred  Westerbeck.  The  officers  are : August  H.  Hoffmann, 
President;  C.  Blumeyer,  Vice-President;  Robt.  A.  Obernier, 
Cashier,  and  Jos.  F.  Obernier,  Assistant  Cashier  — the  two  latter 
are  the  sons  of  the  late  Peter  Obernier  who  served  the  bank  as 
its  faithful  Cashier  from  the  day  of  its  organization  up  to  the 
time  of  his  death  ; they  grew  up  in  the  bank  under  their  father’s 
direction  almost  from  boyhood  and  are  his  worthy  successors. 
Mr.  Hoffmann  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention  to  the  manage- 
naent  of  the  bank,  which  is  known  as  one  of  the  most  conserva- 
tive financial  institutions  of  our  City.  It  has  never  changed  its 
location  and  is  still  at  the  southeast  corner  of  North  Market  and 
Fourteenth  streets,  where  it  began  operations  in  1873.  The 
vaults  and  safes  have  recently  received  an  extra  protection  by 
the  introduction  of  Gould’s  Electric  Burglar  Alarm  System  as  a 
safeguard  against  burglary. 

SOUTHERN  COMMERCIAL  AND  SAVINGS  BANK. 

Bell  Caroudelet  103M.  Kiuloch  C239. 

The  extreme  southern  part  of  the  city,  up  to  1870  called 
Carondelet,  possesses  in  the  Southern  Commercial  and  Savings 
Bank,  a financial  institution  which  enjoys  the  confidence  of  busi- 
ness men  and  private  parties  by  the  conservative  and  prudent  man- 
agement of  its  affairs.  It  was  organized  in  1891,  after  two  other 
Carondelet  banks  had  gone  out  of  existence,  by  the  following 
incorporators:  John  Krauss,  W.  E.  Huppert,  F.  W.  Strat  and 
Christ  Krauss.  Mr,  John  Krauss  was  its  President  up  to  the 
time  of  his  death  and  the  success  of  the  institution  was  in  a large 
measure  brought  on  by  his  influence  and  exertions.  The  present 
Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  Frank  W.  Feuerbacher, 
W.  E.  Huppert,  John  Beckert,  Jr.,  P.  Cummings,  Fred  Hoff- 
meister.  Geo.  Lay,  W.  M.  Kinsey,  August  J.  Lang  and  Fred 
Ulrich.  The  officers  are:  F.  W.  Feuerbacher,  President; 
W.  E.  Huppert,  Vice-President,  and  M.  A.  Kammeref,  Cashier. 
The  bank  has  a capital  stock  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars, 
and  a handsome  surplus  and  is  of  decided  value  and  importance 
to  that  part  of  the  city.  The  office  was  first  located  at  7129,  but 
is  now  at  7203  South  Broadway,  on  the  line  of  the  Southern 


— 176 


Electric  Street  Railway,  and  in  close  proximity  to  tlie  Bellefon- 
taine  Line,  therefore  easily  accessible  from  a large  territory. 

SOUTH  SIDE  BANK  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Kinloch  B721. 

Tlie  South  Side  Bank  of  St.  Louis  was  incorporated  June  17, 
1891,  and  began  operations  on  the  13th  day  of  the  following 
mouth.  The  incorporators  were:  Messrs.  Adolphus  Busch, 
Wm.  K.  Bixby,  Leopold  Freund,  Geo.  J.  Fritz,  Joseph 
Kupferer,  Chas.  Nagel,  Chas.  Rebstock,  Chas.  C.  Reuss  and 
Louis  Schlosssteiu.  The  organization  of  this  bank  was  deemed 
necessary  to  fill  a long-felt  want  in  that  particular  part  of  our 
city,  which  from  year  to  year  developes  into  a manufactur- 
ing district  of  constantly  growing  dimensions,  containing  the 
largest  breweries,  cooperage  and  woodenware  works,  lumber 
firms,  etc.,  aside  from  an  industrious,  thrifty  class  of  wage- 
earners  and  a great  number  of  tradesmen,  to  whom  the  institution 
furnishes  all  desirable  facilities.  The  capital  stock  amounts  to 
$200,000  with  an  appropriate  surplus  fund.  It  has  a large  list 
of  depositors,  including  business  firms  as  well  as  private  indi- 
viduals, and  forms  a valuable  factor  for  commerce  and  industry. 
The  present  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  the  following  gentlemen : 
Messrs.  Adolphus  Busch,  August  A.  Busch,  Chas.  Ehlermann, 
Leopold  Freund,  Henry  Koehler,  Jr.,  Joseph  Kupferer,  Alfred 
C.  F.  Meyer,  Chas.  C.  Reuss  and  J.  Widman.  The  officers  are: 
Adolphus  Busch,  President;  Henry  Koehler,  Jr.,  Vice-President; 
Chas.  C.  Reuss,  Second  Vice-President,  and  Guido  D’Oench, 
Cashier,  whose  connection  with  the  institution  dates  back  to  the 
day  of  its  organization.  The  South  Side  Bank  occupies  handsome 
quarters  at  the  northwest  corner  of  South  Broadway  and  Pestalozzi 
street,  right  in  the  middle  of  a densely  populated  industrial 
center  of  the  city. 


— 177  — 


STATE  NATIONAL  BANK  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  2209. 

The  State  National  Bank  of  St.  Louis  will  complete  the  fiftieth 
year  of  its  existence  in  1905,  it  being  the  offspring  of  the  State 
Savings  Institution,  organized  in  1855,  with  John  How,  R.  M. 
Henning,  Eugene  Miltenberger,  Isaac  Rosenfeld,  Jr.,  Louis  V. 
Bogy,  Neree  Valle,  William  L.  Ewing,  R.  J.  Lockwood,  and  B. 
W.  Hill  as  incorporators.  In  1859  the  name  of  State  Savings 
Association  was  adopted,  which  later  on  was  changed  to  the  more 
appropriate  of  State  Bank,  as  it  did  from  the  beginning  a general 
banking  business.  The  first  President  was  R.  M.  Henning  and 
his  successors  were  John  How,  John  J.  Roe,  and,  since  1870,  the 
present  incumbent,  Mr.  Chas.  Parsons,  who  in  1864  had  suc- 
ceeded Mr.  Isaac  Rosenfeld,  Jr.,  as  Cashier.  The  office  was 
during  twenty  years  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Main  and  Vine 
streets,  and  from  1875  to  1892  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Third 
and  Vine  streets,  in  which  latter  yea»  the  removal  to  its  present 
location  in  the  Security  Building,  southwest  corner  of  Fourth  and 
Locust  streets,  took  place.  The  State  Bank  and  the  Commercial 
Bank  became  consolidated  under  the  law  of  Congress  creating 
national  banks,  as  the  State  National  Bank  of  St.  Louis,  in  Jan- 
uary, 1899,  with  a paid-up  capital  of  two  million  dollars.  Its  sur- 
plus amounted  at  the  end  of  February,  1902,  to  400,000,  the  uu. 
divided  profits  to  over  250,000  dollars.  The  State  National  Bank 
does  exclusively  a legitimate  banking  business ; it  receives  depos- 
its, pays  checks  and  makes  collections  in  any  part  of  the  world, 
and  loans  money  on  good  commercial  paper ; pays  interest  on  time 
deposits  and  on  daily  balances  of  certain  kinds  of  accounts,  to  be 
determined  by  its  officers ; it  bu}'s  and  sells  foreign  exchange, 
and  issues  letters  of  credit  available  in  any  part  of  the  globe. 
The  institution  possesses  a well-deserved  reputation  for  its  pru- 
dent, sagacious,  conservative  but  at  the  same  time  lib6ral  man- 
agement and  stands  in  the  front  rank  among  the  banks  of  this 
country.  The  following  gentlemen  constitute  the  Board  of  Di- 
rectors: Chas.  Parsons,  L.  F.  Jones,  John  H.  McClune\%  M. 
Rumsey,  Daniel  Catlin,  John  A.  Scudder,  Henry  C.  Haarstick, 
12k 


— 178  — 


Robert  S.  Brookings,  P.  C.  Maffitt,  Logan  Tompkins,  Joseph 
Ramsey,  Jr.,  Joseph  Franklin,  Rolla  Wells,  John  T.  Davis  and 
H.  N.  Davis.  The  officers  are:  Chas.  Parsons,  President;  L. 
F.  Jones,  First,  and  John  H.  McClnney,  Second  Vice-President; 
Logan  Tompkins,  Cashier,  and  C.  S.  Cone,  Assistant  Cashier. 
Mr.  Parsons,  a native  of  New  York  State,  came  to  St.  Louis  in 
1850,  but  emliarked  soon  after  (on  the  advice  of  Mr.  Bacon,  of 
the  banking  house  of  Page  & Bacon)  in  the  banking  business 
in  Keokuk,  Iowa,  where  he  remained  till  the  breaking  out  of  the 
Civil  War;  entering  the  Union  Army,  he  was  soon  placed  in  charge 
of  army  rail  and  river  transportation  at  the  very  important  post 
of  St.  Louis  ; in  this  position  he  earned  tlie  highest  praise  of  the 
war  department  and  was  promoted  to  the  rank  of  Lieutenant- 
Colonel,  but  declined  an  appointment,  which  placed  him  at  the 
head  of  the  bureau  of  Railroad  Transportation  for  the  United 
States,  tendered  him  in  1864,  preferring  the  place  offered  him  by 
the  States  Saving  Association.  He  is  a recognized  authority 
on  banking  and  finances  in  general,  his  views  and  utterances, 
written  or  verbal,  have  always  been  highly  appreciated  in  financial 
circles ; he  has  frequently  been  elected  a delegate  to  important 
conventions,  has  for  many  years  been  President  of  the  St.  Louis 
Clearing  House  and  several  times  of  the  American  Bankers  As- 
sociation, and  presided  over  the  World’s  Congress  of  Bankers  and 
Financiers  held  in  Chicago  in  1893.  Mr.  McCluney  has  been 
identified  with  the  State  Bank  for  nearly  forty-five  years,  was  till 
1870  its  Assistant  Cashier,  in  which  year  he  became  the  Cashier, 
and  in  1899  a Vice-President  of  this  formidable  financial  insti- 
tution. 


THIRD  NATIONAL  BANK. 

Bell  Main  992  and  2907.  Kinloch  B843. 

The  Third  National  Bank  was  originally  a State  bank,  organ- 
ized in  1857  under  the  name  of  the  Southern  Bank,  which  in  1864 
was  transformed  into  a national  bank  under  its  present  name.  It 
is  therefore  one  of  the  oldest  financial  institutions  and  may  justly 
be  considered  one  of  the  most  prominent  and  best  conducted.  It 
was  first  located  on  the  west  side  of  Second,  two  doors  south  of 


179  — 


Pine  street,  but  occupies  since  many  years  an  elegant  counting 
room,  the  entire  ground  floor  of  its  own  building  on  the  north 
side  of  Olive,  between  Fourth  street  and  Broadway,  a most  eligi- 
ble location  in  the  midst  of  nearly  all  other  financial  institutions, 
and  easily  accessible  from  every  part  of  the  city.  It  transacts 
a general  banking  business  in  accordance  with  the  national  bank 
law,  including  the  issue  of  drafts  for  the  inland  and  foreign  coun- 
tries, also  letters  of  credit  for  the  use  of  ti’avelers  abroad,  and 
has  correspondents  in  all  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States 
and  in  the  financial  centers  of  Europe,  which  affords  it  all  desir- 
able facilities  for  the  collection  and  transmission  of  money  in 
both  countries.  The  management  of  the  Third  National  Bank 
has  always  been  marked  by  sagacity  and  circumspection  and 
has  deservedly  won  the  enviable  confidence  of  the  business 
community  as  well  as  private  parties,  as  evidenced  by  the 
large  number  of  depositors  of  the  latter  class.  The  scope  of 
its  business  received  an  important  extension  by  the  absorp- 
tion of  the  Chemical  National  Bank  and  a continued  gain 
of  new  customers.  Among  its  Presidents  in  former  years  were 
such  prominent  business  men  as  James  S.  Watson,  Thos.  E. 
Tutt,  John  R.  Lionberger  and  G.  T.  Cram;  Thos.  A.  Stod- 
dard was  for  many  years  the  Cashier  of  the  Bank  and  is  now 
the  manager  of  the  St.  Louis  Clearing  House.  The  great  vol- 
ume of  business  now  and  since  quite  a while  transacted  by  the 
Third  National  Bank  is  the  result  of  the  untiring  exertions 
and  financial  ability  of  the  President,  Mr.  Chas.  H.  Huttig, 
and  the  Cashier,  Mr.  G.  W.  Galbreath.  The  latter  gentleman 
was  for  many  years  a National  Bank  Examiner,  can  point  to  a 
phenomenal  growth  of  the  bank’s  business  since  he  became  its 
Cashier  (1896),  and  has  in  Mr.  John  R.  Cooke  an  able  assistant. 
The  capital  amounts  to  two  millions  and  the  surplus  to  one 
million  with  an  undivided  profit  of  136,000  dollars.  The  follow- 
ing gentlemen  form  the  Board  of  Directors : C.  H.  Huttig,  Presi- 
dent; W.  B.  Wells,  Vice-President;  John  S.  Dunham,  Geo.  T. 
Cram,  J.  B.  M.  Kehlor,  G.  W.  Galbreath,  Jno.  N.  Drnmmond, 
H.  F.  Knight,  Edwin  S.  Orr,  Thos.  Wright  and  G.  W.  Brown. 


— 180  — 


TRUST  COMPANIES. 

Trust  companies  are  in  some  respects  similiar  to  banks,  and  in 
others  widely  different  from  them.  They  receive  deposits  and 
make  loans,  but  do  not  issue  currency  and  do  not  undertake  the 
general  collection  of  commercial  paper.  the  great  broadness 
of  their  charters  they  accept  and  execute  all  kinds  of  trusts,  act 
as  registrars  and  agents  for  the  transfer  of  stocks  and  bonds ; 
they  are  also  authorized  to  execute  wills,  administer  estates,  be- 
come guardian,  curator,  assignee,  receiver  and  depository  of 
money  for  courts  in  complicated  litigation.  They  do  a general 
financial  business  for  corporations  and  others;  make  investments, 
collect  interest  and  transact  many  other  financial  affairs,  not  the 
least  important  of  which  is  their  serving  as  savings  bank.  But 
one  of  their  chief  functions  consists  in  their  acting  in  the  capacity 
of  a trustee  for  living  or  deceased  persons ; when  by  reason  of 
increasing  cares,  advancing  age,  or  approaching  death,  men  or 
women  find  it  no  longer  possible  to  manage  their  property  and 
guard  valuable  interests  or  to  protect  those  whom  they  must  leave 
behind  them  as  they  wish  to  do,  they  seek  for  another  who, 
representing  them  as  principal,  can  safely  be  entrusted  with  prop- 
erty, and  who  will  honorably,  carefully  and  exactly  carry  out 
their  wishes  in  regard  to  their  dear  ones.  Here  it  is  where  the 
trust  company  steps  in  with  its  many  safeguards,  its  faithfulness 
and  fidelity  its  guarantee  for  the  utmost  protection  of  those  whose 
interests  are  placed  in  their  hands.  All  their  transactions  are 
surrounded  by  specific  State  laws  which  make  it  the  duty  of  the 
State  authorities  to  exercise  a controlling  supervision  over  their 
management. 


COMMONWEALTH  TRUST  CO. 

Bell  Main  230.  Kinloch  A623,  624. 

The  Commonwealth  Trust  Company,  one  of  the  younger  finan- 
cial institutions  of  our  city,  began  its  career  under  the  most 
favorable  auspices  and  its  remarkable  success  within  a compara- 
tively short  time  has  by  far  surpassed  even  the  most  sanguine 


— 181  — 


expectations  of  its  founders.  The  company  commenced  opera- 
tions on  May  the  20th,  1901,  with  a capital  of  one  million  and  a 
surplus  of  another  million  dollars,  but  the  phenomenal  results  of 
the  first  few  months  led  to  the  increase  of  its  means  to  five  and  a 
half  millions  in  accordance  with  a decision  of  the  shareholders, 
given  in  a meeting  held  October  31,  1901.  Such  ample  resources 
form  in  themselves  an  undisputable  guaranty  for  depositors, 
owners  of  shares  and  all  who  intrust  their  business  to  the  care  of 
this  institution.  But  still  another  safeguard  for  their  interests  is 
found  in  the  character  and  standing  of  the  directors  and  officers, 
in  whose  hands  the  management  of  its  affairs  is  placed  ; they  are 
men  of  the  greatest  integrity,  experience  and  respectability,  the 
best  representatives  of  our  financial  and  commercial  community, 
fully  deserving  the  confidence  bestowed  upon  them  by  the  public. 
The  financial  department  of  the  company  embraces  a general 
banking  business,  the  loaning  of  money  on  real  estate  and 
approved  collateral,  the  buying  and  selling  of  exchange,  the 
issuing  of  drafts  and  letters  of  credit,  which  are  available  in  every 
part  of  the  world.  The  company  pays  two  per  cent  per  annum, 
on  daily  balances  of  running  accounts  and  three  per  cent  on  time 
deposits.  The  savings  department  receives  deposits  from  one 
dollar  upwards  and  pays  an  interest  of  three  per  cent  on  all 
savings  over  one  dollar.  The  trust  department  manages  estates, 
acts  as  administrator,  attends  to  all  probate  business,  furnishes 
bond  and  represents  .clients  in  court.  The  real  estate  branch 
constitutes  a special  feature  of  the  company  and  transacts  all 
business  pertaining  to  real  estate,  including  the  negotiating  of 
loans,  collecting  of  rents,  etc.  It  may  be  mentioned  in  this  con- 
nection, that  the  well-known  real  estate  firm  of  Chas.  H.  Turner 
& Co.,  has  been  merged  into  the  Commonwealth  Trust  Company 
and  that  the  two  members  of  the  firm,  Mr.  Chas.  H.  Turner  and 
Mr.  Lawrence  B.  Pierce,  give  their  particular  attention  to  this 
department.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  A.  D. 
Brown,  A.  A.  Busch,  Geo.  0.  Carpenter,  S.  M.  Dodd,  Samuel  C- 
Davis,  Edward  F.  Goltra,  James  Green,  Russell  Harding,  Jos.  M. 
Hayes,  Sam.  M.  Kennard,  W.  J.  Kinsella,  C.  G.  Knox,  Elias 
Michael,  Henry  Nicolaus,  Reid  Northrup,  Lawrence  B.  Pierce, 
Otto  F.  Stifel,  L.  B.  Tebbetts,  Chas.  H.  Turner,  C.  G.  Warner, 


— 182  — 


and  J.  M.  Woods.  Its  officers  areas  follows:  Clias.  H.  Turner, 
President;  L.  B.  Tebbetts,  First,  Geo.  O.  Carpenter,  Second,  and 
Lawrence  B.  Pierce,  Third  Vice-Presidents  ; J.  M.  Woods,  Secre- 
tary ; A.  G.  Douglass,  Assistant  Secretary  ; and  Br3'an  & Christie, 
Counsel.  The  building  of  the  National  Bank  of  Commerce,  north- 
east corner  Broadway  and  Olive  street,  has  been  purchased  by 
the  Commonwealth  Trust  Compau}'  and  will  .contain  its  office 
after  September,  1902,  until  which  time  the  present  location,  312 
North  Broad wajg  will  be  retained. 

LINCOLN  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  38,  531 , G84,  717,  842,  8G5  and  882. 

The  Lincoln  Trust  building,  finished  in  1898,  at  the  southwest 
corner  of  Seventh  and  Chestnut  streets,  derives  its  name  from 
the  Lincoln  Trust  Company,  which  was  chiefly  instrumental  in 
Hs  erection,  stands  in  the  center  of  the  real  estate  trade  district, 
furnishing  a most  desirable  location  for  the  Trust  Company, 
whose  offices  and  safe  deposit  vaults  take  up  the  larger  part  of  the 
ground  floor.  The  company  was  organized  in  April,  1894,  Mr. 
A.  A.  B.  Woerheide  being  the  principal  promoter  of  this  very 
successful  financial  enterprise.  The  incorporators  were  J.  B. 
Case,  J.  H.  A.  Meyer,  A.  A.  B.  Woerheide  and  E.  H.  Coffin. 
Its  first  office  was  at  number  618  Chestnut,  later  on  at  712,  the 
same  street,  where  it  remained  until  the  removal  to  the  present 
handsome  and  w'ell  ai)pointed  quarters.  The  original  capital 
of  500,000  dollars  was  raised  in  1899  to  a full  million  aside  from 
an  appropriate  reserve  fund.  The  company’s  business  comprises 
all  the  various  functions  to  which  trust  companies  are  authorized 
by  law ; it  receives  savings  deposits,  issues  certificates  for  money 
deposited  for  specified  periods,  also  receives  the  deposits  of 
special  funds  and  allows  interest  thereon.  It  acts  in  all  the 
capacities  of  trust  for  corporations  and  individuals  in  real  estate 
and  every  kind  of  financial  and  court  transactions  and 
has  a deposit  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars  with 
the  insurance  department  of  Missouri  as  a guarantee  for 
the  prompt  fulfillment  of  its  trust  obligations.  The  Safe 
Deposit  department  contains  in  its  extensive  vault  boxes  of 


— 183  — 


different  sizes  rented  out  to  private  parties  and  corporations  for 
the  safe-keeping  of  all  kinds  of  valuables.  The  following  gentle- 
men are  the  Directors  of  the  company  : L.  R.  Blackmer,  Chas.  R. 
Blake,  D.  S.  Brown,  E.  H.  Coffin,  H.  L.  Caulfield,  Wm.  R. 
Drummond,  Henry  Dunker,  Wm.  Duncan,  Geo.  F.  Durant,  Ben 
Eisemau,  C.  Marquard  Forster,  Julius  C.  Garrell,  Chas.  Hamilton, 
Geo.  W.  Lubke,  J.  H.  Aug.  Meyer,  John  C.  Roberts,  A.  A. 
Rule,  J.  Wagner,  W.  B.  Wells,  Thos.  Wright  and  A.  A.  B. 
Woerheide.  The  officers  are:  A.  A.  B.  Woerheide,  President ; 
Geo.  F.  Durant,  Vice-President,  Geo.  W.  Lubke,  Second,  and 
J.  H.  Aug.  Meyer,  Third  Vice-President;  Cbas.  Hamilton,  Sec- 
retary; Julius  C.  Garrell,  Treasurer;  Geo.  W.  Lubke,  Counsel, 
and  Henry  Sprague,  Trust  Officer.  The  Lincoln  Trust  Company 
enjoys  a well-earned  reputation  for  careful  management,  all  its 
transactions  are  conducted  in  accordance  with  the  strictest  in- 
tegrity and  watchfulness,  so  that  its  patrons  can  at  all  times  be 
convinced  that  their  interests  are  conscientiously  taken  care  of 
and  well-guarded. 


MERCANTILE  TRUST  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1536,  1583,  3031.  Kiuloch  A86,  89. 

The  Mercantile  Trust  Company  was  organized  by  Mr.  Festus 
J.  Wade,  and  incorporated  iu  November,  1899,  by  the  Directors 
named  hereafter  and  other  subscribers  to  its  stock,  viz. : Lorenzo 
E.  Anderson,  Geo.  W.  Brown,  James  AV.  Bell,  Paul  Brown, 
James  G.  Butler,  James  Campbell,  L.  D.  Dozier,  C.  F.  Gauss, 
Henr}^  Griesedieck,  Jr.,  C.  H.  McMillan,  Emerson  McMillin, 
Wm.  Matfit,  Peter  O’Neil,  Valle  Reyburn,  Jonathan  Rice,  Harry 
Scnlliu,  Corwin  H.  Spencer,  John  S.  Sullivan,  Festus  J.  Wade, 
D.  D.  Walker,  and  Geo.  AV.  AVilson.  A more  formidable  array 
of  capitalists  and  business  men  of  the  highest  standing  was  rarely 
ever  united  in  a similar  enterprise,  and  these  names  alone  speak 
better  than  anything  else  for  the  solidity  of  the  institution,  aside 
from  the  fact  that  its  officers  take  pride  in  carefully  guarding  the 
interests  of  its  shareholders  as  well  as  of  its  clients.  The  com- 
pany receives  deposits  on  time  and  on  call  aud  pays  interest 
on  both,  likewise  on  current  account  balances;  loans  money 


— 184 


on  collateral  and  real  estate,  and  executes  financial  trans- 
actions of  every  discription  ; it  furthermore  acts  as  exec- 
utor, administrator,  curator  and  guardian,  assignee  or  receiver 
under  appointment  of  court,  and  as  representative  for  indi- 
viduals in  any  of  the  aforesaid  capacities,  and  officiates 
also  as  trustee  under  mortgages,  deeds  of  trusts  and  similar  in- 
struments. The  real  estate  department,  which  constitutes  ^ 
special  and  very  important  feature  of  this  company,  is  the  suc- 
cessor of  the  Anderson- Wade  Realty  Company,  established  in 
1887  by  Lorenzo  E.  Anderson  and  Festus  J.  Wade,  which  firm 
succeeded  in  a very  short  time  to  stand  in  the  front  rank  of  the 
branch,  and  to  become  the  promoter  of  numerous  important  en- 
terprises, including  the  erection  of  some  of  our  largest  office 
buildings,  hotels  and  factories.  The  Mercantile  Trust  Company 
is  in  a position  to  handle  real  estate  with  the  greatest  advantage  to 
its  clients,  whose  affairs  are  conducted  with  the  utmost  care  and 
attention,  based  upon  many  years’  experience  and  knowledge. 
All  orders  for  the  sale  or  purchase  of  real  estate  property  in- 
trusted to  the  company  are  executed  in  the  most  conscientious 
way  and  all  other  business  referring  to  real  estate  receives  at  all 
times  the  promptest  attention,  for  instance,  the  renting  of  houses, 
collection  of  rents,  etc.  The  capital  stock  of  the  company 
amounts  to  81,500,000,  the  surplus,  and  undivided  profit  to  $2,- 
150,000.  The  officers  of  the  company  are  as  follows:  Festus 
J.  Wade,  President;  Corwin  H.  Spencer,  First  Vice-President; 
L.  E.  Anderson,  Second  Vice-President,  and  Jonathan  Rice, 
Third  Vice-President;  G.  W.  Wilson,  Treasurer ; Wm.  Maffitt, 
Assistant  Treasurer ; C.  H.  McMillan,  Secretary,  and  J.  B.  Mo- 
berly.  Assistant  Secretary.  The  Directors  are : Lorenzo  E.  Ander- 
son, James  W.  Bell,  Geo.  Warren  Brown,  Paul  Brown,  James  G. 
Butler,  James  Campbell,  Gustav  Cramer,  L.  Dozier,  C.  F.  Gaus, 
Henry  Griesedieck,  Jr.,  C.  H.  McMillan,  Emerson  McMilliu,  Wm. 
Maffitt,  Geo.  D.  Markham,  Dan  C.  Nugent,  Valle  Reyburn,  Jona- 
than Rice,  Harry  Scullin,  Corwin  H.  Spencer,  Dr.  Joseph  Spiegel- 
halter,  John  S.  Sullivan,  Festus  J.  Wade,  D.  D.  Walker  and  Geo. 
W.  Wilson.  The  eompany  will  soon  vacate  its  office  in  the  Co- 
lumbia Building  and  remove  to  the  building  bearing  its  name 
recently  erected  for  its  use  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Eighth 


— 185  — 


and  Locust  streets ; the  Safe  Deposit  departnaent  will  constitute 
an  important  part  of  the  company’s  business  and  will  be  provided 
with  fire  and  burglar  proof  steel  vaults  of  immense  size,  aside 
from  the  fact  that  the  entire  structure  is  built  of  stone  and  iron. 

MISSISSIPPI  VALLEY  TRUST  CO. 

Bell  Main  48,  2023.  Kinloch  B93,  94,  95. 

The  rather  unique,  but  attractive  and  very  massive  building  on 
the  northwest  corner  of  Fourth  and  Pine  street,  one  story  in 
height  with  a ceiling  of  unusual  dimensions,  is  the  home  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  Trust  Company,  a financial  institution  just  as 
solid  as  the  walls  of  its  substantial  building.  The  organization 
of  the  company  took  place  in  October,  1890,  and  during  the  first 
seven  years  its  office  was  located  on  Fourth  between  Olive  and 
Locust  street  until  the  completion  of  its  present  very  spacious 
abode.  It  was  incorporated  with  an  authorized  capital  of  one 
and  a half  million  dollars  of  which  fifty  per  cent  was  paid  up  in 
cash  ; in  1893  it  was  increased  to  three  millions  and  eleven  thou- 
sand shares  of  stock  were  sold  at  eight3'-five  dollars  per  share, 
for  half  paid  stock,  leaving  four  thousand  shares  in  the  treasury, 
which  in  course  of  time  were  sold  at  one  hundred  dollars  per 
share.  The  surplus  fund  amounts  at  present  to  3,500,000  and 
the  undivided  profits  to  more  than  800,000  dollars.  The  history 
of  the  company  is  one  of  continued,  we  may  say,  phenomenal 
success,  the  result  of  a very  conservative  but  at  the  same  time 
progressive  management,  which  leaves  nothing  undone  to  guard 
the  interests  of  those  who  entrust  their  business  to  its  care,  as 
•well  as  those  of  its  shareholders.  The  business  of  the  company 
is  divided  in  four  principal  branches : its  Trust  Department 
is  the  most  important  and  comprises  trust  business  of  every 
character ; it  acts  in  all  fiduciary  relations  without  bond,  having 
a permanent  deposit  of  200,000  dollars  in  approved  securities  with 
the  State  Superintendent  of  Insurance  as  a security  for  its 
trust  liabilities ; it  has  in  connection  with  this  branch  a protec- 
tion against  eventual  losses  in  bond  giving  by  way  of  a reinsur- 
ance, for  which  purpose  an  accumulating  fund  has  been 
inaugurated.  The  Deposit  Department  is  constantly  gro-^vung 


— 186  — 


and  its  books  contain  the  names  of  over  12,000  depositors, 
among  whom  are  some  of  our  largest  corporations ; it  receives 
deposits  in  the  nature  of  a savings  bank  or  subject  to  check 
with  or  without  specified  time,  paying  interest  on  both,  which 
money  is  lent  out  on  gilt- edge  collateral  only.  The  third 
department  serves  for  the  safe-keeping  of  valuables  in  the 
vaults  of  the  company,  which  contains  about  5,000  boxes,  rented 
at  various  rates  according  to  size.  The  fourth  is  the  Real  Estate 
branch,  devoted  to  real  estate  business  of  every  nature.  The 
officers  of  the  institution  are:  Julius  S.  Walsh,  President;  Breck- 
enridge  Jones,  First  Vice-President  and  Counsel ; Samuel  E. 
Hoffman,  Second  Vice-President;  James  E.  Brock,  Assistant  and 
Acting  Secretar}' ; Hugh  R.  Lyle,  Second ; and  Henry  C.  Ib- 
botson.  Third  Assistant  Secretary  ; Frank  P.  Hays,  Bond  Officer; 
Fredrick  Vierling,  Trust  Officer;  Henry  Semple  Ames  and  Win. 
G.  Lacke}^  Assistant  Trust  Officers ; Eugene  H.  Benoist, 
Real  Estate ; and  Wilbur  B.  Price,  Safe  Deposit  Officers.  The 
following  well-known  business  men  and  capitalists  form  the 
Board  of  Directors:  Elmer  B.  Adams,  Williamson  Bacon,  Chas. 
Clark,  Harrison  I.  Drummond,  August  B.  Ewing,  David  R. 
Francis,  August  Gehner,  Geo.  H.  Goddard,  S.  E.  Hoffman, 
Chas.  H.  Huttig,  Breckenridge  Jones,  Wm.  F.  Nolker,  Wm.  D. 
Orthwein,  H.  Clay  Pierce,  Joseph  Ramsey,  Jr.,  Moses  Rumsey, 
J.  C.  Van  Biarcom,  Julius  S.  Walsh  and  Rolla  Wells. 

ST.  LOUIS  UNION  TRUST  CO. 

Bell  Main  281.  Park  18G,  188.  Kinloch  A1720. 

The  consolidation  of  the  St.  Louis  and  the  Union  Trust  Com- 
panies, effected  in  April,  1902,  united  the  two  oldest  trust  com- 
panies of  this  city  into  the  most  formidable  institution  of  its 
kind.  The  St.  Louis  Trust  Company  had  been  formed  in  1889, 
the  Union  Trust  Company  in  1890,  and  the  property  of  both  cor- 
porations grew  from  y'ear  to  year.  The  St.  Louis  had  its  first 
office  in  the  Equitable  Building  and  afterwards  on  the  northwest 
corner  Fourth  and  Locust  streets,  where  the  company  in  1900 
erected  its  own  building,  a massive  structure,  planned  and 
arranged  for  its  specific  purposes.  The  Union  Trust  Company 


187  — 


was  lor  a while  located  in  the  Emilie  Building,  Tenth  and  Olive, 
until  the  Union  Trust  Building  on  Seventh  and  Olive  streets  was 
finished.  The  building  on  Fourth  and  Locust  streets  forms  the 
home  of  the  new  corporation.  The  capital,  surplus  and  undi- 
vided profits  of  the  St.  Louis  Union  Trust  Company  amount 
to  nine  million  dollars.  The  company’s  transactions  include  all 
branches  of  business  to  which  trust  companies  are  authorized 
by  law ; it  receives  money  on  deposit,  at  interest  or  for  invest- 
ment purposes,  paying  interest  on  it  until  invested;  it 
manages  all  kinds  of  trusts  for  corporations  and  individuals, 
takes  care  of  estates,  acts  in  the  capacity  of  administrator, 
curator,  guardian  for  minors  or  persons  incapable  to  attend  to 
their  affairs,  of  receiver  or  assignee,  gives  court  and  other 
bonds,  loans  money  on  unexceptional  securities,  buys  and  sells 
real  estate ; it  also  executes  trusts  for  married  women,  in  re- 
spect to  their  separate  propert}^,  whether  real  or  personal,  and 
acts  as  agent  for  them  in  the  management  of  such  propert}'.  The 
building  contains  a Safe  Deposit  department  with  large  fire  aud 
burglar  proof  vaults,  equipped  with  steel  boxes  which  are  rented 
to  corporations,  business  firms  and  private  parties  who  wish  to 
avail  themselves  of  the  securitj^  guaranteed  in  this  way  by  placing 
their  valuables  in  the  care  of  the  companj’.  The  officers  of  the 
Institution  are  as  follows:  Thos.  H.  West,  President;  Roberts. 
Brookings,  Henry  C.  Haarstick,  John  D.  Filley,  John  F.  Shepley 
and  N.  A.  McMillan,  Vice-Presidents;  A.  C.  Stewart,  Counsel; 
Isaac  H.  Orr,  Trust  Officer;  A.  H.  Stille,  Assistant  Trust  Officer  ; 
Allen  T.  West,  Treasurer,  and  Geo.  A.  H.  Mills,  Secretary.  The 
Board  of  Directors,  to  which  the  Vice-Presidents  do  not  belong, 
consist  of  W.  K.  Bixby,  John  L.  Bolland,  Adolphus  Busch, 
Daniel  Gatlin,  John  T.  Davis,  Howmrd  Elliot,  S.  W.  Fordyce, 
John  Fowler,  B.  B.  Graham,  Wm.  E.  Guy,  D.  M.  Houser,  Robert 
McK.  Jones,  Edward  Mallinckrodt,  I.  W.  Morton,  T.  H.  Mc- 
Kittrick,  Chas.  D.  McLure,  L.  M.  Rumse}',  .John  A.  Scudder, 
John  Scullin,  E.  C.  Simmons,  E.  O.  Stanard,  Wm.  Taussig, 
Thos.  H.  West,  Edw'ards  Whitaker  and  B.  F.  Yoakum.  The 
Trust  Committee,  in  whose  hands  lies  the  control  and  supervision 
of  the  most  important  branch  of  the  Company’s  transactions,  is 
composed  of  Messrs.  R.  S.  Brookings,  Henry  C.  Haarstick,  Jno. 


— 188  - 


R.  Shepley,  G.  A.  Finkelnburg,  Dan’l  Catlin,  Isaac  W.  Morton 
and  John  T.  Davis.  These  officers  and  directors  are  men  of  the 
highest  integrity  and  great  financial  ability,  forming  a galaxy  of 
names  of  ■which  any  such  institution  may  well  be  proud. 

THE  ST.  LOUIS  CLEARING  HOUSE. 

Bell  Main  1717. 

The  St.  Louis  Clearing  House  was  organized  in  1868  after  the 
pattern  of  similar  institutions  in  New  York,  Boston  and  Philadel- 
phia. It  is  an  association  formed  by  a number  of  banks  for  the 
purpose  to  facilitate  the  collection  of  checks  and  drafts  through  a 
system  by  which  a great  deal  of  time  and  expense  is  saved,  work 
spared  and  safety  secured.  Before  the  existence  of  the  clearing 
house  every  bank  had  to  send  its  collectors  day  after  day  to  all 
the  banks  on  which  it  held  checks  or  drafts.  The  Clearing  House 
does  away  with  this  necessity,  acts  as  a mutual  accountant  for  its 
members  and  as  a collector  between  them.  The  first  manager  was 
James  W.  Howenstein,  he  was  followed  in  1871  b}’  Edward  Chase, 
who  remained  in  this  position  until  his  death  in  1897,  whereupon 
Thomas  A.  Stoddard,  for  many  years  Cashier  of  the  Third  Na- 
tional Bank,  became  his  successor.  The  Clearing  House  occu- 
pies a part  of  the  upper  floor  in  the  Merchants  Exchange  Building. 


FIRE  mSURA^sTCE  COMPAJ^IES  AKD 
AGEJS'CIES. 

The  business  of  fire  and  marine  insurance  was  inaugurated  in 
St.  Louis  as  early  as  1824,  in  which  year  three  or  four  citizens 
accepted  the  agency  for  some  of  the  oldest  insurance  companies 
of  New  York  and  Hartford.  The  first  local  company,  the 
Missouri  Insurance  Co.,  was  organized  in  1831  by  a number  of 
the  most  prominent  men  of  the  city,  among  them  Judge  Collier, 
who  served  as  its  President  as  long  as  the  company  existed. 
The  growth  of  the  city’s  commerce  and  the  extension  of  river 
trade  made  the  insurance  business  more  and  more  profitable,  and 
the  legislature  of  1836  granted  charters  to  five  St.  Louis  insur- 


— 189 


ance  companies.  In  the  meantime  many  Eastern  stock  companies 
had  agencies  established  in  this  city,  and  when  the  great  fire  of 
1849  destroyed  the  larger  part  of  the  business  district  of  St. 
Louis  these  and  the  local  companies  sustained  so  heavy  losses 
that  some  of  them  were  forced  to  liquidate  and  others  became 
considerably  crippled.  All  the  local  companies  then  in  existence 
were,  however,  soon  placed  in  a condition  to  resume  business, 
and  so  well  were  they  patronized  that  during  the  fifties  and 
sixties  an  additional  number  of  companies  were  established,  most 
of  them  on  the  mutual  plan,  but  at  the  same  time  issu- 
ing policies  for  cash  premiums.  With  the  continued  exten- 
sion of  trade  and  the  constant  addition  of  manufactur- 
ing establishments,  of  stores,  warehouses  and  dwellings, 
grew  the  number  of  home  insurance  companies  and  repre- 
sentatives of  more  local  companies.  The  insurance  against  the 
losses  by  fire  has  become  a necessity ; it  forms  an  indispensable 
protection  for  individuals,  firms,  corporations,  and  whole  com- 
munities, and  a solid  insurance  company  wisely  and  honestly 
managed,  may  truly  be  considered  one  of  the  most  useful  and 
beneficent  institutions  of  modern  life.  We  speak  in  the  follow- 
ing pages  of  some  such  companies,  and  of  the  men  who  devote 
themselves  to  this  important  business  branch. 

AMERICAN  GUARANTY  FUND  MUTUAL  FIRE 
INSURANCE  CO.  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Telephone  Main  655M. 

This  insurance  company  is  a local  institution  and  was  organ- 
ized in  1892  by  Messrs.  J.  E.  and  G.  L.  Werth,  who  number  among 
the  oldest  insurance  agents  of  our  city,  the  firm  of  J.  E.  Werth 
& Brother  having  been  established  as  early  as  1866,  since 
which  time  they  have  devoted  themselves  to  this  important  branch 
of  business  with  uninterrupted  success.  The  American  Guaranty 
Fund  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company  had  its  office  first  at 
number  18  North  Third  street,  but  occupies  now  very  large 
and  handsome  rooms  on  the  first  floor  of  the  Merchants  Exchange 
Building,  315  Chestnut  street.  Incorporators  of  the  company 
were  the  following  well-known  business  men  and  capital- 


— 190  — 


ists:  H.  F.  Langenberg,  H.  C.  Huiskamp,  Paulas  Gast, 
L.  W.  Manning,  J.  H.  Cockrell,  J.  E.  Werth,  H.  J.  Huiskamp, 
J.  B.  Farmer,  Ernst  Marshall,  J.  E.  Huiskamp,  J.  M.  Berry, 
N.  D.  Allen,  G.  L.  Werth,  J.  A.  Marshall,  and  C.  R.  Stinde. 
It  comprises  insurance  against  losses  by  fire,  lightning,  and 
tornado,  and  operates  exclusively  in  the  State  of  Missouri.  It 
has  the  largest  ratio  of  assets  against  liabilities  of  any  fire 
insurance  company  and  is,  aside  from  this,  the  only  one  who 
has  deposited  the  sum  of  fifty  thousand  dollars  with  the 
State  Insurance  Department  as  a guarantee  for  the  prompt 
payment  of  losses,  as  shown  by  the  following  certificate : “I, 
Ed.  T.  Orear,  Superintendent  of  the  Insurance  Depart- 
ment of  the  State  of  Missouri,  hereby  certify  that  the 
American  Guaranty  Fund  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company 
of  St.  Louis,  Missouri,  has  transferred  to  and  deposited  with 
me  the  sum  of  fifty  thousand  dollars,  consisting  of  the  securi- 
ties required  by  the  Revised  Statutes  of  Missouri  of  1889,  as 
its  guarantee  fund,  to  be  held  by  me  as  security  for  the  pay- 
ment of  all  losses  and  other  policy  liabilities  of  said  company. 
In  witness  whereof,  etc.,  at  the  City  of  Jefferson  this  23i’d  day 
of  September,  1897.  Ed.  T.  Orear,  Superintendent.”  The 
Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  H.  C.  Huiskamp,  J.  M. 
Berry,  Paulus  Gast,  J.  H.  Cockrell,  H.  J.  Huiskamp,  E.  Mar- 
shall, G.  E.  Werth.  Thomas  Dunn,  L.  W.  Manning,  G.  A.  Mar- 
shall and  G.  L.  Werth.  J.  E.  Werth  is  the  President,  J.  M.  Berry 
is  the  Vice-President;  andG.  L.  Werth,  Secretary  of  the  company, 
and  they  are  always  ready  to  give  the  desired  information  and 
advice  on  all  matters  pertaining  to  fire,  lightning,  and  cyclone 
insurance. 

FRANKLIN  MUTUAL  INSURANCE  CO.  OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

This  company  was  organized  and  incorporated  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri  on  the  15th  of  May,  1855,  by 
Adolph  Abeles,  William  D’Oench,  Charles  F.  Meyer,  Charles 
A.  Cuno,  I.  C.  H.  D.  Block,  A.  C.  Cordes,  F.  Wilmot,  Henry 
I.  Spaunhorst  and  Henry  Meier,  of  which  only  the  last  named 
is  surviving  and  still  connected  with  the  institution  as  a director 


— 191  — 


and  officer.  These  nine  gentlemen  constituted  the  Board  of 
Directors.  The  late  Louis  Duestrow  was  for  many  years  Sec- 
retary of  the  company  and  upon  his  resignation  his  assistant,  Emil 
Heintz,  became  his  successor.  The  present  Board  of  Directors 
consists  of  Adolph  Boettler,  F.  W.  Clemens,  Edward  Cornett, 
Henry  Kaiser,  E.  A.  Lindemann,  Henry  Meier,  Jr.,  John  C.  Nul- 
sen,  Henry  J.  Spaunhorst,  and  John  B.Woestmann.  The  latter  is  the 
President;  Henry  J.  Spaunhorst,  Vice-President;  Emil  Heintz, 
Secretary,  and  Hugo  Haerting,  Assistant  Secretary.  The  com- 
pany issues  fire  insurance  policies  on  the  mutual  as  well  as  on  the 
non-mutual  plan,  and  adheres  to  very  conservative  principles. 
Being  a local  institution,  those  who  wish  to  insure,  or  are  insured 
in  the  Franklin,  can  always  communicate  with  the  officers  and 
Directors  whenever  they  wish  to  do  so,  especially  when  a misun- 
derstanding or  a difference  of  opinion  may  occur,  or  in  the  set- 
tlement of  claims,  should  the  adjustment  by  the  agent  or  repre- 
sentative of  the  company  appear  unsatisfactory.  This  is  one  of 
the  advantages  of  a local  company  in  comparison  with  those  who 
have  their  seat  not  in  the  cit3^  so  that  all  business  is  transacted 
by  agents,  whose  authority  is  naturally  more  or  less  limited,  ne- 
cessitating in  many  cases  a protracted  correspondence  and 
delay.  The  Directors,  all  old  St.  Louis  residents,  are  per- 
sonally known  to  most  of  the  policy  holders,  if  not  intimately 
acquainted  with  them,  can  easily’  be  approached,  and  are  cheer- 
fully willing  to  preserve  the  most  friendly  relations  between  the 
company  and  the  insured  parties.  Being  a mutual  company,  all 
profits  go,  of  course,  to  all  the  members  alike,  there  are  no  stock- 
holders to  claim  dividends,  and  the  interest  from  the  company’s  in- 
vestments is  used  for  the  payments  of  losses  and  business  expenses, 
when,  on  the  contrary  in  stock  companies  the  premium  money,  ])aid 
by  the  policy  holders,  must  cover  all  losses  and  expenses  and 
the  dividends  which  the  shareholders  expect.  The  company 
has  at  present  over  2,000  members  and  their  number  is  still 
increasing.  The  office  is  since  many  years  over  the  Franklin 
Bank,  corner  Fourth  and  Morgan  streets,  but  was  in  former 
times  on  Main  street  in  the  old  Merchants  Exchange  Building. 


— 192  — 


GERMAN  MUTUAL  FIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  OF 

ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  T.  Main  1302m.  Kinloch  A219. 

This  company  was  organized  and  chartered  October  8,  1868, 
for  a term  of  twenty  years,  and  a new  charter  was  granted 
in  1888,  for  a period  of  ninety-nine  5'ears.  The  original  incor- 
porators were ; August  Krieckhaus,  Fredrick  Hill,  John 
Kupferle,  J.  D.  Hiemenz,  John  H.  Ameluug,  P.  J.  Peters, 
Peter  Weiss,  Theodore  Bloess,  H.  F.  Vahlkamp,  C.  A.  Stifel, 
Jos.  Lindenschmidt,  and  Bernhard  Lager.  The  reorganization 
and  renewal  of  charter  took  place  with  the  following 
incorporators:  August  Gehner,  Frank  J.  Karlskind,  John 

C.  Lullman,  Ernst  Link,  Albert  H.  Meyer,  Henry  Mehl- 
ing,  W.  F.  Nolker,  John  A.  Nies,  August  Beimler,  Leo 
Rassieur,  A.  W.  Straub,  John  M.  Sellers,  Jacob  Gruen,  Chas. 
F.  Walther,  W.  K.  Walther  and  Claus  Vieths.  The  office  was 
first  located  over  the  International  Bank,  southeast  corner 
Broadway  and  Market,  then  for  a number  of  years  in  the  Temple 
Building  and  is  now  at  616  Chestnut  street,  right  between  the 
principal  real  estate  firms  and  the  neighborhood  of  some  of  the 
largest  office  buildings.  The  German  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 
Company,  like  the  other  home  companies,  does  exclusively  a local 
business  and  is  favorably  known  for  its  reliability,  fair  rates  and 
promptness  in  the  settlement  of  eventual  losses ; the  holders  of 
its  policies  have  always  been  much  pleased  with  the  cautious 
management  of  the  company  on  the  part  of  its  officers  and  direct- 
ors, who  have  at  all  times  exercised  great  care  in  the  taking  of 
risks,  thus  guarding  the  interests  of  the  insured  as  well  as  those 
of  the  corporation.  The  company  has  six  agents  attending  to 
the  outside  business.  Mr.  W.  K.  Walther,  for  many  years  the 
faithful  Secretary  of  the  company,  died  in  1902,  whereupon  Mr. 
Chas.  L.  Weber,  his  assistant  and  for  years  connected  with  the 
corporation,  was  deservedly  promoted  to  the  successorship.  The 
present  officers  are:  Chas.  F.  Vogel,  President;  Jacob  Gruen, 
Vice-President,  and  Chas.  L.  Weber,  Secretary.  The  directors 
are:  Gustav  Bischoff,  August  Gehner,  Jacob  Gruen,  L.  F. 


— 193  — 


Hammer,  A.  C.  L.  Haase,  F.  J.  Karlskind,  John  A.  Nies,  W. 
F.  Nolker,  Leo  Rassieur,  Otto  Schmidt,  John  M.  Sellers,  and 
Chas.  F.  Vogel.  The  first  President  was  Dr.  Frederick  Hill, 
who  for  many  years  represented  the  old  Thirteenth  Ward  (Caron- 
delet)  in  the  city  council ; he  was  followed  by  Chas.  F.  Walther, 
during  a long  time  a justice  of  the  peace  and  in  partnership  with 
M.  Jacoby  in  the  real  estate  business ; he  was  succeeded  by  Mr. 
Fred.  F.  Espenscbied,  the  former  city  treasurer  and  member  of 
the  State  Senate,  who  resigned  the  position  in  1901,  his  other  inter- 
ests demanding  all  his  time,  whereupon  Mr.  Chas.  F.  Vogel  was 
elected  in  his  place.  The  company  is  now  one-third  of  a century 
in  operation  and  enjoys  a constantly  growing  patronage. 

GERMANIA  FIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  OF  NEW 

YORK. 

Bell  Main  2658.  Kinloch  A290. 

The  Germania  Fire  Insurance  Company  of  New  York  was 
organized  in  1859,  and  is,  therefore,  not  only  one  of  the  oldest 
but  also  one  of  the  most  reliable  insurance  companies  of  the 
country.  Its  founder,  the  late  Mr.  Rabert  Garrigues,  a man  of 
the  greatest  experience  in  the  insurance  branch,  was  its  first 
President,  and  some  of  the  most  prominent  business  men  and 
capitalists  of  New  York  City  have  always  constituted  the  Board  of 
Directors.  The  present  officers  are  as  follows  : Hugo  Schumann, 
President ; Fr.  von  Bernuth  and  Geo.  B.  Edwards,  Vice-Presi- 
dents ; Chas.  Ruykhaver,  Secretarjg  and  Gustav  Kehr,  Assistant 
Secretary.  The  institution  stands  in  the  front  rank,  and  is  con- 
sidered one  of  the  safest  among  the  best  Eastern  insurance  com- 
panies, and  is  known  for  the  promptness  with  which  all  claims 
are  adjusted.  This  reputation  had  been  gained  from  the 
beginning  of  its  operations,  and  has  been  invariably  kept  up  to 
the  present  day.  The  following  figures  are  taken  from  the 
official  statement  presented  to  the  Insurance  Commissioner  of  the 
State  of  New  York  on  January  1st,  1900:  Cash  capital,  $1,000,- 
000  00;  reserve  for  unearned  premiums,  $1,588,646.34;  reserve 
for  losses  under  adjustment,  $91,812.36;  reserve  for  all  other 
claims,  $35,008.46;  net  surplus,  $2,101,402.85.  Total  assets, 
$4,816,870.01. 

13k 


194  — 


These  figures  are  surely  the  best  evidence  of  the  solidity  of  the 
company,  whose  affairs  have  always  been  conducted  on  conserva- 
tive but  at  the  same  time  lilteral  principles.  The  St.  Louis  office 
of  the  company  stands  under  the  management  of  Mr.  Paul  Thee- 
garten  and  a better  selection  for  this  responsible  position  could 
not  have  been  made  ; he  hails  from  the  East  but  has  for  the  last 
twenty  years  lived  in  the  Western  States,  representing  the  com- 
pany in  St.  Paul  and  Minneappolis  until  his  arrival  in  St.  Louis 
about  six  years  ago.  In  this  comparatively  short  period  he  has 
succeeded  in  greatly  extending  the  company’s  business  among 
merchants,  manufacturers,  and  in  the  residence  part  of  the  city, 
and  has  won  for  himself  a host  of  friends  in  business  and  social 
circles  by  strictness  in  all  his  transactions,  and  his  affable  man- 
ners which  make  him  a great  favorite  with  all  who  know  him. 
Being  a man  of  great  activity,  Mr.  Theegarten  takes  a lively  in- 
terest in  everything  tending  to  the  welfare  of  our  city  ; he  belongs 
to  various  organizations  and  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  mem- 
bers of  the  St  Louis  Liederkranz.  The  office  of  the  company 
has  recently  been  removed  to  the  Liggett  Building,  717  and  719 
Chestnut  street  where  three  well-appointed  rooms,  numbers  16, 
17  and  18,  furnish  ample  accommodations  for  the  transaction  of 
business. 

JEFFERSON  MUTUAL  FIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  OF 

ST.  LOUIS. 

Kinloch  D1556. 

This  company  received  its  charter  on  the  first  of  May,  1861, 
and  its  incorporators  were  Louis  Bach,  F.  W.  Biebinger,  Herman 
Eisenhardt,  Adam  Conrad,  ,T.  O.  Kalb,  E.  H.  Kortkamp,  John 
G.  Kaiser,  Louis  Schneider,  Edward  Schulz,  Caspar  Stolle,  Julius^ 
Thamer,  Rudolph  Wessling  and  C.  R.  Fritch  ; they  constituted  the 
first  Board  of  Directors  and  selected  the  following  officers: 
Louis  Bach,  President;  C.  R.  Fritch,  Secretary,  and  F.  W, 
Biebinger,  Treasurer.  The  outbreak  of  the  Civil  War  proved 
very  detrimental  to  the  young  institution ; aside  from  the  fact 
that  its  Secretary  enlisted  in  the  three  months’  service  and  had  to 
be  most  of  the  time  with  his  regiment  in  the  Arsenal,  all  business^ 


— 195  — 


was  more  or  less  prostrated  and  the  directors  had  to  decide  if 
they  should  suspend  operations  for  the  time  being.  They  con- 
cluded to  continue  even  under  the  adverse  circumstances  and  had 
the  satisfaction  that  the  following  year  showed  a marked  improve- 
ment, and  from  that  time  on  came  a constant  extension  of  its 
business.  The  first  office  of  the  company  was  located  at  No. 
212  North  Fourth  street,  afterwards  on  Third  between  Pine  and 
Olive,  and  then  for  a long  time  in  the  Masonic  Temple,  corner  of 
Eleventh  and  Market  streets,  until  the  removal  to  the  Merchants 
Exchange  Building,  first  fioor.  Chestnut  street  entrance.  The 
Jefferson  is  a Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company,  but  issues  also 
policies  on  the  non-mutual  plan;  it  is  the  only  mutual  com- 
pany which  has  not  assessed  its  policy  holders  during  the  last 
twenty  years,  so  that  they  have  paid  only  the  first  ten  per 
cent  on  their  premium  notes  and  nothing  more.  Its  policies  in 
force  at  the  end  of  1900  amounted  to  seven  and  a half  million 
in  the  mutual  department  and  over  four  million  dollars  on  the 
cash  premium  plan.  Its  management  has  always  been  very 
conservative,  its  rate  liberal  and  adjustment  prompt  and 
equitable.  The  present  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs. 
Chas.  A.  Teichmann,  C.  A.  Stifel,  F.  W.  Biebinger,  Wm. 
Reipshlaeger,  August  Klasing,  Wm.  Heinrichsofen,  Henry 
Droste,  Henry  Griesedieck,  Ernst  Hartmann,  Fredrick  Goebel, 
Fred  E.  Zelle,  Christopher  Hilke  and  H.  H.  Biermann.  The 
officers  are:  Chas.  H.  Teichmann,  President;  C.  A.  Stifel, 
Vice-President;  H.  H.  Biermann,  Secretary  and  Treasurer; 
with  Louis  W.  Schoenebeck  as  his  Assistant  and  Wm.  Sievers, 
Inspector  and  Surveyor.  Mr.  Biermann  entered  the  service  of 
the  company  from  its  inception  and  has  therefore  been  con- 
nected with  it  since  forty  years ; he  became  the  successor  of 
Mr.  Fritch,  who  died  in  1895,  and  is  like  his  predecessor  a very 
efficient  and  competent  officer.  The  directors  are  well  known 
and  prominent  old  citizens  of  St.  Louis. 


— 196 


WASHINGTON  MUTUAL  FIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY 
OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  274G.  Kinloch  B838. 

The  Washington  Mutual  Fire  Insurance  Company  of  St.  Louis 
received  its  first  charter  in  1857,  for  a period  of  thirty  years, 
which  expired  in  1887,  in  which  year  a new  charter  for  fifty 
years  was  granted  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  The 
original  incorporators  and  founders  of  the  company  were: 
Casper  F.  Becker,  Julius  Kurlbaum,  Wm.  Siever,  John  H. 
Marquard,  Louis  Roever,  Herman  H.  Meier,  Wm.  Seifried, 
Peter  Weber,  Ernest  Minche,  Chas.  Altinger,  Chas.  W. 
Gottschalk,  John  H.  Burckhardt,  Edward  Eggers,  and  F. 
Roever.  They  formed  the  first  Board  of  Directors  and  began 
operations  on  the  basis  of  a conservative  policy  which  has  been 
strictly  adhered  to  by  all  their  successors  up  to  the  present  day, 
a policy  which  was  justly  rewarded  by  excellent  results  in  favor 
of  the  insured  and  an  enviable  reputation  for  the  management 
of  the  company.  The  reorganization  in  1887  was  followed  by 
a still  greater  extension  of  business  on  the  mutual  as  well  as  on 
the  cash  premium  plan,  the  company  issuing  policies  either  way. 
The  present  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  Peter 
Gundlach,  Jacob  Kaiser,  Wm.  Koenig,  Aug.  Krieckhaus,  Aug. 
Kurtzeborn,  Otto  Schmitz,  Geo.  A.  Wippern,  Herman 
Stoffregen,  and  Wm.  C.  Uhri.  Its  officers  are:  Aug.  Krieckhaus, 
President;  Peter  Gundlach,  Vice-President ; andEfwin  J.  Meyer, 
Secretary.  The  character  of  these  gentlemen  and  their  standing 
in  the  communit}^  are  in  itself  the  best  guarantee  for  the  honest 
and  faithful  performance  of  their  duties  towards  those  who 
intrust  their  insurance  to  their  care.  The  offices  of  the  company 
were  first  at  112  Market  street,  then  for  many  years  on  the 
northeast  corner  of  Market  and  Second,  and  are  now  in  the 
Commonwealth  Building  on  Broadway  and  Olive  street. 


— 197  — 


H.  M.  BLOSSOM  & CO. 

Bell  Main  1702.  Kinloch  B.  1775. 

Mr.  H.  M.  Blossom  may  truly  be  called  the  veteran  of  Western 
insurance  men,  as  his  operations  in  this  branch  cover  a period  of 
more  than  forty  years.  He  entered  the  field  as  early  as  1861,  in 
which  year  he  became  the  secretary  of  the  Globe  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Company  of  St.  Louis,  which  position  he  held  during 
ten  years,  whereupon  he  established  an  agency  under  his  own 
name  and  as  representative  of  some  of  the  best  inland  and  foreign 
insurance  companies.  His  activity  and  energy,  combined  with 
the  highest  integrity  and  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  matters 
pertaining  to  insurance,  brought  in  a comparatively  short  time 
an  unparalleled  result;  his  fairness  in  all  his  transactions  soon 
won  for  him  a large  number  of  clients,  who  were  fully  convinced 
that  their  interests  were  conscientiously  guarded  by  him.  His 
business  became  more  extensive  from  year  to  year ; new  patrons 
were  constantly  added  to  the  old  ones  and  the  books  of  the  firm 
Show  to  day  very  likely  the  greatest  number  of  policies  issued 
by  any  of  our  agencies.  Mr.  H.  A.  Blossom,  a nephew  of  the 
founder  of  the  firm,  became  his  uncle’s  partner  at  an  early 
date  and  participated  in  the  management  of  affairs.  Among 
the  companies  represented  by  the  Blossom  Agency  are  the  fol- 
lowing of  London  (England):  North  British,  Mercantile,  Com- 
mercial Union  Assurance  Company,  and  the  Union  ; of  home 
companies:  Boston  Insurance  Company  of  Boston,  Victoria  and 
Commercial  Union  of  New  York,  St.  Paul  Fire  and  Marine  Insur- 
ance Company  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  and  others  of  similar 
unexceptional  high  standing.  The  policy  holders  of  the  firm 
comprise  mercantile  and  manufacturing  houses,  as  well  as  private 
individuals,  and  it  is  the  invariable  rule  of  H.  M.  Blossom  & 
Company  to  cause  the  speedy  adjustment  of  losses  whenever 
such  occur.  The  officers  of  the  company  are : Mr.  H.  M.  Blos- 
som, President;  Mr.  H.  A.  Blossom,  Vice-President:  Mr.  Al- 
bert Kuehne,  Treasurer,  and  Mr.  Warren  Bruce,  Secretary.  The 
office  was  for  many  years  on  Chestnut  street,  opposite  the  Mer- 
chants Exchange  Building,  then  on  Third,  between  Pine  and 


— 198  — 


Olive,  and  is  now  in  the  Century  Building,  room  940,  where  the 
gentlemen  just  named  are  always  ready  to  give  all  the  desired 
information  and  advice  to  those  in  search  of  safe  and  reliable 
insurance.  Mr.  H.  M.  Blossom,  besides  being  a prominent  mem- 
ber of  our  commercial  community,  is  an  ardent  lover  of  music 
and  art  in  general ; he  finds  time  to  devote  his  administi’ative  tal- 
ent to  musical  organizations,  especially  in  the  interest  of  church 
music,  and  is  considered  one  of  the  best  judges  in  musical  mat- 
ters. In  conclusion  we  will  only  add  that  his  strict  business  prin- 
ciples, personal  magnetism,  and  his  most  affable  manners  have 
won  for  him  a host  of  friends  and  the  esteem  of  his  fellow-citi- 
zens. He  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1852  from  his  native  State,  New 
York,  and  made  our  city  his  home  ever  since — just  now  for  half 
a century. 


MARTIN  COLLINS,  SON  & CO. 

Bell  Main  2303.  Kinloch  B1765. 

Mr.  Martin  Collins,  the  founder  and  senior  partner  of  the 
above  firm,  is  one  of  the  oldest  insurance  agents  of  St.  Louis, 
which  city  has  been  his  home  almost  sixty  years.  A Pennsyl- 
vanian by  birth,  he  considered  the  then  young  West  an  appro- 
priate field  for  a young  man  bound  on  building  up  his  future. 
Coming  here  in  1843,  he  soon  found  employment  in  a business 
house  and  formed  after  a number  of  years  a copartnership  with 
the  owner  of  a wholesale  firm  on  Main  street  but  withdrew  from 
it  to  accept  the  position  of  Collector  of  Water  Rates,  offered  him 
in  1861  by  Mayor  Daniel  G.  Taylor;  he  performed  the  duties 
of  this  office  so  well,  that  he  was  retained  under  the  two  succeed- 
ing administrations  of  Chauncey  I.  Filley  and  James  S.  Thomas. 
In  the  second  half  of  the  sixties  he  established  a fire  insurance 
agency  and  it  did  not  take  him  long  to  gain  an  enviable  reputa- 
tion and  a very  extensive  business,  which  has  grown  from 
year  to  year.  Mr.  Thomas  R.  Collins  became  his  father’s 
partner  in  1891,  whereupon  the  present  firm  name  was  adopted. 
The  great  experience  of  both  gentlemen,  who  give  all  their 
time  and  attention  to  their  business  duties,  their  strictness  and  relia- 
bility combined  with  the  most  courteous  treatment  of  all  who  come 


— 199  — 


in  contact  with  them,  form  the  basis  of  the  remarkable  success 
and  the  confidence  which  the  firm  enjoys.  The  companies  which 
they  represent  number  without  exception  among  the  oldest  and 
•safest  and  are  unsurpassed  by  any  one  in  regard  to  rates  and  the 
prompt  adjustment  of  losses.  These  companies  are:  The 

Fire  Association  and  the  American  of  Philadelphia,  the  Uni- 
ted States,  Citizens,  Lafayette,  American  and  the  Assurance  of 
America  — all  of  New  York;  the  Equitable  of  Providence,  R.  I., 
and  the  Aachen  and  Munich  of  Germany.  Mr.  Martin  Collins, 
although  advanced  in  j’ears,  is  still  hale  and  hearty,  full  of  activ- 
ity and  energy,  he  participates  very  prominently  in  charitable 
work  and  occupies  a conspicuous  place  in  the  Masonic  Order, 
takes  great  interest  in  public  affairs,  and  is  always  willing  to  pro- 
mote the  welfare  of  the  community.  The  junior  partner  takes 
after  the  example  he  has  so  constantly  before  him  and  is,  like  his 
father,  much  esteemed  in  commercial  and  social  circles.  The  office, 
for  many  years  in  the  Merchants  Exchange  Building,  is  now  in  the 
more  centrally  located  Century  Building,  corner  of  Ninth  and 
Olive  streets. 

S.  KEHRMANN  INSURANCE  AGENCY  CO. 

Bell  Main  2765.  Kinloch  B158. 

The  sole  owner  of  the  above  firm,  Mr.  S.  Kehrmaun,  Jr.,  can 
by  right  claim  that  he  has  grown  up  in  the  insurance  business 
since  the  day  he  left  college,  or,  in  other  words,  that  he  is  now 
identified  with  the  insurance  branch  for  more  than  a quarter  of  a 
century.  He  was  first  connected  with  the  German  Mutual  Fire 
Insurance  Company  of  St.  Louis  (from  1875  to  1877);  during 
the  following  three  years  with  the  insurance  agency  of  Koch  & 
Roeslein  ; he  was  agent  of  the  Washington  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 
Co.  of  St.  Louis  in  1881  and  1882,  and  then  became  the  partner 
of  S.  Kehrmann,  Senior,  under  the  firm  name  of  S.  Kehrmana 
& Son.  This  partnership  was  dissolved  after  four'  years  to 
enable  Mr.  Kelirmann,  Junior,  to  become  the  successor  of  his 
father-in-law,  Mr.  Chas.  Ellard,  the  well-known  florist,  who  had 
died  in  1885.  He  conducted  the  floral  business  until  1893,  in  which 
year  he  returned  to  his  first  love,  establishing  the  insurance  firm 


— 200  — 


of  S.  Kehrmann,  Junior,  which  was  changed  to  the  S.  Kehrmanu 
Insurance  Agency  Company  and  incorporated  November  9,  1900, 
under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  He  has  for  years  rep- 
resented and  continues  to  represent  the  Connecticut  and  the 
National  Fire  Insurance  Companies,  both  of  Hartford,  theNorthern 
of  England  and  others,  also  the  Pacific  Life  Insurance  Company 
Accident  Department.  His  experience  of  so  many  years,  com- 
bined with  great  activity,  energy  and  deligence,  have  resulted  in 
the  building  up  of  an  extensive  patronage,  which  promises  to 
extend  still  further  in  the  future.  Mr.  Kehrmann,  Senior,  who 
died  in  August,  1900,  had  been  in  the  fire  insurance  business  for 
nearly  thirty  years,  gaining  an  enviable  reputation  for  his  strict- 
ness of  character  and  many  other  qualities,  leaving  behind  him 
an  honored  name,  which  is  now  held  up  by  his  only  son,  who  is 
one  of  the  best  known  young  business  men  of  our  city  and  a 
great  favorite  in  social  circles.  His  office  is  in  the  Granite 
Building,  southwest  corner  Fourth  and  Market  streets,  where  two 
assistants  attend  to  clerical  duties  and  where  he  himself  is  always 
ready^  to  give  information  and  to  serve  old  and  new  patrons  to  the 
best  of  his  ability. 


ROESLEIN  AND  ROBYN. 

Bell  Main  1516.  Kinloch  B1770. 

One  of  the  best  known  insurance  firms  of  our  city,  that  of  Roes- 
lein  and  Robyn,  was  established  in  January,  1880,  when  Anthony 
Roeslein  and  Paul  Robyn  formed  a corpartnership,  both  gentle- 
men possessing  a long  and  valuable  experience  in  the  insurance 
branch,  with  which  they  had  been  connected  since  1866  and  1871 
respectively.  Mr.  Roeslein  began  operations  in  the  first  named 
year  in  partnership  with  Col.  Gustav  Koch  and  represented 
for  several  years  the  Hamburg  Madgeburg  Insurance  Co., 
the  Merchants  New  York,  the  German  and  Baltimore,  and  the 
Metropole  of  Paris  (France).  After  Col.  Koch’s  removal  to  Chi- 
cago, where  he  died  later  on,  Mr.  Roeslein  continued  the  business 
by  hinoself  until  1880,  since  which  y’ear  the  present  firm  exists.  It 
was  first  located  at  223  and  225  Chestnut  street,  then  during  many 
years  in  the  Merchants  Exchange  Building,  and  occupies  now 


— 201  — 


commodious  and  handsome  quarters  in  tlie  Century  Building 
(Suit  Number  801).  The  firm  represents  now  the  following  old; 
gilt-edged  companies:  The  Hartford  (Hartford,  Conn.),  Atlas 
(London),  New  Hampshire  (New  Hampshire),  Agricultural  (New 
York),  Merchants  of  New  Jersey,  Westchester,  New  York,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.,  Citizens  of  St.  Louis,  Hamburg -Bremen,  Germany, 
and  National  of  Ireland.  Messrs.  Koeslein  and  Robyn  give  their 
whole  time  and  attention  to  their  business  duties  and  their  great 
success  is  based  upon  fidelity  and  care  with  which  they  attend 
to  the  wants  of  their  patrons,  securing  for  them  the  lowest 
possible  rates  and  guaranteeing  the  promptest  adjustment  in  case 
of  loss.  Many  of  our  largest  breweries,  manufacturing  and 
mercantile  firms  have  for  years  entrusted  all  their  insurance 
business  exckrsively  to  them,  aside  from  a very  extensive  list  of 
private  dwellings,  stores,  etc.  Mr.  Anthony  Roeslein  is  a native 
of  Westphalia  (Prussia),  and  came  to  this  country  in  1860,  after 
fulfilling  his  military  duty  in  the  Prussian  army.  He  arrived  in 
St.  Louis  in  the  spring  of  1861,  and  has  made  this  city  his  home 
ever  since.  Entering  the  Union  army  at  the  outbreak  of  the 
rebellion,  first  in  the  three  months’  service,  in  the  Third  Missouri 
volunteer  regiment,  commanded  by  Col.  Sigel,  under  whom  he 
fought  in  the  battle  of  Wilson’s  Creek  (10th  August,  1861)^ 
though  his  term  of  enlistment  had  previously  expired.  He  en- 
listed again  in  October,  this  time  for  three  years,  in  the  same 
regiment,  was  soon  promoted  to  Second-Lieutenant,  participated 
in  the  capture  of  Fort  Donaldson,  and  after  a tedious  march  over 
Springfield,  Batesville,  etc.,  through  the  swamps,  in  the  battle 
of  Arkansas  Post  (11th  January,  1863)  where  he  was  seriously 
wounded,  and  then  brought  to  St.  Louis ; he  received  a bullet 
from  an  Enfield  rifle,  which  penetrated  the  right  shoulder  blade,, 
the  upper  part  of  the  lungs,  and  broke  the  left  collar-bone,  the 
ball  still  remaining  in  his  body.  He  advanced  to  a captaincy  in 
March,  1863,  joined  his  regiment  again  in  the  following  October, 
and  was  made  Acting  Assistant  Adjutant-General  of  the  brigade 
in  February,  1864,  whereupon  he  received  his  honorable  discharge 
shortly  afterwards.  Mr.  Roeslein  is  one  of  the  best  known 
business  men  of  our  city,  very  active,  congenial  and  a 
man  of  fine  attainments,  an  excellent  musician,  and  even 


— 202 


a composer.  During  his  repeated  trips  across  the  ocean  he  has 
traveled  extensively  in  Germany,  Austria,  Switzerland,  Holland, 
Belgium  ; in  1899  he  visited  Egypt,  the  Holy  Land  and  Constan- 
tinople. He  belongs  to  various  organizations  and  is  a member 
of  Frank  P.  Blair  Post,  G.  A.  R.,  in  which  capacity  he  performed 
the  installation  of  General  P.  J.  Osterhaus  in  Mannheim.  Mr. 
Paul  Robyn  was  born  in  this  city  and  is  a son  of  Mr.  William 
Robyn  who  came  here  in  1837  ; his  mother  was  a sister  of  the  late 
Eugene  Miltenberger,  the  prominent  banker  ; Prof.  Wm.  Robyn, 
now  an  octogenarian,  was  for  many  years  at  the  head  of  the 
music  department  of  the  St.  Louis  University  and  a celebrated 
violoncello  player.  The  son  is  a graduate  of  Washington  Univer- 
sity, entered  the  insurance  branch  when  only  20  years  of  age  first 
as  an  employee  of  the  Excelsior  Fire  Insurance  Company  and 
when  this  company  went  out  of  business,  he  became  the  manager 
of  Wm.  D.  Van  Blarcom  insurance  office;  this  position  he  held 
till  1880,  in  which  year  he  formed  a copartnership  with  Mr. 
Roeslein.  Mr.  Robyn  combines  the  American  energy  with  the 
German  perseverance,  he  is  a man  of  the  most  affable  manners 
and  highly  esteemed  in  business  and  social  circles. 


LIFE  INSURANCE. 

It  is  rather  superfluous  to  tell  the  intelligent  reader  — and 
we  presume  that  all  our  readers  are  intelligent — of  the  great 
importance,  the  necessity,  and  value  of  Life  Insurance  to  man- 
kind. A life  insurance  policy,  may  it  be  on  the  endowment  or 
the  life  plan,  is  the  best  investment  of  a man’s  savings  and  no 
one  able  to  do  so  should  neglect  the  duty,  to  insure  his  (or  her) 
life,  who  wish  to  provide  for  his  own  old  age  or  for  those  who 
have  been  dependent  upon  him. 

THE  GERMAN  MUTUAL  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY 
OF  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  2746.  Kinloch  B838. 

The  German  Mutual  Life  Insurance  Company  of  St.  Louis  has 
always  been  and  is  still  conducted  with  the  greatest  carefulness, 
economy,  and  consideration,  never  deviating  from  the  funda- 


— 203  — 


mental  principles,  upon  which  the  life  insurance  business  should 
be  transacted.  The  company  was  organized  in  1857  by  Edw. 
Eggers,  Fred  Bergesch,  Francis  Krennig,  Adolph  Kehr,  F.  A. 
H.  Schneider,  Fred  Hauck,  Gottlieb  Martin,  Chas.  G.  Stifel, 
Francis  Saler,  Traugott  Thuemler,  Geo.  Gehrke  and  Chas. 
W.  Horn.  Its  present  Directors  are : Messrs.  Chas.  J.  Doerr, 
F.  W.  Biebinger,  Dr.  Hugo  Kinner,  R.  H.  Follenius,  Edwin 
H.  Conrades,  Lambert  E.  Walther,  Edwin  J.  Meyer,  Anthony  J. 
Nulson,  Wm.  C.  Uhri,  Dr.  C.  F.  Hauck,  Aug.  Krieckhaus, 
Hugo  Muench,  Christ  A.  Stifel,  Casper  Stolle,  Nicholas  Guerdan, 
and  Otto  J.  Wilhelmi,  with  Christ  A.  Stifel  as  President, 
Nicholas  Guerdan,  Vice-President,  and  Edwin  J.  Meyer,  Secre- 
tary. The  latter  had  been  for  many  years  the  assistant  of 
Secretary  Louis  J.  Behrens,  who  died  in  April,  1902,  after  having 
faithfully  served  this  and  the  Washington  Fire  Insurance  Co. 
for  nearly  twenty  years  in  the  same  position  which  his  father- 
had  occupied  from  the  organization  of  the  two  companies  up  to 
the  time  of  his  death.  The  company  has  from  its  beginning  won 
the  fullest  confidence  of  the  community  for  the  integrity  of  its 
management  and  the  safety  of  those  in  whose  interest  its  policies 
are  issued.  The  significant  motto  of  the  company  reads:  “ I live 
and  die  for  those  I love  and  it  is  its  constant  aim  to  verify  this 
motto  without  fail.  Among  those  who  in  former  years  rendered 
very  eflfiL-ient  service  to  the  company  were  Mr.  Arthur  Olshausen 
and  Mr.  Isidor  Bush,  especially  the  latter  as  an  expert  in  Life 
Insurance  matters.  The  offices  are  on  the  third  floor  of  the 
Commonwealth  Building,  northeast  corner  Broadway  and  Olive 
street. 


THE  FULLERTON  BUILDING. 

Bell  Main  2995m. 

The  Fullerton  Building,  one  of  the  most  elegant  structures  in 
the  West,  is  situated  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Seventh  and 
Pine  streets,  and  therefore  in  the  very  heart  of  the  business  part 
of  St.  Louis.  Its  interior  is  finished  in  Italian  marble  and 
quarter  oak  ; the  plumbing,  lighting,  heating,  etc.,  are  as  near 
perfect  as  they  can  be  made,  and  there  is  no  dark  or  undesirable 


— 204  — 


office  in  the  entire  building,  in  whose  construction  no  money  has 
been  spared.  The  building  is  equipped  with  passenger  and 
freight  elevators  of  the  most  improved  pattern  ; is  strictly  fire-proof 
and  contains  in  its  12  stories  360  rooms.  It  was  completed  in 
1897,  several  months  after  the  death  of  General  Joseph  Scott  Ful- 
lerton, by  whose  estate  it  is  owned,  the  latter  being  managed  by 
Mr.  Humphrey  Fullerton,  a brother  of  the  late  General,  the 
affairs  of  the  building  being  conducted  by  Mr.  J.  R.  Laughlin. 

After  graduating  at  Miami  University  at  Oxford,  Ohio,  and 
from  the  Cincinnati  Law  School,  Joseph  Scott  Fullerton  came  to 
St.  Louis  in  1858,  where  most  of  his  intimate  friends  espoused 
the  Southern  cause  after  the  breaking  out  of  the  Civil  War,  but 
he  with  unswerving  loyalty  for  the  Union  placed  himself  in  the 
ranks  of  its  defenders.  He  became  the  secretary  of  a commis- 
mission  appointed  by  President  Lincoln  in  the  fall  of  1861 
to  examine  the  military  affairs  of  the  Department  of 
the  West  ’ and  when  this  commission  had  completed  its 
duties,  Governer  Gamble  of  Missouri  offered  him  a Major’s 
position  in  a Missouri  Infantry  Regiment,  which  he  declined  for 
want  of  military  experience,  preferring  to  enter  the  army  as  a 
private  soldier.  He  participated  in  all  the  battles  in  which  the 
army  of  the  Cumberland  was  engaged  and  his  military  cai’eer 
was  signified  by  unsurpassed  achievements  of  bravery,  energy  and 
* perseverance;  so  that  his  services  and  merits  were  duly  recog- 
nized by  well-deserved  promotion  ; the  last  of  which  was  his 
appointment  as  Brigadier-General.  In  May,  1865,  he  was 
assigned  to  duty  to  assist  General  Howard  in  organizing  the 
Freedmen’s  Bureau;  three  months  afterwards  he  asked  to  be 
relieved  from  this  duty  and  resigned  his  army  commission.  But 
the  resignation  was  not  accepted  and  he  was  ordered  to  adjust 
the  difficulties  existing  in  Louisiana  between  State  ofldcers, 
citizens,  officers  of  the  military  department  and  the  Freedmen’s 
Bureau.  In  this  he  was  so  successful  that  he  received  the  highest 
praise  from  President  Johnson.  Not  wishing  to  continue  his 
military  career,  he  declined  a commission  as  Colonel  in  the 
regular  army,  and  returned  to  St.  Louis  to  resume  the  practice 
of  law,  but  was  again  pressed  into  public  service  by  his  appoint- 
ment as  postmaster  in  this  city,  which  office  he  held  for  two 


— 206  — 


years  to  the  unlimited  satisfaction  of  the  administration  and  the 
public.  Retiring  from  the  law  practice  in  1890,  he  devoted  him- 
self from  that  time  on  to  the  management  of  his  private  affairs, 
but  always  took  the  greatest  interest  in  the  welfare  of  our  com- 
munity and  public  matters  in  general,  until  a sad  railroad  acci- 
dent made  an  untimely  end  to  his  active  and  irseful  life  in  Mar.ch, 
1897. 


RAILROADS. 

In  addition  to  the  history  of  the  Terminal  Railroad  Association 
of  St.  Louis,  contained  in  one  of  the  foregoing  chapters,  we  take 
pleasure  in  making  special  reference  to  the  following  prominent 
railroad  lines,  which  so  materially  add  to  the  passenger  and 
freight  traffic  facilities,  which  make  St.  Louis  the  commercial 
and  industrial  center  not  only  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  but  of 
the  entire  West  and  Southwest. 

CHICAGO  & ALTON  RAILWAY. 

Ticket  Office  Bell  Main  1024. 

“The  Only  Way”  — This  is  the  significant  by-name  adopted 
by  the  Chicago  & Alton  Railroad  and  indorsed  by  the  traveling 
public  in  acknowledgment  of  the  superior  passenger  service  of- 
fered to  and  enjoyed  by  travelers  on  the  various  lines  of  the 
Chicago  and  Alton  Railway  System  whose  respective  terminal 
points  are  Chicago,  St.  Louis,  Kansas  City  and  Peoria.  Quick- 
ness, comfort,  convenience  and  elegance  constitute  the  principal 
qualities  of  the  passenger  service  established  by  the  Chicago  and 
Alton  Railway  Company,  whose  constant  aim  it  is,  to  furnish 
its  patrons  the  greatest  possible  safety,  the  best  accommodation 
in  regard  to  time  for  reaching  destination,  and  hours  of  departure 
and  arrival.  This  refers  to  both,  day  and  night  trains  and  is 
fully  evidenced  by  a glance  upon  the  time  tables  to  be  had  at 
every  station  and  sent  out  on  application  to  the  passenger  or 
ticket  agent  offices  in  the  above  named  cities.  The  trains  of  this 
company  are  made  up  of  lirst-elass  engines  and  passenger  cars 


— 207  — 


of  newest  and  most  modern  construction,  including  reclining  and 
revolving  chair  parlor  cars,  dining-cars  on  day  trains  and 
cafe  dining  cars  (for  breakfast)  on  night  trains,  and  Pull- 
man sleepers  of  the  latest  and  most  approved  style.  No  extra 
pay  is  charged  on  the  reclining  and  revolving  chair  cars  which 
affoid,  aside  from  comfort,  all  desirable  observation  facilities. 

The  construction  of  the  rock  ballasted  roadbed  on  all  the 
lines  of  the  system  is  unsurpassed  and  furnishes  particular 
guaranty  of  safety  and,  every  precaution  known  in  modern 
railroad  management  is  used  for  the  pi otection  and  security  of 
travelers.  The  marble-like  roadbed  and  the  oil-sprinkled  cross- 
ings make  the  line  between  St.  Louis  and  Chicago  and  St.  Louis 
and  Kansas  City  even  in  summer  almost  entirely  free  from 
dust,  a fact  duly  appreciated  by  the  public,  in  addition  to  the 
comfort  produced  through  the  scrupulous  cleanliness  in  which 
the  interior  of  the  cars  are  peimanently  kept.  The  train 
employees  are  known  for  their  uniform  attention  and  politeness 
and  nothing  is  left  undone  by  the  officials  of  the  company,  to 
give  its  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  and  to  preserve  the 
enviable  reputation,  to  which  the  Chicago  & Alton  can  point 
with  justified  and  well-deserved  pride.  The  Chicago  & Alton 
Railway  passes  through  a magnificent  part  of  our  country,  it 
traverses  regions  of  unequaled  fertility  for  agricultural  purposes 
and  abundant  in  material  resources,  well  timbendand  rich  in 
building  stone,  coal,  fire  clay,  etc.  Thrifty,  industrious,  cul- 
tured, and  moral  people  inhabit  the  cities,  towns  and  villages, 
hamlets  and  farms  along  its  lines,  but  there  is  still  room  for 
many  more  and  information  in  this  respect  is  cheerfully  given  by 
Mr.  E.  S.  Wilson,  in  Mexico,  Mo.,  the  industrial  agent  of  the 
company.  For  information  in  reference  to  travel  the  following 
officials  of  the  company  may  be  addressed:  Geo.  J.  Charlton, 
General  Passenger  Agent,  Chicago,  111.  ; D.  Bowes,  Assistant 
General  Passenger  Agent,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  ; B.  L.  McLain,  Gen- 
eral Agent,  Passenger  Department,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  ; and  A. 
G.  Robinson,  General  Agent,  Passenger  Department,  Peoria,  111. 
The  St.  Louis  Ticket  Office  is  located  in  the  Carlton  Building, 
N.  E.  corner  Sixth  and  Olive  streets. 


— 208 


Q 

•< 

O 

HH 

< 

< 

HH 

> 

CD 

Z 

w 


(/) 

g 

< 

i—t 

:z; 

< 

> 

(/) 

;z; 

:z; 

w 

Ph 


I— I 

< 

I— I 

<r 

Q 

< 


CD 

h 

W 

fd 


c — ' 

PC 

o 

H 

CD 

UJ 

Cd 

> 

(-U 

l-H 

f=^ 

o 

< 

Q 

pq; 

2 

PU 

< 

o 

K 

PU 

H 

PO 

CO 

2 

< 

W 

> 

1 

Pd 

CO 

CD 

PPI 

o 

E 

Pd 

U-> 

2 

O 

O 

f— ( 

u 

► iH 

c_; 

p- 

CD 

< 

pj 

(x| 

2 

h 

D 

G 

CD 

Tj- 

o 

VO 

CJ 


u 

o 


d 

vn 

N 

V. 

(t3 

P-l 


OJ 

pq 

ar 

<J 

o 

4-* 

V 

<J 

H 


Em 

«>1 


.6}  , 
pa  £ <! 

2-  g 


g W 


|x 

<!  S 

E-i  ® 
• 0 
& 


•4^ 

a 

(D 

bj] 

< 


w 

C5 
P 
O 
Ph 
W 

Q a X 
® E 


a 


W 


Asst.  Gen'l  Passenger  Agent,  St  L.onis.  Asst.  Gen  1 Freight  Agent. 


TICKET  OFFICE,  Bell  Main  1696. 


— 209 


14k 


— 210  — 


THE  FRISCO  LINE. 

Ticket  Office  Bell  Main  675.  Kinloch  B1041. 

For  variety  and  change  of  scenery  and  for  the  number  and  di- 
versity of  the  interests  it  serves,  the  St.  Louis  & San  Francisco 
Railroad,  more  commonly  known  as  “The  Frisco  Line,”  stands 
almost  without  a rival  on  the  American  Continent.  Nearly  every 
great  railway  system  can  boast  of  a fertile  agricultural  territory, 
or  a productive  stock  range,  or  a mineral  field  of  more  or  less 
promise  ; but  the  Frisco  Line  not  only  reaches  of  all  these  and 
offers  special  inducements  to  prospective  homeseekers  and  invest- 
ors along  its  rails,  but  also  forms  a direct  and  picturesque  route 
between  most  of  the  greater  commercial  centers  of  the  West  and 
Southwest.  For  agricultural  pursuits,  no  country  offers  betterpros- 
pects  — and  few  as  good  — as  Oklahoma.  The  corn,  cotton,  wheat, 
oats,  barley,  rye,  sugar  beet  — in  fact  almost  every  cereal  indigi- 
nous  to  either  the  North  or  South  can  be  raised  side  by  side  and 
in  astonishing  quantities  in  Oklahoma.  Its  wheat  took  first 
prize  at  the  Chicago  Exposition ; its  corn  has  acquired  a world- 
wide reputation  for. quality  and  abundance  of  yield;  and  its  cot- 
ton has  helped  as  much  as  any  other  one  factor  to  make 
Oklahoma  rich.  An  illustrated  pamphlet  entitled,  “Oklahoma,” 
has  been  Issued  for  free  distribution  by  the  Passenger  Depart- 
ment of  the  Frisco  Line.  It  describes  in  some  detail  the  re- 
sources and  products  of  the  territory ; but  no  publication  can 
adequately  portray  the  fertility  and  wealth  of  this  wonderful 
country- — ^ it  must  be  seen  to  be  appreciated. 

Just  a word  as  to  the  lead  and  zinc  fields  of  Southwest  Mis- 
souri and  Northwest  Arkansas;  just  a word  to  call  attention  to 
the  fact  that  the  Frisco  Line  is  the  direct  route  to  this 
district.  The  mineral  fields  — though  as  yet  partially  undevel- 
oped— have  attracted  such  national  attention  ashardl^'to  require 
comment  here.  Their  wealth  and  promise  have  been  thoroughly 
exploited  in  “The  Ozark  Uplift,”  written  by  Mr.  Walter  B. 
Stevens,  published  in  the  St.  Louis  Globe- Democrat,  and 
reprinted  in  book  form  by  the  Frisco  Line.  The  fruit  industry 
of  the  Ozark  Plateau,  in  Missouri  and  Arkansas,  probably  offers 


— 211  — 


greater  inducements  to  the  man  with  small  capital  than 
any  other  section  of  the  country.  It  is  a matter  of 
record  that  one  acre  of  ground  in  Northwest  Arkan- 
sas produced,  in  the  season  of  1900,  enough  strawberries 
to  net  the  owner  one  hundred  and  seventy  dollars  over  and 
above  all  expenses.  This  speaks  eloquently  but  not  extrav- 
agantly, of  the  fruitfulness  of  the  Ozark  district.  Ozark  apples 
have  taken  prizes  at  almost  every  interstate  and  international 
exposition  that  has  been  held  in  recent  years.  At  Chicago, 
Omaha,  Atlanta,  Paris,  and  many  other  expositions  the  Ozark 
apple  has  received  substantial  recognition  and  praise.  And  there 
is  yet  plenty  of  land  suitable  for  fruit  raising  which  has  not 
been  developed,  or  even  cleared  of  the  virgin  forest.  Hundreds 
of  families  have  sought  the  cheap  lands  and  invigorating  climate 
of  the  Ozark  fruit  belt.  As  a.  rule,  they  have  prospered ; and 
as  before  stated,  there  is  still  room  for  thousands  more.  The 
line  of  the  St.  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad  runs  from  St. 
Louis  and  from  Kansas  City,  through  Springfield,  to  Monett, 
Mo.  At  this  point  three  divisions  branch  out,  one  to  Texas,  one 
to  Western  Kansas,  and  one  to  Oklahoma.  A fourth  line  branches 
from  Sopulpa,  on  the  Oklahoma  Division  to  Denison  and 
Sherman,  Texas.  The  Frisco  Line  is  a good  railroad  and  it 
reaches  a good  territory ; as  a scenic  route  it  is  unsurpassed. 

The  officers  of  the  company  are:  B.  F.  Yoakum,  President; 

B.  L.  Winchell,  Vice-President  and  General  Manager ; A. 
Douglas,  Vice-President  and  General  ■ Auditor  ; C.  H.  Beggs, 
Vice-President  and  Purchasing  Agent ; Bryan  Snyder,  Passenger 
and  Traffic  Manager ; Alexander  Hilton,  General  Passenger  Agent. 
The  general  offices  are  in  the  Centurj’  Building,  the  ticket  office 
is  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Eighth  and  Olive  streets,  St.  Louis. 


— 212  — 


“Follow  the  Flag.” 

TAKE  THE 

Wabash 

Ticket  Office,  Bell  Main  2072. 

To  KANSAS  CITY,  CHICAGO,  OMAHA, 

DBS  nOINES,  TOLEDO,  DETROIT, 
and  BUFFALO. 

Its  Own  Rails  All  The  Way. 

■n 

High  Class  Through  Car  Service  to  Points  J 

Beyond.  J 

A 

Elegant  Equipment,  Smooth  Roadbed  and  | 

Fast  Time.  ^ 

ST.  LOUIS  CITY  TICKET  OFFICE,  j 

Eighth  and  Olive  Sts.  | 


— 213  — 


OCEAX  PASSENGER  TRAFFIC. 

H.  OVERSTOLZ, 


106  NORTH  BROADWAY. 
Kinloch  B511. 


This  firm  was  established  in  1896  by  Mr.  Hermann  Overstolz, 
who  had  for  many  years  been  the  manager  of  the  foreign  and 
ocean  passenger  department  of  the  International  Bank,  which 
position  gave  him  a thorough  knowledge  and  valuable  experi- 
ence in  this  particular  branch  of  business.  He  is  the  General 
Passenger  Agent  of  the  Hamburg-American  steamer  line  for 
Missouri,  Kansas  and  Arkansas,  and  sells  ocean  tickets  to  and 
from  all  parts  of  Europe.  The  firm  has  an  extensive  foreign 
exchange  department,  buys  and  sells  drafts  payable  in  Europe, 
issues  letters  of  credit  available  in  any  part  of  the  world,  makes 
the  collection  of  claims  and  inheritances  in  the  United  States  and 
Europe  a specialty  and  advances  on  such  if  so  desired.  The 
promptness  and  reliabdily  of  the  firm,  which  commands  very 
ample  means  and  has  direct  connections  with  all  the  foreign 
financial  centers,  is  but  proven  by  the  fact,  that  its  business  has 
become  more  extensive  from  jmar  to  year  as  the  well-deserved 
result  of  the  great  care  and  attention  given  to  the  wishes  of  their 
patrons  and  the  faithful  execution  of  all  business  entrusted  to  the 
firm.  Mr.  Overstolz  devotes  all  his  time  to  his  various  duties 
and  is  always  ready  to  give  the  best  advice  and  information  to 
those  who  intend  to  go  to  Europe  or  to  arrange  for  the  coming 
over  of  relatives  and  friends.  The  office  was  for  a number  of 
years  at  No.  100  North  Broadway,  but  is  now  three  doors  further 
north  on  the  same  thoroughfare,  accessible  from  all  parts  of  the 
city. 


— 214  — 


n.  OvERsroLz,  Pres’t.  Adolf  Braun,  Vlce  Pres’t.  Karl  Zeller,  Sec.  & Treas. 

GENERAL  EUROPEAN  STEAMSHIP  AGENCY 


TRAVELER’S  TICKET  OFFICE  CO. 
(INCORPORATED.) 


OENEEAL  PASSENGEE  AQENTS: 
ANOHOE  LINE,  QLASQOW,  LONDONDEEE?. 

AMEEICAN  LINE,  Southampton,  London. 
CUNAED  LINE,  Liverpool,  Queenotown. 
DOMINION  LINE,  Liverpool,  Queenstown, 
FEENOH  LINE,  Havre-Paris, 
HOLLAND-AMEEIOAN  LINE,  Eottordam, 
Amsterdam. 

NAVIQASIONE  QEN’LE  ITALIANA,  Italy. 


106  N.  Broadway,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

NOETH  GEEMAN  LLOYD.  London,  Paris, 

Bremen. 

PEINOE  LINE  to  Italy. 

EED  STAE  LINE,  Antwerp. 
SOANDINAVIAN-AMEEIDAN  LINE,  Denmari, 
Norway,  Sweden. 

WHITE  STAE  LINE,  Liverpool,  Queenstown. 


FOREIGN  EXCHANGE  BOUGHT  AND  SOLD. 

Drafts  and  Money  Orders  in  Any  Sum  to  All  Parts  of  the  World. 
Letters  of  Credit.  Transfers  of  Money  to  Europe  by  Cable. 

Kinlcch  B511. 


INTERSTATE  CAR  TRANSFER  CO. 

Bell  Main  1902.  KinlochAlS. 

This  company  was  organized  in  1896  by  Messrs.  W.  K.  Kava- 
naugh  and  Jas.  Y.  Lockwood  and  incorporated  in  the  same  year 
by  the  following  well-known  business  men  and  capitalists:  S.  M. 
Kennard,  Walker  Hill,  JohnF.  Lee,  W.  K.  Bixby,  J.  B.  C.  Lucas, 
and  the  two  founders.  The  Interstate  Car  Transfer  Co.  attends, 
as  its  name  indicates,  to  the  transportation  of  railroad  cars 
(loaded  or  empty)  across  the  Mississippi  river  between  St.  Louis 
and  East  St.  Louis  and  to  other  points  above  and  below.  It 
owns  a number  of  tugs  and  barges  and  forms  an  important  auxil- 
iary to  our  trade  and  commerce.  Mr.  W.  K.  Kavanaugh,  the 
President  of  the  company,  is  since  many  years  a resident  of  St. 
Louis,  was  for  a long  time  connected  with  the  State  Bank  and  is 
since  1899  the  President  of  the  St.  Louis  Cotton  Compress  Co. 
like  Mr.  Lockwood,  an  energetic,  enterprising  and  highly  respec- 
ted business  man.  Mr.  Jas.  Y.  Lockwood,  the  Secretary  and 
Treasurer,  is  a son  of  Richard  J.  Lockwood,  who  came  to  St. 
Louis  in  1830  and  was  for  many  years  connected  with  the  river 
trade  as  owner  and  captain  of  various  boats,  but  later  on  in 
the  ship  chandler  business  as  head  of  the  old  firm,  Hill  & 


— 215 


Lockwood,  and  their  successors  Lockwood  & Wider,  and  after 
the  latter’s  death,  under  the  firm  name  of  R.  J.  Lockwood. 
The  company  is  well  patronized  and  the  scope  of  its  business  is 
constantly  increasing  as  the  result  of  the  great  promptness  with 
which  all  oi’ders  entrusted  to  the  same  are  invariably  executed  ; as 
a consequence  of  its  continued  growth  the  capital  has  recently 
been  increased  from  300,000  to  500,000  dollars.  The  oflices  of 
the  company  are  in  the  Security  Building,  southwest  corner  of 
Fourth  and  Locust  streets. 


COAL  AND  COKE. 

The  coal  trade  of  St.  Louis  is  naturally  very  large,  having  to 
supply  the  thousands  of  factories  with  their  innumerable  steam 
boilers  and  the  many  more  thousands  of  dwelling  houses,  busi- 
ness establishments,  office  buildings  and  public  institutions  with 
the  necessary  fuel,  aside  from  the  large  quantities  of  coal  used 
in  hotels,  restaurants  and  private  kitchens.  All  this  coal  comes 
from  adjacent  counties  of  Illinois,  most  of  whose  mines  are  not 
far  from  our  city.  The  transportation  facilities  have  become 
more  satisfactory  from  year  to  year,  so  that  at  present  fourteen 
different  railroads  bring  coal  across  the  river.  The  hard  or 
anthracite  coal,  so  largely  used  for  self-feeding  stoves  and  fur- 
naces in  private  residences  and  offices,  is  brought  here  from 
Pennsylvania,  which  also  supplies  the  greater  part  of  coke  used 
here.  The  coal  from  which  the  gas  is  produced  by  the  local  gas 
companies  comes  from  Pittsburg  and  a small  quantity  of  par- 
ticularly good  anthracite  from  Arkansas.  The  coal  trade  consti- 
tutes one  of  the  most  important  business  branches,  and  several 
great  corporations  and  many  prominent  firms  devote  themselves 
to  the  distribution  of  this  commodity  in  wholesale  and  retail. 
There  were  received  in  1901  (in  round  figures)  4,956,000  tons, 
including  200,000  tons  of  anthracite  coal.  The  receipts  of  coke 
during  that  year  amounted  to  213,000  tons. 


- 21G  — 


BERRY-HORN  COAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  2475A,  Kiuloch  A1882. 

This  company  was  incorporated  ten  years  ago  by  Henry  Horn, 
A.  L.  Berry  and  Thos.  Horn,  which  three  gentlemen  are  its 
directors,  Mr.  Henry  Horn  being  the  President,  Mr.  A.  L.  Berry 
the  Vice-President  and  Manager.  The  offices  were  first  located  in 
the  Roe,  then  for  years  in  the  Union  Trust  and  are  now  in  the 
Carleton  Building.  They  handle  the  best  grades  of  anthracite 
and  soft  coals  as  well  as  the  celebrated  Pocahontas  coal  and  are 
the  sole  agents  for  the  Douglas  Purity  Smithing  Coal.  The  Poca- 
hontas furnace  coal  is  conceded  to  be  the  highest  grade  of  coal  for 
heating  purposes  known;  it  resembles  somewhat  the  semi-anthra- 
cite coal  from  Arkansas,  but  contains  a larger  percentage  of  carbon 
and  less  sulphur,  and  has  high  cooking  qualities,  thereby  giving 
intense  heat  without  smoke,  holding  out  for  a long  time  and  pro- 
ducing no  clinkers.  It  is  delivered  in  sacks,  thus  preventing 
dust,  dirt  and  damage  as  caused  by  rehauling.  Three  shovels  of 
Pocahontas  coal  will  keep  fire  over  night.  Their  Purity  smithing 
coal  is  acknowledged  the  best  for  smithing  and  welding  by  the 
most  experienced  mechanics  and  is  therefore  used  in  all  the  great 
railroad  shops  of  the  country.  The  company  also  makes  a 
specialty  of  Horn’s  egg  coal  which  is  a soft  coal  broken  to  about 
the  size  of  anthracite  furnace  coal ; it  is  free  from  slate,  burns 
without  clinkering  and  is  considered  the  best  coal  for  domestic  use 
brought  into  this  market.  An  extensive  wholesale  as  well  as  retail 
trade  enables  the  Berry-Horn  Coal  Co.  to  give  their  customers  all 
possible  advantages  as  to  conditions  and  prices  and  the  firm  is  well 
known  for  its  reliable  and  fair  dealing.  The  Messrs.  Horn  live  in 
Du  Quoin,  Ills.,  and  supervise  the  operating  of  the  mines;  Mr. 
Berry  is  a resident  of  our  city,  a member  of  the  Mercantile  Club 
and  highly  esteemed  by  all  who  know  him. 


GENERAL  OFFICE:  Laclede  Building,  Cor.  Fourth  and  Olive  Streets,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


— 217 


r 

in 

n 

X 

H-l 

n 

X 

X 

o 

a> 

CO 

a 

D 

> 

crq 


g 

qI 

O 

o 

o“ 

3 

w 

a! 

ffq 

Q 

o' 

3 

crq 

o 


3 

ffl 


H 

O 

O 

> 

P3 


H 

n: 

w 


n 


• 

GEO 

cn 

2 

2 

o 

O 

o 

c 

r 

> 

iz: 

c 

in 

H 

>— «( 
o 

d: 

< 

o 

CO 

2 

r 

>. 

o 

1-5 

o 

H 

o 

Eg 

G 

1—1 

W 

2 

5> 

O 

j* 

cn 

a 

Cl 

o 

> ■ 

r 


o 


— 218  — 


DEVOY  & FEUERBORN. 

Bell  Main  1321,  1322.  Kinloch  A81. 

We  take  great  pleasure  in  calling  our  readers’  attention  to  the 
above  firm,  one  of  the  best  known  in  their  branch.  The  busi- 
ness was  established  in  1885  by  Mr.  Edward  Devoy  and  Mr.  E.  R. 
Feuerborn.  Their  office  was  lirst  located  at  704  Pine,  but  is 
since  several  years  in  the  commodious  quarters,  315  North  Seventh 
street,  in  the  Mercantile  Club  Building.  Messrs.  Devoy  and 
Feuerborn  are  wholesale  and  retail  dealers  in  anthracite,  Illinois, 
Pittsburgh  and  blacksmith  coal,  also  coke  for  family  use, 
having  gradually  built  up  a very  large  trade  by  serving  their 
patrons  at  all  times  with  a good  price-worthy  article,  and  accom- 
modating them  in  every  possible  way.  They  have  in  course  of 
time  been  awarded  some  of  the  biggest  contracts  here  and 
elsewhere,  and  have  always  given  the  fullest  satisfaction. 
They  are  known  for  fair  and  square  dealing,  and 

the  number  of  their  customers  grows  from  year  to 

year.  The  principal  trade  of  this  firm  is  local,  but  aside  from 
this,  large  sales  are  constantly  made  to  consumers  in  the  State  of 
Illinois,  Missouri,  and  Arkansas.  The  firm  was  incorporated 
1894  by  Edward  Devoy,  E.  R.  Feuerborn,  and  James  S.  Kuhn, 
who  up  to  that  time  had  been  cashier  of  the  firm.  Mr.  Devoy 
is  the  President,  Mr.  Feuerborn  the  Vice-President,  and  Mr. 
Kuhn  the  Secretary  of  the  company.  All  three  gentlemen  were 
born  here  and  belong  to  old  St.  Louis  families.  Mr.  Devoy  is 
a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  belongs  to  several 
social  organizations  and  is  one  of  our  most  popular,  active  and 
energetic  business  men  and  he  as  well  as  his  partners  are  much 
esteemed  by  all  who  enjoy  their  acquaintance. 

DIEKMANN  COAL  COMPANY. 

Bell  Tyler  357.  Kinloch  C580. 

Mr.  Louis  C.  Diekmann  commenced  operations  in  the  coal, 
wood,  coke  and  charcoal  business  in  1884,  and  has  by  his  energy 
and  perseverance  earned  a well-deserved  success,  so  that  the 


— 219  — 


Ditkmann  Coal  Company  which  he  organized  some  years  ago, 
ranks  among  the  largest  firms  in  its  branch.  The  firm  sells  the 
best  grades  of  Illinois  coal,  as  for  instance  the  Piedmont,  Trenton, 
Big  Muddy,  Brookside,  O’Fallon,  etc.,  handles  large  quantities 
of  hard  coal  and  coke  of  the  best  quality,  and  is  the  most  exten- 
sive local  dealer  in  charcoal.  It  is  their  constant  aim  to  give 
their  customers  all  possible  satisfaction  as  to  quality  and  prices, 
filling  all  orders  large  or  small  with  the  greatest  care  and  prompt- 
ness. The  yards  of  the  company  were  for  many  years  at  Thir- 
teenth and  Tyler  streets,  but  are  now  on  Main  and  North  Market, 
where  they  have  switches  connected  with  all  the  railroad  lines. 
Mr.  Louis  C.  Diekmann  is  the  President  and  Mr.  Henry  C.  Diek- 
mann  the  Secretary  of  the  company,  both  men  of  the  strictest 
business  principles  and  fair  dealing  in  all  their  transactions,  and 
highly  respected  by  all  who  know  them.  Mr.  Louis  C.  Diek- 
mann has  served  the  community  as  a member  of  the  House  of 
Delegates,  during  three  consecutive  terms,  in  one  as  speaker  of 
that  branch  of  our  municipal  legislature,  and  has  won  for  himself 
in  these  capacities  an  enviable  reputation  for  honesty  and  integ- 
rity, attributes  nowadays  rather  rare  in  ( fflcial  life.  He  and  his 
brothers  are  St.  Louisians  by  birth,  and  much  devoted  to  the 
commercial  and  other  interests  of  their  native  city,  at  all  times 
ready  to  assist  in  their  promotion. 

DONE  BROTHERS  COAL  AND  COKE  CO. 

Bell  Main  686,  2700,  687.  Kinloch  D1521,  1522. 

One  of  the  oldest  firms  in  the  coal  branch,  the  Donk  Bros.  Coal 
and  Coke  Co.  is  now  more  than  forty  years  in  existence,  having 
been  established  in  1860  by  August  F.  Donk,  the  oldest  of  the 
three  brothers,  which  afterwards  constituted  the  firm  of  Donk 
Bros.  & Co.  The  present  company  was  organized  and  incorpora- 
ted in  1893  by  August  F.  Donk,  Edmund  C.  Donk  and  Albert 
Rauscher.  After  the  death  of  the  oldest  brother  a new  Board  of 
Directors  was  formed  with  Mr.  E.  C.  Donk  as  President,  Mr.  E.  H. 
Conrades,  Vice-President,  and  Mr.  Albert  Rauscher,  Treasurer. 
Mr.  Wm.  F.  Gould  occupies  since  many  years  the  position  of 
Secretary.  The  firm  was  originally  located  on  Second,  between 


— 220  — 


Market  and  Chestnut,  then  on  Olive  between  Third  and  Fourth, 
but  the  constant  extension  of  their  trade  made  larger  quarters, 
necessary,  which  were  found  in  the  Merchants  Exchange  Build- 
ing at  the  southwest  corner  of  Third  and  Pine  streets,  where 
they  remained  until  1901,  in  which  year  they  removed  to  the 
newly  erected  building,  314  North  Fourth  street,  in  which  they 
occupy  an  office  on  the  ground  floor  and  the  entire  second  story. 
The  company  operates  several  large  coal  mines  in  Illinois  and 
deals  in  anthracite,  bituminous,  smithing  and  Arkansas  anthra- 
cite coal  as  well  as  furnace,  foundry  and  domestic  coke, 
genuine  Pittsburg  gas  coke  in  lump  and  crushed  sizes.  The 
territory  of  sales  includes  all  the  Western  States  and  Old  Mexico 
and  they  sell  more  to  local  customers  than  any  other  Arm.  With 
the  most  complete  shipping  facilities,  large  yards,  which  are 
connected  with  all  our  railroads,  and  numerous  branch  offices  in 
different  parts  of  the  city  they  are  enabled  to  handle  the  output 
of  their  own  and  other  mines  with  the  greatest  promptness  and 
economy.  The  company  has  always  enjoyed  an  enviable  repu- 
tation among  consumers  here  and  elsewhere  for  fair  and  honest 
dealing  in  regard  to  prices,  quality  and  weight.  As  a special 
safeguard  for  city  patrons  all  their  weighers’  certificates  bear  their 
trade-mark.  There  is  a vast  difierence  between  fuel  and  fuel  and 
it  has  been  the  invariable  aim  of  this  old  firm  to  give  their  cus- 
tomers at  all  times  the  fullest  satisfaction.  The  gentlemen 
named  herein  possess  ample  means,  a long  experience  and  ex- 
cellent business  qualifications,  are  highly  respected  in  our  com- 
mercial community  and  well  known  in  social  circles.  Messrs. 
Donk  and  Conrades  are  members  of  the  Merchants  Exchange 
and  belong  to  the  Union  Club. 

GARTSIDE  COAL  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1410.  Kinloch  C622. 

It  will  soon  be  sixty  years  that  the  Gartside  Coal  Company 
came  into  existence  and  it  is  therefore  the  oldest  in  its  branch, 
which  fact  is  in  itself  a prestige  of  rare  value,  as  there  are  very 
few  industrial  or  commercial  firms  in  the  city  which  can  look 
back  upon  such  a long  period  not  only  of  prosperity,  but  of  a 


— 221  — 


'most  honorable  standing  in  one  of  the  largest  mercantile  communi- 
ties in  the  country.  It  was  as  early  as  1843  that  Mr.  Joseph 
Oartside  established  a coal  yard  in  this  city,  his  office  for  many 
years  being  located  on  Chestnut  between  Second  and  Third  streets, 
at  that  time  the  center  of  the  real  estate  and  coal  trade.  The 
incorporation  of  the  Gartside  Coal  Company  took  place  in  1873, 
with  Joseph,  Charles  E.  and  James  Gartside  as  incorporators, 
just  thirty  years  after  the  foundation  of  the  firm.  Mi’.  Joseph 
Gartside  was  ealled  from  earth  a few  years  after,  since  which 
time  the  affairs  of  the  company  have  been  conducted  by  Mr. 
■Chas.  E.  Gartside  as  President  and  Treasurer,  Mr.  James  Gart- 
side, Vice-President,  and  Mr.  Alex  Hamilton,  Secretary.  The 
Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  Chas.  E.  and  James 
■Gartside,  Joseph  A.  Duffy,  and  Alex.  Hamilton.  The  firm 
operates  extensive  coal  mines  in  the  Big  Muddy  coal  district  of 
Illinois,  situated  on  the  line  of  the  Mobile  and  Ohio  Railroad 
and  therefore  directly  connected  with  St.  Louis,  where  their 
yards  have  switch  connections  with  Union  Station  and  all  railroads 
coming  to  this  city.  The  company  has  a branch  at  Murphys- 
boro.  111.  The  product  of  their  mine  is  a high  grade  coal, 
justly  celebrated  for  its  richness  in  carbon  and  its  entire 
freeness  from  impurities  and  for  these  reasons  most  suitalile 
for  domestic,  steam  and  gas-making  pui’itoses.  The  company 
employs  two  hundred  and  twenty  men  and  has  its  m^rin  office 
at  1121  Pine  street,  easily  accessible  by  street  cars  from  all 
parts  of  the  city.  The  principles  of  strictness  and  integrity 
laid  down  by  the  founder  of  the  firm  are  strenuously  adhered 
to  by  his  successors  whose  reliability  in  all  their  transactions  has 
-won  the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  merchants,  manufacturers, 
and  private  citizens  of  St.  Louis  and  vicinity  and  a large  territory 
in  our  neighboring  State  of  Illinois.  Mr.  Chas.  E.  and  Mr. 
James  Gartside  are  natives  of  this  city  and  well  known  in 
commercial  and  social  circles,  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  Mr. 
Hamilton  and  Mr.  Duffy. 


— 222  — 


F.  W.  KLEINE  COAL  CO. 

Btfll  Tyler  648m,  642a.  Kmloch  D1568,  B1120,  C544. 

North  St.  Louis  with  its  many  manufacturing  establishments 
and  its  thickly  settled  population  consnmes  great  quantities  of 
coal,  but  has  a comparatively  limited  number  of  dealers  in  this 
commodity.  The  F.  W.  Kleine  Coal  Company  is  one  of  them 
and  supplies  especially  the  northern  part  of  the  city  with  bitumi- 
nous and  anthracite  coal,  likewise  with  coke  and  blacksmithing 
coal.  Ml’.  F.  W.  Kleine  is  the  sole  owner  and  though  only  in 
business  since  six  years  has  succeeded  within  this  short  period  to 
establish  a very  extensive  trade  and  to  gain  an  excellent  reputa- 
tion, so  that  his  patrons  have  become  more  numerous  froin  year 
to  year.  The  general  office  is  at  the  coal  yards  at  Prairie  and 
McKissock  avenues,  close  to  the  railroad  tracks,  and  the  branch 
yards  are  located  at  the  intersection  of  Broadway  and  Buchanan, 
and  on  Broadway  and  Hempstead  street.  All  orders  receive 
prompt  attention.  Mr.  Kleine  is  well  known  among  business 
men  and  in  social  circles  and  enjoys  the  respect  of  all  who  know 
him. 


MISSOURI  & ILLINOIS  COAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  681. 

The  Missouri  & Illinois  Coal  Company  was  organized  in  1893, 
and  has  a large  capital  invested  in  mines  in  our  neighboring  State 
of  Illinois,  situated  on  railroad  lines  leading  to  St.  Louis,  thus 
facilitating  the  shipment  to  the  company’s  yards  and  the  delivery 
of  carloads  to  the  many  local  industrial  establishments  using  the 
bituminons  coal  from  the  mines  operated  by  this  company.  Their 
large  output  has  always  found  a ready  sale  in  the  city  and  vicinity 
for  factories  as  well  as  private  consumers,  on  account  of  its 
quality  and  the  liberal  conditions  at  which  it  is  sold.  The  com- 
pany enjoys  the  confidence  of  its  many  patrons,  whose  number 
too  has  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year,  as  the  result 
of  fair  and  honest  dealing  with  all  its  customers  without  distinc- 
tion, may  the  orders  be  large  or  small.  Mr.  H.  C.  Scott  is  the 


— 223  — 


President  of  the  company,  Mr.  W.  S.  Scott  is  Vice-President, 
and  Mr.  H.  F.  Graves  the  Secretary,  all  of  whom  are  well  known 
business  men  of  the  highest  integrity,  and  enjoy  the  well-deserved 
respect  of  our  merchants  and  manufacturers.  The  general  office 
was  for  many  years  in  the  Rialto  Building,  but  occupies  now 
commodious  quarters  in  the  Mermod-Jaccard  Building.  ‘ Pin- 
trance  No.  407  North  Broadwa}’. 

CHAS.  QUADE. 

ICE,  SOFT  AND  ANTHRACITE  COAL. 

Bell  Tyler  654.  Kinloch  B1119. 

This  business  was  established  twenty-six  years  ago,  and  it  is, 
therefore,  one  of  the  oldest  firms  in  its  line,  and  was  from 
beginning,  and  during  all  these  many  years,  located  at  the  same 
place,  where  it  is  now,  namely,  at  Second  street  and  Prairie 
avenue,  in  that  part  of  the  city  which  formerly  was  called  Lowell. 
The  firm  has  a large  trade  in  soft  and  hard  coal,  likewise  in  ice, 
and  keeps  a number  of  teams  to  do  hauling  of  all  kinds,  making 
heavy  hauling  a specialty.  Coal  and  ice  is  delivered  in  any 
desired  quantity  and  furnished  on  short  notice.  Mr.  Plenry  C. 
Quade  succeeded  his  father,  who  died  a number  of  years  ago,  in 
the  management  of  the  business,  which  has  always  been  con- 
ducted with  the  greatest  fairness  and  the  fullest  satisfaction  to 
their  customers.  The  Quades  are  one  of  the  best  known  and 
much  respected  families  of  North  St.  Louis,  where  they  have 
resided  for  more  than  a quarter  of  a century. 

RUTLEDGE  AND  TAYLOR, 

Bell  Main  984.  Kinloch  A69. 

To  be  classified  among  the  old  firms,  is  certainly  a valuable 
prestige,  but  3’oung  firms  have  often  advantages  of  their  own,  es- 
pecially so  when  they  consist  of  young  men  full  of  energy  and 
activity,  business  tact  and  enterprise,  and  in  speaking  of  Messrs. 
Rutledge  and  Taylor  we  point  to  just  such  a firm.  They  are 
dealers  in  coal;  commenced  business  in  1896  and  succeeded  in 


— 224  — 


building  up  a good  trade  and  a reputation  for  fair  dealing  and 
promptness  in  all  their  transactions,  giving  the  same  care  and  at- 
tention to  the  filling  of  the  smallest  order  and  the  execution  of 
the  largest  contract.  They  sell  only  the  best  qualities  of  anthra- 
cite coal  (the  Sphinx  brand  being  a specialty),  and  bituminous 
coal ; also  coke,  and  devote  themselves  particularly  to  shipments 
by  car  loads.  The  offices  of  the  firm  were  during  the  first  four 
years  in  the  Union  Trust  Building  but  are  now  in  the  Lincoln 
Trust  Building,  southwest  corner  Seventh  and  Chestnut  streets, 
where  they  occupy  rooms  703,  704  and  705.  Here  one  or  the 
other  of  the  two  partners  is  always  found  at  his  desk,  ever  ready 
to  give  any  desired  information,  and  the  affability  and  politeness 
with  which  this  is  done,  is  deservedly  appreciated  by  tlieir  patrons 
and  all  who  come  in  contact  with  them.  Mr.  James  E.  Rutledge 
and  Mr.  Scott  R Taylor  belong  to  the  younger  generation  of  busi- 
ness men,  are  imbued  with  progressive  ideas  and  very  popular 
both  in  business  and  social  circles. 


Glendale  Coal  and  Mining  Co., 

Successors  to  Wm.  Brandenburger  & Sons. 

MINERS  AND  SHIPPERS 

Glendale  Double  Screened  Coal, 

Also  Dealers  In  All  Grades  of 

HARD  AND  SOFT  COAL. 

Office,  Room  403  Granite  Building,  4th  and  Market  Sts., 
ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


Bell  Main  736. 


Kinloch  B170. 


— 225  - 


SCRUGGS-McCLURE  COAL  CO. 

Bell  Mala  704.  Kinloch  B56. 

The  Scruggs-McClure  Coal  Company,  established  in  1891,  stands 
in  the  front  rank  of  its  particular  branch.  The  incorporators 
form  the  Board  of  Directors  and  are  also  the  officers  of  the  com- 
pany, viz.:  Mr.  C.  O.  Scruggs,  President;  Mr.  R.  M.  Scruggs, 
Vice-President,  and  Mr.  G.  E.  McClure,  Secretary.  The  firm 
sells  hard  and  soft  coal  and  coke  of  high  grade  quality  and  its 
very  ample  means  and  facilities  enable  it  to  furnish  its  patrons  the 
product  of  some  of  the  best  Illinois  and  Pennsylvania  coal  mines 
at  the  lowest  possible  price.  They  make  the  family  trade  a sped, 
alty  and  are  known  for  the  great  exactness  and  punctuality  with 
which  they  execute  and  deliver  all  orders,  large  or  small,  entrusted 
to  the  firm.  The  general  office  was  during  a number  of  years 
in  the  Oriole  Building  but  is  since  189G  in  the  Union  Trust  Build- 
ing in  handsome  and  spacious  quarters;  branch  offices  and  ex- 
tensive yards  are  located  on  Boyle  avenue  and  Wabash  Railroad 
line  and  in  Webster  Groves  on  the  Missouri  Pacific  Railroad. 
The  number  of  employees  varies  from  thirty  to  fifty  in  accordance 
with  the  season  of  the  year.  The  company  has  customers  in  all 
parts  of  the  city  and  vicinity,  mostly  all  private  customers,  who 
renew  their  orders  from  year  to  year  fully  convinced  to  receive  at 
all  times  the  article  they  desire,  fair  treatment  and  prompt  serv- 
ice. The  gentlemen  composing  the  firm  are  so  well  known  in 
the  commercial  community  and  in  social  circles  that  this  fact 
hardly  requires  mentioning.  They  are  highly  esteemed  by  all 
who  know  them  and  belong  to  that  class  of  citizens  who  are  al- 
ways cheerfully  willing  lo  promote  public  interests  and  to  give 
their  active  assistance  lo  lau  lable  enterprises  and  matters  of 
general  welfare. 

THE  ST.  LOUIS  AND  BIG  MUDDY  COAL  CO. 
(hurricane  coal  store  CO.) 

Bell  Main  738. 

The  St.  Louis  and  Big  Muddy  Coal  Co.  is  one  of  the  oldest  coal 
companies  of  the  West  and  justly  celebrated  for  the  quality  of  its 
I 5k 


— 226  — 


output.  Its  special  brand  is  the  Hurricane  Coal,  mined  at  Carter- 
ville,  Ills.  ; the  same  is  conceded  to  be,  when  unwashed,  as  good 
as  any  coal  tliat  comes  into  St.  Louis  from  Illinois  mines.  The 
company  has  at  Carterville  a coal  washer  capable  of  producing 
six  hundred  tons  of  washed  coal  per  day  ; this  washed  coal  is 
made  in  five  sizes,  and  is  by  far  the  cleanest  soft  coal  brought 
here.  The  process  of  washing  used  at  Carterville,  is  the  best  in 
existence  and  the  coal  is  of  superior  quality,  as  acknowledged  by 
all  experts  and  proven  by  scientific  anal}  sis.  It  is  therefore  only 
a just  claim  on  the  part  of  the  St.  Louis  & Big  Muddy  Coal  Co. 
that  its  washed  coal  is  the  best  sent  out  from  Illinois.  The 
general  quality  of  the  coal  hailing  from  these  mines  is  known  far 
and  wide,  though  the  principal  territory  of  sales  are  the  Western 
States  ; one-third  of  the  output  is  sold  in  St.  Louis,  nearly  as  much 
in  Chicago  and  the  balance  is  distributed  from  Louisiana  to  the 
Dakotas.  The  company  is  the  greatest  coal  shipper  on  the  Illinois 
Central  Railroad,  which  brings  more  coal  into  our  city  than  any 
other  road.  With  all  possible  facilities  for  transporting,  loading  and 
unloading,  large  yards  with  the  necessary  track  connections, 
numerous  teams  for  delivery  in  the  city,  the  company  is  in  a 
position  to  execute  the  largest  orders  without  delay,  and  it 
can  with  justifiable  pride  point  to  the  fact  that  it  has  punctually 
filled  all  its  contracts,  and  was  never  hampered  by  interruptions 
so  frequently  occurring  nowadays  by  labor  complications  of  all 
sorts.  The  most  careful  attention  is  always  given  to  the  filling 
of  orders,  may  they  be  large  or  small,  and  the  promptest  deliv- 
ery is  the  invariable  rule  of  the  company,  which  is  so  well  known 
for  its  fair  dealing  with  all  its  patrons.  Mr.  Sam.  T.  Brush,  the 
President,  lives  in  Carbondale,  Illinois  ; the  Secretary  and  Treas- 
urer, Mr.  James  C.  Brush,  resides  in  St.  Louis,  and  both  genile- 
men  hold  the  same  positions  in  the  Hurricane  Coal  Store  Com- 
pany. The  offices  are  in  Rooms  502  and  503  Commonwealth 
Building,  northeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  Olive  street,  and 
therefore  in  the  business  district  of  the  city. 


— 227 


MADISON  COAL  CO., 


Suite  1205  Union  Trust  Bldg.,  Olive,  N.  W.  cor.  Seventh, 


WURST  COAL  HAULING  CO. 

Bell  SiclQey  112a.  Kinloch  B359,  368.  Telephones  in  General  Office: 
in  yards:  Kinloch  B368. 

This  company  was  incorporated  on  December  4th,  1893,  by 
Mr.  Andrew  C.  Wurst,  who  is  the  President,  Mrs.  Andrew  C. 
Wurst,  the  Vice-President,  and  Mr.  Chas.  P.  Johannes,  the  Sec- 
retary and  Treasurer.  They  are  also  the  Directors  of  the  cor- 
poration. The  Arm  deals  extensively  in  anthracite  and  bitumi- 
nous coal,  and  has  a very  extensive  trade  over  the  whole  city,  but 
particularly  in  the  southern  part.  They  handle  the  various 
grades  of  soft  coal,  among  them  such  high  grades  as  the  Trenton, 
which  is  acknowledged  to  be  the  best  brought  to  this  market, 
the  Staunton  and  Springfield  coal,  likewise  great  favorites  with 
consumers ; the  hard  coal  sold  by  them  in  all  sfzes  is  also  of  the 
best  quality,  and  it  is  the  constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  give  their 
customers  the  fullest  satisfaction  in  every  respect.  They  make 
it  a point  to  deliver  all  orders  with  the  greatest  promptness,  and 
are  enabled  to  do  so  by  a large  number  of  wagons.  The  firm 


ST.  LOUIS, 


Bell  Main  752. 


Kinloch  B47, 


— 228  — 


makes  a specialty  of  light  and  heavy  hauling,  and  serves  its 
patrons  with  punctuality  and  care,  and  whatever  is  entrusted  to 
them  in  this  line  is  always  performed  by  attentive  and  experi- 
enced employees,  of  which  there  are  about  fifty.  The  Wurst  Coal 
and  Hauling  Company  is,  furthermore,  engaged  in  c'ty  sprinkling  ; 
has  its  general  office  and  stables  at  2120  South  Third  street; 
the  yards  are  located  on  Lesperance  street,  close  to  tlie  tracks  of 
the  St.  Louis,  Iron  Mountain  and  Southern  Railroad,  which  gives 
them  all  desirable  facilities  for  receiving  and  unloading,  and 
connects  them  with  all  other  railroad  lines.  The  firm  is  known 
for  its  honest  and  fair  dealing,  and  enjoys  a well  deserved  repu- 
tation. 


GLUE,  ICE  AND  COAL. 

TAMM  BROTHERS. 

Bell  Liudell  703.  Kinloch  C341. 

The  Tamm  Brothers  Glue  Co.,  the  Tamm  Brothers  Ice  and 
Cold  Storage,  and  the  Tamm  Brothers  Coal  Company,  constitute 
a trio  of  business  enterprises  which  form  a little  world  of  their 
own  in  the  western  part  of  our  city.  The  premises,  on  which 
they  are  carried  on,  cover  several  acres  of  ground  on  Manches- 
ter, Vandeventer  and  Sarpy  avenues.  The  large  buildings  which 
serve  for  the  different  manufacturing  purposes,  are  equipped 
with  the  most  complete  machinery  and  appliances  for  the  produc- 
tion of  glue  and  artificial  ice  respectively,  and  great  care  and  at- 
tention is  paid  in  the  two  separate  features  to  the  processes  by 
which  they  are  produced.  The  various  kinds  of  glue,  all  made 
of  animal  substances,  are  favorably  known  to  the  trade  and  con- 
.■sumers  for  their  excellent  quality  and  great  efficiency,  and  the 
;artificial  ice  is  produced  by  the  best  and  most  scientific  method, 
rfree  from  all  impurities  and  fulfilling  all  hygienic  demands.  It 
lis  therefore  only  natural  that  they  have  a very  extensive  sale, 
and  that  the  output  comprises  quantities  of  the  greatest  volume. 
The  close  proximity  of  several  railroad  lines  affords  ample  switch 
'facilities  for  the  unloading  and  loading  of  cars.  A spring. 


— 229  — 


furnishing  tlie  clearest  water,  located  on  the  premises,  led 
to  the  erection  of  an  artificial  ice  plant  in  1891,  and  the 
ice  made  from  this  water  is  of  the  best  possible  quality  and 
unsurpassed  in  clearness.  Tlie  glue  factory  was  established  in 
1873  by  Mr.  Max  Tamm,  the  President  of  the  different  companies, 
after  gaining  a thorough  knowledge  of  this  industrial  branch  in 
an  Eastern  factory.  The  cold  storage  department  occupies  a 
large  building  for  the  exclusive  use  of  this  particular  branch. 
The  coal  company  deals  in  hard  and  soft  coal  of  the  best  quality 
and  has  a large  trade  in  the  west  end  and  suburbs.  Mr.  Jacob 
Tamm,  the  father  of  the  present  proprietors,  came  here  as  early 
as  in  1842  and  died  in  1894  after  a long  and  useful  career ; he 
was  prominent  in  mercantile,  industrial  and  financial  circles,  for 
many  years  President  of  the  United  States  Savings  Association, 
a man  of  the  highest  integrity  and  respectability.  These  quali- 
ties are  fully  shared  by  his  successors,  who  conduct  their  busi- 
ness in  accordance  with  the  staunch  principles  laid  down  by  their 
ancestors.  Mr.  Max  Tamm  was  born  in  this  city,  visited  first 
our  public  schools  and  completed  his  studies  during  a four  years 
sojourn  in  Germany ; he  is  an  active,  enterprising  man,  gives 
all  his  time  and  attention  to  his  many  business  duties  and  is 
always  willing  to  promote  public  interests.  The  different  branches 
of  the  firm  stand  under  his  direct  supervision  and  management, 
he  being  the  President  and  Treasurer,  and  H.  S.  Tamm  the 
Secretary  of  the  three  companies. 

THE  LACLEDE  BUILDING. 

The  Laclede  Building,  completed  in  1888,  is  one  of  the  hand- 
somest office  buildings  in  the  city.  It  stands  on  the  southwest 
corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive  streets,  in  the  very  midst  of  our 
financial  institutions  and  between  the  most  frequented  thorough- 
fares. Its  dimensions  are  116  feet  wide  by  127i  feel  deep 
backing  on  an  alley  15  feet  wide,  thus  affording  light  and  air  on 
three  sides.  Solidity  and  strength  of  construction  from  founda- 
tion to  roof  are  its  conspicuous  qualities  ; it  is  furthermore  and 
in  fact  fire-proof  and  unsurpassed  in  its  interior.  The  structure 
is  eight  stories  high  with  facades  of  granite  and  iron  to  the  third 


LACLEDE  BUILDING. 


231  — 


story,  the  remaining  stories  being  faced  with  pressed  brick 
trimmed  with  Lake  Superior  stone.  Tlie  main  entrance  leads 
from  Fourth  street  to  a broad,  well-lighted  hall  and  a stairway  of 
easy  tread,  the  staircase  being  an  iron  frame  on  solid  foundations 
with  marble  steps  ascending  in  consecutive  flights  to  the  eighth 
floor.  The  elevators  are  conveniently  located,  and  secure  the 
greatest  safely  and  at  the  same  time  all  desirable  accommoda- 
tions. The  Olive  street  entrance  leads  likewise  to  the  elevators 
of  which  there  are  three  in  number  aside  from  a fourth  one  for 
the  transferring  of  safes,  office  furniture,  etc.  All  the  corridors 
run  straight  out  at  right  angles,  making  the  building  entirely 
free  from  bewildering  turns  or  passages ; they  are  perfectly  light 
and  well  ventilated,  and  so  are  all  the  two  hundred  and  more  rooms, 
which  are  distributed  between  the  second  and  the  eighth  floors. 
These  rooms  are  supplied  with  the  most  modern  conveniences. 
The  heating  and  ventilating  apparatus  are  of  the  newest  approved 
construction,  and  nothing  has  been  spared  to  give  the  incum- 
bents the  greatest  comfort.  The  architects  of  the  Laclede 
Building  were  Mr.  Stephen  D.  Hatch  and  Mr.  L.  Cass  Miller. 
The  latter  gentleman  has  been  its  efficient  superintendent  and 
manager  ever  since  its  erection,  and  under  his  supervision  it  is 
constantly  kept  in  the  most  admirable  order.  In  conclusion  we 
will  add  that  the  entire  ground  floor  is  occupied  by  the  Merchants 
Laclede  National  Bank  and  several  broker  firms. 


THE  LUMBER  TRADE. 

The  lumber  trade  of  a great  city  is  naturally  large,  but  St.  Louis 
can  boast  of  particular  advantages  not  possessed  by  many  other 
cities,  first  of  all  the  Mississippi  river  which  brings  the  lumber 
from  the  northern  forests  and  the  lumber  regions  of  the  South 
elirectly  to  our  door,  aside  from  the  extensive  receipts  by  rail 
from  regions  not  easily  reached  by  water.  The  pineries  of  Wis- 
consin and  Minnesota  supplied  this  market  almost  exclusively  till 
about  twenty  years  ago,  when  dealers  and  manufacturers  com- 
menced to  direct  their  attention  towards  the  forests  of  the  South 
with  their  great  variety  of  wood  so  well  suitable  for  industrial 


— 282 


purposes.  Our  city  began  about  sixty  years  ago  to  become  the 
distributing  point  for  liardwood  lumber  in  this  section  of  the 
country  and  it  developed  in  course  of  time  into  the  chief  center 
of  the  lumber  trade,  supplying  in  the  first  place  the  extensive 
local  consumption  for  building  and  the  furniture  manufacture, 
which  forms  one  of  the  most  important  industrial  branches  of  St. 
Louis.  But  it  is  not  only  the  building  and  the  furniture  branch 
that  require  immense  quantities  of  lumber,  there  are  the  cooper 
shops,  the  box  factories,  the  wagon  and  carriage  makers,  the  car 
shops,  the  planing  mills,  the  sash,  door,  blind  and  woodenware 
manufacturers,  the  molding,  frame,  mantel  and  stair  factories, 
which  permanently  absorb  lumber  of  various  kinds.  The  local 
consumption  in  1901  amounted  to  more  than  500  million  feet  and 
one  might  think  that  this  forms  the  bulk  of  our  lumber  trade,  but 
such  belief  would  be  erroneous,  as  we  sell  much  more  outside 
than  within  the  city.  This  external  trade  together  with  the  local 
gives  employment  to  an  army  of  men  distributed  over  the  pineries 
of  the  North  and  the  Northwest  and  the  forests  of  the  South  aside 
from  those  in  the  yards,  saw  and  planing  mills  in  our  midst. 
St.  Louis  is  the  center  of  the  world’s  lumber  trade;  the  forest 
product  of  seventeen  States  is  sold  in  part  by  St.  Louis  firms  and 
the  capital  invested  here  in  this  branch  amounts  to  many  milliuns. 


BLOESS  LUMBER  CO. 

WHOLESALE  COMMISSION 


LUMBER 


Yellow  and  White  Pine,  Cypress  and  Poplar  Lumber, 
Oregon  Cypress  and  White  Pine  Shingles. 


Temple  Building. 


ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


— 233  — 


ABELES  AND  TAUSSIG. 

Bell  Main  1387. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1884  by  Messrs.  Robert  Abeles  and 
B.  J.  Taussig,  and  the  style  of  the  firm  remained  unchanged 
though  Mr.  Taussig  withdrew  from  it  nearly  ten  years  ago  on 
account  of  other  interests,  which  absorb  his  undivided  personal 
attention.  The  firm  deals  very  extensively  in  lumber  and  made  a 
specialty  of  railroad  timber  sold  and  delivered  exclusively  in  car- 
load lots  to  railroad  contractors  and  railroad  companies.  This 
timber  is  furnished  in  all  desired  sizes  and  in  all  cases  directly 
shipped  from  the  different  saw  mills  owned  by  the  firm  in  various 
parts  of  the  West  and  Southwest.  Some  of  the  largest  contracts 
for  new  lines  and  for  the  repair  of  old  ones  have  been  executed 
by  the  firm  and  the  prompt  and  careful  tilling  of  all  orders 
entrusted  to  this  house  has  w<m  for  it  an  enviable  reputation 
among  railroad  officials  and  contractors.  Ample  means  and  all 
possible  facilities  enable  the  firm  to  compete  successfully  with  all 
its  rivals  in  the  same  branch,  and  to  give  its  patrons  the  most 
liberal  terms.  Mr.  Robert  Abeles  stands  in  the  prime  of  life,  is 
a very  active  business  man  of  the  strictest  integrity,  highly 
esteemed  in  commercial  circles,  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Mer- 
chants Exchange  and  several  mercantile  and  social  organizations. 
The  office  of  Abeles  & Taussig  in  the  Commercial  Building,  corner 
of  Sixth  and  Olive  streets,  is  very  conveniently  located,  being 
accessible  by  street  cars  from  every  direction. 

BOECKELER  LUMBER  CO  . 

Bell  Tyler  619,  291.  Lindell  924.  Kinloch  D502,  C570,  A1C06. 

This  firm  is  the  offspring  of  Schulenburg  & Boeckeler,  one  of  the 
oldest  St.  Louis  lumber  firms  ; the  partners  in  the  present  firm  are 
Messrs.  Wm.  L.,  Henry  A.,  and  Adolph  Boeckeler  and  ar.e  the  sons 
of  the  late  Adolph  Boeckeler  Senior,  who  may  justly  be  called  one 
of  the  pioneers  of  our  lumber  trade  by  running  a saw  mill  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  city  as  early  as  1842.  Two  years  later  he 
formed  a partnership  with  the  late  Frederick  Schulenburg  under 


— 234  — 


the  style  of  Schuleuburg  and  Boeckeler,  who  in  course 
of  time  established  their  own  saw  mills  at  Stillwater,  Minn., 
and  owned  three  steamboats,  with  which  they  brought  the 
rafts  from  the  northern  pineries  down  the  Mississippi  to 
St.  Louis.  The  old  firm  went  out  of  existence  after  the  death 
of  the  two  partners,  who  were  highly  esteemed  for  their  integrity 
and  excellent  character  in  general.  The  sons  of  Mr.  Boeckeler 
are  worthy  successors  of  their  father  and  imbued  with  the  same 
strict  business  princi[)les,  which  were  so  significant  in  their  an- 
cestor. The  Boeckeler  Lumber  Company  has  its  office  and  yards 
at  the  corner  of  Branch  and  Hall  streets,  close  to  the  river  fronts 
and  the  railroad  tracks.  The  directors  and  officers  of  the  corpo- 
ration are:  Henry  A.  Boeckeler,  President ; Adolph  Boeckeler, 
Vice-President,  and  Wm.  L.  Boeckeler,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
They  give  their  whole  time  and  attention  to  their  business  and 
have  met  with  a well-deserved  success.  The  firm  deals  in  white 
and  yellow  i>ine  and  other  kinds  of  lumber  and  keeps  at  all  times 
a large  stock  on  hand  so  that  orders  can  be  filled  without  delay. 
A branch  yard  and  office  is  located  at  the  southeast  corner  of 
Sarah  street  and  Easton  avenue,  to  accommodate  customers  in  the 
western  pai  t of  the  city,  and  another  one  at  1520  North  Four- 
teenth street  for  the  accommodation  of  that  district. 

DRUHE  HARDWOOD  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  516m.  Kinloch  C590. 

Mr.  Win.  Druhe,  the  President  of  the  Drnhe  Hardwood  Lum- 
ber Company,  is  one  of  the  oldest  lumber  merchants  of  our  city, 
and  since  more  than  forty  years  actively  engaged  in  this  important 
branch  of  trade.  He  began  operations  as  early  as  1860,  and  suc- 
ceeded so  well  in  the  development  of  his  trade  that  the  firm 
stands  since  many  years  in  the  front  rank  of  the  branch.  The 
incorporation  under  the  above  style  took  place  in  1886  with  a 
paid-up  capital  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  by  Wm.  Druhe, 
Wm.  Kroeger  and  John  Druhe,  who  are  the  President,  Vice- 
President  and  Secretary  respectively.  The  firm  deals  exclusively 
in  hardwood  lumber,  namely:  walnut,  cherry,  gum,  quarter  and 
plain  red  and  white  oak,  quartered  sycamore,  hickory,  poplar, 


— 235  — 


plain  red  and  curly  birch,  hard  maple  and  butternut,  and  owns 
several  modern-equipped  saw-mills  in  the  Indian  Territory.  The 
St.  Louis  yards,  located  at  Second  and  Clinton  streets,  cover  an 
area  of  four  city  blocks  and  contain  at  all  times  a very  large  and 
fully  assorted  stock,  so  that  even  the  largest  orders  can  be 
promptly  tilled,  and  the  company’s  very  extensive  sales,  aside 
from  a large  local  trade,  comprise  not  only  the  United  States  but 
include  regular  shipments  to  foreign  countries.  The  reputation 
of  the  firm  is  based  upon  the  strictest  business  principles,  and 
its  well-deserved  success  is  the  result  of  enterprise  and  perse- 
verance, industry  and  fair  dealing.  Mr.  Wm.  Druhe  is  one  of 
our  representative  business  men,  a member  of  the  Lumber 
Exchange,  since  many  years  the  President  of  the  German  Lit- 
erary Society,  and  prominently  identified  with  various  important 
interests  and  charitable  oi’gauizaiions.  Mr.  John  Druhe  is  the 
worthy  son  of  a worthy  father,  and  Mr.  Kroeger,  whose  connec- 
tion with  the  firm  is  almost  as  long  as  that  of  Mr.  Druhe  himself, 
is  I'kewise  one  of  the  best-known  business  men  of  the  city. 

EAU  CLAIRE -ST.  LOUIS  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  352.  Lindell  1055.  Kinloch  727. 

This  compau}’  stands  at  the  head  of  our  local  lumber  firms. 
It  was  incorporated  in  1888  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing  and 
continiring  the  St.  Louis  branch  of  the  Eau  Claire  Lumber  Com- 
pany of  Eau  Claire,  Wis.  This  branch  had  been  in  existence 
for  over  ihirt}"  years,  and  its  successors,  the  Eau  Claire-St. 
Louis  Lrrmber  Co.,  has  not  only  maintained  the  prominent  posi- 
tion of  the  former  firm  in  every  direction,  but  has  largely 
extended  the  volume  of  trade.  The  officers  of  the  compau}-  are: 
N.  C.  Chapman,  President;  C.  Marbes,  Vice-President  and  Gen- 
eral Manager;  C.  C.  Linsenmann,  Treasurer,  and  Julius  Seidel, 
Secretary.  Besides  these  gentlemen  W.  A.  Rust  and  Fitch  Gil- 
bert, residing  in  Eau  Claire,  are  also  stockholders  and  directors. 
The  company  deals  in  white  and  yellow'  pine,  and  carries  a well- 
seasoned  stock  of  twelve  to  fifteen  millions,  and  since  its  exist- 
ence the  business  has  increased  from  year  to  year,  the  sales 
reaching  now  the  enormous  amount  of  twenty-five  millious  annu- 


— 236  — 


ally.  The  white  pine  lumber  handled  by  this  firm  is  brought 
down  the  Mississippi  river  in  rafts  from  Wisconsin  and  Minne- 
sota, but  the  days  of  rafting  lumber  are  numbered,  as  timber  in 
the  north  is  getting  more  and  more. scarce,  so  that  particular  atten- 
tion is  nowadays  directed  upon  the  yellow  pine  from  Southern 
Slates.  In  accordance  with  this  fact  the  company  has  recently 
acquired  two  large  saw  mills  in  Monroe,  Louisiana,  with  a daily 
output  of  140,000  feet,  and  sufficient  dry  kiln  and  planing  mill 
capacity  for  the  whole  output.  The  St.  Louis  yards  cover  a 
whole  block  of  ground,  on  South  Broadway,  between  Victor  and 
Barton  streets,  where  100  men  and  thirty  teams  are  employed 
during  the  summer  season,  and  a somewhat  smaller  number  in 
winter.  The  company  commands  very  ample  means,  and  pos- 
sesses every  facility  for  the  transaction  of  its  large  business. 
The  management  lies  chiefly  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Charles  Marbes, 
whose  long  experience  in  the  lumber  trade  and  thorough  knowl- 
edge of  all  its  details  has  done  a great  deal  towards  the  constant 
extension  of  the  firm’s  business. 

JOHN  J.  GANAHL  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Main  1952.  Kinloch  D302. 

It  was  in  1863  when  John  P.  Fleitz  and  John  J.  Ganahl  formed 
a copartnership  under  the  firm  name  of  Fleitz  & Ganahl,  dealers 
in  lumber  and  all  articles  pertaining  to  the  lumber  trade.  Mr. 
Fleitz  removed  soon  afterwards  to  Saginaw,  the  center  of  the 
Michigan  lumber  region,  leaving:  the  management  in,St.  Louis  in 
the  hands  of  his  partner,  who  soon  succeeded  to  make  the  firm 
one  of  the  largest  in  its  line  in  this  cityu  Mr.  Ganahl  purchased 
in  1879  his  partner’s  interest  and  incorporated  two  years  later  the 
present  firm,  of  which  he  was  the  President  and  Treasurer  until 
his  death,  which  occurred  on  the  20th  of  August,  1898,  being 
ably  assisted  in  the  conduct  of  the  business  by  his  sons,  Louis  J. 
and  Theodore  C.  Ganald,  the  latter  of  which  followed  his  father 
into  eternity  in  December,  1900.  The  Northern  forests  supply 
the  firm  with  white  pine,  the  South  and  Southwest  with  yel- 
low pine,  but  aside  from  these,  large  quantities  of  cedar, 
poplar,  ash,  maple,  oak  and  other  hardwood  lumber  are  dis- 


237 


tributed  bj'  the  company  over  the  various  States,  comprising 
the  territory  of  its  sales.  The  trade  of  the  John  J.  Ganahl 
Lumber  Company  lias  grown  from  year  to  year  under  the  saga- 
cious management  of  its  founder,  who  was  known  for  his 
integrity,  strict  business  principles  and  fair  dealing  in  all  his 
transactions ; these  qualities  formed  the  basis  of  his  success  and 
won  him  the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  business  community  and  his 
fellow-citizens  in  general.  This  was  sufficiently  evinced  by  his 
repeated  election  to  positions  of  trust  and  honor,  for  instance,  as  a 
member  of  the  city  council,  in  which  capacity  he  served  duringfour 
years  with  the  greatest  fidelity  and  ability.  His  successors  firmly 
adhere  to  the  principles  laid  down  by  him  and  enjoy,  like  him,  the 
confidence  of  their  customers.  The  constant  development  of  the 
firm’s  trade  made  the  yards  on  Second  street  and  Paik  avenue 
inadequate  in  course  of  time  and  additional  facilitits  necessary, 
which  caused  the  establishment  of  another  yard,  lioundrd  by 
South  Broadway,  Seventh  street,  Allen  and  Russell  avenues. 
The  present  officers  and  proprietors  of  the  Lumber  Company  are: 
Louis  J.  Ganahl,  President;  H.  F.  Reis,  Vice-President,  and 
Albert  J.  Droege,  Secretary.  They  also  own  the  Ganahl  Planing 
Mill  and  Mauufacturing  Co.,  located  at  Kosciusko  street  near 
Geyer  avenue,  with  Louis  J.  Ganahl,  as  President;  Fidel  Ganahl, 
Vice-President;  and  M.  L.  Ganahl,  Secretary;  whose  output  con- 
sists in  boards,  frames,  doors,  sashes,  laths,  shingles,  etc.  To 
give  the  reader  an  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  company’s  trade,  we 
will  state  in  conclusion,  that  the  annual  sales  average  twent3’-five 
millions  feet  of  lumber.  The  general  offices  are  on  South  Second 
street  and  Park  avenue,  two  blocks  east  of  South  Broadway. 

PHILIP  GRUNER  & BROS.  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  251,  645.  Kinloch  C509,  B123.3. 

Forty  years  is  a long  period  when  they  refer  to  the  existence 
of  a business  firm  in  our  days,  in  which  changes  so  frequently’ 
occur  and  individuals  so  often  substitute  one  vocation  for  the 
other.  The  business  of  which  we  speak  here  was  founded  in  1860, 
more  than  forty’  years  ago,  and  numbers  therefore  among  the 
oldest  mercantile  concerns  of  our  city.  It  was  established  by 


— 238  — 


Mr.  Philip  Gruner,  who  had  left  his  native  land,  the  then  French 
province  of  Alsace,  in  1853,  when  only  twenty-one  years  of  age 
as  the  avant  courier  of  his  parents  and  younger  brothers,  who 
followed  him  to  this  country  a few  years  latei.  He  had  come  to 
America  in  possession  of  an  academic  education,  having  studied  at 
the  celebrated  University  of  Heidelberg,  but  also  fully  equipped 
with  sufficient  courage  and  the  will  to  take  up  the  battle  of  life  if 
necessary.  It  became  so  and  found  him  well  prepared ; he  was 
first  employed  by  a large  lumber  concern  in  the  lumber  regions 
of  Michigan,  where  his  thorough  knowledge  of  French  and 
German  proved  of  great  advantage  to  him  and  where  he 
made  himself  familiar  with  all  the  details  of  the  lumber 
trade.  He  and  the  other  members  of  his  family  came  to 
St.  Louis  in  1859,  and  made  this  city  their  permanent 
home;  in  the  following  year  he  opened  a business  of  his  own 
under  the  name  of  Philip  Gruner,  Jr.,  & Co.  ; it  soon  became  one 
of  the  leading  lumber  firms  and  more  extensive  from  year  to 
year,  so  that  the  jmrds  on  Cass  avenue  and  Ninth  became  in 
course  of  time  insufficient  and  still  larger  yards  were  added  on 
North  Broadway  between  Bremen  avenue  and  Angelica  street. 
The  firm  name  was  changed  later  on  to  Philip  Gruner  & Bros. 
Lumber  Co.  as  a corporation,  whose  President  he  was  until  his 
death  in  September,  1898,  since  which  time  the  business  is  con- 
ducted by  the  following  Directors  and  Officers  of  the  Company: 
G.  A.  Gruner,  President;  M.  Gruner,  Vice-President;  and  L. 
Gruner,  Secretary.  Mr.  G.  A.  Gruner  and  Mr.  Louis  Gruner, 
brothers  of  the  late  Philip  Gruner,  have  been  identified  with  the 
firm  since  its  foundation  and  have  always  taken  an  active  part 
in  its  management,  which  has  at  all  times  been  based  upon  the 
principles  of  the  highest  integrity  and  uprightness  in  all  trans- 
actions, combined  with  fair  dealing  toward  all  their  customers. 

Most  ample  means  enables  them  to  give  their  patrons  the  best 
possible  conditions  and  their  almost  inexhaustive  stock  of  well- 
seasoned  lumber  affords  unsurpassed  facilities  to  the  buyer. 
Every  order,  large  or  small,  is  filled  with  the  greatest  care  and 
attention  and  nothing  is  left  undone  to  give  the  fullest  satisfac- 
tion to  the  patrons  of  the  firm. 


FRED  HEIM,  DEALER  IN  LUMBER,  ETC. 

Bell  Siduey  434m.  Kinloch  C119. 

Mr.  Fred  Heim’s  lumber  yard  is  located  on  Russell  avenue 
between  13th  and  14th  streets,  covering  the  whole  block,  and  is 
constantly  stocked  with  a full  assortment  of  white  and  yellow 
pine,  shingles,  laths  and  other  building  material  pertaining  to  the 
lumber  trade.  This  large  stock  enables  him  to  supply  builders, 
contractors  and  private  customers  at  all  times  with  well-seasoned 
lumber  and  his  sales  comprise  all  parts  of  the  city  and  the  sur- 
rounding country.  He  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  as  a 
business  man  and  citizen,  based  upon  integrity  and  fair-dealing 
in  all  his  transactions.  Fred  Heim  was  born  and  reared  in  Tyrol, 
one  of  the  Austrian  provinces,  and  brought  with  him  the  proverb- 
ial industry,  frugality  and  honesty  of  the  Tyrolese  people ; after- 
receiving  a liberal  education  in  his  native  land,  he  and  his  five 
brothers  emigrated  to  America  and  came  directly  to  St.  Louis 
where  they  first  (1850)  opened  a rope  factory  on  Lesperauce 
street,  near  the  river,  having  learned  this  trade  at  home  in  their 
father’s  workshops.  In  1856  the  six  brothers  went  into  the 
dairy  business,  supplying  hotels,  hospitals  and  a large  number  of 
families  all  over  the  city.  After  a period  of  ten  years  the  dairy 
business  was  given  up  (in  1866)  whereupon  two  of  the  brothers 
entered  the  brewery  business  and  Fred  Heim  chose  the  lumber- 
branch  as  the  field  of  his  activity,  meeting  with  deserved  success, 
as  his  trade  extended  from  year  to  year,  the  sales  amounting  to 
several  millions  of  feet  annually.  He  is  a man  of  liberal  and  pro- 
gressive views,  devotes  his  leisure  hours  to  science  and  literature, 
has  a large  circle  of  warm  friends  and  [lossesses  the  esteem  of  all 
who  know  him.  Two  of  the  brothers  are  still  in  the  brewing 
business,  but  the  three  others  are  no  longer  among  the  livina:. 

M.  J.  HELLER  LUMBER  CO. 

Mr.  M.  J.  Heller,  the  son  of  Mr.  Michael  Heller,  is  since 
several  years  the  sole  owner  of  this  firm,  the  father  having  re- 
tired from  active  business  after  a long  and  useful  career  as  a 


— 240  — 


prominent  representative  of  our  commercial  and  industrial  com- 
munity. Judge  Heller,  by  which  name  he  is  known  all  over  the 
city,  after  having  served  as  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  County 
Court  from  1874  till  1877,  in  which  latter  year  the  separation  of 
city  and  county  took  place,  came  here  in  1840  and  he  is  therefore 
one  of  our  oldest  fellow-citizens.  In  1855  he  had  formed  a co- 
partnership with  Mr.  Sebastian  Hoffman  under  the  firm  of  Heller 
and  Huffman,  for  the  manufacture  of  chairs,  and  their  establish- 
ment iH'came  one  of  the  largest  of  its  branch  within  a short  time 
and  was  chielly  instrumental,  that  the  factories  in  Ohio,  who  had 
in  a large  measure  supplied  this  market,  lost  their  hold  on  St. 
Louis  and  that  their  wares  were  replaced  by  home  product.  Mr. 
Heller  conducted  the  affairs  of  the  firm  for  thirty-eight  years  and 
withilrew  in  1891,  whereupon  he  became  the  President  of  the  M. 
J.  Heller  Lumber  Company.  The  judge  has  always  been  a prom- 
inent figure  in  the  northern  part  of  the  city  and  his  active  |)arti- 
cipation  in  public  matters  made  him  known  from  one  end  of  St. 
Louis  to  the  other;  his  uprightness  in  all  his  transactions  has 
won  him  the  esteem  and  respect  of  our  best  citizens.  The  same 
can  be  said  in  reference  to  Mr.  M.  J.  Heller,  who  is  likewise  well 
and  favorably  known  in  our  busine-s  circles  as  a man  of  .strict  in- 
tegrity and  estimable  character.  The  lumber  company  was 
established  some  twelve  years  ago  and  supplies  exclusively  the 
wholesale  trade  selling  lumber  by  the  carloads  only,  and  its  sales 
are  very  extensive.  Ample  means  and  a thorough  knowledge  of 
all  the  details  of  the  lumber  trade  enable  Mr.  Heller  to  give  his 
customers  the  fullest  satisfaction  in  regard  to  quality  and  price 
and  all  orders  are  executed  with  the  greatest  care  and  prompt- 
ness. The  office  was  for  many  years  in  the  Temple  Building, 
but  is  now  in  the  Houser  Building,  northwest  corner  Broadway 
and  Chestnut  street. 

kop:nig  lumber  company. 

Kinloch  C558. 

Mr.  F.  A.  Koenig,  Senior,  a native  of  Saxony,  came  to  this 
country  in  1855,  and  first  to  Chicago,  where  he  found  employ- 
ment as  laborer  in  a lumber  yard.  Being  promoted  in  course  of 


— 241  — 


time  to  yard  foreman  and  City  Lumber  Inspector,  he  resolved  to 
establish  himself  in  the  trade  and  for  this  purpose  removed  to  St. 
Louis  in  1881.  Here  he  began  dealing  in  hardwood  lumber 
on  a very  small  scale  but  energy  and  industry  made  him  sook 
progress.  The  yard  on  Second  and  Louisa  street  became  insuffi- 
cient and  was  changed  for  a much  larger  one  on  First  and  Branch 
streets,  which  measures  300  by  150  feet  square,  with  a piling-up 
capacity  of  one  and  a half  to  two  million  feet ; on  the  switch  which 
runs  into  the  yard,  twelve  to  fifteen  cars  can  be  unloaded  at  one 
time.  Mr.  F.  A.  Koenig,  Jr. , joined  his  father  in  business  in  1891. 
The  incorporation  of  the  company  took  place  in  1899  by  F.  A. 
Koenig,  Senior,  the  President,  F.  A.  Koenig,  Jr.,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer,  and  G.  A.  Koenig,  who  acts  as  Yard  Overseer.  The 
firm  deals  iu  all  sorts  of  hardwood,  especially  poplar  and  oan 
(poplar  box  and  panel  shelving)  and  handles  also  yellow  and 
white  pine  and  cypress.  They  own  saw  mills  at  Newbern,  Teun., 
and  Oak  Ridge,  Miss.  From  20,000  to  25,000  feet  are  cut  daily. 
Mr.  Koenig  Senior,  who,  in  spite  of  his  seventy-six  years,  is  yet 
very  active,  attends  himself  to  the  buying  of  timber  lands,  in  the 
aforesaid  States  and  superintends  the  sawing  and  shipping  of  the 
ready  lumber  to  St.  Louis,  where  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  men 
are  constantly  employed  in  the  yards.  The  trade  is  exclusively 
local,  the  father  and  the  two  sons  are  the  sole  owners  of  the  busi- 
ness, which  is  carried  on  with  an  ample  cash  capital  of  20,000  dol- 
lars. Their  success  is  due  to  honest  and  fair  dealing,  great  attention 
given  even  to  the  smallest  order  and  the  faithful  compliance  with 
the  wishes  of  their  customers.  Mr.  F.  A.  Koenig,  Jr.,  manages 
the  business  in  St.  Louis,  was  born  in  Illinois,  received  a liberal 
education,  devotes  his  time  and  ability  to  his  duties  and  is  an 
affable  German- American  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word. 

L.  METHUDY. 

Mr.  L.  Methudy,  born  in  Vienna,  Austria,  1837,  came  to  this 
country  in  1855  ; spent  the  years  preceding  the  Civil  War  as  clerk 
in  a large  exporting  firm  ; soon  after  the  outbreak  of  the  war  he 
joined  the  Union  army;  after  serving  some  time  in  the  Engineer 
Corps  he  was  promoted  to  P'irst  Lieutenant  and  subsequently  to 
16k 


— 242  — 


Captain  of  Artillery.  During  his  time  of  service  he  was  assigned 
to  duty  as  Acting  Assistant  Adjutant-General,  and  was  one  of 
the  last  officers  mustered  out  of  the  service  (May  1,  1866). 
Soon  after  he  made  St.  Louis  his  home,  entered  the  lumber  busi- 
ness and  in  1870  founded,  together  with  Mr.  Geo.  F.  Meyer,  the 
firm  of  Methudy  & Meyer,  who,  until  1889,  did  a large  inland 
and  export  business  in  all  kinds  of  building  and  furniture  woods. 
From  1889  until  October,  1898,  he  carried  on  this  business  in  his 
own  name,  and  lately  he  consolidated  his  interests  with  the  Gordon 
Lumber  Co.,  one  of  the  largest  lumber  and  saw  mill  concerns  in 
the  West,  which,  with  its  associate  mills,  controls  an  output  of 
75,000,000  to  80,000,000  feet  p.  a.  He  has  been  identified  with 
various  public  interests  since  1870,  was  a member  of  the  St. 
Louis  School  Board,  for  many  years  a director  of  the  National 
German  Teachers’  Seminary  in  Milwaukee,  one  of  the  charter 
members  of  the  National  Conservatory  of  Music  in  New  York, 
for  thirteen  years  a director  in  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  and 
Music  Hall  Association,  also  for  many  years  a Director,  and  for 
two  terms  President  of  the  Germania  Club,  served  as  President 
of  the  Twenty-fifth  National  Festival  of  the  North  American 
Saengerbund,  is  a member  of  the  Military  Order  of  the  Loyal 
Legion  of  the  U.  S.,  also  a member  of  the  G.  A.  K.  and  other 
societies.  A highly  cultured  and  very  affable  gentleman,  active 
and  energetic  in  business,  and  much  esteemed  in  social  circles. 
His  office  is  in  the  Wainwright  Building. 


R.  II.  HOLMES,  Pres.  J.  H.  HOLMES,  Treas. 

H.  HAFFERKAMP,  V.-Pres.  R.  H.  THOMPSON,  Sec. 


HOLMES  LUMBER 


401  South  Eleventh  Street, 


Bell  Main  820. 


ST.  LOUIS. 


— 243  — 


REHEIS-ROLFES  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Main  1268.  Kinloch  D391. 

The  above  firm  is  one  of  the  latest  additions  in  the  lumber 
branch  of  our  city,  but  can,  nevertheless,  point  to  a successful 
career  and  a constantly  growing  trade  as  the  natural  result  of 
fair  and  reliable  dealing.  The  company  was  organized  a few 
years  ago  by  Messrs.  John  A.  Reheis,  Henry  G.  Rolfes  and 
Joseph  P.  Groepper,  and  incorporated  in  1900  with  the  three 
proprietors  as  Directors  and  officers  as  follows:  John  A.  ReheiSy 
President;  Henry  G.  Rolfes,  Vice-President,  and  Joseph  P.. 
Groepper,  Secretary.  Mr.  Reheis  was  for  fifteen  yeai’s  con- 
nected with  the  John  J.  Ganahl  Lumber  Company,  whose  serv- 
ices he  had  entered  when  a mere  youth,  but  had  soon  won  the^ 
confidence  of  his  employers  and  a responsible  position,  thereby' 
acquiring  the  fullest  experience  in  the  lumber  line.  Mr.  Rolfes 
was,  likewise,  during  many  years  with  theGanahls,  and  is  also  an 
expert  in  the  business.  The  firm  carries  at  all  times  a large 
stock  of  hardwood  lumber,  especially  yellow  pine,  which  is 
mostly  sold  within  the  city  and  neighborhood.  The  office  and 
yards,  located  on  Twelfth  and  Gratiot  streets,  give  them  the 
advantage  of  switch  connections  with  the  various  railroad  lines. 
The  business  of  the  firm  is  conducted  by  Messrs,  Reheis  and 
Rolfes,  who  give  it  the  closest  attention,  and  whose  aim  it  is  to 
extend  to  their  customers  the  best  conditions  as  to  prices  and 
quality.  The  three  owners  have  always  lived  here ; are  active, 
industrious  young  business  men,  and  are  well  known  and 
esteemed  by  all  who  know  them. 


ADELBERT  STRAUSS,  Pres.  C.  T.  STRAUSS,  Sec. 

M.  J.  NULSON,  V.-Pres.  F.  E.  NULSOX,  Treas, 

MALVERN  LUMBER  CQ. 

Chemical  Building, 


Bell  Main  1124m, 


721  Olive  Street. 


— 244  — 


WALDSTEIN  LUMBER  CO. 

Bell  Main  721a.  Kinloch  D308. 

The  founder  of  the  firm  from  which  the  Waldstein  Lumber 
Company  emanates,  the  late  Mr.  Nathan  Waldstein,  was  one  of 
the  best  known  business  men  of  our  city,  highly  esteemed  in 
mercantile  as  well  as  social  circles  and  at  all  times  willing  to 
promote  the  interests  of  the  community  and  to  assist  in  all  under- 
takings for  the  good  and  welfare  of  St.  Louis.  He  became 
familiar  with  the  lumber  trade  as  Superintendent  of  the  St.  Louis 
Hub  & Handle  Manufacturing  Company  and  went  into  the 
lumber  business  in  1878.  The  incorporation  of  the  Company 
took  place  in  1892  with  Nathan  Waldstein,  F.  Waldstein  and 
H.  F.  Heuer  as  incorporators.  The  death  of  the  senior  partner 
occurred  in  1900,  since  which  time  the  ownership  rests  in  the 
Waldstein  Estate,  Mr.  F.  Waldstein,  Mr.  J.  L.  Benas  and  Mr. 
H.  F.  Heuer.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  F.  Waldstein, 
President;  J.  L.  Benas,  Vice-President;  and  H.  F.  Heuer,  Secre- 
tary, who  also  constitute  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  company 
deals  exclusively  in  hardwood  lumber  of  every  kind,  brought 
here  from  the  respective  lumber  regions  to  their  large  yards  located 
in  close  proximity  to  the  Mississippi  river  and  connected  by  switches 
with  the  various  railroad  lines.  Very  ample  means  and  a busi- 
ness experience  of  many  years  enable  the  proprietors  to  execute 
the  largest  contracts  on  the  most  liberal  conditions  and  to  fill 
all  orders  with  the  greatest  promptness  from  their  fully  assorted 
and  very  complete  stock.  The  handling  of  the  lumber  is  done 
by  thirty  employees  under  the  supervision  of  experienced 
foremen.  The  territory  of  their  sales  comprises  the  United  States 
and  Canada  aside  from  considerable  exportations  to  European 
countries.  Messrs.  Waldstein,  Benas  and  Heuer  devote  all 
their  time,  energy  and  attention  to  the  strict  performance  of 
their  duties  and  are  known  for  their  reliable  and  fair  dealing 
with  all  customers  of  the  firm.  The  yards  are  located  on  Rutger 
between  Main  and  Second  streets,  the  office  being  at  146  Rutger 
street,  two  blocks  east  of  South  Broadway. 


— 245  — 


SASHES,  DOOES,  BLmDS,  ETC. 

The  permanent  growth  of  St.  Louis,  its  spreading  out  contin- 
uously in  every  direction,  where  the  river  does  not  stand  in  the 
way,  creates  an  uninterrupted  addition  of  new  houses  of  every 
character,  but  all  of  them  need  sashes,  doors,  blinds,  stairs, 
and  other  wooden  equipments,  and  this  accounts  in  part  for  the 
extensive  output  of  the  factories  of  which  we  speak  below.  The 
manufacture  of  the  articles  just  named  forms  an  important  branch 
of  our  industries;  they  are  made  here  in  great  variety  of  standard 
sizes  and  shapes,  or  to  order,  and  the  stock  of  the  former  is  at 
all  times  so  extensive  that  even  the  largest  orders  can  be  filled 
without  loss  of  time.  The  local  consumer  demands  the  greater 
part  of  the  product,  and  the  remainder  is  readily  absorbed  out- 
side, as  the  voluminous  shipments  show  the  annual  sales  amount 
to  millions  of  dollars,  and  the  branch  gives  employment  to  thou- 
sands of  hands. 

FOX  BROTHERS  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Kinloch  C1029. 

The  extensive  establishment  of  the  Fox  Brothers  Manufactur- 
ing Companjq  on  the  corner  of  Ohio  avenue  and  Sidney  street, 
had  a rather  modest  beginning.  It  consisted  in  a planing  mill, 
located  on  the  southwest  corner  Kosciusko  and  Trudeau  streets, 
carried  on  by  Mr.  George  C.  Fox,  from  1882  until  1889,  Dur- 
ing the  previous  year  the  new  plant  was  built,  and  in  1889  set  in 
operation.  The  incorporation  of  the  firm  took  place  on  January 
29  of  the  same  year  with  Mr.  George  C.  Fox,  Phil.  J.  Fox,  and 
E.  A.  Thomas,  as  incorporators.  The  present  officers  of  the 
company  are:  George  C.  Fox,  President;  Philip  J.  Fox,  Vice- 
President,  and  George  C.  Fox,  Jr.,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
The  firm  manufactures  sashes,  doors,  blinds,  and  mouldings  of 
all  kinds,  and  the  product  of  the  factory  is  not  surpassed  in 
quality  and  workmanship  by  that  of  any  other  establishment. 
They  use  only  well-seasoned  wood  of  the  best  quality,  have 
always  a large  stock  of  lumber  on  hand,  and  employ  skilled  work- 


— 246  — 


men  in  the  various  departments,  and  the  designs  come  from  able 
and  experienced  hands,  and  are  of  the  most  modern  pattern.  The 
factory  buildings  contain  the  most  approved  machinery  and  a com- 
plete equipment  of  all  facilities  known  to  the  branch,  so  that  every- 
thing coming  from  these  workshops,  from  stock  on  hand  or 
made  expressly  to  order,  give  the  fullest  satisfaction.  Every 
article  is  carefully  examined  before  leaving  the  premises  and 
all  orders,  may  they  be  large  or  small,  receive  the  greatest  care 
and  attention  besides  being  filled  with  remarkable  promptness,  a 
matter  of  much  importance  to  contractors  and  builders.  The 


firm  is  known  for  its  reliability  and  fair  treatment  of  all  its  cus- 
tomers and  has  a well-earned  reputation  among  architects  and  the 
building  trade  in  general.  They  possess  ample  means  and  can 
give  their  customers  the  best  possible  terms  in  regard  to  prices 
and  all  other  conditions.  The  two  brothers,  Mr.  Geo.'C.  and  Mr. 
Phil.  J.  Fox,  are  both  practical  experts  in  their  line  and  devote 
all  their  time  and  ability  to  the  conscientious  fulfillment  of  their 
business  duties,  for  which  they  find  a well-deserved  reward  in  the 
constant  growth  of  their  trade  and  the  uninterrupted  addition  of 
new  patrons. 


— 247  — 


PHILIBERT  & JOHANNING  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2307.  Kinloch  D20. 

The  origin  of  this  establishment  dates  back  as  far  as  1837  and 
consisted  in  a planing  mill  run  by  horse  power  located  on  Olive 
between  Second  and  Third  streets.  It  remained  here  until  1856 
and  from  that  year  on  and  ever  since  on  Market  street  between 
Fifteenth  and  Sixteenth,  where  the  factory  takes  up  more  than 
half  a block  aside  from  the  lumber  yards  of  the  company  which 
cover  the  entire  area  from  Walnut  to  Eugenia  between  Seven- 
teenth and  Eighteenth  streets.  The  incorporation  under  the 
present  name  took  place  in  1881  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Philibert, 
whereupon  Mr.  J.  W.  Kaiser  became  President  and  Mr.  W.  G. 
Frye,  Secretary  and  Manager.  The  death  of  Mr.  Kaiser  caused 
another  change  and  the  officers  of  the  company  are  now  : M.  G. 

Frye,  President  and  Treasurer,  and  Henry  Arnold,  Secretary. 
They  manufacture  sashes,  doors,  blinds,  glazed  windows,  frames, 
balusters,  newels  and  stair  work  of  every  description,  unsurpassed 
in  material  and  workmanship.  A very  large  number  of  skilled 
hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the  extensive  workshops,  super- 
intended over  by  able  and  experienced  foremen,  and  the 
quality  of  the  output  has  resulted  in  a continued  growth  of  trade. 
The  yards  contain  at  all  times  an  extensive  stock  of  well  sea- 
soned hardwood  lumber,  supplying  the  factory  with  the  best 
material.  The  woodwork  in  many  of  the  finest  buildings 
and  private  residences  in  St.  Louis  and  vicinity  comes 
from  this  company  and  gives  evidence  of  the  great  care 
with  which  all  orders  are  executed.  The  Philibert  and  Johan- 
ning  Manufacturing  Company  has  aho  an  exclusive  jobbing  de- 
partment, furnishing  all  the  various  articles  to  dealers  in  quanti- 
ties to  suit.  The  general  supervision  of  the  firm’s  business  lies 
in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Wm.  G.  Frye,  who  has  been  connected  with  the 
house  for  more  than  twenty  years,  and  who  possesses  a thorough 
knowledge,  theoretical  as  well  as  practical,  of  all  the  details  in 
the  branch.  Aside  from  this  fact  he  has  surrounded  himself  with 
a corps  of  able  assistants  in  the  various  departments,  one  of  them 
being  Mr.  F.  Louis  Seidel,  for  many  years  a manufacturer  of 


— 248  — 


store  and  office  fixtures  and  artistic  house  interiors.  Under  Mr. 
Frye’s  able  management  the  firm’s  trade  has  grown  from  year 
to  year  and  its  sales  extend  over  a large  territory,  especially  Mis- 
souri, Arkansas,  Mississippi  and  Texas,  besides  a very  large  local 
trade.  Mr.  Wm.  G.  Frye  is  a native  of  St.  Louis  and  entered 
the  service  of  the  firm,  at  the  head  of  which  he  now  stands, 
after  finishing  his  academic  studies.  He  is  well  known  and 
highly  esteemed  in  commercial  and  social  circles,  fair  and  square 
in  all  his  dealings;  a man  of  great  activity  and  of  the  most 
affable  manners,  which  endears  him  to  all  who  come  in  contact 
with  him. 

RIDDLE-REHBEIN  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  279a.  Kinloch  B1247. 

The  Riddle-Rehbein  Manufacturing  Company  is  the  offspring, 
or  more  correctly  speaking,  the  successor  of  the  Mississippi  Planing 
Mill  plant,  owned  by  J.  and  W.  Patrick,  whose  operations  in  the 
lumber  line  date  back  as  far  as  to  the  beginning  of  the  fifties. 
They  retired  from  active  business  in  1878,  whereupon  Mr. 
George  T.  Riddle  and  Mr.  Chas.  Rehbein,  who  had  for  many 
years  been  in  their  employ,  purchased  the  plant,  which  has  since 
then  become  more  extensive,  we  may  truthfully  say,  from  year 
to  year.  It  covers  a very  large  area  on  Thirteenth  from  the 
corner  of  O’Fallon  towards  Biddle  street  and  contains  a magnifi- 
cent equipment  of  modern  machinery  and  all  facilities  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  the  various  articles  which  constitute  the 
output  of  the  establishment.  They  consist  principally  in  sashes, 
doors  and  blinds,  but  also  in  interior  woodwork  for  residences  and 
offices,  of  which  the  firm  makes  a specialty.  A very  large  num- 
ber of  skilled  hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the  different 
departments  under  the  direct  supervision  of  Mr.  Chas.  Rehbein, 
who  for  years  had  been  foreman  with  the  Patricks  and  who,  like 
Mr.  Riddle,  has  a long  experience  and  thorough  knowledge  of 
everything  pertaining  to  the  branch.  Well  seasoned  material, 
exact  workmanship  and  fine  finish  are  the  acknowledged  qualities 
of  the  company’s  products.  The  firm  was  incorporated  in  1878 
and  has  the  following  officers:  Geo.  T.  Riddle,  President  and 


— 249  — 


Treasurer;  Chas.  Rebbein,  Vice-Presidtnt ; ar.d  Henry  Rebbein, 
Secretary.  All  three  devote  tbeir  time  and  labor  to  tbe  manage- 
ment of  ibeir  constantly  growing  business,  give  tbeir  care  and 
attention  to  all  tbe  details  and  have  won  the  fullest  confidence  of 
tbeir  patrons  through  the  faithful  execution  of  every  order,  large 
or  small,  by  fair  dealing  in  all  their  transactions.  The  firm 
possesses  very  ample  means  and  belongs  to  the  foremost  repre- 
sentatives in  the  industrial  ranks  of  St.  Louis. 

ST.  LOUIS  SASH  AND  DOOR  WORKS. 

Bell  Tyler  543a, 

The  St.  Louis  Sash  and  Door  Works  was  established  in 
1887,  at  which  time  they  purchased  the  stock  of  the  St.  Louis 
Planing  Mill  Co.,  situated  on  Mullanphy  street  between  Seventh 
and  Eighth  streets.  The  business  was  from  its  inception  in 
charge  of  Mr.  H.  Riesenberg,  of  this  city,  his  partner  being  Mr. 
J.  P.  Weyerhaeuser,  of  Rock  Island,  111.  From  1887,  until  the 
beginning  of  1892,  the  St.  Louis  Sash  and  Door  Works  were 
located  on  Mullanphy  street,  betw  een  Seventh  and  Eighth,  and 
had  leased  besides  these  premises,  additional  warehouses,  both 
on  Seventh  and  also  on  Eighth  streets.  In  the  beginning  of  1892, 
they  had  leased  the  large,  five-stoiy  warehouse  on  North 
Market  street  near  Broadway,  where  they  had  splendid  facilities, 
when  on  May  6th,  1892,  the  entire  building  and  its  contents  were 
destroyed  by  fire,  which  forced  them  to  abandon  those  quarters. 
The  business  was  then  moved  to  its  present  location,  covering  the 
entire  block  on  the  south  side  of  Dock  street,  from  Main  to  Second, 
where  it  has  commodious  warehouses,  large  lumber-yard  room,  and 
a fair-sized  factory  for  the  turning  out  of  special  sizes.  In  the 
beginning  of  1897  it  seemed  best  policy  for  the  purpose  of  connecting 
tbe  Rock  Island  factory  better  with  the  St.  Louis  end  of  the 
business,  that  Mr.  Riesenberg  should  also  have  charge  of  the 
Rock  Island  factory,  and  therefore  the  Rock  Island  Sash  & 
Door  Works  was  incorporated  early  in  1897,  the  officers  being: 
F.  C.  A.  Denkmann,  President;  H.  Riesenberg,  Vice-President 
and  Manager;  J.  P.  Weyerhaeuser,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and 
R.  C.  Imse,  Assistant  Manager — all  of  Rock  Island,  111.,  except 


— 250  — 


Mr.  Riesenberg,  who  remains  a resident  of  St.  Louis,  but  devotes 
part  of  his  time  to  the  Rock  Island  business,  going  up  there  about 
every  two  weeks.  The  Rock  Island  Sash  & Door  Works,  has 
one  of  the  largest  stock  sash  and  door  factories  in  the  country, 
turning  out  almost  1,000  doors  a day,  and  sash  and  blinds  in 
proportion.  They  employ  approximately  300  hands,  and  besides 
supplying  the  St.  Louis  business,  they  distribute  their  product  over 
the  entire  United  States,  and  to  a good  portion  of  Europe.  The  St. 
Louis  Sash  & Dooi  Works  cover  with  their  goods  the  entire  South 
and  Southwest,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  rival  industries  have 
sprung  up,  especially  in  the  South,  they  continue  to  sell  their  white 
pine  goods,  of  which  they  make  a specialty  everywhere,  and  are 
given  the  preference  over  cypress,  or  yellow  pine  goods.  The  St. 
Louis  as  well  as  Rock  Island  business  is  connected  through 
Mr.  Frederick  Weyerhaeuser  of  St.  Paul,  Minn  , with  that  large 
branch  of  White  Pine  interests  commonly  known  in  the  North- 
west as  the  “ Weyerhaeuser  interests.  ” Mr.  Frederick  Weyer- 
haeuser is  at  the  head  of  all  these  interests,  a few  of  which  are: 
The  Mississippi  River  Logging  Co.,  Chippewa  Logging  Co., 
Chippewa  Lumber  & Boom  Co.,  of  Chippewa  Falls,  Wis.  ; further 
of  Weyerhaeuser  & Denkmanu,  Rock  Island,  111.  ; Rock  Island 
Lumber  & Manufacturing  Co.,  Rock  Island,  111.  ; Musser  Sauntry 
Co.,  of  Stillwater,  Minn.  ; Pine  Tree  Lumber  Co.  of  Little  Falls, 
Wis.  ; Northern  Lumber  Co.,  Cloquet,  Minn.  ; North  Wisconsin 
Lumber  Co. , Hayward,  Wis.;  Nebagamon  Lumber  Co.,  Lake 
Nebagamain,  Wis.  ; Shellake  Lumber  Co.,  Shellake,  Wis.  ; Wey- 
erhaeuser & Co.,  St.  Paul,  Minn.  ; Baronet  Lumber  Co.,  Baro- 
net, Wis.  ; Mississippi  River  Lumber  Co.,  Minneapolis,  Minn., 
and  others.  On  account  of  being  connected  with  these  interests, 
which  almost  control  the  entire  White  Pine  standing  timber,  the 
St.  Louis  Sash  & Door  Works,  and  its  factory  connection  at 
Rock  Island,  the  Rock  Island  Sash  & Door  Works,  have  facilities 
for  obtaining  White  Pine  logs  that  they  manufacture  into  lumber 
at  their  saw-mill,  which  are  second  to  none,  and  on  account  of 
these  superior  facilities  for  supplying  material,  coupled  with  a 
factory  which  is  equipped  equal  to  the  best  in  the  country,  they 
wilt  no  doubt  continue  to  extend  their  trade  from  year  to  year. 


— 251 


FURNITURE. 

The  development  of  St.  Louis  as  the  greatest  furniture  center 
of  the  country  began  in  1870,  since  which  time  a continuous 
progress  has  been  chronicled.  There  are  at  present  over  fifty 
furniture  factories  in  operation,  employing  more  than  six  thou- 
sand hands,  and  their  output,  together  with  wholesale  and  retail 
sales,  during  1901  amounted  to  30  million  dollars.  The  princi- 
pal woods  now  used  are  oak,  ash,  maple,  poplar  and  cottonwood  ; 
these  all  come  from  Missouri  and  surrounding  States.  Mahog- 
any is  also  much  used  and  is  brought  from  Cuba  and  Central 
America.  The  local  consumption  is  naturally  very  great,  but  the 
bulk  of  St.  Louis  made  furniture  is  sold  outside  the  city  and 
readily  taken  by  jobbers  and  wholesale  and  retail  dealers  for  the 
supply  of  Western,  Southern,  Southwestern  and  some  of  the 
Middle  States.  The  capital  invested  in  the  branch  approaches 
six  millions  and  is  constantly  increasing.  The  export  trade  be- 
comes more  extensive  from  year  to  year  and  promises  to  be  still 
greater  in  the  near  future.  Bedsteads  and  mattresses  form  an 
important  branch  of  manufacture  and  are  distributed  over  a large 
territory.  The  same  may  be  said  in  regard  to  caskets  and 
cofHns,  of  which  article  this  city  is  the  principal  producing  point 
in  the  United  States.  The  manufacture  of  office  and  store  fix- 
tures, as  well  as  interiors  in  private  residences,  form  special  fea- 
tures not  less  important  than  the  other  branches  of  the  wood 
industry. 

J.  H.  CONRADES  CHAIR  & PARLOR  FURNITURE  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  294.  Kinloch  B1260. 

Mr.  J.  H.  Conrades,  the  President  of  the  above  company,  be- 
gan his  career  as  a furniture  manufacturer  in  this  city  as  early  as 
1854,  in  partnership  with  Mr.  F.  H.  Logemann ; they' made  only 
chairs,  which,  like  other  articles  of  furniture,  had  up  to  that  time 
been  brought  here  from  Ohio  and  Indiana,  so  that  they  were  the 
first  who  introduced  chair-making  on  a large  scale  in  this  city. 
They  succeeded  well,  but  dissolved  their  partnership  in  1882,  in 


— 252  — 


which  year  Mr.  Conrades  put  the  large  factory  in  operation,  which 
covers  the  entire  block  between  Main,  Second,  Tyler  and  Cham- 
bers streets,  and  which  forms  one  of  the  greatest  industrial  estab- 
lishments of  St.  Louis,  and  the  largest  in  its  branch  in  the  whole 
West.  The  building  is  five  stories  high,  fully  equipped  with  ma- 
chinery and  contrivances  of  the  most  approved  construction,  and 
contains  all  facilities  for  the  specific  purposes  of  furniture  manu- 
facture. The  tracks  of  the  Wabash  Railroad  pass  the  factory  and 
give  it  switch  connection  with  every  railroad  line  terminating  in 
the  city,  and  the  close  proximity  of  the  river  front  affords 
particular  advantages  for  the  hauling  of  lumber  into  the  large 
yards  belonging  to  the  factory,  of  which  a very  extensive  stock 
is  permanently  kept  on  hand,  so  that  only  well-seasoned  wood 
is  used  in  the  work-shops.  The  incorporation  of  the  company 
took  place  in  1888  with  the  following  ofllcers ; J.  H.  Conrades, 
President;  T.  H.  Conrades,  Vice-President;  E.  H.  Conrades, 
Treasurer,  and  J.  H.  Conrades,  Jr.,  Secretary.  They  devote  all 
their  time  to  the  performance  of  their  respective  duties  and  give 
undivided  attention  to  the  supervision  and  management  of  their 
constantly  growing  business.  Several  years  ago  the  manufacture 
of  parlor  furniture  was  added  as  a special  feature,  an  enterprise 
which  immediately  met  with  the  greatest  success,  as  every  article 
is  made  from  only  the  best  material  and  with  all  due  care  in  re- 
gard to  modern  style  and  good  workmanship.  Four  hundred 
skilled  hands  are  permanently  employed  by  the  firm,  a large  num- 
ber of  traveling  men  represent  the  house  in  every  part  of  the 
Union,  aside  from  an  illustrated  catalogue  which  shows  the 
hundreds  of  different  styles  of  furniture  made  in  the  establish- 
ment. The  wood  used  comes  principally  from  Missouri,  Illinois, 
Tennessee,  Arkansas  and  some  of  the  Southern  States,  and  con- 
sists of  the  best  kinds  of  Walnut,  Elm,  Cherry,  Hickory,  Maple, 
Mahagony,  etc.  Mr.  Conrades,  Senior,  hails  from  Bremen  and 
learned  his  trade  in  his  native  city.  Identified  with  the  furniture 
trade  and  its  manufacture  for  over  half  a century  he  possesses  a 
thorough  knowledge  and  experience  in  all  its  details  ; and  his  sons, 
of  whom  we  may  say  that  they  grew  up  in  the  business,  are  now 
his  able  assistants — like  their  father,  men  of  staunch  business  prin- 
ciples, active  and  progressive.  Mr.  Conrades,  Senior,  and  Mr.  T. 


253  — 


H.  Conrades  have  repeatedly  served  as  Presidents  of  the  Local 
Furniture  Board  of  Trade  and  the  former  was  also  honored  by  his 
election  as  First  Vice-President  of  the  National  Convention  of  Amer- 
ican Furniture  Workers  Association  held  here  in  1893;  the  Union 
Club  has  made  him  for  several  terms  its  President;  he  is  one  of 
the  founders  of  the  Germania  Theater  and  one  of  our  most  public 
spirited  citizens,  well  deserving  his  success  in  life  and  the  respect 
and  esteem  in  which  he  is  held  by  all  who  know  him  and,  it  may 
be  added,  that  the  sons  follow  the  excellent  example  of  their 
father. 


KOPPELMAN  FURNITURE  CO. 

Kinloch  B224. 

A business  firm  of  sixty  years’  standing  needs  no  other  rec- 
ommendation than  the  simple  statement  of  this  fact.  With  this 
we  point  to  the  Koppelman  Furniture  Company,  because  Mr.  John 
H.  Koppelman,  whose  death  occurred  in  1869,  began  in  1840  the 
manufacture  of  bedroom  furniture,  and  this  was  the  founda- 
tion of  one  of  the  best  known  and  oldest  furniture  houses  in  our 
city.  The  incorporation  under  the  present  name  took  place  in 
1879  by  John  J.  Koppelman,  John  D.  Stegeman,  and  Julius 
Krusch.  The  manufacturing  part  of  the  business  was  given  up 
in  1890,  since  which  time  the  firm  conducts  a general  wholesale 
and  retail  furniture  business,  carrying  a large  and  complete  stock 
of  carefully  selected  articles,  whose  styles  and  quality  have 
always  given  the  fullest  satisfaction  to  the  customers  of  this  reli- 
able firm.  They  were  first  and  for  a long  time  located  at 
814  and  816  North  Broadway  but  occupy  since  many  years  the 
large,  four-story  double  building  911  and  913,  on  the  same 
thoroughfare,  ground  and  building  being  owned  by  the  com- 
pany ; aside  from  this  large  establishment,  filled  from  cellar  to 
roof,  the  firm  has  a warehouse  of  still  larger  capacity,  1022  and 
1024  North  Broadway,  only  one  block  from  their  salesroom. 
The  proprietors  of  the  firm  are  known  as  fair-minded  business 
men  and  excellent  citizens,  adhering  to  the  strictest  principles  in 
all  their  transactions,  and  giving  the  fullest  attention  to  the 
wants  and  desires  of  their  patrons.  The  following  are  the 


— 254  — 


owners  and  partners:  John  G.  Koppelman,  John  D.  Stegeman, 
M.  Koppelman,  and  L.  Stegeman.  Mr.  John  G.  Koppelman  is 
the  President,  and  Mr.  John  D.  Stegeman  the  Secretary  and 
Treasurer  of  the  company. 


MISSOURI  FURNITURE  CO. 

Kinloch  D1469. 

Messrs.  Geo.  Holtgrewe,  Wm.  Nolkemper  andF.  W.  Holtgrewe, 
are  the  owners,  directors  and  officers  of  the  Missouri  Furniture 
Company,  established  and  incorporated  in  the  spring  of  1881. 
The  factory,  salesrooms  and  office  were  pi’eviously  located  at 
1427  to  1449  North  Eighteenth  street,  but  occupy  since  a num- 
ber of  years  the  buildings.  Nos.  1427  to  1449  Sarsfield  Place, 
which  runs  south  from  Cass  avenue,  between  Nineteenth  and 
Twentieth  streets,  and  is  easily  reached  from  Union  Station 
and  all  parts  of  the  city.  The  company  devotes  itself  to  the 
manufacture  of  medium  class  furniture,  especially  wardrobes, 
bureaus,  tables,  cupboards  and  safes.  A specialty  of  the  firm 
are  its  patent  hook  safes,  which  are  acknowledged  the  best  in  the 
market.  They  make  three  distinct  styles  of  wardrobes,  the  two 
better  classes  of  which  are  portable.  All  articles  produced  by  the 
company  are  made  of  the  best  material  and  exact  workmanship, 
only  skilled  mechanics  being  employed  in  the  various  workshops, 
which  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery  and  tools. 
Between  fifty  and  sixty  hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the 
factory  and  the  output  is  sold  to  Missouri,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Wisconsin,  Arkansas,  Louisiana,  Texas,  Kentucky,  Tennessee, 
Kansas,  Oklahoma,  Indian  Tei’ritory,  Iowa,  Nebraska,  Minne- 
sota, South  Dakota,  Idaho  and  Florida.  The  company  is  well 
known  for  its  upright  and  fair  dealing,  and  its  trade  is  extending 
from  year  to  year.  Geo.  Holtgrewe  is  President  and  Treasurer, 
Wm.  Nolkemper,  Vice-President,  andF.  W.  Holtgrewe,  Secretary. 


— 255  — 


CHAS.  NIEDRINGHAUS  HOUSE  FURNISHING  CO. 

Bell  Mala  1129a.  Kialoch  D918. 

The  name  Niedringhaus  is  a household  word  with  St.  Louisans 
since  many  years  and  no  wonder  that  it  is  so.  The  northwest 
corner  of  Tenth  street  and  Franklin  avenue,  now  occupied  by  a 
great  emporium  filled  with  house-furnishing  goods  of  every  descrip- 
tion, served  forty-three  years  ago  for  the  modest  beginning,  which 
in  course  of  time  developed  to  the  present  large  dimensions. 
Tinware  of  their  own  manufacture  formed  the  basis,  then  came 
stoves,  later  on  additions  in  various  branches  of  household 
utensils,  till  it  became  (in  1870)  the  grand  bazar  which  is  so  well 
known  to  all  classes  of  our  population.  The  substantial  building 
1001,  1003  and  1005  Franklin  avenue  contains  an  unsurpassed 
assortment  of  furniture  and  upholstery,  of  all  kinds  of  stoves 
(hard  and  soft  coal,  wood,  gas,  and  gasoline),  kitchenware,  baby 
carriages,  willowware  and  an  extensive  stock  of  carpets  in 
qualities  to. suit  every  taste  and  purpose.  The  firm  has  the 
agency  for  the  celebrated  Garland  stoves.  Very  ample  means 
and  a long  business  experience  enable  the  Niedringhaus  Company 
to  give  its  customers  the  best  advantages  in  price  and  quality  of 
goods ; the  house  possesses  the  confidence  of  the  public  for  its 
reliability  and  fair  dealing  and  its  reputation  and  success  is  fully 
deserved.  Mr.  Chas.  Niedringhaus  and  his  son  give  all  their  time 
to  the  supervision  of  the  extensive  establishment,  which  is  the 
result  of  many  years  of  faithful  attention  to  their  business  duties 
and  the  wants  of  the  public,  combined  with  strict  business 
principles  and  uprightness.  The  company  was  incorporated  in 
1891,  Mr.  Chas.  Niedringhaus  being  the  President  and  his  son 
Mr.  A.  C.  Niedringhaus  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

AMERICAN  RATTAN  WORKS. 

Bell  Main  1458.  Kinloch  B373. 

The  American  Rattan  Works  are  the  only  representatives  of 
the  reed  and  rattan  industry  in  this  part  of  the  United  States, 
and  their  proprietor,  Mr.  Anton  Boeker,  can,  with  all  justifica- 


— 256  — 


lion,  claim  the  distinction  of  having  introduced  this  branch  of 
industry  in  the  Southwest,  where  it  had  been  unknown  until 
about  sixteen  years  ago,  when  Mr.  Boeker  conceived  the  idea  to 
establish  a factory  for  the  production  of  reed  and  rattan  articles. 
Its  location,  1608  to  1624  South  Second  street,  has  the  advantage 
of  being  in  the  close  neighborhood  of  the  river  and  the  Iron 
Mountain  Railroad  tracks,  which  connect  with  all  other  railroads 
coming  to  St.  Louis,  a circumstance  that  affords  particular  trans- 
portation facilities  for  the  raw  material  as  well  as  for  the  output 
of  the  factory.  Mr.  Boeker  had,  previous  to  his  enterprise,  been 
identified  with  the  local  furniture  trade,  whereby  he  had  acquired 
a thorough  knowledge  of  and  experience  in  this  branch  of  busi- 
ness. He  began  operations  in  a modest  way  and  with  limited 
means,  but  soon  met  with  surprising  success,  so  that  the  works 
had  to  be  enlarged  in  a comparatively  short  while,  and  more 
additions  became  necessary  from  time  to  time.  The  output  of 
the  establishment  consists  chiefly  in  chairs  and  settees,  baby  car- 
riages, tricycles,  velocipedes,  wheelbarrows  and  iron  wagons, 
besides  numerous  specialties  of  kindred  nature.  The  factory  is 
equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery,  and  its  product 
excels  in  quality,  workmanship  and  material.  The  rattan  comes 
from  plantations  owned  by  Mr.  Boeker,  and  the  various  articles 
are  sold  to  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  to  Mexico.  Mr. 
Boeker  devotes  all  his  time  to  his  business  and  conducts  it  with 
the  greatest  reliability.  He  and  his  firm  enjoy  an  enviable  repu- 
tation for  strict  and  fair  dealing,  and  he  is  highly  esteemed  by 
all  who  know  him. 


JACOB  KAISER  & CO. 

Bell  Main  2123.  Kinloch  870. 

The  largest  mattress  factory  in  the  city  is  that  of  Jacob  Kaiser 
& Co.  and  occupies  the  recently  erected  four-story  substantial 
building  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Third  and  Elm  streets.  The 
firm  makes  mattresses  of  various  grades,  differing  in  quality  and 
price  according  to  material  and  size,  but  all  of  best  workmanship. 
The  manufacture  of  baby  carriages  forms  another  and  not  less 
important  branch  of  the  firm’s  business ; they  are  made  in  every 


— 257 


style  and  shape  from  the  finest  and  costliest  down  to  the  every- 
day baby  buggy.  The  house  sells  exclusively  to  the  trade  aud 
supplies  dealers  in  quantities  to  suit,  giving  the  greatest  care 
and  attention  to  the  filling  of  all  orders,  large  or  small.  Mr. 
Jacob  Kaiser,  who  is  the  sole  proprietor,  came  to  this  country 
and  our  city  in  1853,  when  a mere  boy  of  ten,  his  pai’ents  having 
emigrated  from  Germany  in  the  aforesaid  year.  After  finishing 
his  education  he  became  first  an  apprentice  and  afterwards  a 
journeyman  in  the  upholstery  trade  and  established  in  1874  a 
mattress  factory  at  Number  114  Market  street.  His  beginning 
was  on  a rather  small  scale,  but  became  more  extensive  in  a short 
time  and  this  caused  the  removal  to  North  Third  street  near 
Washington  avenue ; after  a few  years  still  larger  quarters  be- 
came necessary  and  such  were  secured  on  Fourth  between  Elm 
street  and  Clark  avenue ; where  he  remained  until  the  spring  of 
1900,  when  the  present  locality  was  taken  possession  of.  The 
same  was  completely  equipped  and  most  practically  arranged  for 
manufacturing  purposes  and  salesrooms ; over  seventy-five  hands 
are  constantly  employed  in  the  various  departments  and  their 
number  is  still  increasing.  The  principal  territory  of  sales  are 
all  Middle,  Northwestern  and  Southern  States.  Mr.  Jacob  Kaiser 
is  an  enterprising,  active  business  man,  reliable  in  all  his  dealings 
and  fully  entitled  to  his  continued  success. 

BAXTER  MOULDING  CO. 

Bell  Main  1313.  Kinloch  D328. 

The  refined  taste  nowadays  so  prevalent  in  the  decorating  of 
private  residences,  offices  and  counting-rooms,  hotels,  restaurants, 
public  resorts,  etc.,  has  given  a very  prominent  place  to  the  man- 
ufacture of  mouldings,  picture  and  mirror  frames,  and  St.  Louis 
can  boast  of  having  one  of  the  largest  factories  of  this  branch  in 
the  Baxter  Moulding  Company,  located  at  501  to  507  South  Third 
street.  This  four-story  building  has  a front  of  seventy-five  and 
a depth  of  110  feet,  and  is  fully  equipped  with  the  latest  improved 
machinery,  tools  and  appliances.  Over  one  hundred  skilled  hands 
are  constantly  employed  in  turning  out  the  most  artistic  work, 
which  has  won  for  the  firm  an  enviable  fame  and  reputation  all 
17k 


— 258  — 


over  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The  Baxter  mouldings  and 
picture  frames  are  unsurpassed  as  to  designs,  beauty,  workman- 
ship and  durability,  and  are  furnished  to  the  trade  at  prices  which 
cannot  be  discounted  by  any  other  first-class  firm.  The  business 
was  established  in  1882  under  the  firm  name  of  C.  O.  Baxter  & 
Co.,  by  C.  O.  Baxter,  C.  Ottmann  and  H.  E.  Naffz,  all  three 
possessing  great  experience  and  artistic  taste  in  this  particular 
line.  The  incorporation  of  the  company  took  place  in  1897,  with 
the  same  gentlemen  as  incorporators.  Mr.  C.  Ottmann  is  Pres- 
ident, Mr.  C.  O.  Baxter,  Vice-President,  and  Mr.  H.  E.  Naffz, 
Secretary  and  Treasurer,  all  well  known  for  their  strict  business 
principles  and  fair  dealing,  devoting  the  closest  attention  to  all 
the  details  in  the  various  departments  of  their  extensive  business, 
which  also  includes  the  sale  of  framed  and  unframed  pictures  and 
mirrors.  Fifteen  commercial  travelers  represent  the  company  in 
every  part  of  the  Union  and  in  Canada.  Mr.  Ottmann  is  a native 
of  Bavaria ; Messrs.  Baxter  and  Naffz  hail  from  Sauk  City,  Wis- 
consin, and  they  have  met  here  with  a well-deserved  success,  the 
result  of  industry  and  perseverance. 


OFFICE  AND  STOKE  FIXTURES. 

CLAES  & LEHNBEUTER  MNFG.  CO. 

Bell  Main  2432.  Kinloch  C802. 

The  manufacture  of  store  and  office  fixtures  is  since  many 
years  an  important  industrial  branch  in  St.  Louis,  constantly 
growing  like  the  city  itself ; modern  interiors  are  the  order  of 
the  day,  not  only  for  residences,  but  just  as  much  for  counting 
rooms,  business  offices,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions, 
retail  stores  and  wholesale  houses,  many  of  which  are  perfect 
models  in  appearance.  Among  the  firms  devoted  to  this  line  is 
one,  which  is  not  only  one  of  the  oldest  but  also  the  most  promi- 
nent, and  in  saying  so  we  have  in  view  the  Claes  and  Lehnbeuter 
Manufacturing  Company,  whose  origin  dates  back  as  far  as  1861, 
in  which  year  a copartnership  between  Casper  Claes  and  Joseph 
Lehnbeuter  was  formed.  A three-story  building  on  the  south 


— 259  - 


side  of  Market  street,  between  Second  and  Third  streets,  was  for 
many  years  sufficient  for  factory  purposes  and  salesrooms,  but 
became  inadequate  in  course  of  time,  so  that  a removal  to  a 
larger  building  on  Seventh,  between  Walnut  street  and  Clark 
avenue,  took  place.  The  uninterrupted  extension  of  business 
demanded  very  soon  still  larger  quarters,  and  such  were  secured 
by  the  erection  of  a massive  building  on  the  southeast  corner  of 
Washington  avenue  and  Twenty-second  street,  which  is  the  hrm’s 
own  property,  containing  four  stories  and  a basement  and 
equipped  with  the  newest  and  best  machinery,  the  most  ap- 
proved tools  and  all  facilities  for  the  production  of  the 
various  articles  which  form  the  output  of  this  extensive 
establishment.  The  company  was  incorporated  in  1891  by  the 
present  proprietors  who  constitute  at  the  same  time  the  board  of 
directors  and  its  officers,  viz. : Jos.  Lehnbeuter,  President ; Anton 
Holthaus,  Vice-President ; Edmund  W.  Beims,  Treasurer,  and 
John  H.  Hohmann,  Secretary.  The  work  emanating  from  the 
factory  comprises  store,  bank  and  office  fixtures,  show  cases, 
etc.,  aside  from  these  saloon  fixtures  and  ice  chests  are  a special 
feature  of  the  firm.  Well  seasoned  wood,  all  other  materials, 
likewise  carefully  selected,  superior  workmanship,  and,  above  all,, 
excellent  taste,  have  won  for  the  firm  an  enviable  reputation,  as. 
all  their  work  is  unsurpassed  in  style  and  durability,  and  a busi- 
ness management,  characterized  by  unexceptional  fair  and  upright 
dealing  is  another  cause  of  the  large  and  permanently  growing 
patronage  which  the  company  enjoys.  Some  of  the  largest  retail 
stores,  bank  and  other  offices  as  well  as  saloons  here  and  else- 
where (the  firm  doing  also  an  extensive  outside  business),  owe 
their  beautiful  appearance  to  the  tasty  and  often  artistic  work  of 
this  firm,  which  employs  on  an  average  over  three  hundred 
skilled  workmen,  superintended  over  by  men  of  such  long  experi- 
ence as  Messrs.  Lehnbeuter  and  Holthaus,  with  a corps  of  able 
assistants.  Messrs.  Beims  and  Hohmann  give  all  their  time  anc? 
attention  to  the  general  management  and  conduct  the  firm’s  busi- 
ness with  marked  ability  ■and  well  deserved  success. 


— 260  — 


STAUDTE  & RUECKOLDT  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  193m.  Kinloch  A1598. 

The  Staudte  & Rueckoldt  Manufacturing  Company  is  the  off- 
spring of  the  former  firm  of  Staudte  & Rueckoldt,  whose  factory 
had  been  in  the  northern  part  of  the  city  for  many  years ; the 
constant  increase  of  orders  demanded  much  more  room  and 
■caused  a transfer  of  their  workshops  to  the  large  factory  building 
on  the  southeast  corner  of  Soulard  and  De  Kalb  streets,  which 
gives  them  much  greater  facilities.  The  workshops  are  equipped 
with  the  best  and  newest  machinery  and  the  most  approved  ap- 
purtenances for  the  manufacture  of  bank,  store  and  office  fix- 
tures, fine  interiors  for  private  residences  including  libraries  and 
other  work  in  hardwood,  unsurpassed  in  artistic  design,  taste 
and  excellent  workmanship.  Over  one  hundred  skilled  mechanics 
are  employed  in  the  various  departments  and  all  orders  are  exe- 
cuted with  the  greatest  care  and  attention  and  only  the  best  ma- 
terial is  used  for  the  various  articles  of  their  manufacture.  The 
company  which  was  incorporated  in  1893,  possesses  ample 
means  and  all  facilities  required  for  the  conduct  of  their  exten- 
sive trade.  Their  handsome  and  highly  finished  work  can  be 
seen  in  many  of  our  banks,  counting  rooms,  hotels  and  elegant 
residences.  The  officers  are:  George  Rueckoldt,  President; 
Wm.  L.  Staudte,  Vice-President,  and  John  Muir,  Secretary,  all 
three  reliable  fair  dealing  men  of  the  highest  integrity,  whose 
aim  it  is  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction. 


CARPETS,  CURTAINS,  ETC. 

America  is  the  land  of  home  comfort;  our  dwelling-houses  are 
built  with  an  eye  to  the  greatest  possible  convenience  for  the  occu- 
pants, and  equally  great  attention  is  given  to  the  interior.  One  of 
the  first  demands  in  the  fitting  up  of  a home,  large  or  small,  luxur- 
ious or  modest,  consists  in  its  carpeting ; the  consumption  of  carpets 
in  this  country  is  much  larger  than  that  of  all  Europe  and  their 
manufacture  forms  one  of  the  most  important  industrial  branches 


— 261  — 


in  the  United  States.  The  firms  dealing  in  this  article  combine 
with  it,  as  a rule,  the  sale  of  curtains  and  curtain  goods  and  up- 
holstery work  for  decorative  purposes.  Our  modern  residences 
are,  in  view  of  their  furniture,  their  carpets  and  curtains,  etc., 
more  or  less  of  an  art  exhibition,  made  so  by  the  hand  and  taste 
of  the  decorator.  We  refer  below  to  these  various  branches  and 
the  representative  firms  devoted  to  them. 

• TRORLICHT,  DUNCKER  & RENARD. 

Bell  Main  517.  Kinloch  A902. 

There  are  many  firms  in  our  city,  who  can  look  with  justified 
pride  and  satisfaction  upon  their  development  and  prosperity, 
but  none  more  so  than  that  of  Trorlicht,  Duneker  & Renard, 
one  of  the  oldest  carpet  houses  of  St.  Louis.  It  was  in  1863 
when  John  H.  Trorlicht  and  Henry  Duneker  formed  a copart- 
nership under  the  firm  name  of  Trorlicht  & Duneker.  They 
were  first  located  on  the  east  side  of  Fourth,  between  Morgan 
street  and  Franklin  avenue,  the  store  reaching  through  to 
Third  street,  at  that  time  called  Broadway,  and  when  these 
premises  became  inadequate,  a removal  to  the  southwest  corner 
of  Fourth  street  and  Christy  (now  Lucas)  avenue  took  place. 
But  even  this  large  building  proved  insufficient  for  the  con- 
stantly growing  trade,  so  that  still  larger  quarters  were  required. 
Such  were  secured  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Fourth  street  and 
Washington  avenue,  the  intersection  of  two  great  thorughfares 
in  the  center  of  the  business  part  of  the  city.  Mr.  Louis  Renard, 
who  for  many  years  had  been  identified  with  the  firm,  was  in 
1880  admitted  into  partnership,  whereupon  the  firm  name  changed 
to  Trorlicht,  Duneker  & Renard,  incorporated  under  the  laws  of 
the  State  of  Missouri,  with  Mr.  Duneker  as  President,  Mr. 
Trorlicht  as  Vice-President  and  Mr.  Renard  as  Secretary.  Since 
Mr.  Trorlicht’s  death  (December,  1898)  the  firm  consists  of  the 
following  partners : Henry  Duneker,  President ; Chas.  H.  Dunckeiq 
Vice-President ; Louis  Renard,  Secretary,  and  Henry  A.  Tror- 
licht, which  four  gentlemen  constitute  the  Board  of  Dii’ectors. 
The  magnificent  salesrooms,  occupying  thq  entire  fivestory  build- 
ing, contain  an  almost  unlimited  stock  of  foreign  and  domestic 


— 262  — 


carpets,  oil  cloths,  mattings,  curtains,  upholstery  goods,  etc.,  of 
the  latest  styles,  offering  their  customers  an  unsurpassed  assort- 
ment to  select  from.  Aside  from  a very  large  retail  business, 
which  has  grown  from  year  to  year,  a not  less  extensive  whole- 
sale trade  has  been  built  up,  supplying  the  territory  between 
Indiana  and  Utah,  where  the  traveling  representatives  of  the  firm 
are  always  welcome.  The  goods  sold  by  this  house  can  claim  that 
they  are  at  all  times  what  they  are  stated  to  be  as  to  quality  and 
value,  and  this  is  fully  confirmed  by  the  confidence  which  the  firm 
enjoys  here  and  elsewhere.  Ample  means  and  direct  connections 
with  the  manufacturers  in  this  country  and  abroad,  enable  the 
firm  to  compete  with  any  of  the  largest  concerns  in  their  branch, 
and  to  give  their  patrons  the  most  liberal  terms  and  all  possible 
advantages.  All  orders  are  filled  with  the  greatest  care,  and  par- 
ticular attention  is  given  to  the  execution  of  decorative  and  up- 
holstery work  in  and  outside  of  the  city.  The  firm  employs  more 
than  one  hundred  persons  in  the  different  departments.  Its  mem- 
bers stand  in  the  front  rank  of  our  commercial  community,  and 
are  also  well  known  and  highly  esteemed  in  the  social  circles  of 
St.  Louis. 

WALL  PAPER,  WINDOW  SHADES,  ETC. 

CHAS.  DAUERNHEIM  WALL  PAPER  CO. 

Bell  Main  1222.  Kinloch  C653. 

The  interior  decorating  of  buildings  has  long  ago  become  one 
of  the  fine  arts,  especially  so  in  our  days,  in  which  this  art  of 
embellishment  is  in  general  demand.  Modern  residences,  stores, 
public  buildings,  churches,  theaters,  concert  halls,  etc.,  bear 
testimony  to  the  decorator’s  art,  and  we  take  pleasure  to  point  to 
the  above  firm  and  its  work  in  this  line.  The  Chas.  Dauernheim 
Wall  Paper  Company  has  for  years  won  an  enviable  reputation 
as  decorators ; their  designs  have  always  excelled  in  taste  and  the 
artistic  and  conscientious  execution  of  all  work  entrusted  to  them 
has  at  all  times  given  the  fullest  satisfaction  to  their  patrons.  A 
large  stock  of  wall  paper  and  all  other  articles  of  decoration  is 


— 263  — 


constantly  kept  on  hand  to  make  collections  from.  Only  experi- 
enced workmen  are  employed  by  this  house  and  they  number 
from  thirty  to  fifty  according  to  the  season  of  the  year.  The 
firm  was  established  in  1871  by  Mr.  Chas.  Dauernbeim,  at  904 
Market  street,  then  occupied  for  many  years  the  store,  No.  214 
North  Broadway,  and  is  now  at  the  southeast  corner  15th  and 
Olive  streets,  in  large  and  handsome  quarters.  The  incorporation 
under  the  present  firm  name  took  place  in  1888,  with  Chas. 
Dauernbeim,  D.  Dauernbeim,  H.  P.  Allis  and  Jos.  F.  Shenk ; the 
present  partners  are  Chas.  Dauernbeim,  D.  Dauernbeim,  Jos.  F. 
Schenk  and  A.  J.  Spackler,  with  Chas.  Dauernbeim  as  President 
and  Jos.  F.  Schenk,  Secretary.  These  gentlemen  belong  to 
some  of  the  oldest  German-American  families  of  the  city,  are 
well  known,  and  enjoy  the  esteem  of  a wide  circle  of  friends. 

NEWCOMB  BROS.  WALL  PAPER  CO. 

Bell  Main  2224.  Kinloch  A951. 

The  oldest  paper  hangers  and  dealers  in  wall  paper,  the  New- 
comb Brothers,  have  been  in  business  for  more  than  half  a cen- 
tury, and  their  firm  has  always  enjoyed  the  confidence  of  a large 
patronage  as  the  result  of  honest  and  fair  dealing.  The  company 
keeps  an  extensive  stock  of  wall  paper  and  interior  decorations, 
attends  to  paper  hanging  and  decorating  for  private  resi- 
dences, stores  and  offices  in  the  most  artistic  style  and  unsur- 
passed in  workmanship.  The  firm’s  salesrooms,  on  the  north- 
west corner  of  Seventh  and  Locust  streets,  contain  the  fullest 
assortment  of  everything  pertaining  to  their  branch.  Mr.  Geo. 
A.  Newcomb  is  the  President  of  the  company ; his  nephew,  Mr. 
Frank  S.  Newcomb,  the  Secretary,  and  both  gentlemen  leave 
nothing  undone  to  give  their  patrons  the  utmost  satisfaction  and 
execute  all  orders  with  the  greatest  care  and  attention. 


WOODEN  WARE. 

St.  Louis  has  been  for  many  years  the  chief  distributing  point 
of  wooden  ware,  it  being  shipped  from  here  to  every  part  of  the 
Union  with  a steadily-growing  export  business  in  addition.  The 
larger  part  of  these  articles  is  not  of  local  origin,  but  we  have  a 


~ 264  — 


few  factories  in  our  midst  whose  product  constitutes  more  than 
two-fifths  of  the  total  sales.  The  articles  manufactured  here  are 
of  great  variety,  and  sought  by  jobbers  and  dealers  all  over  the 
country.  There  is  literally  no  limit  to  the  trade  territory  of  this 
city  in  regard  to  wooden  ware.  The  growing  demand  for  practi- 
cal and  cheap  conveniences  in  the  households,  on  the  farm,  etc., 
causes  the  continuous  extension  of  articles  made  in  these  facto- 
ries, and  makes  this  branch  of  industry  more  important  from 
year  to  year.  A correct  idea  of  the  volume  of  trade  may  be 
gained  by  the  simple  statement,  that  the  average  amount  of  annual 
sales  for  the  last  three  years  varied  between  eight  and  nine 
million  dollars. 

ST.  LOUIS  WOODEN  WARE  WORKS. 

Bell  Sidney  304.  Kinloch  A1518. 

It  will  soon  be  half  a century  since  the  firm  of  Tamm  & Meyer, 
from  which  the  St.  Louis  Wooden  Ware  Works  originate,  com- 
menced to  manufacture  on  a rather  small  scale  the  various  articles 
of  wooden  ware,  which  until  then  had  been  supplied  from  factories 
in  Ohio.  Mr.  Meyer  withdrew  from  the  firm  in  1864,  whereupon 
Mr.  Jacob  Tamm  took  his  two  sons-in-law,  Mr.  Theodore  Tamm 
and  Mr.  Chas.  Everts,  into  partnership.  The  firm  of  Jacob 
Tamm  & Co.,  as  it  was  now  called,  had  its  office  on  Main  street 
and  the  factory  on  Chouteau  avenue  near  Twenty-third  street. 
They  succeeded  in  a remarkable  way  to  get  the  trade  heretofore 
monopolized  by  the  Ohio  manufacturers  and  to  win  the  St.  Louis 
market  for  themselves.  A fire  destroyed  the  factory  in  1872 
almost  entirely  and  caused  the  building  of  the  present  plant  on 
St.  George,  reaching  from  Main  street  to  the  Levee.  This  loca- 
tion affords  the  greatest  transportation  facilities,  being  close  to 
the  river  and  the  tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain  Railroad  and  there- 
by connected  with  all  the  other  roads  coming  to  the  city. 
The  incorporation  under  the  name  of  St.  Louis  Wooden  Ware 
Works  took  place  in  1874  with  Jacob  Tamm  as  Presi- 
dent ; Theodore  Tamm  as  Vice-President ; and  Chas.  Everts  as 
Secretary  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Theodore  Tamm  devoted 
himself  to  the  general  supervision  of  the  factory,  giving  his 


— 265  — 


time  and  attention  to  all  the  details  of  a large  establishment. 
Mr.  Everts  had  charge  of  the  office  and  the  business  management, 
and  the  united  exertions  of  both  resulted  in  the  constant  growth 
of  trade  and  repeated  extensions  of  the  plant  which  employs  over 
three  hundred  hands,  and  is  since  many  years  one  of  the  largest 
of  its  branch  in  the  West.  The  output  comprises  all  sorts  of 
wooden  ware  used  in  the  household,  on  the  farm,  by  dairy- 
men, wine  growers  and  other  industries.  They  have  a far 
and  wide  reputation  for  unsurpassed  quality  in  regard  to  material, 
workmanship  and  durability,  and  are  sold  all  over  the  United 
States.  Mr.  .Jacob  Tamm  retired  from  activity  many  years  ago 
and  died  1894.  Mr.  Everts  preceded  him  into  eternity  five 
years  previous,  and  Mr.  Theodore  Tamm  was  called  from  earth 
in  May,  1900.  Our  business  community  lost  in  these  three  men 
some  of  its  most  prominent  representatives  whose  excellent  qual- 
ities of  character  and  the  strict  principles  to  which  they  adhered 
won  the  respect  and  esteem  of  the  best  of  their  contemporaries. 
The  officers  of  the  company  are:  Wm.  B.  Tamm,  President; 
Frank  Everts,  Vice-President,  and  E.  Everts,  Secretary. 

ANTHONY  WAYNE  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  723m. 

The  St.  Louis  plant  of  the  Anthony  Wayne  Manufacturing 
Company,  erected  in  1894,  is  the  offspring  of  the  same  company 
at  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.,  and  was  established  because  the  factory  at 
the  latter  place  had  become  inadequate  for  the  constantly 
growing  demand  for  its  product  and  for  the  further  reason, 
that  great  sums  could  be  saved  in  freight  expense  by  manu- 
facturing in  and  distributing  from  St.  Louis  the  output 
destined  for  the  territory  west  of  the  Mississippi.  This  out- 
put comprises  Washing  Machines,  Churns,  Bread  Boards,  Iron- 
ing Tables,  Self-Measuring  Oil  Pumps,  Tanks,  Syphons,  etc. 
The  washing  machines  constitute  a specialty  of  the  firm  and  excel 
in  workmanship,  material,  construction  and  durability  and  so 
great  is  the  demand  for  them,  that  during  the  year  1901  over 
75,000  machines  were  sold.  The  most  favorite  brands  are  the 
Wayne  Combination,  Western  Star,  Western  Conqueror,  Good 


— 26G  — 


Luck,  St.  Louis,  Anthony  Wayne,  Rotary,  American  and  Co- 
lumbian Standard,  all  of  which  are  well  known  among  the  trade 
and  the  consumers.  The  articles  which  the  firm  makes  are  sold 
from  Portland,  Maine,  to  Portland,  Oregon,  from  Manitoba  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  the  fame  they  possess  is  best  evinced  by 
the  rare  fact  that  the  company  employs  no  traveling  agents, 
that  all  orders  are  exclusively  received  by  mail  and  that  the  cata- 
logues issued  from  time  to  time  are  the  only  advertising  medium 
used.  This  alone  speaks  volumes  for  the  quality  and  merits  of 
the  various  articles.  The  greatest  care  and  attention  is  paid  to  the 
execution  of  orders,  all  alike,  if  large  or  small,  and  not  a single 
article  leaves  the  factory  before  being  carefully  examined.  More 
than  one  hundred  and  fifty  skilled  mechanics  are  pei'manently  at 
work  in  the  different  shops,  which  are  fully  equipped  with  the  most 
approved  machinery,  the  best  tools,  and  all  modern  facilities. 
The  buildings  in  St.  Louis,  very  substantial  structures,  cover  a 
large  piece  of  ground  on  Sidney  street  from  number  100  to  124, 
in  close  proximity  to  the  river,  and  by  switches  connected  with 
the  tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain,  and  thereby  with  every  other 
railroad  coming  to  St.  Louis.  The  company  was  organized  in 
1886  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Indiana,  and  incorporated  by 
Fred.  C.  Boltz,  Steven  Mortimer  and  Frank  Nolke.  The  present 
owners  are  John  Rhinesmith,  J.  H.  Simonson,  A.  C.  F.  Wichman 
and  Fred.  C.  Boltz.  The  officers  of  the  corporation  are:  John 
Rhinesmith,  President ; J.  H.  Simonson,  Secretary  and  Treasurer ; 
A.  C.  F.  Wichman,  General  Superintendent  and  Manager.  The 
latter  gentleman  exercises  a general  supervision  over  both  facto- 
ries, and  divides  his  time  between  St.  Louis  and  Fort  Wayne.  The 
establishment  in  this  city  has  an  Assistant  Manager  in  Mr.  J.  M. 
Evans,  and  an  Assistant  Superintendent  in  Mr.  H.  N.  Wichman. 
The  company  enjoys  a well  deserved  reputation  in  the  commercial 
world  and  the  fullest  confidence  of  its  thousands  of  customers. 

KELLER  & TAMM  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  426.  Kinloch  B342. 

The  Keller-Tamm  Manufacturing  Company  is  the  successor  of 
the  Chester-Harris  Manufacturing  Company,  established  in  1868 
by  E.  S.  Chester,  George  Keller  and  Lloyd  G.  Harris.  After  the 


267  — 


latter’s  withdrawal  the  firm’s  style  was  changed  to  the  Chester  & 
Keller  Mfg.  Co.  and  later  on  to  the  present  name.  The  factory 
occupies  the  entire  block  on  Victor,  between  Main  street  and  the 
Levee,  and  its  output  consists  in  hickory  handles  for  every  kind 
of  axes,  hatchets,  hoes,  scythes,  shovels,  and  similar  implements, 
also  spokes  and  other  wooden  parts  used  by  wagon  and  carriage 
makers.  All  these  articles  are  likewise  made  in  the  two  branch 
factories  owned  by  the  firm  at  Rives  in  Tennessee  and  Knobel  in 
Arkansas.  The  hickory  handles  manufactured  by  this  company 
are  of  superior  quality  and  greatest  durability,  and  there  is  no 
State  in  the  Union  in  which  not  some  of  the  largest  factories  use 
them  exclusively  and  they  are  also  extensively  shipped  to  Europe 
and  Australia.  Mr.  Theodore  Tamm  was  President  of  the  com- 
pany, Mr.  Keller  its  Secretary  and  Treasurer ; the  latter  died  five 
years  ago  and  the  former  in  May,  1900.  The  present  officers  are: 
M.  L.  Keller,  President;  C.  T.  Burbridge,  Vice-President,  and 
Theodore  Lobman,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

COOPEKAGE. 

The  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century  brought  a thorough 
change  in  the  methods  of  coopers’  work,  in  fact  something  of  a 
revolution,  we  might  say,  of  the  whole  system  in  use  until  then. 
The  most  important  change  consisted  in  an  entirely  new  method 
for  the  seasoning  of  wood  by  a scientific  treatment  which  makes 
it  perfectly  dry,  so  that  all  possibilities  of  shrinking  are  ex- 
cluded. The  other  changes  refer  to  the  handling  of  the  material 
and  the  introduction  of  machinery  and  tools  heretofore  almost 
unknown.  The  firms  of  which  we  speak  below  have  made  good 
use  of  all  these  new  inventions  and  innovations,  and  number  among 
the  most  prominent  representatives  of  this  important  branch  of 
industry,  in  which  a large  capital  is  invested  in  this  city. 

ST.  LOUIS  COOPERAGE  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  257.  Kinloch  B332. 

The  plant  of  the  St.  Louis  Cooperage  Company  covers  between 
three  and  four  acres  of  land  on  Main  and  Arsenal  streets  and 
has  therefore  nnsurpassed  transportation  facilities  by  the  near- 


— 268  — 


ness  of  the  Mississippi  river  and  the  passing  by  of  the  Iron 
Mountain  Railroad,  which  gives  it  connection  with  all  other 
railroad  lines  coming  to  the  city.  The  company  commenced 
operations  in  1870,  in  which  year  Mr.  Geo.  F.  Meyer  and  Mr. 
Harold  H.  Tittmann  formed  a copartnership  under  the  name  of 
the  St.  Louis  Cooperage  Company.  It  was  at  that  time,  that 
the  old  methods  of  the  cooper  shop  had  become  obsolete  and  new 
and  better  methods  were  introduced,  to  satisfy  the  demand  for 
greatly  improved  cooper  work  in  regard  to  material  as  well  as 
workmanship.  The  owners  of  the  firm  fully  appreciated  this 
fact  and  made  it  a basis  of  their  enterprise.  Up  to  that  time 
only  a secondary  attention  had  been  paid  to  the  seasoning  of 
the  lumber  used  in  the  manufacture  of  kegs,  barrels,  hogsheads, 
etc.  They  were  aware  of  the  great  importance,  which  well  sea- 
soned wood  would  have  in  their  branch  of  industry  and  laid 
their  plans  accordingly.  Large  yard  space  for  a permanent 
extensive  stock  of  lumber  was  the  first  necessity  and  this  was 
secured  by  the  selection  of  that  locality ; a newly  invented 
process  for  the  drying  of  wood  was  adopted  and  a sufficient 
number  of  dry  kilns  built,  and  as  the  wood  so  prepared  prevents 
shrinking,  the  output  of  the  factory  won  very  soon  the  approval 
of  brewers,  distillers,  vinegar,  cider,  and  pickle  manufacturers, 
wine  growers,  etc.,  or,  with  one  word,  of  all  merchants  and  dealers 
who  need  any  kind  of  cooperage  work,  capable  to  withstand  the 
effects  of  climate  and  weather.  The  demand  for  the  various 
articles  caused  from  time  to  time  enlargements  of  the  plant, 
which  is  since  many  years  one  of  the  most  extensive  in  the 
country  ; the  buildings  contain  the  best  machinery  and  appurte- 
nances ; all  material  is  carefully  selected  and  exact  workmanship 
demanded  from  every  one  of  the  two  hundred  to  three  hundred 
men  employed  in  the  shops.  The  trade  of  the  St.  Louis  Coop- 
erage Company  extends  to  almost  every  State  of  the  Union,  but 
particularly  to  the  South,  Southwest  and  the  extreme  North,  aside 
from  tbe  great  local  consumption.  The  company  was  incorporated 
in  1884.  Mr.  George  F.  Meyer  is  its  President ; Mr.  Harold  H. 
Tittmann,  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  both  gentlemen  give 
the  closest  attention  to  their  business  duties,  are  highly  esteemed 
in  the  commercial  world,  belong  to  the  Merchants  Exchange,  and 
to  the  best  circles  of  St.  Louis  society. 


— 269  — 


SOUTHERN  COOPERAGE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Sidney  707.  Kinlocli  B344. 

This  company  has  been  in  existence  for  nearly  thirty-eight  years, 
having  been  established  as  early  as  in  1864  and  has  in  course  of 
time  become  one  of  the  largest,  best  and  widely  known  industrial 
establishments  in  the  United  States.  This  is  saying  a great  deal, 
but  facts  will  bear  us  out  in  our  statement.  The  Southern  Cooper- 
age Company  was  organized  by  Messrs.  Robert  L.  Wirthlin, 
G.  A.  Will,  Henry  Frederich  and  Oliver  R.  Wirthlin  ; the  fac- 
tory was  first  located  at  2243  De  Kalb  street,  long  before  that 
part  of  St.  Louis  had  become  one  of  the  principal  manufac- 
turing districts  of  our  city.  The  company  remained  there  for 
many  years  until  the  uninterrupted  growth  of  its  business  de- 
manded larger  quarters ; such  were  found  on  Victor  street, 
between  Main  and  Second,  where  in  course  of  time  so  much 
additional  space  was  required,  that  the  factory  buildings  cover 
now  an  entire  half  block.  The  company  manufactures  oakware 
kegs  and  barrels  of  all  sizes  for  wine,  liquor,  gin,  cider,  vine- 
gar, pickles,  kraut,  syrup,  paint  and  lead  kegs,  well  and  cistern 
buckets,  and  makes  a specialty  of  tanks  for  export  purposes. 
The  firm  brings  only  the  best  grades  of  these  articles  in  the  mar- 
ket and  abstains  entirely  from  producing  any  lower  grade 
of  work.  The  material  used  comes  exclusively  from  a 
carefully  selected  stock,  of  which  oak  lumber  purchased 
in  the  various  districts  by  their  own  representatives,  and 
in  many  cases  by  one  or  the  other  of  the  partners.  In 
this  way  the  best  material  is  constantly  secured  and  to 
this  comes  the  superior  workmanship  for  which  the  out- 
put of  the  company  is  justly  celebrated.  Over  three  hundred 
hands  are  employed  in  the  various  workshops,  which  are  equip- 
ped with  the  most  approved  machinery  and  tools  and  every  pos- 
sible facility  known  in  the  branch ; aside  from  the  fact  that  the 
river  is  close  by  and  railroad  tracks  pass  alongside  the  building. 
The  territory  of  sale  comprises  all  Western,  Southern  and  North- 
ern States  of  the  Union,  Old  Mexico,  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico,  the 
company  having  agents  in  all  principal  cities  of  these  countries. 


/ 


— 270  — 


The  officers  are:  Robert  L.  Wirthlin,  President  and  Treasurer ; 
G.  A.  Will,  General  Manager;  Henry  Frederich,  Vice-President 
and  Superintendent,  and  Oliver  R.  Wirthlin,  Assistant  Superin- 
tendent. These  four  gentlemen,  with  the  addition  of  J.  Becker, 
form  the  board  of  directors.  Since  the  incorporation  in  1878  the 
firm  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  our  industrial  community  and  its 
members  belong  to  that  class  of  men  who,  by  their  activity,  en- 
terprise, perseverance  and  uprightness  achieved  great  and  well 
deserved  results.  Mr.  Robert  L.  Wirthlin  was  honored  by  his 
election  to  the  presidency  of  the  National  Coopers  Association  at 
its  Convention  in  1899  and  he  and  his  partners  are  well  known 
and  highly  esteemed  citizens. 


CAES,  CARRIAGES,  ETC. 

St.  Louis  is  the  greatest  center  for  the  manufacture  of  street 
and  freight  cars.  More  street  railroad  cars  are  built  here 
than  in  all  the  other  cities  of  our  country  counted  together,  and 
the  number  of  hands  employed  here  in  this  industrial  branch 
varies  between  seven  and  eight  thousand.  The  local  demand  for 
street  cars  would  be  large  enough  to  keep  several  factories  busy 
from  one  year’s  end  to  the  other,  but  we  supply  an  unlimited 
number  of  cars  to  the  street  railroad  companies  in  other  cities  of 
the  Union  and  send  them  even  to  foreign  countries.  Our  city  is 
also  the  principal  place  for  the  building  of  freight  cars  of  every 
description,  and  the  establishment  from  which  they  emanate 
furnishes  them  to  every  part  of  the  United  States,  Mexico, 
and  Central  and  South  America.  There  is  an  immense  capital 
invested  here  in  this  industry  in  which  St.  Louis  outranks  all 
other  cities  in  America. 

St.  Louis  is  also  celebrated  as  a manufactui’ing  center  for 
carriages,  buggies,  and  all  other  vehicles,  especially  of  the  class 
called  pleasure  vehicles,  which  are  built  here  unsurpassed  in 
appearance,  comfort,  and  durability.  The  various  factories  have 
a very  large  output  and  employ  a commensurate  number  of 
hands. 


271  — 


American  Car  & Foundry  Co. 


F.  H.  EATON,  Pres. 

W.  J.  MCBRIDE,  V.-Pres. 
F.  F.  WEBER,  Sec. 

D.  A.  BIXBT’,  Ass’t  Sec. 
s.  s.  Delano,  Tres. 


Office;  Lincoln  Trust  Building, 


ST.  LOUIS  CAR  COMPANY, 


706  Chestnut  Street, 


ST.  LOUIS 


Bell  Park  450. 


Kinloch  A73,T760. 


8000  North  Broadway, 


GEORGE  J.  KOBUSCH,  Pres. 
CHRISTIAN  OONK,  V.-Pres. 
CHARLES  E.  FRITSCHE,  Sec. 


Bell  Tyler  561. 
Kinloch  B1107. 


— 272  — 


E M B R E E - M c L E A N 
CARRIAGE  CO. 

MANUFACTURERS 

High  Grade  Pleasure  Vehicles. 

Traps,  Spider  Phaetons,  Stanhopes,  Brakes, 
Runabouts,  Buggies,  Surries, 
Phaetons,  Broughams,  Demi  Coaches. 

FACTORY  AND  REPOSITORY; 

1817  to  23  Olive  St.,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


Bell  Main  903. 


— 273 


ED.  BUTLER  & SON. 

SCIENTIFIC  HOKSESHOERS. 

Bell  Main  2138.  Kinloch  C460. 

The  horse  is  not  only  the  noblest  animal,  but  also  the  most 
useful  to  mankind,  and  it  is,  therefore,  only  natural  that  the 
greatest  care  should  be  taken  of  its  well-being  and  general  con- 
dition. The  foot  is  the  most  important  part  of  the  horse,  and 
should  be  considered  and  treated  as  such.  The  service  rendered 
by  the  horse  to  the  human  race  is  not  surpassed  by  any  other 
animal,  and  it  holds  this  position  in  spite  of  steam  railroads, 
cable  and  electric  cars,  and  whatever  rapid  transit  may  bring 
forth.  The  art  of  horseshoeing  has  been  improved  from  time 
to  time,  and  can  now  be  truly  called  a science.  Since  Mr. 
Edward  Butler  established  himself  as  a practical  horseshoer  in 
this  city  (in  1864)  it  has  been  his  constant  aim  to  bring  horse- 
shoeing up  to  the  highest  standard,  and  the  results  which  he 
achieved  prove  how  well  he  succeeded.  He  abstained  entirely 
from  the  old  and  cruel  method,  to  burn  the  wall  and  sole  and  to 
cut  away  the  sole  base  and  frog  of  the  foot;  in  burning  the  foot 
its  elasticity  is  destroyed,  and  in  cutting  away  the  sole  and  base 
the  strength  and  solidity  of  the  foot  is  taken.  There  is  no  neces- 
sity for  such  cutting,  as  nature  itself  performs  this  service  in  a 
more  satisfactory  manner  by  shedding,  aside  from  the  fact  that 
cutting  away  of  the  frog  is  the  principal  cause  of  lameness  with 
so  many  horses,  as  the  frog  is  the  natural  weight  bearer  and 
expander  of  the  foot,  being  elastic  and  therefore  acting  as  a sort 
of  buffer  between  the  shoe  and  our  granite  and  asphalt  pavement. 
It  is  for  these  reasons  that  the  Butler’s  well  justified  motto 
reads;  “ No  frog,  no  foot;  no  foot,  no  horse ! ” It  is  the  firm’s 
custom  to  invite  owners  of  lame  horses  to  send  the  animals  to 
them  ; they  cure  the  cripples  and  charge  only  for  the  shoeing. 
For  years  and  years  Mr.  Ed.  Butler,  Senior,  made  the  anatomy  of 
the  horse’s  foot  his  principal  study  and  the  same  was  done  by  Mr. 
Ed.  Butler,  Junior,  his  second  son,  who  became  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  all  the  details  of  the  profession  under  his  father’s 
18k 


— 274  — 


teaching  and  who  was  admitted  as  his  partner  in  1886.  The 
seven  different  shops  carried  on  by  the  firm  stand  since  many 
years  under  the  supervision  and  management  of  the  junior  part- 
ner, who  is  an  expert  scientific  horseshoer  and  a leading  member 
of  the  Master  Horse  Shoer’s  Association.  The  firm  employs  only 
reliable  and  experienced  workmen  and  they  are  strictl3'  forbidden 
to  treat  or  maltreate  a horse.  About  2000  animals  per  week  are 
shoed  in  the  seven  shops,  which  for  the  accommodation  of  patrons 
are  distributed  in  different  parts  of  the  city.  The  general  office 
is  located  at  No.  15  S.  10th  street,  where  the  numerous  diplomas 
and  medals  adorn  the  walls  which  the  firm  received  for  the  best 
method  of  horseshoeing  and  the  best  display  of  fine  workmanship. 
Butler  and  Son  are  agents  for  the  great  Rubber  Horse-Shoe  Pad, 
the  Cruse  Patent  Foot  Clasp,  and  Scott’s  Celebrated  Hoof  Paste. 
Mr.  Edward  Butler,  Senior,  is  since  forty-two  years  a resident  of 
St.  Louis,  one  of  our  most  enterprising  citizens,  a member  of 
different  organizations,  a ver^'  popular  and  well-known  man.  He 
devotes  nowadays  most  of  his  time  to  the  management  of  his 
private  affairs,  especially  his  real  estate  interests,  leaving  the 
horseshoe  establishments  entirely  to  the  care  of  Mr.  Ed.  Butler, 
Junior. 


F.  C.  RIDDLE  & BRO.  CASKET  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  290.  Kinloch  A1642. 

The  coffin  industry  has  made  such  progress,  the  competition 
in  this  branch  has  become  so  great,  that  only  a few  of  the  firms 
devoted  to  it  stand,  so  to  speak,  at  the  top  of  the  ladder,  and  one 
of  these  few  is  F.  C.  Riddle  & Bro.  Casket  Co.  It  was  estab- 
lished in  1879  by  Mr.  Frank  C.  Riddle,  who  in  1882  admitted  his 
brother  Robert  M.  as  a partner,  and  these  two  were  eight  years 
later,  in  1890,  joined  by  a third  brother,  Harry  S.  Riddle.  The 
three  gentlemen  had  the  above  firm  incorporated  in  the  last  named 
year  and  constitute  the  board  of  directors  and  are  also  the  officers 
of  the  company.  The  firm  was  originally  located  at  706  North 
Fifth  street,  but  the  constant  extension  of  business  made  larger 
quarters  necessary  and  such  were  found  in  the  very  center  of  our 
manufacturing  district.  Their  factory,  salesrooms,  office,  and 


— 275  — 


warehouses  cover  six  building  lots  on  Hogan  street  from  No. 
1400  to  (1412  and  afford  all  facilities  and  accommodations  which 
may  be  required.  A most  complete  equipment  comprising  all 
modern  machinery  and  tools  of  the  newest  construction,  enables 
the  firm  to  furnish  the  trade  with  coffins,  caskets,  and  under- 
takers’ supplies  of  superior  quality  and  in  every  desired  style 
as  shown  by  the  voluminous  catalogues  issued  from  time  to 
time.  The  establishment  numbers  about  one  hundred  employees 
and  the  sales  extend  all  over  the  Union,  a large  portion 
going  to  the  Middle  and  New  England  States.  The  reputation 
gained  and  preserved  by  the  firm  is  based  upon  its  permanent 
aim  as  to  best  and  artistic  workmanship,  close  attention  to  de- 
tails, promptness  and  fair  dealing.  Mr.  F.  C.  Riddle  first  be- 
came identified  with  the  coffin  business  in  Pittsburg,  entering  the 
employ  in  1868  of  the  first  company  organized  for  the  purpose  of 
utilizing  machinery  for  the  manufacturing  of  coffins  ; he  filled  to 
the  satisfaction  of  his  employers  various  positions  of  importance 
and  trust  for  eleven  years,  during  which  time  he  acquired  a thor- 
ough knowledge  of  all  particulars  in  this  branch.  He  came  to 
St.  Louis  in  1879,  and  founded  the  present  business,  which, 
under  his  management,  has  grown  to  be  one  of  the  largest  of  its 
kind  in  the  country ; he  has  always  been  recognized  as  one  of  the 
leaders  in  his  line,  and  has  done  much  to  advance  the  interest  of 
the  coffin  industry.  He  and  his  brothers  devote  their  entire  time 
to  the  business,  and  with  such  care  and  energy  they  have  given, 
it,  the  success  they  have  attained  is  well  deserved. 


THE  SADDLERY  TRADE. 

The  demand  for  all  kinds  of  saddlery  ware  within  the  city  and 
vicinity  alone  would  be  sufficient  to  keep  a number  of  factories 
and  shops  busy  the  whole  year  around,  but  the  local  sales  are 
small  when  compared  with  what  is  shipped  from  here  to  Western, 
Southern  and  Southwestern  States  and  exported  to  Mexico,  Cen- 
tral and  South  America.  St.  Louis  possesses  a prestige  of  long 
standing  in  the  manufacture  of  harness  and  everything  else  per- 
taining to  horse  equipment,  especially  saddles,  — and  govern- 


— 276  — 


ment  contracts  for  the  supply  of  the  United  States  army  amount 
annually  to  very  large  sums,  a great  many  hands  are  therefore 
employed  in  this  important  branch  of  industry. 

WILLIAM  HOMANN  SADDLERY  CO. 

Bell  Main  2500. 

St.  Louis  is  since  about  fifty  years  the  center  of  the  saddle 
and  harness  trade  for  many  of  the  Western  States,  the  Southwest 
and  South ; the  manufacture  of  these  articles  is  carried  on  by 
numerous  small  and  a few  large  firms  and  the  Wm.  Homann  Sad- 
dlery Company  is  one  of  the  latter.  Mr.  Wm.  Homann,  a native 
of  Germany,  came  to  St.  Louis  when  very  young  ; he  served  as  an 
apprentice  in  one  of  the  saddleries,  worked  for  nine  years  as  a 
journeyman,  thereby  gaining  a thorough  knowledge  and 
experience  in  all  the  details  of  the  branch  and  it  may 
justly  be  said  that  what  he  don’t  know  about  saddles 
and  harness  is  not"  worth  knowing.  He  established  a busi- 
ness of  his  own  in  1865  and  therefore  actually  and 
literally  since  forty-six  years  “ in  the  harness.”  He  was 
first  located  on  North  Third  street  where  is  now  the  bridge 
entrance,  but  since  many  years  two  adjoining  buildings  on  North 
Fourth  street,  716  and  718,  are  occupied  by  the  firm.  The 
whole  interior  of  these  two  houses,  from  cellar  to  roof,  and  every 
inch  of  it,  is  needed  for  the  constantly  growing  business ; office 
and  salesrooms  are  on  the  first  floor,  the  upper  stories  serve  for 
factory  purposes.  The  firm  makes  saddles  and  harnesses,  also 
turf  goods  of  every  kind  unsurpassed  in  quality  and  workman- 
ship ; only  the  best  material  being  used  and  experienced  hands, 
about  fifty  in  number,  are  employed  in  the  different  workshops. 
The  extensive  stock  at  all  times  kept  on  hand  offers  their 
customers  a complete  assortment  to  select  from,  but  a large 
part  is  made  to  order  and  every  article  coming  from  this  estab- 
lishment is  bound  to  give  the  fullest  satisfaction,  as  all  possible 
care  is  taken  to  let  only  perfect  work  leave  the  house.  Large 
contracts  have  been  frequently  awarded  them  by  the  U.  S.  Gov- 
ernment, a fact  which  speaks  volumes  for  their  reliability.  Besides 
the  articles  named,  saddlery,  hai’dware  of  every  kind  is  sold 


— 277  — 


by  the  firm.  Their  principal  trade  is  in  our  own  city, 
Missouri  and  Illinois,  but  great  quantities  of  their  manufacture 
are  sent  to  other  States.  The  firm  was  incorporated  in  1890  by 
Mr.  Wm.  Homann  and  his  two  younger  brothers  Rudolph  B.  and 
Henry  J.  Homann,  who  are  likewise  practical  experts  and  since 
many  years  previous  to  the  incorporation  identified  with  the 
firm.  Wm.  Homann  is  the  President  and  Treasurer,  Rudolph  B. 
Homann  the  Vice-President,  and  Henry  J.  Homann  the 
Secretary  of  the  company  and  all  the  three  devote  their 
whole  time  and  attention  to  their  specific  duties,  Mr.  Wm. 
Homann  exercising  a general  supervision  over  everything.  The 
great  success  of  the  firm  is  due  to  its  fair  and  honest  treatment  of 
their  customers,  the  quality  of  their  goods  and  the  energy  and 
industry  of  the  owners,  who  are  gentlemen  in  the  fullest  sense  of 
the  word,  enjoying  the  highest  esteem  in  business  and  social 
circles. 


AGKICULTURAL  MACHINES  AND  IMPLE- 
MENTS. 

The  proverbial  inventive  genius  of  our  nation  found  a broad 
field  for  its  achievements  when  it  commenced  to  provide  the 
farmer  and  planter  with  auxiliaries  for  grubbing,  plowing,  sow- 
ing and  planting,  for  mowing,  harvesting,  threshing,  etc.,  and 
the  improvement  of  such  machines  and  implements  is  never  ceas- 
ing, but  still  going  on.  It  is  only  natural  that  the  vast  agricul- 
tural regions  tributary  to  St.  Louis  have  made  this  city  the 
principal  center  of  this  bfanch  of  industry  and  trade.  We  have 
here  some  of  the  largest  factories  and  jobbing  houses  and  a con- 
siderable number  of  firms  representing  outside  manufacturers. 
Man}'  of  the  Western,  Southern  and  Southwestern  States  are 
exclusively  supplied  from  here,  and  the  export  of  these  articles 
comprises  Mexico,  Central  and  South  America,  and  nowadays 
Cuba,  and  Porto  Rico,  aside  from  an  extensive  trade  across  the 
Atlantic,  especially  with  Great  Britain,  France,  Germany  and 
Russia.  The  manufacture  of  farm  wagons  constitutes  an  impor- 
tant branch  and  St.  Louis  distributes  them  in  great  quantities 


— 278  — 


over  the  aforesaid  territory.  The  sales  in  these  various  articles 
amount  to  many  millions  per  year,  and  the  output  of  the  local 
factories  has  been  constantly  on  the  increase. 

KINGSLAND  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Tyler  380. 

This  establishment  is  nearly  sixty  years  in  existence  and 
therefor  one  of  the  oldest,  if  not  the  oldest,  in  its  branch. 
Mr.  L.  D.  Kingsland,  the  President  of  the  company,  be- 
came the  successor  of  his  father,  Mr.  Geo.  Kingsland, 
the  founder  of  the  firm,  in  1874,  and  has  ever  since  di- 
rected the  affairs  of  this  great  industrial  enterprise  with 
untiring  energy,  marked  ability  and  well-deserved  success.  The 
factory  buildings  are  located  on  Mullanphy  street,  cover  two  whole 
blocks  from  Eleventh  to  Thirteenth  street,  and  are  equipped  with 
the  most  improved  machinery  and  modern  facilities.  Agricul- 
tural implements  form  the  principal  product  of  the  works,  espe- 
cially Threshing  Machines,  Horse  Powers,  Saw  Mills,  Cotton 
Gins,  Cotton-Elevator  Systems,  Cotton  Presses  and  Corn  Shellers 
(which  shell  corn  with  or  without  the  shuck  on).  Castings  of  all 
kinds  are  made  in  the  Kingsland  foundry  with  particular  accu- 
racy and  everything  emanating  from  the  establishment  is  justly 
celebrated  for  exact  workmanship,  best  material,  perfect  action 
and  durability.  The  various  articles  manufactured  by  this  com- 
pany are  sold  all  over  the  Western,  Southwestern  and  Southern 
States  and  largely  exported  to  Mexico,  Central  America,  the 
West  Indies  and  even  to  Australia.  Mr.  Kingsland  is  one  of  the 
most  prominent  citizens  of  St.  Louis,  which  is  his  birthplace  and 
whose  interests  — industrial,  mercantile  and  otherwise  — he  has 
always  promoted  to  the  fullest  extent  being  a gentleman  of  the 
broadest  liberal  views.  He  belongs  to  quite  a number  of  organi- 
zations for  the  welfare  of  our  city,  is  a director  in  many  of  them 
and  takes  an  active  interest  in  all  public  matters ; he  never  sought 
a political  office  but  accepted  a few  years  ago  the  important  po- 
sition of  Police  Commisioner,  in  which  capacity  he  earned  the 
praise  of  all  his  fellow-citizens ; he  also  occupied  the  not  less  im- 
portant place  of  an  Election  Commissioner,  for  which  his  well- 


— 279  — 


known  integrity  and  uprightness  made  him  especialy  qualified. 
All  in  all  he  may  truly  be  called  one  of  the  representative  men  of 
St.  Louis,  a man  of  great  distinction  and  value  in  the  community 
at  large  and  in  our  commercial,  industrial  and  social  circles  in 
particular. 

WM.  KOENIG  & CO. 

Bell  Main  2481m. 

Mr.  Wm.  Koenig,  the  head  of  the  above  named  firm,  has  for 
more  than  half  a century  been  identified  with  the  Agricultural  Im- 
plement branch  and  it  is  due  to  his  untiring  energy  and  industiy, 
that  the  firm  occupies  a front  rank  in  our  mercantile  community, 
that  it  is  well  known  in  the  whole  West  and  Southwest  and  that 
the  sales  of  this  house  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year. 
Messrs.  Wm.  Koenig  & Company  have  for  more  than  forty  years 
represented  Aultman,  Miller  & Co.  of  Akron,  Ohio,  makersof  Buck- 
eye Binder  Twine  and  the  patentees  and  manufacturers  of  the 
celebrated  Buckeye  Mowers  and  Binders,  justly  famous  for  their 
material,  workmanship  and  efficiency.  The  mowers,  reapers  and 
binders  made  in  this  factory  have  received  first  prizes  and  gold 
medals  not  only  at  the  different  World’s  Fairs,  but  in  every  con- 
test in  which  they  participated,  especially  in  England,  France  (in 
eighteen  different  places),  Spain,  Italy,  Holland,  Roumania,  Al- 
giers, Australia,  and  in  the  only  four  real  great  field  contests  ever 
held  in  our  own  country,  viz.,  at  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Auburn,  N.  Y. , 
Mansfield,  O.,  and  Lafayette,  Ind.,  proving  b}'^  these  numerous 
victories,  their  superior  qualities  and  capacity.  Aside  from  the 
Buckeye  Harvester  machines  and  Binder  Twine  large  sales  are  also 
made  annually  of  all  Steel  Banner  Hay  Rakes,  Kraus  Cultiva- 
tors and  Carpo  Walking  Cultivators.  The  spacious  buildings 
at  120,  122  and  124  South  Eighth  street  afford  ample 
room  for  warehouse  and  shipping  purposes,  besides  being  in  close 
proximity  to  all  the  freight  depots.  Mr.  Wm.  Koenig  has  been  a 
resident  of  this  city  since  1840.  He  came  here  when  very  young, 
his  parents  having  emigrated  from  Germany,  and  he  received  his 
education  in  the  public  schools  of  St.  Louis.  As  a boy  of  only 
fifteen  he  secured  a situation  with  the  old  firm  of  Lyons,  Shorb  & 


— 280  — 


Co.  (Sligo  Iron  Store)  and  used  the  first  money  earned  by  him 
for  a complete  course  in  Jones’  Commercial  College.  After 
being  shipping  clerk  with  the  Sligo  firm  for  eight  years  he  asso- 
ciated himself,  in  1858,  with  Col.  Jno.  Garnett  of  Frankfort, 
Ky.,  in  the  seed  and  agricultural  implement  business  under  the 
firm  name  of  John  Garnett  & Co.  This  firm  was  after  Col.  Gar- 
nett’s death  succeeded  first  by  Blunden,  Koenig  & Co.,  and  later 
by  Wm.  Koenig  & Co.,  in  the  management  of  which  he  is  ably 
assisted  by  two  of  his  sons.  As  a man  of  the  highest  integrity 
and  strictest  business  principles  Mr.  Koenig  enjoys  the  respect  of 
the  whole  community  ; besides  being  a member  of  the  Merchants 
Exchange  he  is  Vice-President  of  the  German  Savings  Institution 
and  has  been  a director  of  the  St.  Louis  House  Building  Co.  for 
over  twenty-five  years,  and  also  a director  in  the  Washington 
Insurance  Co.  At  the  urgent  solicitation  of  his  fellow- 
citizens  he  accepted,  in  1881,  the  nomination  as  school  director, 
was  electod  without  opposition,  was  re-elected  in  1884,  and  again 
in  1887,  but  resigned  in  1890  to  the  great  regret  of  all  con- 
cerned, as  he  had  been  one  of  the  most  zealous,  energetic  and 
well-meaning  ofiScials  in  the  interest  of  our  public  schools. 

MANSUR  & TEBBETTS  IMPLEMENT  CO. 

Bell  Park  660.  Kinloch  B1348,  1349,  C449. 

To  call  a firm  the  largest  in  its  branch  in  a city  like  St.  Louis, 
and  even  in  this  part  of  the  country,  is  saying  a great  deal,  but 
it  is  only  stating  a fact  when  applied  to  the  Mansur  & Tebbetts 
Implement  and  the  Mansur  & Tebbetts  Carriage  Manufacturing 
Companies,  both  of  which  stand  under  one  and  the  same  man- 
agement and  have  the  same  proprietors.  It  was  in  1870  when 
Mr.  Alvah  Mansur  established  the  first  jobbing  house  for  the  sale 
of  agricultural  implements  west  of  the  Mississippi  river,  at 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,  under  the  firm  of  Deer,  Mansur  & Co. ; this 
was  followed  by  the  opening  of  a house  in  St.  Louis  in  1874,  in 
which  year  Mr.  L.  B.  Tebbetts,  a brother-in-law  of  Mr.  Mansur, 
became  identified  with  the  business.  The  two  firms  remained  in 
operation  till  1890,  when  Mr.  Deer  purchased  Mr.  Mansur’s  in- 
terest in  Kansas  City,  and  the  latter  bought  Mr.  Deer  out  in  St. 


— 281  — 


Louis,  whereupon  the  present  firms  were  organized  with  Alvah 
Mansur  as  President,  L.  D.  Tebbetts  as  Vice-President  and 
Treasurer,  and  G.  S.  Tebbetts  as  Secretary.  Previous  to  his 
coming  to  Missouri  Mr.  Mansur  had  been  connected  with  the  cele- 
brated steel  plow  factory  of  John  Deer  at  Moline,  Illinois,  with 
whom  he  afterwards  formed  a copartnership.  The  experience  so 
gained,  and  his  personal  energies  and  activity,  formed  the  basis 
of  the  great  success  that  accompanied  his  enterprises  in  which  he 
was  most  ably  assisted  by  Mr.  L.  D.  Tebbetts,  whose  business 
qualifications  were  and  are  of  the  same  high  order.  Since  Mr. 
Mansur’s  death  (1898)  the  chief  supervision  and  general  manage- 
ment of  the  firm’s  vast  business  lies  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Tebbetts, 
who  possesses  in  his  son  Mr.  G.  S.  Tebbetts  a most  capable  and 
reliable  assistant.  The  articles  manufactured  and  sold  by  the 
Mansur-Tebbetts  Implement  Company  comprise  every  kind  of 
agricultural  machines  and  implements,  and  the  territory  of  sales 
includes  all  parts  of  the  Union,  Mexico  and  the  South  American 
States.  The  same  may  be  said  in  regard  to  the  Carriage  Manufact- 
uring Company,  whose  product  is  justly  celebrated  for  its  superior 
workmanship,  style  and  durability.  The  establishment  covers  a 
large  area,  a part  of  Cupples  Station  on  Tenth  and  Spruce  streets, 
is  fully  equipped  with  the  most  complete  interior  arrangements 
and  facilities  and  by  three  tracks  directly  connected  with  all  the 
railroad  lines  terminating  in  St.  Louis.  It  may  be  imagined, 
that  an  army  of  employees  is  necessary  in  the  various  departments 
in  this  city,  but  aside  from  them  branch  houses  are  kept  in  Dal- 
las, Texas,  and  Nashville,  Tennessee,  and  a great  number  of 
agents  represent  the  firm  all  over  the  country.  Mr.  L.  B.  Teb- 
betts, the  President  of  the  company,  is  also  a Director  of  the  Con- 
tinental National  Bank  and  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Traffic 
Commission,  the  Commercial  and  the  Noonday  clubs,  and  always 
ready  to  promote  the  trade  and  other  interests  of  the  city.  The 
officers  of  the  two  companies  are:  L.  B.  Tebbetts,  President;  C. 
H.  Deere,  Vice-President ; G.  S.  Tebbetts,  Treasurer,  and  C.  W. 
Mansur,  Secretary. 


— 282  — 


WHITMAN  AGRICULTURAL  CO. 

Bell  Carondelet  120tn.  Kinloch  C215. 

St.  Louis  is  the  center  of  a vast  agricultural  region  including 
the  Mississippi  Valley,  many  of  the  Western  and  Southern  and 
all  Southwestern  States.  Our  city  is  in  consequence  of  this  fact 
at  the  same  time  a center  for  the  manufacture  of  and  the  trade 
in  agricultural  machinery  and  implements,  and  its  fame  in  this 
direction  is  based  upon  the  standard  products  of  the  various 
firms  devoted  to  this  particular  industrial  branch.  Foremost 
among  them  stands  the  Whitman  Agricultural  Company, 
founded  in  1870  by  Mr.  Chas.  E.  Whitman,  who  is  still  at  its 
head.  The  factory  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Eighth  street 
and  Clark  avenue,  had  served  for  nearly  three  decades,  but 
in  spite  of  its  large  dimensions  had  become  inadequate  for  the 
constant  growth  of  the  Qrm’s  trade,  so  that  still  more  room 
for  manufacturing  purposes  became  necessary.  This  led  to  the 
erection  of  a number  of  spacious  buildings  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  city  in  close  proximity  to  the  Mississippi  river  and 
directly  on  the  line  of  the  Iron  Mountain  Railway,  affording 
switch  connections  with  all  railroads  coming  to  St.  Louis.  The 
massive  structures,  the  property  of  the  company,  contain  a 
full  equipment  of  the  most  approved  machinery  of  newest 
construction  and  are  supplied  with  all  modern  facilities,  all  of 
which,  combined  with  very  ample  means,  enables  the  firm  to 
give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  as  to  quality  and  price. 
The  machines  and  implements  made  in  their  establishment  are 
acknowledged  to  be  of  the  best  material,  design,  workmanship, 
and  are  especially  appreciated  for  their  efficiency  and  durability. 
The  articles  manufactured  by  the  firm  comprise  baling  presses 
for  cotton,  hay  and  straw ; cornshellers  of  various  styles ; lever, 
tread  and  railway  horse  power,  the  latter  having  been  invented 
by  Luther  Whitman  seventy  years  ago ; grain  drills,  seed  sowers, 
hay  and  straw  cutters ; root  or  vegetable  cutters ; feed 
mills,  of  which  there  are  nearly  150,000  in  use ; cider 
and  wine  mills;  adjustable  fruit  grinders;  lard,  wine  and 
fruit  presses ; harrows ; steel  frame  drag  saws  and  sawing 


— 283  — 


machines ; lawn,  garden  and  field  rollers ; express  and 
baggage  wagons,  trucks  and  barrows  of  all  kinds ; revolving 
all-around  dump  cars,  etc.,  etc.  Their  cotton-baling  presses  are 
in  general  use  in  the  cotton-raising  States  and  purchasers  declare 
unanimously  that  they  give  the  utmost  satisfaction,  and  similar 
flattering  testimonials  refer  to  the  operative  power  and  exact  work 
of  all  their  agricultural  machineiy.  Further  evidence  of  the 
superiority  of  their  products  lies  in  the  fact  that  they  have  re- 
ceived first  prizes,  gold  and  silver  medals,  at  all  international, 
and  national  expositions  and  State  fairs,  wherever  they  were 
exhibited  and  in  all  competing  field  trials  in  which  they  partici- 
pated. The  territory  of  the  company’s  sales  aside  from  the 
United  States,  extends  over  many  foreign  countries,  their  presses 
and  balers  are  used  by  nearly  all  European  nations,  as  well  as  in 
South  America,  Mexico,  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Africa  and 
Asia,  so  that  their  export  trade  is  constantly  increasing.  The 
establishment  forms  one  of  the  largest  aud  best-equipped  plants 
in  its  branch,  covers  seven  acres  of  ground  and  has  a river  front 
of  500  feet ; the  office,  being  at  6900  South  Broadway,  is  easily 
accessible  from  all  parts  of  the  city  by  electric  street  cars.  Mr. 
Chas.  E.  Whitman  is  the  President,  Mr.  H.  L.  Whitman,  Secre- 
tary and  Treasurer,  and  Mr.  G.  F.  Whitman  the  General  Super- 
intendent of  the  company,  whose  incorporation  under  the  laws  of 
the  State  of  Missouri  took  place  in  1880.  The  remarkable  suc- 
cess, of  which  the  proprietors  may  well  be  proud,  is  the  highly 
deserved  result  of  their  exertions,  their  energy,  reliability  and 
uprightness  in  all  their  transactions. 


METAL  INDUSTRY  AND  TRADE. 

The  trade  of  St.  Louis  in  iron,  steel  and  machinery  embraces 
the  product  of  rolling  mills,  foundries,  machine  shops  located 
here  and  elsewhere,  the  bulk  of  it  being  manufactured  iu  our 
own  midst.  We  have  here  some  of  the  largest  foundries  and 
machine  shops  in  the  country  whose  work  not  only  compares 
favorably  with  that  of  the  greatest  establishments  in  the  Eastern 
and  New  England  States,  but  is  widely  known  for  its  excellence 


— 284 


in  every  part  of  the  Union  and  in  foreign  countries.  St.  Louis 
distributes  iron  and  steel  as  raw  material,  and  the  articles  made 
out  of  both  over  the  entire  Mississippi  Valley,  the  West,  South- 
west and  South  and  has  an  extensive  export  trade  to  the  Latin- 
American  States,  West  Indies  and  even  Europe,  where  various 
kinds  of  machinery  built  here  are  justly  celebrated  and  preferred 
to  those  of  home  manufacture. 

PADDOCK-HAWLEY  IRON  CO. 

Bell  Main  915,  916,  2370.  Kinloch  B1352,  939,  409. 

The  origin  of  the  Paddock-Hawley  Iron  Company  dates  back 
to  1872,  in  which  year  the  firm  of  Paddock  and  Lathy  entered 
the  field  of  operations  that  brought  them  and  their  successors 
within  a comparatively  short  period  to  the  front  rank  in  their 
branch.  Mr.  G.  E.  Hawley  became  subsequently  the  successor 
of  Mr.  Lathy,  whereupon  the  firm  was  changed  to  Paddock 
& Hawley,  remaining  so  until  1883,  when  the  present  name  was 
adopted.  The  business  was,  during  twenty-three  years,  from 
1872  to  1895,  located  in  the  center  of  the  iron  trade,  that  is  on 
North  Main  street  near  Morgan  ; in  the  latter  year  the  removal 
to  Tenth  and  Spruce  streets  took  place,  where  much  larger  quar- 
ters and  unsurpassed  facilities  for  the  handling  of  freight  were 
secured  through  direct  connection  with  all  railroad  lines  coming 
to  St.  Louis.  The  trade  of  the  firm  comprises  iron,  steel,  car- 
riage and  heavy  hardware,  corrugated  iron,  trimmings  and  wood 
material,  partly  of  their  own  manufacture.  The  six-story  build- 
ing, with  its  very  ample  floor  space,  contains  the  factory,  sales- 
rooms, offices  and  sliipping  department,  and  a spacious  warehouse 
in  East  St.  Louis  serves  for  the  storage  of  bar  iron  and  steel  and 
the  heavier  articles  in  which  they  deal.  The  firm  keeps  the 
fullest  assortment  of  everything  in  their  line,  and  is  at 
all  times  prepared  to  fill  even  the  largest  order  with- 
out delay.  Over  a hundred  employees  are  constantly  busy 
in  the  various  departments  and  an  appropriate  number 
of  traveling  men  represent  the  house  outside  of  St.  Louis. 
The  territory  of  sales  embraces  the  whole  West,  Northwest  and 
Southwest,  aside  from  plenty  of  orders  from  Eastei’n  and  South- 


— 285  — 


«rn  Stales.  The  prompt  and  faithful  execution  of  every  order, 
large  or  small,  the  reliable  and  fair  dealing  on  the  part  of  the  firm 
with  all  its  customers  has  won  for  it  the  unlimited  confidence  of  the 
trade  and  an  enviable  reputation  over  the  whole  country.  The 
yearly  transactions  of  the  house  figure  in  the  millions  and  its  oper- 
ations are  still  extending  to  greater  dimensions.  The  officers  of 
the  company  are  as  follows : Messrs.  Gains  Paddock,  President ; 
Geo.  E.  Hawley,  Vice-President ; C.  T.  Brace,  Secretary ; W.  M. 
Miller,  Treasurer,  and  Orville  Paddock,  Superintendent ; all  of 
whom  devote  their  time  and  attention,  their  energy  and  activity  to 
their  respective  duties  and  are  true  representatives  of  the  charac- 
teristic qualities  of  the  enterprising  industrious  American  business 
men. 

MALLEABLE  IRON,  ZINC  AND  BABBITT 

METAL. 

MISSOURI  MALLEABLE  IRON  CO. 

EAST  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Bridge  270m.  Kinloch  A1240. 

One  of  the  most  prominent  and  well-known  institutions  among 
the  great  iron  industries  of  St.  Louis  is  the  Missouri  Malleable 
Iron  Works  — which,  although  located  in  East  St.  Louis,  is  strictly 
a St.  Louis  concern  — being  owned  and  operated  entirely  by 
St.  Louisans.  The  company  owes  its  existence  to  the  enterprise 
and  capital  of  Mr.  John  C.  Nulsen  and  was  incorporated  in  St. Louis 
in  1881.  After  ten  years  of  successful  operation  the  works 
were  found  insufficient  for  the  increased  demand  for  their  prod- 
uct — and  a new  plant  was  erected  in  East  St.  Louis  directly 
opposite  the  city  of  St.  Louis.  The  works  are  located  on  a fif- 
teen-acre tract  and  are  built  in  the  most  substantial  manner  with 
every  known  modern  improvement  in  the  wa}' of  machinery  — 
smelting  and  annealing  ovens.  They  have  a capacity  of  15,000 
tons  of  malleable  castings  per  year,  and  make  a specialty  of  rail- 
road — street  car  — agricultural  and  stove  castings  — in  addition 


— 286  — 


to  a general  jobbing  business.  The  company  was  organized  with 
a capital  of  250,000  dollars,  and  at  present  employs  the  full 
amount  of  half  a million  dollars  in  the  conducting  of  its  busi- 
ness. Mr.  John  C.  Nulsen  has  been  the  President  of  the  com- 
pany since  the  beginning,  but  having  withdrawn  from  active 
business  has  turned  the  management  over  to  his  two  sons,  A. 
J.  and  F.  E.  Nulsen,  who  hold  the  offices  of  Treasui’er  and 
Secretary,  and  with  assistance  of  Frank  S.  Taggart  as  Superin- 
tendent, are  in  charge  of  the  operation  of  the  entire  work.  The 
number  of  men  employed  varies  from  600  to  700,  and  in- 
cludes a large  variety  of  mechanics  — consisting  of  molders,  help- 
ers, core-makers,  pattern-makers,  machinists  and  other  skilled 
trades.  The  amount  paid  out  in  wages  by  the  company  averages 
one  thousand  dollars  per  day,  and  has  proven  a large  assistance 
to  the  building  up  of  the  New  East  St.  Louis.  Their  enterprise 
has  induced  other  manufacturers  to  locate  at  the  same  place. 

Mr.  John  C.  Nulsen,  a native  of  Hanover  (Germany),  is  the  son 
of  a prominent  family,  whose  ancestors  lived  in  Brabant;  he 
crossed  the  ocean  when  only  eighteen  years  old  together  with  his 
two  brothers,  with  whom  he  embarked  in  the  cigar  business  in  Cin- 
cinnati in  1842.  Three  years  later  he  came  to  St.  Louis  and  made 
this  city  his  home  ever  since.  Possessing  an  academical  educa- 
cation  and  well  informed  in  general,  he  was  fully  equipped  for 
the  active  business  life  upon  which  he  had  entered  since  his  ar- 
rival in  the  new  world.  For  four  years  he  conducted  a cigar 
manufactory  on  North  Main  street.  On  a piece  of  ground  leased 
for  thirty  years  from  Peter  Lindell  he  built  in  1849  a business 
house  (solid  brick)  on  North  Third  street,  and  in  1858  the  first 
stone-front  building  in  the  city,  on  the  same  street.  No.  407.  He 
also  erected,  some  time  later,  the  first  stone  front  on  Olive  street, 
southwest  corner  of  Sixth,  a substantial  structure  whose  interior 
has  recently  been  remodeled.  After  giving  up  cigar  manufactur- 
ing he  opened  a rectifying  establishment  in  partnership  with  his 
brother-in-law,  Joseph  Mersmann,  under  the  firm  of  Nulsen 
& Mersmann.  He  was  thus  engaged  until  1839  when  he  re- 
tired temporarily  from  active  business.  After  a two-years’  stay  in 
Europe,  returned  to  this  city,  he  founded,  in  1881,  the  Missouri 
Malleable  Iron  Company  and  erected  the  works  on  Papin 


— 287  — 


street  on  property  whicb  is  still  owned  by  the  company.  Mr. 
Nulsen  has  always  been  a man  of  great  activity,  circumspec- 
tion and  enterprise,  and  has  been  identified  with  various  im- 
portant undertakings  and  prominent  financial  and  industrial 
corporations  ; assisted  in  the  organizing  of  the  Fourth  National 
Bank  and  the  Franklin  Savings  Institution,  and  has  at  all 
times  been  and  is  still  ready  to  lend  a helping  hand  to  every- 
thing which  might  promote  the  welfare  of  the  community.  He 
if  yet  full  of  energy  as  in  his  younger  years,  and  manages  his 
large  and  various  interests  with  remarkable  ability  and  success. 

OTTO  F.  MFJSTER. 

Mr.  Otto  Ferdinand  Meister,  the  oldest  son  of  the  late  Freder- 
ick Wm.  Meister,  is  a native  of  St.  Louis,  where  he  received 
his  early  training  and  higher  education,  finishing  the  same  with 
the  academic  course  and  the  special  study  of  metallurgy  and 
chemistry  at  Washington  University.  The  theoretical  knowledge 
so  acquired  soon  opened  him  the  field  of  its  practical  application  ; 
the  St.  Louis  Smelting  and  Refining  Company  sent  him  to  its 
works  in  Colorado  in  the  responsible  position  as  Assayer.  Some 
time  later  he  became  the  general  manager  of  a silver  mine  in  the 
same  State  and  this  gave  him  a thorough  knowledge,  theoretical 
as  well  as  practical,  of  all  the  details  pertaining  to  the  mining, 
smelting  and  refining  of  ore.  In  1882  he  leased  the  Lumaghi 
Zinc  Works  at  Collinsville,  Illinois,  which  he  conducted  for  four 
years  and  in  1886  organized  the  Collinsville  Zinc  Works,  an 
establishment  of  large  dimensions,  giving  employment  to  about 
two  hundred  hands.  He  was  for  nearly  fourteen  years  a director 
and  during  a long  period  the  president  of  this  corporation.  The 
metal  industry  found  in  him  a most  active  promoter  and  his  ex- 
tensive experience  in  this  industrial  branch  has  made  him  one  of 
its  foremost  representatives  in  this  section  of  the  country.  After 
the  death  of  his  father  he  succeeded  him  as  a Director  of  the  Ger- 
man Savings  Institution,  the  second  oldest  bank  and  at  the  same 
time  one  of  the  most  solid  financial  corporations  of  our  city. 
Mr.  Otto  F.  Meister  is  well  known  and  highly  esteemed  in  our 
mercantile  and  social  circles,  always  I’eady  to  further  the  com- 


— 288  — 


mercial  and  manufacturing  interests  of  St.  Louis  and  to  promote 
the  welfare  of  his  native  city.  His  father,  Mr.  F.  W.  Meister, 
had  come  here  in  1844  and  prepared  himself  for  his  future  career, 
as  an  employee  in  a retail  grocery ; he  was  industrious  and  am- 
bitious and  this  led  in  1848  to  his  admission  as  junior  partner  in 
the  wholesale  grocery  firm  of  Meyer,  Krug  & Meister,  which  in 
1869  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Krug  was  changed  to  Meyer  & Meis- 
ter, from  which  he  withdrew  in  1873.  He  had  been  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  German  Savings  Institution  and  served  as  its 
President  from  1873  to  the  time  of  his  death  (in  1898),  a full 
quarter  of  a century.  In  this  capacity,  like  in  everything  else 
during  his  whole  life,  he  proved  to  be  a man  of  sterling  qualities, 
upright  in  all  his  dealings,  cautious  and  conservative  in  the 
management  of  all  affairs,  honest  in  all  his  transactions  and  the 
true  representative  of  the  German- American  business  man,  com- 
bining American  enterprise  with  German  perseverance. 

HOYT  mp:tal  CO. 

Bell  Lindell  1058. 

The  Hoyt  Metal  Company  was  established  in  1870  by  Messrs. 
C.  C.  and  E.  K.  Hoyt  and  was  incorporated  in  1879  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  The  owners  are  the  aforesaid  two 
gentlemen  and  the  American  Smelting  and  Refining  Company.  The 
factory,  for  many  years  located  on  Second  and  Carr  streets,  proved 
inadequate  in  course  of  time,  the  demand  for  its  products  becom- 
ing greater  from  year  to  year,  thus  necessitating  much  larger 
quarters  and  this  led  to  the  erection  of  the  magnificent  plant  on 
Clayton  between  Sarah  and  Boyle  avenue.  The  substantial  build- 
ings cover  almost  an  entire  block  and  contain  a full  equipment  of 
the  most  improved  modern  machinery  and  all  facilities  for  the 
manufacture  of  Babbitt  metals  and  solder,  for  which  the  Hoyt 
Metal  Company  is  justly  celebrated.  A complete  rolling  plant 
for  making  all  kinds  of  hard  lead  pipe,  sheet  lead,  metal  tanks  for 
storage  batteries,  etc.,  forms  an  important  part  of  the  establish- 
ment. The  Standard  Babbitt  Metals,  made  by  the  Hoyt  Metal 
Company,  comprise  the  genuine  and  faultless  brands  for  saw 
mills,  dynamos,  high  speed  engines  and  any  severe  service,  and 


— 289  — 


the  Reliance,  Eagle  and  C.  B.  grades  for  threshing  machines, 
traction  engines  and  machine  shop  uses;  aside  from  these  a No.  4 
grade  is  made,  a clean  free  running  metal ; the  best  in  the  market 
for  the  money.  Hoyt’s  solder  is  made  from  first-class  material 
thoroughly  mixed  and  refined,  carefully  poured  in  attractive  bars 
and  packed  in  one  hundred  pound  cases.  The  mixing  and  pouring 
apparatus  used  by  them  is  their  exclusive  patent  and  cannot  be 
made  use  of  by  anyone  else.  All  the  products  of  the  company 
are  of  superior  quality,  the  greatest  care  being  taken  in  their 
manufacture  so  as  to  make  them  safe  and  reliable  in  the  highest 
degree.  Ample  means  and  a very  extensive  trade,  which  is 
constantly  on  the  increase,  enable  the  company  to  give  their  pat- 
rons the  best  possible  terms.  The  firm  employs  in  the  St.  Louis 
factory  from  75  to  100  hands,  most  of  them  skilled  and  expe- 
rienced workmen.  The  company  has  a branch,  including  work- 
shops and  offices,  at  Arlington,  New  Jersey,  for  the  supply  of 
the  New  England  and  Eastern  States.  The  territory  of  sales  in- 
cludes all  parts  of  the  Union  and  a considerable  export  to  some 
of  the  European  countries  and  even  South  Africa.  The  St.  Louis 
factory  is  a model  establishment,  and,  through  the  Wabash  Rail- 
road, whose  tracks  pass  by,  connected  witli  all  railways  coming 
to  St.  Louis.  The  following  gentlemen  are  the  officers  and  di- 
rectors of  the  company:  C.  C.  Hoyt,  President;  E.  R.  Hoyt, 
Vice-President,  and  W.  S.  Swingley,  Secretary.  The  second 
Vice-President,  Mr.  H.  K.  Mills,  who  had  been  connected  with 
the  firm  for  more  than  twenty  years,  died  May  22,  1901.  The 
firm  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  for  strictness  and  reliability  in 
all  its  dealings,  as  well  as  for  the  unsurpassed  quality  of  its  out- 
put. The  mail  address  is  4153  Clayton  avenue,  St.  Louis. 

FOUNDEIES  MACHINE  WORKS. 

ESSMUELLER  MILL  FURNISHING  CO. 

Bell  Main  1230.  Kinloch  D368. 

One  of  the  largest  establishments  in  the  milling  machinery 
branch,  the  Essmueller-Heyde  Mill  Furnishing  Company,  was 
originally  founded  more  than  twenty  years  ago  by  Fi'ed  H. 
19k 


— 290  — 


Essmueller  and  Ludwig  Mutschler  and  was  continued  under  the 
firm  name  of  Mutschler  and  Essmueller  until  1897,  in  which  year 
the  present  company  was  incorporated,  whose  otficers,  F.  H. 
Essmueller,  President;  August  Berbliuger,  Vice-President  and 
Superintendent ; and  Wm.  C.  Essmueller,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
The  works  are  located  at  605  South  Sixth  street,  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain  Railroad  and  thereby 
connected  with  all  other  railroad  lines  centering  here.  The 
workshops  have  a complete  equipment  of  the  most  approved 
machinery,  tools  and  other  facilities  for  the  manufacture  of  the 
various  machines  and  implements  used  in  flour  and  grist  mills, 
malt  houses,  breweries,  etc.,  and  give  employment  to  a large 
number  of  skilled  mechanics.  Everything  made  by  the  firm 
excels  in  material,  exact  workmanship,  operative  power  and 
durability  aside  from  accurate  performance  of  work.  Many  of 
the  largest  plants  here  and  the  various  Western  States  had  their 
outfits  supplied  by  the  Essmueller  Mill  Furnishing  Company 
whose  constant  aim  it  is  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfac- 
tion. The  capacity  of  the  works  enables  the  company  to  execute 
even  the  largest  contracts  within  a comparatively  short  time. 
The  firm  is  well  known  for  the  great  attention  given  to  all  orders 
and  its  fair  and  upright  dealing,  and  the  owners  enjoy  the  well- 
deserved  respect  and  esteem  of  business  and  social  circles.  The 
firm  is  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Exchange  and 
Manufacturers  Association. 

ARTHUR  FRITSCH  FOUNDRY  AND  MACHINE  CO. 

Bell  Main  2939.  Kinloch  D342. 

The  mining  industry  of  this  country  and  especially  of  the  West- 
ern States  is  permanently  growing  in  volume  and  importance 
and  the  mining  engineers’  sciences  is  constantly  developing  new 
improvements  with  which  the  manufacture  of  mining  machinery 
has  to  keep  pace.  The  demand  for  modern  machinery  must 
therefore  be  supplied  by  reliable  firms,  whose  products  come 
fully  up  to  the  requirements  of  our  progressive  age,  and  we  speak 
in  this  connection  of  the  Arthur  Fritsch  Foundry  and  Machine 
Company  as  one  whose  output  answers  these  reqirements  in  the 


— 291  — 


most  perfect  manner.  The  company  manufactures  every  kind  of 
mining  machinery,  boilers  and  pumps,  and  makes  a specialty  of 
complete  concentration  plants  and  sectional  crushers  of  all  sizes 
and  varying  in  capacity  according  to  the  specific  orders  received. 
The  works  occupy  the  premises  Number  212-214  and  216 
Gratiot  street  and  are  equipped  with  the  most  improved  machines 
and  tools  for  the  turning  out  of  unexceptional  superior  work,  un- 
surpased  in  material  and  accuracy  of  finish,  durability  and  oper- 
ating power.  Mr.  Arthur  Fritsch  is  himself  a first  class  drafts- 
man and  machinist,  possesses  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the 
details  in  the  branch  and  devotes  all  his  time  and  activity  to  the 
business  of  the  firm,  which  has  become  more  extensive  from  year 
to  year,  so  that  the  plant  as  well  as  its  capital  have  considerably 
been  enlarged  of  late.  The  company  is  incorporated  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  Mr.  Arthur  Fritsch  being  Presi- 
dent, Mr.  Edward  A.  Gessler,  Treasurer,  and  Mr.  Ferdinand  H. 
Hegel,  Secretary.  Their  success  is  the  result  of  the  reliable  exe- 
cution of  all  order’s  entrusted  to  them,  strict  business  principle 
and  fair  dealing  in  all  their  transactions  and  is  therefore  well  de- 
served. 


PAVYER  PRINTING  MACHINE  WORKS. 

Bell  Main  2670m.  Kmloch  D360. 

The  Pavyer  Printing  Machine  Works,  since  many  years  located 
at  the  southeast  corner  of  Broadway  and  Poplar  street,  are  the 
direct  successors  of  the  St.  Louis  Type  Foundry,  established  fifty 
years  ago.  St.  Louis  has  always  been  the  chief  distributing  point 
of  printers’  material  and  furniture  for  the  Mississippi  Valley  and 
all  the  territory  tributary  to  this  city,  but  only  one  local  firm 
devotes  itself  to  the  manufacture  of  printers’  supplies,  and  this  is 
the  one  we  speak  of.  These  supplies  comprise  wrought  and  cast 
iron  chases,  paper  cutters,  proof-presses,  side  and  foot  sticks, 
lead  cutters  and  all  other  implements  used  in  a printing  office. 
They  are  also  the  sole  makers  of  the  Mustang  Mailer  for  affixing 
addresses  on  newspapers,  periodicals,  catalogues,  price-lists,  and 
circulars.  Everything  emanating  from  the  Pavyer  Printing 
Machine  Works  excels  in  exact  workmanship,  durability  and 


! 


— 292  — 


material,  all  of  which  has  won  an  enviable  reputation  for  the  firm 
and  its  products.  The  establishment  is  known  for  its  reliable  and 
fair  dealing  and  the  great  care  with  which  all  orders  are  executed. 
James  G.  Pavjer  is  the  President,  Ben  J.  Pavyer  the  Vice-Presi- 
dent of  the  company,  both  active  and  energetic  business  men,  who 
give  close  attention  to  the  management  of  the  works  and  are 
untiring  in  their  efforts  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfac- 
tion. 


ST.  LOUIS  IRON  AND  MACHINE  WORKS. 

Bell  Main  2932.  Kinloch  D323. 

The  St.  Louis  Iron  and  Machine  Works,  incorporated  under 
that  name  in  1875,  will  soon  complete  half  a century.  It  was 
in  1854  that  Mr.  Gerhard  H.  Timmermann  opened  a machine 
shop  on  Myrtle,  near  Second  street.  It  was  a small  beginning, 
but  soon  grew  in  size  and  scope  of  work,  so  that  much  larger 
worshops  and  facilities  became  necessary,  and  this  caused  the 
establishment  of  a factory  on  Main  street  and  Chouteau  avenue 
in  1864,  which  had  to  be  enlarged  from  time  to  time  by  the  addi- 
tion of  new  and  the  extension  of  old  buildings  until  the  plant 
covered  the  entire  block.  The  equipment  of  the  works  comprises 
the  most  improved  machinery  and  appliances  of  the  present  time, 
the  best  tools  and  every  imaginable  facility  for  the  production  of 
machines  unsurpassed  in  material,  workmanship,  exactness  of 
service  and  operating  power  — qualities  so  highly  appreciated, 
not  only  by  the  owners  of  machines,  but  also  by  those  who  run 
them.  The  output  of  the  establishment  consists  of  various  kinds 
of  machinery,  a few  of  which  may  here  be  mentioned.  The  St. 
Louis  Corliss  Engine  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  similar  engines. 
It  is  a specialty  of  the  firm  ; is  made  in  all  desired  dimensions  up 
to  2,000  horse-power  and  is  constructed  in  such  a way  that  every 
part  of  it  can  be  replaced  without  dela}'  from  the  stock  on  hand. 
Another  specialty  are  the  Lion  Dry  Press  Brick  Machines,  with 
a complete  outfit  for  preparing  and  pulverizing  the  clay; 
they  are  manufactured  in  three  sizes:  The  smallest,  called  the 
Baby  Lion,  presses  two  bricks  at  the  time ; the  next  (known 
as  the  Lion)  five  bricks,  and  the  largest  (the  Jumbo  Lion) 


— 293  — 


six  at  each  movetnent.  These  machines  save  time,  labor  and 
expense,  and  produce  bricks  of  better  quality  and  nicer  and  more 
uniform  shape  than  any  other  method  could.  The  firm  owns  sev- 
eral patents  in  connection  with  these  machines  for  which  the 
demand  is  still  on  the  increase.  Among  the  other  articles  ema- 
nating from  the  works  are  machines  for  artificial  ice-making  and 
refrigerating  purposes  (ammoniac  condensers),  cotton  compress 
and  plate  glass  machines,  aside  from  every  variety  of  heavy 
machinery,  condensing  apparatus,  etc.  In  the  construction  of  all 
these  various  machines  particular  stress  is  laid  upon  the  following 
qualifications : The  greatest  and  most  perfect  service  ; the  saving 
in  cost  of  running ; the  exactness  of  the  work  they  have  to 
perform;  the  least  deviation  and  vibration,  and,  above  all,  the 
uniformity  of  operating.  These  qualities  have  made  them 
famous  over  the  whole  United  States  and  in  Central  and  South 
America.  The  establishment  has  constantly  been  improved 
and  is  since  many  years  one  of  the  largest  and  best  equipped  in 
the  country,  with  an  output  of  several  million  dollars  per  annum. 
Mr.  Gerhard  H.  Timmermaun,  the  President  of  the  corporation, 
still  hale  and  hearty,  in  spite  of  his  seventy-nine  years,  can  with 
well-justified  satisfaction  and  pride,  look  upon  the  de- 
velopment of  such  a magnificent  industrial  establishment, 
the  result  of  many  years  of  arduous  labor,  energy, 

enterprise  and  honesty  in  all  his  transactions.  Mr.  Herman 
Krutzsch,  the  Vice-President  and  General  Manager,  has  been 
identified  with  the  firm,  since  1871,  is  a graduate  of  one  of  the 
best  Schools  of  Engineering  in  Germany  and  acquired  a thorough 
practical  knowledge  in  his  profession  in  Germany,  England,  and 
this  country  before  coming  to  St.  Louis ; he  is  very  competent 
and  a man  of  great  activity.  The  Secretary  of  the  company, 
Mr.  John  H.  Timmermann,  a son  of  the  founder,  commenced  as  an 
apprentice  in  the  works  and  is  therefore  familiar  with  all  the 
details  of  the  branch.  It  is  a happy  combination  of  German  dili- 
gence and  perseverance  with  American  enterprise  and  energy 
that  forms  the  fundament  of  the  continued  great  success 
achieved  by  the  St.  Louis  Iron  & Machine  Works. 


— 294  — 


SCHOELLHORN-ALBRECHT  MACHINE  CO. 

Bell  Main  1686.  Kinloch  A.314. 

The  Schoellhorn-Albrecht  Machine  Company  was  established  in 
1887,  by  Mr.  August  Schoellhorn  and  Mr.  Hermann  S.  Albrecht, 
both  experienced  machinists  and  practical  engineers.  The  firm 
was  afterwards  incorporated  by  thtm  and  Mr.  J.  C.  Weber,  which 
three  gentlemen  are  at  the  same  time  the  directors  and  officers 
of  the  company:  H.  IS.  Albrecht,  President;  J.  C.  Weber,  Vice- 
President;  Aug.  Schoellhorn,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The 
factory  was,  during  the  first  eleven  years,  located  at  609  and  610 
North  Levee  and  616  and  618  North  Commercial  street,  where 
their  business  made  such  progress  that  much  more  space  became 
necessary,  and  this  was  acquired  by  the  purchase  of  three  ad- 
joining four-story  houses,  416,  418  and  420  North  Main  street, 
which  they  relnrilt  and  remodeled  to  make  them  best  adapted  for 
their  manufacturing  purposes.  They  have  a frontage  of  64  by  a 
depth  of  117  feet,  and  contain  a floor  space  of  20,800  square 
feet.  The  different  rvorkshops,  in  which  fifty  skilled  mechanics 
are  employed,  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved  ma- 
chinery and  stand,  itnder  the  direct  supervision  of  Messrs.  Al- 
brecht and  Schoellhorn.  They  manufacture  general  machinery 
of  all  kinds,  and  pertaining  supplies,  steamboat  machinery, 
and  power  plants  of  every  description.  The  great  suc- 
cess which  the  firm  achieved  within  a comparatively  short 
time  is  due  to  the  fact  that  they  give  constant  attention 
to  perfect  workmanship  a careful  selection  of  material  and  the  con- 
scientious execution  of  every  order,  large  or  small,  entrusted  to 
them.  In  this  way  they  have  won  the  confidence  of  their 
customers  and  by  fair  and  honest  dealing  a reputation  of  which 
they  may  well  be  proud.  The  partners  of  the  firm  are  active, 
energetic  business  men,  possess  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the 
details  in  their  specific  branch,  and  the  work  sent  out  from  their 
factory  all  over  the  United  States,  Canada,  and  Mexico  gives 
everywhere  the  fullest  satisfaction,  which  is  certainly  the  highest 
compliment  any  manufacturing  firm  can  receive. 


■295 


COPPER  AXD  SHEET  IROI^  ITOUSTRY. 

JOSEPH  F.  WANGLER  BOILER  AND  SHEET 

IRON  WORKS  COMPANY. 

Bell  Tyler  383.  Kinloch  B1227. 

It  is  but  natural  that  an  industrial  center  like  St.  Louis,  with 
its  numberless  manufacturing  establishments  of  every  character, 
its  flour,  saw,  and  planing  mills,  furniture  factories,  metalworks, 
breweries,  etc.,  requires  an  unlimited  number  of  steam  boilers, 
but  there  are  comparatively  onl}^  a few  firms  here  devoted  to 
boiler  making  and  repairing.  One  of  the  oldest  and  most  re- 
liable in  this  branch,  the  Joseph  F.  Wangler  Boiler  and  Sheet 
Iron  Works  Co.,  rvas  founded  in  1864  by  Mr.  Joseph  F. 
Wangler  under  the  firm  name  of  Cantwell  & Wangler,  and 
was  first  located  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Main  and 
Carr  streets,  including  numbers  1019,  1021  and  1023  Main 
street.  Mr.  Wangler  soon  became  the  sole  owner  of  the  estab- 
lishment and  the  constant  growth  of  business  made  larger  quar- 
ters necessary,  which  were  secured  on  North  Ninth  and  Mul- 
lanphy  streets,  where  the  various  buildings  Nos.  1535  to  1547 
cover  a very  large  area  of  ground.  The  style  of  the  firm  was  for 
many  years  the  Joseph  F.  Wangler  St.  Louis  Boiler  Yard,  but 
was  changed  in  1891  and  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State 
of  Missouri  as  the  Joseph  F.  Wangler  Boiler  & Sheet  Iron  Works 
Company.  They  make  steam  boilers  of  all  sizes,  also  all  kinds  of 
sheet  iron  work,  storage  tanks  for  oil  and  water,  freezing  and 
brine  tanks  for  ice  machines  and  put  them  up  in  every  part  of  the 
country.  The  workshops  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
and  modern  machinery  and  the  work  turned  out  from  them  is  un- 
surpassed in  exact  workmanship,  durabilitj^  and  quality  of  ma- 
terial and  are  always  closely  examined  before  sent  out.  The 
greatest  care  and  attention  is  given  to  the  execution  of  every 
order,  and  plans  and  estimates  are  cheerfull}’  fnrnished.  The  re- 
pairing of  boilers,  etc.,  in  and  out  of  the  city  is  promptly  attended 
to  by  experienced  workmen  and  nothing  left  undone  to  give  their 


— 296 


customers  the  fullest  satisfaction.  Mr.  Joseph  F.  Wangler  is  a 
native  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  but  has  made  St.  Louis  his  liome  when 
quite  young  ; close  attention  to  business,  activity  and  promptness 
combined  with  fair  and  upright  dealing  in  all  his  transactions 
have  won  for  him  a well-deserved  success  and  the  esteem  of  his 
fellow-citizens  and  the  establishment  has  become  more  extensive 
from  year  to  year,  giving  steady  employment  to  more  than  one 
hundred  workmen.  Mr.  Joseph  F.  Wangler  is  the  President  of 
the  company  and  is  ably  assisted  by  his  two  sons,  Mr.  C.  J. 
Wangler,  the  Vice-President,  and  Mr.  J.  A.  Wangler,  the  Seci’e- 
tary.  They  are  members  of  the  Merchants  Exchange  and  of  va- 
rious other  organizations  for  the  promotion  of  industry  and  trade 
and  are  at  all  times  ready  to  participate  in  every  movement  for 
the  welfare  and  in  the  interest  of  the  community. 

DOWN-DRAFT  BOILER  WORKS. 


STEW’’ART  BOILER  CO. 

Bell  Mala  1180.  Kioloch  U1968. 


As  a matter  of  interest  to  industrial  St.  Louis  it  affords  us 
great  pleasure  to  bring  to  the  notice  of  our  readers  the  perfec- 
tion of  economy  in  steam  raising  recently  brought  to  our  notice. 


— 297  — 


All  who  operate  steam  plants  have  their  grievance  in  coal  bills: 
the  burden  of  fuel  expense  at  once  exhausts  patience  and  the 
cheek  book.  In  our  illustration  we  show  a new  idea  in  steam 
boilers.  This  simple  device,  while  furnishing  enormous  power, 
actually  occupies  the  limited  floor  space  of  only  flve  by  thirteen 
feet,  its  full  expense  being  but  one-half  that  of  other  steam 
boilers.  In  addition  the  builders  guarantee  to  satisfy  the  ex- 
acting requirements  of  the  smoke  inspector  of  St.  Louis.  A 
further  advantage  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  first  cost  of  installa- 
tion is  but  two-thirds  that  of  other  boilers  of  equal  power,  and 
its  success  can  be  verified  by  inquiry  among  its  users.  The 
Down-Draft  Boiler  Works,  23d  and  Papin  streets,  are  the  pat- 
entees and  builders.  A number  of  boilers  are  always  on  hand  so 
that  purchasers  may  see  them  before  buying,  thus  securing 
prompt  fulfillment  of  orders. 

ALOIS  AUFEICHTIG. 

COPPER  AND  SHEET  IRON  WORKS. 

Kinloch  D347. 

The  copper  and  sheet  iron  industry  of  St.  Louis  is  naturally 
of  great  extension  and  importance,  there  being  thousands  of 
factories  and  other  industrial  establishments  in  the  bity,  which 
require  numerous  articles  made  of  copper,  brass  and  sheet  iron. 
Mr.  Alois  Aufrichtig  stands  since  many  years  at  the  head  of  an 
establishment  exclusively  devoted  to  this  branch  of  metal  industry 
which  is  justly  celebrated  for  the  excellent  work  performed 
in  it.  Mr.  Aufrichtig  learned  the  copper-smith  trade 

in  the  city  of  Klausenburg,  the  capitol  of  Transylvania, 
he  himself  being  a.  Hungarian  by  birth;  after  serving 
his  apprenticeship  he  worked  at  his  trade  first  in  Vienna  and 
Bruenn,  the  capital  of  Moravia,  then  going  to  England  he  found 
employment  in  London  and  Newcastle,  and  afterwards  went 
across  the  ocean  to  seek  his  fortune  in  the  new  world.  After 
working  for  quite  a while  in  Springfield,  Mass.,  and  Chicago,  he 
came  to  St.  Louis  in  1878,  where  he  soon  opened  a shop  of  his 
own.  As  a skilled  mechanic  and  by  close  attention  to  his  work 
he  succeeded  in  a very  short  time  in  gaining  a permanent  patron- 


— 298  — 


age  from  nearly  all  our  breweries  and  many  distilleries,  which 
in  itself  was  sufficient  to  keep  him  and  his  many  workmen  busy 
all  the  year  round.  More  shoproom  became  necessary,  and  he 
acquired  tbe  two  houses,  218  and  220  Lombard  street,  where 
office  and  factory  are  now  located.  The  latter  is  equipped  with 
the  most  improved  machinery  and  all  utensils  for  the  turning  out 
of  all  kinds  of  copper,  brass  and  sheet  iron  articles  used  in 
breweries,  distillei’ies,  sugar  refineries,  milk  condensing  factories, 
etc.  The  best  of  material,  accurate  workmanship  and  honest 
dealing  have  always  secured  him  the  confidence  and  satisfaction 
of  his  customers,  who  are  constantly  growing  in  number  here 
and  elsewhere,  and  he  may  well  be  proud  of  his  success. 

NATIONAL  ENAMELLING  AND  STAMPING  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  528,  530.  Kinloch  D1682. 

This  is  now  the  name  of  what  used  to  be  the  St.  Louis  Stamp- 
ing Company,  established  in  1866  by  Messrs.  F.  G.  and  Wm.  F. 
Niedringbaus,  who,  until  then  and  since  1862,  had  made  stamped 
tinware  in  a modest  workshop  located  on  Tenth  street  and  Frank- 
lin avenue.  The  introduction  of  enamelled  kitchen  ware,  similar 
to  that  used  in  Germany,  took  place  in  1873,  but  proved  not 
practical,  tbe  climate  and  other  circumstances,  especially  the 
American  method  of  cooking  on  iron  and  gas  stoves,  demanded  a 
more  durable  article,  and  this  led  to  the  invention  of  granite- 
ware,  with  which  the  company  achieved  such  remarkable  results. 
Up  to  this  time  and  for  several  years  later  the  sheet  iron  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  stamped  ware  came  mostly  from  England, 
and  it  was,  therefore,  a step  in  the  right  direction  when 
the  Messrs.  Niedringhaus  resolved  to  establish  an  extensive 
rolling  mill  in  addition  to  their  stamping  factory.  They  located 
the  same  close  to  the  river  bank,  so  that  the  ore  from  the  mines 
and  the  scrap  iron  for  melting  purposes  can  in  the  easiest  and 
cheapest  way  reach  tbe  mills,  and  likewise  by  railroad,  the  tracks 
passing  along  the  rolling  works.  The  factory,  for  years  located 
on  Second,  Main  and  Florida  streets,  employed  usually  from  800 
to  900  hands,  tbe  rolling  mills  about  700,  but  the  former  became 
inadequate  in  course  of  time  for  the  constantly  growing  demand. 


— 299  — 


and  this  caused  the  founding  of  Granite  City  on  the  east  side  of 
the  Mississippi,  opposite  the  northern  part  of  St.  Louis,  and  not 
very  distant  from  the  Merchants  Bridge,  at  the  same  time 
possessing  all  desirable  railroad  facilities.  The  works  at  Granite 
City  give  steady  employment  to  about  twelve  hundred  persons, 
and  are  the  most  extensive  of  their  kind  in  the  Union.  The  cat- 
alogue comprises  a very  great  variety  of  granite  iron  articles, 
which  are  sold  all  over  the  country  and  favorably  known  in 
Europe.  Branch  warehouses  and  offices  are  in  New  York,  Boston 
and  Chicago,  the  general  office  being  in  this  city.  Officers  of  the 
corporation  are  as  follows:  F.  G.  Niedringhaus,  President,  and 
Thomas  K.  Niedringhaus,  Manager.  The  first  named  gentleman 
was  a member  of  the  Fifty-first  Congress,  but  declined  a re-elec- 
tion, his  business  interests  demanding  his  entire  time  and  atten- 
tion. Besides  the  two  gentlemen  named  several  other  members 
of  the  family  are  closely  identified  with  the  establishments  in 
various  capacities,  and  their  co-operative  activit}'  is,  in  fact,  an 
unquestionable  proof  that  the  old  doctrine  “ in  union  there  is 
strength,”  is  nowhere  more  practically  and  fully  illustrated  than 
by  the  great  success  of  the  older  and  younger  Niedringhaus  gen- 
erations. 


Geo.  Wiegand,  Prest.  and  Gen’l  Mgr.  Chas.  Wiegand,  Sec’y. 

Geo.  Wiegand,  Jr.,  Vice-Prest.  E.  M.  Christopher,  Treas. 

Standard  Stamping  Co., 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

tinware 

IMPORTERS  AND  JOBBERS  OF 

Tin  Plate,  Tinners’  Supplies, 

Machines  and  Tools. 

OFFICE  AXD  SALESROOMS 

2000-2006  N.  BROADWAY, 


Bell  Tyler  346. 


Kinloch  A710. 


— 300  — 


STOVES  AND  FURNACES. 

FRONT  RANK  STEEL  FURNACE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Mala  1584.  Kinlocb  C698. 

The  manufacture  of  furnaces  for  heating  purposes  has  under- 
gone so  many  changes  and  improvements,  that  the  doctrine  of 
the  surviving  of  the  fittest  may  justly  be  applied  to  this  industrial 
branch  and  we  point  with  pleasure  to  the  above  company  as  one 
of  the  most  prominent  representatives  in  their  line  of  business. 
The  same  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1800.  The  present 
officers  are  W.  G.  Haynes,  President ; H.  F.  Langenberg,  Vice- 
President  ; and  Carl  H.  Langenberg,  Secretary ; who  also  con- 
stitute the  Board  of  Directors.  The  firm  manufactures  the 
Front  Rank  Steel  Furnaces,  for  which  they  hold  various  patents, 
and  make  hot  water,  steam,  and  warm  air  apparatus  a specialty. 
Many  of  our  modern  offices  and  public  bnildings  have  been 
supplied  with  heating  systems  by  this  company,  likewise  numer- 
ous private  residences  here  and  elsewhere.  The  product  of  this 
factory  has  no  rival  as  to  quality  of  material  and  workmanship 
nor  in  regard  to  effectiveness  and  durability.  Their  sales  com- 
prise the  whole  United  States  from  one  end  to  another,  and 
European  countries,  and  wherever  the  “Front  Ranks”  are 
known,  they  are  justly  celebrated  and  highly  appreciated.  The 
factory  buildings  extend  from  2301  to  2309  Lucas  avenue  and 
are  equipped  with  the  newest  and  best  machinery  ; one  hundred 
hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the  different  workshops  under 
the  supervision  of  well  experienced  scientists  and  practical 
experts,  which  fact  in  itself  is  a guarantee,  that  only  perfect 
work  is  allowed  to  leave  the  firm’s  premises.  The  gentlemen 
named  herein  are  well-known  business  men  of  prominence  in  our 
commercial  circles  and  one  of  them,  Mr.  H.  F.  Langenberg, 
has  been  Vice-President  and  afterwards  President  of  our 
Merchants  Exchange. 


/ 


— 301  — 

RINGEN  STOVE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  330.  Kinloch  B859. 

A store  of  perhaps  20x20  with  a workshop  in  the  rear  of 
similar  dimensions,  located  where  now  the  entrance  of  the  Eads 
Bridge  — such  was  the  beginning  of  one  of  the  largest  manufac- 
turing establishments  of  which  this  city  can  boast.  It  was  a sim- 
ple tinshop  carried  on  at  the  aforesaid  location  by  Mr.  John 
Ringen,  from  which  the  Ringen  Stove  Co.  developed.  The  nar- 
row store  and  shop,  which  had  been  large  enough  from  1860  till 
1865  was  no  longer  sufficient,  more  room  was  required  and  found 
at  No.  708  North  Fourth  street.  Better  facilities  brought  a larger 
trade,  but  the  principal  cause  of  the  remarkable  success  of  the  firm 
was  the  admission  of  Mr.  Geo.  Kahle  as  a partner,  under  whose 
management  the  scope  of  the  business  extended  from  year  to  year, 
and  the  same  can  justly  be  said  of  Mr.  C.  A.  Stockstroem  who  suc- 
ceeded him  after  his  retirement  from  active  business.  The  present 
firm  was  incorporated  in  1881  by  John  Ringen  and  Geo.  Kahle  ; the 
former  withdrew  from  active  participation  in  the  affairs  of  the 
company  in  1888  and  the  latter  in  1894.  The  present  officers  are 
C.  A.  Stockstroem,  President;  E.  H.  Stockstroem,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer;  the  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  C.  A.,  E.  H., 
and  Louis  Stockstroem,  and  the  owners  are  John  Ringen, 
Geo.  Kahle  and  C.  A.  and  Louis  Stockstroem.  After  the  removal 
to  No.  508  North  Fourth  street,  a four-storybuilding  of  large  di- 
mensions, the  business  grew  in  such  a degree  that  even  this  local- 
ity proved  inadequate.  The  six-story  double  house  No.  414-16 
North  Broadway  answered  the  requirements  in  1890,  but  after  a 
number  of  years  still  larger  quarters  became  necessary  and  led 
to  the  purchase  of  one  of  the  most  spacious  buildings  in  the 
heart  of  the  business  district,  viz..  Nos.  410,  412  and  414  N. 
Sixth  street,  between  Locust  and  St.  Charles,  of  which  the  firm 
took  possession  in  April,  1900,  after  important  alterations  in  its 
interior.  The  upper  floors  serve  for  manufacturing  purposes,  at 
which  over  seventy-five  hands  are  constantly  employed.  The 
lower  floors  contain  the  salesrooms  where  polite  salesmen  attend 
to  the  customers.  Besides  the  output  of  the  Quick  Meal  Stove 


— 302  — 


Company,  of  which  we  speak  below,  the  Ringen  Stove  Com- 
pany sells  steel  ranges,  the  Radiant  Home  Base  Burner,  the 
Quick  Comfort  Refrigerator  and  all  kinds  of  kitchen  ware. 

QUICK  MEAL  STOVE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  512.  Kinloch  D387. 

This  company  is  closely  affiliated  with  the  Ringen  Stove  Com- 
pany, the  proprietors  of  the  former  being  also  partners  in  the 
latter  and  both  companies  working  harmoniously  hand  in  hand. 
The  Quiek  Meal  Stove  Company  began  operations  in  a very 
small  way ; from  a single  apartment  in  an  upper  story  of  708 
North  Broadway  emanated  the  first  Quick  Meal  Stove,  made  by 
Louis  and  C.  A.  Stockstroem,  the  inventors  and  patentees  of  the 
system.  The  incorporation  took  place  in  1881  with  John  Ringen, 
C.  A.  Stockstroem,  Louis  Stockstroem,  and  Geo.  Kahle  as  in- 
corporators. The  first  factory  was  established  on  Ninth,  corner 
Cass  avenue,  and  had  soon  to  be  enlarged,  but  proved  too  small 
within  two  years  so  that  a removal  to  the  northeast  corner  of 
Third  and  Spruce  streets  was  resolved  upon,  where  a much  larger 
building  was  leased,  but  even  this  became  insufficient  as  the 
demand  for  Quick  Meal  Stoves  grew  from  year  to  year.  The 
company  bought  therefore  the  Smith  Mansion  on  the  north  side 
of  Chouteau  avenue  between  Eighth  and  Ninth  streets  and 
erected  in  1888  upon  its  site  a substantial  three  story  building 
reaching  from  817  to  827  Chouteau  avenue  with  a depth  of  318 
feet.  Since  then  large  additions  were  made  on  the  west  and  north 
side,  such  becoming  necessary  from  time  to  time  in  consequence 
of  the  uninterrupted  extension  of  business.  The  product  of  this 
establishment  comprises  Quick  Meal  Gasoline  and  Gas  Stoves 
and  Ranges,  Quiek  Meal  Steel  Ranges,  Quick  Meal  Wickless 
Blue  Flame  Oil  Stoves  and  Quick  Meal  Gas  Heating  Stoves,  all 
justly  celebrated  not  only  for  the  system  upon  which  they  are 
based,  but  also  for  the  excellent  workmanship  and  the  superior 
quality  of  the  material  used  in  their  manufacture.  They  are  ac- 
knowledged to  be  the  best  in  the  world  and  are  sold  all  over  the 
United  States,  in  Canada,  Mexico,  South  America,  Australia  and 
Germany  and  were  awarded  Gold  Medals  at  the  World’s  Fair  in 


— 303  — 


Melbourne  in  1890  and  the  Industrial  Exposition  at  Hamburg  and 
Madgeburs  (1899).  The  factory  is  equipped  with  the  newest 
and  best  machinery  and  the  most  modern  appointments,  and  forms 
the  largest  gasoline  and  gas  stove  works  in  existence,  constantly 
employing  five  hundred  and  seventy-five  skilled  mechanics.  The 
ownership  has  never  changed  during  the  twenty  years,  neither 
has  the  great  success  of  the  firm,  which  is  all  the  more  deserved  as 
it  opened  a new  industrial  field  and  furnished  the  world  such  a 
valuable  household  auxiliary  as  the  Quick  Meal  Stove.  The  pres- 
ent officers  of  the  company  are:  C.  A.  Stockstroem,  President; 
Geo.  Kahle,  Vice-President;  Louis  Stockstroem,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer;  gentlemen  of  the  highest  standing  in  the  community 
and  true  representatives  of  industrial  progress. 


BUTCHERS’  MACHINES  & IMPLEMENTS. 

G.  V.  BRECHT  BUTCHER  SUPPLY  CO. 

Bel!  Tyler  611.  Kinloch  D1663. 

The  butcher  and  packing  trade  forms  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant and  extensive  industrial  branches  on  the  American  as  well  as 
the  European  continent  and  so  does  the  manufacture  of  machines 
and  implements  required  by  the  aforesaid  branches.  The  G.  V. 
Brecht  Butcher  Supply  Company  of  St.  Louis  devotes  itself  to 
the  manufacturing  of  these  articles  and  has  gained  a world-wide 
reputation  in  this  particular  field.  It  was  a rather  modest  begin- 
ning, when  Mr.  G.  V.  Brecht,  Senior,  commenced  to  make 
butchers’  tools  m a small  workshop  on  North  Sixth  street  near 
Franklin  avenue  but  it  became  the  foundation  of  one  of  the  lar- 
gest industrial  establishments  in  this  country.  This  was  in  1853 
and  the  firm  will  therefore  soon  be  able  to  celebrate  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  its  existence.  It  required  many  years  of  energy 
and  faithful  application,  of  untiring  work  and  diligence,  to  de- 
velop the  factory  and  the  business  of  the  company  to  the  present 
dimensions  ; a wonderful  enlargement  took  place  from  time  to 
time,  keeping  pace  with  the  continuously  growing  demand  for  its 
product  and  there  is  to  day  hardly  another  establishment  of  the 


— 304  — 


same  branch  in  the  United  States  which  can  be  compared  to  the 
plant  on  Twelfth  street  and  Cass  avenue  and  the  adjacent  block. 
The  various  buildings  contain  an  immense  floor  space  and 
every  department  is  fully  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
machinery  and  appurtenances  used  by  skilled  mechanics  under 
the  supervision  of  experienced  superintendents  and  foremen. 
The  company  has  recently  added  the  manufacture  of  automo- 
biles as  a separate  branch  of  their  vast  establishment,  whose 
output  is  sold  all  over  the  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico, 
South  America,  in  the  European  and  all  other  foreign  coun- 
tries. The  firm  has  branches  at  Frankfui’t-on-the-Main  (Ger- 
many) and  at  Buenos  Ayres  (Argentine)  as  distributing  points 
for  Europe  aud  South  America  respectively.  Two  hundred 
and  fifty  hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the  works.  The 
company’s  remarkable  aud  well-deserved  success  is  caused  by 
the  unsurpassed  quality  of  every  article  placed  ou  the  market 
or  made  to  order,  and  it  is  furthermore  the  result  of  the 
strictness,  promptitude  and  fair  dealing  invariably  adhered  to 
by  the  management.  The  G.  V.  Brecht  Butcher  Supply  Com- 
pany possess  all  facilities  for  the  execution  of  even  the  largest 
orders  and  has  ample  means  at  their  command.  The  working 
capital  of  50,000  dollars  in  1888  was  increased  to  150,000  in 
1892,  and  the  surplus  amounts  at  present  to  over  100,000 
dollars.  The  firm  was  incorporated  in  1888.  The  death  of 
the  founder  occui’red  in  1891,  since  which  time  the  officers  of 
the  company  are  as  follows ; Mr.  G.  V.  Brecht,  Junior,  is  the 
President ; Mr.  Francis  Carl  the  Vice-President,  aud  Mr.  E. 
Volkeniug  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Brecht  has  for 
years  been  Consul  of  the  Argentine  Republic.  Mr.  Volkeniug 
is  one  of  the  most  active  members  of  the  Manufacturers  Associa- 
tion, and  the  company  has  always  been  ready  to  promote  the 
industrial  and  commercial  interests  of  St.  Louis. 


— 305  — 


HIXGES,  IS^UTS  AXD  BOLTS,  ETC. 

C.  HAGER  & SONS  HINGE  MEG.  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  711m. 

Mr.  Charles  Hager,  Sr.,  began  operations  as  a hinge  maker  as 
early  as  1857,  and  from  this  modest  commencement  developed 
in  course  of  time  one  of  the  largest  industrial  establishments  in 
our  midst.  The  works  of  the  C.  Hager  & Sous  Hinge  Manufac- 
turing Company,  located  at  numbers  2421  to  2427  DeKalb  street, 
cover  a large  area  and  are  fully  equipped  with  the  most  complete 
machinery  and  the  best  tools  for  the  manufacture  of  the  differ- 
ent articles  which  form  the  product  of  the  firm.  It  consists  in 
hinges  of  all  sorts,  wagon  bow  staples,  wrought  iron  stay  rails, 
wrought  iron  tub  handles,  hay  fork  pulley  hooks,  anchors, 
wrought  iron  barn  door  latches,  door  pulls,  meshes,  butts  and 
wrought  steel  felloe  plates,  etc.,  and  all  these  articles  are  favor- 
ably known  for  their  superior  quality,  material  and  workmanship. 
The  factory  employs  a large  number  of  skilled  mechanics, 
whose  work  is  done  under  the  supervision  of  the  proprietors 
and  their  able  assistants.  Everything  is  carefully  examined 
before  leaving  the  shops,  so  that  nothing  is  sent  out  by  the 
firm  that  would  not  come  up  to  the  fullest  requirements. 
The  great  success  of  the  firm  is  the  well-deserved  reward 
for  the  owners’  faithful  adherence  to  the  strictest  business 
principles,  the  attention  given  to  the  execution  of  work, 
the  prompt  filling  of  orders  and  the  fair  dealing  with 
their  customers.  Mr.  Charles  Hager,  Senior,  is  the  President  of 
the  company,  though  no  longer  as  active  as  in  former  years,  so 
that  the  management  depends  upon  the  sons,  who  are  energetic, 
enterprising  and  industrious  business  men,  from  boyhood  grown 
up  in  the  factory  and  thoroughly  familiar  with  all  details  of  the 
business.  Mr.  C.  Hager,  Junior,  is  the  Secretary  and  Mr.  A.  W. 
Hager  the  Treasurer.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  these 
three  officers  and  Mr.  A.  M.  Hager,  another  son.  They  are  all 
well  known  and  esteemed  as  men  of  integrity,  progressive  ideas 
20k 


— 306  — 


and  excellent  citizens ; they  can  truly  be  called  chips  of  the  old 
olock,  following  in  the  footsteps  of  their  father,  who  enjoys  the 
respect  of  all  who  know  him  and  has  many  warm  friends,  espe- 
cially in  the  southern  part  of  the  city,  where  he  made  his  home 
from  the  day  of  his  arrival  in  St.  Louis.  In  addition  to  the  fore- 
going it  may  be  in  order  to  mention,  that  a very  complete  illus- 
trated price  list  is  issued  by  the  firm  from  time  to  time,  so  that 
customers  are  constantly  provided  with  all  the  desired  infor- 
mation ; these  handsome  catalogues  are  also  sent  to  parties 
wishing  to  become  acquainted  with  the  products,  prices  and  terms 
of  the  company. 

The  Hager  Steel  Works  in  Granite  City,  a very  extensive 
establishment,  is  owned  and  operated  by  the  same  proprietors 
and  forms  an  important  addition  to  our  great  industrial  enter- 
prises. 

ANCHOR  IRON  WORKS  AND  BOLT  FACTORY. 

Bell  Main  1577. 

Mr.  Dan  Kerwin,  the  proprietor  of  the  above  establishment, 
made  this  city  his  home  in  1849  and  has  lived  here  ever  since. 
He  brought  with  him  the  industrial  and  frugal  habits  of  his  native 
country,  Ireland,  the  willingness  to  work  and  the  laudable  ambi- 
tion to  become  a useful  citizen  and  in  course  of  time  his  own 
master  and  independent  of  others.  Being  a blacksmith  by  trade 
and  a great  mechanic,  he  soon  found  employment  in  the  Iron 
Works  of  Chouteau,  Harrison  & Valle,  later  on  in  the  Coles  Pat- 
ent Bolt  & Nut  Works,  where  he  advanced  to  the  position  of  man- 
ager. He  established  a business  of  his  own  in  1864  and  gained 
the  confidence  of  his  customers  by  strict  attention  to  business, 
faithful  execution  of  all  orders,  good  material  and  exact  work- 
manship. The  output  of  the  Anchor  Iron  Works  and  Bolt  Com- 
pany consists  in  iron  work  for  buildings,  grain  elevators,  cable  and 
electric  railroads,  and  steamboats,  hog  and  truss  chains,  marine 
anchor  and  bridge  bolts,  as  well  as  all  other  kinds  of  bolts  accord- 
ing to  order.  The  factory,  number  805  and  806  North  Levee,  has 
a complete  equipment  of  the  best  machinery  and  tools  and  turns 
out  only  first-class  work.  Mr.  Dan  Kerwin  enjoys  the  respect  of 


— 307  — 


the  business  and  the  whole  community  for  his  uprightness 
and  fairness  in  all  his  dealings ; he  has  occupied  the  impoi’tant 
offices  of  Police  Commissioner,  Chairman  of  the  Democratic  and 
City  Central  Committee  and  represented  his  district  in  the  State 
Senate  from  1887  to  1890.  He  proved  his  patriotism  during  the 
civil  war  by  serving  in  one  of  the  Missouri  Home  Guards  regi- 
ments, is  a man  of  liberal  views,  well  meaning  and  charitable  and 
has  a host  of  warm  friends,  who  esteem  him  for  his  many  good 
qualities. 


MACHINE  SAWS. 

BRANCH  SAW  CO. 

Bell  Main  2562.  Kinloch  A729. 

Branch  Crookes  Saws  are  a household  word  in  the  saw  and 
planing  mills  and  in  all  factories  using  machinery  saws  from 
Maine  to  California  and  from  Lake  Superior  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexi- 
co ; they  gained  this  reputation  from  the  start  and  have  kept  it 
intact  ever  since,  which  means  a period  of  more  than  half  a cen- 
tury. Joseph  W.  Branch  was  only  eighteen  years  old  on  his  ar- 
rival in  New  York  City  in  184-1;  he  had  been  sent  there  by  a 
Sheffield  firm  to  take  charge  of  their  branch  house  and  factory  in 
the  American  metropolis,  after  serving  his  employers  at  home 
with  a remarkable  degree  of  ability  and  faithfulness.  But  the 
much  older  men,  who  until  then  had  conducted  the  New  York 
house,  were  not  inclined  to  obey  the  dictates  of  so  young  a 
manager  and  this  made  his  position  so  disagreeable  that  he  re- 
signed it  after  two  years.  He  did  not  return  to  his  native  land  ; 
he  liked  this  country  and  resolved  to  remain  in  it.  After  several 
years  of  extensive  travels  he  came  in  1849  to  St.  Louis  and  made 
this  city  his  home,  becoming  at  once  a partner  in  what  was  then 
called  the  St.  Louis  Saw  Works,  under  the  firm  name  of 
Branch,  Crookes  and  Frost.  The  latter  withdrew  in  1857  after 
Mr.  Branch  had  purchased  his  interest,  whereupon  the  style 
of  the  firm  was  changed  to  Branch,  Crookes  and  Co.  The  name  of 
Branch,  Crookes  Saw  Co.  was  adopted  and  incorporated  in  1888 


— 308  — 


and  changed  to  the  Branch  Saw  Company  a few  years  ago.  The 
factory  covers  a large  area  on  North  Broadway,  between  Palm 
and  Branch  streets,  and  has  a complete  equipment  of  the  most 
approved  machinery  for  the  manufacture  of  all  sorts  of  saws  for 
factory  purposes,  especially  large  circular  saws  for  saw  mills, 
which  are  unsurpassed  in  efficiency  and  durability  and  justly  cele- 
brated for  the  work  they  perform.  The  product  of  the  works 
excels  in  quality  as  to  material  and  workmanship,  and  is  sold 
all  over  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Central  America.  The 
offices  and  warerooms  are  located  at  Nos.  817  and  819  North 
Second  street,  where,  besides  their  own  output,  a large  assort- 
ment of  all  kinds  of  saw  and  planing  mill  supplies  is  constantly 
kept  on  hand.  The  firm  is  well  known  for  its  integrity  and  fair- 
ness, the  careful  execution  of  all  orders,  and  its  members  num- 
ber among  the  most  prominent  representatives  of  American 
industry.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  Mr.  Joseph  W. 
Branch,  President ; Mr.  Joseph  C.  Branch,  Vice-President,  and 
C.  Mac  J.  Cuthbert,  Secretary.  Mr.  Joseph  W.  Branch  is 
one  of  the  best  known  St.  Louisans,  an  excellent  citizen,  sin- 
cerely devoted  to  the  interests  of  the  community  and  enjoys  the 
esteem  of  a large  circle  of  friends.  In  conclusion  we  will  add 
that  their  saws  have  invariably  received  the  first  premiums, 
medals  of  honor,  etc.,  from  the  prize  juries  of  home  and  inter- 
national expositions.  The  general  offices  and  sample  rooms  are 
at  817  North  Second  street. 

ARCHITECTURAL  IRON  WORKS. 

The  volume  of  architectural  iron  work  produced  here  is  keep- 
ing pace  with  the  continued  erection  of  large  buildings,  whose 
chief  material  is  iron.  The  safety  of  structures  of  this  kind  led 
to  a complete  change  in  the  method  of  building  and  brought 
architectural  iron  work  to  the  front,  as  shown  by  the  many  office 
and  other  public  buildings  of  later  days  and  so  conspicuous  in  all 
great  cities.  The  progress  in  this  mechanical  branch  is  based 
upon  the  constant  progress  of  science,  and  the  St.  Louis  firms 
devoted  to  this  industry  utilize  every  new  invention  of  approved 
merit  in  the  performance  of  work  entrusted  to  them. 


— 309  — 


KOKEN  IRON  WORKS. 

Bell  Linden  681,  1460.  Kinloch  C318,  B1400. 

The  origin  of  the  Koken  Iron  Works  dates  back  to  1880,  in 
which  year  (on  the  first  of  January)  the  firm  of  Koken,  Gray- 
don  & Co.,  opened  workshops  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Eighth 
street  and  Park  avenue,  for  the  manufacture  of  architectural 
iron.  Here  they  remained  till  1888,  when  they  removed  to  the 
present  location  bounded  by  the  Old  Manchester  road,  Chouteau 
avenue  and  Missouri  Pacific  Railroad  tracks.  The  name  of  the 
firm  was  changed  at  the  same  time  to  the  Scherpe-Koken  Architect- 
ural Iron  Co.,  which  was  incorporated  in  1888  by  John  S.  Scherpe, 
Wm.  T.  Koken  and  Chas.  W.  Koppen.  The  incorporation  of  the 
present  firm  took  place  in  1893,  and  the  officers  of  the  company  at 
that  time  were  Wm.  T.  Koken,  President;  A.  G.  Fish,  Vice- 
President,  Herman  Stoffregan,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  who  also 
constituted  the  Board  of  Directors.  Besides  these  there  were  five 
other  stockholders  interested  in  the  company  and  all  actively  en- 
gaged in  one  or  the  other  department.  The  product  of  the  estab- 
lishment consists  in  structural  and  ornamental  iron  and  steel  work 
for  buildings  and  bridges  ; the  various  shops,  and  especially  those 
of  the  bridge  department  recently  added,  are  equipped  with  the 
newest  and  most  approved  tools  and  machinery  all  driven  by 
electricity.  This  and  all  other  modern  facilities  which  can 
be  made  useful,  enable  the  company  to  execute  even  the 
biggest  contract  with  great  promptness.  Every  department 
is  superintended  over  by  gentlemen  possessing  a thorough 
scientific  and  practical  knowledge  of  all  the  details  involved  ; this 
fact,  combined  with  the  use  of  only  the  best  material,  superior 
workmanship  and  a close  scrutiny  of  all  the  work  performed  by  from 
300  to  400  skilled  mechanics,  gives  the  output  of  this  vast  conceru 
the  enviable  reputation,  which  it  enjoys.  The  territory  of  sales 
extends  West  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  North  to  Montana,  North 
Dakota  andthe  Lakes,  East  to  Ohio,  West  Virginia  and  Georgia,  and 
South  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  The  plant  is  the  most  extensive  of 
its  kind  this  side  of  Pennsylvania  covering  an  area  of  six  acres  of 
land  on  the  Missouri  Pacific  Railroad  line  with  switching  connec- 


— 310  — 


tious  to  every  railroad  coming  to  St.  Louis.  The  general  offices 
of  the  companj^  are  housed  in  one  of  the  factory  buildings, 
but  the  contracting  office  is  located  in  the  Koken  Building,  715 
Locust  street,  close  to  the  General  Post-Office  and  Custom  House, 
right  in  the  center  of  the  business  district  of  the  city.  After  the 
death  of  Mr.  Koken  and  the  retirement  of  Mr.  Stoffregen  from 
active  business,  the  proprietorship  was  changed  and  the  officers  of 
the  company  are  now  as  follows:  Mr.  F.  J.  Llewellyn,  President; 
Mr.  F.  T.  Llewellyn,  Vice-President,  and  Mr.  G.  H.  Frederick, 
Secretary. 

THE  UNION  IRON  AND  FOUNDRY  CO. 

Bell  Main  2933m.  Kinloch  C1875. 

To  speak  of  a phenomenal  success  in  connection  with  the 
Union  Iron  and  Foundry'  Company  of  St.  Louis  is  only  stating  a 
fact,  because  it  is  to-day  one  of  the  largest  industrial  concerns 
of  which  our  city  abounds,  and  has  reached  this  rank  within  a 
comparatively  short  period.  The  company  was  organized  in 
1888  by  W.  J.  Patchell,  A.  H.  Doellner,  Leo  Rassieur  and 
others.  The  incorporation  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Mis- 
souri took  place  at  the  same  time.  The  constantly  growing  activ- 
ity in  the  building  trade  here  and  elsewhere  necessitated  more  than 
once  considerable  additions  to  the  works  located  on  South  Second, 
Barry  and  Kosciusko  streets,  and  connected  by  switches  with  the 
tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain  and  thereby  with  all  other  railroad 
lines.  The  company  manufactures  structural  steel  and  iron  and 
ornamental  iron  work  for  buildings,  and  has  furnished  such  for 
many  of  the  most  imposing  edifices,  among  them  the  Mercantile 
Club  Building,  Liggett  & Myers,  and  the  Drummond  Tobacco  Co.’s 
new  plants,  the  new  building  of  the  National  Bank  of  Commerce,  — 
all  in  this  city  — the  Alhambra  Building  in  Chicago,  the  Missouri 
State  University  Building,  in  Columbia,  the  coui’t  house  of  Deer 
Lodge  County,  Montana,  a brewery  in  Monterey  Mexico,  etc. 
The  output  of  the  Union  Iron  and  Foundry  Company  can  be 
found  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  in  Canada  and  Mexico, 
and  is  considered  unsurpassed  in  quality  and  workmanship, 
which  latter  is  executed  by  from  150  to  200  skilled  mechanics. 


— 311 


The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Messrs.  W.  J.  Patchell,  A. 
H.  Doellner,  Leo  Rassieur  and  J.  L.  Curby.  Mr.  Patchell  is 
the  President,  Mr.  Doellner  the  Seci’etary  and  Treasurer  of  the 
corporation,  and  both  give  all  their  time  and  attention  to  the 
management  of  the  factory  and  the  extensive  business,  whose 
continued  growth  is  the  result  of  their  great  ability  and  untiring 
energy. 


STUPP  BROS.  BRIDGE  & IRON  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  447a.  Kinloch  D1940. 

This  large  manufacturing  firm  had  a very  small  beginning  in 
1859  by  Mr.  John  Stupp,  the  father  of  George,  Peter  and  Julius 
Stupp,  who  as  his  successors  organized  the  above  company  in 
1879  and  had  it  incorporated  in  1890  with  George  Stupp  as  Presi- 
dent, Peter  Stupp  as  Vice-President  and  Julius  Stupp  as  Secre- 
tary. They  built  iron  and  steel  bridges  for  railways,  cities  and 
country  highways  on  contract,  or  furnish  other  contractors  the 
ready  made  parts,  manufacture  Wrought  Iron  and  Steel  Work  for 
buildings  and  other  articles  therewith  connected.  The  works  are 
since  1886  located  on  Seventh  and  Shenandoah  streets,  cover 
nearly  an  entire  block  and  are  equipped  with  the  most  complete 
machinery  and  all  facilities  for  factory  purposes.  The  establish- 
ment is  a very  extensive  one,  employs  from  80  to  90  mechanics 
and  sends  its  products  all  over  the  Western  and  Southwestern 
States.  The  firm  has  branches  at  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  and  Iowa 
City,  Iowa.  The  three  brothers  Stupp  are  natives  of  this  city, 
experts  in  their  line,  in  which  they  grew  up  from  boyhood  and 
are  well  known  for  fair  dealing  and  uprightness,  rewarded  by  de- 
served success. 

PAULY  JAIL  BUILDING  & MFG.  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  246m.  Kinloch  B358. 

This  company  has  since  many  j^ears  become  famous  all  over  the 
United  States,  in  Canada  and  all  Mexico  for  the  superioritj’  of  its 
work  in  jail  and  prison  building  in  which  particular  mechanical 
branch  the  firm  stands  unexcelled  and  without  a rival.  Mr.  P.  J. 


— 312  — 


Pauly,  Senior,  and  his  younger  brother,  John  Pauly,  were  both 
blacksmiths  by  trade  and  for  several  years  after  their  arrival  from 
Germany  journeymen  in  some  of  the  largest  foundries  of  our  city. 
After  establishing  a business  of  their  own  they  soon  gained  a rep- 
utation for  their  steamboat  work  and  Pauly’s  smithshop  became 
a veritable  household  word  with  captains,  clerks,  pilots  and  en- 
gineers on  the  Mississippi,  Missouri  and  their  tributary  rivers. 
But  the  railroads  encroached  in  course  of  time  upon  the  river 
trade  in  such  a measure,  that  the  Paulys  found  it  necessary  to 
seek  another  field  for  their  industry  and  mechanical  skill.  They 
selected  jail  and  prison  buildings  as  their  future  field,  established 
in  1870  a factory  for  this  purpose  at  2215  De  Kalb  street  and  suc- 
ceeded in  this  enterprise  so  well,  that  the  works  had  to  be  repeat- 
edly enlarged  and  are  now  the  most  extensive  of  its  kind 

in  the  country.  Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly,  Senior,  and  his  son, 

Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly,  Junior,  the  latter  an  architect  of  the 

greatest  ability,  are  the  inventors  and  patentees  of  vari- 
ous important  improvements,  applied  in  the  construction 

of  jails  and  prisons  and  highly  valued  by  State,  county  and  city 
authorities.  The  orders  received  by  the  company  are  so  numer- 
ous, that  a very  large  force  of  skilled  mechanics  are  constantly 
employed  and  they  are  always  executed  with*  the  greatest  care. 
Some  years  ago  the  St.  Louis  Art  Metal  Company  was  organized 
by  them  as  a separate  branch  and  its  products  have  won  the  ad- 
miration of  an  intelligent  public.  This  company  devotes  itself  to 
the  manufacture  of  receptacles  made  of  the  best  steel,  for  the 
safe-keeping  of  valuable  documents  and  papers ; they  are  unique 
and  handsome  in  appearance,  fire  and  burglar  proof  and  of  the 
greatest  utility  to  capitalists,  lawyers,  financial  brokers,  real 
estate  men,  title  investigators,  with  one  word  to  every  one  who 
has  papers  of  importance  or  value  in  his  possession.  Since  the 
death  of  Mr.  John  Pauly  (in  1899)  the  officers  of  the  two  com- 
panies are:  Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly,  President;  Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly,  Junior, 
Vice-President,  and  Mr.  Jos.  Pauly,  Secretary.  Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly, 
now  over  half  a century  a citizen  of  St.  Louis,  is  one  of  the  best 
known  men  in  the  community,  which  he  has  faithfully  served  as 
a member  of  the  State  and  Municipal  Legislatiu’e ; he  enjoys  the 
respect  of  all  who  know  him,  is  a man  of  the  strictest  integrity. 


— 313  — 


well-meaning  and  liberal,  charitable  and  ever  ready  to  promote 
the  public  interest.  He  belongs  to  the  Volunteer  Firemen’s 
Society,  the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  the  Union  Club  and 
several  benevolent  organizations.  Mr.  P.  J.  Pauly,  Junior,  is 
a worthy  son  of  a worthy  father,  imbued  with  the  same  principles 
for  uprightness  and  fair  dealing,  very  active  and  especially  adap- 
ted to  the  performance  of  his  duties.  The  remarkable  success  of 
the  firm  is  well  deserved  and  a source  of  justified  pride  for  its 
owners.  Their  exhibit  will  form  one  of  the  most  interesting  parts 
of  the  coming  World’s  Fair. 

HIDES,  LEATHEE,  TAjSTNING  AND 
BELTING. 

St.  Louis  has  comparatively  few  tanneries,  so  that  by  far  the 
greatest  part  of  leather  used  by  the  boot  and  shoe  and  harness 
manufacturers  of  this  city  and  of  the  leather  shipped  from  here 
comes  from  elsewhere.  The  local  consumtion  is  necessarily 
very  large,  this  city  being  since  many  years  the  greatest  shoe 
manufacturing  center  in  the  Union,  even  superceding  the  New 
England  States.  The  average  receipts  during  the  last  couple  of 
years  amounted  to  over  100,000  rolls  of  leather  per  annum.  The 
annual  receipts  of  hides  approach  seventy  million  pounds,  the  ship- 
ments about  twenty  millions  more,  the  difference  in  these  figures 
showing  the  production  of  the  local  slaughtering.  The  trade  in 
dry  hides  is  very  extensive.  A large  portion  of  them  are  received 
from  the  South.  The  belting  used  in  the  thousands  of  factories 
and  the  industrial  departments  is  mostly  home-made  and  its  man- 
ufacture forms  a prominent  branch  of  our  industries. 

E.  HARTMANN  HIDE  & LEATHER  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  716m.  Kinlocb  C1084. 

Few  industries  in  modern  communities  are  of  greater  impor- 
tance than  that  of  tanning.  When  we  consider  the  many  uses  to 
which  leather  is  now  put,  and  the  demand  for  the  best  article,  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  art  is  one  in  which  only  those  who  are  tho- 


— 314  — 


roughl}^  expert,  can  hope  to  succeed.  Mr.  E.  Hartmann,  the 
senior  partner  of  the  above  firm,  established  his  tannery  in  this 
cit}^  as  early  as  in  1872.  The  firm  was  originally  Hartmann  and 
Katznng  and  its  location  on  North  Main  street.  Larger  quarters 
became  necessary  and  the  firm  since  many  years  occupies  a 
number  of  spacious  buildings  on  Shenandoah  avenue  (No.  1905) 
and  on  Gravois  avenue  (No.  1920)  where  ample  room  and  every 
convenience  for  preparing  and  finishing  the  different  articles  of 
their  manufacture  is  afforded  and  where  the  newest  and  most  im- 
proved machinery  is  in  use.  The  E.  Hartmann  Hide  & Leather 
Company  was  incorporated  in  1891  by  Messrs.  E.  Hartmann,  R. 
Hartmann,  George  Weinhageu  and  E.  Spohr,  who  constituted  the 
board  of  directors.  The  officers  of  the  company  are : E.  Hart- 
mann, President;  R.  Hartmann,  Vice-President,  and  George 
Weinhagen,  Secretary.  The  firm  devotes  itself  to  the  manu- 
facture of  harness  leather,  lace  leather  and  belting.  Their 
well-known  brands,  the  Sampson  and  Peerless  Lace,  Snowflake 
brand,  Raw  Hide  and  Oak  Harness  Leather  are  sought  and  used 
everywhere,  sold  all  over  the  United  States  and  chiefly  in  the 
West  and  in  Texas,  enjoying  the  reputation  of  great  durability 
and  excellent  finish.  Including  a branch  tannery  at  171  Carroll 
street  about  sixty  hands  are  employed  in  their  works. 

MISSOURI  BELTING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  521.  Kinloch  A807. 

The  great  reputation  of  the  belting  manufactured  by  the  Missouri 
Belting  Company  is  based  upon, its  superior  quality  and  the  excel- 
lent service  which  it  performs.  The  product  of  the  firm  consists 
in  “ Giant  ” Raw  Hide  Belting,  Oak  Tanned  Leather  Belting  and 
Lace  Leather  and  is  sold  all  over  the  United  States  and  exported 
to  Europe,  where  it  is  most  favorably  known.  The  particular 
properties  of  these  various  articles  of  belting  are  their  strength, 
durability,  pliability,  and  the  quantity  of  power  which  they 
develop.  The  “Giant”  Raw  Hide  Belt,  for  instance,  furnishes 
thirty-three  and  one-third  per  cent  more  power  than  any  other 
belt  made.  It  is  a well-known  fact  that  the  service  of  every  kind 
of  machinery  depends  in  a great  measure  upon  the  transmitting, 
or  in  other  words  the  belts  and  shafts,  and  it  is  for  this  reason, 
that  the  Missouri  Belting  Company  manufactures  only  the  best 


— 315  — 


grades  of  beltings.  The  company  was  established  and  incorpo- 
rated in  1892,  bj'  Messrs.  Geo.  Engelsmann,  Chas.  Kraus,  Geo.  I. 
Matthews  and  Hy.  Flachman  ; the  present  owners  are  the  two  first 
named  and  H.  Engelsmann,  who  are  also  the  directors  and  offi- 
cers. The  business  of  the  firm  has  become  more  extensive  fi’om 
year  to  year  and  many  of  the  largest  manufacturing  establish- 
ments in  the  country  are  its  permanent  patrons,  preferring  these 
belts  to  all  others.  The  factory  occupies  the  entire  building,  120 
Commercial  street,  and  is  fully  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
machinery  and  modern  appliances  and  employs  constantly  from 
fifty  to  sixty  hands.  The  company  has  a branch  at  109  Liberty 
street,  New  York  City,  where  a complete  assortment  of  their 
goods  is  always  kept  on  hand. 


TRAISTSMITTEES  OF  POWER  — PULLEYS. 

MEDART  PATENT  PULLEY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Sidney  311,  772. 

One  of  the  most  important  factors  in  modern  machineiy,  and, 
therefore,  in  nearly  all  industrial  branches,  is  the  transmission  of 
power  from  the  original  motor,  may  this  be  the  steam,  hydraulic 
or  electric  engine,  to  the  acting  or  working  machine, — in  other 
words  the  transferring  of  power  from  the  moving  to  the  moved 
machine.  The  means  by  which  this  is  effected  are  the  shaft  and 
the  pulley,  and  it  is  easy  to  comprehend  that  they  form  a very 
prominent  part  in  the  world  of  industry,  where  they  perform 
invaluable  service.  The  Medart  Patent  Pulley  Company  manu- 
factures these  important  auxiliaries  in  unsurpassed  excellence  and 
of  such  acknowledged  value  that  there  are  not  many  factories  in 
the  United  States  without  them,  and  that  large  quantities  are 
constantly  exported  to  South  America  and  Europe,  where  their 
usefulness  has  long  been  established.  It  was  a modest  begin- 
ning when  Mr.  Philip  Medart,  after  the  end  of  the  Civil  War, 
opened  a small  pattern  shop  on  Market,  near  Second  street, 
in  which  he  and  his  brother,  Frederick,  did  all  the  work  them- 
selves. But  the  mechanical  genius  of  Philip  Medart  made 


— 316  — 


itself  felt  very  soon ; he  became  the  inventor  of  several 
mechanical  contrivances,  and  is  to-day  the  owner  of  more 
than  fifty  different  patents,  many  of  which  have  made  his 
name  famous ; especially  so  the  various  kind  of  pulleys, 
to  whose  construction  he  has  devoted  years  of  thinking  and 
studying.  The  Medart  pulley  is  a household  word  in  the  facto- 
ries all  over  the  Union,  in  thousands  of  foundries,  pressrooms, 
saw  and  planing  mills,  and  factories  of  every  nature.  It  is  the 
most  serviceable,  of  great  durability,  being  made  from  the  best 
material  and  of  the  exactest  workmanship.  The  establishment 
of  a large  factory  on  Main,  between  Biddle  and  O’Fallon  streets, 
took  place  in  1880,  in  which  year  Mr.  Wm.  Medart,  a younger 
brother,  became  identified  with  the  firm,  Mr.  Fred  Medart 
having  severed  his  connection  since  which  time  he  manufac- 
tures apparatus-  for  gymnasiums.  The  continued  growth  of 
business  made  larger  quarters  necessary,  and  the  company 
erected  in  1892  a very  extensive  plant  on  a tract  of  land 
bounded  by  DeKalb,  Kosciusko,  Potomac  and  President  streets. 
The  building,  a very  massive  structure,  has  a frontage  of  762 
feet  and  contains  the  most  approved  machinery  and  all  modern 
facilities,  aside  from  switch  connection  with  all  railroad  lines. 
The  establishment  is  considered  the  largest  in  its  particular 
branch  on  either  side  of  the  A.tlantic  and  an  evidence  of  the 
great  success  achieved  within  a comparatively  short  period. 
Both  brothers  devote  their  time  and  activity  to  their  business 
duties,  Mr.  Philip  Medart  as  the  General  Supervisor  and 
Manager,  Mr.  Wm.  Medart  as  Treasurer.  They  are  highly 
esteemed  in  our  commercial  community,  well  known  in  social 
circles,  are  members  of  several  clubs,  and  men  of  broad, 
progressive  and  liberal  views. 

FAIRBANKS,  MORSE  & CO. 

Bell  Main  2360.  Kinloch  A906. 

Fairbanks  Scales  are  known  and  celebrated  among  all  civilized 
nations,  and  a household  word  in  the  United  States.  The  firm 
which  manufactures  them  and  owns  the  various  patents  used  in 
their  production  was  organized  in  1830  by  Erastus  and  Thadeus 


— 317  — 


Fairbanks  and  they  soon  succeeded  to  outrival  all  other  compet- 
itors. The  constant  growth  of  their  business  caused  repeated 
enlargements  of  their  factory  which  is,  since  many  years,  one  of 
the  largest  in  the  country.  Other  articles  of  manufacture  were 
added  in  course  of  time  and  the  firm  has,  since  many  years,  an 
immense  trade  aside  from  their  scales,  in  their  gasoline  engines, 
steam  pumps,  wind  mills,  tanks  and  hand  cars,  all  of  their  own 
make.  The  incorporators  in  1891  were  Chas.  H.  Morse,  Wm.  P. 
Fairbanks,  C.  A.  Sharp  and  H.  M.  Hollister.  The  present 
owners  and  partners  are:  Chas.  H.  Morse,  President;  A.  M.  Gil- 
bert, Vice-President;  M.  E.  Miller,  Secretary,  and  H.  M.  Hol- 
lister, Treasurer.  The  general  offices  are  in  Chicago.  Thirty 
branch  houses  are  distributed  in  all  parts  of  the  Union,  one  at 
Montreal  (Canada)  and  one  in  London  (England).  The  total 
number  of  employees  amounts  to  more  than  three  thousand,  and 
the  territory  of  their  sales  comprises  the  United  States,  Canada, 
Mexico,  South  America,  Great  Britain,  France,  Russia,  Japan 
and  China,  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico.  The  company  manufactures 
now  the  largest  and  most  complete  line  of  gasoline  engines, 
hoisting  engines,  combined  engines  and  pumps  and  geared  bass 
engines  of  any  company  in  the  world,  the  output  excelling 
in  exact  workmanship,  material  and  operating  power.  The 
factory  from  which  these  articles  emanate  has  a permanent 
working  force  of  900  hands.  The  branch  house  in  this  city  used 
for  many  years  the  building  Nos.  302  and  304  Washington 
avenue,  but  is  now  located  in  the  recently  erected  six-stoiy 
building  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Eighth  street  and  Clark 
avenue,  a very  large  substantial  structure,  affording  unsurpassed 
facilities.  The  St.  Louis  branch  is  managed  by  Mr.  H.  C. 
McClary,  one  of  the  most  affable  business  men  of  our  city. 

THE  COMMERCIAL  BUILDING. 

Bell  Main  2392.  Kinloch  Bool. 

The  Commercial  Building,  situated  on  the  southeast  corner  of 
Sixth  and  Olive  streets,  has  a frontage  of  116  feet  5 inches  on  the 
former  and  127  feet  7 inches  on  the  latter  thoroughfare,  with  spa- 
cious entrances  on  both.  It  is  eight  stories  in  height,  not  includ- 


— 318  — 


ing  the  basement.  Its  construction  is  of  the  best  character  in 
design,  material  and  workmanship,  fully  answering  all  require- 
ments of  a modern  office  building  in  reference  to  safety,  light, 
ventilation,  comfort  and  sanitary  arrangements.  The  exterior 
walls  of  the  first  and  second  story  are  of  solid  rock-faced  syenite 
granite ; for  those  of  the  remaining  stories  the  finest  quality  of 
St.  Louis  pressed  brick  has  been  used  ; all  the  interior  walls  are  of 
brick  and  stone  and  as  all  the  floors  rest  on  wrought  iron  girders, 
carried  by  cast  iron  columns  (all  exposed  iron  being  incased  in 
fireproof  material)  the  entire  building  may  with  the  fullest  justi- 


fication be  considered  perfectly  fireproof.  In  view  of  this  im- 
portant qualification  the  roof  consists  likewise  of  fireproof  mate- 
rial with  asphalt  covering.  The  partitions  are  of  hollow  tile  and 
can  be  removed  and  changed  in  positions  and  dimensions  as  ten- 
ants may  desire.  All  offices  contain  fireproof  vaults  with  iron 
doors  and  combination  locks.  The  wide,  airy  and  light  corridors 
distinguish  the  Commercial  Building  from  many  others  and  there- 
fore deserve  special  mention.  Four  hydraulic  elevators  of  the 
most  approved  style,  combining  safety  with  celerity,  are  in  con- 
stant operation  from  morning  till  night ; aside  from  these  broad 


— 319  — 


and  easy  stairways  lead  from  the  first  to  the  eighth  story  and  the 
scrupulous  cleanliness  which  constantly  prevails  in  all  parts  of 
this  magnificent  structure,  in  whose  erection  no  money  has  been 
spared,  adds  materially  to  the  comforts  of  its  occupants  and  all 
who  have  occasion  to  enter  it.  The  lighting  and  heating  appara- 
tus forms  another  source  of  satisfaction  to  all  interested  parties. 
The  building  contains  two  hundred  offices  in  its  seven  upper 
floors,  the  ground  floor  being  chiefly  occupied  as  ticket  offices  by 
railroad  companies,  viz.,  the  Missouri  Pacific  and  the  Iron  Moun- 
tain, the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  Southwestern,  the  Missouri,  Kansas 
and  Texas,  and  the  Mobile  and  Ohio.  The  three  upper  office 
floors  are  rented  by  the  St.  Louis  and  San  Francisco  Railroad 
Company.  The  officers  of  the  Commercial  Building  Company 
are:  J.  D.  Abeles,  President;  Z.  P.  Brosseau,  Vice-President, 
and  Robert  Abeles,  Secretary. 


ELECTKIC  MANUFACTURE. 

WAGNER  ELECTRIC  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Park  300. 

The  wonderful  inventions  and  constant  improvements  in  the 
field  of  electrical  science  constituted  a new  era  for  the  whole  civ- 
ilized world  and  made  the  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century 
more  celebrated  than  its  predecessors,  in  which  the  steamboat, 
the  locomotive,  and  the  telegraph  were  given  to  the  world.  The 
astonishing  results  produced  by  the  practical  application  of  elec- 
tricty  have  upset  time-honored  methods  and  usages,  have  created 
innumerable  changes  in  trade  and  commerce,  in  almost  every 
branch  of  industry  as  well  as  in  public  and  domestic  life.  Rapid 
transit,  the  modern  modus  of  lighting,  the  electric  power  which 
keeps  machines  of  all  sizes  in  motion,  household  comforts  entirely 
unknown  before,  form  the  principal  results  achieved  by  -the  prac- 
tical use  of  electricity,  results  which  effected  a complete  meta- 
morphosis in  the  system  of  labor,  travel  and  transportation  and  we 
may  say  in  the  mode  of  living.  There  is  hardly  a branch  of  in- 
dustry, in  which  electric  power  or  its  products  are  not  used  at 


— 320  — 


present.  The  United  States  stands  foremost  among  all  the  coun- 
tries of  the  world  in  regard  to  inventions,  improvements  and  in- 
troduction of  practical  uses  in  all  the  details  of  electric  science, 


and  in  this  respect  St.  Louis  occupies  a place  in  the  front  rank 
this  is  in  a great  measure  due  to  the  Wagner  Electric  Manu- 


— 321  — 


facturing  Co.,  one  of  the  most  prominent  industrial  establish- 
ments in  America.  From  a small  beginning  it  has  rapidly 
grown  into  such  dimensions  that  constant  extensions  of  the 
plant  became  necessary,  its  buildings  proving  inadequate,  so 
that  one  addition  and  enlargement  had  to  follow  the  other. 
The  present  quarters,  2017  Locust  street,  contains  a floor 
space  of  10,000  square  feet.  Machinery  of  the  newest  con- 
struction, irrespective  of  cost,  the  most  modern  appliances  and 
the  latest  discoveries  of  value  and  merit,  are  here  used  in  the 
manufacturing  of  alternating  current  apparatus,  single  phase 
alternating  current  motors,  direct  current  motors,  dynamos  of 
every  size,  ventilating  fans,  transformers  of  all  descriptions, 
everything  pertaining  to  switch  board  service,  indicators  and 
other  specialties.  The  superior  quality  of  its  products  has 
gained  for  them  a world-wide  fame  so  that  they  are  in  use  all 
over  our  own  country  and  largely  exported  to  South  America, 
Asia  and  even  Europe.  The  founders  of  the  company,  Mr. 
H.  A.  Wagner  and  Mr.  Ferdinand  Schwedtmann,  commenced 
(1891)  with  the  comparatively  small  capital  of  25,000  dollars, 
but  it  was  very  soon  enlarged  to  100,000  dollars,  prominent 
capitalists  of  the  city  acquiring  an  interest  in  the  enterprise. 
The  uninterrupted  extension  of  business  required  a further 
addition  of  means,  and  the  capital  was  raised  to  250,000 
dollars  and  the  facilities  were  thereby  increased  threefold. 
This  was  in  1896,  but  proved  within  two  years  again  insuflfi- 
cient,  so  that  the  working  capital  had  to  be  enlarged  to  half 
a million  dollar’s.  This  fact  alone  speaks  volumes  for  the  effi- 
ciency of  the  company  and  the  quality  and  quantity  of  its  out- 
put. The  officers  of  the  company  are;  S.  M.  Dodd,  President; 
James  Campbell,  Vice-President;  S.  B.  Pike,  Secretary;  W. 
A.  Layman,  Treasurer ; Ferdinand  Scwedtmanu,  General  Super- 
intendent; E.  H.  Abadie,  Manager  of  Sales. 

FRANK  ADAM  ELECTRIC  CO. 

Bell  Main  1428.  Kinloch  B1446. 

The  innumerable  uses  of  electricity  aside  from  that  of  electric 
power  created  a special  branch  of  this  industry,  namely,  the 
21k 


manufacture  of  fixtures  and  all  sorts  of  contrivances  for  the  inte- 
rior of  private  dwellings,  public  buildings,  offices,  stores,  etc. 
The  Frank  Adam  Electric  Company  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  this 
particular  line,  having  been  established  as  early  as  1870  by 
Mr.  Frank  Adam,  a practical  electrician  of  great  experience  and 
thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  pertaining  to  the  branch. 
The  firm  was  for  a long  time  on  North  Fourth  street,  where  now 
the  Fourth  National  Bank,  but  occupies,  since  quite  a while, 
spacious  quarters  at  number  904  Pine  street,  a location  easily 
accessible  from  every  part  of  the  city  by  numerous  street  car  lines. 
The  business  was  incorporated  under  the  present  name  some 
time  ago  with  Frank  Adam  as  President  and  Treasurer,  L.  Adam, 
Vice-President,  and  PTed  B.  Adam,  Secretary.  The  company 
manufactures  all  kinds  of  electric  appliances,  and  furnishes  com- 
plete electric  outfits,  including  everything  from  the  simple  door 
bell  and  burglar  alarm  to  the  lighting  and  annunciator  system  in 
the  larger  hotels.  They  make  a specialty  of  electric,  gas  and 
combination  features,  unsurpassed  in  practicability  and  tasteful 
designs,  forming  an  ornament  in  even  the  most  luxurious  houses, 
many  of  which  here  and  elsewhere  have  been  provided  by  the 
company.  Some  of  the  biggest  contracts  for  residences  and 
business  houses  have  in  course  of  time  been  executed  by  this 
firm,  whose  work  is  well  known  for  its  exactness  and  the  quality 
of  material.  About  fifty  skilled  mechanics  are  employed  in  the 
shops  under  the  personal  supervision  of  Mr.  Frank  Adam,  who 
gives  all  his  time  and  activity  to  his  extensive  establishment,  and 
who  enjoys  the  well-deserved  esteem  of  all  who  know  him.  The 
contracts  and  sales  arc  mostly  made  in  the  city,  but  also  com- 
prise to  a large  extent  Western,  Southern  and  Northern  States. 


Sellner  Gas  and  Electrical  Fixture  Mfg.  Co. 

703-5-7-9  LOCUST  STREET, 

ST.  LOUIS. 

Gas  and  Electric  Fixtures 

WHOLESALE  AND  RETAIL. 


Bell  Main  51Sa. 


Kinloch  A9I7. 


— 323  — 


BRICKS  AKD  TILES. 

The  abundance  of  various  kinds  of  excellent  clay  in  the  nearest 
vicinity  and  even  within  the  city  limits  has  made  St.  Louis  one  of 
the  principal  manufacturing  places  of  bricks  and  tiles,  and  the 
product  of  the  establishments  devoted  to  this  industrial  branch 
is  justly  celebrated.  This  fact  is  due  not  only  to  the  quality  of 
the  material,  but  also  to  the  careful  process  used  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  these  articles.  Modern  architecture  demands  the  best 
quality  of  everything  necessary  for  the  erection  of  public  buildings, 
business  houses  and  residences  and  the  exclusion  of  inferior 
building  is  nowadays  the  rule  and  not  the  exception.  The  output 
of  the  St.  Louis  Brick  and  Tile  factories  has  during  the  last 
twenty-five  years  largely  assisted  to  multiply  the  number  of  hand- 
some and  beautiful  buildings,  the  best  ornaments  a city  can 
possess.  Aside  from  the  local  demand  great  quantities  of  these 
products  are  shipped,  not  only  to  our  neighboring,  but  also  to  the 
more  distant  States,  where  their  superiority  has  been  acknowl- 
edged and  appreciated  since  many  years.  The  capital  invested 
in  the  branch  amounts  to  over  four  millions,  the  annual  wages 
paid  to  more  than  3,000  hands  employed  in  it  average  one  and  a 
quarter  million  and  the  sales  may  be  estimated  at  two  and  three- 
quarter  million  dollars  per  annum. 

THE  HYDRAULIC  PRESS  BRICK  CO. 

Bell  Main  1557.  Kinloch  B63. 

The  constant  growth  of  our  large  cities,  in  which  new  buildings 
of  every  character  are  incessantly  planned  and  erected,  places 
the  manufacture  of  building  material  in  the  front  rank  of  our  in- 
dustries, and  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  point  to  the  great  impor- 
tance of  its  good  quality.  Bricks  constitute  the  principal  part  of 
our  modern  buildings  for  residences,  factories,  business  and 
other  purposes.  The  public  and  especially  the  office  buildings 
erected  in  our  midst  during  the  last  fifteen  years  are  an  ornament 
to  the  city ; they  are  massive  structures,  whose  solid  walls  are 
made  to  last  for  times  to  come,  but  they  could  not  answer  to  this 


— 324 


requirement  without  the  superior  quality  of  bricks  used  in  their 
erection.  They  are  in  a great  measure  supplied  by  the  Hydraulic 
Press  Brick  Company,  whose  works  are  located  in  St.  Louis  and 
whose  offices  occupy  the  twelfth  floor  of  the  Union  Trust  Build- 
ing. The  company  was  organized  in  1868  by  E.  C.  and  F.  W. 
Sterling  with  a capital  of  200,000  dollars,  and  from  this  begin- 
ning emanated  the  present  corporation  with  a paid-up  capital  of 
3,000,000  dollars.  The  board  of  directors  consists  of  Messrs.  E.  C. 
Sterling,  H.  W.  Eliot,  Festus  J.  Wade,  W.  B.  Dean,  Wm. 
E.  Smith  and  F.  G.  Middlekauff.  The  following  gentlemen  are 
the  officers  of  the  company : E.  C.  Sterling,  President ; H.  W. 
Eliot,  First  Vice-President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer;  F.  G. 
Middlekauff,  Second  Vice-President ; G.  F.  Baker,  Assistant 
Treasurer;  F.  H.  Dukes,  Assistant  Secretary,  and  W.  N. 
Graves,  General  Superintendent. 

The  process  by  which  the  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Company 
manufactures  its  product  possesses  all  the  advantages  to  secure 
an  unsurpassed  quatity  of  brick  as  to  durability  and  appearance. 
The  output  comprises  common,  front,  ornamental  and  enameled 
bricks  in  red,  gray,  brown,  buff,  granite  and  enameled  colors 
made  under  the  careful  supervision  of  experienced  superintend- 
ents and  foremen.  All  the  machinery  used  by  the  company  is  of 
its  own  invention,  and  in  regard  to  accuracy  and  finish  the  most 
approved  in  existence.  The  presence  of  a choice  quality  of  clay 
in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  St.  Louis  is  naturally  of  great  value 
to  the  producing  of  the  various  kinds  of  brick.  There  vras  a 
time  when  cream-colored  bricks  were  brought  here  from  Mil- 
waukee, but  this  l)elongs  to  the  past,  as  ever  since  1875  bricks 
have  been  exported  from  here  to  points  thousands  of  miles  dis- 
tant and  to  every  part  of  the  United  States,  adding  materially  to 
the  reputation  and  fame  of  St.  Louis  as  an  industrial  eenter. 
The  annual  output  of  the  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Company  is 
larger  than  that  of  any  other  in  the  country,  and  its  product  is 
justly  celebrated  between  Maine  and  California,  Lake  Superior 
and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Many  of  the  finest  residences  and 
modern  office  buildings  in  our  city  had  their  bricks  furnished  by 
this  company,  and  in  this  connection  it  may  be  of  interest  to 
mention  a few  prominent  edifices  of  Chicago,  built  of  this 


325  — 


material,  viz. : The  Masonic  Temple,  the  Illinois  Central  Depot 
building,  the  Woman’s  Temple,  the  Pullmann  and  the  Tacoma 
buildings,  the  Great  Northern  Hotel,  etc. 

The  number  of  hands  employed  by  the  company  averages 
twenty-five  hundred.  The  branches  are  located  as  follows:  — 

American  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  St.  Louis;  Chicago  Hy- 
draulic Press  Brick  Co.,  Chicago;  Cleveland  Hydraulic  Press 
Brick  Co.,  Cleveland,  Ohio;  Eastern  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co., 
Philadelphia;  Findlay  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  Findlay,  and 
Toledo,  Ohio ; Illinois  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  St.  Louis ; Kan- 
sas City  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  Kansas  City,  Mo.;  Kaw 
Brick  Company,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  ; Kelly  Brick  and  Tile  Com- 
pany, West  Superior,  Wis.  ; Menomonie  Hydraulic  Press  Brick 
Co.,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  ; New  York  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co., 
Rochester,  N.  Y.  ; Omaha  Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co.,  Omaha, 
Neb.;  Union  Press  Brick  Works,  St.  Louis;  Washington  Hy- 
draulic Press  Brick  Co.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  E.  C.  Sterling,  the  founder  of  the  vast  enterprise,  hails 
from  New  England,  which  has  given  us  so  many  prominent  repre- 
sentatives of  the  various  commercial  and  industrial  branches  ; he 
was  born  in  1834  in  Salisbury,  Connecticut ; in  1856  he  engaged  with 
his  brother  in  the  lumber  business  in  Oshkosh,  Wisconsin,  and 
went  several  years  later  to  Memphis,  Tenn.,  where  he  established 
a brick  yard,  and  this  venture  became  the  foundation  of  the  ex- 
tensive manufacturing  establishment,  to  whose  conduct  he  and  his 
associates  devote  their  untiring  activity  and  energy. 

ANTHONY  ITTNER  BRICK  CO. 

Bell  Main  2748.  Kinloch  B268. 

Mr.  Anthony  Ittner  began  the  manufacture  of  bricks  forty-three 
years  ago,  namely,  in  1859  ; first,  and  during  a number  of  years 
in.  partnership  with  one  or  the  other  of  his  brothers,  but  since 
many  years  as  the  sole  owner  of  the  various  establishments  con- 
ducted by  him.  The  first  kilns  stood  on  Eighteenth,  between 
Gratiot  and  Papin  streets,  but  the  demand  for  the  Ittner  bricks 
grew  so  large  that  greater  facilities  were  necessary,  and  this  led 
to  a removal  to  Park  and  Ewing  avenues  in  1870.  But  even 


— 326  — 


these  kilns  proved  inadequate  within  a few  years,  so  that  the 
erection  of  a very  extensive  plant  on  California  avenue  and  Sid- 
ney street  followed  in  1876.  The  output  of  this  plant  was  so 
eagerly  sought  by  builders  and  contractors  here  and  elsewhere, 
especially  in  Missouri  and  Illinois,  that  Mr.  Ittner  (in  1885) 
resolved  upon  the  building  of  an  additional  factory,  located  at 
Swansea,  about  fourteen  miles  southeast  of  East  St.  Louis,  on 
the  line  of  the  Louisville  and  Nashville  Railroad.  This  establish- 
ment was  originally  intended  for  the  manufacture  of  superior 
press  and  ornamental  bricks,  but  it  was  deemed  advisable 
in  course  of  time  to  transfer  the  St.  Louis  works  to  the 
same  place,  for  which  reason  a second  plant  was  added 
to  the  one  already  in  operation,  and  Swansea  has  ever 
since  one  of  the  largest  brick  manufactories  in  the  United 
States,  equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery  and  situated 
in  a district  abounding  with  raw  material,  viz.,  red  clay,  of  the 
best  kind.  The  various  sorts  of  brick  made  there  are  of  unsur- 
passed quality,  durability,  finish  and  appearance,  constributing 
largely  to  the  beauty  of  all  buildings,  for  which  they  are  used. 
The  works  have  a capacity  of  132,000  bricks  per  day  and  give 
constant  employment  to  at  least  one  hundred  and  fifty  men. 
They  stand  under  the  personal  supervision  of  Mr.  Ittner  and  of 
efficient  superintendents  and  foremen,  and  whatever  is  sent  out 
from  there  is  carefully  examined  before  being  shipped.  The 
plain  as  well  as  the  ornamental  bricks  are  used  for  public  build- 
ings, private  residences  and  office  buildings  and  have  always 
given  the  greatest  satisfaction.  We  could  name  a great  number 
but  will  only  mention  the  Southern  and  Lindell  hotels,  the  St. 
Louis  Merchants  Exchange,  the  Exposition  and  Music  Hall,  Bel- 
cher’s Sugar  Refinery,  the  latter  with  its  fifteen  stories  being  the 
first  structure  ever  built  here  of  more  than  eight  floors  in  height. 
We  don’t  need  to  dwell  upon  the  integrity  and  reliability  of  Mr. 
Anthony  Ittner  or  his  standing  in  our  community,  but  we  will 
simply  point  to  the  fact,  that  his  fellow-citizens  elected  him  twice 
to  the  City  Council,  the  second  time  in  spite  of  a powerful  oppo- 
sition ; that  they  sent  him  afterwards  to  both  branches  of  the  State 
Legislature  and  then  to  Congress  and  that  he  in  every  one  of  these 
capacities  proved  a most  faithful  representative  of  his  constitu- 


— 327  — 


ents  and  city  and  State  at  large.  He  has  been  president  three 
times  of  the  St.  Louis  Builders  Exchange,  president  of  the  Na- 
tional Association  of  Builders,  and  is  one  of  the  charter  members 
and  organizers  of  the  National  Brick  Manufacturers  Association, 
which  he  twice  served  as  vice-president  and  once  as  president. 
In  the  management  of  the  Anthony  Ittuer  Brick  Company,  incor- 
porated under  that  name  in  1900,  the  head  of  the  firm  is  ably 
assisted  by  three  of  his  sons:  Benjamin  F.,  Warren  W.,  and  Geo. 
W.  Ittner.  The  office  of  the  company  is  in  the  Telephone  Build- 
ing, southeast  corner  Tenth  and  Olive,  and  a local  depot  on 
California  avenue  and  Sidney  street. 

LACLEDE  FIRE  BRICK  MNFG.  CO. 

Bell  Main  1250.  Kinloch  A263. 

The  Laclede  Fire  Brick  Manufacturing  Company  is  justly  cele- 
brated for  the  unsurpassed  quality  of  its  products,  which  con- 
sist in  fire  brick,  sewer  and  culvert  pipes,  gas  retort,  blast 
furnace  lining,  bricks  for  lime  kilns,  paving  brick  and  man}^ 
kindred  articles.  Mr.  James  Green,  the  founder  of  this  great 
industrial  enterprise,  began  operations  in  1865,  having  purchased 
a tract  of  land  comprising  eighty. acres  in  Cheltenham,  where  an 
abundant  supply  of  clay  of  superior  quality  is  near  at  hand. 
Mr.  Green,  who  is  a native  of  Staffordshire,  England,  came  to 
St.  Louis  in  1854  and  found  soon  employment  in  the  Laclede 
Rolling  Mills  of  which  he  had  charge  for  a number  of  years, 
giving  him  a valuable  experience  and  making  him  fully  compe- 
tent for  his  future  career.  He  had  followed  the  brickmason’s 
trade  before  coming  to  the  United  States,  and  made  good  use  of 
the  practical  knowledge  so  gained.  The  plant  at  Cheltenham 
became  famous  within  a comparatively  short  period  for  the  exact 
workmanship  and  good  material  of  its  output.  The  volume  of 
its  products  grew  from  year  to  year,  necessitating  repeated  exten- 
sions of  the  works,  which  may  now  be  considered  the  biggest  of 
its  kind  in  the  Union.  They  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
machinery  and  modern  appliances,  usually  employ  over  400  hands 
and  supply  all  parts  of  the  country  with  the  various  articles  of 
their  manufacture.  It  has  been  Mr.  Green’s  permanent  aim  to 


— 328  — 


utilize  all  new  inventions  and  improvements  and  to  give  the 
patrons  of  the  Laclede  Fire  Brick  Manufacturing  Company  the 
fullest  satisfaction  in  regard  to  price,  quality  and  promptness  in 
the  careful  execution  of  all  orders.  Tt>e  officers  of  the  company 
are:  Mr.  James  Green,  President;  Mr.  T.  T.  Green,  Vice-Presi- 
dent; and  Mr.  G.  R.  Blackford,  Secretary.  The  general  manage- 
ment and  supervision  of  so  large  an  enterprise  naturally  requires 
much  time  and  attention  on  the  part  of  Mr.  James  Green,  but  he 
is  in  spite  of  this  fact  actively  interested  in  several  other  industrial 
undertakings  and  important  financial  corporations,  where  his 
prudent  advice  and  good  counsel  is  duly  appreciated ; so,  for  in- 
stance, in  his  capacity  as  a director  in  the  St.  Louis  and  Suburban 
Railroad  Company  and  the  Mechanics  National  Bank.  His  re- 
markable success  in  life  is  the  result  of  strict  business  principles, 
reliability  and  progressive,  but  at  the  same  time  conservative* 
ideas,  a high  sense  of  duty  and  characteristic  devotion  to  his 
family  and  his  friends — he  is  in  short  a true  representative  of 
energy,  enterprise  and  integrity  and  it  is  of  such  men  that  a com- 
munity like  ours  may  well  be  proud.  The  Vice-President  of  the 
company,  Mr.  Thomas  T.  Green,  is  fully  imbued  with  the  princi- 
ples and  business  tactics  of  his  father  and  his  able  assistant  and 
the  same  may  be  said  of  the  Secretary,  Mr.  G.  R.  Blackford,  who 
has  been  identified  with  the  company  since  many  years.  The 
general  offices  were  for  nearly  thirty  years  on  the  northwest  cor- 
ner of  Ninth  and  Pine  streets,  but  occupy  now  commodious  quar- 
ters at  the  Wainwright  Building  on  Seventh  and  Chestnut  streets. 


LIME  AND  CEMEJNT. 

CHAS.  W.  GOETZ  LIME  & CEMENT  CO. 

Bell  Liudell  883.  Kinloch  C1676. 

It  was  as  early  as  1867  when  Mr.  Philip  Dauernheim  went  into 
the  cement  business  under  the  firm  name  of  Dauernheim  & Co., 
which  in  1880  was  changed  to  Goetz  & Cobb,  and  later  on  to  the 
present  company.  The  uninterrupted  growth  of  this  city  natur- 


— 329 


ally  causes  a growing  demand  for  building  material,  and  lime  as 
well  as  cement  forms  an  important  part  of  builders’  supplies.  The 
firm  of  which  we  speak  manufactures  lime  of  unsurpassed 
quality  — it  is  in  fact  the  best  in  the  market  and  acknowledged  to 
be  so  by  architects  and  builders.  The  company  owns  two  plants 
for  manufacturing  purposes,  one  at  Glen  Park,  in  Jefferson,  and 
the  other  at  Port  Royal,  Franklin  County,  Missouri.  Both 
establishments  are  equipped  with  the  most  practical  machinery 
and  their  product  is  in  constant  demand.  The  cement  sold  by 
the  company  is  likewise  a high  grade  article ; most  of  it  hails 
from  the  neighborhood  of  Louisville,  Ky.,  and  is  justly  celebrated 
for  its  excellent  quality.  The  firm  employs  about  one  hundred 
hands  and  supplies  principally  our  own  city  and  vicinity.  The 
company’s  trade  is  very  extensive,  the  well-deserved  result  of 
reliable  and  fair  dealing.  The  proprietors  and  officers  are: 
Philip  J.  Dauernheim,  President ; M.  E.  Goetz,  Vice-President, 
and  L.  Goetz,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Dauernheim  is  a 
native  of  St.  Louis  and  has  been  identified  with  the  particular 
branch  for  more  than  twenty  years ; his  father,  Phil.  Dauern- 
heim, the  original  founder  of  the  business,  had  come  here  in  1848 
and  died  in  1893  as  a highly  respected  citizen  and  business  man, 
and  the  same  may  be  said  of  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Goetz,  whose  death 
occurred  in  1898.  The  office  and  warehouse  of  the  firm  are  at 
3527  Gratiot  street,  and  by  switches  connected  with  the  various 
railroad  lines. 

EOOFIXG. 

ST.  LOUIS  ROOFING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2380.  Kinloch  A266. 

Roofing  forms  a most  essential  part  in  the  erection  of  a build- 
ing, however  large  or  small  it  may  be.  The  safety  of  a structure 
and  its  occupants  depends  in  a great  measure  upon  the  roof  by 
which  it  is  covered,  and  the  art  of  roofing  is  therefore  just  as  im- 
portant as  that  of  any  other  branch  of  architecture.  The  most 
solid  foundation,  massive  walls  and  the  strongest  girders  need. 


— 330  — 


so  to  speak,  the  protection  of  an  appropriate  roof.  There  are 
manifold  systems  of  roofing  in  use  and  numerous  are  the  inven- 
tions and  improvements  which  have  been  made  from  time  to  time. 
The  St.  Louis  Roofing  Company,  established  in  1852  by  Mr. 
John  M.  Sellers,  stands  foremost  in  this  industrial  branch  and  is 
justly  celebrated  for  its  workmanship  as  well  as  for  the  material 
used.  The  orders  entrusted  to  this  firm,  are  invariably  executed 
by  skilled  workmen  under  the  direct  supervision  of  Mr.  Sellers 
and  his  superintendents,  who  like  himself  have  a long  experience 
and  thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  in  connection  with 
roofing.  Thousands  and  thousands  of  houses  in  this  city  and 
vicinity  bear  testimony  to  the  conscientious  execution  of  the  firm’s 
work  and  among  them  are  many  public  buildings,  as,  for  instance, 
the  following  imposing  structures:  the  Lindell,  Southern  and 
Planters  hotels,  the  Laclede,  Commercial,  Odd  Fellows,  Republic 
and  Globe-Democrat  buildings,,  also  many  of  the  finest  private 
residences  in  the  west  end,  Compton  Heights,  etc.  The  superi- 
ority of  the  roofs  laid  by  the  St.  Louis  Roofing  Co.  is  well  known 
to  architects  and  builders  and  best  proven  by  the  fact  that  they 
withstood  the  elemental  powers,  when  they  destroyed  or  dam- 
aged numberless  other  roofs  in  close  proximity,  and  their  dura- 
bility stands  unsurpassed.  The  following  gentlemen  form  the 
Board  of  Directors  of  the  company:  J.  M.  Sellers,  P.  S.  Marquis, 
J.  J.j  Latal,  and  Henry  Reinstaedler.  Mr.  John  M.  Sellers 
is  its  President  and  Mr.  Geo.  B.  Knopf  the  Secretary.  The 
office  was  for  more  than  forty  years  on  Fourth  and  Market  street, 
but  is  now  in  the  Wainwright  Building,  corner  of  Seventh  and 
Chestnut  streets.  Mr.  Sellers  belongs  to  one  of  our  oldest  fami- 
lies ; he  is  a most  excellent  citizen,  enjoys  the  esteem  of  all  who 
know  him,  takes  an  active  interest  in  public  matters  and  is  espe- 
cially prominent  in  charitable  enterprises,  which  find  in  him  an 
ardent  supporter.  He  is  well  known  in  business  and  social  circles 
and  as  the  firm  founded  by  him  has  now  reached  the  fiftieth  year 
of  its  existence,  he  can  be  justly  proud  of  the  success  achieved 
by  his  activity  and  energ}^  combined  with  fair  and  honest  dealing. 
The  Secretary,  Mr.  Knopf,  has  been  with  him  since  many  years 
and  is  his  able  and  trusted  assistant. 


— 331  — 


STEEET  AND  SEWER  CONSTRUCTION, 
FOUNDATION  BUILDING,  ETC. 

SKRAINKA  CONSTRUCTION  CO. 

Bell  Main  877. 

It  is  nearly  ball  a century  ago  since  the  three  brothers,  William, 
Joseph  and  Philipp  Skrainka,  made  St.  Louis  their  home.  Thej" 
were  natives  of  Budapest,  the  capital  of  Hungary,  and  soon 
found  a remunerative  field  for  their  activity  and  energy  by 
becoming  contractors  for  city  and  other  public  work  in  the  stone 
and  masonry  line.  They  devoted  themselves  especially  to  the 
building  of  sewers,  the  laying  of  foundations  for  large  buildings, 
of  granite  and  other  pavement,  to  railroad  building,  etc.  The 
great  tunnel  leading  from  the  Eads  Bridge  to  the  railroad  center 
was  their  work,  and  an  evidence  of  their  enterprise.  The  Skrainka 
Construction  Company,  incorporated  in  1889,  succeeded  the 
founders  of  the  business  after  the  retirement  of  the  late  Wm. 
Skrainka  from  activity,  the  other  two  brothers  having  died  manj’’ 
years  before,  and  since  that  time  the  sons  are  the  owners  of  the 
firm.  Louis  Skrainka  is  the  President,  Fred  Skrainka  the  Vice- 
President,  Morris  Skrainka  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  the 
three  cousins  form,  to  use  a popular  phrase,  a mighty  strong 
team,  just  as  it  is  needed  for  the  successful  management 
of  such  a large  concern.  They  number  among  the  most 
prominent  contractors  for  city  work,  especiall}'  for  street 
construction.  They  laid  the  foundation  for  the  new  water 
works,  built  the  bridge  on  Twenty-first  street,  made  the  pave- 
ment of  Union  Station,  and  are  constantly  engaged  in  the 
execution  of  important  contracts  for  public  and  private 
account,  giving  almost  uninterrupted  employment  to  hundreds  of 
workmen  and  laborers,  are  also  owners  of  limestone  quarries 
within  the  city  limits  and  operate  their  extensive  granite  works  at 
Knob  Lick,  Mo.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  firm  was  never 
troubled  by  strike  movements  — a fact  which  speaks  just  as  well 
for  the  employers  as  for  the  employees.  The  faithful  perform- 


— 332  — 


ance  of  all  work  entrusted  to  them,  the  strict  integrity  in  all  their 
dealings,  won  for  the  firm  an  enviable  reputation  and  the  confi- 
dence of  the  municipal  authorities,  railroad  and  other  corpora- 
tions and  all  parties  who  ever  had  any  dealings  with  them.  All 
three  are  active,  energetic  business  men  of  great  ability,  possess 
ample  means,  have  an  excellent  standing  in  the  community  and 
take  an  active  interest  in  all  public  affairs.  The  firm  occupies 
handsome  office  rooms  in  the  Security  Building,  where  the  three 
partners  are  always  ready  to  give  any  desired  Information  and 
advice  to  their  patrons  and  those  who  intend  to  make  use  of  their 
service  and  extensive  facilities. 

xVRCIIITECTS. 

H.  WILLIAM  KIRCHNER,  ARCHITECT  AND  STRUC- 
TURAL ENGINEER. 

Bell  Main  2414a. 

Mr.  H.  William  Kirchner,  whose  office  is  in  the  Commercial 
Building,  S.  E.  corner  Sixth  and  Olive,  was  born  in  Baltimore, 
Md.  ; came  to  St.  Louis  in  his  boyhood  and  made  our  city  his 
permanent  home.  He  established  himself  in  his  profession  in 
1877,  was  architect  of  the  Public  School  Board  from  1881  to 
1889,  in  which  capacity  he  earned  an  enviable  reputation  as  con- 
structor of  school  houses,  more  than  sixty  of  which  were  built  by 
him  in  this  city  and  elsewhere.  The  State  University  buildings 
at  Columbia,. Mo. , were  erected  by  him  in  1886,  and  after  the 
formation  of  a partnership  with  his  brother,  H.  H.  Kirchner,  in 
1889,  under  the  firm  of  Kirchner  and  Kirchner  (since  dissolved), 
built  the  Colorado  Mining  School  Exchange  in  Denver,  court 
houses  at  Santa  Fe  and  Mora,  N.  M.,  the  Insane  Asylum  of  New 
Mexico,  the  Arcade  in  East  St.  Louis,  and  many  other  buildings 
of  prominence  in  the  West.  The  remodeling  of  the  former  Fagin 
building  (which  had  the  doubtful  reputation  of  being  the  most 
“outre”  piece  of  architecture  in  the  world)  into  the  present 
Burlington  Building  was  planned  and  executed  by  Mr.  Kirchner, 
who  devotes  himself  particularly  to  intricate  and  difficult  prob- 


— 333  — 


leins  of  construction,  and  the  remodeling  of  non-producing 
investment  property.  He  possesses  a classic  education,  and  is 
thoroughly  up  to  date  in  every  branch  of  science  or  art  that 
enters  into  the  design  or  construction  of  buildings,  and  has  often 
co-operated  in  the  promotion  of  buildings  and  enterprises  of 
magnitude.  In  concluding  this  brief  sketch  we  vsdll  only  add 
that  Mr.  H.  W.  Kirchner  is  a member  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Architects  since  1883  ; that  he  organized  the  St.  Louis  Chap- 
ter of  this  distinguished  body  in  1884,  and  that  he  is  also  a 
licensed  architect  under  the  laws  of  Illinois. 

JEROME  B.  LEGO,  ARCHITECT. 

Bell  Main  2959m. 

Mr.  Jerome  B.  Legg  can  point  to  a highly  successful  career  as 
an  architect,  which  profession  he  chose  in  1867.  He  had  the 
good  fortune  to  come  under  the  preceptorship  of  the  late  G.  J. 
Barnett,  then  the  leading  architect  of  this  city.  Devoting  all  his 
spare  time  to  ardent  study  he  soon  became  proficient  in  his  voca- 
tion and  for  the  purpose  to  add  practical  to  his  theoretical 
knowledge  he  worked  for  more  than  a year  in  the  building  trade. 
His  first  achievement  as  an  architect  consisted  in  planning  and 
building  the  Centenary  M.  E.  Church,  an  imposing  edifice.  Since 
that  time  numerous  public  buildings  of  importance  were  planned 
by  him  and  erected  under  his  supervision,  especially  educational 
institutes,  churches,  court  houses,  bank  buildings,  opera  houses, 
hotels,  etc.,  in  twelve  different  States,  likewise  many  office  build- 
ings, business  houses  and  residences  in  this  city.  The  St.  Louis 
Exposition  and  Music  Hall  Building  was  'also  designed  by  him. 
Mr.  Legg  has  been  a resident  of  this  city  ever  since  1864,  is  well 
known  for  reliability  and  fair  dealing  and  deservedly  esteemed  in 
business  and  social  circles.  Participating  in  many  public  enter- 
prises, he  has  always  been  ready  to  promote  the  interests  and 
welfare  of  the  city  and  as  a man  of  great  experience  and  good 
judgment  he  has  been  entrusted  with  responsible  positions  in  vari- 
ous corporations.  His  office  is  in  the  Koken  Building,  715  Locust 
street,  where  old  and  new  patrons  will  find  him  at  all  times  cheer- 
fully willing  to  furnish  plans  and  estimates  and  to  give  his  good 
advice  to  those  who  intend  to  build. 


— 334  — 


THEODORE  C.  LINK,  ARCHITECT. 

Kinloch  A1877. 

If  Union  Station  were  the  only  work  ever  planned  and  executed 
by  Mr.  Theodore  C.  Link  it  would  be  sufficient  to  secure  name 
and  fame  for  him  and  to  serve  as  a lasting  monument  to  his  pro- 
fessional skill,  taste  and  ability,  it  being  the  finest  railroad  sta- 
tion in  the  United  States,  and,  in  many  respects,  the  finest  in  the 
world.  The  plans  submitted  by  him  to  a commission  of  experts 
were  chosen  from  those  of  ten  competitors,  and  the  supervision 
during  the  course  of  erection  was  placed  in  his  hands,  the  mag- 
nificent structure  whose  beauty  and  practical  arrangements  have 
been  unanimously  ackowledged  by  the  most  celebrated  architects 
of  the  new  and  the  old  world,  is,  therefore,  a source  of  justified 
pride,  not  only  to  him,  but  also  to  the  city  which  it  adorns. 
Mr.  Link  was  born  and  educated  in  Heidelberg,  where  his  pro- 
fessional studies  began  ; they  were  continued  in  London  and 
at  the  Ecole  Centrale  at  Paris,  the  most  prominent  school  of 
architecture  and  engineering  in  all  Europe.  He  came  to  this 
country  in  1870,  when  only  twenty  years  of  age;  com- 
menced his  pi’ofessional  career  in  New  York  and  Philadelphia; 
became  then  connected  with  several  Western  and  Southern  I’ail- 
roads  and  selected  St.  Louis  as  the  field  of  his  activity  in  1873. 
After  serving  for  some  time  as  assistant  chief  engineer  of  Forest 
Park,  he  was  appointed  superintendent  of  all  our  public  parks, 
which  office  he  held  till  the  new  city  charter  became  effective, 
whereupon  he  went  to  Pittsburg,  Philadelphia,  and  New  York, 
practicing  his  profession  in  these  three  cities  till  1883,  in  which 
year  he  returned  to  St.  Louis.  Since  then  he  planned  and  super- 
intended the  erection  of  many  handsome  public  and  private 
buildings  in  the  city  and  vicinity,  especially  a great  number  of 
attractive  residences ; of  the  public  buildings  we  will  only  men- 
tion St.  Mark’s  Episcopal  Church,  Monticello  Seminary,  the 
Alton  Public  Library,  the  Carleton  Building,  etc.,  but  it  is  Union 
Station,  which  must  be  set  down  as  his  greatest  achievement,  in 
fact  his  chef  d’ oeuvre,  \vhich  entitles  him  to  a foremost  place 
among  the  leading  architects  of  America.  Mr.  Link  is  a member 


— 335  — 


of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  and  of  the  Architectural 
League  of  New  York  and  has  repeatedly  served  as  President  of 
the  Missouri  State  Association  of  Architects.  When  the  Com- 
mission of  Architects  for  the  World’s  Fair,  composed  of  some  of 
the  most  prominent  members  of  the  profession,  was  organized, 
Mr.  Theodore  C.  Link  was  chosen  as  one  of  them,  and  there  is  no 
doubt  that  the  Mines  and  Metallurgy  Building,  designed  and 
planned  by  him,  will  be  one  of  the  most  attractive  and  tasteful 
edifices  on  the  World’s  Fair  Grounds.  He  occupies  a suit  of 
rooms  in  the  Carleton  Building,  northeast  corner  Sixth  and  Olive 
streets,  for  office  purposes. 

E.  PREISLER,  ARCHITECT  AND  SUPERINTENDENT. 

Mr.  E.  Preisler,  born  1855  in  Prague  (Austria)  received  his 
early  education  in  the  public  schools  and  the  high  schools  of  his 
native  city.  After  finishing  the  five  years  course  of  the  Impe- 
rial Poletechnicum  at  Vienna,  he  accepted  a position  as  engineer 
in  the  Government’s  Railway  Service.  Under  leave  of  absence 
for  one  year  he  visited  in  1877  one  of  his  sisters,  then  living  in 
New  York  City,  and  soon  found  himself  engaged  in  various  archi- 
tectural and  engineering  work  on  this  side  of  the  ocean.  He  as- 
sisted the  architect,  James  R.  Willett,  on  the  500,000  dollar  resi- 
dence of  Mr.  Story  in  Chicago  and  the  architect,  E.  Meyer,  on  the 
Texas  Capitol  at  Austin ; he  then  became  connected  with  the  en- 
gineering departments  of  the  Chicago,  Western  Indiana,  Pennsyl- 
vania and  the  Chicago,  Burlington  and  Northern  railroads,  on 
which  latter  he  worked  from  first  survey  until  the  last  spike  was 
driven  as  engineer  and  superintendent  for  all  kinds  of  work,  includ- 
ing bridges  and  buildings.  He  built  the  roundhouse  (costing  $40,- 
000)  and  depot  ($35,000)  in  LaCrosse,  Wis.  Having  received, 
a call  as  office  engineer  from  Chief  Engineer  James  Dun  of  the 
. Frisco  railroad,  he  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1887  and  made  this  city 
his  permanent  home,  built  the  shops  of  the  company,  costing 
$100,000,  in  Springfield,  Mo.,  aside  from  various  other  build- 
ings and  many  plans  for  the  same  corporation.  In  1892  he 
opened  an  architect’s  office  in  St.  Louis  and  soon  won  a large 
clientage  and  a reputation  as  a very  conscientious,  painstaking 


— 336  — 


architect  of  great  ability  and  excellent  taste.  Of  the  various 
fine  residences  built  by  him  we  will  only  mention  those  of  Mr. 
Henry  Griesedieck,  Jr.,  and  Mrs.  Frank  Everts,  3250  and  3261 
Hawthorne  Boulevard,  respectively,  and  of  Mrs.  Jane  Jackson, 
4445  Westminster  place.  Among  the  corners  improved  by  him 
are  the  Regent  Hotel,  Fourteenth  and  Chestnut,  the  drug  store 
on  Compton  and  Lafayette  avenues,  and  the  southwest  corner  of 
Cleveland  and  Grand  avenues.  It  is  Mr.  Preisler’s  constant  aim 
to  give  his  patrons  the  best  of  work  and  the  fullest  satisfaction 
and  his  outspoken  success  is  the  well-deserved  result  of  a tho- 
rough knowledge  in  his  profession,  his  strictness  in  the  fulfillment 
of  his  duties  and  honesty  in  all  his  dealings.  His  office  is  in  the 
Imperial  Building,  918  Pine  street. 

WIDMANN,  WALSH  & BOISSELIER. 

Kinloch  A277. 

The  firm  emanates  from  the  firm  of  Walsh  & Jungeufeld,  com- 
posed of  Mr.  Thomas  W.  Walsh  and  Mr.  E.  .Jungenfeld,  of  whom 
we  only  need  to  say  that  they  planned  and  superintended  the 
building  of  the  first  Lindell  Hotel,  the  Four  Courts,  the  present  St. 
Louis  University,  the  Republican  Building  on  Third  and  Chest- 
nut streets,  and  many  other  prominent  public  buildings  aside  from 
a great  number  of  school  houses  and  private  residences.  The  old 
firm  was  succeeded  after  an  existence  of  nearly  thirty  years  by  E. 
Jungenfeld  & Co.  and  they  in  turn  by  (1885)  Widmann,  Walsh  & 
Boisseller,  which  partnership  was  formed  by  Mr.  F.  Widmann^ 
Mr.  Robert  W.  Walsh  (the  only  son  of  the  late  Thomas  W. 
Walsh)  and  Mr.  C.  D.  Boisselier.  The  code  of  ethics,  laid  down  by 
the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  of  which  these  three  gentle- 
men are  members,  prevents  us  from  saying  anything  about  their 
achievements  and  their  professional  career ; we  therefore  confine 
ourselves  to  the  simple  statement,  that  they  make  the  planning 
and  supervising  of  brewery  buildings  a specialty.  The  various 
magnificent  buildings  of  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brewery  Association 
in  this  city  and  elsewhere,  for  instance,  are  their  work  and  the 
Machinery  Building  for  the  St.  Louis  World’s  Fair  has  been 
designed  by  them  and  is  to  be  erected  under  their  supervision. 


— 337  — 


Messrs.  Widmana,  Walsh  & Boisselier  were  formerly  located  at 
919  Olive  street,  but  have  their  office  now  iu  the  Wainwright  Build- 
ing, where  they  occupy  a suit  of  six  rooms  on  the  ninth  floor. 


DENTISTRY. 

Modern  dentistry,  when  compared  with  that  of  a quarter  of  a 
century  ago,  may  be  called  both  a revolution  and  a revelation. 
It  has  become  a science,  taking  rank  with  the  medical  and  surgi- 
cal professions,  and  of  like  value  to  mankind.  But  the  learned 
and  conscientious  dentist  of  to-day  has  to  combat  with  the 
unwelcome  rival,  the  more  or  less  unscrupulous  practitioner  of 
limited  knowledge  and  doubtful  ability.  The  doctrine  of  “the 
surviving  of  the  fittest”  applies,  therefore,  in  a great  measure  to 
this  profession,  as  far  as  standing  and  reputation,  result  and 
achievements  are  concerned. 

DR.  JOSEPH  A.  FISCHER. 

Dr.  Joseph  A.  Fischer  came  to  St.  Louis  iu  1873,  and  has 
made  our  city  his  home  ever  since.  He  was  born  in  Eger 
(Austria)  and  received  his  education  in  his  native  city,  pass- 
ing through  all  classes  of  its  high  school,  which  entitled  him 
to  the  entering  of  any  European  university,  but  circum- 
stances did  not  permit  this,  and  he  became  private  tutor 
in  the  family  of  Count  Wurmbrandt,  whom  he  accompa- 
nied on  his  extensive  travels  in  Southern  Europe.  After 
his  arrival  here  he  first  studied  medicine  at  the  St.  Louis 
Medical  College,  and  after  receiving  the  degree  of  M.  D.  he 
resolved  to  devote  himself  to  the  practice  of  dentistry  and  ac- 
cordingly took  a full  course  in  the  Missouri  Dental  College  from 
which  he  graduated  with  the  title  of  D.D.S.  For  the  purpose 
of  adding  practical  to  his  theoretical  knowledge  he  became  the 
assistant  of  Dr.  McKellops,  at  that  time  the  best  dentist  in  the 
city.  Fully  equipped  for  his  professional  duties  he  entered  the 
field  in  1879,  and  his  success  in  operative  and  surgical  den- 
tistry has  secured  him  an  enviable  standing  in  his  vocation 
and  a patronage  of  which  he  may  well  be  proud.  Conscien- 
22k 


— 338  — 


tious  and  painstaking  as  he  is  he  makes  it  his  particular  aim 
to  preserve  the  teeth  of  his  patrons  if  there  is  a possibility 
to  do  so  by  scientific  treatment.  His  operative  work  is  per- 
formed with  the  greatest  skill  and  unsurpassed  dexterity. 
Being  an  ardent  student  he  keeps  himself  well  informed  of  all 
new  discoveries  and  inventions  in  his  line,  and  makes  use  of 
them  if  found  practical  and  meritorious.  His  well-appointed 
office  on  the  fifth  floor  of  the  Union  Trust  Building,  u.  w. 
corner  of  Seventh  and  Olive  streets,  has  been  occupied  by 
him  since  that  building  has  been  erected,  and  is  easily  accessi- 
ble from  all  parts  of  the  city. 

DR.  ADAM  FLICKINGER. 

A short  sketch  of  the  professional  career  of  Dr.  Adam  Flickin- 
ger,  who  for  nearly  forty  years  has  been  identified  with  dental 
practice  in  this  city,  will  be  sufficient  to  prove  his  standing  in  the 
profession  and  will  at  the  same  time  give  the  reader  the  best  evi- 
dence of  his  acquirements  in  the  vocation  to  which  he  has  been 
devoted  during  all  this  time.  He  entered  dentistry  as  assistant  to 
Dr.  Alexander  Dienst  in  1863 ; while  thus  employed,  he  attended 
the  Homeopathic  College  of  Missouri  from  1865  to  1866  ; the 
following  year  he  took  a course  in  the  Missouri  Medical  College 
(at  that  time  known  as  McDowell’s)  and  studied  from  1867  to 
1869  at  the  St.  Louis  Dental  College,  graduating  in  March,  1869, 
whereupon  he  formed  a copartnership  with  Dr.  Dienst  under  the 
name  of  Drs.  Dienst  and  Flickinger.  Wishing  to  gain  more 
knowledge.  Dr.  Flickinger  proceeded,  1870,  to  Philadelphia  where 
he  entered  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery,  from 
which  he  graduated  in  March,  1872.  Actuated  by  the  desire  for 
still  further  proficiency  he  then  went  to  Heidelberg,  to  take  a 
postgraduate  course  at  the  celebrated  university  of  that  city. 
Returning  to  St.  Louis  in  September,  1873,  he  renewed  the  part- 
nership with  Dr.  Dienst  and  continued  it  till  1877,  when  the  same 
was  dissolved  by  mutual  agreement,  Dr.  Dienst  locating  at  918 
Olive,  Dr.  Flickinger  at  710  Pine  street,  where  he  remained  for 
eleven  years.  In  1888  he  purchased  the  building  1113  Pine 
street,  which  he  still  occupies  in  the  practice  of  his  profession. 


— 339  — 


for  which  his  commodious  quarters  are  especially  adapted  and 
where  his  large  clientelle  finds  him  at  his  post  from  morning  till 
evening. 


THE  MUSICAL  PEOFESSIO^sT. 

Music  has  always  been  patronized  in  St.  Louis  in  such  a meas- 
ure as  to  place  this  city  in  the  front  rank  as  a musical  center. 
Vocal  as  well  as  instrumental  music  played  a conspicuous  role 
even  in  olden  times ; the  old  French  families  gave  the  other  in- 
habitants a good  example  in  this  respect,  and  this  was  still  more 
the  case  with  the  German  element,  which  may  truly  be  considered 
the  principal  factor  to  which  we  are  indebted  for  the  introduction 
and  cultivation  of  the  better  class  of  music  in  our  midst.  The 
arrival  of  well  educated,  highly  cultured  Germans,  which  the 
political  events  of  1848  and  1849  brought  here,  gave  a fresh 
impulse  to  our  musical  life,  which  from  that  time  on  made  a 
steady  progress.  , We  have  in  our  midst  a large  number  of  excel- 
lent musicians  and  music  teachers  and  the  following  biographical 
sketches  will  inform  the  reader  about  the  career  and  professional 
achievements  of  some  of  them. 

OTTO  ANSCHUETZ. 

One  of  the  best  known  and  most  popular  piano  teachers,  Mr. 
Otto  Anschuetz,  began  his  career  in  our  midst  some  twenty  years 
ago.  He  came  to  the  United  States  after  finishing  his  studies  at 
the  Conservatory  of  Music  in  Gotha  and  immediately  made  St. 
Louis  his  permanent  home.  Being  in  possession  of  a thorough 
musical  training,  and  a conscientious  instructor,  he  soon  received! 
a large  patronage,  and  the  number  of  his  pupils  of  both  sexes- 
became  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  A few  years  after  hi& 
arrival  here  he  took  charge  of  the  musical  department  in  Toens- 
feledt’s  Academy  for  Boys,  in  which  capacity  he  remained  for 
twelve  years  and  until  this  institute  went  out  of  existence. 
He  has  since  that  time  devoted  himself  exclusively  to  the  teach- 
ing of  private  scholars  and  is  one  of  the  busiest  members  of  the 
profession.  The  results  of  his  instructions  are  signified  by  the 


— 340  — 


fact,  that  many  of  his  pupils  number  among  the  best  amateurs 
and  not  a few  have  become  professionals  of  considerable  merit  in 
consequence  of  the  excellent  training  received  by  him.  Mr.  An- 
schuetz  is  especially  well  known  in  the  southern  and  southwestern 
part  of  the  city,  his  residence  and  instruction  rooms  being  at 
2127  Sidney  street,  in  a most  eligible  neighborhood  of  private 
residences. 

MAX  BALLMANN. 

Mr.  Max  Ballmann  may  by  right  be  called  an  artist’s  child,  he 
being  the  only  son  of  the  celebrated  actor,  Max  Ballmann,  who 
for  many  years  formed  the  chief  attraction  of  the  world-renowned 
Stadttheater  of  Leipsic.  The  son  had  from  childhood  abundant 
opportunities  to  witness  the  best  performances  on  the  operatic 
stage  and  to  listen  to  the  greatest  concert  singers,  and  this  woke  in 
him  love  and  enthusiasm  for  music  and  song  at  an  early  age.  The 
city  of  his  birth  afforded  him  ample  ways  to  receive  a liberal 
education  and  he  was  well  equipped  in  learning  when  he  arrived 
in  St.  Louis,  where  he  soon  after  devoted  himself  to  the  vocation 
in  which  he  has  met  with  so  significant  a success.  He  commenced 
to  give  singing  lessons  in  18C3  and  two  years  later  was  chosen 
musical  director  of  the  Social  Saengerchor,  which  organization 
flourished  under  his  leadership  in  such  a measure,  that  he  was 
re-elected  to  his  old  position  after  his  return  from  Europe,  where 
he  had  spent  more  than  four  years  in  Vienna,  in  order  to  com- 
plete his  musical  knowledge.  He  studied  harmony  and  composi- 
tion with  Professor  Krenn  and  singing  with  Prof.  Victor  Roki- 
tansky, one  of  the  greatest  authorities  in  his  branch.  Mr.  Ballmann 
resolved  in  1875  to  devote  his  energy  and  high  ability  exclusively 
to  the  giving  of  private  lessons  and  is  one  of  the  best  known  sing- 
ing teachers  in  our  midst.  As  a proof  of  his  zeal  and  his  desire 
to  give  his  scholars  the  best  possible  training  in  his  art,  we  will 
mention  the  fact  that  he  went  to  New  York  last  year  and  remained 
there  several  months  for  the  sole  purpose  of  making  himself  tho- 
roughly acquainted  with  the  method  of  Madame  Louisa  Cappiani 
who  is  considered  an  unsurpassed  authority  in  everything  per- 
taining to  the  art  of  song.  Mr.  Ballmann’s  pupils  number  many 


— 341  — 


hundreds  since  he  began  his  career  in  our  city,  and  he  is  still  active 
from  morning  till  night  in  his  studio  located  at  303  North  Grand 
avenue. 


MRS.  EMILY  BOEDDECKER. 

Mrs.  Emily  Boeddecker  received  her  early  education  in  Heidel- 
berg and  in  surroundings  especially  adapted  to  prepare  the  young 
girl  for  her  future  career ; her  musical  training  began  in  her 
childhood  and  found  the  fullest  development  in  Wiesbaden,  the 
celebrated  watering-place,  where  she  had  the  rare  opportunity  to 
hear  the  greatest  pianists  of  Europe  in  the  Kursaal  concerts. 
Equipped  with  a thorough  knowledge  of  piano  playing  in  all  its 
details,  harmony  and  music  literature  the  best  musical  circles  of 
the  two  cities  were  opened  to  her  and  the  same  may  be  said  of 
those  in  New  York,  where  she  arrived  when  still  very  young. 
She  was  armed  with  the  most  flattering  recommendations  and 
through  the  instrumentality  of  Mr  John  Sattig,  the  banker  and 
importer,  she  was  soon  admitted  into  the  musical  world  of  the 
Eastern  metropolis  and  her  appearance  in  concerts  was  hailed 
with  delight.  Returning  to  Europe,  she  spent  several  years  in 
Vienna  as  a performer  and  teacher  making  at  the  same  time  exten- 
sive use  of  the  opportunities  which  the  Austrian  capital  offers  in  so 
great  a measure,  to  study  the  works  of  Wagner,  Liszt,  Schumann 
and  Rubinstein  and  to  familiarize  herself  with  the  modern  school. 
Crossing  the  ocean  a second  time,  she  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1885,  and 
has  ever  since  devoted  herself  to  teaching.  Her  results  as  a 
piano  instructor  are  well  known  and  are  proven  by  a large  num- 
ber of  pupils,  whose  achievements  are  regularly  evidenced  in  the 
public  concerts  arranged  by  Mrs.  Boeddecker.  Miss  Emily 
Boeddecker,  her  only  child,  has  inherited  the  musical  talent  of  her 
mother,  is  an  accomplished  pianist,  and,  in  spite  of  her  youth,  a 
teacher  of  considerable  merit.  Mrs.  Boeddecker  has  recently 
purchased  the  commodious  house.  No.  2611  Park  avenue,  which 
is  much  more  adapted  for  Conservatory  purposes  than  the  house 
on  Sidney  street,  in  which  she  had  been  located  for  more  than 
sixteen  years.  The  new  home  of  the  Conservatory  contains  all 
desirable  facilities,  and  is  easily  accessible  from  all  parts  of  the 
city. 


— 342  — 


JOHN  BOEHMEN. 

Few  St.  Louis  musicians  and  music  teachers  can,  like  Mr. 
John  Boehmen,  look  back  upon  more  than  forty  years  of  unin- 
terrupted professional  activity  in  one  and  the  same  city.  Born 
in  the  vicinity  of  Bonn  on  the  Rhine  and  educated  in  the  schools 
of  that  city  he  was  onl}’  twenty  years  of  age  when  he  came  to 
St.  Louis  in  1859.  He  had  studied  music  from  boyhood  and 
with  good  result,  so  that  he  was  well  able  to  become  the 
leader  of  singing  societies  soon  after  his  arrival  in  our  midst. 
He  occupied  such  a position  simultaneously  in  the  St.  Louis 
SaengerBund,  the  Gruetli  Gesangverein  and  the  St.  Louis  Turn- 
verein  until  the  war  interrupted  the  existence  of  these  organiza- 
tions. It  was  his  good  fortune  to  receive  just  at  that  time  an 
engagement  as  music  teacher  at  the  St.  Louis  University 
(belter  known  as  the  Jesuit’s  College)  on  Ninth  street  and  Wash- 
ington avenue.  After  resigning  from  that  institution  he  became 
the  piano  teacher  at  the  College  of  the  Christian  Brothers  in 
1866  and  held  this  place  for  sixteen  years.  In  the  orchestra  of 
the  Philharmonic  Society,  the  best  musical  organization  this  city 
ever  possessed,  Mr.  Boehmen  played  the  oboe,  he  being  the 
only  one  who  could  handle  that  instrument  to  the  satisfaction  of 
that  great  conductor  and  composer,  E.  Sobolowski.  He  also 
belonged  to  Ernest  Spiering’s  orchestra,  became  Spiering’s  suc- 
cessor and  associated  himself  later  on  with  Felix  Saenger,  fur- 
nishing for  man}'  years  the  music  for  the  Germania  Club  and 
the  Liederdranz.  Mr.  Boehmen  is  a member  of  the  Choral  and 
Symphony  Society’s  Orchestra  where  he  plays  the  first  viola. 
All  of  this  shows  his  great  versatility.  As  a teacher  he  devotes 
himself  principally  to  the  piano  and  the  violin,  is  a very  conscien- 
tious instructor  and  has  always  a goodly  number  of  scholars, 
most  of  whom  receive  their  lessons  in  his  own  house,  1643  Texas 
avenue. 


LOUIS  CONRATH’S  COLLEGE  OF  MUSIC. 

Mr.  Louis  Conrath,  born  in  Sedalia,  Missouri,  on  July  30th j 
1868,  began  the  study  of  music  when  not  quite  twelve  years  old 
and  made  such  quick  and  remarkable  progress,  that  the  Conser- 


— 343  — 


vatory  at  Mayence  (Germany)  admitted  him  as  a pupil  in  1882 
and  after  devoting  a year  to  faithful  stud}’  he  left  that  institution 
and  went  to  Leipzig.  At  this  celebrated  center  of  musical  edu- 
cation he  studied  piano  under  the  renowned  Carl  Reinecke  and 
Oscar  Paul,  and  theory  and  composition  under  Jadassohn.  Four 
very  useful  years  were  thus  spent,  to  the  pupil’s  greatest  advan- 
tage, he  won  through  his  talent  and  untiring  application  the  un- 
limited praise  of  his  professors  and  the  first  prize  in  composition. 
The  splendid  musical  education  received  at  Leipzig  would  have 
satisfied  most  others  but  not  Mr.  Conrath,  and  he  devoted  two 
more  years  to  valuable  private  study  in  Europe.  Returning  to  his 
native  land,  he  located  in  St.  Louis  in  October,  1888,  where  he  soon 
gained  an  enviable  reputation  as  pianist  and  teacher  of  piano, 
harmony  and  composition,  appearing  with  great  success  in 
numerous  concerts.  Among  his  pupils  are  many  of  the  most 
talented  young  pianists  and  promising  musicians  of  this  city. 
Mr.  Conrath  is  the  author  of  many  compositions,  embracing 
piano  solos,  duets  and  songs ; of  these  the  most  prominent  larger 
works  are : two  Piano  Concertos,  a Violin  Concerto,  Sarabande 
and  Variations,  Grand  Duo  for  two  Pianos,  etc.  His  compo- 
sitions belong  to  the  modern  school  of  piano  literature,  are  so 
strikingly  original  in  melodic  invention,  and  so  admirably  finished 
in  their  harmonic  structure  and  elegance  of  form,  that  they  place 
their  author  in  the  foremost  rank  of  American  composers.  The 
well  appointed  rooms  of  the  College  are  at  3531  Olive  street. 

VICTOR  EHLING. 

Mr.  Victor  Ehling,  who  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  our  pianists 
and  piano  teachers,  was  born  in  Budapest,  Hungary,  in  1852, 
and  came  to  St.  Louis  with  his  parents  in  1865.  His  outspoken 
talent  and  inclination  for  music,  shown  in  earliest  childhood, 
were  soon  developed  by  home  instruction,  his  father  being  an 
experienced  musician  and  teacher  of  the  piano  and  flute.  Six 
more  years  were  devoted  to  continued  studies  by  the  young 
pianist,  who  in  1871  returned  to  Europe  where  he  entered  the 
Vienna  Conservatory  of  Music  ; he  studied  with  Professor  Backs 
and  with  such  excellent  success,  that  he  received  (in  1872)  the 


344  — 


first  prize  in  the  competitive  concert  for  his  pla3'ing  of  Rubin- 
stein’s D minor  concerts,  and  in  the  following  year  the  first  prize 
for  his  interpretation  of  Chopin’s  B minor  sonata.  Both  of  these 
honors  were  conferred  by  the  unanimous  vote  of  the  judges. 
Mr.  Ehling  then  graduated  with  the  highest  honors  and  received 
the  large  medal  from  “ Die  Gesellschaft  der  Musik  Freunde  in 
Wien  ” (Vienna  Society  of  the  Friends  of  Music).  His  services 
as  a teacher  were  immediately  in  demand,  and  he  not  long  after- 
ward became  one  of  the  teachers  in  “ Horak’s  Klavier-Schule,” 
the  largest  school  of  music  in  Vienna.  He  returned  to  St.  Louis 
in  1883  and  his  appearance  shortly  afterwards  at  one  of  the  con- 
certs of  the  St.  Louis  Musical  Union  gave  his  friends  and  the 
public  at  large  the  opportunity  of  judging  how  the  promise  of 
his  earlier  years  had  been  fulfilled.  From  1885  to  1892  he  was 
the  pianist  of  the  Mendelssohn  Quintet  Club  of  St.  Louis.  He  is 
considered  one  of  the  best  concert  pianists  and  his  achievements 
in  this  direction  have  earned  the  most  flattering  acknowledg- 
ments from  some  of  the  greatest  artists,  among  them  the  cele- 
brated master  Paderewski.  His  success  as  a teacher  has  been  re- 
markable and  his  services  are  eagerly  sought  after.  In  1894  he 
established  the  Victor  Ehling  College  of  Music,  corner  Grand 
avenue  and  Lindell  boulevard,  and  the  large  patronage  is  the 
best  evidence  of  its  merits. 

THE  BROTHERS  EPSTEIN. 

The  best  evidence  of  an  instructor’s  ability  lies  in  the  results 
of  his  teaching;  in  other  woids,  the  attainments  of  the  scholar 
are  the  truest  criterion  of  the  preceptor’s  work.  A teacher  of 
music  can,  of  course,  not  create  talent  where  this  gift  of  nature 
has  been  denied,  nor  can  he  produce  emotional  performing  by  a 
pupil  who  does  not  possess  the  fundament  necessary  for  it,  but 
the  experienced  and  efficient  instructor  can  and  will  develop  the 
material  in  his  hand  to  the  best  advantage,  and  will,  in  most 
cases,  be  able  to  awake  enthusiasm  for  the  art  in  the  student, 
and  thereby  lay  the  foundation  for  the  future  meritorious,  pro- 
fessional or  excelling  amateur.  With  these  remarks  we  refer  to 
and  preface  what  we  wish  to  say  about  the  Brothers  Marcus, 


— 345 


Abraham  and  Herman  Epstein.  An  often-used  American  phrase 
would  call  them  a powerful  team.  We  call  them  with  more 
appropriate  significance,  and  in  a manifold  sense  of  the  word,  a 
well-composed  trio  of  harmonious,  co-operation  and  effect. 
Chosing  music  as  their  life’s  vocation,  they  began  their  studies 
at  an  early  age,  and  the  promises  of  their  youth  were  fulfilled 
beyond  expectation.  Their  activity  in  the  realm  of  music  in 
our  midst  covers  almost  a quarter  of  a century,  and  this 
long  period  has  been  with  them  one  of  untiring,  diligent 
work.  Their  achievements  as  pianists  are  known  far  and  wide, 
their  results  as  instructors  have  drawn  students  from  the  entire 
west  to  the  Beethoven  Conservatory,  whose  directors  they  are 
and  whose  graduates  are  much  sought  as  teachers  and  performers. 
Aside  from  the  directors  themselves  a large  number  of  carefully 
selected  instructors  are  engaged  in  the  various  departments  of 
the  institution,  comprising  instruction  in  piano,  organ,  violin, 
cello,  flute,  cornet,  harp  and  other  instruments,  vocal  instruction, 
harmony,  counterpoint,  composition,  instrumentation  and  elocu- 
tion. The  three  gentlemen,  enthusiastically  devoted  to  their  art, 
have  gained  an  enviable  name  as  concert  players,  and  their  efforts 
for  the  promotion  of  music  and  the  taste  for  it  have  been  and  are 
duly  appreciated ; thousands  of  St.  Louisans  remember  with 
great  satisfaction  the  opera  preformanees  under  the  leadership  of 
Mr.  M.  Epstein  ; Mr.  Abe  Epstein  is  also  a splendid  organist 
and  admirable  accompanist,  in  which  capacity  he  has  earned  the 
unstinted  praise  from  some  of  the  greatest  singers ; the  amateur 
orchestra  organized  and  conducted  b\^  him  gives  great  pleasure 
to  the  always  large  audiences  ; Mr.  Herman  Epstein,  the  youngest 
brother,  who  spent  several  years  in  Europe  in  the  interest  of  his 
profession,  is  likewise  a brilliant  performer  and  successful  teacher. 
The  Conservatory,  located  at  Twenty-Third  and  Locust  streets, 
is  well  equipped  for  its  purposes  and  so  is  the  recently  opened 
branch  institution  in  the  new  Masonic  Building  (Odeon)  on 
Grand  and  Finney  avenues,  established  for  the  accommodation 
of  west  end  residents. 


346  — 


FREDRICK  FISCHER. 

Very  few  musiciaus  are  so  generally  known  in  the  musical 
circles  of  our  city  as  Mr.  Fred.  Fischer,  who  came  here  in  De- 
cember, 1886,  and  has  made  St.  Louis  his  home  ever  since.  He 
is  a native  of  Munich  (Bavaria),  where  he  was  born  in  1868. 
After  receiving  a good  education,  he  devoted  himself  to  the  study 
of  music  at  the  Royal  Academy  at  Munich,  and  graduated  with  the 
highest  honors  from  that  celebrated  musical  school.  Soon  after 
his  arrival  in  the  United  States  he  accepted  a call  from  St.  Louis 
to  become  a member  of  the  Musical  Union  and  Choral-Sym- 
phony Orchestra.  During  the  summer  of  1887  leader  of  the 
Kate  Beusberg  Opera  Company,  he  returned  for  the  winter  sea- 
son to  this  city  and  remained  here  until  1889,  whereupon  he 
received  an  engagement  as  musical  director  of  the  California 
Opera  Co.  One  of  the  most  interesting  episodes  in  his  career 
embraced  a period  of  two  years  (from  1890  to  1892),  during  which 
time  he  officiated  as  second  leader  and  chorus  master  of  the 
Emma  Juch  Grand  English  Opera  Company,  to  which  important 
and  responsible  position  he  was  chosen  by  Mr.  Adolph  Neuen- 
dorff,  the  famous  orchestra  leader  and  impresario.  He  returned 
to  our  city  in  1893,  and  was  two  years  later  appointed  second 
musical  director  of  the  Choral-Symphony  Society,  which  place 
he  has  held  ever  since.  He  is  at  the  same  time  organist  at 
the  Church  of  the  Messiah,  instructor  of  the  singing  section  of 
the  Central  Turnvereiu  and  teacher  of  the  piano  at  the  Strass- 
berger  Conservatory  of  Music.  In  all  these  various  capacities 
he  has  proven  a thorough  musician  in  theory  as  well  as  in  practice, 
conscientious  and  painstaking  and  above  all  full  of  great  enthu- 
siasm for  his  art.  He  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  our  musicians 
and  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation  among  the  profession  and  the 
public  at  large.  The  results  achieved  by  the  Choral-Symphony 
Orchestra  are  in  a great  measure  due  to  his  exertions,  his  untiring 
activity  and  the  inspiration  which  he  creates  in  others  especially 
for  classical  music.  In  spite  of  his  arduous  duties  he  has  found 
time  to  edit  instructions  for  piano  players,  to  revise  piano  music 
and  to  attend  to  the  orchestration  (instrumentation)  of  several 
operas  and  voluminous  music  works. 


— 347  — 


EGMONT  FROEHLICH. 

The  Stuttgart  Conservatory  of  Music  has  two  representatives 
in  our  midst,  the  brothers  Froehlich.  Mr.  Egmont  Froehlich, 
the  elder  brother,  was  in  1866  called  to  St.  Louis  as  successor  of 
Prof.  Sobolewski,  the  musical  director  of  tne  old  Philharmonic 
Society ; he  held  this  position  till  the  organization  ceased  to 
exist,  whereupon  he  became  Director  of  the  Arion  des  Westens 
and  in  1870  of  the  Liederkranz,  in  which  latter  capacity  he  re- 
mained for  thirty  years  and  he  was  twice,  in  1872  and  in  1888, 
leader  of  the  festivals  of  the  North  American  Saengerbund.  He 
also  was  for  many  years  the  musical  instructor  of  the  Normal 
and  High  School  and  is  acknowledged  to  be  one  of  the  best 
piano  teachers,  organists  and  chorus  leaders  in  the  city.  He 
is  now  exclusively  engaged  in  giving  private  lessons  and  resides 
at  1517  S.  Compton  avenue. 

CARL  FROEHLICH. 

Mr.  Carl  Froehlich  was  born  and  educated  in  Stuttgart,  one  of 
the  musical  centers  of  Europe,  and  the  seat  of  the  celebrated 
Royal  Conservatory  of  Music,  at  which  institution  he  devoted 
fully  seven  years  to  zealous  study  in  his  art.  He  came  to  St. 
Louis  in  1868,  and  soon  entered  upon  an  active  life,  not  only  as 
a teacher  of  the  piano  and  violoncello,  on  which  latter  instrument 
he  is  considered  one  of  the  best  performers  in  the  country,  but 
also  as  a vocal  teacher,  leader  and  church  and  oratorio  singer, 
being  in  possession  of  a splendid  basso  voice.  He  was  for  eight 
years  a member  of  the  choir  of  the  Church  of  the  Messiah,  during 
six  years  in  the  First  Presbyterian  and  afterwards  in  the  St. 
George’s  Episcopal  Church.  His  career  as  a leader  of  singing 
societies  is  a remarkable  one ; he  was  musical  director  of  the 
Orpheus  from  1870  to  1874,  of  the  Arion  des  Westens  between 
1874  and  1876,  afterwards  for  some  time  with  the  Chouteau 
Valley  Mannerchor.  The  Sociale  Saengerchor  achieved  its 
greatest  success  during  the  years  in  which  Mr.  Froehlich  had 
charge  of  it  (from  1884  to  1889).  He  resigned  this  position  and 
went  in  1889  to  Stuttgart,  where  he  remained  for  several  years, 


— 348  — 


returning  to  this  city  in  1893.  Since  then  he  has  devoted  himself 
again  to  his  profession,  in  which  he  undoubtedly  stands  in  the 
front  rank.  He  was  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Quintette  Club 
and  its  manager  from  1894  to  1899,  in  which  year  this  worthy 
musical  organization  ceased  to  exist  for  want  of  support.  Carl 
Froehlich  is  a thorough  musician,  full  of  enthuisasm  for  and 
ardently  devoted  to  his  vocation  and  so  is  in  fact  his  family,  Mrs. 
Froehlich  being  a well-known  teacher  of  singing  and  one  of  his 
sons.  Max  Froehlich,  an  excellent  cello-player,  in  which  capacity 
he  has  for  years  been  a member  of  Van  der  Stucken’s 
orchestra  in  Cincinnati.  Residence  and  instruction  rooms  of  Mr. 
Froehlich  are  at  1026  Morrison  avenue. 

FRANK  GECKS. 

This  name  has  been  a household  word  among  the  musical 
world  of  St.  Louis  for  more  than  half  a century  from  the  fact, 
that  father  and  son  both  bearing  the  same  name  were  foremost 
in  the  development  and  promotion  of  their  art.  Geeks,  Senior, 
had  come  here,  when  the  musical  life  of  St.  Louis  was  in  its 
infancy,  and  only  one  orchestra  worth  that  name  was  in  exist- 
ence ; he  played  almost  every  instrument,  but  especially  the 
violin  and  contrabass  and  was  considered  a master  on  the  latter, 
a member  of  the  Polyhymnia  and  the  Philharmonic  orchestra  and 
for  over  thirty  years  at  the  head  of  the  musical  department  of  the 
Christian  Brothers  College.  Frank  Geeks,  Junior,  born  in  this 
city  in  1865,  received  his  education  at  the  aforesaid  college, 
graduated  as  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  1882  and  was  two  }mars  later 
the  recipient  of  an  honorary  diploma  as  Master  of  Arts.  His 
early  musical  training  was  given  him  by  his  father  and  afterward 
by  some  of  our  best  local  teachers.  He  began  his  professional 
career  in  1881  as  first  violinist  in  the  Grand  Orchestra  and  went 
in  1886  to  Europe,  where  he  devoted  two  years  to  studies  at  the 
Leipzig  Conservatory  with  Professors  Hermann  and  Brodsky 
(violin)  and  Jadassohn  (counterpoint  and  composition).  After 
his  return  he  became  his  father’s  assistant  at  the  college  and 
upon  the  latter’s  death,  in  1896,  bis  successor,  which  important 
position  he  has  held  ever  since.  He  is  a very  successful  teacher 


— 349  — 


and  has  for  years  been  the  concert  master  of  the  Symphony 
Orchestra.  His  private  pupils  are  instructed  by  him  at  his 
residence,  2212  Hickory  street. 

LOUIS  HAMMERSTEIN. 

Mr.  Louis  Hammerstein  is  a native  of  this  city  and  received  his 
first  musical  training  at  the  early  age  of  nine  years  from  Professor 
Rauchholtz,  a well  known  piano  teacher  in  his  time ; his  next 
teacher  was  Prof.  Franz  Boehmen,  with  whom  he  studied  until  his 
sixteenth  year,  whereupon  he  continued  his  studies  under  Prof. 
Lawitzky  till  the  latter’s  death.  His  career  as  a piano  teacher, 
concert  player  and  organist  has  been  of  marked  success  and  he 
is  considered  one  of  the  best  accompanists  and  sight  readers  in 
our  midst.  Mr.  Hammerstein  has  gained  an  enviable  reputation 
as  a painstaking  teacher  and  likewise  as  a choir  leader  and  organ- 
ist, in  which  latter  capacity  he  first  served  at  the  Centenary 
Methodist  Church  (1881-1882)  and  then  was  called  to  Dr. 
Niccoll’s  Church,  where  he  remained  for  ten  years  up  to  1893. 
After  a brief  intermission  he  accepted  an  engagement  at  the 
Lafayette  Park  Presbyterian  Church  where  he  officiated  until 
May,  1896,  when  the  church  was  nearly  destroyed  by  the  cyclone. 
Since  October  1st,  1896,  he  has  been  organist  of  the  First  Presby- 
terian Church.  Aside  of  his  numerous  private  pupils  he  has  taught 
at  the  Sacred  Heart  Convent  for  fifteen  years  and  has  given  recitals 
and  instruction  at  the  summer  music  schools  of  Shelby,  Youngs- 
town, Newark  and  Uhrichsville,  Ohio.  It  may  also  be  mentioned 
that  he  has  been  the  pianist  at  the  Philharmonic  Quintette  Club  dur- 
ing the  existence  of  this  organization.  The  subject  of  this  brief 
sketch  comes  from  a musical  family,  which  is  at  the  same  time 
one  of  the  oldest  and  most  respected  of  this  city ; his  father  is 
an  amateur  flute  player  and  his  uncle  was  a member  of  the  Poly- 
hymnia, the  first  musical  society  formed  here  some  fifty  years  ago  ; 
another  uncle  belonged  to  the  orchestra  of  the  old  St.  Louis 
Theater  on  Pine  street.  Mr.  Louis  Hammerstein  is  well  known 
not  only  in  musical  circles,  but  also  in  society,  is  always  wel- 
come wherever  he  makes  his  appearance,  and  a great  favorite 
among  his  host  of  friends,  Americans  as  well  as  Germans.  His 
residence  and  studio  is  at  2346  Albion  Place. 


— 350  — 


GEORGE  HEERICH. 

When,  in  the  middle  of  the  sixties,  George  Heerich,  then  a 
youth  in  his  teens,  arrived  in  this  city  from  Germany,  the 
late  lamented  August  Waldauer  had  for  years  been  giving  glow- 
ing recitals  of  his  artistic  triumphs  in  bygone  days,  notably  of 
his  tourneys  with  Jenny  Lind,  of  the  friendly  rivalry  engendered 
between  them,  and  of  the  trophies  he  had  snatched  from 
the  conquests  of  the  great  songstress.  As  the  city  bad  at  that 
time  no  solo  violinist  of  distinction  its  music  lovers  had  to  con- 
tent themselves  with  the  sporadic  appearances  of  visiting  artists 
and  the  perusal  of  local  newspaper  articles,  which  appeared  with 
regularity  and  frequency,  extolling  the  wonderful  feats  in  the 
remote  past  of  a domestic  violinist  long  ago  placed  on  the  retired 
list.  When,  soon  after  this  time,  Mr.  George  Heerich  made  his 
debut  as  a violin  soloist,  the  reception  accorded  him  was  most 
flattering,  as  discerning  audiences  were  not  slow  to  recognize  the 
many  admirable  qualities  of  his  playing,  and  appreciated 
no  less  his  warm,  broad  tone,  his  great  skill  of  execution, 
than  the  noble  style  and  emotional  quality  of  his  delivery. 
In  all  the  time  of  Mr.  Heerich’s  career  as  an  artist 
his  aims  were  the  highest,  his  contributions  to  the  many 
concerts  in  which  he  took  part  were  models  of  a refined 
selection,  never  exhibiting  the  desire  to  bribe  by  concessions  to 
vulgar  taste.  Not  less  beneficial  was  Mr.  Heerich’s  activity  as 
a teacher ; the  many  students  who  enjoyed  the  privilege  of  his 
tuition  all  testify  to  his  painstaking  care  and  intelligent  guidance, 
and  there  are  not  a few  young  artists  whose  high  pr’oficiency  pro- 
claims the  superiority  of  their  teacher’s  method  and  skill.  If 
to-day  the  taxing  duties  of  a teacher’s  life  leave  Mr.  Heerich  no 
time  for  solo  work,  and  his  onerous  vocation,  not  promotive  of 
composure  and  concentration  of  mind,  indispensable  conditions 
for  a soloist’s  success,  has  neccessitated  his  withdrawal  from  the 
concert  stage,  there  remains  the  assurance  that  his  work  will  be 
taken  by  the  younger  generation,  qualified  for  the  task  by  their 
teacher’s  instruction  and  emulated  by  his  example.  Mr.  Heerich’s 
studio  is  at  1926  Louisiana  avenue  in  the  district  known  as 
Compton  Heights. 


351  — 


ALEXANDER  HENNEMAN. 

Mr.  Alexander  Henneman,  the  proprietor  and  director  of  the 
vocal  college  which  bears  his  name,  received  his  musical  educa- 
tion in  the  different  capitals  of  Europe  in  which  he  chose  the 
most  eminent  specialists  in  their  respective  lines  as  his  in- 
structors ; in  this  way  he  became  a graduate  of  the  Royal  Acad- 
emy of  Music  at  Munich  (Germany),  and  a voice  pupil  and 
accompanist  of  the  celebrated  Professor  Sbriglia  in  Paris. 
These  studies  would  have  sufficiently  enabled  him  to  follow  his 
vocation  as  vocal  performer  and  teacher  of  singing  with  all  de- 
sirable success,  but  his  ambition  and  purposes  caused  him  to  go 
to  Europe  a second  time  for  additional  studies  with  some  of  the 
most  eminent  authorities.  Thus  equipped  with  a thorough  knowl- 
edge of  voice  culture,  theoretical  as  well  as  practical,  he  began 
his  career  with  the  determination  to  give  his  pupils  the  best  possi- 
ble instructions  in  all  the  details  of  the  .art  of  singing  and  the 
complete  training  which  would  fit  them  for  the  positions  of 
church,  concert  and  opera  singers.  With  this  view  the  vocal 
college,  located  at  3723  Olive  street,  was  established  by  him  a 
few  years  after  his  second  return  from  the  other  side  of 
the  Atlantic.  The  building  erected  by  him,  in  accordance 
with  his  own  plans,  includes  a hall,  serving  as  the 
study  of  the  director,  wherein  all  the  lessons  and  recitals 
are  given.  It  contains  a stage,  auditorium  and  balcony,  and 
has  a seating  capacity  of  250  persons ; the  acoustics  are 
wonderfully  perfect.  The  four  styles  of  recitals  given 
at  the  Henneman  Vocal  College:  General  Recital,  Advanced 
Pupils  Recital,  Soloist  Recital,  and  Recital  in  Costume,  of  which 
three  of  each  are  given  every  year,  have  proven  to  be,  not  alone 
a great  incentive  to  the  pupils  to  advance  from  a lower  to  a 
higher  grade,  but  have  given  them  a practical  experience  of  the 
demands  of  public  appearance  that  are  of  inestimable  value,  one 
of  their  results  being  that  they  prevent  and  protect  against  stage 
fever,  which  otherwise  might  not  be  overcome  in  many  cases. 
The  demands  of  such  an  institution  on  the  ability  of  the  director 
are  great  and  manifold.  However,  Mr.  Henneman ’s  training  as 


— 352  — 


Singer,  Pianist,  Cellist,  Conductor,  Composer,  Lecturer  and 
Journalist,  coupled  with  his  stage  experience,  enables  him  to 
conduct  this  work  successfully.  Gifted  with  rare  foresight,  Mr. 
Henneman  specialized  his  school,  for  the  needs  of  the  singer,  and 
all  efforts  are  directed  to  those  branches  that  are  necessary  for 
the  thorough  training  of  the  vocal  artist  in  all  fields.  Voice  cul- 
ture, artistic  singing,  sight-singing  and  ear-training,  stage 
practice,  harmony  and  composition  and  accompanying  — these 
are  taught,  and  with  what  splendid  success  is  known  far  and  wide 
since  many  years.  Director  Henneman  is  a musician  of  national 
reputation,  whose  talents  and  abilities  eminently  fit  him  to  be  the 
head  of  such  an  institution.  He  is  also  director  of  a choir  of 
fifty  voices  at  St.  Francis  Xavier’s  (College)  Church  and  director 
of  the  Henneman  Ladies’  Quartette,  an  organization  originally 
composed  of  four  of  his  pupils,  whose  artistic  work  has  received 
so  many  favorable  press  notices  and  the  praise  of  connoisseurs 
wherever  they  have  appeared.  His  text  book  on  Sight-Singing 
and  Ear-Training  has  proved  to  be  one  of  the  most  successful 
works  on  a musical  subject.  The  matter  is  treated  in  a very 
original  manner  and  the  results  in  treating  have  been  such  as  to 
commend  the  work  at  once  to  musicians.  Mr.  Henneman’s  “ 100 
Celebrated  Exercises,”  a compilation  of  the  daily  exercises  of 
famous  singers,  past  and  present,  a work  he  has  labored  on  for 
over  eight  years,  is  becoming  a standard  book  for  the  voice 
pupil. 


MADAME  WILHELMINE  RUNGE-JANCKE. 

This  lady  occupies  a prominent  position  among  the  teachers  of 
the  vocal  art  in  our  city.  Madame  Runge-Jancke  is  a native  of 
St.  Petersburg  and  received  her  first  musical  training  in  the  Rus- 
sian capital,  which  is  so  justly  celebrated  for  its  refined  musical 
taste  and  the  patronage  bestowed  upon  art  and  artists.  After 
leaving  St.  Petersburg  more  than  four  years  were  spent  by  her  in 
Berlin  in  the  continuation  of  her  studies  with  some  of  the  great 
professors  of  music,  of  which  the  capital  of  Germany  is  so  very 
rich.  Prof.  Gustave  Engel,  Royal  Director  of  Music,  was  her 
principal  teacher,  and  she  came  fully  equipped  for  her  vocation  to 


— 353  — 


the  United  States  where  she  flrst  appeared  in  concerts  in  New 
York  City  ; she  resided  there  for  several  years  and  then  came  to 
St.  Louis,  making  this  city  her  home  and  the  field  of  her  activity. 
Madame  Runge-Jaucke  instructs  not  only  singing,  but  also  piano 
playing  and  many  of  her  pupils  give  evidence  of  the  excellent 
training  received  from  her ; she  is  furthermore  a linguist  of  supe- 
rior merit  and  teaches  French,  Italian,  Spanish,  English,  German 
and  Russian.  She  used  to  be  the  vocal  teacher  of  the  Forest  Park 
University  and  the  Mary  Institute,  now  holds  the  same  position  at 
Hosmer  Hall  and  has  a large  number  of  private  pupils,  who  receive 
their  lessons  in  her  studio.  Room  O in  the  Odeon.  Being  an  en- 
thusiast for  her  art  she  devotes  several  hours  per  week  to  the 
musical  department  of  the  Insane  Asylum,  music  being  considered 
one  of  the  most  important  and  successful  auxiliaries  in  the  treat- 
ment of  these  unfortunate  human  beings. 

E.  R.  KROEGER. 

Where  there  is  a will  there  is  a way  — this  old  proverb  is  clearly 
exemplified  by  Richard  Ernest  Kroeger,  the  well-known  music 
teacher  and  composer.  Two  noteworthy  circumstances  in  his 
career  attract  particular  attention : the  first  is,  that  he  received 
his  entire  musical  education  at  home,  the  second  is,  that  in  spite 
of  adverse  conditions  persistence  brought  success.  Beginning 
his  studies  at  an  early  age  circumstances  compelled  a cessation 
of  active  musical  life  for  eight  years.  The  time  when  he 
naturally  would  have  been  expected  to  be  doing  his  severest  work 
at  some  school  of  music,  or  under  some  first-class  instructor,  was 
put  in  as  a clerk  in  a mercantile  house.  The  interruption  ended 
with  a return  to  his  musical  career  in  his  twenty-third  year.  He 
is  of  mixed  German  and  English  parentage  ; his  father,  Adolph 
E.  Kroeger,  was  a native  of  Schleswig-Holstein,  and  the  son  of  a 
Lutheran  clergyman,  whose  liberal  political  views  brought  him  to 
this  country  in  1849.  His  mother  was  born  in  Richmond,  En- 
gland. The  father  of  Mr.  Adolph  Kroeger  died  in  Daven- 
port in  1857,  whereupon  his  son  came  to  St.  Louis,  to 
make  this  city  his  home.  He  was  a profound  scholar  and 
his  translations  into  English  of  German  philosophical  works, 
23k 


— 354  — 


particularly  those  of  Fichte,  are  considered  the  best  in 
existence.  His  work  “ The  Minnesingers  of  Germany  ” (Trans- 
lations of  poems  by  the  most  noted  of  those  poet  knight-errants) 
won  a very  high  reputation.  His  writings  on  social  and  political 
topics  also  received  wide  attention,  likewise  his  essays  on  musi- 
cal subjects.  He  died  in  1882,  when  only  forty-four  years  old, 
but  not  until  he  had  seen  his  son’s  early  promise  begin  to  turn  to 
splendid  results.  E.  R.  Kroeger  was  born  at  St.  Louis  in  1862  ; 
his  lessons  in  music  began  with  his  fifth  year,  and  were  given  him 
by  his  father ; they  were  followed  by  violin  lessons  fi’om  Ernst 
Spiering,  and  he  was  only  ten  years  of  age  when  he  wrote  his 
first  composition.  After  attending  the  public  schools  for  seven 
years,  he  entered  mercantile  life,  in  the  meantime  spending 
every  spare  hour  in  the  study  of  music  and  composition.  His 
father’s  death  placed  upon  him  the  duty  to  support  the  family, 
and  he  hesitated  to  abandon  a fixed  salary  for  the  uncertainties 
of  a musician’s  profession ; he  yielded  at  last,  however,  to  the 
advice  of  friends,  and  dropped  the  business  man  entirely  for 
the  artist.  Since  that  time  he  has  been  conspicuously  before  the 
public  as  composer,  pianist,  organist,  conductor,  instructor,  lec- 
turer, and  writer  on  musical  topics.  As  a composer  he  has 
gained  an  international  reputation ; his  pianoforte  pieces  and 
songs  were  soon  in  such  a demand  that  the  leading  publishing 
houses  in  the  country  began  to  issue  his  works ; in  1895  the  great 
firm  of  Breitkopf  & Haertel,  in  Leipsic,  published  his  twelve  con- 
cert studios,  for  the  pianoforte,  and  has  since  issued  a great 
number  of  Mr.  Kroeger’ s compositions  for  pianoforte,  violin 
and  piano,  and  for  cello  and  piano.  Mr.  Kroeger  has  wi-itten 
extensively  for  orchestra;  his  works  in  this  direction  have 
earned  the  praise  of  the  highest  authorities,  and  some  of  them 
have  been  rendered  by  the  Thomas,  Seidl  and  St.  Louis  Sym- 
phony orchestras.  In  chamber  music  he  has  written  considerably 
also,  and  his  quartette  in  D minor  for  pianoforte,  violin,  viola 
and  violoncello  was  the  first  composition  which  gave  him  national 
fame.  As  a pianist,  Mr.  Kroeger  has  achieved  almost  an  equal 
reputation  to  that  of  a composer.  The  New  York  Musical 
Courier  said  of  him:  “In  his  recitals  during  the  past  five  years 
Mr.  Kroeger  has  played  upward  of  300  standard  compositions 


— 355  — 


from  memory.  His  repertoire  is  one  of  the  most  extensive  of 
any  pianist  before  the  public  and  includes  all  schools  of  piano 
composition.  Mr.  Kroeger’s  interpretation  is  broadly  intellec- 
tual ; he  is  keenly  analytical  in  his  playing,  especially  in  his 
astonishingly  clear  treatment  of  polyphony ; his  technic  is  brill- 
iant and  easy,  but  never  displayed  at  the  expense  of  the  poetic 
and  emotional  side  of  his  work.”  As  an  organist  he  has  been 
connected  with  some  of  the  most  prominent  churches  in  St.  Louis 
ever  since  he  was  fifteen  years  old.  As  a conductor,  Mr. 
Kroeger  had  charge  of  the  musical  productions  of  the  McCul- 
lough Dramatic  Club  for  a long  time ; he  also  directed  the 
Amphion  Male  Chorus  and  the  Morning  Choral  Club  (a  ladies’ 
chorus  of  sixty  voices)  for  eight  seasons.  This  organization 
has  achieved  a reputation  second  to  none  in  the  United  States  for 
merit  in  its  peculiar  sphere.  As  an  instructor  he  has  met  with 
unusual  success.  His  private  work  has  been  very  extensive, 
and  his  position  as  director  of  the  College  of  Music  in 
the  Forest  Park  University  for  women  has  been  means 
of  his  creating  one  of  the  most  successful  schools  of 
music  in  the  West.  Hundreds  of  young  ladies  from  many  States 
have  come  under  his  personal  instruction  in  this  institution.  As 
a lecturer  and  writer  on  musical  topics,  Mr.  Kroeger  has  been 
extremely  successful ; his  lecture  recitals  on  the  Wagner  music 
dramas,  and  other  great  composers  of  pianoforte  music,  have 
been  met  with  much  favor  and  his  articles  on  musical  subjects 
in  some  of  the  best  musical  journals  have  given  him  quite  a 
high  position  as  an  authority  in  this  field.  In  1895  the  Music 
Teachers  National  Association  held  its  annual  convention  at  St. 
Louis,  Mr.  Kroeger  was  the  chairman  of  the  executive  commit- 
tee ; the  manner  in  which  he  fulfilled  his  duties  so  met  with  th& 
favor  of  the  delegates,  that  he  was  unanimously  elected  president, 
of  the  association  and  presided  over  the  convention  the  follow- 
ing year  in  Denver.  He  was  also  elected  president  of  the  Mis- 
souri State  Music  Teachers’  Association  in  1897  and  fe-electedi 
in  1898.  For  the  past  two  years,  he  has  officiated  as  adjudi- 
cator of  the  Annual  Musical  Festival  which  takes  place  at  Hutchi- 
son, Kans.  Mr.  Kroeger’s  family  residence  is  at  Webster  Park, 
one  of  the  most  charming  suburbs  of  St.  Louis,  and  his  studio 
is  in  the  Odeon,  on  Grand  and  Finney  avenues- 


— 356  — 


CHAS.  KUNKEL. 

The  arrival  of  Chas.  and  Jacob  Kunkel  (in  1869)  gave  a fresh 
impetus  to  our  musical  life ; they  soon  became  the  center  of 
attraction  as  concert  players  and  especially  as  duo  performers 
on  two  pianos  in  which  capacity  they  received  the  highest  praise 
from  authorities  like  Rubinstein,  Madame  Essipoff  and  others. 
Mr.  Jacob  Kunkel  died  in  1881,  much  too  soon  for  his  art  and 
his  friends.  Mr.  Chas.  Kunkel  stands  at  the  head  of  the  Kunkel 
Conservatory  and  his  achievements  on  the  musical  field  are  known 
far  beyond  St.  Louis ; they  are  best  signified  by  pointing  to  his 
fourfold  capacity  as  instructor,  performer,  composer  and  pub- 
lisher and  in  addition  to  these  as  the  organizer  of  popular  con- 
certs. He  is  an  ardent,  enthusiastic  musician  and  has  done  much 
to  promote  the  art  in  our  midst. 


WILLIAM  LANGE, 
TEACHER  OF  MUSIC 
Musical  Director  of  the 

SOCIALER  SAENGEECHOR, 

SOUTH  ST.  LOUIS  BUNDESCHOR, 

ROCK  SPRING  SAENGERBUND 
AND  HARMONIE  MAENNERCHOR. 

Residence  and  Studio, 

1126  St.  Ange  Ave. 


— 357  — 


VICTOR  LICHTENSTEIN. 

Young  in  years,  but  highly  proficient  in  his  art  — with  these 
works  we  refer  to  Mr.  Victor  Lichtenstein,  the  violinist  and  violin 
teacher.  He  is  a native  of  our  city,  where  he  was  born  in  1872  ; 
his  musical  instruction  began  at  an  early  age  by  the  best  local 
teachers  and  continued  until  his  seventeenth  year.  After  a 
period  of  industrious  work  as  a teacher  he  went  to  Leipsic  and 
entered  the  Conservatory  of  Music  as  a pupil  of  Hans  Sitt,  one  of 
the  greatest  composers  and  violinists  of  the  present  day,  as  whose 
assistant  he  acted  for  a considerable  time,  playing  first  violin 
in  the  Conservatory  concerts  and  from  1895  to  1896  in  those  of 
the  Gewand  House  under  the  celebrated  Kapellmeister,  Arthur 
Nikisch.  Leaving  Leipsic,  he  proceeded  to  Brussels,  where  he 
continued  his  orchestral  practice  under  Ysaye  and  Dupont  and 
studied  the  Belgian  school  of  violin  playing,  with  Marchat,  Ysaye 
and  Thomson.  Since  his  return  to  St.  Louis  he  has  obtained  an 
enviable  reputation  as  violin  teacher  and  as  viola  soloist  of  the 
Choral-Symphony  Society ; he  is  pursuing  his  practical  work  as 
an  orchestral  player.  The  string  orchestra  formed  by  his  pupils 
and  strengthened  by  the  best  local  professional  talent  has  done 
excellent  work  and  won  the  praise  of  all  connoisseurs.  Mr. 
Lichtenstein’s  repertoire  embraces  the  great  classical  sonatas  of 
J.  S.  Bach,  the  modern  compositions  of  Rubinstein,  Grieg  and 
Brahms,  the  concertos  of  Spohr,  Wieniawski,  Vieuxtemps, 
Tschaskowsky,  Max  Bruch,  Saint-Saens  and  virtuouso  pieces  of 
Sarasate,  Hulay,  Miszka  Hauser  and  others.  His  instruction 
rooms  are  in  the  Odeon  and  in  Lindenwood  College  (St. 
Charles)  in  which  institution  he  officiates  as  professor  of  violin. 

OTTOMAR  A.  MOLL. 

Mr.  Ottomar  Alexander  Moll  hails  from  a well-known  family 
of  Lebanon  in  our  neighboring  State  of  Illinois,  and  came  to 
St.  Louis  when  a mere  child,  and  after  receiving  an  excellent 
education,  he  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  music,  first  under 
Charles  Kunkel  and  E.  R.  Kroeger  and  afterwards  with  Dr. 
Robert  Goldbeck  in  Chicago.  During  his  stay  in  the  latter  city. 


— 358  — 


from  1893  to  1895,  he  played  in  concerts  at  Kimball  Hall  and  it 
may  not  be  out  of  place  to  reprint  here  what  tlie  Chicago  Tele- 
graph  said  of  his  playing.  It  reads  as  follows  : “ Dr.  Goldbeck, 

the  eminent  pianist  and  composer,  gave  a concert  at  Kimball 
Hall  Thursday.  He  introduced  on  this  occasion  one  of  his 
pupils,  Ottomar  A.  Moll,  a youth  of  sixteen  who  has  been 
studying  with  him  for  two  years.  Young  Moll’s  numbers  were 
Schubert’s  A-liat  Impromptu,  given  with  delicacy  of  touch  and 
remarkable  feeling.  Liszt’s  brilliant  arrangement  of  the  Sex- 
tette from  Lucia  played  with  the  fire  and  dash  befitting  the 
work.  To  the  unanimous  encore  he  responded  with  the  Chopin 
Nocturne  in  B flat,  which  showed  fine  technique.”  After  his 
return  to  our  city  he  established  himself  as  a teacher  of  piano 
and  harmony  and  has  met  with  well-deserved  success,  as  shown 
by  many  of  his  pupils’  performances.  Mr.  Moll  is  a very 
conscientious  teacher  and  takes  great  care  as  an  instructor,  be- 
ing at  the  same  time  a performer  of  considerable  merit’.  He 
was  the  sole  pianist  in  one  of  the  concerts  of  the  St.  Louis 
Symphony  Orchestra  (at  Music  Hall,  March  22d,  1897)  and 
was  the  recipient  of  enthusiastic  applause  from  the  audience 
and  of  the  most  favorable  notices  by  the  public  press.  He  is 
the  director  of  the  Eubinstein  Club,  a well-known  musical 
organization.  Mr.  Moll’s  studio  is  at  3723  Olive  street,  easily 
accessible  from  all  parts  of  the  city. 

HOMER  MOORE. 

Mr.  Homer  Moore,  the  subject  of  this  sketch,  was  born  in  the 
western  part  of  New  York  State  in  the  spring  of  1863.  He 
received  the  ordinary  schooling,  including  a course  of  special 
study  in  the  Kansas  State  University.  As  a boy  he  possessed  an 
unusually  clear  and  sympathetic  mezzo-soprano  voice,  and  was 
continually  singing  for  friends  and  small  entertainments.  When 
eight  years  of  age  his  musical  education  was  begun  with  a course 
of  lessons  on  a reed  organ,  an  instrument  that  never  appealed 
with  any  particular  force  in  his  musical  taste.  Shortly  before  he 
was  sixteen  he  began  the  systematic  cultivation  of  his  voice,  and 
before  passing  his  seventeenth  birthday  had  charge  of  the  music 


— 359  — 


of  the  First  Methodist  Church  at  Erie,  Pa.,  the  most  ambitious 
church  in  the  city  in  regard  to  its  music.  After  a year  in  Erie 
he  persuaded  his  father  to  send  him  to  Boston  to  take  a thorough 
musical  course  in  the  New  England  Conservatory.  There  he 
studied  with  Geo.  W.  Chadwick,  Stephen  Emery,  Louis  C. 
Elson,  Wm.  E.  Apthorp,  John  Buckingham,  J.  H.  Wheeler,  Carl 
Zerahn,  etc.,  tone  production  and  singing,  harmony  and  counter- 
point, composition,  orchestration,  musical  theory,  piano,  pipe 
organ,  the  Delsarte  system  of  dramatic  action,  conducting,  and 
modern  languages.  During  his  two  years  sojourn  in  Boston  Mr. 
Moore  appeared  frequently  at  the  Conservatory  concerts,  and  at 
the  close  of  his  course  of  study  gave  one  of  the  best  recitals  in 
the  history  of  the  institution.  While  yet  a pupil  of  the  Conserv- 
atory Mr.  Moore  gave  the  first  singing  lessons  ever  given  at  the 
Chautauqua,  N.  Y.,  Assembly,  and  appeared  as  one  of  the  prin- 
cipal soloists  at  the  Amphitheater  concerts  under  the  direction  of 
the  late  Wm.  F.  Sherwin.  In  1882  Mr.  Moore  settled  in  Colum- 
bus, where  he  remained  as  a teacher  for  two  years,  having  charge 
of  the  music  in  the  Trinity  Episcopal  Church.  From  Columbus 
he  went  to  Chicago,  taking  a position  of  baritone  in  the  choir  of 
the  Sinai  Tabernacle,  of  which  Dr.  Emil  Hirsch  was  then,  as 
now,  rabbi.  After  a year  with  Dr.  Hirsch,  Mr.  Moore  went  to 
“ Swing’s  Church,”  in  Central  Music  Hall,  where  Prof.  David 
Swing  preached  to  a congregation  of  from  two  to  three 
thousand  people  every  Sunday  morning,  among  whom  were  the 
Fields,  Pullmans,  Palmers,  Gages,  etc.,  to  whom  the  greatness 
of  Chicago  is  very  largely  due.  Mr.  Moore  continued  at  Prof. 
Swing’s  Church  for  three  years,  excepting  for  a few  months 
spent  in  New  York  as  a member  of  the  first  American  Opera 
Company  organized  by  Mrs.  Thurber  and  conducted  by  Theo. 
Thomas.  In  1889  Mr.  Moore  went  to  Cleveland,  where  he 
remained  one  year  as  a teacher  of  singing.  In  1890  he  went  to 
Europe,  located  in  Munich  and  remained  a year  devoting  him- 
self almost  exclusively  to  the  study  of  the  Wagner  Music 
Dramas.  While  in  Munich  he  prepared  a series  of  lectures  on 
these  works  and  procured  a collection  of  stereopticon  views 
representing  the  scenes  and  characters  of  the  dramas,  which  is 
probably  not  equaled  anywhere  in  the  world.  In  1892  he  re- 


— 360 


turned  to  this  country  and  made  a tour  of  all  the  principal 
Chautauqua  Assemblies,  giving  these  illustrated  lectures  to  vast 
multitudes,  a large  proportion  of  which  had  never  heard  a 
Wagner  opera.  At  the  close  of  the  season  Mr.  Moore  settled  in 
Pittsburg  where  he  remained  for  three  years  teaching  singing, 
and  giving  concerts.  While  in  Pittsburg  Mr.  Moore  frequently 
averaged  one  hundred  and  twenty  lessons  a week  with  a waiting  list 
of  fifteen  or  more  applicants  for  whom  he  could  find  no  time 
for  lessons.  Mr.  Moore  next  settled  in  New  York,  teaching  sing- 
ing and  continuing  his  work  on  the  Wagner  music  dramas  with 
that  great  conductor,  Anton  Seidl. 

When  the  Trans-Mississippi  Exposition  was  projected  Mr. 
Moore  went  to  Omaha  and  organized  what  was  known  as  the 
“ National  Congress  of  Musicians,”  which  was  the  greatest  con- 
vention of  the  really  great  musicians  of  the  country  that  ever  took 
place  west  of  Chicago.  In  the  spring  of  1898  Mr.  Moore  came 
to  St.  Louis  as  soloist  for  the  Apollo  Club  and  in  the  autumn  of 
the  same  year  came  here  to  reside,  taking  the  position  of  music 
critic  for  the  Globe- Democrat  and  opening  a studio  in  the  Odeon. 
His  workontheGZohe-Democmi  commenced  a new  epoch  in  the  musi- 
cal criticism  in  this  city  and  brought  about  the  erecting  of  the  Odeon 
Building,  and  a reorganization  of  the  Choral-Symphony  Society. 
During  the  season  of  1899-1900  Mr.  Moore  managed  this  society 
and  Odeon  Building.  During  the  last  year  he  has  devoted  himself 
almost  entirely  to  teaching  singing  and  has  developed  an  unusally 
large  and  talented  class  of  pupils.  His  studio  is  one  of  the  largest 
and  finest  in  the  country,  the  teaching  room  being  over  fifty  feet 
long,  decorated  with  pictures  and  a magnificent  library  which  in- 
cludes more  than  a hundred  opera  scores,  as  many  oratorois, 
numerous  orchestral  scores,  including  that  gigantic  work,  the 
“ Nibelungen  Trilogy  ” by  Wagner.  For  the  last  two  years  Mr. 
Moore  had  charge  of  the  music  at  the  First  Presbyterian  Church, 
where,  in  connection  with  the  quartet  choir  and  organ,  he  uses 
the  violin  and  harp  in  the  accompaniments  to  the  choir  pieces  and 
for  the  instrumental  offertories.  In  this  connection  he  has  writ- 
ten harp  and  violin  parts  for  over  one  hundred  anthems,  solos, 
etc.  Since  his  arrival  in  St.  Louis,  Mr.  Moore  has  taken  an  active 
part  in  everything  that  has  been  to  the  advantage  of  the  music  of 


— 361  — 


the  city,  and  without  doubt  deserves  all  the  credit  accorded  him 
for  the  new  life  which  has  been  felt  in  musical  matters  since  he 
took  up  bis  residence  here. 

PAUL  MORI. 

Mr.  Paul  Mori  began  to  receive  musical  instruction  when  only 
four  years  of  age,  by  his  parents,  his  father  being  a good  tenor 
and  teacher  of  singing  and  his  mother  one  or  the  best  oratorio 
altos  in  the  city  of  Berne,  the  capital  of  Switzerland,  where  he 
was  born  and  where  he  received  a classical  education,  which 
enabled  him  to  acquire  a teacher’s  position  soon  after  his  arrival 
in  this  country  in  1882,  at  which  time  he  was  only  nineteen  years 
old.  He  taught  school  for  five  years,  in  the  meantime  continu- 
ing his  study  of  music,  to  which  art  he  has  devoted  himself  dur- 
ing the  past  fifteen  years  with  remarkable  success.  He  studied 
especially  harmony,  counterpoint  and  fugal  orchestration  and  it 
did  not  take  him  long  to  become  one  of  our  best  organists,  in 
which  capacity  he  officiated  for  more  than  six  years  in  St.  John’s 
Episcopal  Church  ; he  is  since  nearly  five  years  organist  and 
choirmaster  of  St.  George’s  Episcopal  Church  (Dr.  Holland’s) 
and  has,  aside  from  his  organ  playing,  a well-deserved  reputation 
for  the  training  of  boy-choirs,  as  he  makes  this  his  particular 
specialty.  The  boy-choir  of  St.  George’s  is  considered  the  best 
of  its  kind  in  our  city.  Among  the  several  young  solo  singers 
brought  out  by  him,  is  the  highly  talented  Master  Frank  de  Vol. 
Mr.  Mori  has  for  ten  years  been  connected  with  the  Forest  Park 
University  and  since  quite  a while  with  Strassberger’s  Conserva- 
tory as  piano  teacher,  and  his  private  class  at  the  Odeon  is  con- 
stantly increasing.  As  an  authority  he  is  frequently  called  upon 
to  inaugurate  new  organs  here  and  elsewhere.  His  achievements 
as  musical  director  of  the  Young  Men’s  Christian  Association 
(Grand  and  Franklin  avenues)  and  as  leader  of  its  amateur 
orchestra  are  well-known  and  duly  appreciated  and  s,o  are  his 
numerous  compositions,  consisting  of  church  music,  cantatas, 
orchestra  and  piano  pieces,  many  of  which  possess  particular 
merit. 


— 362  — 


WILLIAM  H.  POMMER. 

The  subject  of  this  sketch,  Mr.  William  H.  Pommer,  was  born  in 
this  city  in  1851  as  the  son  of  Frederick  Wm.  Pommer,  a piano 
manufacturer,  who  was  called  from  eartli  when  the  son  was  only 
five  years  old,  so  that  his  education  and  everything  else  from  that 
time  on  had  to  be  cared  for  by  his  mother,  a woman  of  strong 
personality,  force  of  character  and  self-possession  The  boy  grew 
up  under  the  best  of  home  influences  and  as  natural  talent  and 
outspoken  inclination  pointed  to  the  musical  profession,  he  began 
his  studies  in  that  direction  at  an  early  age,  first  at  home  and 
from  his  twelfth  year  on  with  the  pianist  B.  A.  Bode,  from  whom 
he  received  a systematic  instruction  during  a period  of  eight 
years.  He  then  became  the  pupil  of  E,  Sobolewski  in  musicial 
composition  until  1872,  in  which  year  he  went  to  Leipsic,  to  en- 
joy the  great  advantages  of  the  celebrated  Conservatory  of  that 
city ; he  studied  piano  with  Coccius  Dr.  Paul  and  Reinecke  and 
harmony  with  Richter.  Two  years  later  he  went  to  Vienna, 
where  he  studied  organ  and  composition  with  the  great  Anton 
Bruckner  and  singing  with  Victor  Rokitanski.  Since  his  return 
from  Europe  in  1875  he  has  made  his  native  city  the  field  of  his 
activity  with  the  exception  of  four  years  (1883-1887)  in  Co- 
lumbia, Missouri,  as  Director  of  Music  in  Christian  College  and 
one  year  (1889-1890)  as  Conductor  of  the  Union  Musical  Club 
in  Milwaukee;  for  ten  years  (1890-1900)  he  had  charge  of  the 
music  in  Smith  Academy  (Preparatory  Branch  of  Washington 
University)  which  position  he  resigned  to  accept  that  of  Instruc- 
tor in  Music  in  the  High  School,  and  Supervisor  of  Music  in  the  St. 
Louis  Public  Schools.  He  has  at  various  times  been  connected 
as  organist  and  choirmaster  with  some  of  the  larger  churches 
such  as  St.  George’s,  St.  Peter’s  and  Christ  Church.  Well 
known  as  a pianist  in  his  youth,  he  has  in  late  years  thrown  all 
of  his  strength  into  composition,  conducting  and  teaching.  Mr. 
Pommer  is  the  composer  of  many  works  which  have  attracted 
attention  wherever  heard.  His  latest  work  “ Cupid  in  Arcady,” 
but  recently  published  is  conceded  to  be  one  of  his  best.  He  has 
won  two  prizes  for  composition,  the  first  for  a male  chorus  “ Sons 


— 363  — 


of  the  Daggers,  ” upon  which  occasion  Theodore  Thomas  was  one 
of  the  judges,  and  lately  for  song  for  baritone  in  a competi- 
tion under  the  anspices  of  the  Missouri  State  Music  Teachers 
Association.  Mr.  Poramer  has  a number  of  larger  works  for 
choirs  and  orchestra  in  manuscript,  which,  it  is  hoped, 
may  some  day  be  brought  before  the  public.  Imbued 
with  true  love  and  enthusiasm  for  his  art,  equipped  with  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  everything  pertaining  to  music, 
conscientious  in  the  fulfillment  of  his  duties,  it  is  but 
natural  that  his  career  has  been  one  of  uninterrupted,  well- 
deserved  success.  His  residence  and  studio  is  at  777 
North  Euclid  avenue,  in  a most  eligible  part  of  our  city. 

RICHARD  S.  POPPEN. 

Richard  S.  Poppen  was  born  December  1st,  1839,  on  the  island 
Mohn,  not  far  from  Esthland,  a province  of  Russia.  He'  visited 
the  gymnasium  of  Reval  and  the  college  of  Birkenruhe,  leaving 
the  latter  institution  to  study  music  in  Leipsic  where  he  remained 
from  1857  to  1859,  receiving  instruction  from  Moscheler,  Plaidy, 
Hauptmann,  Richter  and  Rietz.  In  November,  1859,  he  arrived 
in  New  York,  and,  after  a short  stay  there,  accepted  an  engage- 
ment as  conductor  of  a concert  troup,  traveling  with  them  for 
five  months.  The  following  autumn  he  visited  Atlanta,  Ga. , for 
the  purpose  of  settling  as  private  instructor,  but  being  offered 
the  position  as  principal  music  teacher  at  the  Southern  Female 
College,  of  La  Grange,  Ga.,  he  moved  to  that  place  in  January, 
1861.  The  civil  war  causing  that  institution  to  temporarily  sus- 
pend operations,  he  left  the  South  and  in  November,  1863,  estab- 
lished himself  in  St.  Louis.  In  1864  he  became  organist  of 
the  old  Catholic  Cathedral,  and  in  1865  of  the  Immaculate  Con- 
ception, then  on  the  corner  of  Eighth  and  Chestnut  streets.  In  1878 
he  was  appointed  organist  of  St.  John’s  (Catholic)  Chnrch  and 
in  1883  of  the  United  Hebrew  Congregation,  which  position 
he  still  occupies.  Mr.  Poppen  has  also  been  active  in  choral 
and  opera  work  ; he  organized  and  directed  the  Henry  Shaw  Musi- 
cal Society,  and  the  St.  Louis  Opera  Company,  the  latter  organ- 
ization performing  successfully  two  of  his  operas.  Many  other  com- 


— 364  — 


positions  of  his  have  also  been  performed  and  published,  meeting 
with  favor  from  the  public.  At  present  he  is  devoting  himself  to  the 
creating  of  appropriate  music  for  the  Jewish  divine  service,  there 
being  so  little  of  it  extant.  His  long  experience  as  organist  of  a 
Jewish  Temple  and  knowledge  of  composition  make  him  a com- 
petent person  to  do  so,  and  he  hopes  to  be  able  to  supply  a long- 
felt  want  in  the  synagogues.  Mr.  Poppen  is  considered  an  excel- 
lent teacher  of  the  piano,  and  many  of  his  pupils  have  given  fullest 
evidence  of  this  fact.  His  studio  at  3117  Washington  avenue  is 
easily  reached  by  the  various  street  railway  lines  of  the  city. 


SCHOEN’S  ORCHESTRA  AND  VIOLIN  SCHOOL 
I.  L.  SCHOEN,  Director. 

Office  and  Studio:  THE  ODEON. 


ALFRED  G.  ROBYN. 

Mr.  Alfred  G.  Robyn  comes  from  a musical  family,  two  of 
whose  members  were  intimately  connected  with  St.  Louis  musical 
life  in  its  earliest  stage.  His  father,  Mr.  William  Robyn,  who 
had  come  here  in  1837,  was  the  founder  of  the  first  two  musical 
organizations  in  the  city,  a brass  band,  which  supplied  a long- 
felt  want,  and  an  orchestra,  almost  entirely  formed  of  amateurs, 
with  the  assistance  of  a few  professional  musicians.  The  brass 
band  gave  its  services  gratuitously,  and  the  members  of  the  Poly- 
hymnia orchestra  did  likewise.  The  concerts  given  by  this 
society  from  1845  on,  were  a revelation  to  the  music-loving 
people  of  St.  Louis;  Wm.  Robyn  was  not  only  a leader  of  con- 
siderable merit,  but  an  artist  on  his  special  instrument,  the  violon- 
cello, which  his  master  hand  played  until  his  physicial  condition 
caused  him  to  retire  from  all  activity.  He  was  musical  instructor 
at  the  St.  Louis  University  from  1838  to  1852,  and  for  a great 


— 365  — 


number  of  years  at  the  Convent  of  the  Sacred  Heart.  His  brother, 
Henry  Robyn,  also  a very  accomplished  musician,  was  during  a 
long  period  the  music  teacher  at  the  School  for  the  Blind  and  up 
to  the  end  of  his  life,  lost  in  a shipwreck,  the  musical  instructor 
of  the  High  School.  Under  a parental  roof,  where  music  played 
such  a conspicuous  role,  the  boy  Alfred  became  imbued  with  the 
love  for  the  art  in  his  youngest  years,  receiving  a thorough  musical 
education,  which  enabled  him  to  make  his  debut  before  the  public 
when  only  ten  years  of  age,  on  which  occasion  he  played  Mozart’s 
Concerto  in  A-major,  and  to  officiate  as  an  organist  in  his  eleventh 
year,  since  which  time  he  has  never  been  without  a position. 
Years  and  years  of  study  and  earnest  devotion  to  his  art  made 
him  when  still  young,  a pianist  and  composer,  whose  ability  com- 
bined with  his  talent  soon  gave  him  an  enviable  reputation  far 
beyond  his  native  city.  He  is  a brilliant  performer  and  his  ap- 
pearance on  the  concert  stage  is  always  the  signal  for  a storm  of 
applause  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  his  manipulation  of  the 
organ.  His  first  engagement  as  a pianist  was  with  the 
Emma  Abbott  Concert  Company,  with  Ferranti,  Arbuckle,  Stan- 
ley and  Abbott.  As  accompanist  he  has  played  for  nearly  all  the 
great  artists  who  come  to  St  Louis.  He  is  the  director  of  the 
Apollo  Club  since  its  organization,  choirmaster  of  the  Church 
of  the  Holy  Communion  and  leader  of  the  popular  Sunday  con- 
certs at  the  Odeon.  His  efficiency  as  an  instructor  is  too  well 
known  to  require  more  than  a simple  mention  of  the  fact  that 
many  of  his  scholars  have  made  a name  for  themselves.  The 
number  of  works  composed  by  him  is  very  great.  He  devotes 
this  activity  chiefly  to  opera,  operettas  and  ballads,  of  which  latter 
he  has  published  more  than  three  hundred.  His  first  opera, 
“ Manette,”  was  performed  by  professionals  in  1883.  The 
second  was  “Merlin,”  a romantic  opera  in  three  acts,  and 
twenty  operettas  written  by  him  have  been  given  in  course  of 
time  with  decided  success.  He  is  frequently  called  on  to  act  as 
judge  at  music  festivals  and  on  awarding  committees,  being 
entrusted  with  this  duty  in  recognition  of  his  high  standing  in  the 
musical  world.  He  is  a member  of  the  St.  Louis,  the  Fair 
Grounds  and  the  Glen  Echo  Clubs,  his  congenial  manners  mak- 
ing him  a great  favorite  in  society  and  welcome  wherever  he 


appears.  His  studio  is  in  his  residence,  3714  West  Pine  boule- 
vard. 


FRED.  SCHILLINGER. 

Mr.  Frederick  Schillinger  is  a native  of  this  city,  where  he  was 
born  .June  the  18th,  1856,  the  son  and  only  child  of  Mr.  Charles 
Schillinger,  whose  tall  figure  was  familiar  to  every  theater-goer, 
as  he  had  been  the  first  flutist  in  the  orchestra  at  the  old  Ben  De 
Barr’s  and  other  principal  theaters  for  more  than  a quarter  of  a 
century,  besides  being  a good  pianist  and  teacher  of  both  these 
instruments.  The  elder  Schillinger  hailed  from  Wuertemberg 
(Germany)  and  had  come  here  in  1852,  when  only  nineteen  years 
old ; he  was  a member  of  the  Philharmonic  Orchestra  under  that 
grand  director,  Sobolewski,  and  died  in  May,  1899,  leaving  be- 
hind him  an  honored  name.  Mr.  Fred.  Schillinger  received  his 
piano  instructions  from  his  father ; his  violin  teachers  were  Ernst 
Spiering  and  A.  Waldauer,  and  their  scholar  soon  made  such  prog- 
ress that  he  could  enter  the  Vienna  Conservatory  of  Music  at  an  early 
age.  There  he  devoted  two  years  to  arduous  studies  under  Pro- 
fessors Helmesherger  and  Schenner,  both  celebrated  teachers. 
After  his  return  from  Europe  he  began  his  professional  career  as 
instructor  of  piano  and  violin  and  his  success  as  such  is  well 
known,  for  the  last  fifteen  years  he  has  been  musical  director  of 
the  Apollo  Gesangverein,  the  Freier  Maennerchor  and  the  Ladies 
Choir  of  the  Freie  Gemeinde  of  North  St.  Louis.  He  is  a de- 
voted musician,  a conscientious  teacher  and  has  a large  circle  of 
warm  friends.  Most  of  his  lessons  are  given  by  him  in  his  resi- 
dence, 2148  Salisbury  street. 

STASSBERGER’S  CONSERVATORY  OF  MUSIC. 

It  was  a very  modest  beginning  when  Prof.  Clemens  Strass- 
berger  opened  a school  of  music  in  1886,  soon  after  his  arrival 
in  this  city,  after  spending  several  years  in  traveling  in  other 
parts  of  the  United  States.  His  undertaking  proved  so  great  a 
success,  the  number  of  pupils  growing  from  year  to  year,  that 
larger  accommodations  became  a necessity,  and  they  were 
secured  by  the  purchase  of  the  spacious  three-story  building. 


— 367  — 


No.  2200  St.  Louis  avenue,  in  1893.  The  interior  arrangements 
of  the  Conservatory,  located  as  it  is  on  one  of  the  nicest  thor- 
oughfares of  North  St.  Louis  and  easily  accessible  from  all  parts 
of  the  city,  are  fully  adapted  for  the  purpose  they  serve ; well 
lighted  and  ventilated,  high  and  airy  rooms  and  a recital  hall  with 
splendid  acoustics,  facilitate  the  studies  for  scholars  and  teachers 
alike.  It  has  been  the  constant  aim  of  Director  Strassberger  to 
surround  himself  with  the  best  of  teachers,  and  the  faculty, 
comprising  twenty-nine  members,  include  professionals  of  the 
highest  ability.  The  result  of  this  maxim  has  been  an  uninter- 
rupted success.  The  thorough  training  of  all  pupils  has  devel- 
oped many  hundreds  of  able  professsional  musicians  and  of 
amateurs  of  superior  qualifications,  all  of  whom  give  evidence 
of  the  complete  musical  education  which  they  receive. 
The  following  competent  and  experienced  gentlemen  and 
ladies  constitute  at  present  the  faculty : The  Piano  and  Har- 
mony department  includes  Mr.  Louis  Conrath,  Mr.  Geo. 
Buddeus,  Mr.  Paul  Mori,  Mr.  Fred.  Fischer  (who  also  teaches  or- 
gan, violin  and  bassoon).  Miss  Kate  Jochum,  Miss  Annie  Geyer 
and  Miss  Annie  Von  Der  Ahe ; the  vocal  instruction  lies  in  the 
handsof  Miss  Adelaide  Kalkmann  and  MissEugene  Dussuchal ; the 
violin  department  is  taken  care  of  by  Dr.  G.  Paul  Nemours,  Mr. 
Bruno  Strassberger  and  others;  Mr.  P.  G.  Anton  teaches  ’cello 
and  piano  tuning,  Mr.  Wm.  Boeck  instructs  in  piano,  zither,  man- 
dolin and  clarinet ; Mr.  Robert  Buechel  and  Mr.  Leopold  Broeck- 
hardt  attend  to  the  flute  department,  Mr.  Jacques  Wouters  teaches 
Oboe  and  English  horn,  Mr.  Charles  Streeper  the  cornet,  Mr. 
Robert  Buhl  the  bass,  Mr.  Chas.  Bauer,  trombone  and  Euphonium 
and  Mr.  F.  Steutermann  the  harp.  Mrs.  Dr.  Johnson  is  in  charge 
of  Elocution  and  Physical  Culture.  Most  of  these  instructors  are 
graduates  of  European  schools  of  music.  The  utmost  care  is 
devoted  to  each  individual  pupil  and  advancement  to  a higher 
grade  is  only  granted  after  a thorough  examination  by  a board 
presided  over  by  Mr.  E.  R.  Ki'oeger.  Diplomas  which  arfe  recog- 
nized everywhere,  and  gold  medals,  are  annually  awarded  to  grad- 
uates for  specific  merit,  and  many  of  them  have  soon 
after  leaving  the  Conservatory  acquired  good  positions 
as  teachers  or  earn  a satisfactory  livelihood  as  professional 


— 368 


musicians.  Tbe  monthly  concerts,  in  which  exclusively  the 
scholars  perform,  are  given  for  the  purpose  to  do  away  with  the 
bashfulness  and  embarrassment,  which  only  too  often  cause  the 
failure  of  otherwise  talented  and  worthy  students,  and  this  is 
prevented  by  making  them  accustomed  to  appear  before  an  audi- 
ence. Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  everything  is  done  to  make  the 
educational  system  of  the  college  as  perfect  as  possible.  For  the 
convenience  of  residents  in  the  southern  and  southwestern  parts 
of  the  city  a branch  of  Strassberger’s  Conservatory  has  been  estab- 
lished at  the  southwest  corner  of  Grand  and  Cleveland  avenues 
(Compton  Heights)  with  a full  corps  of  competent  instructors, 
and  like  the  mother  Conservatory  under  the  personal  supervision 
of  Director  Strassberger,  who  has  proven  a very  efficient  head  of 
this  institution  and  who  may  well  be  proud  of  his  results,  the 
fruits  of  his  energy  and  wise  management. 

GEORGE  CLIFFORD  VIEH. 

Mr.  George  Clifford  Vieh  has  for  years  been  before  the  public 
as  a concert  pianist,  composer  and  instructor,  and  stands,  though 
comparatively  very  young,  in  the  front  rank  of  his  profession. 
Born  in  St.  Louis  in  1871  he  passed  the  first  twelve  years  of  his 
study  of  music  in  his  native  city,  devoting  his  time  and  energy 
to  the  vocation,  which  both  talent  and  inclination  had  pointed 
out  for  him.  In  1889  he  went  to  Vienna  for  the  continuation  of 

his  studies ; he  entered  the  Conservatory,  studied  piano  with 

Josef  Dachs,  harmony  with  Anton  Bruckner,  counter- 
point with  Robert  Fuchs,  composition  with  Johann  Nep. 

Fuchs,  and  history  of  music  with  Prof.  Prosniz,  all  ac* 

knowledged  authorities  in  their  respective  branches.  Mr.  Vieh 
graduated  in  1892,  receiving  the  silver  medal,  the  highest  honor 
awarded  by  the  Institute.  Since  his  return  from  Europe  he  has 
resided  in  St.  Louis  where  he  has  been  associated  with  the  leading 
artists  as  a concert  performer  and  teacher.  In  the  former  capac- 
ity he  has  gained  well  deserved  reputation  as  an  exponent  of 
Chopin,  Schumann  and  Brahms ; in  1898  he  played  the  D-minor 
concerto  of  Brahms  _^with  the  St.  Louis  Symphony  orchestra,  and 
the  Quintette  op.  34  with  the  St.  Louis  Quintette  Club.  In  his 


— 369  — 


musical  writing  Mr.  Vieh  shows  himself  to  be  distinctly  of  the 
German  School.  In  his  songs  he  has  used  only  romantic  verse, 
adhering  largely  to  the  German  poets.  As  a teacher,  besides  his 
city  class,  Mr.  Vieh  is  director  of  the  department  of  music  at 
Lindenwood  College,  St.  Charles,  Mo.,  and  also  organist  of  the 
Lafayette  Park  Pi’esbyterian  Church,  St.  Louis.  His  achieve- 
ments as  an  instructor  and  in  the  concert  hall  are  widely  known 
far  beyond  our  own  State.  His  St.  Louis  studio  is  in  the  Con- 
servatorium,  3631  Olive  street. 

GUIDO  VOGEL. 

The  present  leader  of  the  Grand  Opera  House  orchestra,  Mr. 
Guido  Vogel,  was  born  in  St.  Louis  in  1862  as  the  son  of  the  late 
Benjamin  Vogel,  who,  for  thirty  years,  held  the  baton  at  the 
Olympic  theater.  The  son  received  his  first  music  lessons  when 
only  nine  years  of  age,  and  entered  his  father’s  orchestra  in  the 
summer  theater  at  Uhrig’s  Cave  in  1876,  and  in  the  following 
winter  season  at  the  Olympic,  where  he  played  for  nine  consecu- 
tive years,  nearly  all  the  time  as  first  violinist.  Mr.  Vogel’s  first 
engagement  as  a leader  was  with  the  Roland  Reed  Company, 
afterwards  with  Annie  Pixley,  Henry  Dixey  and  other  dramatic 
companies,  whose  travels  extended  over  the  greater  part  of  this 
country.  Returning  to  his  native  city  he  again  joined  the 
orchestra  of  the  Olympic,  and  when  the  Columbia  theater  was 
opened  he  accepted  the  position  as  its  leader,  and  now  holds  that 
place  at  the  Grand  Opera  House  under  the  same  management,  in 
which  capacity  he  has  won  the  public’s  unlimited  satisfaction. 
The  same  must  be  said  of  him  in  reference  to  society  affairs,  at 
which  he  and  his  orchestra  are  great  favorites.  It  may  be  men- 
tioned that  he  conducted  the  music  at  the  inauguration  of  Union 
Station,  on  which  occasion  his  orchestra  numbered  over  two  hun- 
dred instruments.  But  he  is  not  only  a very  successful  musical 
director,  but  also  a composer  of  decided  merit.  His  composi- 
tions embrace  orchestral  music,  marches,  pieces  for  the  piano, 
the  violin,  and  a goodly  number  of  songs,  all  of  which  are  most 
favorably  received  by  professionals  and  amateurs.  A man  of 
very  amiable  disposition  he  is  welcome  wherever  he  appears,  and 
-24k 


— 370  — 


enjoys  the  esteem  of  all  who  know  him.  His  residence  is  at  914 
Whittier  street,  his  mail  address  the  Grand  Opera  House. 

MISS  CARRIE  VOLLMAR. 

In  speaking  of  Miss  Carrie  Vollmar,  we  will  begin  with  the 
statement,  that  she  comes  from  a truly  musical  family,  being  a 
daughter  of  the  late  Mr.  Geo.  Vollmar,  one  of  the  early  settlers 
and  a very  prominent  manufacturer  of  this  city,  himself  an  un- 
usually good  amateur  musician  and  a great  lover  of  the  art.  She 
commenced  her  musical  lessons  when  only  seven  years  old  and 
had  for  her  first  teacher  Mr.  A.  Willhartitz,  who  was  followed  by 
Prof.  R.  S.  Poppen,  and  Mr.  Louis  Oesterly,  a cousin  of  hers^ 
since  many  years  a well-known  music  teacher  in  New  York  City 
and  reviser  of  the  celebrated  publishing  firm  of  Schirmer ; 
another  cousin,  Otto  Oesterly  was  for  many  years  the  first  fiutist 
in  Theodore  Thomas’  Orchestra;  and  her  sister.  Miss  Julia  Voll- 
mar, is  a talented  singer  and  a successful  singing  teacher.  Miss 
Carrie  Vollmar  continued  her  studies  during  a prolonged  period 
and  became  in  course  of  time  a very  successful  teacher  of  the 
piano,  gaining  a well-deserved  reputation  for  her  ability  and  dili- 
gence, her  large  classes  embracing  pupils  of  all  ages.  The  results 
of  her  teaching  have  brought  her  the  most  flattering  acknowledg- 
ments from  professional  authorities  and  general  apprecia- 
tion in  musical  circles.  Her  pupils  appear  every  year  in  a 
public  recital  with  well-selected  programs,  whose  chief  feat- 
ures consist  in  numbers  for  two  pianos,  whose  splendid 
execution  does  like  honor  to  the  performers  and  their 
teacher.  Miss  Vollmar  is  since  sixteen  years  the  organist 
of  the  Memorial  M.  E.  Church,  in  which  position  she  has 
always  given  and  is  still  giving  the  greatest  satisfaction.  Though 
her  time  is  much  taken  up  by  her  professional  duties  she  is  never- 
theless a great  favorite  in  society  and  has  lent  her  valuable  assist- 
ance to  various  charitable  purposes.  She  is  the  author  of  several 
compositions,  among  them  an  inspiring  song,  “ United,  the  Blue 
and  the  Gray,”  which  President  McKinley  received  from  heron 
the  occasion  of  his  visit  in  St.  Louis  in  1898 ; he  accepted  its  dedi- 
cation to  him  with  outspoken  satisfaction,  took  it  with  him  to 


— 371  — 


Atlanta  and  made  use  of  its  test  in  his  famous  oration  at  the  Re- 
union of  the  Northern  and  Southern  veterans.  It  was  this  song 
which  brought  her  letters  of  thanks,  of  which  she  may  well  be 
proud,  from  some  of  the  most  gallant  officers  in  the  army  and  navy, 
for  instance  from  General  Fitzhugh  Lee,  Admiral  Dewey,  General 
Shatter  and  others  of  like  fame.  Miss  Vollmar’s  studio,  in  her  own 
residence,  2135  Sidney  street,  is  easily  accessible  by  street  rail 
road  lines  from  all  parts  of  the  city. 


MUSICAL  mSTRUMENTS  A^s^D  SHEET 
MUSIC. 

The  growing  demand  for  musical  instruments  and  sheet  music 
led  in  course  of  time  to  the  establishment  of  several  large  firms 
devoted  to  this  branch  of  trade.  Our  citj^  can  boast  of  a few 
music  houses  whose  stock  of  musical  instruments  and  sheet  music 
respectively  can  well  compare  and  compete  with  Eastern  firms. 
We  speak  in  the  following  pages  of  the  foremost  representatives 
of  the  branch  firms  which  have  done  much  for  the  development 
of  musical  art  and  musical  taste  in  our  midst. 

F.  BEYER  & SON. 

Kinloch  C853. 

The  Morrison  Mansion  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Seventeenth 
and  Locust  streets,  usually  called  Lucas  Place,  was  in  its  time 
one  of  the  most  elegant  residences  in  all  St.  Louis,  but  its  interior 
became  still  more  attractive  since  F.  Beyer  & Son  made  it  their 
headquarters  in  1899.  It  underwent  great  changes  by  the  hands 
of  the  architect  and  builders  and  is  beyond  doubt  the  most  beau- 
tiful and  best  equipped  piano  establishment  not  onl}^  in  St.  Louis, 
but  in  the  whole  West.  The  first  and  second  stories  contain  the 
salesrooms,  the  offices,  a number  of  studios  for  the  use  of  music 
teachers  and  a concert  hall  with  150  seats.  No  costs  have  been 
spared  in  the  fitting  up  of  the  different  apartments ; the  modern 
art  of  the  decorator,  the  fresco  painter’s  brush  and  the  finest 
workmanship  of  the  cabinet  maker  contributed  to  produce  the 


— 3V2  — 


iiarmonious  effect  of  solid  beauty  which  greets  the  visitor 
everywhere  in  the  magnificent  establishment.  The  instru- 
ments handled  by  the  firm  are  from  the  following  piano 
manufacturers:  Wissner,  Leckerling,  James  & Holmstrom,  Lud- 
wig & Co.,  A.  Nilson  & Company,  and  Schiller.  Mr.  Beyer 
is  himself  a piano  maker,  received  a theoretical  and  practical 
training  in  the  factory  of  his  father,  established  1840  in 
Goerlitz  (Germany),  in  connection  with  an  extensive  trade  in 
wood  for  sounding  boards  which  he  furnished  to  piano  makers 
all  over  the  country.  The  son  gained  a liberal  education  and 
after  leaving  school  devoted  himself  to  the  art  of  piano  making, 
the  thorough  knowledge  of  which  may  be  considered  one  of  the 
causes  of  his  success.  He  came  here  in  1872,  was  for  a year  in 
charge  of  the  workshops  of  the  St.  Louis  Piano  Manufacturing 
Company  and  went  into  business  for  himself  in  1873.  He  was 
first  on  Chouteau  avenue  between  Seventh  and  Eighth,  but  re- 
moved after  twelve  years  to  the  much  larger  building,  on  the 
same  avenue  corner  of  Paul  street,  where  he  remained  for  thirteen 
years  until  1899,  when  the  present  location  was  chosen  and  taken 
possession  of,  the  business  having  become  so  extensive,  that 
larger  quarters  were  necessary.  As  stated  before,  Mr.  Beyer 
grew  up  in  his  branch  from  boyhood  and  is  therefore  familiar 
with  all  its  details,  an  advantage  of  great  value  not  only  to  him, 
but  also  to  those  who  buy  from  him,  as  they  can  be  sure  that 
he  will  sell  them  only  good  instruments  fully  worth  their  price 
and  iu  accordance  with  what  they  are  represented  to  be.  There 
is  always  a large  stock  of  pianos  on  hand  affording  ample  facility 
to  customers  to  find  what  they  want.  The  firm  is  well  known 
for  its  reliable  dealings  and  strict  business  principles,  which  form 
the  basis  of  an  uninterrupted  success,  won  by  the  exertions  of 
both  the  senior  and  the  junior  partners,  the  latter  being  Mr. 
Theodore  Beyer,  who  is  a St.  Louisan  by  birth  and,  like  his 
father,  much  liked  by  all  who  know  him. 

BOLLMAN  BROS.  CO. 

Bell  Mala  1522m.  Kinloch  C476. 

Among  the  prominent  professional  musicians  who  came  to 
■St.  Louis  between  1848  and  1849  was  Henry  Bollman,  the 


- 373  — 


father  of  the  gentlemen  who  are  now  at  the  head  of  the  above 
firm ; he  was  not  only  a fine  violinist  and  expert  performer 
on  various  other  instruments,  but  also  a composer  of  decided 
merit  and  many  of  his  compositions  are  even  yet  in  constant 
demand.  When  the  Philharmonic  Society  was  organized  towards 
the  end  of  the  fifties,  he  was  one  of  its  most  active  promoters 
and  a member  of  its  orchestra,  which  embraced  the  best  profes- 
sionals and  amateurs  of  the  city.  The  Bollman  Bros.  Co.  is  the 
offspring  of  the  firm  of  Hy.  Bollman  and  Sons,  which  in  turn 
were  the  successors  of  Bollman  and  Schatzman,  one  of  the 
oldest  St.  Louis  music  houses  and  especially  known  as  extensive 
publishers  of  sheet  music.  Henry  Bollman  and  Sons  were  first 
located  on  Broadway  between  Pine  and  Olive,  afterwards  at  1104 
and  1106  Olive  street,  from  where  they  removed  to  their  present 
location  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Eleventh  and  Olive  streets, 
where  a substantial  building  had  been  erected  for  their  special  use, 
affording  every  facility  for  the  transaction  of  the  vast  business 
done  by  them.  After  the  death  of  their  father,  who  for  more 
than  fifty  years  had  been  a citizen  of  St.  Louis,  his  two  oldest 
sons,  Mr.  Otto  and  Mr.  Oscar  H.  Bollmau,  organized  the 
Bollman  Bros.  Co.,  associating  with  themselves  Mr.  Wm.  Stein- 
way of  New  York.  The  incorporation  of  this  firm  took  place  in 
1888.  Since  the  demise  of  Mr.  Wm.  Steinway  the  partnership 
consists  of  the  Messrs.  Bollman  and  Mr.  Henry  W.  J.  Steinway. 
They  are  the  Western  representatives  of  the  celebrated  Steinway 
& Sons,  E.  Gabeler  & Bros.,  Lindeman  & Sons,  and  Sterling 
and  Huntington  pianos,  in  other  words  of  the  best  instruments 
made  in  this  country.  A full  assortment  of  the  various  styles  is 
constantly  kept  on  hand  enabling  the  purchaser  to  make  his 
selection  from  the  largest  stock  in  the  city,  aside  from  the  fact 
that  both  Messrs.  Bollman  are  themselves  good  musicians  whose 
valuable  advice  is  always  sought  and  gladly  accepted.  Conscien- 
tious and  fair  dealing  have  won  them  the  confidence  of  the  pro- 
fessionals and  the  general  public,  and  the  superior  quality  of  the 
instruments  they  handle  is  acknowledged  by  all.  The  principal 
trade  of  the  company  is,  as  may  be  supposed,  within  our  own  city 
but  extends  largely  over  Missouri  and  Illinois  and  the  Western 
States  in  general.  The  owners  of  the  firm  enjoy  an  enviable 


— 374  — 


reputation  in  commercial  as  well  as  social  circles  and  may  well  be 
proud  of  the  success  achieved  by  their  untiring  industry  and 
energy. 


THE  ESTEY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2618.  Kinloch  B426. 

Among  the  veteran  organ  and  piano  manufacturers  of  this 
countr}'  a place  of  honor  and  in  the  front  rank  is  occupied  by  the 
Esteys,  three  generations  of  which  family  have  devoted  and  are 
still  devoting  themselves  to  the  building  of  these  instruments. 
More  than  half  a century  has  elapsed  since  Jacob  Estey  began 
to  make  the  Estey  organ,  thereby  laying  the  foundation  for  on^ 
of  the  largest  industrial  establishments  in  the  United  States  and 
whose  products  have  gained  a world-wide  reputation.  From 
the  modest  beginning  in  1846  has  developed  the  gigantic  firm 
whose  name  is  a household  word  in  the  musical  circles  with  pro- 
fessionals and  amateurs  in  every  part  of  our  own  and  in  more 
than  one  foreign  country.  It  was  a day  of  particular  pride  when 
an  organ  bearing  the  number  300,000  left  the  factory  — just 
think  of  three  hundred  thousand  instruments  sent  into  the  world 
by  one  house!  This  fact  alone  speaks  volumes;  it  is  the  best 
evidence  of  the  high  qualities  which  the  Estey  organs  possess, 
and  no  better  proof  is  needed  of  their  excellence  in  tone, 
mechanism,  material  and  workmanship,  all  of  which  is  unsur- 
passed by  any  other  kindred  instrument.  They  are  made  in  a 
large  variety  of  size,  system  and  form,  from  the  small  organ  for 
family  use  to  the  largest  “Philharmonic,”  to  which  we 
listen  with  delight  in  church,  chapel,  lecture  rooms,  and  in 
the  concerts  of  musical  societies,  where  it  serves  as  a suc- 
cessful substitute  for  a complete  orchestra.  The  greatest  author- 
ities are  unanimous  in  their  appreciation  of  these  instruments, 
and  the  same  can  be  said  in  reference  to  the  Estey  piano,  which, 
in  fullness  and  richness  of  tone,  elegance  of  shape  and  superiority 
of  mechanism,  is  second  to  none.  Combined  with  these  qualities 
is  another  of  great  importance,  the  moderateness  of  prices.  All 
instruments  emanating  from  the  Estey  factories  are  closely  exam- 
ined before  leaving  the  threshold,  so  as  to  secure  to  the  purchaser 


— 375  — 


a faultless,  perfect  oi’gan  or  piano.  Numerous  and  great 
improvements  have  been  introduced  in  course  of  time  in  the 
interior  arrangement  of  the  instrument.  Every  modern  invention 
is,  after  approval,  made  use  of,  and  nothing  is  left  undone  to 
enhance  their  value.  There  are  800  hands  employed  in  the 
workshops  (in  New  York,  Boston  and  Brattleboro),  all  of  whom 
are  skilled  and  experienced  mechanics  and  workmen.  The  St. 
Louis  house  was  established  in  1876,  and  stands,  since  twenty- 
two  years,  under  the  management  of  Mr.  Edward  M.  Read,  who 
has  won  not  only  innumerable  warm  friends  for  himself,  but  also  for 
the  firm  which  he  so  ably  represents.  The  present  owners  and  part- 
ners of  the  Estey  Company  are  Messrs.  Julius  J.  Estey,  J.  Gray 
Estey,  J.  Harry  Estey,  and  Edward  M.  Read.  The  firm  has 
branches  in  New  York  City,  Boston,  Philadelphia,  St.  Louis, 
London  and  Hamburg.  The  St.  Louis  house,  which  occupies  the 
entire  building,  1116  Olive  street,  supplies,  aside  from  its  local 
trade,  Missouri,  Kansas,  Texas,  Arkansas,  Indian  Territory  and 
Oklahoma  with  the  Estey  organs  and  pianos,  and  sends  illustrated 
catalogues  on  application. 

KIESELHORST  PIANO  CO. 

Bell  Main  3062m.  Kinloch  B132. 

The  Kieselhorst  Piano  Company  is  the  successor  of  the  late 
John  A.  Kieselhorst,  whose  piano  and  music  store  was  estab- 
lished in  1879  and  first  located  at  No.  10  South  Fourth  street  and 
then  for  many  years  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Tenth  and  Olive 
streets.  The  present  location  at  911:  Olive  affords  ample  facilities 
for  the  constantly  growing  business  of  this  enterprising  firm, 
which  after  the  death  of  the  founder  (in  1895)  came  into  the 
ownership  and  under  the  management  of  his  son,  Edwin  A. 
Kieselhorst,  who  is  the  principal  stockholder  in  the  company, 
whose  incorporation  took  place  in  1898.  The  firm  sells  pianos 
and  organs  both  reed  and  pipe  of  the  best  make  in  retail  as  well 
as  wholesale  and  keeps  at  all  times  a large  assortment  on  hand,  so 
that  purchasers  have  the  fullest  opportunity  to  select  what  they 
desire.  Gentlemanly  salesmen  are  always  ready  to  demonstrate 
the  particular  qualities  and  merits  of  the  diverse  instruments 


— 376  — 


handled  and  carefully  examined  by  the  company’s  experts  before 
being  placed  in  their  salesrooms.  The  firm  makes  a specialty 
of  automatic  or  self-playing  attachments  to  be  used  with  pianos  as 
well  as  organs.  The  number  of  employees  is  at  present  twenty- 
five,  but  this  number  wdll  soon  be  enlarged  in  view  of  the  con- 
tinued extension  of  its  business.  The  Kieselhorst  is  one  of  the 
oldest  St.  Louis  families ; Mr.  John  A.  Kieselhorst  was  especially 
known  in  musical  circles  as  an  excellent  flute  player,  whose  appear- 
ance as  a soloist  in  concerts  w’as  alwaj^s  hailed  with  delight. 
Mr.  Edwin  A.  Kieselhorst  was  only  twenty-one  years  of  age 
when  placed  at  the  head  of  the  firm,  and  it  is  due  to  his  activity 
and  energy,  that  the  sales  are  now  double  what  they  used  to  be 
in  former  years.  He  is  well  known,  has  a large  circle  of  friends 
and  it  can  truly  be  said  of  him,  that  he  is  one  of  the  young  men 
of  the  present  age,  whose  motto  it  is  to  go  ahead  and  to  progress. 

SHATTINGER  PIANO  AND  MUSIC  CO. 

Bell  Main  2408m.  Kinloch  B430. 

It  is  a full  quarter  of  a century  since  Mr.  A.  Shattinger  estab- 
lished the  business,  which  now  bears  the  above  name.  His 
previous  connection  with  Kunkel  Brothers,  who  in  former  years 
conducted  a similar  establishment,  gave  him  a thorough  knowl- 
edge in  the  piano  and  music  branch  and  to  this  knowledge  is 
now  added  the  experience  of  twenty-five  3'ears.  The  place 
occupied  by  him  during  the  first  twenty  years  on  South  Broadwa}^ 
between  Market  and  Walnut  streets,  formed  always  a center  of 
attraction  for  professionals  as  well  as  amateurs  and  the  same  can 
be  said  of  the  pre.=ent  location,  number  912  Olive,  which  street  may 
be  truly  called  the  piano  district  of  St.  Louis.  The  Shattinger 
Piano,  manufactured  by  the  firm,  is  a great  favorite  and  exten- 
sively sold  through  the  representatives  of  the  house  in  Missouri 
and  many  other  States,  aside  from  our  own  city  and  vicinity, 
likewise  the  product  of  some  of  the  best  piano  factories  in  the 
East.  The  stock  comprises  also  a full  assortment  of  various 
musical  instruments  and  all  supplies  of  a musical  nature ; sheet 
music  is  a special  feature  and  anything  not  on  hand  is  promptl}’’ 
ordered.  A large  hall  above  the  store  offers  ample  facilities  for 


377  — 


rehearsals,  recitals  and  lectures  and  is  frequently  used  for  such 
purposes.  There  are  at  present  twenty-eight  persons  employed 
by  the  firm  and  its  patrons  find  at  all  times  attentive  and  polite 
service.  Mr.  Shattinger  is  well  known  in  our  musical,  fraternal 
and  social  circles  and  enjoys  a justified  reputation  as  a business 
man  of  the  greatest  integrity  in  all  his  dealings.  The  Shattinger 
Music  Company  was  incorporated  in  1898  and  has  the  following 
officers:  L.  P.  Bach,  President;  A.  Shattinger,  Vice-President 
and  Treasurer ; and  Oliver  Shattinger,  Secretary. 

THIEBES-STIERLIN  MUSIC  CO. 

Bell  Main  124a.  Kinloch  C484. 

The  demand  for  musical  instruments  and  sheet  music  keeps 
pace  with  the  growth  of  musical  culture  and  love  for  the  musical 
art.  The  constant  increase  of  professionals  and  amateurs,  of 
teachers  and  pupils,  naturally  causes  additions  to  those  who  sup- 
ply the  increased  wants  so  created,  and  the  result  is  the  establish- 
ment of  new  firms  aside  from  the  fact  that  sometimes  old  houses 
step  to  the  background  to  make  room  for  newcomers,  verifying 
the  doctrine  of  the  “ surviving  of  the  fittest,”  or,  in  other  words, 
that  younger  men  comprehend  the  requirements  of  a progressive 
age  better  and  more  fully  than  those  of  a former  generation. 
The  Thiebes-Stierlin  Music  Company  is,  in  comparison  with  many 
others,  a young  firm;  it  was  incorporated  November  the  8th, 
1894,  by  Augustus  Eichele,  Arthur  C.  Thiebes  and  Fredrick  C. 
Stierlin,  and  is  conducted  by  the  two  latter  gentlemen  who  are 
at  the  same  time  the  proprietors,  directors  and  officers  of  the 
company.  Using  a well-known  American  phrase,  we  m.ay  with 
all  justification  say  of  them  that  they  form  a mighty  strong  team, 
being  active,  energetic,  industrious  business  men,  and  well  ex- 
perienced in  their  branch.  The  company  manufactures  the 
Thiebes-Stierlin  Piano,  the  Paragon  Musical  Instrument  Strings, 
the  Rienzi  mandolin  and  the  Monogram  guitars,  all  of  which  have 
met  with  a most  favorable  reception  from  connoisseurs.  A full 
stock  of  instruments  of  high  grade,  quality,  superior  finish, 
attractive  style  and  medium  prices  offers  at  all  times  a large 
assortment  to  select  from.  Their  sheet  music  department  is  the 


— 378  — 


most  complete  west  of  New  York,  they  having  purchased  in 
course  of  time  the  plates  and  copyrights  of  the  Bollman,  the 
business  of  the  Bollman-Drumheller,  the  Drumheller-Thiebes 
Music  Company  and  the  Musical  News.  They  publish  the  best 
collection  of  sheet  music  in  the  West,  edited  and  revised  by 
Professor  E.  R.  Kroeger  (of  whom  we  speak  somewhere  else)  and 
they  issue  the  most  comprehensive  catalogue  of  Catholic  church 
music  which  gives  them  an  extensive  trade  among  churches  all 
over  the  United  States,  Canada  and  Mexico.  The  territory  of  sales 
comprises  the  Central,  Western  and  Southern  States,  Canada, 
Mexico,  Hawaii  and  some  parts  of  Germany.  The  working  force 
of  the  firm  includes  sixty-three  persons  and  all  orders  are  exe- 
cuted with  the  greatest  care  and  attention.  Mr.  Thiebes  and 
Mr.  Stierlin  devote  all  their  time  to  the  mana°gement  and  super- 
vision of  their  permanently  growing  business ; they  enjoy  a well- 
deserved  reputation  for  strict  and  reliable  dealing  and  number 
among  the  best-known  business  men  of  our  city.  The  office  and 
salesrooms  of  the  firm  were  for  years  at  1111  Olive  street,  but 
much  more  room  became  necessary  and  this  resulted  in  their 
removal  to  1118  Olive  street,  where  they  occupy  the  entire  five 
story  building  and  basement  underneath. 

COMMERCIAL  SCHOOLS. 

BARNES’  BUSINESS  COLLEGE. 

Barnes’  Business  College  • was  established  in  1881  by  Mr. 
Arthur  J.  Barnes,  who  is  still  in  active  control  of  the  Institution. 
Mr.  Barnes  had  been  for  many  year’s  prior  to  the  establishment 
of  the  school  engaged  in  general  reporting  in  St.  Louis.  The 
school  was  a direct  outgrowth  of  his  professional  work  as  a short- 
hand writer,  and  for  a number  of  years  its  work  was  confined  ex- 
clusively to  shorthand  and  typewriting.  In  1896  the  school  was 
incorporated  under  the  name,  Barnes’  Business  College  Co.,  and 
a regular  business  department  was  added,  in  which  bookkeeping, 
business  arithemtic,  penmanship,  commercial  law,  letter-writting, 
grammar,  banking  and  business  practice  is  taught  by  special 


— 379  ~ 


teachers  employed  for  that  purpose.  The  school  now  has  a 
faculty  of  eight  instructors,  and  an  annual  enrollment  of  250 
pupils.  For  many  years  the  school  was  located  on  the  east  side 
of  Fourth  street,  between  Pine  and  Olive.  When  the  Laclede 
Building  was  erected,  Mr.  Barnes  was  the  first  business  man  to 
make  arrangements  for  space  in  it,  and  for  eight  years  the  school 
occupied  quarters  on  the  eighth  floor  of  that  building.  In  1896 
the  school  had  outgrown  its  space,  and  the  agent  of  the  building 
was  unable  to  secure  other  rooms  that  would  be  convenient,  which 
necessitated  the  removal  of  the  school  to  the  Insurance  Exchange 
Building,  corner  Broadway  and  Olive.  The  school  remained  in 
this  building,  occupying  one-half  of  the  fifth  floor,  until  December 
1900,  when  it  was  removed  to  its  present  quarters  in  the  Public 
Library  Building,  Ninth  and  Locust  streets.  The  rooms  now 
occupied  by  the  school  were  specially  prepared  for  its  use,  and  no 
pleasanter  rooms  for  school  purposes  can  be  found  in  St.  Louis. 
Barnes’  Business  College  is  patronized  by  the  best  people  in  St. 
Louis  and  the  surrounding  country,  and  is  recommended  by  lead- 
ing business  houses  of  the  city.  Twenty- one  years  of  earnest, 
conscientious  effort  has  enabled  the  management  of  the  school  to 
formulate  courses  of  study  that  are  not  surpassed  by  any  business 
school  in  the  country.  Those  who  are  interested  in  business 
education  are  invited  to  call  and  inspect  the  school,  and  its  rooms 
are  open  to  visitors  at  all  times.  About  1881,  Mr.  Barnes  pub- 
lished Barnes’  Shorthand  Lessons,  a text-book  of  the  Benn  Pitman 
Phonography.  This  book  attracted  the  attention  of  educators  all 
over  the  country,  and  was  afterward  revised  and  is  now  known 
as  Barnes’  Shorthand  Manual.  It  is  used  in  the  Business  High 
School  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  and  Young  Women’s  Christian 
Association  of  Boston,  Massachusetts,  and  hundreds  of  first-class 
schools  throughout  the  United  States.  This  book  was  followed 
by  Barnes’  Complete  Typewriting  Instructor  which  has  met  with 
a large  sale  and  is  the  standard  work  on  this  subject.  In  Decem- 
ber, 1901,  the  Publication  Department  was  incorporated  and  now 
occupies  quarters  in  the  Century  Building,  Ninth  and  Olive 
streets. 


— 380 


THE  PAPER  TRADE. 

The  invention  of  paper-making  originated  in  China,  as  far  as 
known  about  200  years  B.  C.,  and  was  from  there  brought  first 
to  Arabia  and  Egypt,  later  on  to  the  Moors  of  Northern  Africa, 
who  transferred  the  art  to  Spain.  Italy,  France,  England  and 
Germany  followed  in  course  of  time,  and  the  invention  of  the  art 
of  printing  at  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century  gave  an  impor- 
tant impulse  to  paper-making.  But  it  was  not  until  the  close  of 
the  eighteenth  century  that  machinery  was  put  in  use  by  paper 
manufacturers,  first  of  a rather  primitive  character,  till  improve- 
ments became  the  order  of  the  day.  A few  of  them  were  made 
in  Great  Britain  and  France,  but  their  greatest  number  and  the 
most  important  ones  hail  from  Germany.  If  the  consumption 
of  paper  forms  a criterion  of  the  culture  and  intelligence  of  a 
nation,  the  people  of  the  United  States  can  claim  that  distinction, 
the  consumption  per  capita  here  being  greater  than  that  of  any 
other  country  on  the  globe.  This  is  no  wonder  when  we  consider 
the  large  number  of  newspapers  and  books  published  on  this  side 
of  the  Atlantic,  the  business  and  other  correspondence  carried  on 
here,  and  the  quantity  of  paper  and  pasteboard  used  for  indus- 
trial purposes.  The  first  machine-made  paper  was  produced  in 
America,  in  1820,  by  the  owner  of  a paper  mill  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  since  that  time  the  industry  has  developed  in  such  a degree 
that  there  are  now  more  than  two  hundred  millions  invested  in  the 
manufacture  of  paper,  giving  employment  to  about  150,000  hands, 
and  that  the  yearly  product  has  a value  of  nearly  two  hundred  and 
fifty  million  dollars.  The  output  consists  in  printing,  writing  and 
packing  paper  and  pasteboard  of  every  imaginable  quality  and 
size,  from  the  finest  printing  and  letter  paper  to  boards  for  roof- 
ing and  the  building  of  houses.  St.  Louis  is  the  center  of  supply 
for  a very  large  territory,  comprising  most  of  the  Western,  South- 
ern, and  Southwestern  States,  with  a fair  export  trade  to  Mexico, 
Central  and  South  America. 


— 381  — 


GRAHAM  PAPER  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  904,  905  947.  Kinloch  A131,  132. 

The  Graham  Paper  Company  will  in  a few  years  complete  the 
first  half  century  of  its  existence,  and  is  besides  being  the  oldest 
house  of  its  branch  in  this  city,  also  the  largest  as  to  volume  of 
trade,  and  the  extensive  territory  covered  by  its  sales.  It  may 
with  all  justification  be  considered  the  chief  paper  distributing 
firm  for  the  Western,  Middle,  Southwestern  and  Southern  States, 
and  its  export  business  comprises  Canada,  Mexico,  South  America 
and  Australia.  The  fullest  assortment  in  the  different  lines  per- 
taining to  the  paper  branch  is  always  kept  on  hand  and  the  stock 
at  all  times  so  large,  that  even  the  biggest  orders  can  be  filled 
without  delay.  Six  adjoining  buildings  on  Main  between  Pine 
and  Olive  street  contain  the  offices,  salesrooms  and  warehouses ; 
aside  from  the  stock  depot  occupying  the  six  houses  Nos.  1720  to 
1730  Noi’th  Main  street,  the  firm  has  branch  houses  at  Kansas 
City,  Minneapolis,  San  Francisco  and  Portland,  Oregon.  A very 
large  warehouse,  occupying  nearlj^  half  a block  on  North  Sixth 
street  in  this  city,  serves  for  the  reception,  storage  and  shipment 
of  rags  and  waste  paper.  Mr.  B.  B.  Graham,  the  President  of 
the  Company,  is  one  of  the  representative  business  men  of  our 
city,  an  expert  in  the  paper  branch,  a man  of  broad  and  liberal 
views,  the  highest  integrity  and  fairness  in  all  his  transactions. 
He  is  a director  in  the  St.  Louis  Union  Trust  Company,  Vice- 
President  of  the  Mechanics  National  Bank,  has  been  President 
of  the  Mercantile  Library  Association  and  the  St.  Louis 
University  Club  and  is  always  ready  to  promote  the  interests  of 
the  city.  He  is  ably  assisted  in  the  conduct  of  the  firm’s  business 
by  H.  B.  Graham,  Vice-President,  and  J.  P.  Tirrill,  Secretary. 

GARNETT  & ALLEN  PAPER  CO. 

Bell  Main  2132.  Kinloch  B810. 

The  Garnett  and  Allen  Paper  Company  is  one  of  the  repre- 
sentative firms  of  the  branch  and  stands  side  by  side  with  its 
much  older  competitors.  Mr.  Allen  was  for  many  years  connected 


— 382  — 


with  the  Graham  Paper  Co.,  Mr,  Garnett  has  been  identified  with 
the  paper  trade  in  this  city  for  twenty  years,  first  as  a prominent 
broker  and  agent  for  several  Eastern  paper  mills,  and  Mr.  Booth 
has  also  a thorough  knowledge  of  the  business.  The  great  ex- 
perience of  these  gentlemen,  fair  dealing,  ample  means  and  the 
fact  that  they  represent  a number  of  the  best  known  paper  mills 
in  the  country  are  the  principal  causes  of  the  great  success 
achieved  by  the  firm  within  a comparatively  short  period.  Its 
direct  connection  with  these  large  mills  enable  it  not  only  to  keep 
an  extensive  stock  permanently  on  hand,  but  to  give  its  custom- 
ers the  most  liberal  conditions.  The  firm  deals  also  quite  exten- 
sively in  waste  paper.  The  office,  salesroom  and  warehouse 
occupy  the  two  large  adjoining  buildings,  210  and  212  Washing- 
ton avenue.  The  three  partners  devote  all  their  time  and 
attention  to  their  business  duties,  and  find  their  well-deserved  re- 
ward in  the  constant  extension  of  their  trade  and  the  reputation 
they  enjoy  in  commercial  as  well  as  social  circles. 

O.  L.  GARRISON,  Pres.  AV.  G.  CHAPPELL,  V.-Pres.  W.  L.  CHAPPELL,  Sec. 

ST.  LOUIS  PAPER  CO. 
WHOLESALE  PAPER  DEALERS 
N.  E.  Cor.  Third  and  Vine  Sts. 

ST.  LOUIS. 


Bell  Main  237. 


Ivinloch  BSll. 


F.  O.  SAWYER  PAPER  CO. 

Bell  Main  943.  Kinloch  A180. 

The  identification  of  Mr.  Frank  O.  Sawyer,  the  President  of 
this  company,  with  the  paper  trade  of  St.  Louis  dates  back  to 
1859,  the  year  in  which  he  made  our  city  his  permanent  home. 
New  Hampshire  is  his  native  State,  but  his  parents  came  to  Cin- 


— 383  — 


cinnati  cluriug  his  early  childhood  and  he  received  his  education 
in  the  schools  of  that  city  and  finished  it  at  Woodward  College. 
Mr.  Sawyer’s  father  was  the  first  manufacturer  of  table  oil  cloth 
west  of  the  Alleghanies.  The  son  began  his  mercantile  career 
in  the  grocery  line,  but  identified  himself  immediately  after  his 
arrival  here  with  the  paper  branch.  The  original  firm  of  F.  O. 
Sawyer  & Co.  was  changed  in  1889  to  the  F.  O.  Sawyer  Paper 
Company,  incorporated  at  that  time  under  the  laws  of  the  State 
of  Missouri.  The  first  location  on  North  Second  street  proved 
insufficient  for  the  constantly  growing  trade  and  this  caused  a 
removal  to  the  southwest  corner  of  Third  and  Locust  street, 
where  a five  story  building  had  been  erected  expressly  for  their 
use.  It  was  destroyed  by  fire  some  five  years  ago,  whereupon 
the  firm  took  possession  of  a likewise  large  building.  Number  215 
North  Third  street.  The  same  contains  at  all  times  a very 
extensive  stock  of  printing  as  well  as  writing  paper  and  a 
full  assortment  of  the  various  other  products  of  some  of  the 
best  paper  mills  in  the  country,  whose  output  the  firm  controls. 
News  and  book  paper  form  a specialty  of  the  house  and  even  the 
largest  orders  in  both  can  be  filled  at  the  shortest  notice.  Build- 
ing paper  is  another  special  feature  of  the  firm  and  this  depart- 
ment is  managed  by  Mr.  Frank  K.  Sawyer,  the  son  of  the  presi- 
dent. Mr.  F.  O.  Sawyer’s  experience  in  the  paper  trade,  covering 
a period  of  more  than  forty  years,  ample  means,  strict  business 
principles  and  fair  dealing  resulted  in  an  uninterupted  suc- 
cess and  gave  the  firm  a far  and  wide  reputation.  The  sales  in- 
clude, aside  from  a good  local  trade,  a very  large  territory, 
especially  Missouri,  Illinois,  the  Southern  and  Southwestern 
States.  F.  O.  Sawyer  is  the  President  and  Treasurer ; F.  Pfiste- 
rer  the  Vice-President  and  R.  F.  X.  Smith  the  Secretary  of  the 
company ; they  devote  their  time  and  activity  to  their  business 
duties,  give  the  fullest  attention  to  the  wants  and  wishes  of  their 
customers  and  are  much  esteemed  in  our  commercial  community. 


— 384  — 


BOOKSELLERS,  STATIONERS,  PRINTERS 
AND  BOOKBINDERS,  LITHOGRAPHERS 
AND  ENGRAVERS. 

These  branches  form  an  important  part  of  trade  and  industry 
in  our  midst ; the  local  demand  for  books  in  olden  times  was  rather 
insignificant  and  a solitary  bookseller  had  monopoly  till  1830,  the 
number  extended  by  and  by  and  became  quite  large  after  1850 
but  the  “ survival  of  the  fittest,”  rule  reduced  them  in  course  of 
time.  The  sale  of  books  to  city  customers,  keeping  pace  with 
the  constant  growth  of  the  population,  has  since  many  years  proved 
very  satisfactory  to  the  various  firms  and  the  outside  trade,  whole- 
sale and  retail,  amounts  to  large  sums  per  annum,  the  same  may 
be  said  in  reference  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  stationery,  es- 
pecially blank  books,  with  which  St.  Louis  houses  supply  many  of  the 
Western,  Southern  and  Southwestern  States.  We  have  an  abun- 
dance of  printing  establishments  some  of  which  do  a great  deal 
of  book  work,  and  a few  large  binderies,  whose  workmanship  is  of 
unsurpassed  quality.  St.  Louis  has  several  publishing  houses 
with  extensive  plants  employing  many  hundreds  of  hands  and  pro- 
ducing unexcelled  work.  The  lithographing  and  engraving  branch 
is  represented  by  a few  large  and  numerous  small  concerns,  but 
we  refer  exclusively  to  the  prominent  firms. 

JOHN  L.  BOLAND  BOOK  AND  STATIONERY  CO. 

Bell  Main  634.  Kinloch  A903. 

This  firm  may,  by  right,  be  considered  the  foremost  repi’esenta- 
tive  of  the  wholesale  and  retail  book  trade,  not  only  in  St.  Louis, 
but  in  the  whole  West,  and  is  far  and  wide  known  in  every  part 
of  the  United  States.  The  origin  of  the  business,  now  and  since 
1888  conducted  under  the  above  name,  dates  back  to  1840,  when 
Amos  H.  Schultz  & Co.  opened  a store  on  Main  street.  This 
firm  existed  till  1860,  in  which  year  Cantwell  & Shorb  became  its 
successors,  who  in  turn  were  followed  (1873)  by  Shorb  and 
Boland.  In  1885  Mr.  John  L.  Boland  purchased  the  interest  of 
his  partner  and  continued  the  business  during  the  next  three 


— 385  — 


years  under  his  own  name,  after  which  the  present  company  was 
organized  with  John  L.  Boland  as  President ; John  R.  Thomas, 
First  Vice-President  and  Treasurer ; Joseph  M.  Boland,  Second 


Vice-President,  and  L.  R.  Burgess,  Secretary.  Messrs.  Jobii'L. 
Boland,  Joseph  M.  Boland,  John  A.  Thomas,  Samuel  R.  Burgess 
and  Theophil  Herzog  form  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  firm 
25k 


— 386  - 


was  first  located  at  504  N.  Main  street,  occupied  later  on  and  for 
many  years  a double  house  on  Washington  avenue  opposite  the 
Lindell  Hotel,  but  even  these  proved  inadequate  for  the  con. 
stantly  growing  business,  so  that  much  larger  quarters  became 
necessary.  When  the  Hitchcock  Building,  which  covers  the 
entire  block  between  Fourth,  Vine,  St.  Charles  and  Third  street, 
was  in  course  of  erection  the  company  secured  a lease, 
and  is  now  in  possession  of  this  magnificent  structure,  situated 
on  one  of  the  principal  business  thoroughfares,  affording  ample 
room  and  well  adapted  for  the  extensive  trade  transacted 
therein.  The  premises  contain  probably  the  largest  stock  of 
books  and  stationery  in  the  whole  country;  the  standard  works 
of  American  and  European  authors,  the  modern  publications  of 
both  continents  in  every  branch  of  literature  are  always  kept  on 
hand  in  suflicient  quantities  to  enable  the  filling  of  the  largest 
order  without  delay,  and  the  retail  department  is  permanently 
provided  with  the  fullest  assortment  making  selections  easy  and 
free  of  all  embarrassment.  The  stationery  department  comprises 
everything  pertaining  to  that  line  through  direct  connections 
with  the  largest  and  best  known  manufacturers  and  the  stock  in 
these  articles  is  at  all  times  a very  complete  one.  The  hundred 
and  fifty  employees  of  the  house  include  an  appropriate  number 
of  traveling  representatives  and  its  sales  go  in  all  directions. 
The  John  L.  Boland  Book  and  Stationery  Co.  enjoys  a well 
merited  reputation,  based  upon  fair  dealing,  attentive  service  and 
the  acknowledged  high  character  and  standing  of  those  who 
manage  its  affairs;  Mr.  John  L.  Boland  devotes  all  his  time 
and  labor  to  the  supervision  of  this  extensive  establishment  and 
the  same  may  be  said  of  his  associates  and  assistants.  He  hails 
from  Bolington,  Landown  County,  Virginia,  is  a true  type  of  the 
Old  Dominion  gentleman,  upright  and  urbane,  affable  and  sincere, 
a man  of  noble  impulse  and  sterling  worth.  He  interrupted  his 
studies  when  quite  young  to  join  the  Confederate  army, 
served  until  the  end  of  the  war  and  came  in  1866  to  St.  Louis, 
where  he  resided  ever  since  and  where  he  has  won  for  himself 
the  esteem  and  warm  friendship  of  the  best  of  his  fellow-citizens. 


— 387  — 


B.  HERDER. 

Bell  Main  3763m. 

This  firm  has  the  great  distinction  to  be  the  only  one  spoken 
of  in  this  volume  whose  foundation  dates  back  a full  century. 
It  was  in  1801  that  the  publishing  house  of  B.  Herder  in  Frei- 
burg in  Baden  was  established.  The  beginning,  like  in  all  such 
cases,  was  a rather  modest  one,  and  the  first  period  of  its  existence, 
which  included  the  Napoleonic  wars,  was  certainly  not  a favorable 
time  for  the  young  enterprise,  but  energy  and  perseverance,  dili- 
gence and  integrity  soon  resulted  in  an  unprecedented  success. 
The  firm  stands  since  more  than  fifty  years,  if  not  longer,  in  the 
front  rank  of  Catholic  publishing  houses  and  is  not  surpassed  by 
any  in  this  particular  branch.  The  mother  house  in  Freiburg  be- 
came ic  course  of  time  unable  to  handle  its  constantly  growing 
business  from  this  one  point,  and  the  establishing  of  branch  houses 
was  found  necessary.  The  first  of  these  was  opened  in  1866  in 
Strassburg  (Alsace) [and  was  followed  by  those  in  Munich  and 
St.  Louis  — both  established  in  1873 — and  to  these  was  added 
the  Vienna  house  in  1886.  The  establishment  in  Freiburg 
Is  actually  a little  world  in  itself,  comprising  the  various  depart- 
ments through  whose  co-operation  books  are  produced  and  placed 
on  the  market.  Its  publications  cover  the  entire  field  of  Catholic 
literature,  including  the  works  of  many  celebrated  authors. 
Mr.  Joseph  Gummersbach,  who  stands  at  the  head  of 
the  St.  Louis  house,  opened  it  in  the  year  named,  possess- 
ing a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  in  his  line  when  he 
left  the  home]  office  as  its  future  representative  in  the  United 
States.  How  well  he  succeeded  in  the  fulfillment  of  this  duty,  is 
best  proven  by  the  fact  that  the  establishment  under  his  direction 
is  the  largest  of  its  kind  outside  of  New  York.  It  supplies  not 
only  the  West,  South  and  Southwest  but  also  many  of  the  Middle 
and  Eastern  States  and  keeps  constantly  a complete  assortment 
of  Catholic  books  in  the  different  languages  on  hand.  The  firm 
deals,  aside  from  this,  in  church  goods,  church  regalia,  ornaments, 
etc.,  of  everyl[description  and  executes  special  orders  with  the 
greatest  care  and  'promptness.  The  business  had  its  beginning 


— 388  — 


in  19  South  Broadway  in  the  Temple  Building.  After  a few 
years  a store  on  Walnut  street  was  added,  but  the  ever-increasing 
business  demanded  more  store-room.  Mr.  Gummersbach  bought 
in  1881  the  four  story  building,  17  South  Broadway,  where 
eighteen  employees  attend  to  their  various  duties.  Mr.  Gum- 
mersbach, the  resident  partner  of  the  firm  and  its  manager, 
supervises  and  conducts  the  affairs  of  the  house  with  untiring 
activity,  devoting  all  his  time  and  great  ability  to  them,  is 
always  found  at  his  post,  a man  of  remarkable  business  tact 
and  most  affable  in  his  intercourse  with  everybody,  an  excel- 
lent citizen  and  highly  esteemed  by  all  who  know  him. 


E.  T.  JETT  BOOK  & NEWS  CO. 

STATIONERS, 

NEWSDEALERS, 

BOOKSELLERS. 

806  Olive  Street,  ST.  LOUIS. 

Klnloch  A686. 


PHILIP  BOEDER. 

Kinloch  A26. 

The  book  trade  of  St.  Louis  is  naturally  very  large,  but  we 
have,  strange  as  it  may  appear,  only  a few  prominent  firms  in  this 
branch.  One  of  these  is  that  of  Philip  Boeder,  who  gained  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  business  during  his  long  connection 
with  Willie  H.  Gray,  the  well-known  bookseller  of  former  years. 
Mr.  Boeder’s  first  bookstore,  established  in  1878,  was  located  on 
the  south  side  of  Olive,  between  Third  and  Fourth  streets.  The 
nearness  of  the  old  post  office  where  thousands  of  people  congre- 
gate every  day,  gave  this  location  particular  advantages,  so  that 
larger  quarters  soon  became  necessary.  Luck  would  have  it 


— 389  — 


that  the  double  store  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive 
street,  where  now  the  Rialto  building  stands,  became  vacant  and 
Mr.  Roeder  made  good  use  of  this  opportunity  ; it  was  here  where 
his  business  expanded  in  a remarkable  way,  but  the  erection  of 
the  Rialto  building  caused  his  removal  to  307  North  Fourth 
street  in  1890.  Here  he  remained  for  twelve  years  until  1902, 
when  he  resolved  to  move  further  west.  His  new  quarters  are 
at  616  Locust  street,  where  the  first  and  second  floors  are  oc- 
cupied by  him,  affording  ample  room  for  the  very  large  stock  of 
books  and  stationery,  the  great  variety  of  newspapers  and  mag- 
azines always  kept  on  hand.  A full  assortment  of  the  standard 
works  as  well  as  of  modern  literature,  including  the  leading 
English  and  American  authors  and  translations  from  the 
French  and  German,  give  his  patrons  an  almost  unlimited 
opportunity  to  make  their  selections.  Orders  for  anything  not 
on  hand  are  promptly  executed.  Commercial  and  family  station- 
ery in  every  desired  style  constitute  a special  feature  of  the 
firm.  Mr.  Roeder  gives  his  personal  attention  to  all  the  details 
of  his  business,  is  at  his  post  from  morning  till  evening  and  un- 
tiring in  his  efforts  to  accommodate  and  please  his  customers 
"who  are  also  waited  on  by  his  able  and  polite  assistants.  His  in- 
dustry and  close  devotion  to  business  has  resulted  in  a well  de- 
served prosperity ; the  present  large  business  has  developed  from 
a very  small  beginning  and  he  can  therefore  point  to  it  with  justi- 
fied pride.  He  came  to  this  country  when  in  his  childhood,  has 
lived  in  St.  Louis  for  more  than  forty-seven  years,  has  a large 
circle  of  friends  and  is  well  liked  by  all  who  know  him. 

L.  VOLKENING  & SONS  BOOK  AND  STATIONERY  CO. 

Kinloch  B225. 

This  firm  can  look  back  over  an  existence  of  forty-four  years, 
having  been  established  in  1858  by  Mr.  Louis  Volkening,  and  ever 
since  conducted  by  him  until  his  sons  became  his  able  assistants. 
An  old  City  Directory  tells  us  that  Mr.  Volkening’s  store  was 
first  on  the  east  side  of  Fifth,  two  doors  north  of  Walnut  street, 
and  that  he  kept  books,  stationery,  wall  paper  and  window 
shades;  in  1865  he  removed  to  the  corner  of  Fourth  street  and 


390  — 


Franklin  avenue,  where  the  book  and  stationery  business  became 
so  extensive  that  wall  paper,  window  shades,  etc.,  were  done  away 
with.  The  continued  growth  of  trade  made  larger  quarters 
necessary,  and  they  were  secured  by  a removal  to  the  block  fur- 
ther west,  namely,  to  517  Franklin  avenue,  a three-story  building, 
now  entirely  used  by  the  firm.  The  lower  floor  contains 
the  salesrooms  and  office,  the  upper  stories  serve  as  warerooms 
for  their  extensive  stock  of  books  and  stationery.  The  book 
department  of  the  house  comprises  a full  assortment  in  all 
branehes  of  literature  for  the  general  public,  the  student  and 
professional  man,  and  a complete  stock  of  commercial  and  family- 
stationery,  and  aside  from  that  a large  variety  of  toys.  The 
lithographing  and  printing  establishment,  conducted  by  the  Volk- 
enings,  is  located  on  Seventh  and  Howard  streets,  and  furnishes 
first-class  work.  The  incorporation  under  the  present  firm  name 
took  place  in  1900  with  the  following  owners  and  partners: 
Louis  Volkening,  E.  Volkening,  R.  Volkening,  C.  Volkening,  F. 
Volkening  and  H.  Volkening.  Mr.  Louis  Volkening,  a native  of 
Hille  near  Minden  (Prussia),  had  made  St.  Louis  his  home  since 
1854  and  belongs  to  that  class  of  citizens  and  business  men,  who 
are  respected  and  esteemed  for  their  integrity  and  strict  princi- 
ples, which  qualities  are  shared  by  his  sons.  He  is  the  President 
of  the  company,  E.  Volkening  the  Vice-President  and  Treas- 
urer, and  Clias.  Volkening,  Secretary.  The  firm  has  an  extensive 
local  and  outside  trade  principally  in  the  Western  States  and  is 
well  known  for  its  reliability  and  promptness. 

C.  WITTER. 

This  firm  was  original^'  devoted  to  the  selling  and  publishing  of 
German  and  French  books  as  a specially  but  deals  for  many  years 
in  English  works  as  well.  Witter’s  Book  store  was  and  still  is  a 
household  word  among  our  German  population,  it  being  one  of 
the  oldest  firms  of  this  branch  in  the  city.  It  was  established  iu 
1850  by  Mr.  Conrad  Witter  who  had  left  his  native  country  on  ac- 
count of  his  participation  in  the  revolutionary  movements  of  1848 
and  1849  but  who  returned  to  Germany  during  the  first  half  of 
the  sixties,  making  his  nephews  Hugo  and  Ludwig  Witter  his 
successors.  The  former  had  come  here  iu  1856,  the  lat- 


— 391  — 


ter  in  1862 ; they  conducted  the  business  till  1866  in  which 
year  Mr.  Ludwig  Witter  disposed  of  his  interest  to  Mr.  Anton 
Witter,  who  in  the  meantime  had  arrived  in  St.  Louis.  The 
partnership  of  the  two  brothers  Hugo  and  Anton  was  severed  by 
the  death  of  the  latter  in  1894.  The  firm  was  for  twenty-two 
years  on  Second  and  Walnut,  during  a quarter  of  a century  on 
the  west  side  of  Fourth  between  Market  and  Walnut  streets,  and 
is  now  on  the  corresponding  block  of  South  Broadway  No.  19,  a 
very  desirable  locality  on  this  great  thoroughfare.  A full  assort- 
ment of  the  standard  works  and  new  publication  in  English,  French 
and  German,  is  constantly  kept  on  hand,  books  of  science,  classic 
works,  dictionaries  in  the  different  languages  and  the  importation 
of  magazines  and  periodicals  are  a specialty  of  the  firm  and  any- 
thing not  in  stock,  domestic  or  foreign,  is  promptly  furnished. 
Blank  books  and  stationery  form  an  important  feature  of  the 
firm’s  trade  and  everything  in  this  line,  wholesale  and  retail,  is  sold 
at  most  liberal  prices.  The  house  is  known  for  its  fairness  and 
solidity,  the  great  attention  shown  to  customers  and  the  careful 
execution  of  all  orders  entrusted  to  the  same.  Mr.  Hugo  Witter 
is  now  assisted  by  his  sons,  Mr.  Wm.  A.  Witter  and  Mr.  R.  C. 
Witter  ; they  enjoy  the  confidence  of  their  patrons  and  the  esteem 
of  a large  circle  of  friends. 


BOOKSELLERS,  STATIONERS  AND 
NEWSDEALERS. 

A Full  Line  of  Stationery  for  the  Drug  Trade. 


i ST.  LOUIS  NEWS  COMPANY, 
ioo8  and  loio  Locust  Street, 


WHOLESALE 


Price  List  and  all  Information  Cheerfully  Given. 

G.  W.  FLERSHEIM,  Manager. 

Bell  Main  1168a. 


Klnloch  C676. 


— 392  — 


GEO.  A.  ZELLER. 

From  a niche  five  by  eight  feet  with  a few  wooden  boards  for 
shelves  to  a commodious  well-appointed  store  on  one  of  our  prin- 
cipal thoroughfares  is  a big  jump,  and  Mr.  George  A.  Zeller  is  the 
man  who  made  it  thirty  years  ago,  when  he  closed  the  little  niche 
on  the  west  side  of  Fourth  near  Market  street,  where  he  had  sold 
newspapers  and  periodicals  during  a couple  of  years  and  opened 
the  handsome  bookstore  at  number  18  South  Fourth  street  where 
he  has  remained  ever  since.  He  always  keeps  a well  selected 
stock  of  modern  literature  on  hand,  all  magazines,  periodicals 
and  a large  number  of  newspapers,  a complete  assortment  of 
stationery,  albums,  pictures,  etc.,  and  fills  orders  for  anything  in 
his  line  with  the  greatest  promptness.  He  makes  aside  from  all 
this,  the  publication  of  certain  works  a specialty  of  his  business, 
and  one  of  these  books,  “ Stromberg’s  guide  for  Steam  Users” 
is  very  popular  for  engineers  and  firemen.  Mr.  Zeller  is  a 
native  of  Germany,  came  to  this  country  when  very  young  and 
made  St.  Louis  his  permanent  home ; he  is  a courteous,  exceed- 
ingly  polite  gentleman,  attentive  to  his  customers,  strict  and 
honest  in  all  his  dealings,  and  well  liked  by  all  who  come  in  con- 
tact with  him.  His  store  is  a model  of  neatness  and  his  show 
window  contains  at  all  times  something  new  and  attractive  for 
old  and  young  people. 

GEO.  D.  BARNARD  & CO. 

Bell  Linciell  851.  Kinloch  C1492. 

The  manufacture  of  blank  books  in  the  Western  States  had  a 
rather  primitive  character  until  1872,  which  year  can  be  consid- 
ered the  commencement  of  a new  era  in  this  industrial  branch. 
Up  to  that  time  large  quantities  of  blank  books  used  to  be  sold  by 
Eastern  houses  to  dealers  in  the  Middle  and  Western  States,  and 
it  was  a common  belief,  that  these  goods  were  of  a better  quality 
than  those  made  in  Chicago,  Cincinnati  and  St.  Louis,  in  which 
latter  city  two  or  three  firms  combined  blank  book  manufacturing 
on  a small  scale  with  the  stationery  business.  It  is  in  striking 


— 393  — 


contrast  with  that  period,  that  we  have  now  and  since  many  years 
the  largest  blank  book  manufacturing  establishment  in  the  world 
right  in  our  midst..  It  was  founded  thirty  years  ago  by  Geo.  W. 
Van  Beck,  Geo.  D.  Barnard  and  John  S.  Tinsley,  who  formed  a 
copartnership  under  the  name  of  Van  Beck,  Barnard  and  Tinsley. 
Mr.  Barnard  became  the  successor  of  this  firm  in  1877,  since 
which  year  Geo.  D.  Barnard  & Co.  have  come  to  the  front  in 
their  particular  line.  The  incorporation  took  place  in  1885, 
the  style  of  the  firm  remaining  unchanged  and  the  board  of  di- 
rectors consists  of  Messrs.  Geo.  D.  Barnard,  W.  K.  Richards,  E. 
T.  Ustick,  Floyd  Shock  and  Geo.  J.  McGrew,  with  Mr.  Barnard 
as  President,  Mr.  Ustick,  Secretary,  and  Mr.  Richards,  Treas- 
urer. They  were  first  located  on  Main  and  Vine  streets  and 
then  for  a long  time  on  Washington  avenue  and  Eleventh  street, 
but  the  constant  growth  of  business  made  much  larger  quarters 
necessaiy  and  this  led  to  the  erection  of  one  of  the  largest  fac- 
tory buildings  in  the  city  at  Vandeventer  and  Laclede  avenues, 
covering  several  acres  of  ground.  Here  are  united  under  one 
roof  the  offices,  sample  and  salesrooms,  warehouse  and 
workshops,  the  latter  being  fully  equipped  with  the  most 
approved  machinery  of  newest  construction  and  all  mod- 
ern facilities.  Not  less  than  two  hundred  and  fifty 

employees  are  busy  from  morning  till  evening  in  the 
various  departments,  which  comprise  printing,  lithographing, 
the  manufacture  of  all  kinds  of  stationery  and  all  sorts  of  blank 
books  including  those  used  by  city,  town  and  county  officials, 
railroad  companies,  banks,  etc.  Mr.  Geo.  D.  Barnard  was  born 
in  1846,  is  a native  of  Massachusetts,  left  home  when  only  four- 
teen years  of  age ; following  Horace  Greeley's  advice  he  went 
west,  first  to  Chicago  where  he  became  an  apprentice  in  a printing 
establishment,  from  which  humble  position  he  in  course  of  time 
reached  the  prominent  place  of  being  at  the  head  of  one  of  the 
most  extensive  industrial  establishments  in  the  United  States. 
Coming  to  St.  Louis  in  1868,  he  made  this  city  his.  permanent 
home  and  numbers  among  our  most  respected  business  men.  He 
and  his  associates  devote  their  energy,  experience  and  untiring 
activity  to  the  sagacious  conduct  of  their  great  enterprise.  Based 
upon  progressive  ideas  and  liberal  views,  the  remarkable  success 
of  it  is  highly  deserved. 


— 394  — 


SKINNER-KENNEDY  STATIONERY  CO. 

Bell  Main  2823,  2829.  Kinloch  AG22. 

The  Skinner  and  Kennedy  Stationery  Company  is  one  of  the 
younger  mercantile  and  manufacturing  houses  of  our  city,  but 
the  gentlemen  composing  the  firm  possess  the  experience  of  many 
years  of  active  service  in  the  stationery  and  printing  branch,  and 
are  therefore  well  adapted  to  conduct  such  a business.  The  firm 
was  established  July  1st,  1900,  by  Mr.  A.  B.  Skinner,  Mr.  W.  J. 
Kennedy  and  Mr.  Warren  Skinner  and  incorporated  at  the  same 
time  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri  with  A.  B.  Skinner 
as  President,  Mr.  W.  J.  Kennedy,  Vice-President,  and  Warren 
Skinner,  Secretary.  They  make  commercial  printing  a specialty, 
and  have  gained  an  enviable  reputation  in  this  particular  line ; 
they  also  carry  a complete  stock  of  commercial  and  legal  sta- 
tionery and  a full  assortment  of  every  kind  of  counting  room 
and  office  supplies.  The  three  proprietors,  active  and  energetic 
business  men,  give  close  attention  to  all  the  details  of  their  con- 
stantly increasing  trade,  and  this  being  exclusively  local  the 
greatest  care  is  taken  to  give  the  fullest  satisfaction  to  all  their 
patrons.  The  entire  building.  No.  410  North  Fourth  street,  is 
used  by  the  company  for  office,  salesroom  and  warehouse  pur- 
poses ; it  also  contains  the  large  printing  establishment  whose 
carefully  executed  work  speaks  for  itself.  There  are  sixty  per- 
sons employed  in  the  various  departments  under  the  supervision 
of  able  and  experienced  superintendent  and  foremen,  and  noth- 
ing is  left  undone  to  deserve  the  remarkable  success  which  the 
firm  has  won  in  so  short  a time. 

WOODWARD  & TIERNAN  PRINTING  CO. 

Bell  Park  700.  Kinloch  B 2101,  2102. 

The  Woodward  & Tiernan  Printing  Company  has  one  of  the 
largest  establishments  of  its  kind  in  the  United  States,  and  is 
known  far  and  wide  all  over  the  country.  It  was  a rather 
modest  beginning  when  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Woodward,  himself  a prac- 
tical printer,  purchased  in  1864  the  small  job  printing  office  of 


395  ~ 


Geo.  H.  Hanson  on  North  Main  street.  Within  four  j’ears 
larger  quarters  became  necessary  and  the  removal  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  Third  and  Pine  streets  took  place  and  at  the  same 
time  a copartnership  was  formed  by  Mr.  Woodward  and  Mr. 
James  Tiernan,  a most  powerful  team  — to  use  a popular  phrase  — 
which  soon  overcame  all  opposition,  placing  the  firm  of  Wood- 
ward & Tiernan  in  the  front  rank  as  printers,  binders  and 
blank  book  manufacturers.  In  1872  Mr.  W.  B.  Hale  became  a 
partner  in  the  firm,  which  changed  to  Woodward,  Tiernan  & 
Hale,  but  the  latter  withdrew  in  1882,  whereupon  the  two  orig- 
inal partners  continued  under  the  former  name  of  Woodward  & 
Tiernan  until  1886  when  Mr.  Tiernan  died  and  his  interest  in  the 
business  was  purchased  by  the  surviving  partner,  who  soon  after 
organized  a stock  company,  incorporated  as  the  Woodward  & 
Tiernan  Printing  Company.  For  fifteen  years,  namely, from  1872  to 
1887,  the  business  was  carried  on  at  Locust  and  Second  street,  but 
even  this  large  building  proved  inadequate  in  course  of  time 
and  this  caused  the  removal  to  the  present  location,  on  Third, 
between  Olive  and  Locust,  in  the  last  named  year.  The  constant 
growth  of  business  necessitated  additional  accommodations  from 
time  to  time  and  the  establishment  comprises  now  nine  buildings 
with  a floor  space  of  nearly'  200,000  square  feet.  A little  world 
of  its  own  is  concentrated  in  these  buildings,  containing  the  vari- 
ous departments  for  type-setting,  electrotyping,  printing,  binding 
and  manufacturing  of  blank  books  and  the  sale  of  every  kind  of 
stationery.  Everything  emanating  from  this  vast  establish- 
ment excels  in  material  and  workmanship  and  whatever 
comes  from  its  printing  presses  is  unsurpassed  in  execu- 
tion and  taste.  Over  six  hundred  employees  constitute  the 
working  force,  each  department  having  its  own  superin- 
tendent and  foreman.  The  officers  of  the  Company  are: 
Wm.  H.  Woodward,  who  exercises  a general  supervision  over  all 
affairs,  is  the  President  and  Treasurer ; J.  H.  Hawes  is  Vice- 
President ; R.  Buchanan,  Secretary;  Walter  B.  Woodward  and 
Edgar  B.  Woodward,  sons  of  the  President,  occupy  the  position 
of  Business  Manager  and  Superintendent  respectively.  The 
phenomenal  development  and  success  of  the  firm  is  the  direct  and 
well-deserved  result  of  untiring  activity  and  energy,  close  atten- 


— 396 


tion  to  even  the  smallest  details,  strict  business  principles  and  fair 
dealing;  and  not  only  the  founder  of  this  establishment  can  with 
justified  pride  look  upon  his  achievements,  but  all  St.  Louisans 
can  point  with  satisfaction  to  the  Woodward  & Tiernan  Printing 
Company,  as  one  of  the  greatest  industrial  concerns  of  the 
country. 


JOS.  H.  SCHWEICH, 
COMMERCIAL  PRINTER, 
ii6  Olive  St.,  ST.  LOUIS, 

Bell  Main  72a.  Kinloch  A 142. 


NIXON-JONES  PRINTING  CO. 

Bell  Main  297a.  Kinloch  A149. 

The  Nixon-Jones  Printing  Company,  incorporated  in  1882,  is 
the  successor  of  G.  I.  Jones  & Co.,  which  latter  firm  had  con" 
sisted  of  Frank  Nixon  and  G.  I.  Jones.  The  first  officers  of  the 
company  were  F.  O.  Wellman,  President,  and  Geo.  M.  Bartlett, 
Secretary  and  Treasurer,  which  position  he  still  holds.  The  firm 
devotes  itself  principally  to  book  work,  which  on  account  of  its 
superior  quality  has  gained  an  enviable  reputation  all  over  the 
United  States,  and  the  imprint  of  this  company  may  be  seen  on  a 
large  part  of  the  high  grade  work  done  in  St.  Louis  during  the 
last  twenty  years.  While  law  book  work  has  been  a specialty 
miscellaneous  books  of  all  kinds,  catalogues  and  fine  newspaper 
and  magazine  work  also  come  from  the  presses  of  this  establish- 
ment. School  and  college  catalogues  from  all  over  the  West  and 
South  are  generally  printed  by  them  and  the  firm  has  also  done 
satisfactory  work  for  the  great  publishing  houses  of  Boston  and 
San  Francisco.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  briefs  — even  such 


— 397  — 


of  one  hundred  or  more  pages  are  printed  and  delivered  within 
ten  hours  after  receiving  copy  and  they  can  with  all  justification 
claim  to  be  the  best  equipped  and  largest  law  printing  house  in 
the  West.  All  orders  entrusted  to  the  Nixon-Jones  Printing  Com- 
pany is  universally  executed  with  the  greatest  care  by  an  efficient 
corps  of  compositors  under  the  supervision  of  able  and  experienced 
superintendents  and  foremen  and  it  is  the  constant  aim  of  the 
owners  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction.  Secretary 
Bartlett,  Manager  Kline  and  Superintendent  Gotshall  are  always 
ready  to  give  estimates  and  desired  information.  The  well-known 
establishment  occupies  the  entire  building  No.  215  Pine  street 
in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Merchants  Exchange. 

BECKTOLD  PRINTING  AND  BOOK  MANUFACTURING 

COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  36a.  Kinloch  BlOOl. 

St.  Louis  has  a world-wide  reputation  for  its  publishing,  print- 
ing, binding  and  blank  book  manufacturing  establishments,  and 
one  of  them  is  especially  celebrated  for  the  superior  quality  of 
whatever  comes  from  its  workshops.  The  firm  to  which  we 
refer,  the  Becktold  Printing  and  Book  Manufacturing  Company 
originated  in  1874,  more  than  a quarter  of  a century  ago;  it  was 
a rather  modest  beginning  when  Wm.  B.  Becktold,  H.  W.  Brand 
and  C.  R.  Barnes  formed  a copartnership  in  the  year  just  named, 
but  the  establishment  commenced  soon  to  extend  and  developed 
within  a comparatively  short  period  in  an  unprecedented  way,  and 
to  dimensions  which  make  it  one  of  the  largest  concerns 
of  its  kind  in  the  United  States.  They  were  first  located  at  215 
Pine  street,  but  occupy  since  1880  the  building  on  the  south  side 
of  the  same  street,  including  the  numbers  from  200  to  212.  This 
magnificent  plant  comprises  a printing  establishment,  a book 
bindery  and  a blank  book  manufactory,  all  of  which  are 
equipped  with  the  most  approved  modern  machinery  and 
all  facilities  known  in  these  industrial  branches.  Three 
hundred  employees  are  constantly  at  work  in  the  various 
departments  under  efficient  superintendents  and  foremen  and 
it  is  the  aim  of  the  company  to  produce  unexceptionally  good 


— 398  — 


work  and  to  give  tbeir  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  as  to 
quality,  price  and  promptness  in  the  execution  of  all  orders 
entrusted  to  them.  The  ownership  changed  in  course  of  time 
and  the  present  corporation  was  organized  in  1896  with  Wm.  B. 
Becktold,  Andrew  Wunsch,  and  Louis  Becktold  as  incorporators  ; 
the  death  of  Mr.  Wunsch  caused  another  change  and  Messrs. 
Wm.  B.  and  Louis  Becktold  are  now  the  proprietors,  the  former 
being  the  President  and  Treasurer,  the  latter  Secretary  of  the 
company.  Both  devote  all  their  time,  ability,  and  energy  to  the 
management  and  general  supervision  of  the  company’s  business, 
whose  continued  growth  is  the  well-deserved  result  of  their 
adherence  to  strictness,  reliability,  and  fairness  in  all  their 
transactions.  Mr.  Wm.  B.  Becktold  is  interested  in  various 
important  enterprises  and  always  ready  to  participate  in  every 
movement  for  the  good  and  welfare  of  the  community  and  the 
promotion  of  industry  and  commerce.  The  company  is  well 
known  all  over  the  United  States,  as  their  work  goes  to  every 
part  of  the  Union  and  is  everywhere  deservedly  appreciated. 

COMPTON  AND  SONS  LITHOGRAPHING  AND  PRINT- 
ING COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1404A. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1872  by  Mr.  Richard  J.  Compton, 
a native  of  Buffalo,  N.  Y”.,  who  came  here  as  early  as  1853  and 
who  soon  became  famous  as  an  engraver.  Several  years  later  he 
formed  a copartnership  with  Mr.  Thomas  Doan,  under  the  firm  of 
Compton  & Doan,  Music  Publishers,  and  after  the  dissolution  of 
this  firm  he  became  the  President  of  the  Democrat  Lithographing 
Company.  The  Compton  & Sons  Lithographing  Company  was  in- 
corporated in  1872  and  gained  within  a very  short  time  an  envi- 
able reputation  for  the  excellence  of  its  work ; from  its  presses 
emanated  in  course  of  time  the  most  artistic  products  of  the  lith- 
ographers and  engravers  art,  justly  celebrated  for  the  originality 
and  beauty  of  design  and  execution.  Of  the  numerous  products 
issued  by  this  firm  we  will  mention  only  the  superb  invitations  for 
the  annual  Veiled  Prophets  Ball  and  the  History  of  the  Boatmen’s 
Bank  published  on  the  occasion  of  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  that 


— 309  — 


institmion,  the  tasteful  calendars  of  the  American  Wine  Company, 
which,  like  many  other  articles,  have  won  general  admiration. 
Mr.  R.  J.  Compton  directed  the  affairs  of  the  company  for 
twenty-seven  years,  up  to  the  very  time  of  his  death,  which 
occurred  on  May  20th,  1899  ; he  was  one  of  the  best  known 
men  in  the  city,  highly  esteemed  in  business  and  social  circles, 
was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Mercantile  Club,  a member 
of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  also  of  various  commercial  and 
fraternal  organizations  and  took  at  all  times  a very  active  part 
in  public  affairs.  The  three  oldest  of  his  four  sons  had  for  many 
years  been  their  father’s  partners  and  connected  with  the  estab- 
lishment almost  from  boyhood  after  receiving  an  excellent  edu- 
cation. They  possess  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  in 
the  lithographing,  engraving  aud  printing  branches  and  are 
their  father’s  worthy  successors,  faithful  to  their  various  duties 
and  giving  all  their  time  and  attention  to  the  careful  execution  of 
all  orders.  The  products  of  the  establishment  consist  in  all  kinds 
of  work  pertaining  to  the  branch,  such  in  colors  being  a specialty 
for  which  the  firm  has  earned  an  enviable  reputation  in  all  the 
Western  and  Southwestern  States.  The  establishment  occupies 
the  entire  building  number  212  Locust  street,  is  equipped  with 
the  best  machinery  and  all  modern  appliances  for  the  turning  out 
of  unsurpassed  work.  Mr.  P.  C.  Compton  is  the  President,  Mr. 
C.  B.  Compton  Vice-Pi’esident,  and  Mr.  R.  J.  Compton,  Junior, 
is  Secretary  of  the  company  ; all  three  are  favorably  known  in 
the  mercantile  community,  have  a host  of  friends  and  are  well 
liked  for  the  affable  manners  and  other  attainments  inherited 
from  their  estimable  ancestor. 

AUG.  GAST  BANK  NOTE  AND  LITHOGRAPHING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2137m.  Kinloch  C973. 

It  is  but  natural  that  this  country  with  its  immense  trade  and 
commerce  forms  the  greatest  field  for  the  lithographers’  and 
engravers’  art  and  that  millions  of  dollars  are  yearly  expended 
for  the  products  of  this  industrial  branch.  And  it  is  just  as 
natural  that  the  competition  therein  creates  a permanent  striving 
for  the  highest  achievements,  so  that  the  doctrine  of  “ the  surviv- 


— 400 


ing  of  the  fittest  ” is  truly  applicable  to  the  firms  engaged  in  this 
line  of  business.  It  must  therefore  be  a source  of  pride  for  our 
city  that  the  greatest  and  best  known  lithographing  and  engrav- 
ing establishment  in  the  United  States  is  located  in  our  midst. 
The  August  Gast  Bank  Note  and  Lithographing  Co.  stands  with- 
out a rival  in  regard  to  the  superiority,  accuracy  and  beauty  of 
all  its  productions.  The  firm’s  beginning  was  on  a very  small 
scale,  but  it  grew  continually  till  it  reached  the  top  of  the  ladder. 
The  brothers  Leopold  and  August  Gast  came  to  St.  Louis  in 
1852 ; they  had  learned  their  art  in  their  native  country,  brought 
a single  lithographing  press  with  them  and  opened  a very  modest 
shop  with  an  equally  modest  outfit.  They  met  with  success  and 
could  soon  occupy  larger  quarters ; their  business  kept  pace 
with  the  growth  of  the  city  and  placed  its  competitors 
within  a few  years  more  or  less  in  the  background.  Mr. 
L.  J.  W.  Wall,  who  had  in  1876  been  admitted  into  the 
partnership  by  Mr.  August  Gast  (the  withdrawal  of  Mr.  Leopold 
Gast  had  taken  place  many  years  before)  was  especially  success- 
ful in  surrounding  himself  with  the  best  designers,  engravers 
and  lithographers  whose  artistic  work  contributes  just  as  much 
to  the  widespread  fame  of  the  establishment  as  the  unexcep- 
tional fair  business  methods  of  the  firm.  He  became  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  company  after  the  retirement  of  Mr.  August  Gast  in 
1885,  and  the  uninterrupted  growth  and  extension  of  the  estab- 
lishment since  then  is  greatly  due  to  his  untiring  zeal  and  energy, 
assisted  by  Mr.  W.  W.  Ramsay,  the  Secretary,  and  a large 
number  of  foremen,  many  of  whom  have  been  with  the  house 
for  more  than  twenty  years.  The  erection  of  the  large  build- 
ing on  the  southeast  corner  of  Morgan  and  Twenty-first  street, 
occupied  since  1889,  secure  to  it  not  only  a very  desirable  loca- 
tion, but  at  the  same  time  the  best  possible  facilities  for  the  ex- 
ecution of  work  in  all  the  different  departments.  They  are 
equipped  with  the  most  modern  presses,  the  most  approved 
machinery  and  the  latest  improvements.  Here  every  kind  and 
style  of  engraving,  in  stone  or  steel  — from  the  smallest  label 
to  the  largest  show-card  ; from  a visiting  card  to  a bond  with 
ever  so  many  coupons ; from  a monogram  on  ladies’  note 
paper  to  all  sorts  of  commercial  and  legal  blanks.  Not  less 


— 401  — 


than  two  hundred  and  fifty  employees  are  necessary  to  execute 
the  orders  received  from  all  parts  of  the  West,  Southwest  and 
Middle  States  ; the  Eastern  States  being  served  by  a branch  estab- 
lishment in  New  York.  Mr.  Wall  is  one  of  the  most  promi- 
nent citizens  of  St.  Louis,  a member  of  the  Manufacturers  and 
other  Clubs  ; one  of  the  founders  and  a director  of  the  Jefferson 
Bank  and  interested  in  several  important  enterprises ; in  spite  of 
his  manifold  business  duties  he  devotes  much  time  and  labor  to  the 
welfare  of  the  community,  which  he  has  served  in  different  capac- 
ities, and  since  the  organization  of  the  Good  Government  Club 
of  which  he  was  especially  instrumental,  he  occupies  the  Presi- 
dent’s chair  of  the  society,  as  he  believes  every  citizen  and 
especially  business  man  should  take  an  interest  in  matters  concern- 
ing the  welfare  of  the  city  in  which  they  live. 

SCHARR  BROTHERS  ENGRAVING  CO. 

Bell  Main  576a.  Kinloch  C861. 

The  manufacture  and  sale  of  society  stationery  is  since  many 
years  an  important  branch  of  trade,  and  the  demand  for  tasteful 
and  artistic  work  by  the  fashionable  world  is  constantly  on  the 
increase.  There  is  only  one  strictly  society  stationery  house  in 
St.  Louis  and  that  is  the  Scharr  Brothers  Engraving  Company, 
whose  establishment  at  1405  Olive  street  may  by  right  be  called 
the  rendezvous  place  of  the  bon-ton  of  our  city.  The  assort- 
ment found  there  comprises  every  article  of  society  stationery 
and  of  the  finest  quality,  the  best  of  American  and  European, 
especially  English  origin,  and  of  the  newest  and  most  modern 
designs.  The  engraving  department  of  the  firm  is  justly  cele- 
brated for  the  superiority  and  beauty  of  everything  emanating 
from  it,  from  the  simple  visiting  card  to  the  elaborate  betrothal 
announcement,  wedding  and  other  invitations,  all  unsurpassed  in 
style  and  execution.  The  firm  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  its  line, 
having  been  established  as  early  as  1854  by  Mr.  John  -Scharr,  for 
many  years  located  on  Fourth,  between  Pine  and  Olive  streets. 
The  death  of  Mr.  John  Scharr  occurred  in  1896,  since  which  time 
the  business  is  conducted  by  his  oldest  son,  Mr.  Gustav  F, 
Scharr,  who  has  succeeded  in  adding  new  patrons  to  the  iunum- 
26k 


— 402  — 


erable  old  ones,  which  for  years  and  years  have  been  and  still  are 
pernaanent  customers  of  the  establishment,  which  is  known  for 
the  prompt  and  careful  attention  given  to  all  orders.  The  firm 
was  incorporated  in  1891  under  the  above  name  by  John  Scharr, 
John  Scharr,  Jr.,  and  Gustavus  F.  Scharr.  The  present  officers 
are:  Gustavus  F.  Scharr,  President;  Walter  C.  Scharr,  Vice- 
President  and  M.  A.  Schueler,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

STEINER  ENGRAVING  & BADGE  CO. 

Bell  Main  2523.  Kiuloch  B1429. 

Whatever  emanates  from  the  Steiner  Engraving  & Badge 
Company  excels  in  artistic  design,  taste  and  skillful  execution  of 
work  and  is  unsurpassed  in  general.  The  firm  stands  at  the 
head  of  all  similar  establishments  and  its  products  comprise 
badges  and  buttons  for  societies,  clubs,  secret  orders,  conven- 
tions, political  and  other  organizations,  stencils,  seals,  steel,  brass, 
and  rubber  stamps,  also  bookbinders’  and  box  printing  dies, 
metal  checks,  etc.  All  the  articles  manufactured  by  the 
company  are  of  superior  quality  and  aside  from  a very  extensive 
local  trade  large  orders  for  them  especially  for  badges  are  con- 
stantly received  from  all  parts  of  the  Union.  It  is  the  aim  and  pride 
of  the  company,  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  as 
to  material,  workmanship,  and  price,  no  matter  how  large  or 
small  the  order  may  be.  The  business  was  established  in  1879 
by  J.  J.  Linck  and  Co.  who  conducted  it  until  1885,  when 
Messrs.  T rebus  and  Steiner  became  the  owners.  The  present 
firm  was  incorporated  in  1899  by  the  following  proprietors : 
Chas.  W.  Steiner,  President  and  Treasurer;  Chas.  J.  Kircher, 
Vice-President;  Harry  B.  Higley,  Secretary,  and  Geo.  H.  Kuntz, 
Supei'intendent.  All  the  partners,  natives  of  St.  Louis,  became 
identified  with  the  establishment  when  very  young,  grew  up  with 
it  and  made  it  what  it  is  now.  Their  great  and  well  deserved 
success  being  the  result  of  long  practical  experience  and  thorough 
knowledge  in  their  particular  branch  of  industry,  combined  with 
able  management  and  fair  dealing.  The  business  was  located  for 
many  years  at  210  Chestnut  street,  but  the  firm  occupies  since 
1896  the  entire  building  No.  11  North  Eighth  street,  the  lower 


— 403  — 


floor  of  which  contains  the  office  and  salesrooms,  where  a full 
assortment  of  the  various  articles  is  always  to  be  found ; the 
upper  stories  serve  as  workshops  and  are  equipped  with  the 
most  modern  machinery  and  best  implements. 


PUBLISHING  FIRMS. 

CONCORDIA  PUBLISHING  HOUSE. 

Kiuloch  C1053. 

The  greatest  Evangelical  Lutheran  publishing  establishment 
in  the  United  States  is  located  in  St.  Louis,  unsurpassed  by  any 
other  in  size,  equipment  and  the  superiority  of  all  work  emanat- 
ing from  it,  as  shown  by  the  fact  that  its  exhibit  at  the  Pan- 
American  Exposition  at  Buffalo  (1901)  was  awarded  a silver 
medal.  Its  official  position  is  best  signified  as.  the  book  concern 
of  the  Evangelical  Lutheran  Synod  of  Missouri,  which  comprises 
all  the  Western  and  some  of  the  Middle  States.  Up  to  1869  the 
books  used  in  church  and  school  were  published  by  private  firms, 
under  contract  with  the  Synod,  but  in  that  year  the  founding  of 
a synodal  printing  establishment  was  resolved  upon,  and  this 
plan  was  carried  out  without  delay.  The  imposing  structure  at 
the  corner  of  Jefferson  avenue  and  Miami  street,  reaching  to  In- 
diana avenue,  dedicated  to  its  purpose  in  1872,  and  enlarged 
from  time  to  time,  contains  the  printing  establishment,  publica- 
tion office  and  book  depot  of  the  Synod,  from  which  all  the  con- 
gregations belonging  to  the  latter  are  supplied.  There  are  under 
the  one  roof  united  the  type-setters,  electrotypers,  engine  and 
press-rooms,  the  bindery,  the  packing,  mailing  and  shipping  de- 
partment, storage-room,  a book  store  for  the  local  trade,  editorial 
and  business  offices  — all  provided  with  the  most  modern  and  practi- 
cal equipment.  Aside  from  books  a great  number  of  periodicals 
are  regularly  published,  foremost  among  them  their  “ Luther- 
aner,”  a semi-monthly  family  paper,  several  theological  papers, 
magazines  for  children  and  young  people,  to  which  in  later  years 
a number  of  English  publications  of  like  character  have  been 
added.  A supervisory  board  with  Pastor  C.  Janzow  as  chair- 


— 404  — 


man  stands  at  the  bead  of  the  corporation  and  the  management 
lies  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Martin  S.  Tirmenstein,  who  holds  this 
responsible  position  since  1892,  in  which  year  he  was  appointed 
General  Manager.  He  performs  his  duties  with  a sagacity,  ability 
and  circumspection  of  which  much  older  men  might  justly  be 
proud,  he  being  at  present  only  forty-two  years  of  age.  Mr. 
Tirmenstein  is  a native  of  St.  Louis  where  his  grandfather,  Mar- 
tin Tirmenstein  settled  in  1839  as  one  of  the  first  Lutheran  emi- 
grants from  Saxony.  The  grandson  received  an  excellent  educa- 
tion and  was  well  prepared  for  the  vocation  he  chose,  in  mercantile 
pursuits ; he  first  entered  the  banking  house  of  Consul  Robert 
Barth,  worked  several  years  as  a clerk  with  Gray,  Backer&  Co.,  book- 
sellers and  stationers,  and  became,  1891,  the  assistant  manager  of 
the  Concordia  Publishing  House.  The  promotion,  which  soon  fol- 
lowed, was  well  deserved ; he  gives  his  undivided  attention  and 
untiring  labor  to  the  fulfillment  of  his  duties,  possesses  remark- 
able business  tact  and  the  most  affable  manners,  qualities  that 
have  won  him  the  esteem  of  all  that  come  in  business  and  social 
contact  with  him. 

LOUIS  LANGE  PUBLISHING  CO. 

Kinloch  C298. 

The  development  of  a literary  enterprise  from  a small  begin- 
ning to  large  dimensions  is  by  no  means  a rare  occurrence,  but 
the  results  of  the  late  Mr.  Louis  Lange,  the  founder  of  the  pub- 
lishing business  from  which  the  above  company  emanated,  were  of 
such  a remarkable  success  that  it  stands  almost  without  compari- 
son. It  was  in  1863  when  Mr.  Lange  acquired  “ Die  Abend- 
scJmle,”  then  a monthly,  but  now,  and  since  many  years,  a weekly 
and  semi-monthly  illustrated  journal,  whose  circulation  at  that  time 
did  not  reach  over  500  subscribers.  The  new  owner  was  a practi- 
cal printer,  having  learned  his  trade  in  the  composing  rooms  of  the 
Netv  York  Staats-Zeitimg,  but  he  combined  with  this  profession 
a good  deal  of  editorial  ability  and  business  capacity,  energy  and 
perseverance,  and  it  did  not  take  long  until  the  paper  became  a 
very  interesting  and  valuable  addition  to  the  German  periodicals 
-of  this  country,  among  which  it  now  stands  in  the  front  rank. 


— 405  — 


The  list  of  subscribers  grew  from  year  to  year,  and  this  enabled 
the  proprietor  in  course  of  time  to  erect  a printing  establishment 
of  a very  large  size  and  modern  equipment  on  Texas  avenue, 
corner  Miami  street,  one  of  the  most  eligible  parts  of  the  city. 
Mr.  Louis  Lange,  Sr.,  died  in  1893,  but  had  withdrawn  from  the 
active  management  some  time  previous,  leaving  the  entire  business 
in  the  hands  of  his  sons,  Theodore  and  Ernest  Lange,  who  in  1892 
had  the  Louis  Lange  Publishing  Company  incorporated  under  the 
laws  of  Missouri.  They  were  their  father’s  worthy  successors, 
conscientious,  upright,  active  and  full  of  enterprise,  devoting, 
their  time  and  labor  to  their  duties ; they  surrounded  themselves 
with  a corps  of  able  writers,  left  nothing  undone  to  improve  the 
character  and  contents  of  the  publication  and  had  the  satisfaction 
that  the  “ Abendschule  ” is  now  distributed  in  42,000  copies.  To 
this  German  magazine  they  added  in  1894  an  English  semi- 
monthly, the  Illustrated  Home  Journal,  which  is  just  as  carefully 
edited  and  sent  out  to  over  17,000  subscribers.  Both  publica- 
tions have  readers  all  over  the  United  States,  in  Canada,  Germany 
and  Australia.  They  are  scrupulously  free  from  politics  and  con- 
tain unexceptional  choice  and  interesting  family  reading.  Aside 
from  these  a number  of  very  interesting  works  (in  German)  have 
been  issued  by  the  firm,  among  them:  The  Civil  War,  The  Rev- 
olutionary War,  The  Life  of  Bismarck,  many  books  for  young 
people,  Books  of  Fiction,  Collections  of  Poetry,  etc.  The 
company  has  for  its  officers,  Mr.  Theodore  Lange  and  Mr. 
Ernest  Lange.  The  first  named  is  President  and  Treasurer,  his 
brother  the  Secretary,  and  they  fully  deserve  the  envious  successes 
which  they  have  achieved.  They  are  known  for  their  strict 
business  principles  and  enjoy  the  esteem  of  a large  circle  of 
friends.  The  establishment  gives  constant  employment  to  frona 
forty  to  fifty  hands,  is  a model  of  neatness  and  practical 
aiTangements  in  all  its  details  and  visitors  are  always  welcome  on 
the  premises. 


— 406  — 


ADVERTISING  AGENCIES. 

H.  W.  KASTOR  & SONS  ADVERTISING  CO. 

Bell  Mala  21.  Kinloch  B418. 

Twelve  well-appointed  I’ooms  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the  Pozzoni 
Building,  northeast  corner  Ninth  and  Chestnut  streets,  are  occu- 
pied by  the  H.  W.  Kastor  & Sons  Advertising  Company,  one  of 
the  largest  Arms  in  this  particular  branch  in  the  United  States 
and  undoubtedly  the  largest  in  the  West.  The  unparalleled 
success  of  this  company  is  all  the  more  remarkable,  as  it  has  been 
achieved  within  a comparatively  short  period,  only  seven  years 
having  elapsed  since  Mr.  H.  W.  Kastor  exchanged  the  editor’s 
and  publisher’s  vocation  with  his  present  one.  He  had  for  nearly 
thirty  years  been  the  editor  and  proprietor  of  a daily  paper  in  St. 
Joseph  and  well  known  in  Missouri  and  our  neighboring  States, 
and  when  he  entered  the  advertising  branch,  he  brought  with  him 
a thorough  knowledge  and  long  experience  to  the  new  field  of  his 
activity.  Successful  advertising  may  be  classified  as  a science 
and  one  of  the  higher  arts;  it  requires  excellent  judgment  and 
circumspection,  not  only  how,  but  especially  where  and  when  to 
advertise,  so  as  to  make  it  the  most  profitable  to  the  advertiser, 
or,  in  other  words,  to  bring  him  the  best  results  for  the  money  so 
invested.  It  is  the  particular  pride  of  the  Kastor  & Sons 
Advertising  Company,  that  their  patrons  have  always  appreciated 
their  services,  that  their  number  has  grown  from  year  to  year 
and  that  they  have  some  of  the  most  extensive  advertisers  in  the 
country,  whp  formerly  dealt  with  other  firms,  on  their  list  — a 
fact  which  speaks  volumes  for  the  Kastors.  They  form  a rather 
close  corporation  and  a very  unique  one  at  that,  it  being  con- 
stituted by  H.  W.  Kastor,  the  father  and  his  seven  sons,  a con- 
stellation, which  very  likely  has  no  duplicate  in  the  whole  world. 
The  establishment  is  divided  in  eight  specific  departments:  H.  W. 
Kastor  manages  the  finances,  B.  H.  Kastor  has  charge  of  the 
printing  department  from  which  the  often  admired,  tasty  and 
artistic  advertisements  sent  out  by  the  firm  emanate ; Louis 


— 407  — 


stands  at  the  head  of  the  rate  division,  E.  H.  has  won  fame  as  an 
advertisement  and  circular  writer  ; E.  H.  is  the  originator  of  many 
successful  schemes,  especially  for  mail  order  houses  ; W.  B.  is  in 
charge  of  the  soliciting  department  and  can  point  to  admirable 
results  in  his  line ; Arthur  G.  and  Fred  W.  supervise  the  check- 
ing and  file  divisions  respectively.  The  enviable  achievements  of 
the  company  are  the  direct  result  of  the  harmonious  co-operation 
of  these  various  departments  and  their  heads,  but  not  less  the 
result  of  the  strict  business  principles,  reliability  and  promptness, 
with  which  all  transactions  are  invariably  conducted  by  Mr. 
Kastor  and  his  seven  sous. 

STEWART  SCOTT  PRESSROOM  CO. 

Bell  731a.  Kinloch  A399. 

Good  presswork  forms  an  important  part  of  every  kind  of  pub- 
lication ; the  dail}^  or  weekly  paper,  the  monthly  or  quarterly 
magazine,  the  largest  or  smallest  book  becomes  more  acceptable 
if  well  printed,  and  loses  in  value  if  this  qualification  is  missing. 
We  have  in  our  midst  an  establishment  for  the  execution  of 
general  presswork  which  stands  unexcelled  and  unsurpassed  by 
any  other  firm  here  or  elsewhere.  The  Stewart  Scott  Pressroom 
Company  is  located  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Third  aud  Locust 
street  and  fully  equipped  with  the  best  and  newest  machinery  and 
modern  appliances,  each  of  the  numerous  presses  having  its  own 
separate  electric  motor  as  moving  power.  The  business  was 
originally  founded  in  1881  by  Mr.  Stewart  Scott,  who  in  1886 
formed  a copartnership  with  Mr.  J.  P.  Richarz  under  the  firm 
name  of  Scott  & Richarz,  which  after  the  withdrawal  of  the  latter 
(in  1898)  was  succeeded  by  the  Stewart  Scott  Pressroom  Com- 
pany, incorporated  by  Stewart  Scott,  S.  D.  Scott  and  Chas.  P. 
Noel  with  Stewart  Scott  as  President  and  Treasurer,  and  Chas.  P. 
Noel  as  Vice-President  aud  Secretary.  The  first  location  at  318 
Chestnut  street  proved  too  small  in  course  of  time  and  this  caused 
a removal  to  110  South  Ninth,  but  still  larger  quarters  became 
necessary  and  this  resulted  in  the  transfer  to  the  present  fire- 
proof place,  in  which  sixty  hands  are  constantly  employed.  The 
superior  pi-esswork  emanating  from  the  establishment  won  for 


— 408  — 


the  firm  a permanent  and  steadily  growing  patronage ; the  firm 
abstains  from  catering  to  low  prices,  but  secures  and  holds  its 
customers  by  meritorious  work.  Mr.  Stewart  Scott  hails  from 
Edinburgh,  left  Scotland  in  1868  and  came  directly  to  St.  Louis, 
making  this  city  his  home  ever  since.  He  is  himself  a practical 
printer,  an  expert  in  his  trade  and  exercises  a personal  super- 
vision of  the  establishment. 

THALMANN  PRINTING  INK  CO. 

Bell  Main  2131.  Kinloch  A174. 

The  quality  of  the  ink  with  which  newspapers,  periodicals, 
books,  engravings,  etc.,  are  printed  enhances  or  diminishes  their 
value  in  a great  measure,  and  it  is  but  natural  that  in  our  days, 
when  the  printers’  and  engravers’  art  has  reached  such  a high 
degree  of  perfection,  the  demand  for  the  best  kind  of  ink  is  a 
general  one.  To  respond  to  this  demand  is  the  constant  aim  of 
the  Thalmann  Printing  Ink  Co.,  established  in  1869  by  B.  Thal- 
mann  at  2115  to  2121  Singleton  street,  where  the  factory  has 
remained  ever  since.  The  articles  manufactured  by  the  firm  are 
printing  and  lithographic  ink  of  all  colors,  copper  and  steel  plate 
ink,  printers’  varnishes  and  plate  oils.  Experienced  workmen 
and  the  most  approved  machinery,  together  with  only  the  best 
material  and  utmost  carefulness,  produce  these  various  articles, 
which  have  won  for  the  firm  an  enviable  reputation  and  well- 
deserved  success.  It  was  incorporated  in  1893  by  B.  Thalmann, 
J.  H.  Ketcheson  and  L.  C.  Gross.  The  present  Directors  are 
B.  Thalmann,  J.  H.  Ketcheson  and  Wm.  Nedderhut,  the  first  two 
being  President  and  Vice-President  respectively.  Thalmann’ s 

inks  are  sold  in  the  Northern,  Southern  and  Western  States,  and 
give  everywhere  the  greatest  satisfaction.  The  firm  has  branches 
in  Chicago  (No.  415  Dearborn  street)  and  in  Kansas  City  (No.  401 
Wyandotte  street).  The  home  office  is  located  at  210  Olive  street. 
Mr.  Thalmann  was  born  in  Thuringia,  received  a good  education 
and  became  an  apprentice  in  the  lithographic  establishment  of  which 
his  brother  was  the  proprietor.  He  then  found  employment  as 
a lithographer  in  Pesth,  the  capital  of  Hungary  and  later  on  in 
Vienna.  Seeking  his  fortune  in  the  new  world,  he  came,  1864,  to 


— 409  — 


St.  Louis,  which  city  he  has  made  his  home  ; after  working  for 
nearly  five  years  for  the  August  Gast  Lithographing  Company, 
he  concluded  to  relinquish  this  vocation,  whereupon  he  estab- 
lished himself  in  the  ink  business  and  has  certainly  no  cause  to 
regret  the  change.  He  is  an  active  and  enterprising  business  man, 
reliable  in  all  his  dealings  and  highly  esteemed  by  all  who  know 
him. 


DRY  PLATES  AND  PHOTOGRAPHERS’ 
SUPPLIES. 

Among  the  various  products  of  science  and  industry,  the  many 
articles  of  mauufacture  emanating  from  local  establishments, 
perhaps  none  has  made  St.  Louis  so  famous,  we  might  say  all  over 
the  world,  as  the  dry  plates  prepared  by  firms  of  this  city.  They 
are  used  and  preferred  by  photographers  in  every  part  of  the 
United  States,  are  found  in  the  cameras  in  Europe  and  other 
foreign  countries,  and  have  carried  the  name  of  St.  Louis  to  the 
Swiss  Alps,  the  volcanoes  of  Italy,  the  ruins  of  classic  Greece, 
the  Holy  Land,  the  Desert  of  the  Sahara,  the  Himalaya  Moun- 
tains and  to  far-off  Australia.  It  is  their  superior  quality  which 
has  secured  to  them  their  great  reputation  and  with  that  the 
markets  of  the  world,  and  we  take  great  pleasure  to  speak  of  the 
establishments  devoted  to  this  branch  on  the  following  pages. 

G.  CRAMER  DRY  PLATE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Sidney  141.  Kinloch  C1092. 

The  uninterrupted  progi’ess  of  the  photographer’s  art  is  largely 
due  to  the  perfection  reached  in  the  manufacturing  of  dry  plates, 
as  they  constitute  the  principal  basis  of  a good  picture.  The 
quality  of  the  plate  is  therefore  a matter  of  greatest  importance  ; 
the  exactness  and  finish  of  the  artist’s  work  depends  of  course 
upon  his  abilitj'  but  just  as  much  on  the  material  and  all  auxil- 
iaries used  in  the  production  of  a picture.  St.  Louis  may  be 
truthfully  called  the  manufacturing  center  for  dry  plates,  as  we 
have  three  such  establishments  in  our  midst.  We  will  speak  first 


— 410  — 


of  the  G.  Cramer  Dry  Plate  Company,  whose  origin  dates  back 
to  1879,  in  which  year  Mr.  Gustav  Cramer,  in  partnership  with 
Mr.  H.  Norden,  commenced  to  make  dry  plates.  This  was  done* 
on  a rather  small  scale  but  soon  developed  into  larger  dimen- 
sions. Many  obstacles  and  drawbacks  had  to  be  overcome,  great 
patience  and  energy  were  necessary,  to  surmount  the  manifold 
hindrances  till  the  desired  results  were  reached.  It  was  a great 
triumph  for  the  young  firm,  when  at  the  Photographers’  Conven- 
tion, held  in  Chicago,  in  1880,  the  photographs  made  with  their 
dry  plates  received  the  first  prize,  the  awards  being  given  by  a 
jury  composed  of  the  best  photographers  in  the  country.  Mr. 
Norden  withdrew  from  the  firm  after  a few  years  and  the  G. 
Cramer  Dry  Plate  Works  took  the  place  of  Cramer  & Norden  till 
1898,  in  which  year  the  G.  Cramer  Dry  Plate  Company  was  or- 
ganized and  incorporated  with  Gustav  Cramer  as  President,  J.  C. 
Somerville  as  Secretary,  and  F.  Ernst  Cramer  as  Vice-President 
and  Treasurer.  The  present  location  on  Shenandoah  and  Lemp 
avenues  was  first  occupied  iu  1889,  but  the  building  became 
too  small  for  the  constant  growth  of  the  business  and 
larger  accommodations  were  needed.  Much  more  room 
was  required  and  an  entire  new  plant,  erected  on  the 
same  site  and  additional  ground,  covering  an  area  of  266 
by  190  feet  is,  since  April,  1899,  in  use  for  the  different  depart- 
ments, furnishing  ample  space  for  all  purposes  of  this  extensive 
establishment.  The  principal  building  consists  of  two  stories 
below  and  two  above  the  street,  and  the  four  floors  contain  over 
50,000  square  feet  divided  in  numerous  departments  provided 
with  the  most  modem  and  complete  machinery  and  appliances 
known  in  technic  and  science.  The  glass  used  for  the  Cramer 
Dry  Plates  is  imported  from  England  and  Belgium,  the  domestic 
article  lacking  the  clearness  of  color  and  smoothness  of  surface 
indispensable  for  the  production  of  first-class  photographic  work- 
The  sub-cellar  serves  in  part  as  storage  room  for  the  original 
packages  (boxes)  filled  with  glass ; here  the  boxes  are  opened, 
the  glass  is  carefully  examined  and  then  by  an  automatic  electric 
elevator  sent  to  the  next  floor  where  it  is  placed  one  by  one  in 
tanks  filled  with  sulphuric  acid,  whereby  every  particle  of  foreign 
substance  is  removed  and  from  here  every  single  plate  passes 


— 411  — 


through  a process  of  washing  between  rotary  brushes  under  a 
constant  stream  of  filtered  water.  In  emerging  it  receives  the  coat 
of  substratum  which  is  necessary  to  secure  the  sensitive  film  to 
the  glass.  These  substratum  machines,  of  which  there  are  four, 
are  capable  of  coating  thirtj'  8x10  lights  of  glass  per  minute 
and  considering  the  fact  that  they  are  run  ten  hours  a day,  some 
idea  can  be  formed  of  the  daily  capacity  of  this  plant.  The 
emulsion,  ihe  composition  of  which  is  only  known  to  Mr.  Cramer 
and  his  assistants  in  the  labcratory,  is  applied  to  the  plates  in 
rooms  with  a dim  ruby-colored  light  so  as  to  prevent  an  exposure 
to  daylight  and  after  being  coated  they  pass  through  an  ice 


tunnel  of  more  than  thirty  feet  whereby  the  coating  is  set,  after 
which  the  plates  are  placed  on  shelves  and  wheeled  into  the  drying 
room,  where  refrigerating  and  heating  pipes  and  electric  fans 
continue  and  finish  the  drying  process.  These  fans  are  kept  in 
motion  day  and  night,  so  that  the  plates  coated  during  the  day 
are  perfectly  dried  the  next  morning.  The  examining,  assorting, 
packing  and  labeling  is  done  in  separate  rooms,  all  arranged 
for  their  special  purpose,  and  for  all  transferring  and  moving 
electricity  is  used.  The  electric  power  comes  from  a spacious 
power  house,  entirely  separate  from  the  main  building,  two  engines 
provide  the  whole  machinery  with  the  necessary  power  and  all 


— 412  — 


parts  of  tlie  establishment  with  heat,  light  and  ventilation.  The 
equipment  of  the  establishment  is  the  most  complete  in  all  its 
details,  it  even  includes  the  printing  of  all  the  labels  and  blanks 
used  by  the  company.  The  testing  department  is  superintended 
by  Mr.  Robert  Benecke,  an  experienced  photographer  like  Mr.  G. 
Cramer  himself,  and  for  twenty  years  connected  with  the  technical 
and  operative  divisions  of  the  firm. 

The  constant  care  and  watchfulness  on  the  part  of  Mr.  Cramer 
and  his  assistants  secure  to  the  output  of  the  firm  the  uninter- 
rupted excellent  quality  which  has  made  the  Cramer  Dry  Plates 
celebrated  at  home  and  abroad  ; they  are  shipped  to  all  parts  of 
the  United  States,  to  Canada,  South  America,  Mexico,  Europe, 
the  West  Indies,  Hawaii,  Cubaand  Australia.  Products  of  these 
plates  are  on  exhibition  in  the  art  room  into  which  the  visitor  is 
ushered  directly  from  the  center  hall  of  the  building.  It  is  an 
apartment  well  worth  to  be  seen  in  the  palaces  of  reigning 
monarchs  ; the  floor  is  of  quartered  white  oak  highly  polished,  with 
beautiful  inlaid  border:  on  the  ceiling  are  numerous  incandes- 
cent flames  around  the  skylight  producing  a soft  light  shining 
through  frosted  globes.  On  the  walls,  which  are  covered  with 
dark  green  plush  tapestry,  the  leading  photographers  of  the  coun- 
try exhibit  specimens  of  their  work  for  which  the  Cramer  Dry 
Plates  have  been  used,  forming  a gallery  of  art  in  miniature. 
On  the  other  side  of  the  hall  the  offices  are  located,  commodious 
rooms  with  all  modern  appurtenances  and  facilities  for  the  trans- 
action of  business.  Here  is  also  the  private  office  of  the  man 
whose  untiring  activity  combined  with  ability  and  knowledge  has 
built  up  this  magnificent  establishment,  Mr.  Gustav  Cramer, 
who  may  well  be  proud  of  the  result  of  his  labors.  He  is  still 
in  the  prime  of  life,  full  of  vigor  and  energy,  at  his  post  from 
morning  till  evening,  but  in  spite  of  this  he  finds  time  to  devote 
himself  to  many  public  interests,  especially  for  charitable  pur- 
poses. He  stands  high  in  the  esteem  of  his  fellow-citizens,  and 
is  a prominent  member  of  several  commercial  and  social  organiza- 
tions. His  three  sons,  F.  Ernest,  Emile  and  Adolph,  ai’e  actively 
engaged  in  the  business  of  the  company  and  their  father’s  valu- 
able assistants.  The  firm  has  a branch  at  No.  32  East  Tenth 
street  in  New  York  City,  under  the  management  of  Mr.  E.  L. 


— 413  — 


Somerville,  for  the  distribution  of  their  product  to  all  territory 
east  of  Pittsburgh.  A full  assortment  is  constantly  kept  on  hand 
there  and  all  orders  are  filled  just  as  promptly  and  carefully  as 
from  the  home  office. 

HAMMER  DRY  PLATE  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  704a.  Kinlocn  C297. 

The  works  of  the  Hammer  Dry  Plate  Company  cover  a large 
piece  of  ground  on  Ohio  avenue  and  Miami  street,  a location  well 
adapted  for  the  manufacture  of  dry  plate,  by  being  far  away 
from  business  traffic  and  street  travel,  therefore  almost  free  from 
dust  and  an  unclean  atmosphere.  Mr.  L.  F.  Hammer  went  into 
this  branch  of  industry  in  1890,  with  a twenty-year  experience 
as  a practical  photographer,  and  the  proprietor  of  a well-patron- 
ized atelier,  from  which  thousands  of  excellent  photographs  have 
emanated.  This  gallery  is  now  conducted  by  his  sons,  he  himself 
devoting  all  his  time  to  the  management  and  supervision  of  the 
large  manufacturing  establishment,  founded  by  him.  The  very 
substantial  building  is  in  its  different  departments  fully  equipped 
with  the  best  machinery  and  appliances,  and  the  dry  plate  pro- 
duced therein  have  gained  a well-deserved  reputation  among 
photographers  in  all  parts  of  the  country.  About  sixty  skilled 
and  experienced  hands  are  employed  in  the  factory  and  several 
traveling  men  represent  the  firm  all  over  the  Union.  The  plates 
possess  all  the  qualities  desired  by  the  profession  and  amateurs 
for  the  production  of  a good  negative,  and  the  consequent  gain- 
ing of  a good  picture.  Mr.  Hammer  is  a German  by  birth,  but 
came  here  when  very  young,  and  unites  German  perseverance 
and  industry  with  American  enterprise  and  activity  ; he  gives 
faithful  attention  to  his  business  duties,  is  a man  of  the  strictest 
integrity,  and  of  social  qualifications,  which  endear  him  to  a host 
of  friends.  He  is  a Director  in  the  German  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Company  of  St.  Louis,  and  belongs  to  several, organizations 
in  which  he  has  served  in  various  capacities,  as,  for  instance,  dur- 
ing ten  years  as  Treasurer  of  Meridian  Lodge  A.  F.  and  A.  M. 
The  Hammer  Dry  Plate  Company  was  incorporated  in  1891,  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  since  which  time  its  officers 


— 414  -- 


are:  Mr.  F.  L.  Hammer,  President,  and  Mr.  Richard  Salzgeber, 
Secretary. 


M.  A.  SEED  DRY  PLATE  COMPANY. 


selection 


Bell  Mala  1593a. 

The  results  of  the  pho- 
tographer’s work  depend  in 
a great  measure  upon  the 
quality  of  the  plates  used 
therefore  of  the  greatest 
importance.  The  photographic  art  goes  hand  in 
hand  with  the  scientific  production  of  the  plates, 
both  stand  to  each  other  in  the  position  of  cause 
and  effect;  the  good  effect  of  the  photographic  picture  is  in  part 
caused  by  the  negative  from  which  it  was  printed.  Ever  since 
the  M.  A.  Seed  Dry  Plate  Co.  was  established,  their  dry  plates 
have  received  the  general  approval  of  photographers  (profes- 
sionals as  well  as  amateurs)  in  this  country  and  outside  of  it. 
Scientific  and  technical  inventions  and  improvements  have  always 
been  utilized  by  this  firm  in  perfecting  not  only  the  plates  but 
every  article  made  in  their  factory.  The  latter  is  located  in  Wood- 
land, Missouri,  and  was  established  in  1883  by  A.  R.  Huiskamp 
and  M.  A.  Seed.  The  company  has  been  in  continued  successful 
operation,  the  goods  produced  have  a high  reputation  for  fine 
chemical  effects  and  great  uniformity.  The  factory  has  lately 
been  enlarged  and  more  fully  equipped  with  modern  machinery 
and  appliances  and  numbers  now  among  the  best  in  the  United 
States.  The  entire  building,  No.  2005  Locust  street,  is  used  for 
the  city  office  and  salesrooms,  and  the  Eastern  office,  salesroom 
and  warehouse  are  located  at  57  East  Ninth*  street.  New  York. 
The  dry  plates  form  of  course  the  principal  article  of  manu- 
facture ; aside  from  them  celluloid  films,  lantern  slides, 
transparencies  and  developers  are  made  in  large  quantities.  The 
quality  of  all  these  articles,  fair  dealing  and  close  attention  to  the 
demands  of  their  customers,  secured  to  the  M.  A.  Seed  Dry  Plate 
Company  a well-earned  reputation,  and  their  trade  mark — the 
sun  pierced  by  an  arrow,  as  shown  on  this  page,  represents  their 


— 415  — 


motto,  “ Light  and  Eapidity,”  — is  favorably  known  in  all  parts 
of  the  United  States,  in  Canada,  Mexico,  South  America, Cuba,  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  as  well  as  in  Great  Britain.  Constant  extension 
of  trade  is  the  best  evidence  of  the  compau3'’s  standing  in  the 
esteem  of  the  photographic  fraternit}'  and  the  qualitj’  of  their 
product.  The  number  of  employees  varies  between  one  hundred 
and  hundred  and  ten  and  includes  experienced  chemists  and  skilled 
workmen  under  able  superintendents.  The  officers  of  the  com- 
pany are:  H.  J.  Huiskamp,  President;  M.  A.  Seed,  Vice- 
President  ; and  H.  C.  Huiskamp,  Secretar}\ 

H.  A.  HYATT  PHOTOGRAPHIC  SUPPLIES. 

Bell  Main  1049.  Kinloch  A413. 

This  firm  is  not  only  the  successor  of  the  J.  C.  Somerville 
Photo  Supply  Company,  but  also  that  of  Wm.  Tillford,  who 
opened  the  first  establishment  in  this  line  in  St.  Louis  as  early  as 
1848.  Mr.  Tillford  was  succeeded  in  1873  by  Messrs.  Gatchell 
& Hyatt,  which  firm  continued  until  1881,  since  which  time  Mr. 
H.  A.  Hyatt  is  the  sole  owner.  The  firm  was  located  for  man}- 
years  at  No.  18  North  PVurth  street,  but  removed  to  its  present 
quarters,  410  and  412  North  Broadway,  in  1897,  formerly  occupied 
by  the  J.  C.  Somerville  Photo  Supply  Co.,  whose  entire  stock 
and  business  had  been  purchased  by  Mr.  Hyatt.  The  four  stories 
contain  the  wholesale  and  a well  appointed  retail  department, 
each  of  which  embraces  the  largest  and  fullest  assortment  of 
everything  used  by  professionals  and  amateur  photographers. 
The  firm  trade  has  grown  from  year  to  year  and  comprises,  aside 
from  its  large  local  sales,  all  the  territory  tributar}'  to  St.  Louis 
with  a considerable  export  business  to  Mexico  and  other  foreign 
countries.  The  firm  enjoys  the  reputation  of  being  the  largest  in 
its  branch  west  of  New  York,  both  in  the  extent  of  its  stock,  and 
the  volume  of  its  business.  Mr.  Hyatt  has  been  identified  with 
this  branch  ever  since  1861  in  which  year  he  became  connected 
with  the  establishment  of  Wm.  H.  Mountfort  in  New  Y"ork,  where 
he  gained  the  thorough  knowledge  and  experience  which  proved 
so  valuable  afterwards;  he  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention  to 
the  management  of  his  constantly  increasing  business,  ably  assisted 


— 416  — 


by  bis  son  Harry  H.  Hyatt  and  a corps  of  twenty-four  employees. 
Tbe  bouse  is  well  kuown  for  tbe  fairness  and  reliability  in  all  its 
dealings  and  tbe  high  quality  of  its  goods. 


OPTICIANS,  MATHEMATICAL  AND  SUR- 
GICAL INSTRUMENTS,  ARTISTS  SUP- 
PLIES, ETC. 

A.  S.  ALOE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1185.  Klnloch  A639. 

Hand  in  band  with  tbe  science  of  tbe  surgeon,  tbe  oculist, 
astronomer,  matbematician  and  photographer  goes  the  art  of  man- 
ufacturing surgical,  optical,  mathematical  and  photographic  instru- 
ments. Tbe  development  in  these  scientific  branches  has  kept 
and  is  still  keeping  pace  with  tbe  progress  of  the  age,  and  so  has 
and  does  tbe  production  of  tbe  various  instruments  and  appliances 
used  in  these  vocations.  Tbe  A.  S.  Aloe  Company  devotes  itself 
to  tbe  manufacture,  respectively  tbe  sale  of  tbe  foregoing  articles 
and  have  gained  the  unlimited  confidence  of  tbe  men  of  science, 
tbe  artists  and  tbe  public  at  large  by  tbe  quality  of  their  goods, 
tbe  superior  workmanship  of  tbe  articles  of  their  own  manufac- 
ture and  tbe  strict  execution  of  all  orders  entrusted  to  their  care. 
Tbe  firm  was  founded  in  1860,  by  Albert  S.  Aloe,  who  was  born 
in  Edinburgh  (Scotland),  and  came  to  this  country  when  quite 
young.  He  first  located  on  Third  and  Olive  streets,  then  on  tbe 
northeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive,  but  tbe  constant  growth  of 
business  made  larger  quarters  necessary  from  time  to  time,  caus- 
ing a removal  to  517  Olive  street,  where  they  remained  for  a 
great  many  years,  but  even  this  entire  building  became  inad- 
equate and  tbe  firm  occupies  now  tbe  much  larger  one,  number 
414  North  Broadway.  Tbe  surgical  department  comprises  tbe 
manufacture  and  sale  (wholesale  and  retail)  of  every  kind  of 
instruments  used  in  surgery  and  is  probably  tbe  most  exten- 
sive west  of  New  York ; tbe  optical  branch  is  exclusively 
retail  and  includes  a manufacturing  department,  in  which 


— 417  — 


a numbei’  of  skilled  artisans  are  employed  in  grinding 
lenses  and  glasses  to  fit  physician’s  prescriptions,  the  mathemat- 
ical instruments  are  made  under  their  own  roof  and  are  known 
over  the  whole  United  States  for  their  exactness  ; photographer’s 
instruments  and  supplies  form  an  important  branch,  likewise 
artist’s  materials  and  the  assortment  in  both  is  at  all  times  so 
complete,  that  even  the  largest  order  can  be  executed  without  the 
least  delay.  These  various  divisions  stand  under  the  direct  super- 
intendency of  the  Messrs.  Aloe  and  their  able  assistants,  whose 
constant  aim  it  is  to  give  the  fullest  satisfaction  to  the  patrons  of 
the  firm.  The  company  was  incorporated  in  1893,  after  the  death 
of  the  father,  by  the  three  eldest  sons,  Sidney  A.,  Louis  P. , 
and  David  B.  Aloe ; the  first  named  left  St.  Louis  a few  years 
ago,  to  engage  in  business  iu  Philadelphia,  since  which  time  Louis 
P.,  David  B.,  and  Alfred  Aloe  form  the  company  and  are  its 
officers.  Close  attention  to  even  the  smallest  details,  long  expe- 
rience, strict  business  principles  and  polite  treatment  of  their 
customers  were  deservedly  rewarded  by  an  enviable  success  and 
an  uninterrupted  extension  of  business.  The  members  of  the 
firm,  cultured  gentlemen  as  they  are,  enjoy  the  respect  of  the 
business  community,  the  esteem  of  a large  circle  of  friends  and 
are  public-spirited  citizens,  who  never  fail  to  take  an  active  in- 
terest in  everything  tending  to  promote  the  general  welfare  of 
their  native  city. 

ERKER  BROS.  OPTICAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  389.  Kinloch  B1092. 

The  foundation  of  this  firm  dates  back  to  1879,  in  which  year 
Mr.  Adolph  P.  Erker  opened  an  establishment  on  Olive,  between 
Fourth  and  Fifth  streets.  It  was  a rather  modest  beginning,  but 
developed  in  course  of  time  to  one  of  the  largest  and  best  known 
of  its  branch  in  the  Western  States.  His  younger  brother,  August 
A.  Erker  and  Robert  Bausch,  became  his  partners  shortly  after- 
wards and  their  united  efforts  soon  resulted  in  the  constant 
growth  of  their  business,  so  that  larger  quarters  were  soon  nec- 
essary ; such  were  first  secured  at  204  North  Broadway,  after- 
wards at  617  Olive  street,  but  even  these  proved  insufficient  and 
27k 


— 418  — 


another  removal  had  to  take  place,  since  which  the  firm  occupies 
the  four-story  building,  number  608  Olive,  directly  opposite  the 
Wm.  Barr  Dry  Goods  Company.  The  present  style  of  the  firm 
was  adopted  and  incorporated  in  1896  by  the  three  partners  ; Mr. 
August  A.  Erker’s  death  occurred  in  1889,  and  the  business  is 
now  owned  by  Adolph  P.  Erker,  Mrs.  Josephine  Erker,  Robert 
Bausch  and  H.  Wedemeyer,  the  oflScers  of  the  company  being  as. 
follows:  Mr.  Erker,  President;  Mr.  Bausch,  Vice-President,  and 
Mr.  Wedemeyer,  Secretary.  The  house  devotes  itself  to  the 
manufacture,  importation  and  sale  of  spectacles  and  eye-glasses, 
opera  and  marine  glasses,  telescopes,  kodaks  and  other  cameras, 
artificial  eyes,  mathematical  instruments,  drawing  materials,  etc., 
and  makes  a specialty  of  photographic  supplies  for  professionals 
as  well  as  amateurs.  The  amateur's  department  includes  every- 
thing pertaining  to  the  art,  the  cameras  sold  by  the  firm  are  the 
most  suitable  for  the  amateur’s  use  and  its  expert  photographers 
are  always  ready  to  give  free  advice  and  to  develop  the  negatives, 
at  the  most  moderate  charges.  The  mathematical  instruments 
handled  by  the  firm  are  invariably  of  the  best  workmanship  and 
so  are  all  articles  belonging  to  the  meteorological  and  optical 
departments  of  their  own  or  foreign  make.  Another  special 
feature  consists  in  a department  for  selling  or  providing  persons 
engaged  or  intending  to  engage  in  the  magic  lantern  or  stere- 
opticon  exhibition  business  with  complete  outfits.  The  illustrated 
catalogues  regularly  issued  by  them  and  sent  free  to  all  appli- 
cants contain  all  desired  information,  and  give  evidence  of  the 
fact  that  the  patrons  of  the  house  receive  the  best  possible  terms 
and  liberal  treatment,  may  their  purchases  or  orders  be  large  or 
small  ; the  latter  are  executed  with  the  utmost  care  and  it  is  the 
constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  give  all  customers  the  fullest  satisfac- 
tion as  to  quality  and  prices  of  goods.  The  house  is  known  for 
its  reliable  dealing,  its  integrity  and  strict  business  principles. 
Aside  from  a very  large  city  trade  their  sales  are  made  all  over  the 
Southern  States,  to  Mexico  and  Cuba,  and  their  employees  num- 
ber permanently  at  least  thirty. 


— 419  — 


PHYSICIANS’  AND  SURGEONS’  SUPPLIES, 
TRUSSES,  ETC. 

BLEES-MOORE  INSTRUMENT  CO. 

Bell  Main  1767.  Kinloch  C491. 

In  no  field  of  science  or  art  has  such  progress  been  made,  have 
such  achievements  been  reached,  as  in  that  of  surgery,  and  it  is 
but  natural  that  the  manufacture  of  surgical  instruments  and 
appliances  keeps  pace  with  this  progress.  Even  the  most  skilled 
surgeons  have  to  rely  upon  the  instruments  he  uses,  and  those 
who  supply  the  medical  fraternity  with  the  best  instruments  and 
auxiliaries  have  the  deserved  appreciation  of  the  profession  and 
the  public.  This  can  certainly  be  said  of  the  Blees-Moore 
Instrument  Company,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  a 
medical  practitioner  of  long  experience  as  Dr.  J.  W.  Moore 
stands  at  the  head  of  the  establishmrnt.  He  not  only  supervises 
the  manufacture  of  the  various  articles  pruduced  by  the  com- 
pany, but  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention  to  even  the  smallest 
details,  and  his  advice  and  good  counsel  is  daily  sought  by 
professional  men  as  well  as  by  the  public.  He  has  been  in  the 
instrument  business  in  this  city  for  the  last  nineteen  years  and 
is  the  Secretary,  Treasurer,  and  General  Manager  of  the  company 
since  1897,  in  which  year  the  same  has  been  incorporated  hy 
him,  Col.  F.  W.  Blees  and  Dr.  E.  B.  Clements,  both  residents 
of  Macon,  Mo.,  the  former  being  the  President,  the  latter  the 
Vice-President  of  the  corporation.  The  company  manufactures 
and  deals  in  all  kinds  of  surgical  instruments.  They  are  the 
largest  manufacturers  of  elastic  stockings  and  abdominal  sup- 
porters in  the  West,  also  of  braces  for  deformities,  and  trusses ; 
keep  constantly  the  fullest  assortment  of  physician’s  supplies, 
hospital  and  invalid  furniture,  electric  batteries,  etc.,  and  execute 
all  orders  with  the  greatest  care  and  promptness.  - The  firm  is 
known  in  the  entire  Mississippi  Valley  and  the  far  West  and 
South  and  in  fact  all  over  the  United  States  for  its  fairness  and 
reliability.  The  office  and  salesrooms,  where  Dr.  Moore  can  be 
found  from  morning  till  night,  are  at  906  Pine  street,  easily 


— 420  — 


accessible  from  every  part  of  tbe  city,  and  the  well-equipped 
factory  is  at  1003  Chestnut  street,  where  twenty  skilled  mechanics 
are  permanently  employed.  Remember,  it  is  the  Blees-Moore 
Instrument  Company,  906  Pine  street;  Dr.  Moore  was  for  years 
a stockholder  in  another  concern  bearing  his  name  but  withdrew 
jn  1897  from  it  and  it  has  been  succeeded  by  another  party. 
The  Blees-Moore  exhibit  will  form  an  interesting  feature  of  the 
World’s  Fair. 


CHAS.  SCHLEIFFARTH  CO. 

Telephone  Bell  Main  2189. 

The  establishment  of  this  firm  dates  back  to  1859,  in  which 
3'ear  Mr.  Chas.  Schleiffarth  (whose  death  occurred  in  1890) 
began  operations  as  a manufacturer  of  trusses  and  other  surgical 
appliances  in  St.  Louis,  where  this  branch  of  science  and  mechan- 
ical art  up  to  that  time  had  been  in  its  infancy.  He  had  learned 
his  profession  in  his  native  city,  Berlin  ; had  afterwards  worked 
at  his  trade  in  Vienna,  Paris,  and  London,  from  which  latter  place 
he  directed  his  steps  to  this  country,  first  to  New  York  and  then 
to  Cincinnati.  Soon  after  his  arrival  in  our  city,  where  he  found 
an  open  field  for  his  profession,  he  established  a workshop  and 
salesroom  at  325  Market  street,  where  he  remained  until  1875. 
The  necessity  of  larger  premises  caused  a removal  from  the  place 
which  he  had  occupied  for  more  than  sixteen  years,  to  608  North 
F'ourth  street.  Here  the  business  developed  still  more,  and 
became  in  course  of  time  one  of  the  largest  of  its  line  in  the 
United  States.  The  incorporation  under  the  present  firm  name 
took  place  in  1890  with  E.  L.,  C.  W.  and  A.  Schleiffarth  as  incor- 
porators, of  which  E.  L.  Schleiffarth  is  the  President,  A.  Schleif- 
farth the  Vice-President,  and  Chas.  W.  Schleiffarth,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer,  the  same  also  constituting  the  board  of  directors. 
The  firm  manufactures  trusses  for  hernia,  made  of  leather, 
elastic  web,  hard  rubber  and  wire  spring,  alt  kinds  of  apparatus 
for  deformities,  artificial  limbs,  crutches,  abdominal  supporters, 
elastic  hosiery  for  varicose  veins,  shoulder  braces,  invalid’s  rol- 
ling and  reclining  chairs  and  all  other  articles  serving  to  alleviate 
the  suffering  of  the  afllieted,  including  electric  batteries,  atom- 


— 421 


izers,  hot  water  bags  and  supplies  for  invalids  in  general.  Tlie 
workshops  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved  and  newest  ma- 
chinery and  only  skilled  mechanics  are  employed.  All  the  va- 
rious articles  are  made  under  the  direct  suppervision  of  Messrs. 
Edgar  L.  and  Chas.  W.  Schleiffarth,  both  Doctors  of  Medicine. 
The  former  acquired  his  practical  knowledge  of  truss  making 
like  his  father,  in  Berlin,  and  has  an  experience  of  thirty  years  in 
the  branch.  First-class  work  exclusively  is  turned  out  by  the 
establishment  and  only  the  best  material  is  used.  A competent 
lady  is  always  in  attendance.  The  firm  sells  its  goods  all  over 
the  West,  South  and  Southwest  and  enjoys  an  enviable  reputation 
among  physicians  and  the  public  at  large.  Factory  and  sales- 
rooms occupy  .since  1893  the  entire  building,  number  8 South 
Broadway,  where  Dr.  E.  L.  Schleiffarth  is  constantly  found  at  his 
post,  devoting  all  his  time  and  ability  to  his  duties.  The  great 
success  of  the  firm  is  the  well-deserved  result  of  its  strictness  and 
its  fair-dealing  with  all  its  patrons. 


DR.  W.  A.  LEWIN. 

SPECIALIST  FOR  THE  CURE  OF  HERNIA. 

Kinloch  D1818. 

Following  is  a short  sketch  of  one  of  the  leading  specialists  of 
St.  Louis,  Dr.  W.  A.  Lewin,  who  has  not  only  an  immense  prac- 
tice in  Missouri  and  surrounding  States,  but  is  well  known  from 
the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific.  He  was  born  in  Germany,  receiving 
some  years  of  the  splendid  German  system  of  education,  and 
after  coming  here  also  graduated  with  high  honors  from  several 
American  medical  colleges.  He  speaks  German,  French  and 
English  fluently.  His  manners  proclaim  him  accustomed  to  the 
best  society.  He  limits  his  practice  to  the  treatment  of  rupture 
without  a surgical  operation,  and  during  the  many  years  of  prac- 
tice has  become  so  proficent  that  he  is  considered  an  expert  in  this 
line.  He  has  made  a marvelous  record  in  the  cure  of  rupture  since 
taking  up  this  special  branch  of  disease,  and  duting  the  twelve 
years  he  has  been  located  in  St.  Louis  he  has  cured  over  6,000 
cases.  A prominent  physician,  who  knows  Dr.  Lewin  well,  said 


— 422  — 


recently  that  this  treatment,  known  as  the  “ Lewin  Method,”  is 
certainly  the  most  wonderful  and  absolutely  effective  and  pain- 
less treatment  of  rupture  known  to  the  world.  It  did  not  come 
to  him  unsought  or  by  any  accidental  presupmtions,  but  was  the 
result  of  many  years’  patient  investigations  and  critical  analysis. 
His  treatment  is  indorsed  by  the  leading  physicians  of  St.  Louis, 
who  openly  declared  that  the  “ Lewin  Method  ” of  curing  rup- 
ture is  the  only  one  which  should  be  employed.  The  Doctor 
counts  amongst  bis  patients  some  of  the  best  physicians,  clergy- 
men, lawyers  and  business  men  of  St.  Louis  who  had  been  suffer- 
ing from  the  disease  in  all  stages,  and  they  have  exhibited  their 
deep  gratitude  for  his  valuable  services  in  numerous  testimonials 
breathing  eloquent  praise  for  his  medical  skill.  Dr.  Lewin  oc- 
cupies the  entire  building  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Sixth  and 
Washington  avenue,  known  as  the  Lewin  Building,  where  he  can 
be  consulted  daily  from  10  to  5. 


DKUGS  AXD  CHEMICALS. 

St.  Louis  is  since  many  years  not  only  the  chief  distributing 
point  of  drugs  and  chemicals  in  the  United  States,  but  has  at  the 
same  time  the  rare  distinction  of  being  the  home  of  the  largest 
wholesale  drug  house  and  the  greatest  chemical  manufacturing 
company  in  the  world.  The  distribution  comprises  drugs  and 
chemicals  made  elsewhere  and  those  manufactured  here  by  a con- 
siderable number  of  firms.  Three  wholesale  drug  houses  supply 
most  of  the  Western,  Southern  and  Southwestern  States  with  drugs, 
chemicals  and  proprietary  medicines  and  the  manufacturers  in 
these  two  branches,  of  whom  there  are  a great  number  in  the  city, 
have  also  an  extensive  trade  all  over  the  country  aside  from  the 
export  business,  which  includes  Central  and  South  America, 
Mexico,  the  Islands  in  the  Pacific,  Europe  and  even  South  Africa. 
The  total  sales  in  these  various  articles  show  a continued  exten- 
sion, they  amounted  to  twelve  millions  in  1892,  twenty-five  in 
1897,  twenty-seven  in  1898,  thirty  millions  in  1899,  and  forty 
millions  in  1901,  which  serves  as  sufficient  evidence  of  the  energy 
and  activity  of  the  gentlemen  devoted  to  these  important  branches 
of  industry  and  trade. 


— 423  — 


THE  J.  S.  MERRELL  DRUG  CO. 

Bell  Main  714,  713,  2204.  Kinloch  A412,  425. 

There  are  at  present  only  three  prominent  wholesale  drug 
houses  in  the  city,  and  the  J.  S.  Merrell  Drug  Company  is  the 
oldest  of  them,  having  been  established  in  1845  by  Mr.  Jacob 
S.  Merrell,  who  conducted  the  same  for  forty  years,  and  till  his 
death,  which  ended  his  active  and  useful  career  in  1885.  The 
name  of  the  firm,  which  had  been  Jacob  S.  Merrell,  was  then 
changed  into  the  present  one,  and  at  the  same  time  incorporated, 
the  incorporators  being  the  Merrell  heirs.  The  officers  of  the 
company  are:  Cyrus  P.  Walbridge,  President;  Hubert  P.  Mer- 
rell, Vice-President ; Edward  Bindschadler,  Secretary,  and  Geo. 

R.  Merrell,  Treasurer,  the  three  first-named  constituting  the 

Board  of  Directors.  The  wholesale,  dealing  in  drugs,  medicines, 
druggists’  sundries,  glass  and  glassware,  surgical  instruments, 
paints,  etc.,  forms  the  principal  and  most  important  part  of  the 
business,  the  preparation  and  distribution  of  Merrell’s  family 
medicines  being  only  an  auxiliary  feature.  From  the  time  of  its 
formation  it  has  been,  and  is  still,  the  constant  aim  of  this  house 
to  keep  and  sell  only  the  best  and  purest  articles  in  the  various 
branches  of  its  trade,  and  the  large  and  quick  sales 
are  a guarantee  for  the  freshness  of  the  goods.  Tiie 
extensive  stock  contained  in  the  four-stoiy  buildings, 
No.  620  Washington  avenue,  and  reaching  out  to  St. 

Charles  street,  enabled  the  firm  at  all  times  to  fill  orders 
with  the  greatest  promptness  and  this  will  continue  in  a still 
greater  measure  and  with  more  facilities  in  the  firm’s  new  home  at 
the  northeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Market  streets,  opposite  the 
court  house,  erected  by  the  firm  in  1902  upon  the  site  of  the  old 
McLean  Building.  A well-equipped  laboratory  serves  for  the 
preparing  of  Merrell’s  Family  Medicines,  flavoring  extracts, 
elixirs,  syrups,  etc.  This  department  is  superintended  by  Mr.  H. 

S.  Merrell,  the  oldest  son  of  the  late  Jacob  S.  Merrell,  who  from 
early  boyhood  devoted  himself  to  the  study  of  botany  and  chem- 
istry, then  became  a practical  pharmacist  and  an  expert  in  all  the 
details  of  his  vocation.  Mr.  Cyrus  P.  Walbridge,  who  is  a son-in- 


— 424  — 


law  of  the  older  Merrell,  joined  the  firm  in  1875 ; he  is  a graduate 
of  the  Ann  Arbor  University,  where  he  prepared  himself  for  the 
practice  of  law  and  it  was  in  the  capacity  of  a legal  adviser,  that 
he  became  connected  with  the  establishment,  of  which  he  is  now, 
and  since  the  death  of  Mr.  Merrell,  the  President.  The  steady 
growth  of  thefirm’s  business  ischietly  due  to  his  activity  and  energy, 
his  diligence  and  perseverance.  By  taking  a lively  interest  in  public 
affairs,  the  attention  of  his  fellow-citizens  was  soon  attracted 
towards  him ; they  elected  him  first  to  the  House  of  Delegates 
and  then  to  the  upper  brauch  of  our  municipal  legislature,  presid- 
ing over  the  deliberations  of  the  latter  body  during  the  whole 
term,  and  so  marked  was  his  ability  and  so  valuable  were  his  serv- 
ices, that  the  Republican  City  Convention  in  1893  nominated  him 
for  the  highest  municipal  office  whereupon  he  was  elected  Mayor 
by  an  overwhelming  majority  of  votes.  His  administration  was 
a very  successful  one  and  won  for  him  the  esteem  and  respect  of 
the  whole  community.  The  Secretary,  Mr.  Edward  Bindschadler, 
entered  the  employ  of  the  firm  in  1864  and  is  closely  identified 
with  its  interests  and  enjoying  the  fullest  confidence  of  his  asso- 
ciates and  of  all  who  have  dealings  with  the  house.  In  conclu- 
sion we  will  briefly  state,  that  the  employees  of  the  firm  number 
over  seventy-five  and  that  its  sales  comprise  the  following  States: 
Missouri,  Illinois,  Arkansas,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Kansas, 
Texas,  and  also  the  Indian  Territory. 

MEYER  BROS.  DRUG  CO. 

Bell  Main  1306,  1314.  Kinloch  B-2106,  2107,  2108,  2109,  2110. 

Few  firms  in  this  city  or  even  in  the  whole  country  can  look 
with  greater  pride  and  more  satisfaction  upon  their  development 
from  a small  beginning  to  their  present  greatness,  than  the  Meyer 
Bros.  Drug  Company,  but  especially  entitled  to  such  a retrospec- 
tive view  is  the  founder  of  the  firm,  Mr.  C.  F.  G.  Meyer,  whose 
career  as  a druggist  dates  back  to  the  year  1848,  and  who  has  in 
1898  reached  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  day  on  which  he  became 
the  proprietor  of  a drug  store,  from  which  the  largest  wholesale 
drug  house  in  the  United  States  has  emanated.  Half  a century 
and  more  in  the  harness — this  is  what  the  president  of  the  Meyer 


— 425  — 


Bros.  Drug  Co.  can  saj'  of  himself  and  it  was,  with  an  exception 
of  a few  years  of  rest  for  necessary  recreation,  active  work,  un- 
tiring attention  to  business  duties  and  never-ceasing  watchfulness, 
that  marked  this  long  period  in  the  most  significant  manner. 
Mr.  Meyer  was  only  twenty-two  years  of  age  when  he  established 
the  retail  drug  firm  of  Meyer  & Brother  in  Fort  Wayne,  Indiana, 
associating  with  him  his  brother,  J.  F.  W.  Meyer.  This  enter- 
prise was  accompanied  by  such  a success,  that  a wholesale 
department  was  soon  added,  whose  extension  demanded  a larger 
field  of  operation  and  a more  appropriate  business  center.  St. 
Louis  was  chosen  as  such  and  the  selection  proved  a wise  one,  as 
even  the  most  sanguine  expectations  were  more  than  realized  after 
the  establishment  of  what  was  first  a branch  in  this  city.  The  firm 
opened  here  in  1865,  first  on  Second  and  Locust  streets,  but  this 
location  became  soon  unsufficient  so  that  a much  larger  building 
was  secured  on  the  east  side  of  Second  between  Market  and  Chest- 
nut. It  was  here,  where  an  unparalleled  growth  of  trade  set  in, 
making  a further  branching  out  desirable,  this  was  accomplished 
by  the  establishment  of  branch  houses  in  New  York,  Kansas  City 
and  Dallas,  but  these  were  in  course  of  time  abolished,  as  it  was 
found  more  practical  to  concentrate  the  immense  business  at  one 
point.  At  the  time  that  Meyer  Bros.  & Co.  came  here  there 
were  twelve  wholesale  drug  firms  in  St.  Louis,  four  of  which 
were  absorbed  by  them  within  a short  time  and  when  the  plant  of 
the  Richardson  Drug  Company,  corner  Fourth  street  and  Clark 
avenue,  became  the  victim  of  a confiagration  in  the  New  Year’s 
night  of  1889,  the  Messrs.  Meyer  utilized  this  opportunity,  to 
purchase  the  business  of  this  old  and  great  drug  house  and  to 
merge  it  with  their  own.  The  buildings  since  occupied  by  the 
firm  front  on  Fourth  street,  Clark  avenue  and  South  Broadway, 
cover  nearly  one  half  of  a block  and  are  thoroughly  equipped  and 
well  arranged  for  the  various  departments,  that  constitute  this 
little  world  of  its  own,  in  which  an  army  of  employees,  including 
experienced  chemists,  other  scientists,  hundreds  of  salesmen, 
stockkeepers,  packers,  etc.,  are  busy  from  morning  till  evening 
and  often  during  the  night  in  the  fulfillment  of  their  respective 
duties.  Besides  their  own  standard  preparations,  which  are  too  well 
known  to  need  mention  here.  The  house  carries  a full  line  of  goods 


— 426  — 


of  other  manufacture,  patent  medicines  of  all  kinds,  drugs,  chemi- 
cals, perfumes,  paints,  oils  and  varnishes,  glass  and  glassware, 
wines  and  liquors  and  cigars,  druggists’  supplies  and  sundries, 
surgical  instruments,  trusses,  etc.  The  territory  of  sales  com- 
prises every  State  of  the  Union,  Canada,  Mexico,  South  America, 
the  West  Indies,  and  is  still  gaining  larger  dimensions.  A 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  drug  business,  long  experience,  very 
ample  financial  resources  and  a close  observation  of  the  foreign 
and  domestic  markets  enable  the  Meyer  Bros.  Drug  Company  to 
give  the  trade  the  best  possible  terms,  and  the  well-known  integ- 
rity of  the  firm  secures  to  all  customers  just  and  fair  treatment. 
The  officers  of  the  corporation  are:  Mr.  C.  F.  G.  Meyer,  Presi- 
dent; Mr.  Theodore  F.  Meyer,  Vice-President;  Mr.  C.  W.  Wall, 
Treasurer,  and  Mr.  G.  J.  Meyer,  Secretary.  The  present  house 
in  Fort  Wayne  is  still  carried  on  as  of  old,  and  stands  under  the 
able  management  of  Mr.  J.  F.  W.  Me3mr,  who  is  also  a partner 
in  the  St.  Louis  firm. 

MOFFITT-WEST  DRUG  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1901,  855,  751.  Kinloch  B606,  608. 

This  firm  devotes  itself  to  the  wholesale  trade  in  drugs  and 
druggist’s  sundries  as  well  as  to  the  manufacturing  and  distribut- 
ing of  several  pharmaceutical  preparations  highlj’  valued  by  the 
medical  profession  and  the  public  at  large,  among  them  for  in- 
stance such  as  Malachol,  Rheumagon,  Phaselin  and  the  old  and 
reliable  remedy  for  chills  and  fever,  Malarion,  a standard  medi- 
cine used  in  every  part  of  the  country.  Its  incorporation  took 
place  in  January,  1889,  and  the  present  officers  of  the  company 
are  Messrs.  Wm.  F.  Niedringhaus,  President ; Geo  W.  Niedring- 
baus,  Vice-President;  Harrj^  E.  Papin,  Treasurer;  Courtney 
H.  W'est,  Secretary  and  General  Manager.  The  gentlemen  with 
the  exception  of  Mr.  Papin  constitute  also  the  board  of  direc- 
tors. The  firm  was  first  located  on  Walnut  street  between  Main 
and  Second  where  it  occupied  four  adjoining  houses,  but  they 
soon  became  insufficient  for  the  constantly  growing  trade,  so  that 
larger  quarters  had  to  be  procured.  The  removal  to  the  spacious 
corner  building  on  Fourth  street.  Third  street  and  Lucas  avenue 


— 427 


was  accomplished  in  1891,  and  gave  the  establishment  the  most 
ample  accommodations  and  all  desirable  facilities  for  the  transac- 
tion of  business.  A complete  assortment  of  drugs  and  med- 
ical preparations  of  the  purest  and  best  quality  secures  the 
promptest  filling  of  even  the  largest  orders ; this  in  connection 
with  conscientious  business  principles,  integrity  and  fair  dealing 
has  won  for  the  company  the  enviable  reputation  which  it  enjoys 
and  it  is  since  many  years  one  of  the  largest  jobbing  drug  houses 
in  the  United  States,  a result  which  is  chiefly  attributed  to  the 
energy  and  ability  of  the  General  Manager,  Mr.  Courtney  H.West, 
who  devotes  his  whole  time  and  incessant  activitj-  to  the  duties  of 
his  position.  He  is  well  known  and  much  esteemed  in  business 
and  social  circles,  a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  the  Mer- 
cantile and  Latin-American  Club  an;d  other  organizations,  partic- 
ipating in  every  movement  for  the  advancement  of  our  cit3^  The 
Messrs.  Niedringhaus  belong  to  that  well  known  oldfamil}'  whose 
members  figure  so  conspicuoush’  among  the  prominent  representa- 
tives of  industrv  and  commerce  and  to  whom  our  city  is  indebted 
for  some  of  the  most  important  enterprises. 

J.  A.  POZZONI  COMPLEXION  POWDER  COMPANY. 

Pozzoni’s  Medicated  Complexion  Powder  has  long  ago 
become  a household  word  among  the  women  of  the  United 
States  and  many  other  countries,  it  is  in  fact  the  standard  cos- 
metic found  on  the  toilet  table  of  the  present  generation,  unsur- 
passed in  its  effect  and  unequaled  in  the  purity  of  its  ingredients. 
It  was  the  original  invention  of  Mr.  J.  A.  Pozzini  whose 
fashionable  hair-dressing  establishment  was  for  many  years  located 
under  the  Lindell  Hotel,  but  at  that  time  little  attention  was  paid 
by  the  inventor  to  his  compound,  which  is  now  famous,  we  might 
say,  all  over  the  world  for  its  beautifying  properties  and  the  im- 
portant fact  that  it  is  not  in  the  least  detrimental  to  health.  As 
an  evidence  of  its  value  and  reputation  we  need  onty-  state,  that 
it  is  largely  used  in  France,  the  land  of  cosmetics  and  toilet 
supplies  par  excellence.  The  remarkable  success  of  the  company 
is  directty  due  to  the  activity  and  business  talent  of  Mr.  Chas.  B. 
Cook,  the  son-in-law  of  the  founder  of  this  now  vast  establish- 


— 428 


ment,  whose  origin  dates  back  to  the  year  1860.  The  laboratory, 
salesrooms  and  offices  are  now  in  the  Pozzoni  Building,  northeast 
corner  Ninth  and  Chestnut  streets.  The  incorporation  took  place 
in  1889  ; the  directors  and  officers  of  the  company  are  Mr.  Chas. 
B.  Cook,  President,  Mrs.  Josephine  Pozzoni,  Vice-President  and 
Secretary.  A large  number  of  hands  is  constantly  employed  in 
the  preparation,  the  packing  and  shipping  of  this  celebrated  com- 
plexion powder.  The  West,  South  and  Southwest  and  most  of  the 
foreign  countries  are  supplied  from  here,  the  Eastern  States  and 
Canada  from  the  company’s  branch  in  New  York. 

HENRY  HEIL  CHEMICAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  868. 

There  is  probably  no  other  firm  in  this  particular  branch  of  busi- 
ness in  the  United  States  that  can  boast  of  such  an  extensiveness 
as  the  one  to  which  we  here  allude.  The  main  feature  in  which 
the  Henry  Heil  Chemical  Co.  takes  first  rank  are  all  sorts  of 
chemical  apparatus  and  chemicals  of  every  description ; also 
materials  and  supplies  for  laboratories,  colleges,  universities, 
assayers,  sm  dters,  iron  and  steel  works,  mines,  sugar  refineries 
and  other  industrial  purposes.  As  a best  evidence  of  the  volumi- 
nous assortment  of  the  articles  always  kept  on  hand  we  only 
point  to  the  fact  that  the  firm’s  catalogue  of  chemical  apparatus 
comprises  a book  of  447  pages,  and  its  list  of  chemicals  covers  over 
100  pages.  They  are  considered  the  most  complete  works  of  this 
character  published  in  our  country.  Tue  business  was  originally 
established  by  the  late  Theodore  Kalb,  a well-known  retail  drug- 
gist, but  remained  on  a rather  small  scale  until  Mr.  Heil  became 
its  owner  in  1883,  from  which  time  oil  he  developed  it  year 
after  year,  and  how  admirably  he  succeeded  is  clearly  shown  by 
its  present  magnitude  and  prominence.  The  territory  of  sales 
embraces  the  whole  United  States,  Canada,  Mexico,  Honduras, 
Cuba  and  the  Sandwich  Islands,  and  the  firm  enjoys  everywhere 
an  enviable  name  and  fame.  Mr.  Henry  Heil  is  a native  of 
Germany,  was  born,  1854,  in  Schmalkalden ; graduated  from 
High  School  when  only  fifteen  years  of  age,  whereupon  he  served 
an  apprenticeship  and  became  clerk  and  afterwards  bookkeeper 


429  — 


in  a hardware  firm  until  the  end  of  1872.  Bent  on  seeking  better 
and  wider  fields  for  his  energy  and  industry  he  came  in  1873  to 
this  country,  making  St.  Louis  his  home  ever  since  with  a short 
interruption  of  four  years,  during  which  he  resided  in  Leadville. 
With  a natural  liking  for  the  drug  business  he  became  clerk  in 
a drug  store  and  attended  at  the  same  time  the  St.  Louis  College 
of  Pharmacy,  from  which  institution  he  graduated  in  1877.  In 
1875  he  had  established  in  partnership  with  E.  Hoelke  a drug 
store  on  the  corner  of  Grattan  street  and  Chouteau  avenue,  but 
sold  it  in  1879,  and  went  to  Leadville  (Colorado),  where  he  opened 
two  drug  stores  under  the  firm  name  of  Heil  & Hoelke,  his  former 
partner  joining  him  also  in  this  enterprise.  He  left  Colorado  in 
1882,  spent  a whole  year  in  extensive  travels  over  all  Europe 
and  returned  to  this  city  in  1883,  in  which  year  he  purchased 
Mr.  Theo.  Kalb’s  business  on  Market  between  Third  and  Fourth 
streets.  This  was  the  foundation  of  the  present  extensive 
establishment,  since  many  years  located  at  No.  212  and  214  S. 
Fourth  street,  a three-story  double  house  affording  ample  facil- 
ities for  the  transaction  of  the  large  trade  carried  on  by  the 
Henry  Heil  Chemical  Company  (incorporated  in  1888)  whose 
owner  numbers  among  the  best-known  business  men  of  our  city, 
held  in  the  highest  esteem  in  commercial  as  well  as  in  social 
circles  for  his  integrity  and  affability  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the 
word.  He  belongs  to  several  societies  and  is  an  honorary  life- 
member  of  the  College  of  Pharmacy. - 

HERF  & FRERICHS  CHEMICAL  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  279.  Kinloch  A1563. 

The  Herf  & Frerichs  Chemical  Co.  was  organized  in  1887,  by 
Mr.  Oscarf  Herf,  Dr.  F.  W,  Frerichs  and  Mr.  Henry  C.  Haar- 
stick,  the  latter  being  a silent  partner  in  the  firm.  The  company 
manufactures  various  kinds  of  fine  chemicals  for  medical  and 
industrial  purposes  under  the  direct  supervision  of  Dr.  Frerichs, 
who  is  known  as  an  excellent  chemist,  having  studied  in  Heidel- 
berg, Berlin,  and  Munich,  and  in  the  laboratories  of  the  most 
celebrated  professors  of  chemistry.  He  was  for  many  years 
the  chief  chemist  of  the  Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Co.,  and  re- 


430  — 


linquif-hed  this  position  to  join  the  establishment  of  the  above 
company,  whose  success  is  fully  evidenced  by  the  fact,  that 
repeated  additions  to  their  factory  buildings  became  necessary 
within  a comparatively  short  period.  The  plant  is  situated  in  the 
manufacturing  district  of  the  southern  part  of  the  city,  fronting 
on  the  river  bank  and  close  to  the  tracks  of  the  Iron  Mountain 
and  Southern  Railroad,  which  gives  the  firm  a direct  connection 
with  all  the  freight  depots  of  St.  Louis.  The  various  depart- 
ments are  equipped  with  the  newest  and  most  approved  machinery 
and  all  modern  facilities  known  to  science  and  their  products  are 
most  favorably  known  all  over  the  United  States  and  largely 
exported  to  foreign  countries. 

LARKIN  & SCHEFFER  CHEMICAL  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  332.  Kinloch  B337. 

Among  the  manufacturing  chemists  of  our  city  the  Larkin  & 
Scheffer  Chemical  Company  stands  in  the  front  rank  and  the 
products  of  the  firm  are  sold  all  over  the  United  States  and  most 
favorably  known  on  account  of  their  quality  and  careful  and  scien- 
tific preparation.  The  purity  of  chemicals  and  the  care  taken  in 
their  compounding  constitute  their  chief  value  and  the  output  of 
this  firm  is  acknowledged  to  possess  these  specific  requirements. 
It  is  therefore  but  natural  that  their  business  has  become  more 
extensive  from  time  to  time  and  that  the  result  of  their  fully 
thirty  years’  labor  is  the  just  cause  for  pride  and  satisfaction. 
The  firm  enjoys  an  excellent  patronage  in  the  different  States  of 
the  Union  for  the  reliable  properties  of  the  various  chemicals  of 
their  manufacture  and  for  the  fair  and  upright  dealing  with  their 
customers.  The  factory  was  established  in  1871,  and  was  first 
located  at  209  Myrtle  street,  now  Clark  avenue,  but  when  more 
room  became  necessary,  a removal  took  place  to  the  manufacturing 
district  in  the  southern  part  of  the  city.  The  present  factory 
covers  a large  area  bounded  by  Main,  St.  George,  Louisa  street 
and  the  Levee,  affording  ample  space  and  all  facilities  for  manufac- 
turing purposes.  The  output  comprises  a general  line  of  chemicals 
and  the  number  of  hands  employed  varies  between  fifty  and  sixty. 
The  firm  was  originally  organized  by  Mr.  E.  H.  Larkin  and  Mr. 


— 431  — 


H.  W.  Scheffer,  both  practical  and  experienced  chemists,  later 
on  Mr.  Thos.  H.  Larkin  was  admitted  as  partner,  since  which 
time  these  three  gentlemen  constituted  the  firm  until  the  death 
of  Mr.  Thomas  H.  Larkin  in  June,  1901.  Up  to  that  time  ihe 
name  of  the  firm  was  Larkin  & Scheffer,  but  was  changed  to  the 
Larkin  & Scheffer  Chemical  Co.  and  incorporated  as  such  in 
September  of  the  same  year  by  Messrs.  E.  H.  Larkin,  H.  W. 
Scheffer,  and  Geo.  W.  Wines.  The  oflScers  of  the  company 
are:  Mr.  E.  H.  Larkin,  President;  Mr.  H.  W.  Scheffer,  Vice-Pres- 
ident and  Treasurer ; and  Mr.  Geo.  W.  Wines,  Secretary. 

KLIPSTEIN  CHEMICAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  504.  Kinloch  C946. 

The  Klipstein  Chemical  Company  is  the  offspring  of  one  of  the 
oldest  retail  drug  stores  in  our  city,  founded  in  1849,  and  since 
1892  owned  and  conducted  by  Mr.  Theodore  A.  Klipstein,  the  son 
of  the  late  Mr.  Christian  Klipstein,  who  had  been  its  proprietor  for 
thirty-four  years.  He  was  a graduate  of  the  University  of  Gies- 
sen, where  he  had  studied  chemistry  with  the  celebrated  Justus 
von  Liebig.  A visit  to  relatives  in  this  country  in  1843  resulted 
in  a permanent  stay  and  in  making  St.  Louis  his  home  in  1849. 
After  gaining  practical  knowledge  and  experience  with  other 
apothecaries  he  established  himself  first  on  Ninth  and  Jefferson 
streets,  and  bought  in  1858,  the  well-known  drug  store  on  the 
southwest  corner  of  Franklin  avenue  and  Sixteenth  street.  He 
was  a Director  of  the  College  of  Pharmacy,  one  of  the  founders 
and  the  Treasurer  of  the  St.  Louis  Alma  Mater,  and  in  conjunc- 
tion with  Dr.  Carl  Luedeking,  the  founder  of  the  German  Mutual 
Widows’  and  Orphans’  Aid  Society,  and  its  last  President. 
A liberal-minded,  public-spirited  citizen,  and  an  authority 
in  his  profession.  When  the  use  of  antitoxin  in  cases  of 
diphtheria  began  Mr.  Klipstein  was  the  first  to  supplj^  our 
physicians  with  it.  Born  in  1823  as  the  youngest  son  of  Privy 
Councillor  Chr.  Klipstein,  he  died  in  1892  after  a long  and  use- 
ful life,  highly  respected  by  the  entire  community.  Mr.  Theo- 
dore A.  Klipstein,  his  father’s  successor,  became  thoroughly 
familiar  with  all  the  details  of  the  branch,  after  finishing  his 


— 432  - 


pharmaceutical  and  other  studies,  and  devoted  all  bis  time  and 
ability  to  the  conducting  of  his  drug  business  and  the  manufae- 
ture  of  various  chemicals,  with  anilines  and  other  dye-stuffs  and 
dairy  disinfectants  as  specialties.  The  latter  are  unsurpassed  for 
removing  bad  odors  and  destroying  germs  which  spread  conta- 
gious diseases.  Theodore  A.  Klipstein  is  the  President;  E.  C. 
Klipstein,  the  Vice-President,  and  VV.  A.  Dillon,  the  Manager  of 
the  company.  Mr.  Theodore  Klipstein  is  well  known  and 
esteemed  in  business  and  social  circles,  and  especially  active  in 
the  promotion  of  physical  culture  and  literary  endeavors. 

MALLINCKRODT  CHEMICAL  WORKS. 

Bell  Tyler  505.  Kinloch  C535,  B1492. 

The  progress  of  chemistry  during  the  last  quarter  of  the 
nineteenth  century  surpasses  that  of  any  other  science  ; truly  won- 
derful discoveries  and  inventions  have  been  made  upon  this  partic- 
ular field  and  their  practical  application  for  medicinal,  industrial, 
technical  and  agricultural  purposes  makes  chemistry  the  most 
valuable  adjunct  of  the  aforesaid  branches.  Innumerable  achieve- 
ments of  the  greatest  importance  are  due  to  chemistry,  and  the 
world  owes  this  science  an  unlimited  gratitude  for  priceless  serv- 
ices. The  manufacture  of  chemicals  constitutes  therefore  one  of 
the  most  important  branches  of  industry  and  we  can  with  justi- 
fiable pride  point  to  a St.  Louis  firm  as  one  of  its  most  prominent 
representatives,  the  Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works.  They  were  es- 
tablished in  1867  and  are  with  hardly  an  exception  the  largest  of 
its  kind  in  the  country,  if  not  also  in  Europe.  They  were  in  the 
beginning  rather  small  in  size,  but  became  within  a short  time  in- 
adequate and  had  to  be  enlarged  ; more  additions  were  again  and 
again  necessary  and  the  very  substantial  factory  buildings  cover 
now  six  acres  of  land  in  the  manufacturing  district  of  North  St. 
Louis.  They  are  bounded  by  Hall  and  Main,  Salisbury  and 
Mallinckrodt  streets,  stand  in  the  vicinity  of  the  river  and  are 
connected  with  all  the  railroad  lines  terminating  in  St. 
Louis.  They  are  equipped  with  the  most  modern  machin- 
ery ; the  laboratories  contain  the  best  and  most  complete 
apparatus ; the  different  departments  stand  under  the  super- 


— 433  — 


vision  of  experts  and  every  new  discovery  wherever  it  may 
be  made  is  tested  and  after  close  examination,  if  approved,  pressed 
into  service.  A second  factory  belonging  to  the  firm  and  still 
larger  than  the  one  in  St.  Louis,  is  located  in  Jersey  City,  N.  J., 
for  the  manufacture  of  such  articles,  which  would  either  become 
too  high  in  price  through  transportation  from  St.  Louis,  or  which 
can  be  produced  at  less  cost  in  the  East  on  account  of  the  cheaper 
purchase  of  material.  The  company  devotes  itself  to  the  produc- 
ing of  all  kinds  of  chemicals  and  chemical  preparations  for  drug- 
gists, analytical  purposes,  photographer’s  use  and  various  indus- 
trial branches.  All  these  articles  are  justly  celebrated  for  their 
high  qualities,  their  purity  and  uniform  value  as  to  ingredients, 
and  correct  composition.  The  Mallinckrodt  chemicals  are  sold 
to  all  parts  of  America  as  well  as  to  foreign  countries,  especially 
Europe.  Several  hundred  hands  are  permanently  employed  in 
the  two  factories  whose  output  amounts  to  many  millions  of  dol- 
lars annually.  The  distribution  for  the  Eastern  States  is  conducted 
from  a depot  in  New  York  City.  The  general  management  of 
this  mammoth  establishment  lies  in  the  hands  of  its  President, 
Mr.  Edward  Mallinckrodt ; Mr.  Oscar  L.  Biebinger  is  since  many 
years  the  Secretary. 


WORMSER  FILTER  PLATE  CO. 

OF  ST.  LOUIS, 

122  PINE  ST. 

Otto  F.  Stifel,  Pres. 

Geo.  Beck,  Vice-Pres. 

Frank  R.  O’Neil,  Sec.  and  Treas. 

Jacob  Retter,  Supt. 


28k 


KInloch  A145. 


— 434 


THE  NATIONAL  AMMONIA  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  660.  Kinloch  C534. 

This  corporation  was  organized  in  the  fall  of  1889  and  com- 
menced active  operations  in  January,  1890.  The  incorporators 
and  oflScers  are  as  follows : Edward  Mallinckiodt,  President  of 
the  Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works  of  St.  Louis,  is  the  President; 
A.  D.  Warner,  Treasurer  of  the  Delaware  Chemical  Co.  at  Wil- 
mington, is  the  Vice-President,  and  T.  G.  Goldsmith,  of  the 
Alleghany  Chemical  Works  of  Philadelphia,  the  Secretary.  J. 
C.  Atwood,  formerly  of  the  United  States  Navy  and  later  on 
Chief  Deputy  Internal  Revenue  Collector  for  the  First  Missouri 
District,  is  the  General  Manager.  The  company  confines  itself 
to  the  producing  of  liquid  anhydrous  and  aqua  ammonia  for  use  in 
refrigerators,  artificial  ice  plants,  breweries,  laboratories,  etc. 
These  products  are  justly  celebrated  for  their  superior  quality 
and  entire  freedom  from  all  impurities  which  could  detract  from 
their  refrigerating  efficiency,  thus  securing  to  machines  using 
them  the  greatest  possible  capacity  at  the  least  expense.  The 
factories  and  branch  offices  are  located  at  St.  Louis,  New  York, 
Philadelphia,  Wilmington,  Denver,  San  Francisco,  and  Sidney 
(Australia),  and  the  headquarters  in  this  city  are  at  3600  North 
Broadway,  occupying  the  entire  second  floor  of  the  building. 
The  output  of  the  National  Ammonia  Company  is  sold  all  over  the 
United  States,  Mexico,  Central  and  South  America,  the  West 
Indies,  England  and  South  Africa,  everywhere  recognized  as 
standards  of  quality,  and  generally  preferred  by  the  operators  of 
refrigerating  and  ice-making  machines. 


PAINTS,  OILS  AND  COLORS. 

MOUND  CITY  PAINT  AND  COLOR  CO. 

Bell  Main  944,  966.  Kinloch  B669. 

In  the  month  of  November,  1880,  with  resolute  purpose  and 
a fixed  determination  to  honorably  succeed,  two  young  men  be- 
gan the  career  of  the  now  well-known  Mound  City  Paint  and 


435 


Color  Company  — Robert  D.  Thornburgh  and  Norris  B.  Gregg, 
President  and  Secretary.  They  were  ma<le  of  g<iod  stuff,  scions 
of  good  stock,  whose  fathers  before  them  had  traveled  the  rocky 
road  to  success,  and  they,  with  fearless  step  and  confident  hearts, 
did  not  hesitate  to  try  the  rugged  path  for  themselves.  The 
percentage  of  business  men  who  make  a success  is  estimated  to 
be  about  three  per  cent.  They  knew  the  difficulties,  but  boldly 
entered  the  course  and  stripped  for  the  race.  In  a small  three- 
story  building  at  No.  704  North  Second  street,  about  50x90  feet 
in  dimensions,  they  started  the  manufacture  of  their  wares  and 
began  their  introduction  to  the  public.  At  that  time  there  was  not 
known  to  be  a single  brand  of  mixed  paint  in  the  mai’kets  of  the 
United  States  whose  quality  or  purity  was  unassailable.  Good 
paints  were  made,  but  not  the  best.  Recognizing  the  situation,  and 
resolving  to  make  a brand  of  paint  of  the  highest  excellence  with- 
out regard  to  cost,  they  based  their  efforts  and  hopes  on  the 
success  of  that  principle.  It  is  a more  difficult  matter  to  sell 
goods  than  it  is  to  make  them.  Quality  of  the  highest  order  may 
be  there,  but  that  fact  has  to  become  known  and  established, 
requiring  great  effort,  capital  and  patience,  before  an  article  of 
even  real  merit  becomes  a staple  in  the  trade.  The  Strictly  Pure 
Prepared  Paint,  or  Horse  Shoe  Brand,  did  not,  therefore,  distance 
its  competitors  in  the  first  dash  of  the  race.  It  was  hard  to  get 
a foothold  for  an  unknown  brand  made  by  a new  concern.  Deal- 
ers preferred  the  old  brands,  better  known  in  name  if  not 
in  quality,  and  the  Horse  Shoe  seemed  likely  to  prove  untrue  to 
its  proverbial  good-luck  reputation.  However,  though  a slow 
seller  it  had  splendid  staying  qualities.  The  quality  told  like 
good  blood,  and  its  best  advertisement  came  from  the  men 
that  used  it.  Gradually  it  began  to  come  to  the 
front;  to  be  inquired  after  and  to  be  preferred.  The 
first  few  months  of  a new  business  venture  are  gener- 
ally full  of  trials  and  happenings  annoying  and  discouraging  in 
the  extreme,  and  they  were  not  absent  from  the  worthy  enter- 
prise of  this  ambitious  young  company.  They  were  to  some  ex- 
tent expected,  but  when  in  February,  1881,  barely  three  months 
after  getting  under  way,  a fire  originating  in  the  adjoining  block 
caused  a total  loss  to  their  machinery  and  stock,  one  would 


— 436  — 


suppose  the  ardor  and  push  of  the  young  pioneers  in  business 
would  flag  and  falter.  But  no  such  word  as  fail  was  found  in  the 
vocabulary  of  these  determined  men.  The  loss  covered  by  in- 
surance enabled  them  to  rebuild  in  a short  time  and,  undaunted 
by  misfortune,  they  pursued  with  relentless  energy  the  purpose 
and  principles  which  actuated  them  in  the  beginning.  About  five 
months  after  the  first  disaster,  while  excavating  the  foundations 
for  a building  adjoining  the  Mound  City  Company’s  new  structure, 
a suddent  collapse  caused  for  a second  time  the  complete  wreck 
of  their  plant.  This  unfortunate  event  completely  wiped  out  the 
capital  of  the  company,  but  they  had  something  left  that  they 
never  put  in  paint,  but  kept  in  stock  for  business  emergen- 
cies— grit.  Within  three  mouths  from  the  time  of  the  second 
setback  a new  factory  at  Second  and  Howard  streets  was  erected 
and  in  full  force  with  oflSce  and  shipping  facilities  all  under 
one  roof.  At  the  time  of  occupying  the  new  home  of  the  com- 
pany four  persons  were  sufficient  to  conduct  the  details  of  the 
business  and  four  salesmen  represented  the  traveling  force. 
To-day  the  office  employs  thirty-six  busy  people  and  a corps 
of  forty  salesmen  are  proclaiming  the  merits  of  the  Strictly 
Pure  to  the  world.  Crowded  out  by  increasing  business  the 
building  at  Second  and  Howard  streets  was  given  up  to  manu- 
facturing purposes  alone  and  in  the  fall  of  1885  a store  and  office 
at  No.  511  North  Second  street  was  leased  for  storing  and  shipping 
their  products  and  transacting  the  general  business  of  the  com- 
pany. A few  years  later  another  move  was  made  to  still 
more  commodious  quarters  at  406  and  408  North  Second  street, 
and  in  1897  the  growth  in  favor  and  demand  for  their  widely 
known  products  necessitated  the  occupation  of  their  present 
extensive  .establishment  at  811  and  813  North  Sixth  street. 
In  1887  Mr.  Thornburgh  resigned  the  office  of  President, 
and  took  up  his  residence  in  the  Far  West  where  he  shortly  after 
died.  Mr.  Gregg  succeeded  to  the  presidency  and  has  since  as- 
sociated with  himself  his  brother,  Mr.  Wm.  H.  Gregg,  Jr.,  and 
Mr.  E.  H.  Dyer,  the  present  efficient  Vice-President  and  Secretary 
respectively.  Linseed  oil  being  an  important  factor  in  the  mak- 
ing of  good  paint,  to  insure  quality  and  save  cost  it  was  thought 
best  to  begin  its  manufacture,  and  in  1890  a complete  plant  was 


— 437  — 


erected  including  elevator,  mills,  tanks,  etc.,  and  the  Horseshoe 
Brand  of  oil.  Strictly  Pure,  is  known  to-day  from  one  end  of  our 
broad  land  to  the  other.  As  business  increased  the  necessity  for 
a varnish  factory  became  apparent  and  in  1895  the  Gregg  Var- 
nish Company  was  incorporated  and  the  manufacture  of  varnishes 
entered  into  with  the  principle  of  quality,  and  that  the  highest,  still 
the  guiding  star  and  object  of  the  lusty  young  giant  now  leading  in 
the  paint,  oil  and  varnish  business  of  the  West.  The  capital  of  the 
company  in  1880  was  $50,000.00,  which  notwithstanding  the  dis- 
asters following  so  shortly  upon  its  opening,  and  the  many  de- 
pressions of  business  caused  by  floods  and  storm  ; crop  failures  and 
monetary  stringencies,  has  grown  and  increased  until  the  present 
capitalization  and  surplus  fund  is  considerably  over  $300,000.00, 
with  a working  force  in  all  departments  ranging  from  350  to  400 
persons.  The  products  of  the  company  stand  at  the  top  for  qual- 
ity in  the  marts  of  trade.  They  are  made  with  that  principle 
paramount,  and  that  is  the  secret  of  their  success.  Who  wants 
the  best  can  get  it.  The  Horseshoe  is  the  sign  and  the  Mound 
City  Co.’s  brands  of  paint  and  linseed  oil  and  the  Gregg  brands  of 
varnishes  are  the  s3monyms  of  Strictly  Pure  and  high  grade  goods. 

PLATT  & THORNBURGH  PAINT  CO. 

Bell  Main  2276.  Kinloch  B671. 

It  was  as  early  as  1846  when  Henry  S.  Platt  established  the 
business,  which  is  now,  and  since  1880,  carried  on  under  the 
above  name.  His  able  management  resulted  in  the  development 
of  a large  trade,  which  became  still  more  extended  after  the 
forming  of  a partnership  between  him  and  Robert  Thornburgh  in 
1864.  The  new  firm  of  Platt  & Thornburgh  soon  became  famil- 
iar to  the  paint  trade  throughout  the  country,  as  they  brought  a 
large  proportion  of  the  business  in  their  line  to  St.  Louis.  The 
constant  growth  of  their  trade  made  a further  extension  of  facil- 
ities desirable,  and  this  led  to  the  incorporation  of  the  Platt  & 
Thornburgh  Paint  and  Glass  Company  in  1880,  and  to  the  admis- 
sion of  their  sons  as  stockholders  and  oflScers.  The  incorpora- 
tors were  Henry  S.  Platt,  Robert  Thornburgh,  W.  H.  Thornburgh 
and  Philip  C.  Platt.  After  the  death  of  Robert  Thornburgh  he 


— 438  — 


was  succeeded  by  Wm.  H.  Thornburgh  as  Vice-President,  and  who, 
in  turn,  succeeded  Henry  S.  Platt  as  President  after  the  death  of 
the  latter  in  1893.  It  was  but  natural  that  the  new  management 
sought  to  extend  the  firm’s  trade  in  all  directions  and  to  increase 
its  facilities.  This  was  done  in  various  ways  and  especially  by  the 
erection  of  a paint  factor}'  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
machinery,  to  which  the  latest  improvements  have  recently  been 
added.  The  firm  manufactures  all  sorts  of  colors  in  oil  and 
Japan,  mixed  paints,  also  white  lead,  and  the  superior  quality  of 
their  articles  have  earned  for  them  an  enviable  reputation 
wherever  they  are  used.  The  principal  territory  for  their  sales 
are  the  Middle  States,  the  West  and  Southwest.  The  oflfices, 
salesrooms,  factory  and  warehouses  occupy  three  large  buildings, 
connected  with  each  other,  and  located  on  the  southeast  corner 
of  Seventh  street  and  Franklin  avenue  and  816  and  818  North 
Seventh  street.  It  may  be  mentioned  as  an  evidence  of  remark- 
able stability,  that  this  is  the  identical  locality  where  the  founder 
of  this  vast  concern  began  his  business  career  fifty-six  years  ago, 
and  it  is,  therefore,  no  wonder  that  the  names  of  Platt  & Thorn- 
burgh are  a household  word  with  all  St.  Louisans.  Over  eighty 
persons  are  constantly  employed  in  the  various  departments,  not 
a few  of  whom  are  experts  in  the  preparation  of  paints  and 
colors.  The  death  of  William  H.  Thornburgh  in  1900  neces- 
sitated a change  in  the  direction  of  the  company’s  affairs,  and 
Philip  C.  Platt,  former  Secretary  of  the  company,  succeeded  him. 
The  other  oflficers  and  directors  being  Charles  R.  Platt,  Vice- 
President  ; Robert  W.  Sample,  Secretary,  and  Henry  S.  Platt, 
Jr.,  General  Superintendent.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists 
of  the  same  four  gentlemen,  who,  in  conjunction  with  E.  B. 
Platt,  are  the  owners  of  and  partners  in  the  establishment.  The 
principles  of  strict  integrity  and  reliability  laid  down  by  the 
fathers  are  religiously  adhered  to  by  their  sons  and  successors. 
They  are  young,  active  and  energetic,  well  adapted  to  continue 
with  uninterrupted  success,  and  in  an  aggressive  manner  one  of 
the  oldest  and  best  known  business  concerns  in  the  whole  West. 


— 439  — 


GEO.  HENSELER  OIL  CO. 

Bell  Main  2297A.  Kinloch  A502. 

The  great  importance  of  good  lubricants  for  all  kinds  of 
machinery  is  too  obvious  to  require  much  argument;  good  lubri- 
cants not  only  heighten  the  operative  power  of  the  machine  by 
reducing  friction,  but  diminish  also  the  wear  and  tear  and  save 
fuel  in  a great  measure.  It  is  therefore  of  the  greatest  interest 
to  all  machine  users,  to  exercise  the  utmost  care  in  selecting  their 
lubricating  oils,  especially  in  view  of  the  fact  that  nowadays  most 
of  our  machines  are  more  or  less  complicated  and  of  the  finest 
construction  and  that  we  demand  of  them  the  best  and  most  per- 
fect service.  But  there  is  still  another  cause  for  great  carefulness 
in  choosing  lubricants  and  that  lies  in  the  fact,  that  so  many  infe- 
rior oils  are  produced  and  put  on  the  market,  oils  which  are  more 
detrimental  than  useful  and  which  not  seldom  hinder  the  good 
working  of  the  machine,  if  they  do  not  worse.  The  lubricating 
oils  and  greases  manufactured  and  sold  by  the  Geo.  Henseler  Oil 
Company  are  distinguished  for  their  unexceptional  quality  and 
have  won  for  themselves  an  enviable  reputation  for  effectiveness 
and  economy,  and  are  acknowledged  to  be  the  best  in  the  market 
and  always  preferred  by  those  employed  in  the  operating  or 
taking  care  of  machinery  of  any  kind,  from  a Giant  Corliss 
steam  engine  to  the  dentist’s  treadle.  Aside  from  their  own 
refinery  they  are  also  the  sole  agents  for  the  sale  of  the  celebra- 
ted Binghampton  Lubricating  Oil  of  the  Western  and  Southern 
States.  The  George  Henseler  Oil  Company  was  established  in 
1878  by  Mr.  George  Henseler  and  was  first  located  at  120  South 
Commercial  street,  and  its  trade  has  become  more  extensive  from 
year  lo  year,  the  sales  covering  aside  from  St.  Louis  the  follow- 
ing States:  Missouri,  Illinois,  Kansas,  Texas  and  Louisiana. 
The  death  of  Mr.  George  Henseler  (in  1898)  caused  a change  in 
the  proprietorship  and  the  incorporation  of  the  firm  by  Frederick 
Nobbe,  H.  Henseler  and  John  Sands,  with  Frederick  Nobbe  as 
President  and  Treasurer,  H.  Henseler  as  Vice-President,  and 
John  Sands  as  Secretary.  The  house  has  always  been  known  for 
its  reliability  and  promptness  in  the  filling  of  all  orders  for  the 


— 440  — 


various  articles,  which  include,  besides  those  mentioned,  the 
finest  boiler  and  water  purifier  on  the  market,  the  justly  cele- 
brated “ Antiscalene,”  and  all  kinds  of  engineer’s  supplies,  as 
packing  waste,  etc.  We  could  print  several  pages  of  testimonials 
as  to  the  qualities  and  effectiveness  of  their  lubricating  oils,  but 
deem  it  sufficient  to  state,  that  many  of  our  largest  manufac- 
turing establishments  in  all  branches  use  them  exclusively  and 
are  unanimous  in  their  praise.  The  office  and  salesrooms  are  at 
number  8 South  Main  and  the  warehouse  at  number  7 South 
Commercial  street.  The  members  of  the  firm  devote  all  their 
time  and  attention  to  the  management  of  their  extensive  business 
and  enjoy  the  well-deserved  respect  and  esteem  of  all  who  know 
them.  Mr.  Nobbe  represents  the  firm  on  the  floor  of  the  St. 
Louis  Merchants  Exchange  and  belongs  also  to  various  commer- 
cial and  social  organizations. 

PAGE  & KRAUSSE  MEG.  AND  MINING  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  D343. 

Forty  years  is  a long  time  and  when  a firm  can  look  back 
upon  such  a period  of  continued  success  and  honorable  standing 
in  the  business  world,  it  may  by  right  be  proud  of  these  results. 
We  refer  to  such  a firm  by  speaking  of  the  above  company. 
It  was  in  1861  when  William  M.  Page  and  Emil  B.  Krausse 
formed  a copartnei’ship  under  the  style  of  Page  & Krausse,  for 
the  manufacture  of  Barite,  Soluble  Glass  and  Bicarbonate 
Soda.  They  erected  a plant  on  what  is  now  called  Valentine 
street,  between  Fourth  and  Fifth  streets,  and  extending  south  to 
Poplar  street,  which  had  to  be  enlarged  from  time  to  time  and 
is  since  many  years  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  its  particular 
brand.  The  partnership  terminated  by  the  death  of  Mr.  Krausse, 
which  occurred  in  1886,  two  years  after  the  incorporation  under 
the  above  name.  Mr.  Page  died  a few  years  later,  but  the  busi- 
ness suffered  no  interruption ; the  sons,  Mr.  Thomas  M.  Page, 
and  Mr.  E.  B.  Krausse,  became  the  successors  and  followed  in 
their  fathers’  footsteps  in  directing  affairs  and  supervising 
the  operations  of  their  extensive  works.  Mr.  Thomas  M. 
Page  was  removed  from  his  useful  activity  in  the  spring 


441  — 


of  1900,  since  which  time  the  entire  management  lies  in 
the  hands  of  Mr.  E.  B.  Krausse,  who  has  from  his  boy- 
hood grown  up  in  the  establishment  and  has  therefore  a 
thorough  knowledge  and  long  experience  which  makes  him  es- 
pecially fit  for  his  manifold  duties.  He  devotes  to  them  his  lime 
and  energy,  is  a very  active  business  man,  combining  American 
enterprise  with  German  perseverance,  upright  and  fair  in  all  his 
transactions;  he  is  a St.  Louisan  by  birth,  received  an  excellent 
education  and  is  highly  esteemed  in  commercial  and  social  circles. 
The  products  of  the  firm  comprise  refined  and  floated  barites, 
heavy  body  zinc  oxide  (lead  bloom),  which  is  the  only  kind  adapt- 
able in  the  preparation  of  paints  and  white  lead ; the  barite  prod- 
ucts of  the  firm  are  prepared  by  a process  secured  against  imita- 
tion by  several  United  States  patents,  of  which  the  company  is 
sole  proprietor. 


MmERAL  AXD  SODA  WATER. 

We  will  not  say  that  natural  mineral  water  has  been  super- 
seded by  the  artificial  article,  but  the  greatest  authorities 
affirm  that  the  sanitary  effect  of  the  latter  equals  that  of  the  for- 
mer and  even  surpasses  them,  when  long  distances  between  the 
springs  and  the  place  of  consumption  require  considerable  time  for 
transporation,  as  in  the  case  of  European  mineral  waters  brought 
to  this  continent.  The  nineteenth  century,  so  rich  and  abundant 
in  scientific  inventions,  gave  us  among  others  the  important 
discovery,  that  artificial  mineral  waters  can  be  produced,  which 
contain  all  the  hygienic  properties  of  the  natural  and  have  the 
same  effect  on  the  human  system.  Their  preparation  is  based 
upon  the  chemical  analysis  of  the  ingredients  of  each  particular 
spring  and  St.  Louis  has  a number  of  firms  devoted  to  their  man- 
ufacture, whose  product  is  known  far  and  wide  for  its  quality  and 
the  great  care  with  which  it  is  prepared  and  brought  on  the  mar- 
ket. The  following  pages  refer  to  some  of  the  largest  establish” 
ments  in  this  branch,  also  to  the  soda  water  factories,  which 
supply  the  great  demand  for  this  specific  beverage,  so  much  in 
favor  and  so  largely  consumed  in  this  country. 


— 442  — 


AMERICAN  MINERAL  WATER  COMPANY. 

Bell  Mala  1656a.  Kinloch  D1396. 

The  business  of  this  company  was  established  many  years  ago 
by  Julius  Hunicke  and  Carl  Schultz  at  1117-19-21  South  Elev- 
enth street,  which  location  is  still  occupied  by  the  factory  and 
office  of  the  concern.  The  incorporation  under  the  present  name 
took  place  in  1879,  with  Adolphus  Harless,  C.  Schultz  and  Rich- 
ard C.  Schum  as  incorporators.  Mr.  Schum  was  an  excellent 
apothecary  and  chemist  of  long  practical  experience,  a man  of 
the  highest  scientific  attainments,  and  the  results  of  his  work  and 
knowledge  were  soon  felt  in  the  growth  of  trade  and  the  fame  of 
the  company’s  products.  Repeated  enlargements  became  neces- 
sary in  course  of  time  and  the  laboratory  is  one  of  the  best 
equipped  in  its  particular  branch.  The  various  mineral  waters, 
as,  for  instance,  Seltzer,  Vichy,  Carlsbader,  etc.,  manufactured 
by  the  firm,  are  most  carefully  prepared  in  accordance  with  the 
official  analysis  of  the  natural  waters  and  surpass  the  imported 
article  in  strength  and  freshness.  It  was,  and  is,  the  constant 
aim  of  the  company  to  furnish  the  trade  and  its  patrons  with 
mineral  waters  of  the  greatest  purity  in  all  their  ingredients  and 
most  palatable  in  taste.  The  company  bought  out  the  Windsor 
Spring  Company  and  its  springs  property  in  1898,  since  which 
time  these  waters  are  exclusively  sold  by  it.  They  are  excelled 
by  none  and  are  considered  far  superior  to  all  others  by  scien- 
tists and  consumers.  After  the  death  of  Mr.  Richard  C.  Schum 
Mr.  Oliver  R.  Schum  became  his  father’s  successor  as  the  mana- 
ager  of  the  company ; he  is  an  expert  in  the  manufacture  of  min- 
eral waters,  possesses  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  its  details  and 
devotes  his  untiring  attention  to  the  performance  of  his  duties, 
and  has  well  succeeded  in  extending  the  business  of  the  company 
and  promulgating  the  merits  of  its  waters. 

BUFF  & RAU. 

Kinloch  B774. 

Temperature  and  climatic  conditions  in  this  part  of  the  country, 
especially  betwen  May  and  October,  cause  a great  consumption 
of  mineral  water,  and  the  manufacture  of  this  article  forms  a promi- 


— 443  — 


nent  branch  of  industry  in  our  midst.  One  of  the  oldest  reliable 
firms  devoted  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  the  various  kinds 
of  mineral  water,  also  of  ginger  ale  and  similar  preparations,  is 
that  of  Buff  & Rau  ; it  originated  as  early  as  1865,  in  which  year 
Mr.  Jacob  Buff  and  Mr.  Max  Kuhl,  established  a factory  on  the 
northwest  corner  of  Fourth  and  Elm  streets,  where  it  remained 
for  many  years.  They  opened  a branch  at  Alton,  under  the  man- 
agement of  Mr.  Kuhl,  after  whose  death  the  firm  of  Buff  & Kuhl 
ceased  to  exist.  It  was  succeeded  by  Buff  & Rau,  Mr.  Ferdi- 
nand Rau  becoming  the  partner  of  Mr.  Buff.  The  combined 
efforts  of  these  two  gentlemen  resulted  in  a constant  extension 
of  trade  so  that  an  enlargement  and  removal  of  the  plant  became 
necessary.  Their  factory  on  Soulard,  between  Eighth  and  Ninth 
streets,  is  equipped  with  the  best  and  most  complete  apparatus 
for  the  production  of  pure  and  healthful  mineral  waters  for  med- 
ical purposes  and  palatable  drinks.  A large  number  of  hands, 
under  the  personal  supervision  of  Mr.  Rau,  is  employed  in  the 
establishment,  and  several  delivery  wagons  serve  for  the  distribu- 
tion in  the  city  and  vicinity.  Both  partners  are  men  of  the  high- 
est integrity  and  active  and  industrious  business  men.  Mr.  Buff 
occupies  for  many  years  the  honorable  position  of  Consul  for  Swit- 
zerland, his  native  country,  and  has  an  office  for  this  purpose 
at  620  Chestnut  street. 

COLUMBIA  MINERAL  WATER  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  A1570. 

The  Columbia  Mineral  Water  Company  was  established  in 
1893  by  Mr.  .John  D.  Bollin  at  its  present  location,  1921  and  1923 
Lynch  and  1920  Congress  street.  The  establishment  was  en- 
larged from  time  to  time  in  keeping  with  the  extension  of  its 
trade  and  is  now  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  our  midst.  The 
product  consists  in  Seltzer,  Vichy,  Carlsbader,  Lithia,  Luzius- 
quelle  and  other  mineral  waters,  also  in  ginger-ale,  orange- 
cider,  Cubanade,  crab-apple  cider,  etc.,  all  of  which  are  prepared 
with  the  utmost  care.  The  various  mineral  waters  are  of  the 
greatest  purity  and  compounded  in  strict  adherence  with  the 
• analystic  ingredients  of  the  natural  waters  and  are  therefore  rec- 


— 444  — 


ommended  by  many  of  our  prominent  physicians ; all  the  other 
fluids  made  by  the  firm  are  as  wholesome  as  palatable  and  great 
favorites  with  the  public.  Mr.  Bollin  gives  his  whole  attention 
to  his  business,  has  met  with  a well-deserved  success  and  gained 
the  confidence  of  his  customers  b}'  fair  dealing  in  every  respect. 

He  is  also  the  inventor  and  patentee  of  a hermetical  syphon-top 
and  supplies  many  mineral  water  factories  with  syphons.  He 
hails  from  Switzerland,  was  born  and  educated  in  the  canton  of 
Thurgean  and  came  here  in  1882 ; being  an  engineer  by  profes- 
sion, he  was  first  and  for  several  years  employed  in  that  capacity 
in  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brewery  and  devoted  his  leisure  hours  to 
prepare  himself  for  the  branch,  in  which  he  has  been  actively 
engaged  ever  since  1893.  His  success  is  the  result  of  his  in- 
dustry, perseverance  and  close  attention  to  his  business  duties. 

CRYSTAL  WATER  COMPANY. 

Main  600.  Kinloch  Cll. 

Water  is  the  healthiest  drink,  provided  that  it  is  pure.  To  fur- 
nish the  purest,  therefore  the  healthiest  drinking  water,  is  the  aim 
and  purpose  of  the  Crystal  Water  Company,  organized  in  St. 
Louis  in  1893.  The  Crystal  Water  is  entirely  free  from  germs 
and  all  organic  matter  as  well  as  from  anything  in  the 
least  detrimental  to  the  human  system.  This  is  evidenced  by  the 
analysis  made  by  Professor  Albert  B.  Prescott,  the  celebrated 
chemist  of  the  Michigan  State  University,  and  its  salubrious 
qualities  and  effects  are  acknowledged  by  the  most  prominent 
physicians.  When  we  consider  what  important  functions  the 
water  we  drink  has  to  perform  in  our  system,  it  becomes  obvi- 
ous that  only  absolutely  pure  water  can  and  ought  to  perform  these 
duties  in  a perfect  and  satisfactory  way.  Crystal  Water  secures 
this  in  the  completest  manner  and  is  therefore  a powerful  factor 
of  health  and  welfare.  The  plant  of  the  Crystal  Water  Company 
was  originally  located  on  Channing  and  Franklin  avenues,  but 
occupies  now  the  four  adjoining  buildings  2020  to  2026  Walnut 
street,  the  property  of  the  firm,  and  equipped  with  the  most  modern 
and  approved  machinery,  extensive  laboratories,  test  apparatus 
and  all  facilities  for  the  production  of  their  various  preparations, — * 


— 445  — 


among  them  the  Lily  brand  Crystal  Water,  especially  adapted 
for  family  use ; Lithia  water,  Seltzer,  Vichy  and  other  mineral 
waters  of  hygienic  value,  Ironkala,  an  iron  tonic  of  rare  medici- 
nal virtue,  etc.  Mr.  Hamilton  Daughaday,  who  was  Vice-Presi- 
dent of  the  company  since  its  organization,  is  now  the  President 
and  Treasurer,  and  to  his  energy  and  activity  is  its  great  success 
principally  due ; Mr.  Tracy  C.  Drake  is  the  Vice-President  and 
lives  in  Chicago,  where  a branch  of  the  company  is  located ; Mr. 
Frank  J.  Casey  is  Secretary.  About  fifty  hands  are  constantly 
employed  in  the  factory.  The  different  products  of  the  estab- 
lishment are  sold  and  well  known  in  all  parts  of  the  United 
States. 

HOERR’S  CONDENSED  PHOSPHOROUS  WATER. 

The  late  John  Hoerr  of  this  city  devoted  years  and  years  to 
study  and  experiments  for  the  discovery  of  a sure  and  effective 
remedy,  if  not  even  a preventative  of  rheumatism  and  gout, 
these  dreadful  diseases,  whose  victims  are  found  in  all  homes, 
but  especially  on  the  American  continent.  How  well  he  suc- 
ceeded is  proven  by  the  results  of  the  Condensed  Phosphorous 
Water,  invented  and  exclusively  manufactured  by  the  firm.  It 
is  acknowledged  to  be  far  superior  to  all  similar  artificial,  and 
even  to  surpass  in  strength  and  usefulness  the  natural  mineral 
waters  generally  prescribed  in  cases  of  kidney  and  liver  com- 
plaint, rheumatism,  gout,  indigestion,  etc.  Hoerr’s  Condensed 
Phosphorous  water  cures  or  prevents  indigestion  and  can  there- 
fore be  truly  called  a safeguard  against  all  maladies  hailing  from 
this  source.  Rheumatism  and  gout  stand  foremost  in  this  respect 
and  the  sufferers  from  them  should  indeed  consider  the  inventor 
of  this  water  their  real  benefactor.  It  contains  no  mineral  in- 
gredients whatsover,  and  as  the  common  belief  that  phosphorus 
is  a poison,  is  erroneous  and  without  the  least  foundation,  the 
water  is  entirely  free  from  anything  detrimental  to  the  system, 
all  its  substances  being  pure  and  wholesome.  Mr.  Hoerr  began 
the  manufacture  of  this  water  in  1885  and  introduced  it  first  as 
distilled  medicated  Phosphor  water,  but  it  was  too  voluminous 
and  therefore  too  expensive  for  transportation,  so  he  set  himself 


— 446  — 


to  work  and  found  a practical  solution  of  tlie  problem  — be  suc- 
ceeded in  reducing  it  to  its  utmost  density  in  the  proportion  of 
48  to  1,  or  in  other  words  he  condensed  the  quantity  in  this  de- 
gree, preserving  all  its  qualities  and  beneficial  effects  in  their 
fullest  measure.  One  dozen  bottles  of  the  original  water  was 
sold  at  $3.00  or  $12  per  four  dozen,  but  in  its  present  condensed 
form  the  consumer  pays  only  $7.50  for  the  equivalent  and  saves 
besides  in  freight.  Prominent  medical  authorities  have  again 
and  again  acknowledged  the  high  value  of  this  remedy  and  the 
testimonials  of  those  cured  by  it  are  full  of  its  praise.  Orders  for 
the  Condensed  Phosphorous  water  are  promptly  filled  from  the 
office  and  Central  Depot,  recently  built  and  owned  by  the  late 
John  Hoerr’s  heirs,  number  1616  Pine  street,  St.  Louis,  and  the 
various  agencies  in  different  States  of  the  Union.  The  manage- 
ment of  the  establishment  lies,  since  the  death  of  the  founder,  in 
the  hands  of  his  son,  Mr.  John  Hoerr,  who  is  thoroughly  familiar 
with  all  the  details  in  connection  with  the  production  of  this  cele- 
brated water. 

MEYER-MEINHARDT  SODA  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  302a.  Kinloch  B339. 

The  Meyer-Meinhardt  Soda  Company  was  incorporated  in  1890 
by  F.  W.  Meyer,  Chas.  Meinhardt  and  M.  F.  Hellery  for  the 
manufacture  of  soda  and  other  high  grade  carbonated  waters  and 
has  succeeded  in  gaining  a very  extensive  trade  in  the  city  and  its 
direct  vicinity.  The  factory  was  first  located  at  1550  South  Seventh 
street,  but  in  the  summer  of  1896  removed  to  number  211  and  213 
St.  George  street,  two  blocks  east  of  South  Broadway,  where  a 
substantial  double  building  contains  the  most  approved  apparatus 
and  all  requirements  for  the  production  of  the  pure  and  whole- 
some carbonated  beverages,  all  of  which  have  become  great  favor- 
ites with  the  trade  and  consumers.  The  firm  has  recently  intro- 
duced a new  and  very  delicious  drink,  the  Klondike  Fizz,  possess- 
ing an  excellent  taste  and  the  finest  aroma.  The  establishment 
employs  from  twenty  to  thirty  hands,  is  a model  of  neatness,  all 
is  kept  scrupulously  clean  and  is  therefore  well  adapted  for  the 
purposes  for  which  it  is  used.  The  delivery  is  at  all  times  very 


— 447  — 


prompt  and  all  orders  are  filled  with  the  greatest  punctuality,  as 
it  is  the  aim  of  the  proprietors  to  give  their  customers  all  possi- 
ble satisfaction.  Mr.  F.  W.  Meyer  is  the  President  and  Mr.  Phil 
Lembach  the  Secretary  of  the  company ; and  they  devote  all  their 
time  and  attention  to  the  management  of  the  business,  which  has 
grown  from  year.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  these  two 
gentlemen  in  conjunction  with  Mr.  M.  F.  Hellery,  the  well-known 
owner  of  an  elegant  saloon  on  Third  street  opposite  the  Mer- 
chants Exchange  and  one  at  North  Euclid  avenue.  A branch 
of  the  company  for  the  distribution  of  its  product  over  a large 
part  of  Illinois  is  located  at  Champaign  in  that  State,  where  all 
the  various  waters  can  always  be  had. 

STAR  BOTTLING  CO. 

Kinloch  A1541 . 

The  consolidation  of  several  firms  devoted  to  the  manufacture 
of  carbonated  beverages  and  mineral  waters  resulted,  in  1898,  in 
the  formation  of  the  above  company,  one  of  the  largest  of  its 
kind  in  the  city.  The  original  partners  and  incorporators  were 
Henry  Kruse,  Dr.  Jno.  Cornwall,  Meyer  Pearl,  H.  Rubenstein, 
and  some  eight  or  ten  others,  but  a reorganization  took  place  in 
1900,  since  which  time  Messrs.  Geo.  R.  Ford,  Wm.  Freudenan, 
D.  A.  Grant,  Henry  Kruse  and  Floyd  E.  Busch  are  the  share- 
holders, and  at  the  same  time  the  Directors  of  the  corporation, 
with  Mr.  Geo.  R.  Ford  as  President,  and  Mr.  Wm.  Freudenan 
as  Secretary  and  General  Manager.  The  articles  of  manufacture 
comprise  various  kinds  of  carbonated  beverages  and  mineral 
waters,  including  Dr.  Cornwall’s  Tonic  Beer  (used  since  1873), 
Kruse’s  Root  and  Bark  Beer  (in  use  since  1888),  Ford’s  Iron- 
Beef  New  Century  Beer,  a non-intoxicating  drink  which  tastes 
like  beer ; has  all  its  healthy  effects,  but  does  not  intoxi- 
cate. All  these  are  prepared  with  the  greatest  care  out 
of  the  purest,  wholesome  ingredients,  producing  .exclusively 
healthy  and  palatable  beverages  of  excellent  quality.  To  give 
the  reader  an  idea  of  the  constantly  growing  trade  of  the 
company  we  will  state  that  they  employ  114  hands  during 
the  summer  season  and  fifty  in  winter,  that  thirty  teams 


448  — 


are  required  to  distribute  the  output,  and  that  the  sales 
amount  to  5000  cases  per  day  in  the  summer  months.  The 
company  has  two  factories,  one  in  St.  Louis,  1524,  1526  and 
1528  North  F'ifteenth  street,  and  one  in  East  St.  Louis,  921  Col- 
linsville avenue,  besides  two  local  depots  at  4600  Page  avenue  and 
3256  Arsenal  street.  The  factories  are  equipped  with  the  most 
approved  apparatus  and  machinery  and  it  is  the  constant 
aim  of  the  company,  to  supply  its  customers  with  the  greatest 
promptness  and  to  their  fullest  satisfaction.  The  remarkable 
success  of  the  company  is  in  a great  measure  due  to  the 
energy  and  activity  of  the  efficient  General  Manager,  Mr.  Freu- 
denan,  who  belongs  to  one  of  the  oldest  St.  Louis  families, 
his  father  having  come  here  in  1833,  and  who  is  well  known  in 
business  and  social  circles.  The  continued  growth  of  the  com- 
pany made  a larger  capital  necessary  and  it  was  therefore 
recently  increased  from  $30,000  to  $100,000. 

ST.  LOUIS  DISTRIBUTING  AGENCY  OF  THE  VERONICA 
NATURAL  MEDICINAL  WATER. 

Kinloch  D395. 

The  Veronica  Medicinal  Water  is  nature’s  own  product  and  not 
an  artificial  compound  ; it  comes  from  the  springs  near  Santa 
Barbara  in  California  and  contains  most  of  if  not  all  the  ingredi- 
ents for  which  the  waters  of  Carlsbad,  Marienbad,  Kissingen 
and  other  European  watering  places  are  so  celebrated.  The 
curative  properties  of  the  Veronica  Natural  Spring  Water  are 
testified  to  by  thousands  of  former  sufferers,  who  found 
relief  and  regained  their  health  through  its  use  and  it 
is  highly  recommended  by  some  of  the  most  prominent 
medical  authorities.  The  Veronica  is  used  with  the  greatest 
advantage  for  liver  and  kidney  complaints  in  cases  of  head- 
aches, dyspepsia,  biliousness,  blood  impurities,  rheumatism, 
nervousness,  general  debility,  insomnia,  etc.  It  is  a tonic 
of  great  strengthening  quality  and  significant  effect,  and  can  be 
used  by  persons  of  all  ages,  from  the  baby,-  whose  bowels  need 
regulation,  to  the  octogenarian,  whose  constitution  requires  a 
stimulant.  It  is  sold  by  all  druggists  and  mineral  water  dealers 


- 449  — 


in  the  original  bottles,  containing  one-third  of  a gallon,  filled  at  the 
springs  and  hermetically  sealed,  so  that  none  of  its  value  is  lost 
or  diminished  before  it  is  consumed.  St.  Louis  has  been  chosen 
as  the  distributing  point  for  this  part  of  the  country,  and  a gen- 
eral agency  has  been  established  here  some  time  ago  at 
No.  1033  Chouteau  avenue,  under  the  management  of  Mr.  C. 
W.  Perkins,  who  has  won  a host  of  friends  since  he  is  in  our 
midst,  and  who  can  be  found  at  his  post  from  morning  til  even- 
ing, ever  ready  to  attend  to  the  wishes  of  old  and  new  patrons, 
and  to  give  the  fullest  information  about  the  justly  celebrated 
Veronica  Natural  Mineral  Water  of  Santa  Barbara,  which,  in 
course  of  time,  is  bound  to  take  the  place  of  imported  mineral 
waters  and  reduce  the  number  of  those  who  go  across  the 
ocean  from  year  to  year  in  search  of  health  at  the  various  springs 
of  Europe. 


THE  DAIRY  INDUSTRY. 

The  consumption  of  dairy  products  in  a city  of  such  magnitude 
as  ours  is  naturally  very  large  ; the  quantity  of  milk  and  cream 
used  daily  and  brought  here  by  rail  from  a few  large  dairies,  if 
exactly  ascertained,  would  astonish  the  reader,  so  immense  is  the 
same.  This  supply  comes  chiefly,  as  already  said,  from  only  a 
limited  number  of  great  dairy  establishments  and  we  take 
pleasure  in  pointing  here  to  two  of  these,  calling  especially  the 
attention  of  our  lady  readers  to  them. 

GRAFEMAN  DAIRY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1291.  Kinloch  C930,  1754. 

It  was  a modest  beginning,  when  Mr.  Wm.  Grafeman  opened 
a dairy  business  in  number  2026  Franklin  avenue  in  1883,  first 
very  likely  for  the  accommodation  of  the  immediate-  neighbor- 
hood and  the  adjacent  district.  But  it  soon  expanded  over  a 
wider  territory,  grew  from  year  to  year,  and  stands  since  quite  a 
while  in  the  front  rank  in  the  branch.  During  the  nineteen  years 
of  its  existence  additions  and  improvements  have  constantly  been 
29k 


— 450  — 


made  in  accordance  with  the  continued  growth  of  its  trade. 
Where  in  times  gone  by  one  store  was  sufficient,  three  more 
became  necessary,  namely  2020,  2022,  2024  and  2026  on  that 
great  thorougfare,  Franklin  avenue,  and  when  still  larger  quarters 
were  needed  a new  building  was  erected,  covering  four  lots,  num- 
bers 2101,  2103,  2105  and  2107  Morgan  street.  The  entire  plant  is 
equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery,  all  modern  arrange- 
ments, refrigerators,  cold  air  supply,  etc.  The  greatest  atten- 
tion is  paid  to  cleanliness  in  every  department.  The  milk, 
cream,  butter  and  cottage  cheese  (Schmierkaese)  distributed  by 
the  Grafeman  Dairy  Company  all  over  the  city  and  suburbs,  are 
unsurpassed  in  purity  and  taste,  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  the 
ice-cream,  which  is  sold  in  enormous  quantities  on  account  of  its 
richness  and  fine  flavor.  The  present  firm  was  incorporated  by 
Mr.  Grafeman  in  1894;  the  officers  of  the  company  are:  Wm. 
Grafeman,  President  and  General  Manager ; J.  J.  Hopson,  Vice- 
President,  and  Victor  Diesing,  Secretary.  The  Board  of  Direc- 
tors consists  of  Wm.  Grafeman,  J.  J.  Hopson,  Jas.  H.  Roach. 
Henry  Simon  and  Cyrus  C.  Mannebach,  all  well-known  citizens 
of  the  best  standing  in  the  community,  fully  deserving  the  great 
success  of  their  activit}'  and  enterprise,  which  gives  steady  em- 
ployment to  125  persons.  A branch  of  the  company  is  located 
at  1700  Franklin  avenue. 


Wm.  Klausmeier,  Prest.  Alwin  Robyn,  Sec.  and  Treas. 

Wm.  Lochmiller,  Vlce-Prest. 

WESTERN  DAIRY  CO. 

DEALERS  IN 

PURE  MILK  AND  CREAM 
ALL  KINDS  OF  DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

FRESH  COUNTRY  BUTTER  DAILY. 

1908-1910-1912-1914  Franklin  Ave.  ST.  LOUIS. 

Telephones;  Bell  Main  2100.  Klnloch  C933. 

Mandfactdrers  op 

PURE  ICE  CREAM  AND  FRUIT  ICES. 

E.  COUPER,  Mgr.  Ice  Cream  Dept. 


— 451  — 


BAKERIES. 

The  first  steam  bakery  in  the  West  was  established  about  sixty 
years  ago,  and  was  at  the  same  time  the  first  of  its  kind  in  St. 
Louis.  The  late  Joseph  Garneau,  the  son  of  an  old  French  fam- 
ily, whose  ancestors  had  settled  in  Canada  as  early  as  1650, 
erected  it  on  Sixteenth  and  Morgan  streets  for  the  manufacture  of 
crackers.  Two  or  three  similar  bakeries  sprang  up  in  course  of 
time,  but  none  of  them  were  devoted  to  bread  making,  which 
was  introduced  a good  while  later.  Bread  made  by  the  process 
adopted  in  steam  bakeries  has,  in  a great  measure,  superseded 
that  made  by  hand,  the  saving  of  time  and  labor  being  now  a 
days  the  acme  in  all  industrial  branches.  In  this  particular  one 
the  establishments,  of  which  we  speak  below,  may  be  considered 
the  largest  and  best  known  this  side  of  the  Mississippi. 

FEEUND  BROTHERS  BREAD  CO. 

Bell  Blue  1181.  Kinloch  B769. 

More  than  half  a century  has  passed  since  Mr.  Morris  Freund, 
the  father  of  the  present  owners,  established  a bakery  at  917 
Soulard  street.  St.  Louis  was  at  that  time  a small  city  compared 
with  to-day,  and  Freund’s  Bakery  was  likewise  a smalt  concern, 
but  both  grew  in  course  of  time  and  became  very  large,  the  city 
as  well  as  the  bakery.  It  did  not  take  long  to  make  Freund’s 
bread  famous,  first  in  French  Town,  as  the  southern  part  of  the 
city  used  to  be  called  in  former  years,  but  soon  all  over  town, 
and  there  is  to-day  hardly  a part  of  the  city  where  the  delivery 
wagons  of  this  bakery  are  not  seen.  The  three  sons,  Messrs. 
Leopold,  Simon  and  Fred  S.  Freund,  became  familiar  with  all 
the  details  of  the  business  when  quite  young  as  their  father’s 
assistants,  and  when,  some  twenty-five  years  ago,  the  founder  of 
the  establishment  was  called  from  our  midst,  his ' sons  con- 
tinued it  as  his  worthy  successors.  The  Pioneer  Bakery,  which 
name  it  bears  on  account  of  its  fifty  years’  existence,  had  nat- 
urally a very  modest  beginning  ; a shop  containing  one  oven, 
a small  store  and  a single  one-horse  wagon  were  sufficient 


— 452 


during  the  first  couple  of  years.  To-day,  and  for  many 
years,  eight  ovens  and  ten  wagons  are  necessary  to  supply 
the  daily  demand  for  Freund’s  bread  and  rolls  and  the  establish- 
ment comprises  nearly  a half  block,  viz.,  from  913  to  921  Sou- 
lard  street.  Additions  to  the  original  place  had  been  made 
from  time  to  time,  but  the  erection  of  an  entire  new  shop  had 


been  deferred  until  1901.  The  same  is  a substantial  building, 
its  interior  well  adapted  for  its  purposes  and  equipped  with 
ovens  and  appliances  of  the  newest  construction.  The  bread 
furnished  to  private  consumers,  hotels,  restaurants,  grocers  and 
other  dealers  is  made  of  the  best  wheat  and  rye  flour,  the 
former  coming  from  Minnesota  and  Kansas,  the  latter  from 
Winconsin,  and  it  is  always  prepared  with  the  greatest 


— 453  — 


care,  pure  and  wholesome.  Forty  hands  are  employed  by 
the  firm,  whose  trade  is  exeusively  local.  The  Freund 
Brothers  Bread  Company  is  incorporated.  Mr.  Leopold  Freund 
is  the  President;  Mr.  Simon  Freund,  Vice-President,  and  Mr. 
F.  S.  Freund,  Secretary.  They  are  active,  energetic  business 
men  of  the  highest  integrity,  reliable  in  all  their  transactions 
and  at  the  same  time  estimable  citizens.  The  firm  is  represented 
on  the  floor  of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Exchange  by  Mr.  Leo- 
pold Freund,  who  is  also  a director  of  the  South  Side  Bank. 

McKinney  bread  company. 

Bell  Main  2213.  Kinloch  C975. 

It  affords  us  great  pleasure  to  speak  of  the  McKinney  Bread 
Company,  as  it  is  one  of  the  greatest  industrial  concerns  of 
which  our  city  can  boast.  Among  the  necessities  of  life,  bread 
precedes  all  others,  and  the  making  of  good  bread  forms  there- 
fore one  of  the  most  important  branches  of  human  activity  and 
skill ; it  has  long  ago  become  a veritable  science  within  the  realms 
of  industry  and  those  who  supply  the  masses  with  good  bread  are 
real  benefactors  of  mankind.  The  McKinney  Bread  Company 
furnishes  such  bread,  not  only  to  the  inhabitants  of  St.  Louis  and 
vicinity,  but  sends  it  daily  by  railroad  to  a number  of  Western, 
Southwestern  and  Southern  States.  The  bakery  exists  for  more 
than  twenty  years  ; it  was  founded  in  1881  by  Mr.  John  E.  Mc- 
Kinney and  was  first  located  at  Ninth  and  Mound  streets,  after- 
wards at  2841  and  2843  Manchester  avenue,  and  occupied  since 
many  years  the  large  building  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Six- 
teenth street  and  Franklin  avenue,  but  the  constant  increase  of 
trade  compelled  the  company  to  provide  for  much  larger  accom- 
modations in  the  near  future,  and  this  led  to  the  purchase  of  an 
extensive  piece  of  ground  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Jefferson 
avenue  and  Carr  street,  on  which  a massive  structure  of  appro- 
priate dimensions  has  been  erected,  which  will  soon  be  ready  for 
occupancy.  This  building  will  contain  machinery  of  the  newest 
and  most  approved  construction  and  will  be  equipped  with  all 
modern  facilities  known  to  this  branch  of  industry.  It  will  with 
one  word  be  an  establishment  of  which  its  owners  may  well  be 


454  — 


proud,  as  it  clearly  shows  the  remarkable  development  from  a 
comparatively  small  beginning  to  its  present  size.  One  hundred 
and  fifty  persons  are  employed  in  the  various  departments  under 
the  directions  of  experienced  foremen.  The  incorporation  of  the 
company  took  place  in  1891,  with  John  E.  McKinney  and  George 
N.  Meissner  as  incorporators,  the  former  being  the  President, 
the  latter  the  Secretary,  and  these  two  gentlemen  and  I.  J.  Mc- 
Kinney form  the  Board  of  Directors.  Mr.  Jolin  E.  McKinney 
is  a native  of  Iowa,  came  to  St.  Louis  when  a child  (in  1861)  and 
has  made  this  city  his  permanent  home;  he  exercises  a general 
supervision  over  the  whole  establishment,  is  at  his  post  from 
morning  till  night  and  the  success  of  his  enterprise  is  chiefly  due 
to  his  activity  and  business  ability.  He  is  ably  assisted  by  Mr. 
Geo.  N.  Meissner,  and  it  is  the  constant  aim  of  the  company  to 
give  its  customers,  the  consumers  as  well  as  the  trade,  the  full- 
est satisfaction  in  reference  to  quality  and  price.  The  company 
commands  very  ample  means  and  has  all  the  facilities  to  enable  it 
to  compete  favorably  with  the  largest  bakeries  in  the  country ; it 
has  gained  a well-deserved  reputation  for  fair  and  liberal  deal- 
ing, which  has  resulted  in  the  continued  growth  of  trade. 

THE  OLD  ROCK  BAKERY. 

Kinloch  B647. 

“ The  Old  Rock  Bakery  ” has  been  a household  word  with  the 
inhabitants  of  St.  Louis  for  nearly  half  a century,  and  its  pat- 
rons by  this  time  comprise  three  generations ; the  grandfathers 
and  grandmothers  of  the  young  men  and  women  who  at  present 
partake  of  their  lunch  in  the  establishment,  commenced  to  buy 
their  bread  from  this  bakery  in  1854 ; their  sons  and  daughters 
continued  to  do  so,  and  it  is  now  the  third  generation  who  enjoy 
the  good  things  emanating  from  the  old  landmark  on  what  is  now 
Lucas  avenue,  between  Fourth  street  and  Broadway.  The  orig- 
inal building  dates  back  to  1846,  and  served  for  eight  years  as  a 
residence,  but  was  then  changed  into  a bakery  by  Kendall  & 
Holmes.  It  has  remained  a bakery  ever  since,  but  great  were 
the  changes  which  took  place  during  this  long  period.  The  house 
used  by  Kendall  & Holmes  measured  32  by  20  feet,  and  was 


455  — 


only  one'story  high  — to-day  the  premises  cover  a space  of  50  by 
120,  and  little  is  left  of  the  original  buihiing  except  the  rough 
stone  wall  in  front.  The  outbreak  of  the  civil  war  in  1861  caused 
a great  demand  for  crackers  and  hard  tack  for  the  army, 
and  the  firm  secured  large  government  contracts,  necessi- 
tating the  erection  of  a large  cracker  factory  on  the 
other  side  of  the  street.  In  1855  Mr.  Kendall  sold  out  his  in- 
terest to  Mr.  Holmes,  who  in  turn  in  1868  sold  out  to  Mr. 
E.  Hamburger,  who  for  many  years  had  been  an  employee  of  the 
old  firm ; Mr.  F.  W.  Henze  had  been  his  partner  for  three 
years,  superintending  the  business  during  that  time  and  then 
bought  Mr.  Hamburger’s  interest,  thereby  becoming  the  sole 
owner  of  the  Old  Rock  Bakery,  which  under  his  proprietorship 
developed  into  one  of  the  largest  business  enterprises  in  our  city. 
The  stagnation,  prevailing  in  every  branch  of  trade  after  the  war 
had  ceased,  was  greatly  felt  in  St.  Louis  during  the  following 
years  and  was  still  unabated  when  Mr.  Henze  became  the  owner. 
Two  ovens,  standing  in  a shed  in  the  rear,  were  sufficient ; and  a 
handcart,  propelled  by  a colored  man,  supplied  the  customers 
mornings  and  evenings  with  bread ; this  mode  of  delivery  was 
soon  abolished  by  Mr.  Henze,  and  a handsome  wagon,  drawn  by 
a double  team,  substituted  for  it.  This  was  only  one  of  the  new 
features  which  signalized  the  enterprise  and  activity  of  the  new 
proprietor,  whose  long  practical  experience  made  itself  felt  in 
every  direction.  He  succeeded  in  securing  the  very  valuable 
river  trade  and  to  hold  it  up  to  the  present  day  in  spite  of  great 
opposition.  In  1887  four  large  ovens  took  the  place  of  the  two 
small  ones  heretofore  used  and  a lunch  room  was  added,  in 
which  the  products  of  the  bakery  were  served ; this  gave  an  ad- 
ditional space  of  30  by  70  feet  and  became  so  popular  that  a 
separate  lunch  room  for  ladies  (24  by  70)  was  opened  in 
course  of  time,  so  that  the  premises  cover  now  a total  floor 
space  of  600  feet  square ; it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  fitting 
up  of  this  ladies’  lunch  room  cost  over  6,000  dollars,  'its  interior 
combining  comfort  with  beauty.  This,  and  the  superior  quality 
of  everything  served  there,  is  duly  appreciated  by  the  numerous 
patrons  of  the  establishment  who  can  be  found  there  day  after 
day.  The  constant  extension  of  trade  made  the  incorporation  of 


— 456  — 


the  business  advisable.  The  same  took  place  in  1893,  with  F.  W. 
Henze,  as  President;  J.  W.  Smith,  Vice-President,  and  Edward 
Meyersieck,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Smith  had  become 
an  employee  of  the  firm  as  early  as  1874,  and  Mr.  Meyersieck  in 
1877,  and  their  participation  in  the  ownership  and  management 
was,  therefore,  a just  reward  for  long  and  faithful  services. 
The  remarkable  success  of  the  Old  Kock  Bakery,  the  enviable 
favor  in  which  it  is  held  by  the  public,  is  the  well-deserved  result 
of  fair  dealing,  energy  and  unceasing  activity,  and  it  speaks  vol- 
umes for  the  manner  in  which  the  establishment  is  conducted, 
that  out  of  twenty  male  employees  five  have  been  in  continued 
service  from  twenty  to  thirty  years,  and  in  the  lunch  room 
department,  where  thirty-four  girls  are  engaged,  six  have  been 
permanently  employed  from  eight  to  thirteen  years,  all  of  which 
is  certainly  the  best  evidence  of  the  harmonious  co-operation  of 
the  proprietors  and  the  good  relations  between  employers  and 
employees. 

WELLE-BOETTLER  BAKERY  CO. 

Bell  Lindell  199.  Kinloch  C334. 

The  public’s  health  and  welfare  depends  not  only  upon  the  sani- 
tary conditions  of  a city,  but  just  as  much  upon  the  wholesome- 
ness and  purity  of  its  food.  Grain,  especially  wheat,  is  generally 
called  the  staff  of  life,  but  we  may  with  the  same  right  give  that 
name  to  the  bread  we  eat.  Good  sound  bread,  free  from  all 
ingredients  detrimental  to  the  human  body,  is  therefore  a neces- 
sity for  our  health,  and  such  bread  is  produced  by  the  Welle- 
Boettler  Bakery  Company,  whose  founder,  Mr.  Albert  F.  Welle, 
commenced  operations  in  1874,  in  which  year  he  purchased  a 
large  bakery  at  Twenty-second  and  Biddle  streets.  The  Increase 
of  business  demanded  larger  quarters  which  were  secured  in  1879 
on  the  south  side  of  Morgan  between  Seventh  and  Eighth  streets. 
Two  years  later  a copartnership  was  formed  under  the  name  of 
Welle  & Co.,  by  Mr.  Welle,  his  brother-in-law  Adolph  Boettler, 
and  Henry  Ruhe,  both  of  whom  had  been  connected  with 

the  establishment  from  its  beginning.  The  removal  to  Mor- 
gan street  proved  to  be  of  the  greatest  value,  the  trade  grew 


— 457  — 


from  year  to  year  so  that  repeated  additions  to  the 
bakery  proper,  the  storage  rooms,  etc.,  had  to  be  built  until 
four  houses  and  lots  were  occupied  by  the  firm.  The  incorpora- 
tion under  the  present  name  took  place  in  1887  with  A.  F.  Welle 
as  President,  Hy.  Ruhe  as  Vice-President  and  Ad.  Boettler  as 
Secretary  and  Ti-easurer.  The  death  of  Mr.  Welle  occur- 
red in  August,  1893,  whereupon  bis  widow  succeeded 
her  husband  in  the  ownership  of  his  interest,  and  became  the  Secre- 
tai’y  of  the  company,  Mr.  Boettler  being  its  Presid^-nt,  Mr.  Rube, 


the  Vice-President,  and  Miss  E.  Boettler  Assistant  and  Acting 
Secretary.  The  Morgan  street  propert}’,  large  as  it  was,  became 
in  course  of  time  inadequate  for  the  constantly  extending  busi- 
ness, and  this  resulted  in  1898  in  the  erection  of  a magnificent 
building  on  the  corner  of  Vandeventer  avenue  and  Forest  Park 
boulevard,  owned  by  the  company,  and  equipped  with  the  most 
modern  machinery  and  appliances  now  in  use.  The  interior  ar- 
rangements of  the  different  departments  was  planned  for  the 
specific  purpose,  to  secure  the  most  perfect  and,  at  the  same 


— 458  — 


time,  economical  and  time-saving  handling  of  flour  and  all  other 
operations  pertaining  to  bread-making.  A great  deal  of  the  work 
is  done  by  machinery,  moved  by  electric  power,  produced  on  the 
premises,  furnishing  also  electric  light  for  all  parts  of  the  build- 
ing, it  is  kept  scrupulously  clean  from  cellar  to  roof,  making  the 
entire  establishment  a model  of  its  kind.  The  bulk  of  the  business 
is  the  wholesale  trade,  twenty  wagons  being  necessary  to  supply 
customers  iuthe  city  and  vicinity,  and  about  100  hands  are  em- 
ployed in  the  bakery.  The  retail  trade  deserves  special  mention, 
as  It  offers  its  patrons  a full  assortment  of  all  kinds  of  cakes 
made  by  experts  from  the  best  material. 

UNION  BISCUIT  CO. 

Bell  Main  1713.  Kinloch  D1695. 

Not  in  the  Trust.  This  fact  is  nowadays  so  important  and  of 
so  much  value  to  the  consumer  that  we  place  it  in  advance  of 
everthing  else  we  wish  to  say  about  the  Union  Biscuit  Company 
of  St.  Louis.  The  same  was  organized  and  incorporated  in  1899 
by  Adolph  E.  Winkelmeyer,  Hartwell  B.  Grubbs  and  Harry  W. 
Stegall,  who  are  its  officers  as  President,  Vice-President  and 
Manager,  and  Secretary  and  Treasurer  respectively.  The  Board 
of  Directors  consists  of  these  three  gentlemen  and  L.  H.  Woest- 
man,  H.  Gideonson  and  A.  H.  Smith.  The  company  manufactures 
a high  grade  of  crackers,  pies,  fancy  cakes  and  biscuits,  and  uses 
exclusively  filtered  and  boiled  water  so  that  all  its  products  are 
entirely  free  from  germs  and  impurities,  and,  therefore,  wholesome 
and  exceedingly  pure.  The  price  list  of  the  company,  illustrated 
and  very  explicit,  enumerates  the  hundreds  of  articles  which  form 
the  output  of  the  factory,  and  describes  the  manner  in  which  they 
are  packed  and  shipped.  Of  the  various  brands  which  have  made 
the  output  of  the  Union  Biscuit  Company  so  justly  celebrated  for 
their  unsurpassed  quality  we  will  only  mention  a few;  The 
Union  Soda  Crackers,  the  Una  Package  Soda  Crackers,  the  Giant 
and  the  Elk  brand,  a full  assortment  of  wafers,  and  a great  vari- 
ety of  cakes,  all  of  which  have  won  the  admiration  of  the  public, 
and  are  preferred  to  all  others  for  family  use,  on  steamboat  and 
other  excursions,  and  sold  and  known  all  over  the  United  States 


— 45d 


for  their  superior  quality.  It  is  the  constant  aim  of  the  com- 
pany, to  furnish  the  trade  with  the  best  of  goods,  thereby  giving 
the  fullest  satisfaction  to  the  consumer.  The  Union  Biscuit  Com- 
pany is  in  fact  the  only  independent  cracker  factory  in  the  State 
of  Missouri  and  not  like  certain  others,  merely  a blind  in  the 
interest  of  the  cracker  trust.  The  factory,  located  at  the  north- 
west corner  of  Sixth  and  Carr  street,  is  equipped  with  the  most 
approved  and  modern  machinery  and  all  possible  facilities.  The 
greatest  care  is  given  to  the  filling  of  orders,  large  or  small,  and 
only  fresh  articles  are  sent  out.  About  300  persons  are  em- 
ployed in  the  various  departments  of  the  firm.  President  Win- 
kelmeyer.  Manager  Grubbs  and  Secretary  Stegall  devote  all  their 
time  and  energy  to  the  conduct  of  the  permanently  growing  busi- 
ness, which  has  in  a comparatively  short  period  gained  a re- 
markable success  and  the  well-deserved  confidence  in  all  parts  of 
the  country.  Mr.  A.  E.  Winkelmeyer  was  for  many  years  the 
Vice-President  of  the  Alkire  Grocery  Company,  one  of  the  oldest 
in  its  branch ; he  is  a man  of  great  activity  and  business  qualifi- 
cations and  these  are  shared  by  his  associates  and  all  of  them  en- 
joy the  respect  of  the  business  community  and  the  high  esteem 
of  a large  circle  of  friends. 


THE  HARDWARE  TRADE. 

One  of  the  few  business  branches  which,  even  in  earlier  years, 
made  St.  Louis  the  center  of  an  extensive  trade,  was  the  hard- 
ware branch.  This  was  chiefly  due  to  two  specific  causes : the 
immense  river  traffic  between  St.  Louis,  St.  Paul  and  New 
Orleans  made  our  city  the  distributing  point  for  the  North,  West, 
South,  and  Southwest  and  the  boats  running  on  the  Missouri  river 
secured  the  trade  of  another  vast  territory  ; hardware  of  all  sorts, 
but  especially  for  building  purposes,  formed  one  of  the  principal 
necessary  commodities  and  therefore  a very  large  part  of  freight. 
The  other  cause  by  which  St.  Louis  became  the  great  distributing 
point,  was  not  less  natural ; the  hardware  manufacturers  of  Penn- 
sylvania, particularly  of  Pittsburgh,  sold  a large  part  of  their  out- 
put to  St.  Louis  jobbers  and  wholesalers  and  this  gave  our  city 


— 460  — 


a prestige  in  this  line,  which  it  still  possesses.  It  gives  the  writer 
great  satisfaction  to  speak  in  this  connection  of  the  oldest  local 
firm  in  the  hardware  trade  by  referring  to  the 

NORVELL-SHAPLEIGH  HARDWARE  CO. 

Bell  Park  680.  Kinloch  B475.  Builders  Department  Bell  Main  2477. 

This  mercantile  house  will  celebrate  its  sixtieth  anniversary,  in 
other  words  its  Diamond  Jubilee,  in  1903,  it  being  the  offspring 
and  successor  of  Rodgers,  Shapleigh  & Co.,  which  firm  had  been 
founded  in  1843  as  a branch  of  the  old  hardware  house  of  Rod- 
gers Brothers  & Co.  in  Philadelphia.  It  was  in  the  last  named 
year,  when  Mr.  Augustus  F.  Shapleigh,  who  for  thirteen  years  had 
been  connected  with  the  firm,  was  sent  here  in  order  to  open  a 
branch  house  in  St.  Louis,  this  city  having  been  selected  as 
the  best  adapted  distributing  point  for  the  West  and  Southwest. 
The  new  firm  of  Rodgers,  Shapleigh  & Co.,  soon  gained  a large 
patronage  and  stood  within  a comparatively  short  time  in  the 
front  rank  of  the  wholesale  hardware  trade.  After  the  death 
of  the  senior  partner  Mr.  Shapleigh  formed  a copartnership  with 
Thomas  D.  Day,  under  the  name  of  Shapleigh,  Day  & Co., 
which  firm  remained  in  existence  from  1847  to  1863,  in  which 
year  Mr.  Day  retired  from  business,  whereupon  Mr.  Shapleigh 
continued  operations  under  the  name  of  A.  F.  Shapleigh  & Co., 
until  1880,  when  it  was  succeeded  by  the  Shapleigh  & Cantwell 
Hardware  Co.  The  withdrawal  of  Mr.  Cantwell  in  1888  caused 
another  change  and  the  incorporation  of  the  A.  F.  Shapleigh 
Hardware  Company,  which  in  turn  became  the  Norvell-Shapleigh 
Hardware  Co.  on  July  1,  1901,  soon  after  the  retirement  of  the 
elder  Mr.  Shapleigh  from  activity.  (His  death  occurred  on  the 
27th  of  February,  1902,  after  a long  and  useful  life.)  The  pres- 
ent corporation  was  formed  by  Messrs.  R.  W.  and  A.  L.  Shap- 
leigh, A.  Shapleigh  Boyd,  S.  Norvell,  W.  G.  Yantis,  Taylor  D. 
Kelley  and  H.  B.  Gordon.  Mr.  Norvell  had  for  many  years 
been  a vice-president  of  the  Simmons  Hardware  Company,  Mr. 
Kelley  a department  manager  in  the  same  house,  in  which 
Messrs.  Yantis  and  Gordon  had  likewise  held  responsible  posi- 
tions. The  valuable  experience  thus  acquired  by  them  added  to 


— 461  — 


that  of  the  Messrs.  Shapleigh,  who  had  grown  up  in  the  same 
branch  from  early  manhood,  gives  this  formidable  association 
of  active,  energetic  business  men  a particular  prestige,  and 
placed  the  rejuvenated  old  firm  at  once  side  by  side  with  its 
most  prominent  competitors  in  the  country.  The  firm  was  from 
1843  to  1886  located  on  the  east  side  of  Main  between  Locust 
and  Vine  streets,  during  the  following  four  years  in  the  adjoin- 
ing block  north  ; the  removal  to  the  northwest  corner  of  Fourth 
street  and  Washington  avenue  took  place  in  1890,  but  even  this 
large  place  has  become  inadequate  for  the  demands  of  their 
constantly  growing  trade,  which  has  reached  such  dimensions 
that  much  more  room  and  greatly  increased  facilities  are  neces- 
sary, and  they  will  be  secured  in  their  new  building,  now  in 
course  of  erection,  which  will  cover  the  entire  block  between 
Fourth  and  Third  streets,  Washington  and  Lucas  avenues.  This 
massive  modern  structure  will  be  entirely  fire-proof,  the  best 
commercial  building  in  the  city,  affording  unsurpassed  accom- 
modations for  the  handling  of  goods  and  the  transcation  of 
business  in  the  various  departments,  which  in  fact  form  a little 
world  of  its  own,  comprising  offices,  sample  and  salesrooms,  ele- 
vators, packing  and  shipping  rooms,  etc.  The  fullest  assortment 
of  all  kinds  of  hardware,  from  the  smallest  to  the  largest  article, 
including  cutlery,  guns,  chains,  anvils,  mining  machinery  and 
builders  supplies,  is  always  kept  in  stock,  aside  from  the  several 
stores  in  the  two  spacious  warehouses  of  the  compan3%  standing 
close  to  railroad  tracks,  which  connect  them  with  all  the  freight 
depots.  The  greatest  care  and  attention  is  scrupulously  given  to 
the  filling  of  all  orders  and  the  promptness  with  which  thej'  are 
invariabl}^  executed  deserves  special  mention.  The  following  are 
the  officers  and  directors  of  the  Norvell-Shapleigh  Hardware 
Companj":  S.  Norvell,  President;  R.  W.  Shapleigh,  First;  W.  G. 
Yantis,  Second,  and  Tajdor  D.  Kelley,  Third  Vice-President; 
A.  L.  Shapleigh,  Treasurer;  H.  B.  Gordon,  Secretary,  and  A. 
Shapleigh  Boyd,  Assistant  Secretary.  The  principles  of  relia- 
bility and  integrity,  laid  down  by  the  founder  of  this  vast  mer- 
cantile establishment,  are  strenuously  adhered  to  by  his  sons 
and  other  successors,  the  result  of  which  is  found  in  the  well 
deserved  success  and  enviable  standing  the  firm  enjoys  in  every 
part  of  the  United  States. 


— 462  — 


R.  II.  FOLLENIUS  MARBLE  WORKS. 

The  many  cemeteries  of  our  city  naturally  contain  an  endless 
number  of  monuments  and  grave  stones,  erected  to  the  memory 
of  those  dear  ones  who  preceded  us  into  eternity.  This  sacred 
custom  hails  from  the  most  ancient  nations  of  the  world,  and 
has  ever  since  been  observed  in  all  civilized  countries,  creat- 
ing a special  branch  of  art,  that  of  the  sculptor,  or,  as  he  is 
often  called,  marble  cutter.  Several  firms  in  our  midst  repre- 
sent this  industry,  the  oldest  of  them  being  the  R.  H.  Eol- 
lenius  Marble  Works  on  Chouteau  avenue,  two  doors  west  of 
Broadway,  established  in  1863  and  therefore  nearly  forty  years 
in  existence.  Artistic  skill  in  the  execution,  or  originality 
and  taste  in  design,  are  the  conspicuous  qualities  of  all  work 
coming  from  this  establishment,  the  products  of  which  are  seen 
and  admired  in  almost  every  St.  Louis  cemetery ; they  are  un- 
sui’passed  in  beauty  and  workmanship,  always  executed  under 
the  personal  supervision  of  Mr.  Follenius,  who  devotes  all  his 
time  and  ability  to  his  profession,  whose  constant  aim  is  to  give 
his  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  and  who  is  well  known  for 
his  reliability  in  all  his  transactions.  The  material  used  is  ex- 
clusively the  best  marble  or  granite  and  the  greatest  care  and 
skill  is  bestowed  upon  the  inscriptions,  which  after  all  form  the 
most  important  part  of  a monument.  Designs  and  estimates 
are  cheerfully  prepared  on  application  by  the  proprietor  of  the 
works,  who  can  be  found  in  his  office  from  morning  till 
evening  ready  to  give  all  desired  information  to  those  who 
wish  to  avail  themselves  of  his  services. 


CUPPLES  STATIOIS^. 

This  is  the  name  by  which  the  ground  and  buildings  of  the  St. 
Louis  Terminal  Guppies  Station  and  Pi'operty  Co.  are  generally 
known  here  and  elsewhere.  When  Mr.  Robert  S.  Brookings 
contemplated  to  establish  Cupples  Station,  and  when  he  and  Mr. 
Samuel  Cupples  erected  the  various  edifices  of  which  we  speak 


— 464  — 


on  the  following  pages,  they  gave  St.  Louis  the  most  important 
and  most  valuable  auxiliary  institution  for  its  trade  and  com- 
merce. Guppies  Station  has,  in  fact,  no  rival  in  the  whole  world 
and  there  is  no  equal  to  it  in  any  of  the  largest  commercial  cen- 
ters on  either  side  of  the  Atlantic.  A verbal  description  can 
hardly  give  an  adequate  idea  of  this  enterprise  in  all  its  details. 
It  is  a mammoth  freight  depot,  with  unsurpassed  facilities  for  the 
transaction  of  an  enormous  business  and  the  handling  of  mer- 
chandise amounting  to  more  than  one  thousand  tons  per  day.  It 
covers  an  area  of  over  thirty  acres,  contains  a floor  space  of 
one  and  a half  million  square  feet,  and  consists  of  a number  of 
blocks  of  massive  seven  story  buildings,  bounded  by  Seventh, 
Eleventh  and  Poplar  streets  and  on  both  sides  of  Spruce  street. 
The  tunnel  of  the  Terminal  R.  R.  Association  runs  through  Cup- 
pies  Station  and  connects  it  with  all  the  railroad  lines  that  come 
to  St.  Louis,  and  the  transferring  of  goods  to  and  from  the  ware- 
house is  done  by  a system  of  hydraulic  pressure  elevators  which 
connect  the  different  stories  of  the  building  with  platforms  on 
the  car  level.  The  platforms,  shipping  rooms  and  truck-ways 
are  strictly  fire-proof,  and  entirely  cut  off  from  the  buildings 
proper,  so  that  tlie  station  business  can  be  carried  on  before  the 
opening  and  after  the  closing  of  the  stores. 

The  principal  purpose  of  Guppies  Station  is  to  furnish  whole- 
sale merchants  and  manufacturers  with  store-rooms  so 
arranged  that,  being  adjacent  to  switch  tracks,  the  necessity  of 
carting  goods  through  the  streets  is  entirely  done  away  with. 
In  other  words,  almost  all  of  the  heavy  trade  of  St.  Louis, 
amounting  to  many  hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars  annually,  is 
done  practically  under  one  roof.  In  all  other  cities  merchandise 
is  carted  twice ; in  St.  Louis  it  can  be  said  that  it  is  not  carted 
at  all.  Goods  from  other  points  in  America  and  from  foreign 
countries  are  billed  directly  to  Guppies  Station  and  shipped  to 
buyers  from  the  same  spot  exclusively  by  rail.  The  saving  of 
costs  and  time  in  the  conducting  of  business  was  one  of  the 
chief  objects  of  this  great  undertaking,  and  experience  has  proved 
how  perfect  this  problem  was  solved  ; goods  worth  many  millions 
of  dollars  are  annually  handled  in  Guppies  Station  with  a mini- 
mum of  expense  and  with  the  least  consumption  of  time,  — ■ econ- 


— 466  — 


omy  and  speed  have  never  before  played  such  a conspicuous 
part  in  the  transaction  of  business  as  here.  The  principal 
building  stands  upon  the  site  of  the  old  Center  Market ; under 
its  roof  are  the  offices,  sample  rooms,  and  warehouses  of  many 
of  our  most  prominent  wholesale  grocery  firms  and  those  of  the 
Samuel  Cupples  Woodenware  Co.  It  is  a world  of  its  own,  a 
human  bee-hive  on  a large  scale,  in  which  active,  fertile  brains 
and  busy  hands  are  uninterruptedly  at  work  from  morning  till 
night.  Its  interior  arrangements  were  planned  with  the  utmost 
care,  space  was  used  to  the  greatest  advantage  and  all  modern 
contrivances  and  appliances  were  brought  to  use,  securing  practica- 
bility, combined  comfort  to  all  the  occupants  from  the  head  of 
the  firm  to  the  porter  and  errand  boy.  All  the  other  buildings 
within  the  boundaries  of  Cupples  Station  are  just  as  fully  equipped 
with  the  most  approved  facilities  and  the  aforementioned  details 
refer  to  them  just  as  well.  The  basements  of  these  many  ware- 
houses are  traversed  by  a network  of  railroad  tracks  and  all  the 
other  stories  up  to  the  roof  are  connected  with  them. 

Where  once  a dilapidated  market-house  and  a number  of  dwell- 
ings of  little  value  stood,  and  several  lumber  yards  covered  con- 
siderable ground,  is  now  the  center  of  avast  trade  with  stately 
buildings  of  which  our  mercantile  community  and  the  city  at 
large  may  justly  be  proud.  For  this,  St.  Louis  is  indebted  to 
two  of  its  foremost  citizens — Mr.  Samuel  Cupples  and  Mr. 
Robert  S.  Brookings,  the  founders  of  the  St.  Louis  Terminal 
Cupples  Station  and  Property  Co.,  organized  in  1891.  The 
partnership  of  these  gentlemen,  which  in  course  of  time  ripened 
into  the  warmest  friendship,  dates  back  to  more  than  thirty 
years  ago,  during  which  period  the  Samuel  Cupples  Wooden- 
ware  Co.  became  a household  word  from  Lake  Superior  to  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  from  Maine  to  the  Pacific  Coast.  The 
sales  of  this  firm  amount  to  more  than  those  of  all  the  other 
firms  in  the  country  devoted  to  the  same  branch.  The  officers  of 
this  Company  are:  Messrs.  S.  Cupples,  President;  R.  S.  Brook- 
ings, First  Vice-President;  A.  W.  Benedict,  Second  Vice-Presi- 
dent; M.  B.  Wallace,  Secretary;  and  E.  S.  F.  Pierce,  Treas- 
urer, who  is  also  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  Cupples  Station. 

Both  Mr.  Cupples  and  Mr.  Brookings  have  for  years  and 


— 467  — 


years  donated  large  sums  for  educational  purposes,  especially 
to  the  Washington  University,  which  has  repeatedly  been  the 
recipient  of  their  liberality,  but  their  recent  gift  to  this  institu- 
tion has  no  parallel.  It  was  on  the  last  day  of  May,  1900,  when 
they  transferred  all  the  property  included  in  Guppies  Station  to 
Washington  University.  The  value  of  this  magnificent  donation 
is  nominally  set  at  three  millions,  but  it  is  in  reality  worth  four 
millions.  It  will  be  known  as  the  Samuel  Guppies  and  the  R.  S. 
Brookings  Endowment.  Mr.  Brookings  is  since  many  years  the 
President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  University  and  will 
remain  President  of  the  Property  Go.  and  officiate  as  its  general 
manager,  guarding  the  University’s  interests  in  this  direction  and 
without  any  emolument  to  himself,  so  that  the  University  may 
derive  the  gx’eatest  possible  benefit  from  his  and  Mr.  Guppies’ 
generosity. 


THE  GROCERY  TRADE. 

St.  Louis  had  a large  grocery  trade  long  before  it  became 
a big  city ; sugar  and  rice,  the  products  of  the  South,  were 
shipped  from  New  Orleans  to  this  port,  to  be  distributed 
by  St.  Louis  firms  over  the  Western  States  and  the  whole 
Mississippi  valley  and  the  same  may  be  said  in  reference  to 
coffee,  which  was  imported  via  New  Orleans  and  later  on  by 
way  of  New  York.  The  river  afforded  and  still  affords  cheap 
transportation  between  New  Orleans  and  here  for  Southern  prod- 
ucts and  commodities  and  the  improved  railroad  connections 
with  the  East  could  not  fail  to  give  the  grocery  trade  great 
advantages,  which  materially  assisted  in  making  this  city  the 
chief  distributing  point  for  everything  included  in  that  branch. 
The  wholesale  grocery  houses  form  an  important  part  of  our 
business  community  and  their  sales  have  grown  with  every 
year.  The  receipts  of  sugar  in  1901  were  as  follows:  597 

hogsheads,  438,735  barrels  and  563,405  bags;  of  coffee  374,700 
bags;  of  rice  173,105  bags  and  barrels;  molasses  and  syrups 
54,698  barrels  and  1,940  kegs.  The  staples  do  by  no  means 
represent  the  entire  trade  in  groceries  and  even  not  one  third 


468  — 


of  it,  as  the  branch  comprises  canned  goods,  flour,  many  arti- 
ticles  of  prepared  food,  soap,  tobacco,  cigars  and  a great  variety 
of  household  necessities,  for  instance,  wooden- ware,  brooms,  etc. 
A special  feature,  which  in  course  of  time  has  risen  to  great 
importance,  is  the  roasting  of  green  coffee  and  grinding  and  pack- 
ing it  in  various  sized  quantities  ready  for  consumption.  Most 
of  the  firms  devoted  to  this  branch  of  the  business  also  prepare 
spices  of  all  kinds  for  the  market  and  the  different  St.  Louis 
brands  of  these  articles  are  known  far  and  wide  and  justly  cele- 
brated. The  volume  of  sales  naturally  varies  according  to  trade 
conditions  in  general,  increase  and  decrease  of  consumption  and 
many  other  influences,  but  the  average  amount  per  year  may  be 
set  down  at  from  seventy  to  eighty  million  dollars. 

C.  F.  BLANKE  TEA  AND  COFFEE  CO. 

Bell  Main  9R7.  Kinloch  A204. 

It  must  be  a great  satisfaction  to  the  owners  of  this  firm  that 
they  succeeded  within  the  comparatively  short  period  of  fourteen 
years  to  build  up  the  vast  trade  which  they  command  and  the  rep- 
ufation  enjoyed  by  them.  When  Mr.  Cyrus  F.  Blanke  estab- 
lished the  business  in  1889,  it  was  a rather  small  beginning,  but 
it  soon  developed  into  larger  dimensions,  grew  more  and  more 
year  after  year,  and  is  now  not  only  the  largest  house  in  its  line 
west  of  the  Mississippi,  but  owns  the  most  complete  plant  in  the 
whole  country,  as  far  as  the  roasting  and  handling  of  coffee  is 
concerned.  The  house  No.  10  South  Second  street,  in  which  the 
firm  commenced  business,  proved  too  small  in  a very  short  time, 
so  that  three  adjoining  houses  had  to  be  added,  but  even  these 
became  insufficient,  and  much  larger  quarters  had  to  be  looked 
for.  The  five-story  building  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Seventh 
street  and  Clark  avenue,  where  the  St.  Louis  Medical  College  for- 
merly stood,  was  secured  and  equipped  with  the  newest  and  most 
complete  machinery,  giving  the  firm  all  desirable  facilities 
and  accommodations  for  the  transaction  of  its  extensive  trade, 
including  a can  factory,  a box  factory  and  a printing  office,  all 
exclusively  for  their  own  use.  The  company  devotes  itself  to 
the  importation  and  selling  of  tea,  coffee  and  spices,  and  the 


— 469  — 


volume  of  trade  is  so  large  that  the  number  of  employees 
approaches  nearly  two  hundred  and  fifty,  of  which  over  forty 
traveling  salesmen  are  constantly  on  the  road  from  the  Atlantic 
to  the  Pacific  and  from  British  Columbia  to  the  City  of  Mexico. 
The  fullest  assortment  of  all  these  articles  is  always  kept  on 
hand,  enabling  the  firm  to  fill  all  orders  without  delay.  We  wish 
to  call  particular  attention  to  two  special  brands  of  coffee  placed 
on  the  market  by  this  firm : the  Exposition  coffee  and  the  Faust 
Blend,  both  unsurpassed  in  quality,  the  latter  bringing  a higher 
price  than  any  other  brand.  Another  specialty  of  this  firm  is 
Kofeko,  a malted  grain  coffee  of  their  own  invention  and  prepara- 
tion, a very  nutritious  and  healthful  substitute  for  real  coffee  and 
especially  recommeudable  for  children  and  nervous  people.  To 
their  vast  trade  on  this  side  of  the  Atlantic  the  export  of  coffee 
to  Europe  was  added  during  1900  and  thereby  a new  field  was 
opened  for  the  firm’s  enterprise.  The  company  was  incorporated 
in  1894  by  C.  F.  Blanke,  R.  H.  Blanke  and  E.  H.  Jerrolds.  C.  F. 
Blanke  is  the  President,  H.  A.  Vogler  the  Vice-President  and  R. 
H.  Blanke,  the  Secretary  and  Treasurer ; and  these  three  gentle- 
men are  also  the  directors  of  the  company.  The  two  Blanke 
brothers  are  natives  of  Marine,  111. ; H.  A.  Vogler  was  born  in 
this  city.  Mr.  Cyrus  F.  Blanke  is  a director  of  the  Jefferson 
Bank  and  is  well  known  in  mercantile  and  social  circles,  fair- 
minded  and  liberal  and  a prominent  member  of  various  organiza- 
tions for  the  promotion  of  trade  and  commerce. 

WM.  SCHOTTEN  & COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  669.  Kinloch  B116. 

Upon  the  site  of  the  present  Cupples  Station  stood  in  former 
years  the  Center  Market  House,  with  a large  open  space  in 
front,  occupied  by  vegetable  and  other  market  stands.  Here  it 
was  where  fifty-five  years  ago,  that  is  in  1847,  a young  man  ap- 
peared with  a chip  basket  on  his  arm,  containing  a few  dozen  of 
small  bottles  filled  with  mustard,  which  he  had  ground  and  pre- 
pared himself  with  the  only  use  of  a hand  mill  and  without  any 
other  auxiliaries.  He  came  there  every  day  to  sell  his  mustard 
to  the  good  housewives,  who  congregated  there,  and  he  did  sell 


— 470  — 


it.  The  demand  for  it  became  greater  and  greater,  so  good 
was  its  quality,  and  he  was  by  and  by  enabled  to  purchase  a 
horse  and  wagon  and  to  sell  his  mustard  all  over  the  city.  This 
was  the  modest  beginning  of  Wm.  Schotten  & Co.,  one  of  the 
largest  importers  and,  wholesale  dealers  in  teas,  coffees  and 
spices  in  the  Western  States.  Wm.  Schotten  was  born  in  Dues- 
seldorf,  which  city  has  a world-wide  reputation  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  table  mustard,  but  when  he  commenced  his  small  enter- 
prise as  a means  of  livelihood  in  the  new  world,  he  hardly  ex- 
pected the  wonderful  success  which  came  to  him  within  a com- 
paratively short  period.  His  brother  Christian,  who  arrived  here 
a few  years  later,  became  his  partner ; the  business  grew  from 
year  to  year,  its  location  had  to  be  changed  several  times  as 
more  room  became  necessary.  The  preparing  of  spices  was  first 
added  to  the  manufacture  of  mustard  ; catsup  and  sauces  fol- 
lowed soon;  the  firm  of  Wm.  Schotten  & Bro.  became  more 
and  more  known  here  and  elsewhere,  and  when  the  two  sons  of 
Mr.  Wm.  Schotten  succeeded  their  father  (Mr.  Christian  Schot- 
ten having  previously  died),  the  establishment  had  become  so 
extensive  as  to  justify  a further  branching  out.  Coffee  roasting 
was  made  a specialty,  and  so  great  was  the  success  in  this  line 
that  this  department  is  now  the  most  important  of  all.  Mr.  Hubertus 
and  Mr.  Julius  Schotten  followed  in  their  father’s  path;  they  de- 
voted all  their  ability  and  energy,  combined  with  a thorough 
knowledge  of  all  the  details,  strictest  business  principles  and 
perseverance,  to  constant  improvements  and  continued  extension 
of  their  manufacturing  facilities.  The  fiftieth  anniversary  (1897) 
of  the  house  was  duly  celebrated  by  taking  possession  of  the 
magnificent  building  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Broadway  and 
Clark  avenue,  erected  for  the  use  of  the  firm,  and  with  unsur- 
passed interior  arrangements  for  the  roasting,  granulating  and 
grinding  of  coffee  and  the  preparation  of  the  various  other  articles 
in  which  the  house  deals,  including  the  importation  and  sale  of  teas, 
the  manufacture  of  baking  powder,  culinary  herbs,  etc.  The 
present  firm  name  was  adopted  in  1868.  After  the  death  of  the 
founder,  Mr.  Wm.  Schotten,  who  died  in  1874,  the  management 
devolved  upon  the  two  sons,  who  conducted  the  business  side  by 
side  until  the  demise  of  the  older,  Huburtus,  on  September  22, 


— 471 


1898,  since  which  time  Mr;  Julius  J.  Schotten  is  the  sole  pro- 
prietor of  the  establishment,  to  whose  growth  he  has  always 
contributed  so  much.  He  is  a very  active  and  intelligent  busi- 
ness man  of  the  highest  integrity,  of  culture,  and  the  most  affable 
manners,  being  a graduate  of  the  St.  Louis  University;  he  was, 
during  two  terms,  the  president  of  the  Marquette  Club,  and  has 
hosts  of  warm  friends  in  the  most  exclusive  commercial  and 
social  circles. 

STEINWENDER-STOFFREGEN  COFFEE  CO. 

Bell  Main  1335.  Kinloch  A1066. 

The  immense  consumption  of  coffee  in  this  country  forms  a 
remarkable  feature  in  American  life,  and  makes  the  import  of  the 
article  and  the  preparing  of  roasted  coffee  for  the  market  one  of 
the  most  important  branches  of  trade.  St.  Louis  is  the  acknowl- 
edged distributing  center  of  coffee,  tea  and  spices  for  the  West- 
ern, Southwestern  and  Soul  hern  States,  and  it  gives  us  great  sat- 
isfaction to  point  to  the  Steinwender-Stoffregen  Coffee  Co.  as  one 
of  the  leading  houses  in  tliese  lines.  The  foundation  of  the  firm 
dates  back  to  the  second  of  January,  1876,  on  which  day  Julius 
Steinwender,  Hermann  Stoffregen  and  Charles  Stoffregen  formed 
a copartnership  under  the  name  of  Steinwender,  Stoffregen  & Co. 
They  purchased  from  Louis  Ritsert  his  coffee  roasting  and  spice 
plant  at  610  Morgan  street,  and  continued  the  business  at  this 
location  until  larger  quarters  became  necessary.  Such  were 
found  in  the  spacious  building  on  North  Fourth,  Nos.  815  and 
817,  near  Franklin  avenue,  and  extending  to  Third  street.  After 
the  withdrawal  of  Mr.  Hermann  Stoffregen  (1877)  the  remaining 
parties  continued  the  business  with  such  success  that  they  resolved 
to  establish  a branch  in  the  City  of  New  York  for  the  double 
purpose  of  gaining  another  field  for  their  sales  and  to  make  their 
importations  and  purchases  direct  and  under  their  personal  super- 
vision. Mr.  Steinwender  moved  to  New  York  in  1885  to  manage 
the  affairs  of  the  Eastern  branch,  Mr.  Stoffregen  remaining  at  the 
head  of  the  St.  Louis  house,  and  the  great  success  of  the  firm  must 
be  chiefiy  attributed  to  their  sagacious  co-operation.  Fair  and  lib- 
eral treatment  of  their  customers  and  prudent  management  brought 


— 472  — 


the  well-deserved  result;  the  New  York  house  ranks  to-day  the 
fifth  among  the  coffee  importers  and  the  St.  Louis  firm  has  no 
superior  in  this  part  of  the  country.  Messrs.  Julius  Steinwender 
and  Chas.  Stoffregen  admitted  one  of  their  New  York  employees, 
Mr.  Christian  Arndt,  into  partnership  and  these  three  constitute 
the  well-known  firm  Steinwender,  Stoffregen  & Co.,  87 -and  89 
Wall  street.  New  York.  Here  in  St.  Louis  four  employees  be- 
came later  on  partners  in  the  firm,  viz. : Fred.  Roth,  H.  A.  Ho- 
meyer,  B.  Brown  and  J.  Bornefels ; the  present  firm  was  incor- 
porated in  1897  by  Chas.  Stoffregen,  Julius  Steinwender,  H.  A. 
Homeyer  and  Fred.  Rotli,  since  which  time  some  changes  in  the 
ownership  took  place  and  the  present  proprietors  are:  Chas. 
Stoffregen,  President;  Julius  Steinwender,  Vice-President;  C. 
H.  Stoffregen,  Secretary,  and  Julius  Bornefels.  The  firm  occu- 
pies since  several  years  its  own  building,  412  and  414  South 
Seventh  street,  directly  opposite  Cupples  Station,  the  center  of 
the  wholesale  grocery  trade  and  close  to  all  railroad  lines.  The 
building  is  five  stories  high  and  has  a frontage  of  37  and  a depth 
of  128  feet.  The  ground  floor  contains  large  salesrooms  and 
offices,  the  second,  third  and  fourth  serve  for  the  storing  of 
coffee.  The  most  improved  roasting  plant,  having  a capacity  of 
500  bags  per  day,  is  placed  in  the  fifth  story  and  is  unsurpassed 
as  to  the  quality  of  its  product.  The  principal  and  most  favored 
brands  are:  Yale  (considered  the  best),  likewise  Monkey  Brands 
and  S.  & S.  Mocha  and  Java,  Ribbon  and  Seal,  Star  and  Cres' 
cent,  all  highly  praised  for  their  purity  and  aroma.  The  firm 
employs  a corps  of  thirty  salesmen  and  over  fifty  hands  in  the 
factory,  many  of  whom  have  been  with  the  house  for  years  and 
years,  a fact  which  speaks  just  as  well  for  the  proprietors  as  for 
their  employees.  No  house  in  this  line  is  able  to  serve  the  trade 
better  than  they  can. 

EDWARD  WESTEN  TEA  & SPICE  CO. 

The  long  existence  of  a firm  is  in  most  cases  an  evidence 
of  their  success,  but  there  are  firms  which,  though  they  can- 
not be  considered  old,  may  nevertheless,  with  all  justification, 
point  to  a very  successful  career  and  with  all  the  more  pride 


— 473  — 


because  they  achieved  these  results  in  a comparatively  short 
space  of  time.  The  Edward  Westen  Tea  & Spice  Co.  belongs 
to  this  class.  They  have  been  established  only  seventeen  years, 
but  stand  in  the  front  rank  of  our  mercantile  houses  and  are 
considered  one  of  the  largest  in  the  entire  West.  This  lirm 
enjoys  a reputation  of  which  many  an  older  firm  might  well 
be  proud.  The  officers  are  men  in  their  prime,  energetic, 
wide-awake  and  pushing,  and  employ  for  each  place  the 
proper  person  so  that  all  may  work  together  in  harmony  and 
for  the  general  good  of  the  business.  St.  Louisans  may  well 
be  proud  of  such  a firm.  In  1885  Mr.  Edward  Westen  and 
Mr.  Jno.  Rettenmayer  formed  a partnership  and  operated  a 
retail  coffee  and  tea  store.  It  was  a small  beginning,  but 
after  continuing  in  this  business  several  years  Mr.  Edward 
Westen,  in  1893,  withdrew  from  the  retail  branch  and  estab- 
lished an  exclusive  importing  and  wholesale  coffee  and  tea  busi- 
ness at  No.  515  to  521  North  Second  street.  The  concern 
was  incorporated  with  Edward  Westen  as  President,  M.  Wes- 
ten, Vice-President,  and  H.  C.  Grote  as  Secretary.  The  busi- 
ness soon  developed  into  larger  dimensions  and  has  since 
extended  to  greater  proportions  than  ever,  so  that  in  the 
summer  of  1898  they  removed  to  Tenth  and  Clark  avenue, 
which  district  forms  part  of  Cupples’  Station.  The  firm  has 
here  the  very  best  facilities  for  the  carrying  on  of  their  busi- 
ness and  for  the  handling  of  freight,  railroad  connections, 
warehouses,  etc.,  being  convenient.  In  the  beginning  the 
Edward  Westen  Tea  & Spice  Co.  devoted  its  attention 
exclusively  to  the  selling  and  manufacture  of  coffees,  teas, 
spices,  extracts  and  baking  powder,  but  since  taking  posses- 
sion of  their  present  place  great  attention  is  paid  to  the 
manufacture  of  extracts,  catsups,  sauces,  mustards  and  other 
grocers’  sundries.  These  now  constitute  an  important  branch  of 
their  business.  The  sundries  department  alone  employs  sixty 
people,  the  office  force  comprises  twenty-two  employees,  besides 
thirty-six  local  and  traveling  salesmen.  A large  stock  of  all 
grades  of  coffees,  teas,  spice,  etc.,  from  the  cheapest  to  the  very 
finest  are  constantly  kept  on  hand.  The  Chemical  Laboratory  of 
this  enterprising  firm  covers  a space  of  8,000  square  feet.  Same 


— 474  — 


is  in  charge  of  chemists,  all  of  whom  have  had  years  of  experience 
in  some  of  the  most  noted  laboratories  in  this  country.  It 
may  be  depended  upon  that  every  article  turned  out  by  this  firm 
is  wholesome  and  strictly  pure  and  guaranteed  equal  to  the  best 
on  the  market.  The  sales  territory  embraces  Missouri,  Illinois, 
Indiana,  Ohio, Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Mississippi,  Alabama, Louisi- 
ana, Georgia,  Florida, Texas,  Kansas,  Indian  Territory,  Oklahoma, 
Nebraska,  the  two  Dakotas,  Colorado  and  a portion  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, West  Virginia,  Virginia,  Arkansas,  Iowa  and  Minnesota.  The 
present  board  of  directors  is  composed  of  Edward  Westen,  Presi- 
dent ; M.  Westen,  Vice-President,  and  H.  C.  Grote,  Secretary. 
Mr.  Edward  Westen  the  principal  owner,  to  whose  energy  the 
success  of  the  company  is  largely  due,  is  a man  of  fine  attain- 
ments, well  known  and  respected  in  mercantile  and  social  circles 
and  a devoted  husband  and  father.  The  office  management  and 
supervision  of  salesmen  lies  in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary,  Mr. 
H.  C.  Grote,  who  possesses  rare  executive  abilities  and,  like  the 
General  Manager  of  the  entire  business.  President  Westen,  may 
truly  be  called  the  right  man  in  the  right  place. 

HAAS,  LIEBER  & COSTE. 

Bell  Main  2957.  Kinloch  A369. 

Old  firms  are  naturally  proud  of  their  age ; young  firms  are  by 
right  proud  of  their  success.  The  long  standing  of  a business 
firm  gives  it  a certain  prestige,  and  if  such  is  gained  by  a younger 
house,  the  fact  deserves  particular  mention.  We  point  therefore 
with  great  pleasure  to  the  wholesale  grocery  house  of  Haas,  Lieber 
& Coste,  406  and  408  North  Second  street,  established  and  incor- 
porated on  the  first  of  January,  1898,  by  Messrs.  R.  T.  Haas, 
Leslie  Lieber  and  Felix  Costie,  who  are  the  Directors  and  oflacers 
of  the  company,  viz. : R.  T.  Haas,  President ; L.  Lieber,  Vice- 
President,  and  Felix  Coste,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  An  inter- 
est in  the  business  is  also  held  by  F.  P.  Armstrong  and  John  H. 
Haines.  The  firm  carries  constantly  a large  and  well-selected 
stock  of  all  kinds  of  groceries,  with  the  celebrated  Pilot  Brand 
canned  goods  as  a specialty,  and  manufactures  various  lines  of 
grocers’  sundries  of  the  best  quality.  All  the  partners  were 


— 475  — 


from  boyhood  up  engaged  in  the  grocery  branch,  having  been 
connected  with  the  F.  Smith  & Son  Grocery  Company,  one  of  the 
oldest  St.  Louis  firms,  and  only  recently  retired  from  the  field. 
The  experience  of  so  many  years,  the  thorough  knowledge  of  all 
the  details  in  the  branch,  ample  means  and  fair  dealing,  soon 
brought  a large  patronage  to  the  firm,  whose  owners  are  active, 
energetic,  business  men,  devoting  the  fullest  attention  to  their 
business,  and  untiring  in  their  efforts  to  give  their  customers  all 
possible  satisfaction.  The  sales  of  the  house  cover  a large  ter- 
ritory, especially  Missouri,  Illinois,  Kansas,  Kentucky,  and  Ten- 
nessee, and  are  constantly  on  the  increase. 

JOHN  G.  KAISER  GROCER  CO. 

Bell  Main  Itla.  Kinloch  B2.51. 

It  truly  means  a great  deal  to  be  the  oldest  firm  in  a certain 
branch  in  a city  like  St.  Louis,  and  this  attribute  belongs  by  right 
to  the  John  G.  Kaiser  Grocer  Company,  now  for  nearly  sixty  years 
in  existence.  It  was  in  1845  when  Mr.  John  G.  Kaiser,  at  that 
time  a very  young  man,  opened  a grocery  store  on  Sixth  street 
and  Franklin  avenue,  and  from  this  modest  beginning  emanated 
the  large  wholesale  grocery  house  on  the  northwest  corner  of 
Franklin  avenue  and  Ninth  street.  The  trade  and  traffic  on 
Franklin  avenue  underwent  many  changes  during  this  long 
period,  there  were  manj'  ups  and  downs  on  this  great  thorough- 
fare, just  as  well  as  on  others,  but  Mr.  Kaiser’s  business  grew 
from  year  to  year,  keeping  pace  with  the  growth  of  St.  Louis.  He 
was,  in  course  of  time,  ably  assisted  by  his  sons.  Geo,  E.  and 
Henry  Kaiser,  who  became  identified  with  their  father’s  business 
when  quite  young,  and  this  gave  them  a thorough  knowledge  of 
all  the  details  of  the  branch.  The  incorporation  under  the  pres- 
ent name  took  place  in  1896,  with  John  G.  Kaiser,  Geo.  E. 
Kaiser  and  Henry  Kaiser  as  incorporators ; the  senior  mem- 
ber of  the  firm  and  its  founder,  John  G.  Kaiser,  was  called 
from  earth  the  year  after,  since  which  time  his  widow  and  the 
two  sons  are  the  proprietors,  Mrs.  Mary  Kaiser  being  the  Pres- 
ident, Mr.  Geo.  E.  Kaiser  the  Vice-President  and  Treasurer, 
and  Mr.  Henry  Kaiser  the  Secretary,  of  the  Company,  and  the 


— 476  — 


same  constitute  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  house  sells  exclu- 
sively to  dealers  and  confines  itself  to  city  trade  and  the  suburbs  ; 
it  carries  permanently  a very  extensive  stock  of  everything  the  re* 
tail  grocer  may  require,  and  the  large  daily  sales  secure  at  all 
times  fresh  goods  to  the  patrons  of  the  firm.  The  great  success  of 
the  latter  is  the  result  of  honesty  and  strictness,  fair  and  liberal 
dealing  with  all  customers;  the  business  principles  laid  down 
by  their  father  are  conscientiously  adhered  to  by  the  sons,  who 
not  only  inherit  their  father’s  good  name,  but  enjoy  the  same 
high  reputation  in  business  and  private  life,  which  was  acceded 
to  their  worthy  ancestor. 


LOUIS  LANDAU.  ALEX.  LANDAU. 

LOUIS  LANDAU  & CO. 
FANCY  AND  STAPLE  GROCERIES, 

317-319  N.  Second.  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

Bell  Main  926a. 


AUGUST  NASSE. 

Bell  Main  2065.  Kinloch  A171. 

This  firm  is  of  comparatively  recent  date,  but  the  owner,  Mr. 
August  Nasse,  is  one  of  the  oldest  wholesale  grocers  in  our  city, 
having  been  connected  with  this  branch  of  business  for  more  than 
forty  years.  He  was  born  in  1837  in  Augusta,  St.  Charles 
County,  as  the  son  of  Dr,  Nasse,  one  of  the  first  settlers  in  that 
part  of  Missouri,  and  afterwards  proprietor  of  a drug  store  in 
Hermann,  and  for  many  years  the  coroner  of  Gasconade  County. 
Mr.  Nasse  finished  his  education  in  St.  Louis,  and  has  remained 
here  ever  since,  making  this  city  his  home  and  the  field  of  his  activ- 
ity. He  entered  a wholesale  grocery  house  when  quite  young,, 
serving  in  different  capacities,  and  acquiring  a thorough  knowl- 


— 477  — 


edge  of  all  the  details  in  the  branch,  so  that  he  was  admitted  to 
partnership  in  the  firm  of  Fink,  Goldschmidt  & Co.  on  Jan- 
uary the  first,  1867.  After  the  withdrawal  of  Mr.  Bernard 
Goldschmidt,  in  1869,  the  business  was  continued  by  Capt. 
Conrad  Fink  and  Mr.  Nasse,  under  the  firm  name,  of  Fink  & 
Nasse,  in  which  th«  junior  partner  soon  became  the  lead- 
ing. spirit  and  chief  manager.  Up  to  1873  they  were  located 
at  19  and  21  South  Second  street,  and  from  that  time  on 
till  1895  at  Numbers  13,  15,  17  and  19  North  Main  street,  where- 
upon they  removed  to  Ninth  and  Spruce  streets.  The  present 
firm  was  established  by  Mr.  Nasse,  May  the  first,  1899, 
at  809  North  Fourth  street,  which  building,  like  so  many 
others,  was  totally  destroyed  during  the  great  fire  on  the  fourth 
of  February,  1900.  New  and  larger  quarters  were  immediately 
taken  and  the  business  carried  on  without  any  interruption  at 
Numbers  209  and  211  North  Second,  between  Pine  and  Olive 
streets,  where  Mr.  Nasse  and  his  three  sons  will  be  found  from 
morning  till  evening,  always  ready  to  serve  their  customers  and 
to  execute  orders  from  an  extensive  stock  with  the  greatest  care 
and  promptness.  Mr.  Nasse  has  won  for  himself  an  enviable 
reputation  as  a man  of  strict  business  principles  and  highest 
integrity  in  all  his  transactions  and  his  sons  are  imbued  with 
the  same  maxims  which  have  formed  the  basis  of  their  father’s 
well-deserved  success  and  the  esteem  in  which  he  is  held  by  all 
who  know  him. 

ADAM  ROTH  GROCERY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1606,  1607.  Kinloch  B129,  139. 

The  growth  of  this  firm  forms  a parallel  to  the  growth  of  St. 
Louis,  both  developed  from  a very  small  beginning  to  extraordi- 
narily large  dimensions,  and  the  history  of  the  former  is  like  that 
of  the  latter,  one  of  continued  expansion,  success,  and  prosperity. 
Mr.  Adam  Roth  opened  a small  retail  grocery  store  oh  Spruce 
and  South  Fifth  street  (now  South  Broadway)  in  1848,  and  had 
the  rare  satisfaction  to  celebrate  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  his 
business  career,  1898,  one  year  before  death  ended  his  active 
and  useful  life.  He  conducted  the  retail  grocery  during  twenty- 


— 478 


seven  long  years  and  went  into  the  wholesale  business  in  1875^ 
at  109  and  111  North  Main  street,  where  his  two  oldest  sons, 
Geo.  A.  and  John  H.  Roth,  became  his  partners  in  1885.  The 
constant  extension  of  their  business  required  larger  quarters 
within  a few  years  and  caused  the  removal  in  1891  to  Guppies’ 
block,  whose  direct  railroad  connections  and  receiving,  shipping, 
and  other  facilities  have  no  parallel  in  this  or  any  other  country. 
The  Adam  Roth  Grocery  Company,  under  which  name  the 
incorporation  took  place  in  1885,  devotes  itself  to  the  sale  of 
all  kinds  of  grocies  and  grocers’ supplies,  domestic  and  imported, 
and  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  food  products,  so  well-known  as 
the  Squirrel,  White  House,  and  Drum  Brands,  and  the  celebrated 
Early  Breakfast  Coffee.  These  articles  are  made  in  a separate 
factory  building  (604  S.  Seventh  street).  The  general  offices, 
stores,  and  warehouses  occupy  several  buildings  on  Seventh  and 
Poplar  streets.  The  house  is  known  for  its  strict  business 
principles  and  fair  treatment  of  all  its  customers  and  has,  aside 
from  its  immense  local  sales,  a very  large  trade  in  the  West  and 
South  with  a working  force  of  over  100  employees.  The  officers 
of  the  company  are:  Geo.  A.  Roth,  President;  Will  K.  Roth, 
Vice-President;  John  H.  Roth,  Secretary;  Edw.  B.  Reith, 
Treasurer ; and  Alfred  M.  Roth,  Superintendent. 

WULFING,  DIECKRIEDE  & CO. 

Bell  Main  366.  Kinloch  A123. 

This  house  was  originally  known  under  the  name  of  H.  Gildehaus 
and  Co.,  established  1858  by  Henry  Gildehaus,  Chas.  B.  Dieck- 
riede,  and  Chas.  Wulfing,  and  is  therefore  one  of  the  oldest 
wholesale  grocery  firms  of  St.  Louis.  Mr.  Gildehaus  came  here 
during  the  first  half  of  the  forties  and  was  for  many  years  en- 
gaged in  the  retail  grocery  business  up  to  1858,  in  which  year  he 
embarked  in  the  wholesale  trade,  associating  with  himself  Messrs. 
Dieckriede  and  Wulfing.  After  the  death  of  the  senior  partner, 
which  occurred  in  187 1 , the  business  was  continued  by  the  sur- 
viving partners  under  the  old  style  until  1876,  when  the  present 
firm  name  was  adopted.  They  were  first  located  on  the  west  side 
of  Second,  between  Market  and  Chestnut,  but  occupy  since 


— 479  — 


nearly  twenty  years  the  two  four  story  buildings,  104  and  106,  on 
the  same  street.  The  firm  deals  in  everything  included  in  the 
grocery  branch  of  domestic  cr  foreign  origin  and  keeps  at  all 
times  a very  large  and  well  selected  stock  of  all  articles  pertain- 
ing to  it.  A thorough  knowledge  of  the  trade  in  all  its  details, 
an  experience  of  almost  half  a century  and  ample  means  enable 
them  to  give  their  customers  the  fullest  satisfaction  as  to  prices 
and  quality  of  goods ; strict  business  principles,  the  highest  in- 
tegrity and  fairness  in  all  transactions  gave  the  firm  a well-earned 
reputation  and  deserved  success.  The  employees  of  the  house 
number  between  forty  and  fifty  and  its  sales  aside  from  an  ex- 
tensive city  trade,  are  principally  made  in  Missouri  and  Illinois. 
Mr.  Chas.  Wulfing  and  Mr.  Chas.  B.  Dieckriede  made  St.  Louis 
their  home  in  1842  and  1847  respectively  and  have  ever  since 
been  identified  with  our  commercial  interests  and  the  progress 
and  welfai’e  of  the  city,  ranking  among  the  most  prominent 
members  of  our  mercantile  community  and  social  circles. 


A.  C.  L.  HAASE  & SONS  FISH  CO. 
ST.  LOUIS. 


Nos.  415  & 417  North  Second  St. 


Bell  Main  311. 


Klnloch  B819. 


— 480  — 


JOHN  beckp:r,  JR. 

Kinloch  ])310. 

The  old  French  Market  at  the  junction  of  Fourth  and  Fifth 
streets  is  no  longer  what  it  used  to  be  in  years  gone  by,  when 
housewives  and  housekeepers  came  there  day  after  day,  when  a 
continued  string  of  vegetable  and  poultry  stands  and  market 
gardeners’  wagons  occupied  the  entire  double  block  from  Convent 
to  Rutger  street  and  even  further  south,  but  there  are  still  some 
stores  in  that  locality  whose  patronage  has  not  only  remained  as 
of  old,  but  has  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  One 
of  these  is  the  grocery  of  John  Becker,  Jr.,  1270  and  1272  South 
Broadway,  the  northeast  corner  of  Rutger  street.  He  is  the  suc- 
cessor of  Mr.  Herman  Stoffregen,  his  brother-in-law,  with  whom 
he  had  been  associated  since  1877  on  the  opposite  corner.  The 
removal  to  the  present  location  gave  Mr.  John  Becker,  Jr.,  the 
required  larger  accommodations  in  a very  substantial  building. 
He  keeps  a complete  stock  of  groceries,  wines  and  liquors,  do- 
mestic and  foreign,  and  of  all  other  articles  usually  found  in  a 
first-class  grocery,  and  can  and  does  compete  with  any  other  firm 
in  regard  to  the  quality  and  freshness  of  goods  and  to  prices. 
The  retail  grocery  business  is  nowadays  mostly  carried  on  by 
orders  received  and  delivered  in  the  customers’  houses,  and  Mr. 
Becker’s  delivery  wagons  are  therefore  seen  in  every  part  of  the 
city,  but  especially  in  the  southern  and  southwestern  portions. 
Mr.  John  Becker,  .Jr.,  has  an  extensive  wholesale  business  aside 
from  his  family  trade,  and  is  known  far  and  wide  as  a reliable 
business  man  and  an  excellent  citizen. 

PHIL.  BURG  GROCERY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2571.  Kinloch  D312. 

More  than  thirty  years  have  passed  by  since  Mr.  Philip 
Burg  embarked  in  a business  of  his  own  by  opening  a grocery 
establishment  at  1210-1212  South  Broadway  ; where  it  remained 
until  a few  years  ago,  when  larger  accommodations  became  desir- 
able and  were  acquired  in  the  very  same  block  at  number  1250, 


— 481  — 


a few  doors  north  of  Rutger  street.  Here  the  entire  building 
is  occupied  by  the  firm,  the  ground  floor  serving  for  salesroom 
and  office  and  the  upper  stories  for  warerooms.  It  is  natural 
that  such  an  old  firm  has  a large  local  trade,  but  it  does  at 
the  same  time  an  extensive  wholesale  business  here  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  the  city  and  in  Missouri  and  Illinois.  A full  assortment 
of  groceries  aud  kindred  goods,  wines  and  liquors,  in  fact 
everything  sold  by  grocers,  is  constantly  kept  on  hand  and -high 
grade  articles  are  a specialty.  Ample  means  enable  the  Philip 
Burg  Grocery  Company  to  give  the  trade  as  well  as  con- 
sumers the  most  liberal  terms,  and  all  the  advantages  which 
purchasers  may  expect.  The  incorporation  under  the  present 
name  took  place  in  1898  when  Mr.  Burg  made  his  two  sons, 
Messrs.  Fred  and  Philip  Burg,  Jr.,  his  business  partners.  Mr. 
Philip  Burg  is  the  President;  Mr.  Fred  Burg,  the  Vice-President 
and  Mr.  Phil.  Burg,  Jr.,  Secretary  of  the  company.  The  senior 
member  is  a native  of  St.  Louis,  where  he  was  born  in  1841 ; 
he  first  went  through  the  public  schools  and  attended  afterwards 
the  St.  Louis  University ; thus  more  than  fully  equipped  for  a 
commercial  career,  he  found  employment  in  a retail  grocery  in 
1858,  later  on  with  a wholesale  firm  in  the  same  branch,  which 
gave  him  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  and  a valuable 
practical  experience  of  thirteen  years  before  he  started  on  his 
own  account.  He  is  in  years  of  active  business  life  one  of 
the  oldest  and  at  the  same  time  one  of  the  best  known  merchants 
of  our  city,  a man  of  the  strictest  principles  and  superior  quali- 
ties of  character,  who  enjoys  the  respect  of  all  who  know  him. 
Mr.  Burg  is  a member  of  various  social  organizations,  an 
amateur  musician  of  fine  attainments  and  very  sociable  in  his  in- 
tercourse. The  sons,  estimable  young  men,  follow  in  the  father’s 
footsteps,  they  grew  up  like  he  did,  after  receiving  a splendid 
education,  in  the  mercantile  branch,  to  which  they  now  devote 
their  ability  and  energy,  having  been  valuable  assistants  to  their 
father  for  many  years. 

31k 


— 482  — 


J.  F.  CONRAD  GROCER  CO. 

Bell  Main  1001.  Kinloch  B894. 

It  was  a very  small  beginning,  when  Mr.  J.  F.  Conrad  opened 
a grocery  business  in  1874  on  Franklin  avenue,  the  store  measur- 
ing 16  by  20  feet.  This  was  surely  a modest  commencement,  but 
from  it  developed  in  course  of  time  one  of  the  largest  retail 
grocery  firms  of  our  city,  distributing  its  goods  from  one  end  of 
St.  Louis  to  the  other.  The  company  conducts  three  separate 
stores,  one  at  618  Locust  street,  another  at  4470-72  Delmar 
boulevard,  and  one  at  2712-14  Franklin  avenue.  This  latter 
location  was  occupied  by  the  founder  of  the  firm  long  before  the 
two  branches  were  established  ; from  these  three  stores  everything 
imaginable  in  the  grocery  line,  domestic  and  foreign,  is  supplied ; 
staple  and  fancy  gi’oceries  of  every  kind  purchased  direct  from 
first  hands  are  sold  to  consumers  at  satisfactory  prices  and  all 
orders,  large  or  small,  receive  the  greatest  attention  and  prompt- 
est execution.  The  remarkable  extension  and  success  of  the 
Conrads  is  due  to  this  fact  and  to  their  upright  and  fair  dealing 
with  all  their  customers.  The  company  was  incorporated  in  1892 
by  J.  F.  Conrad,  Julius  Schira,  and  F.  E.  Conrad,  who  are  Presi- 
dent, Vice-President,  and  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  respectively, 
forming  also  the  Board  of  Directors.  Mr.  J.  F.  Conrad  may, 
with  justified  pride,  look  back  to  the  time  when  he  started  in 
business  with  a stock  of  merchandise  worth  900  dollars.  He 
devotes  himself  nowadays  to  the  general  supervision  of  three 
establishments,  of  which  that  on  Locust  street  is  managed  by 
his  oldest  son,  F.  E.  Conrad,  the  one  on  Franklin  avenue  by 
Louis  P.  Conrad  the  second  son,  and  the  Delmar  avenue  branch 
by  Julius  Schira,  who  entered  the  employ  of  the  firm  in  1880. 
A third  son,  Oscar  J.  Conrad,  is  the  manager  of  the  liquor  and 
cigar  department  and  his  brother  F.  E.  Conrad  is  the  principal 
buyer  of  the  house.  The  senior  member  of  the  firm  is  a Director 
in  the  Jefferson  Bank,  a member  of  various  mercantile  and  social 
organizations  and,  like  his  sons  and  partners,  highly  respected  as 
worthy  citizens  of  their  birthplace,  St.  Louis. 


— 483  — 


CORNETT  BROTHERS. 

Bell  487.  Kinloch  A1649. 

The  retail  grocery  palace,  erected  in  1899  by  Cornett  Brothers 
on  Thirteenth  and  O’Fallon  streets,  is  the  offspring  of  a small 
retail  grocery,  established  on  a part  of  the  present  site,  about 
forty  years  ago,  by  Mr.  August  Cornett,  the  father  of  Messrs. 
Henry  and  Edward  Cornett,  who  succeeded  him,  and  who  con- 
tinue the  business  with  the  same  principles  of  honesty  and  fair- 
ness which  marked  their  father’s  career.  It  grew  under  the  ac- 
tive and  energetic  management  of  the  sons  from  year  to  year, 
and  is  now  without  a rival  in  the  northern  part  of  the  city,  but 
has  patrons  from  one  end  of  St.  Louis  to  the  other.  Whatever 
article  the  grocery  line  may  comprise  of  home  or  foreign  origin, 
is  found  in  the  four-story  building  which  constitutes  an  ornament 
for  the  whole  neighborhood,  fresh  goods  in  all  qualities,  bought 
in  bulk  quantities  and  for  cash,  are  at  all  times,  offering 
to  their  customers  an  unlimited  assortment,  from  which 
they  can  select  their  purchases,  and  the  most  liberal  prices  are 
another  advantage,  which  Cornett  Bros,  invariably  give  their 
customers.  The  great  volume  of  their  trade  demands  fifteen 
delivery  wagons  and  double  that  number  of  order  clerks,  who 
make  iheir  regular  rounds  all  over  the  city,  and  orders  by  tele- 
phone are  filled  with  the  same  promptness.  The  ground  floor  of  the 
new  building  forms  one  large  store,  a model  of  neatness  in  all  its 
arrangements,  and  here  it  is  where  every  customer  will  always 
find  what  he  wants,  and  the  politest  service  by  a host  of  clerks 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  Mr.  Henry  and  Mr.  Edward  Cor- 
nett, who  are  well  known  as  business  men  of  the  strictest  integ- 
rity, and  who  fully  deserve  their  great  success  and  the  warm 
friendship  and  esteem  which  they  possess  among  their  fellow- 
citizens. 

A.  MOLL  GROCERY  CO. 

Bell  Main  1668.  Kinloch  B667,  674. 

It  is  with  the  fullest  justification  when  we  state  that  the  largest 
retail  grocery  business  in  this  city  is  done  by  the  A.  Moll  Grocery 
Company,  and  that  its  sales  are  far  in  advance  of  those  of  any 


— 484  — 


other  retail  firm  in  that  branch.  Their  wholesale  department 
does  likewise  a very  extensive  business,  especially  in  Missouri, 
Illinois,  Arkansas,  Texas,  Tennessee  and  Florida.  Mr.  Adolph 
Moll  had  served  an  apprenticeship  in  the  grocery  line  in  his 
native  land,  Germany;  had  come  to  this  country  when  quite 
young  and  made  St.  Louis  his  home  after  a few  years  stay  in 
New  York  City.  He  formed  a partnership  with  Mr.  H.  Heid- 
sieck,  in  1858,  under  the  firm  name  of  Heidseick^and  Moll,  whose 
retail  grocery  was  located  on  Third  between  Market  and  Ches- 
nut  streets.  The  dissolution  of  this  partnership  took  place  in 
1863,  whereupon  Mr.  Moll  went  to  Franklin  avenue,  between 
Sixth  and  Seventh  streets,  to  lay  the  then  small  foundation  for  the 
immense  establishment  which  since  many  years  covers  a quarter  of 
a block  on  one  of  our  principal  thoroughfares.  This  modest  be- 
ginning in  1863  soon  developed  to  large  dimensions.  The  near 
neighborhood  of  the  Union  Market  was  one  of  the  factors  which 
made  Moll’s  grocery  a household  word  with  housewives  and 
housekeepers,  and  this  prestige  is  still  retained  by  the  firm.  To 
give  the  reader  an  idea  of  its  local  retail  trade  it  may  be  men- 
tioned that  twenty-four  delivery  wagons  are  on  the  street  from 
morning  till  night  aside  from  the  goods  taken  away  by  the  custom- 
ers themselves.  Every  article  known  in  the  grocery  branch,  for- 
eign and  domestic,  including  wines  and  liquors,  is  kept  in  stock  in 
quantities  and  qualities  to  suit  the  purchaser,  and  the  assortment 
may  truly  be  called  unlimited.  The  same  may  be  said  in  regard 
to  the  wholesale  department,  which  keeps  a large  number  of  stake 
wagons  busy  for  shipping  purposes.  At  present  there  are  one 
hundred  and  thirty-eight  employees  on  the  pay-roll  of  the  Com- 
pany. The  three  buildings,  614,  616  and  618  Franklin  avenue, 
contain  the  retail  department  and  offices,  a separate  building  on 
Seventh  street,  forming  an  L with  the  others,  is  occupied  by  the 
wholesale  department.  The  incorporation  of  the  company  took 
place  in  1893  with  A.  Moll  as  President,  Paul  Moll  as  Vice-Presi- 
dent and  Louis  Idler  as  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  reputa- 
tion of  the  firm  was  and  is  still  based  upon  the  great  principles 
of  strictest  honesty  and  fairness  ; the  goods  sold  by  this  firm  are 
at  all  times  what  they  are  represented  to  be,  and  the  very  ample 
means,  direct  importations  and  purchases  enables  the  Moll 


— 485  — 


Grocery  Company  to  give  their  patrons,  wholesale  and  retail,  the 
lowest  prices  and  best  service.  Mr.  Adolph  Moll,  who  died  on 
the  twenty-second  of  June,  1898,  was  a man  of  unwavering  integ- 
rity, of  unexceptional  honesty  in  all  his  transactions,  a man  of 
sound  judgment  and  clear  intellect,  well  meaning,  liberal  minded 
and  charitable.  He  gave  the  closest  attention  to  his  business 
duties,  but  found,  nevertheless,  time  to  take  an  active  interest  in 
public  matters,  especially  in  the  Single  Tax  movement ; was  one 
of  the  founders  of  the  Franklin  Bank,  in  which  institution  he 
served  as  a Vice-President  and  Director  up  to  the  time  of  his 
death ; his  affable  manners  made  him  a great  favorite  in  social 
circles,  and  he  enjoyed  the  esteem  and  friendship  of  all  who 
knew  him.  The  business  which  he  brought  to  such  an  enviable 
success  is  now  under  the  management  of  his  son,  Paul  Moll,  and 
his  son-in-law,  Louis  Idler,  who  conduct  the  same  in  strict 
accordance  with  the  principles  laid  down  by  the  founder,  under 
whose  guidance  they  have  been  identified  with  the  firm  from 
boyhood  and  who  are  in  every  way  his  worthy  successors. 


LOUIS  STUMPF,  Pres’t.  L.  C.  STUMPF,  Sec’y. 

P.  C.  VON  AHNEN,  V.-Pres’t.  E.  H.  STUMPF. 


LOUIS  STUMPF  GROCER  CO. 


3901-3903  West  Belle  Place, 


ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


Bell  Llndell  1136. 


Klnloch  C1297. 


— 486  — 


PICKLES,  PRESERVES  AND  VINEGAR 
MANUFACTURE. 

The  manufacture  of  vinegar  forms  an  important  branch  of 
industry  and  trade  in  a country  whose  climatic  and  atmospheric 
conditions  and  a hot  season  of  long  duration  make  the  extensive 
use  of  vinegar  an  actual  necessity.  It  is,  therefore,  obvious  that 
the  manufacture  of  the  article  is  taken  hold  of  on  a very  large 
scale,  and  that  many  hands  are  employed  in  the  branch.  Vine- 
gar is  an  important  factor  in  the  kitchen  and  in  the  preparation 
of  an  unlimited  number  of  articles  of  food,  but  only  good  vinegar 
is  wholesome  and  should  be  used. 

DODSON-BRAUN  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Bell  Main  1288.  Kinloch  D337. 

No  other  country  in  the  world  consumes  such  immense  quan- 
tities of  pickles,  catsups,  sauces  and  all  other  kinds  of  table 
condiments  as  the  United  States.  This  fact  is  based  upon  our 
climate,  which  requires  the  extensive  use  of  just  such  articles  of 
food  for  the  human  system,  aside  from  their  palatable  properties, 
about  which  there  can  be  no  doubt.  It  is,  therefore,  but 
natural  that  the  manufacture  of  these  articles  forms  one  of  the 
greatest  industries  in  the  country.  The  Dodson-Braun  Man- 
ufacturing Company  in  St.  Louis  stands  in  the  front  rank 
in  this  industrial  branch  and  its  products  are  not  only  sold  to 
all  parts  of  our  own  country,  but  also  largely  exported  to  Cen- 
tral and  South  America,  Cuba,  the  Philippine  Islands,  to  En- 
gland, Denmark,  Germany,  and  other  European  countries.  The 
output  comprises  pickles,  kraut,  catsup,  mustards,  sauces,  olives, 
preserves,  jellies,  jams,  baking  powder,  flavoring  extracts,  spices, 
honey,  salad  dressing,  lemonade  syrups,  fruit  butters,  fruit 
juices,  fruit  syrups,  syrups  for  soda  fountains,  etc.,  and  a supe- 
rior brand  of  vinegar,  which  latter  is  made  in  a separate  factory 
on  Sixth  and  Gratiot  streets,  close  to  the  new  four-story  ware- 
house of  the  company.  The  principal  factory  building  on  the 
northeast  corner  of  Third  and  Cedar  streets  covers  over  half  a 


— 487  — 


block  and  contains  the  offices,  sales-rooms  and  the  various  man- 
ufacturing departments,  all  of  which  are  equipped  with  the  most 
approved  machinery  and  all  modern  improvements.  The  tracks 
of  the  elevated  railroad  are  in  direct  connection  with  the  building, 
thereby  securing  unsurpassed  facilities  for  the  receiving  of  the 
raw  material  and  the  shipping  of  the  ready  product.  All  articles 
placed  on  the  market  by  the  Dodson-Braun  Manufacturing  Co. 
have  an  enviable  i-eputation  for  purity,  wholesomeness  and  excel- 
lent taste,  the  greatest  care  being  taken  in  their  preparation. 
These  facts  are  confirmed  by  the  trade  as  well  as  by  the  consumers, 
and  it  is  no  wonder  that  the  output  is  constantly  inci’easing.  The 
number  of  hands  employed  varies  between  200  and  500,  in  accord- 
ance with  the  seasons.  The  business  was  established  in  1882, 
as  the  Dodson-Hills  Manufacturing  Co.,  but  was  reorganized  and 
incorporated  in  1897  under  the  present  name,  and  with  a greatly 
enlarged  capital,  by  John  W.  Dodson,  Adolph  Braun,  C.  Mar- 
quard  Forster,  C.  August  Forster,  and  Mrs.  Mary  Forster  (the 
last  two  since  deceased).  Mr.  John  W.  Dodson,  the  President 
of  the  company,  and  Mr.  Adolph  Braun,  its  Secretary  and  Treas- 
urer, devote  all  their  time  and  attention  to  the  management  and 
personal  supervision  of  this  vast  establishment  and  are  assisted 
by  the  most  competent  and  experienced  men  in  the  different  de- 
partments. The  firm  has  won  an  unrivalled  name  for  the  high 
quality  of  all  its  articles,  the  reliability  and  liberal  policy  and  the 
strictness  which  signify  all  its  transactions  and  which  have 
earned  such  a remarkable  and  well-deserved  success. 


Eagle  Vinegar  & Pickle  Works. 

STUTE  & CO. 

Third  and  Lynch  Sts.,  ST.  LOUIS. 


Bell  Sydney  567m. 


KINLOOH  A818. 


— 488  — 


RED  CROSS  VINEGAR  CO. 

Bell  Main  244A. 

Vinegar  numbers  among  the  most  important  and  generally  used 
articles,  it  is  a household  necessity,  almost  indispensable  in  the 
kitchen  and  on  the  table  as  well  as  in  the  preservation  of  fruits  or 
vegetables  or  the  preparation  of  all  kinds  of  condiments.  It  is 
therefore  but  natural  that  the  prudent  housekeeper  seek  to  get 
the  best  that  is  to  be  had  and  it  can  be  truthfully  said,  that  the 
product  of  the  Red  Cross  Vinegar  Co.  of  St.  Louis  has  for  many 
years  been  a favorite  in  this  respect,  being  most  carefully  pre- 
pared. Entirely  free  from  any  ingredients  detrimental  to  health, 
its  superior  quality  has  made  it  known  all  over  the  United  States, 
where  the  twenty-six  traveling  salesmen  of  the  firm  dispose  of  its 
whole  output.  The  business  was  established  by  Messrs.  Robert 
and  Gustav  Thai  on  a rather  small  scale  in  1888  and  first  located 
on  Olive  near  Main  street,  but  its  extension  soon  made  a much 
larger  plant  necessary  and  the  firm  occupies  now  three  adjoining 
buildings,  204,  206  and  208  South  Main  street,  where  sixty  hands 
are  constantly  employed.  The  branch  offices  and  warehouses  at 
Kansas  City,  Chicago  and  New  York  facilitate  the  distribution  of 
their  product,  consisting  of  their  celebrated  vinegar  and  cider, 
with  copyrighted  brands  and  trade-mark.  Robert  Thai  is  the 
President  and  Treasurer  of  the  company,  Gustav  Thai  its  Vice- 
President  and  Secretary,  and  both  gentlemen  are  well-known  in 
business  and  social  circles  and  may  well  be  proud  of  their  success. 


SOAP  MAOTFACTUKE. 

The  great  scientist,  explorer  and  writer,  Alexander  von  Hum- 
boldt, has  declared  that  the  culture  of  a nation  can  be  measured  by 
its  consumption  of  soap,  or  in  other  words  that  the  people  using 
the  most  of  it  are  more  cultured  than  those  using  less.  This 
doctrine  may  be  open  to  doubt,  but  it  is  an  indisputable  fact  that 
the  consumption  of  soap  keeps  pace  with  the  growth  of  civiliza- 
tion. The  progress  of  science,  especially  of  chemistry,  constitutes 


— 489  — 


an  important  factor  in  the  art  of  soap-making,  which  has  become 
more  perfect  from  year  to  year.  St.  Louis  has  a few  establish- 
ments whose  product  is  known  far  and  wide  and  whose  output 
supplies  a large  territory  with  this  necessary  commodity,  so  indis- 
pensable to  health  and  welfare. 

J.  G.  HAAS  SOAP  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  659m.  Kinloch  B1112. 

The  production  of  soap  forms  one  of  the  most  important  in- 
dustrial branches  in  both  the  Old  and  New  World,  but  it  is  a 
well-known  fact  that  the  consumption  of  soap  in  the  United 
States  surpasses  that  of  any  other  country,  especially  so  in  ref- 
erence to  wash  or  laundry  soap.  This  is  in  a great  measure 
caused  by  our  climate,  the  Southern  States  taking  the  lead  in  the 
consumption  of  the  article.  The  process  of  soap-making  has 
undergone  manj'  changes  and  is  now  really  a matter  of  science. 
The  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century  brought  numerous 
improvements  in  this  field  of  industry,  and  it  can  be  stated  with 
the  fullest  justification  that  the  above-named  company  has  never 
failed  to  make  use  of  all  new  inventions  and  progressive  methods 
provided  they  had  proven  satisfactory  and  valuable.  The  Haas 
Soap  Co.  has  long  ago  become  a household  word  throughout 
the  West  and  South.  It  is  justly  celebrated  for  its  purity  and 
perfect  freeness  from  all  detrimental  ingredients,  its  great  cleans- 
ing properties,  and  it  is  therefore  only  natural  that  the  output 
and  sales  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  The  fac- 
tory was  established  in  1863  by  Mr.  J.  G.  Haas  and  Mr. 
Henry  Schenkel.  The  present  firm  was  incorporated  in  1882 
by  J.  G.  Haas,  Henry  Schenkel,  Henry  Arnold  and  Hugh 
Becker.  Since  the  demise  of  Mr.  Haas  (in  1897)  the  Board  of 
Directors  is  organized  as  follows : Henry  Schenkel,  President ; 
Hugo  Becker,  Vice-President,  and  Henry  Arnold,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer.  These  three  gentlemen  and  the  heirs  of 'Mr.  Haas 
are  sole  owners  and  partners  in  the  business,  which  has  con- 
stantly grown,  its  sales  extending  over  the  following  Slates: 
Missouri,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Arkansas,  Kansas,  Texas,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Alabama,  Florida,  and  the 


— 490  — 


Indian  Territory.  The  salesrooms  and  offices  were  for  many 
3'ears  located  at  802  Wash  street,  but  are  now  in  the  large  fac- 
tory buildings  on  Prairie  and  Benedict  avenues,  which  contain 
the  most  modern  machinery  and  all  improvements  nowadays  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  soap.  The  company  commands  ample 
means  and  possesses  all  the  facilities  for  the  transaction  of  its 
large  business,  which  usually  requires  over  fifty  employees. 
Messrs.  Schenkel,  Arnold  and  Becker  have  been  identified  with 
the  firm  since  its  earliest  days  and  are  well  known  in  our  com- 
mercial and  social  circles. 


CIGAR  MANUFACTURE. 

WM.  A.  STICKNEY  CIGAR  CO. 

Bell  Main  1400.  Kinloch  B601. 

Thirty  years  is  a long  period  in  the  business  life  of  to-day, 
which  may,  with  a good  deal  of  justification,  be  considered  a sort 
of  rapid  transit,  and  when  a business  firm  has  reached  the  thirty- 
year  markstone  it  is  called  an  old  house,  and  can  lay  claim  upon 
all  the  prerogatives  of  such  a prestige.  The  Wm.  A.  Stickney 
Cigar  Company  is  now  on  the  eve  of  this  period  of  existence,  and 
the  vast  trade  built  up  by  the  energy  and  activity  of  its  founder, 
Mr.  Wm.  A.  Stickney,  places  it  in  the  front  rank  of  its  specific 
branch.  It  was  in  the  beginning  of  the  seventies  when  he  came 
here  with  the  intention  to  stay,  and  stay  he  did.  He  hailed  from 
Massachusetts  ; had  received  his  commercial  training  in  Boston  ; 
had  gained  a thorough  knowledge  of  the  cigar  business  in  all  its 
details  in  New  York  City,  and  selected  St.  Louis  as  the  best  field 
for  his  future  operations.  How  well  he  succeeded  is  clearly 
proven  by  the  fact  that  he  stands  now,  and  since  many  years,  at 
the  head  of  the  largest  cigar  jobbing  house  in  the  United  States. 
The  firm  manufactures  and  sells  exclusively  first-class  cigars, 
and  the  territory  of  its  sales  comprises  the  whole  West  and 
Southwest,  the  Gulf  States,  the  Pacific  coast,  most  of  the 
Middle  States,  and  the  Canadas.  Among  the  products  of 
their  own  manufacture  are  the  following  brands,  especially 


— 491  — 


celebrated  and  known  all  over  the  country : The  Chancellor, 
the  Security,  the  Prefertucia,  El  Merito,  and  others,  all 
of  which  are  great  favorites  among  connoisseurs.  Direct 
importations  of  leaf  tobacco  from  Havana  provide  the  factory 
with  well-selected  raw  material,  and  the  same  may  be  said  in 
regard  to  the  purchase  of  domestic  crop  ; aside  from  this  it  is  not 
less  important  a feature  of  the  firm’s  business,  that  it  imports 
and  handles  the  fullest  assortment  of  finest  cigars  of  foreign  and 
home  origin  in  the  country  and  that  it  has  no  rival  in  this  respect. 
The  offices,  salesrooms  and  factory  occupy  the  entire  building 
No.  209  North  Fourth  street,  one  of  the  principal  thoroughfares 
of  St.  Louis  ; the  factory  rooms  in  which  a large  number  of  skilled 
hands  are  constantly  employed,  are  a marvel  of  cleanliness,  well 
ventilated  and  lighted  ; the  work  is  supervised  by  experts  and 
the  output  closely  examined  before  it  is  placed  on  the  market. 
The  company  was  incorporateel  in  1891,  and  its  officers  are: 
Wm.  A.  Stickney,  President;  G.  W.  Krebs,  Vice-President;  J. 
C.  Grafing,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  Mr.  Stickney  is  one  of  the 
widest  known  business  men,  not  only  in  our  city,  but  also  in  the 
greater  part  of  the  Union ; he  combines  the  business  qualifica- 
tions of  the  New  Englander  with  Western  urbanity,  is  a man  of 
most  affable  ways  and  manners  and  of  the  strictest  integrity, 
with  a legion  of  friends  in  commercial  and  social  circles  and  the 
firm  is  generally  known  for  its  fair  and  liberal  dealing. 


CIGAR  AND  PAPER  BOX  MANUFACTURE. 

We  are  led  to  speak  simultaneously  of  these  two  industrial 
branches  from  the  fact,  that  they  were  in  former  times  usually 
carried  on  by  the  same  parties  and  under  one  roof,  as  it  is  even 
now  often  the  case.  The  local  consumption  of  both  articles, 
large  as  it  has  been  for  years,  is  still  on  the  increase  and  has  caused 
the  various  firms  to  extend  their  establishments  accordingly  and 
we  refer  to  the  representative  firms  of  this  branch  on  the  follow- 
ing  pages. 


— 492 


HOLMAN  PAPER  BOX  CO. 

Bell  Main  2148.  Kinloch  A1077. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1882,  incorporated  1885,  and  devotes 
itself  exclusively  to  the  manufacture  of  paper  boxes,  in  which 
particular  branch  it  stands  in  the  front  rank,  with  products  un- 
surpassed in  workmanship,  taste  and  durability.  The  Holman 
Company  supplies  especially  two  branches  of  trade,  viz. : the 
shoe  manufacturers  and  shoe  dealers,  and  the  candy  manufac- 
turers and  confectioners,  for  the  former  durability  is  the  princi- 
pal requirement,  for  the  latter  neatness  and  beauty,  and  it  is  the 
constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  secure  these  qualities  to  its  output. 
The  millions  of  boxes  annually  used  by  our  confectioners  ema- 
nate almost  entirely  from  the  Holman  factory,  which  furnishes 
them  in  all  sizes,  shapes  and  prices,  from  the  simplest  and  cheap- 
est to  the  most  elegant  and  costliest,  according  to  material,  de- 
sign and  make-up.  The  tasty  appearance  of  these  boxes  consti- 
tutes an  important  feature  in  the  confectionery  trade,  forming 
an  attraction  whose  value  cannot  be  denied,  as  it  is  duly  appre- 
ciated by  the  dealer  as  well  as  by  the  consumer.  It  is,  therefore, 
but  natural  that  the  high  degree  of  perfection  reached  by  this 
firm  won  for  its  product  the  permanent  great  patronage  which 
it  enjoys.  The  factory  occupies  the  five-story  building  on  the 
southeast  corner  of  Eighth  and  Walnut  streets,  containing 
a complete  equipment  of  the  best  machinery  and  modern 
appliances  for  the  manufacture  of  paper  boxes ; one  hun- 
dred and  seventy-five  hands  are  constantly  employed  in 
the  various  departments  under  the  direction  of  experienced  fore- 
men and  under  the  general  supervision  of  Mr.  J.  B.  Holman 
himself,  who  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention  to  the  conduct  oi 
the  establishment.  The  firm  confines  its  trade  entirely  to  St. 
Louis  and  vicinity,  having  such  an  immense  local  demand  for  its 
product,  that  it  does  not  need  to  look  for  it  elsewhere.  The  com- 
pany is  justly  known  for  its  reliable  dealing  and  the  careful  exe- 
cution of  all  orders,  large  or  small.  Mr.  J.  B.  Holman  is  the. 
President  and  Treasurer,  Mr.  J.  E.  Holman  the  Vice-President 
and  Mr.  John  J.  Owens  the  Secretary  of  the  Company.  Mr. 


— 493  — 


Holman  is  a native  of  Ohio,  a man  of  the  highest  integrity  and 
strictest  business  principles,  full  of  activity  and  energy,  and 
in  every  way  deserving  the  significant  success  which  he  has 
achieved  in  our  midst. 

GREAT  WESTERN  PAPER  BOX  FACTORY. 

Bell  Main  1375A. 

The  demand  for  and  use  of  paper  boxes  of  all  sorts  is  naturally 
very  great  in  a city  where  every  industrial  and  business  branch  is 
so  largely  represented  and  the  manufacture  of  such  boxes  forms 
therefore  quite  an  important  feature.  The  Great  Western  Paper 
Box  Factory  is  owned  and  conducted  by  G.  F.  Voightmann,  a 
practical  box  maker  of  long  experience.  His  factory  was  first  foca- 
ted  (1872)  on  Seventh  and  Hickory  streets,  later  on  at  the  corner 
of  Fifth  and  St.  Charles  and  occupies  since  many  years  the  second 
and  third  floor  of  108  Pine  street.  Some  of  our  largest  manufac- 
turing and  wholesale  and  retail  firms  use  exclusively  boxes  made 
in  this  establisment,  as  they  excel  in  workmanship,  durability  and 
neatness.  Orders  are  always  promptly  filled  and  prices  as  low  as 
those  of  any  other  manufacturer.  Mr.  Voightman  is  an  intelli- 
gent and  fair  dealing  business  man  and  well  liked  by  all  who  know 
him  ; he  is  now  somewhat  advanced  in  years,  but  took  in  former 
times  an  active  part  in  public  and  social  movements,  as  for  in- 
stance in  the  organizing  of  the  Missouri  Sharpshooters’  Association 
and  other  societies. 


Wm.  J.  Giessler,  Prest.  and  Treas.  Albert  Salomon,  Secy. 

PROGRESSIVE  PAPER  BOX  CO. 

MANUFACTURERS  OF 

PLAIN  AND  FANCY  PAPER  BOXES,  FINE 
CANDY  BOXES,  DRUGGIST  and  JEWELRY 
BOXES  A SPECIALTY. 

518,  520  and  522  N.  Main  St.,  ST.  LOUIS. 


Bell  Main  1163a. 


Kinloch  A324. 


— 494  — 


MOSER  CIGAR  AND  PAPER  BOX  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  163.  Kinloch  A839. 

St.  Louis  was  comparatively  a small  city,  when  the  late  Joseph 
N.  Moser  commenced  to  make  paper  boxes  for  the  manufactur- 
ing concerns,  wholesale  firms  and  retail  stores,  especially  in 
the  shoe,  hat  and  cap  and  the  millinery  branch.  This 
was  in  1863,  nearly  half  a century  ago,  and  the  establishment 
now  conducted  by  his  son,  Mr.  Otto  Moser,  is  therefore 
the  oldest  of  its  kind  in  our  midst.  Family  dwelling  and 
workshops  were  in  those  early  times  very  often  under  one 
and  the  same  roof,  and  Mr.  Moser’s  paper  box  factory 
was  during  the  first  fifteen  years  in  the  three  story  build- 
ing on  the  northwest  corner  of  Third  and  Chestnut  streets,  where 
the  family  resided.  His  business  became  more  extensive  from 
year  to  year,  so  that  larger  quarters  had  to  be  provided  and 
this  caused  a removal  of  the  factory  to  Elm,  between  Second 
and  Third  street.  Simultaneously  with  this  change  of  locality  the 
manufacture  of  cigar  boxes  was  added  to  that  of  paper  boxes  and 
became  in  course  of  time  an  important  part  of  the  output.  After 
the  death  of  the  elder  Mr.  Moser,  the  continuation  of  the  busi- 
ness devolved  upon  the  son,  who,  from  boyhood,  had  grown  up 
in  his  father’s  workshops  and  after  receiving  a good  education 
had  entered  as  an  apprentice,  so  that  he  might  become  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  all  the  details  of  the  branch  and  fully  competent 
to  stand  some  day  at  the  head  of  the  establishment.  He  was  yet 
a young  man  when  the  duty  fell  upon  his  shoulders,  but 
he  possessed  all  the  qualifications  necessary  for  the  posi- 
tion. How  well  he  succeeded  is  clearly  proven  by  the  fact 
that  the  company  employs  since  many  years  350  hands, 
and  that  its  product  is  sold  all  over  Missouri,  Illinois,  Iowa, 
Kansas  and  Texas,  with  a big  local  trade  besides.  The  factory 
comprises  four  houses  (from  208  to  214)  on  the  south  side  of 
Elm  street  and  two  more  (Nos.  217  and  219)  on  the  north  side 
of  the  street.  They  are  equipped  with  the  most  approved  ma- 
chinery and  all  other  facilities.  The  firm  was  incorporated  in 
1886  by  Messrs.  Tony  Nunn,  M.  Barthel  and  Otto  Moser,  but 


— 495  — 


the  latter  is  the  sole  proprietor  and  devotes  all  his  time  and 
long  experience  to  the  supervision  of  the  work.  He  is,  like  his 
father,  reliable  in  all  his  transactions,  fair  in  his  dealings  with 
everybody  and  a true  representative  of  German  industry  and 
perseverance  combined  with  American  enterprise  and  energy. 

THE  J.  J.  WIEDMANN  CIGAR  BOX  CO. 

Bell  Main  893a.  Kinloch  A994. 


The  manufacture  of  cigar  boxes  is  naturally  a very  impor- 
tant industrial  branch  in  a country  in  which  the  consumption  of 
cigars  is  almost  without  a limit.  St.  Louis  has  several  factories 
of  this  kind,  and  one  of  the  largest  is  that  of  the  J.  J.  Wied- 
mann  Cigar  Box  Company,  for  many  years  occupying  four  ad- 
joining buildings,  viz.,  813-15-17  and  19  Clark  avenue.  The 
business  was  established  in  1869  by  Ploehn  & Wiedmanu ; the 
latter  purchased  his  partner’s  interest  in  1881,  and  afterwards 
organized  the  above  company,  J.  J.  Wiedmann,  B.  J.  Fertig  and 
Wm.  Hehrlein  being  the  incorporators.  The  present  proprietors 
and  directors  are;  J.  J.  Wiedmann,  President  and  Treasurer; 
Wm.  Hehrlein,  Vice-President,  and  August  H.  Wiedmann,  Sec- 
retary. The  firm  devotes  itself  exclusively  to  the  manufacture 
of  cigar  boxes,  of  which  3,500  to  4,000  are  turned  out  per  day 
by  from  fifty  to  sixty  hands.  The  factory  is  equipped  with  the 


— 496  — 


best  machinery  and  all  facilities  for  the  furnishing  of  good  work. 
Its  output  is  sold  all  over  Missouri,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Tennessee, 
Alabama,  Florida,  Kentucky,  Texas,  Kansas,  Arkansas,  Nebraska 
and  Iowa.  Mr.  J.  J.  Wiedmann  is  a practical  mechanic,  a very 
active  and  energetic  business  man,  and  his  great  success  is  well 
merited  ; he  takes  great  interest  in  public  and  social  matters, 
belongs  to  many  organizations  and  has  a host  of  warm  friends, 
and  all  these  good  qualities  are  shared  by  his  partners. 


A.  D.  SCHOENTHALEK,  Prest.  E O.  Berninghaus,  Vice-Prest. 

LOUIS  H.  OCKER,  Sec’y  & Treas. 

SCHOENTHALEK  MEG.  CO. 

MANUFACTURERS  OP 

Wood  Partition  Bottle  Packing. 

1015,  1017  and  1019  Chouteau  Avenue, 

ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

Samples  furnished  on  application.  Bell  Main  1150. 


THE  BREWING  INDUSTRY. 

The  inhabitants  of  old  St.  Louis  were  not  without  beer,  but  it 
was  not  of  the  kind  consumed  in  later  years  ; it  was  called  table 
beer  and  made  in  a rather  primitive  way.  The  first  brewer  in 
this  city  was  a Frenchman,  named  St.  Vrain,  and  he  announced,  as 
early  as  1810,  that  table  beer  and  porter  could  be  had  in  his 
brewery  located  where  now  Bellefontaine  cemetery  lies,  for  ten 
dollars  a barrel  if  paid  in  cash,  or  twelve  dollars  in  produce. 
Jacob  Philipson,  another  brewer,  advertised  the  same  year,  that 
he  would  sell  the  barrel  for  eleven  dollars  and  refund  one  dollar 
on  return  of  the  barrel,  adding  that  he  would  reduce  the  price  as 
soon  as  the  farmers  of  the  vicinity  would  grow  hops,  so  that  he 
would  not  be  compelled  to  get  his  supply  at  great  cost  from 
distant  points.  A third  brewery  sprung  up  in  1826,  owned  by 


— 497 


Lyuch  & Co.,  and  a little  later  John  Mullanphy  began  to  brew 
ale.  Edward  English  established  a brewery  on  the  site  of  the 
present  Benton  Park,  then  called  English  Cave,  which  name 
was  derived  from  a natural  subterranean  cave  which  at  the  time 
served  for  the  storage  of  beer.  The  first  lager  beer,  brewed 
and  treated  after  the  system  prevailing  in  Germany,  was  made 
in  1838  by'  Adam  Lemp,  to  whom  we  refer  in  one  of  the  next 
chapters.  The  influx  of  Germans,  beginning  with  the  year  1848, 
was  soon  felt  in  various  branches  of  industry  and  trade  and 
one  of  them  was  the  brewing  business  which  they  monopolize 
up  to  the  present  day  and  through  which  about  ten  thousand 
men  with  their  families  earn  their  living.  , 

There  were  twenty-four  breweries  in  the  city  in  1854,  whose 
annual  product  of  60,000  barrels  represented  a value  of  380,000 
dollars ; the  forty  breweries  existing  in  1860  had  an  output  of 
189,400  barrels  valued  at  1,525,400  dollars;  from  that  time  on  the 
number  of  breweries  decreased,  but  the  product  increased  con- 
tinuously and  amounted  for  the  calendar  year  1901  to  2,560,452 
barrels,  or  more  than  twenty  million  dollars.  The  decrease  of 
breweries  was  caused  by  various  reasons:  the  modern  methods  of 
brewing  required  large  plants,  improved  and  costly  machinery 
and  many  appurtenances  of  an  expensive  character,  and  to  all  this 
came  the  internal  revenue  tax.  One  by  one  the  small  establish- 
ments went  out  of  existence  and  only  the  larger  ones  remained  in 
the  field,  as  very  ample  means  are  needed  nowadays  to  operate 
a large  brewery  and  to  compete  with  the  trade.  ' 

The  quality  of  the  beer  brewed  in  St.  Louis  has  an  enviable 
reputation  at  home  and  abroad ; the  vSt.  Louis  beer  is  known  for 
its  purity,  wholesomeness  and  taste,  it  is  a most  palatable  beverage, 
duly  appreciated  by  its  consumers,  who  may  be  found  in  every 
part  of  the  United  States  and  many  foreign  countries,  especially  in 
Mexico,  Central  and  South  America.  It  is  transported  to  most 
distant  points  of  our  continent  in  refrigerator  cars  owned  by  the 
different  breweries,  in  barrels  as  well  as  in  bottles.  It  is' particu- 
larly the  latter  kind,  which  has  made  the  name  of  our  city  known 
and  famous  in  many  places,  where  it  formerly  was  as  good  as  un- 
known. The  product  of  the  St.  Louis  breweries  has  often  been 
awarded  first  prizes  at  World’s  Fairs  and  other  Expositions  and 
S2k 


— 498  — 


visitors  to  our  city,  especially  foreigners,  seldom  fail  to  include 
some  of  our  breweries  in  their  program  of  sight-seeing. 

The  brewing  interest,  one  of  the  most  important  in  the  country, 
occupies  a front  rank  in  this  city  and  its  representatives  number 
among  the  most  prominent  members  of  our  commercial  com- 
munity ; they  are  excellent  citizens,  much  devoted  to  the  welfare 
of  the  commonwealth,  assisting  and  promoting  everything  tend- 
ing to  further  the  public  good ; they  are  men  of  broad  views, 
generous  and  liberal-minded  and  it  is  therefore  all  the  more 
strange  and,  to  say  the  least,  curious,  that  their  industrial  branch, 
which  furnishes  so  large  an  income  to  the  national.  State,  and 
municipal  treasury,, should  be  made  the  target  of  unjust,  oppress- 
ing laws  and  annoying  measures. 

THE  AMERICAN  BREWING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Sidney  449.  Kinlocli  B718. 

General  observation  tells  us  that  new  firms  — commercial  as 
well  as  industrial  — require  a certain  length  of  time  to  gain  the 
desired  confidence  and  to  reach  an  adequate  measure  of  success, 
or  in  other  words  to  win  a patronage  worth  while  having.  This 
may  be  considered  the  rule  in  the  usual  run  of  business,  but 
there  are  exceptions  and  one  of  them  is  the  American  Brewing 
Company.  It  is  only  twelve  years,  namely  in  1890,  that  the 
company  began  operations  but  it  soon  met  with  a remarkable 
success  in  such 'a  degree,  that  its  product  not  only  won  public 
favor  almost  immediately,  but  that  its  output  found  ready  sale 
far  beyond  the  limits  of  St.  Louis  and  vicinity.  The  brewery  of 
which  we  speak  was  established  by  Henry  Koehler,  Jr.,  Oscar  C. 
and  Hugo  A.  Koehler,  sons  of  Mr.  Henry  Koehler,  Senior,  who 
some  thirty  years  ago  was  part  owner  of  the  old  Excelsior  Brew- 
ery on  South  Seventh  street  and  who  since  then  resides  in 
Davenport,  Iowa,  as  proprietor  of  a large  brewery  in  that  place. 
The  buildings  of  the  American  Brewery  Company  cover  the  block 
bounded  by  South  Broadway,  Lynch,  Dorcas  and  Seventh 
streets,  the  principal  building  fronting  on  the  west  side  of  the 
first  named  thoroughfare ; the  opposite  block  east  of  Broadway, 
is  used  by  the  company  for  their  stables,  wagon  houses  and 


— 499  — 


other  buildings  necessary  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  constantly 
growing  business.  The  entire  plant  is  supplied  with  the  most 
approved  equipment  and  all  modern  facilities,  and  employs  over 
four  hundred  hands.  The  A.  B.  C.  Beer  is  known  far  and  wide, 
and  sold  to  nearly  every  part  of  the  Union  ; the  A.  B.  C.  bottled 
beer  has  even  an  unequaled  export  to  foreign  countries,  which  is 
certainly  the  best  evidence  of  its  excellent  quality.  The  officers 
of  the  American  Brewing  Company  are:  Henry  Koehler,  .Junior, 

President;  Hugo  A.  Koehler,  Vice-President  and  Secretary;  and 
Edward  Wagner,  Superintendent.  The  B )ard  of  Directors  con- 
sists of  Henry  Koehler,  Jr.,  Hugo  A.  Koehler,  Ed.  Guntly,  Jos. 
Marks,  all  of  St.  Louis,  and  Henry  Koehler  of  Davenport.  Mr. 
Henry  Koehler,  Jr.,  has  since  many  years  been  identified  with 
various  important  enterprises  and  financial  corporations,  as  for 
instance  the  South  Side  Bank  and  the  Germania  Trust  Company, 
being  Vice-President  of  the  first  and  President  of  the  latter- 
institution.  The  brothers  are  men  of  remarkable  energy  and 
business  ability  and  well  known  in  our  mercantile  community  and 
our  best  social  circles. 

ANHEUSER-BUSCH  BREWING  ASSOCIATION. 

Bell  Sidney  248,  798,  338.  Kinloch  B714,  707,  715,  C108. 


The  visitor  coming  to  St.  Louis  from  any  part  of  our  own  or 
from  a foreign  country,  when  asking  what  there  is  and  ought  to 
be  seen  in  our  city,  is  invariably  answered:  “Don’t  neglect  to 


— 500  — 


see  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brewery,”  and  when  he  follows  this 
well-meant  advice  he  goes  home  with  the  impression  that  he  has 
seen  the  largest  brewery  in  the  world  and  an  industrial  enter- 
prise of  astonishing  magnitude.  No  other  branch  of  industry 
has  made  St.  Louis  as  generally  known  as  the  manufacture  of 
beer,  and  no  other  of  our  many  breweries  has  made  our  city  so 
famous  as  that  of  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brewing  Association. 
Mr.  Eberhard  Anheuser  began  operations  in  1860.  St.  Louis 
was  at  that  time  still  in  its  infancy,  and  so  was  the  brewery,  and 
it  remained  so  until  Mr.  Adolphus  Busch  became  associated  with 
his  father-in-law  in  1865,  which  year  may  be  set  down  as  the 
commencement  of  the  wonderful  growth  developed  since  then. 
The  firm  of  Anheuser  and  Co.  was  changed  into  a corporation 
under  the  present  name  in  1875,  and  after  the  death  of  the  senior 
partner,  which  occurred  in  1880,  Mr.  Adolphus  Busch  be- 
came the  President  of  the  company.  It  has  been  and  still  is 
his  constant  aim  to  give  to  the  world  a beverage  of  un- 
surpassed quality,  wholesome,  nutritious,  strengthening  and  of 
excellent  taste;  he  wanted  to  destroy  the  prejudice,  entertained 
even  by  otherwise  intelligent  people,  against  beer  and  its  con- 
sumption; he  intended  to  prove  that  a carefully  prepared  extract 
from  malt  and  hops  is  an  auxiliary  to  the  healthy  and  good 
condition  of  the  human  system,  and  how  well  he  succeeded  in  all 
this,  is  fully  evidenced  by  the  result  of  his  indefatigable  work  — 
a work  to  which  he  has  devoted  his  knowledge  and  ability,  his 
high  intellect  and  remarkable  energy,  his  administrative  talent 
and  business  tact. 

The  establishment  covers  an  area  of  fifty  city  blocks,  and  com- 
prises brew  and  store  houses,  malt  houses,  boiler  houses,  ice- 
machine  and  refrigerator  houses,  an  electric  plant,  bottling, 
cooper,  packing,  shipping  and  wash  houses,  elevators,  offices, 
stables  and  wagon  receptacles,  all  of  which  forms  the  most  com- 
plete plant  of  its  kind.  The  numerous  buildings,  massive 
structures,  designed  and  erected  by  such  experienced  architects 
as  Messrs.  Widmann,  Walsh  and  Boisselier,  of  this  city,  contain 
in  the  various  departments  the  most  approved  machinery  and 
appurtenances,  and  all  modern  facilities  are  utilized  ; with  one 
word,  it  is  a model  brewery  in  all  its  details.  The  special 


— 502  — 


brews  of  Aiihenser-Busch  are:  Budweiser,  Standard,  Michelob, 
Muenchner,  Pretnimn  Pale,  Pale  and  Old  Lager,  Faust,  Pilsener, 
Black  and  Tan,  American  Hop  Ale,  and  last,  but  not  least.  Malt 

Nutrine.  It  is  particularly 
tbeir  Budweiser  which  has  won 
a world-wide  reputation  ; it  is 
a superior  article  and  occupies 
the  front  rank  among  their  va- 
rious brands.  In  the  manu- 
facture of  all  these  only  the 
best  quality  of  malt  and  hops 
is  used  and  the  greatest  care 
is  taken  during  the  process  of 
malting  and  brewing  and  in 
the  keeping  of  the  finished  prod- 
uct, which  is  never  placed  on 
the  market  before  it  has  be- 
come five  or  six  months  old, 
or  in  other  words  before  being 
what  is  called  “ lager  beer.’’ 
Twelve  hundred  refrigerator 
cars,  owned  by  the  Association, 
are  in  constant  use  for  the 
transportation  of  their  output 
on  this  continent.  The  ca- 
pacity of  the  brewery  is  now 
1,500,000  barrels  annually, 
and  it  requires  a veritable  army 
of  employees  to  manufacture, 
preserve  and  distribute  the 
product.  The  territory  where 
it  is  sold  comprises  all  civilized 
countries  of  the  globe;  it  is 
found  on  board  the  ocean 
steamers  and  on  the  warships 
of  the  United  States,  the  dining  cars  of  our  railroads,  and  is  in  great 
demand  for  its  invigorating  qualities.  The  Malt  Nutrine  is 
especially  used  by  the  sick  and  coni  alescent  and  highly  lecom- 


— 503  — 


mended  by  medical  authorities  for  its  nourishing  and  tonic 
properties.  Besides  the  refrigerator  cars  mentioned  before,  the 
association  owns  extensive  ice-houses  throughout  the  Southern 
States  and  have  agencies  in  many  cities  of  this  country  and 
branch  offices  in  Europe.  The  shipping  facilities  are  unequaled  ; 
the  shipping  yards  and  store-houses  are  directly  connected  with 
all  railway  lines  centering  in  St.  Louis  b}' 
a railroad  owned  and  operated  by  the  asso- 
ciation, so  that  carriage  for  outside  shipment 
is  entirely  dispensed  with. 

All  necessary  blacksmithing,  wagon-mak- 
ing, repairing,  box-making,  cooperage,  and 
cork-making,  is  done  on  the  premises.  The 
corks  are  all  stamped  with  the  trade  mark 
of  the  Association  and  the  bottles  are  made 
in  their  own  glass-works,  located  in  Belle- 
ville and  Streator,  Illinois,  and  St.  Louis, 

Missouri.  Over  100,000,000  bottles  are 
manufactured  annually  in  these  establish- 
ments. These  w’orks  are  equipped  with 
alt  the  latest  improvements  in  glass-ma- 
chinery, and  employment  is  furnished 
1,000  hands  in  them  alone.  To  give 
the  reader  a clear  idea  of  the  multitude 
of  employees  of  the  Association,  we  will 
state  that  the  brewery  proper  gives  occu- 
pation to  2,400  hands,  that  a similar 
number  of  persons  (if  not  more)  constitute 
the  working  force  of  the  agencies ; and 
the  various  other  industries,  which  form  part 
and  parcel  of  the  establishment,  employ  about  twenty-three 
hundred  people.  The  following  figures  will  show  the  phe- 
nomenal growth  of  the  business:  In  1873,  the  sales  amounted 
to  28,000  barrels;  in  1885,  318,082  were  sold  ;*  the  last 
four  years  gave  the  following  results:  sales  in  1898,  781,518; 
in  1899,  824,548;  in  1900,  939,768:  and  in  1901,  1,006,458 
barrels.  Medals  and  diplomas  have  been  frequently  awarded 


— 504  — 


the  company  at  World’s  Fairs  and  other  Expositions  at  home 
and  abroad. 

The  officers  of  the  Association  are:  Mr.  Adolphus  Busch, 
President:  Mr.  Augustus  A.  Busch,  First  Vice-President,  and 
Mr.  E.  A.  Faust,  Second  Vice-President ; Mr.  Robert  Flolm, 
Secretary  and  Treasurer ; and  Mr.  Chas.  C.  Reuss,  Assistant 
Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  office  force  in  St.  Louis  com- 
prises a large  corps  of  gentlemen,  divided  into  the  various 
departments.  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Staudinger  is  manager  of  the  Malt 
Nutrine  and  Advertising  department.  The  well-known  trade- 
mark of  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brewing  Association  will  be  found 
above. 

Mr.  Adolphus  Busch,  besides  being  the  president  of  the  South 
Side  Bank,  of  which  we  speak  in  another  part  of  this  volume,  is 
interested  in  several  important  enterprises  in  this  city  and  else- 
where and  chairman  of  the  World’s  Fair  Committee  on  foreign 
relations,  for  which  position  he  has  been  chosen  on  account  of 
the  fact  that  he  is  undoubtedly  better  known  in  all  Germany 
than  any  other  American. 

BRINCKWIRTH-NOLKER  BREWING  CO. 

Bell  Tyler  365.  Kinloch  A1639. 

The  history  of  this  company  is  of  a rather  interesting  nature  ; 
it  shows  in  the  first  place  what  perseverance  can  accomplish,  and 
furthermore,  what  good  results  are  effected  by  a combination  of 
family  and  business  ties.  It  was  in  1849  when  Theodore  Brinck- 
wirth,  three  years  after  his  arrival  in  this  country,  came  to  St. 
Louis  and  purchased  the  old  Lafayette  Brewery,  on  Carr  near 
Seventh  street.  He  had  learned  the  brewing  trade  in  his  native 
town  in  Germany,  and  the  experience  so  gained  did  much  to 
make  his  enterprise  so  successful  that  he  was  enabled  to  replace 
this  small  brewery  with  a much  larger  one  built  by  him  in  1865 
on  the  southeast  corner  of  Cass  avenue  and  Eighteenth  street. 


— 505  — 


He  died  a year  later,  whereupon  the  business  was  continued  by 
his  widow,  Mrs.  Fredericka  Brinckwirth,  and  Mr.  Franz  Griese- 
dieck,  which  partnership  was  changed  in  1874  by  the  admission 
of  a third  partner,  Mr.  Wm.  F.  Nolker,  under  the  firm  name  of 
Brinckwirth,  Griesedieck  & Nolker.  The  death  of  Mr.  Griese- 
dieck  occurred  in  1879  causing  again  an  alteration  of  proprietor- 
ship and  name.  Mr.  Louis  Brinckwirth,  the  son,  and  Mr. 
Nolker,  the  son-in-law  of  the  founder,  formed  a co-partnership 
and  have  conducted  the  brewer}'  ever  since  as  a corporation  under 
the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  with  Mr.  Wm.  F.  Nolker  as 
President  and  Louis  Brinckwirth  as  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 
The  substantial  buildings  located  on  one  of  the  principal  thor- 
oughfares of  our  city  are  equipped  in  the  most  complete  way  for 
the  purpose  they  serve,  the  manufacturing  of  a clear,  wholesome 
beer  of  excellent  taste,  carefully  prepared  by  experts  and  placed 
on  the  market  in  splendid  condition.  The  annual  capacity  of 
the  establishment  amounts  to  100,000  barrels,  and  the  output 
is  mostly  sold  in  the  city  and  vicinity.  Mr.  Wm.  F.  Nolker 
came  to  the  United  States  in  1857,  when  only  seventeen  years 
of  age,  and  after  staying  a short  time  in  Baltimore  he  directed 
his  steps  westward.  He  remained  in  Cincinnati  for  sixteen  years 
and  in  various  positions,  which  gave  him  a valuable  experience 
in  commercial  and  industrial  matters.  His  connection  with  the 
brewery  began  immediately  after  his  arrival  in  this  city  and 
covers  now  (in  1902)  a period  of  twenty-eight  years.  He  is 
since  nearly  twelve  years  the  efficient  Treasurer  of  the  St. 
Louis  Brewing  Association,  the  Vice-President  of  the  German- 
American  Bank,  a director  in  the  Mississippi  Valley  Trust  and 
the  Kinloch  Telephone  Company ; also  of  various  other  finan- 
cial and  industrial  corporations  where  his  great  business  ability 
and  experience  is  duly  appreciated,  he  being  a man  of  the  high- 
est integrity  combined  with  strict  and  conservative  principles, 
liberal-minded  and  ever  willing  to  do  his  full  share  for  the  best 
interests  of  the  community. 


— 506  — 


COLUMBIA  BREWING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Tyler  362.  Kinloch  DU27. 

The  Columbia  Brewing  Company  was  organized  in  1892,  and 
soon  won  a reputation,  which  many  much  older  brewers  may 
envy ; from  the  beginning  they  have  placed  a beer  on  the  market 
which,  in  a very  short  time,  became  a favorite  with  the  consumers 
for  its  excellent  quality  and  fine  taste.  This  applies  as  well  to 
the  Columbia  beer  in  barrels  as  to  its  bottle  beer;  the  names  of 
the  former  are  Standard,  Extra  Pale  and  Muenchner ; the  bottled 
beer  comprises  the  follov7ing  brands:  Carlsburger,  Wuerzburger 
and  Export,  to  which  an  entire  new  one,  the  Banner,  will  soon  be 
added.  The  product  of  the  Columbia  Brewery  is  made  from  the 
best  qualities  of  malt  and  hops,  the  former  being  prepared  in  the 
Tinker  & Smith  Malt  House,  on  Seventeenth,  near  Market  street, 
which  forms  part  and  parcel  of  the  company.  There  is  a spring 
on  the  malt  house  premises,  which  supplies  water  of  an  unsur- 
passed quality  for  malting,  such  as  is  seldom  found  in  this  part 
of  the  country.  The  brewery  buildings  are  the  property  of  the 
company,  erected  in  1891 ; they  are  of  a most  substantial  char- 
acter and  contain  a full  equipment  of  modern  machinery  and 
utensils,  including  all  facilities  known  to  this  branch  of  industry. 
The  brewery  has  a capacity  of  over  150,000  barrels  per  annum, 
and  its  output  is  distributed  over  the  entire  city  and  vicinity  and 
shipped  by  rail  and  water  to  all  adjoining  States.  The  company 
commands  very  ample  means,  can  extend  to  their  patrons  the 
most  liberal  conditions,  and  it  is  the  constant  aim  of  the  man- 
agement to  give  their  customers  the  fullest  satisfaction.  The 
officers  of  the  Columbia  Brewing  Co.  are  as  follows : Caspar 
Koehler,  P/esident;  Henry  Klinge,  Vice-President;  Rudolph 
Limberg,  Secretary,  and  Zach  W.  Tinker,  Treas- 
urer. Several  hundred  hands  are  constantly  employed  in 
the  various  departments,  all  of  which  stand  under 
the  supervision  of  the  General  Superintendent,  Julius  H. 
Koehler,  the  son  of  the  President.  The  brewery  buildings 
cover  a large  area  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Twentieth  and 
Madison  streets  and  are  an  ornament  to  the  northern  part  of 
our  city. 


CASPER  KOEHLER. 


Mr.  Casper  Koehler,  the  President  of  the  Columbia  Brewing 
Company,  is  a native  of  Austria,  and  a practical  brewer.  He 
learned  his  trade  in  one  of  the  largest  breweries  of  Bohemia, 
which  as  a beer  producing  country  is  not  less  celebrated  than  the 
neighboring  State  of  Bavaria.  So  proficient  became  he  in  the 
branch,  that  he  was  made  brewmaster  of  a large  brewery  in 
Prague,  when  yet  quite  young.  After  gaining  still  more  expe- 
rience in  a Vienna  brewery  and  fully  familiar  with  all  the  details 
of  his  trade,  he  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1860,  and  immediately  pur- 
chased the  Excelsior  Brewery,  located  on  South  Seventh  between 
Lynch  and  Lancaster  streets,  and  at  that  time  owned  by  Chas. 
Hoelzle,  who  by  the  way  was  not  a brewer  by  trade.  It  devolved 
upon  Mr.  Koehler  to  develop  the  then  rather  small  concern  into 
a large  establishment,  and  his  practical  knowledge,  energy  and 
business  ability  enabled  him  to  do  so.  The  Excelsior  Brewery 
soon  came  to  the  front,  and  its  product  gained  for  itself  name 
and  fame.  Mr.  Koehler  and  the  late  IMr.  Peter  Saussenthaler 
formed  a copartnership  in  1874,  and  Mr.  J.  W.  Schorr  became 
associated  with  them  in  1886,  but  sold  his  interest  a few  years 
later  to  his  partners.  Messrs.  Koehler  and  Saussenthaler 
bought  in  1880  Uhrig’s  Brewery,  located  on  Eighteenth 
and  Market  streets,  and  transferred  the  Excelsior  Brewery 
to  this  locality.  Mr.  Koehler  conducted  the  Excelsior 
Brewery  during  a period  of  more  than  thirty  years 
and  withdrew  from  its  management  in  1891,  but 
a man  of  his  activity,  energy  and  vivacity  could  not  remain  long 
without  occupation  ; after  a few  years  of  rest  he  again  entered 
the  field  as  President  of  the  Columbia  Brewery  Company,  whose 
success  is  in  a great  measure  the  result  of  his  wise  counsel  and 
long  experience.  He  is  ably  assisted  in  its  management  by  Vice- 
President  Klinge,  Secretary  Limberg  (who  is  his  son-in-law)  and 
Treasurer  Zach.  W.  Tinker.  Mr.  Caspar  Koehler  is  a prominent 
representative  of  our  industrial  community,  a man  of  remarkable 
business  qualifications  and  most  affable  manners,  liberal-minded 
and  sociable  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word.  Frequent  extensive 


— 508  — 


travels  in  Europe  form  his  favorite  recreation  and  the  Koehler 
residence  on  Dillon  and  La  Salle  street  is  one  of  the  most  hospit- 
able homes  in  our  city. 

CONSUMER’S  BREWING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Sidney  2C9.  Kinloch  C1090. 

The  Consumer’s  Brewing  Company  was  organized  in  1895,  and 
its  product  enjoys  the  well-earned  reputation  to  be  a wholesome, 
pure  beverage,  which  qualities  are  the  combined  result  of  the 
best  ingredients  and  a most  careful  preparation.  There  is  a 
great  difference  between  beer  and  beer.  The  Bohemian  pale  and 
Standard  Lager,  the  well-known  brands  made  by  this  brewery, 
contain  only  the  best  grades  of  barley  and  hops  and  are  entirely 
free  from  any  kind  of  surrogates.  Seven  years  are  comparatively 
not  a long  time,  but  they  have  been  more  than  sufficient  to  bring 
to  the  firm  an  extensive  trade,  which  is  constantly  growing.  The 
brewery  is  located  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Shenandoah  and 
Lemp  avenues  and  its  buildings  cover  more  than  a block.  The 
incorporators  of  the  company  were:  Theodore  Herold,  Robert 
Herold,  Frank  A.  Nagel,  Louisa  Sproul  and  Ernest  Wagner. 
The  present  owners  are  Theo.  Herold,  Robert  Herold,  Frank  A. 
Nagel  and  Henry  C.  Griesedieck.  Its  officers  are  as  follows  ^ 
Theo.  Herold,  President;  Frank  A.  Nagel,  Vice-President; 
Henry  C.  Griesedieck,  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  and  Robert 
Herold,  Superintendent.  Mr.  Theodore  as  well  as  Mr. 
Robert  Herold  possess  many  years  experience  in  the  brewery 
business,  being  sons  of  Mr.  Ferdinand  Herold,  who  during  a 
long  peroid  owned  and  conducted  the  Cherokee  Brewery  in  this 
city,  which  gave  the  young  men  an  excellent  opportunit}'  to  be- 
come experts  and  familiarize  themselves  with  all  the  details  in  the 
manufacture  of  beer.  Mr.  Robert  Herold  spent,  aside  from  this, 
several  years  in  Germany  to  study  the  modus  operandi  in  Bava- 
ria and  Austria.  Mr.  Henry  C.  Griesedieck  is  also  well  informed 
in  all  matters  relating  to  beer  brewing,  having  served  an  appren- 
ticeship in  his  father’s  brewery,  the  original  Lafayette  Brewery 
on  Cass  avenue,  and  later  Manager  of  Heim’s  brewery.  East  St. 
Louis.  Mr.  Frank  A.  Nagel  is  the  proprietor  of  Nagel’s  restau- 


— 509  — 


rant.  Over  sixty  hands  are  constantly  employed  by  the  company. 
Besides  a very  large  local  trade  a great  part  of  its  product  is  sold 
in  Missouri  and  Illinois,  in  which  latter  State  the  company 


keeps  a branch  at  Belleville.  Reliable  in  all  its  dealings,  the 
reputation  of  the  firm  is  well  established  here  and  elsewhere  and 
it  stands  high  in  the  esteem  of  the  whole  community. 


— 510  — 


JOS.  TRAUNMILLER  — P:XCELSI0R  BREWERY. 

Bell  Main  730.  Kinloch  D7. 

The  present  Excelsior  Brewery  is,  in  fact,  the  successor,  or,  as 
it  may  be  considered,  the  combination  of  three  breweries, 
namely,  the  original  Excelsior  (owned  by  Caspar  Koehler  and 
Peter  Saussenthaler),  Uhrig’s  Brewery,  which,  after  the  death  of 
Franz  Joseph  Uhrig,  had  been  operated  by  his  widow  and  her 
son-in-law,  Otto  C.  Lademann,  and  Winkehneyer’s  Brewery, 
whose  owner,  Julius  Winkelmeyer,  died  in  1867,  whereupon  his 
widow,  Mrs.  Christine  Winkelmeyer,  and  her  brother,  C.  A. 
Stifel,  afterwards  her  sons  and  her  son-in-law,  A.  W.  Straub, 
continued  to  conduct  it.  The  management  lies  since  1893  in  the 
hands  of  Mr.  Jos.  Traunmiller,  whose  connection  with  the  old 
Excelsior  Brewery  dates  back  to  1877,  in  which  year  he  entered, 
at  that  time  only  seventeen  years  of  age,  the  employ  of  the  Ex- 
celsior Brewerj^  Company  ; from  1890  till  1893  he  had  been  the 
manager  of  the  Phoenix  Brewery,  and  his  experience  in  the  branch 
covers  a period  of  exactly  twenty-five  years.  It  is,  therefore, 
easy  to  comprehend  that  he  possesses  a thorough  knowledge  of 
all  the  details  pertaining  to  the  brewing  industry,  and  that  his 
management  is  signified  by  most  excellent  success.  The  product 
of  this  brewery  is  very  favorably  known  and  higlily  appreciated 
by  the  consumers,  and  this  applies  equally  to  their  keg  and  bot- 
tled beer,  of  which  latter  the  Pilsener,  Cabinet,  Culmbacher  and 
Select  Extra  Pale  are  especially  j)opular.  Mr.  Traunmiller  is  a 
native  of  St.  Louis,  the  son  of  Sergeant  Mathias  Traunmilier,  a 
veteran,  and  one  of  the  most  efficient  officers  of  our  Police  De- 
partment, who,  for  many  years,  and  up  to  the  time  of  his  death, 
had  charge  of  the  Lafayette  Park  Station.  He  has  all  the  quali- 
fications for  the  responsible  position  held  by  him,  and  in  which 
he  has  made  a host  of  friends  by  his  uprightness,  fair  dealing  and 
amiable  manners  towards  all  who  came  in  contact  with  him. 

OTTO  C.  LADEMANN. 

Mr.  Otto  C.  Lademann,  though  since  many  years  a resident  of 
Milwaukee,  was  during  a lengthy  period  a citizen  of  St.  Louis 
and  so  closely  identified  with  this  city  and  one  of  its  most  im- 


— 511  — 


portant  industries,  that  we  can  still  claim  him  as  a St.  Louisan. 
The  Lademanns  were  one  of  the  oldest  families  of  Northern 
Germany,  their  ancestors  dating  back  to  the  sixteenth  century 
and  the  later  generations  being  prominent  in  the  Prussian  army^ 
ministry  and  the  department  of  justice.  Otto  C.  Lademann 
received  an  excellent  education,  finishing  his  studies  at  the  Royal 
Gymnasium  (college)  of  Herford,  the  city  of  his  birth.  He  came 
to  the  United  States  in  1856,  then  a youth  of  only  fifteen 
years,  but  fully  equipped  with  those  qualities  which  usually 
form  the  basis  of  success.  Soon  after  his  arrival  in  New  Orleans 
he  went  to  St.  Louis  and  made  this  city  his  home  for  more  than 
a quarter  of  a century,  devoting  himself  first  to  mercantile  pur- 
suits, but  when  the  civil  war  broke  out,  he  was  one  of  the  first  to 
volunteer  in  the  defense  of  the  Union.  He  enlisted  in  the  three 
months  service  in  Col.  Sigel’s  regiment  (Third  Missouri  Infantry  ) 
in  April,  1861,  but  entered  the  three  year  service  long  before  the 
three  mouths  had  expired.  His  ability,  energy  and  meritorious 
conduct  were  soon  rewarded  by  repeated  advancements  — 
from  sergeant  he  rose  to  second  lieutenant  in  September,  1861, 
became  a first  lieutenant  in  June  of  the  following  year  and  was 
promoted  captain  in  August,  1863.  He  was  retained  in  the 
service  by  a special  order,  issued  from  the  headquarters  of  the 
Army  of  Tennessee,  October  1,  1864,  which  created  Lademann’s 
detachment  of  the  Third,  Twelfth  and  Seventeenth  Missouri  In- 
fantry regiments,  assigned  to  special  duty.  After  taking  part  in 
the  various  encounters  fought  on  Missouri  soil  in  1861,  he 
went  to  the  scene  of  war,  where  in  course  of  time  the  most 
important  and  decisive  battles  took  place,  and  was  engaged  in 
twenty-six  of  them,  certainly  a fact  of  which  the  gallant 
officer  may  well  be  proud.  He  was  finally  mustered  out  at 
Nashville,  Tenn.,  in  February,  1865,  after  nearly  four  years  of 
active  service.  Returning  to  St.  Louis  he  became  identified  with 
Uhrig’s  Brewery,  at  that  time  one  of  the  largest  in  the  city. 
Located  at  Eighteenth  and  Market  streets,  the  site  now  occupied 
by  the  Union  Station.  Capt.  Lademann  had  for  many  years 
charge  of  the  financial  and  business  management  of  the  brewery 
and  up  to  the  time,  in  which  it  was  sold  to  the  proprietors  of 
the  Excelsior  Brewery.  Governor  Fletcher  appointed  him  in 


— 512  — 


1869  one  of  oiir  Police  Commissioners,  but  he  resigned  in  1870 
after  organizing  the  mounted  Police  Department,  and  represented 
our  State  at  the  Woi'ld’s  Exposition  held  in  Vienna  in  1873. 
His  father-in-law,  Mr.  Franz  Joseph  Uhrig,  one  of  the  few 
})ioneer  brewers  of  the  West,  died  in  1874,  in  his  summer  resi- 
dence, at  Milwaukee,  to  which  citj^  the  family  removed  some 
years  later.  Mr.  Lademanu  has  never  ceased  to  retain  a warm 
attachment  for  St.  Louis  and  his  old  St.  Louis  friends  always 
find  a hearty  welcome  in  his  magnificent  residence  in  the  cream 
city.  He  is  a member  of  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic,  of  the 
array  of  Tennessee,  and  is  very  prominent  in  Masonic  circles. 

GAST  BREWING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1982.  Tyler  202.  Kinloch  B237,  1104. 

The  name  of  Paulus  Gast,  the  founder  of  the  Gast  Brewing 
Company,  is  a household  word  not  only  in  St.  Louis  and  vicinity, 
but  also  in  Missouri  and  many  other  States,  where  the  product  of 
the  Gast  vineyards  was  so  favorably  known  for  three  decades. 
When  Mr.  Gast,  after  acquiring  the  necessary  knowledge  and 
experience  in  our  neighboring  town  of  Hermann,  began  the  culture 
of  grapes  in  the  northern  part  of  our  city  as  far  back  as  1866, 
the  venture  was  considered  as  rather  doubtful,  if  not  hazardous, 
but  ability  and  energy  made  it  an  unquestionable  success  and  the 
various  brands  of  wine,  the  product  of  the  Gast  vintages,  became 
justly  celebrated.  But  there  came  a time,  when  the  cheaper 
brands  of  California,  Missouri,  and  Ohio  wines  drove  the  finer 
qualities  more  and  more  out  of  the  market  and  as  Mr.  Gast  was 
not  willing  to  reduce  the  quality  of  his  product,  he  determined 
u[)on  a change  of  base  and  to  substitute  beer  brewing  for  wine 
growing.  The  fifty  acres  of  land  owned  by  him  in  the  former 
district  of  Baden  constituted  a most  eligible  site  for  carrying  out 
his  plan ; a magnificent,  massive  building  was  erected  in  1899, 
which  contains  the  most  approved  equipment  for  brewing  pur- 
poses. All  modern  facilities  are  found  within  its  walls  and  the 
most  practical  use  has  been  made  of  the  surroundings  for  stables, 
wagon  sheds,  etc.  The  entire  plant  caused  an  outlay  of  three 
hundred  thousand  dollars  and  forms  a new  evidence  of  the  enter- 


513  — 


prising  spirit  and  activity  of  the  proprietors.  Each  brew  pro- 
duces one  hundred  and  seventy-five  barrels  of  beer,  made  of  the 
best  malt  and  hops  and  acknowledged  to  be  of  a quality  equal 
to  that  of  any  other  establishment.  The  Gast  Brewing  Company 
was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri  with 
a capital  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars,  and  has  the  following 
officers  and  directors ; Mr.  Paulus  Gast,  President ; Mr.  Ber- 
nard Belber,  Vice-President ; Mr.  A.  T.  Gast,  Secretary ; 
Mr.  Ferdinand  Gast,  Treasurer;  and  Mr.  U.  S.  Gast,  Super- 
intendent. Mr.  Paulus  Gast  is  a son  of  the  late  Leopold 
Gast,  who  came  from  Berlin  to  St.  Louis  in  1847,  at  which  time 
the  son  was  only  seven  years  old.  After  passing  through  the 
public  schools  of  this  city,  he  visited  Washington  University,  and 
then  entered  practical  life,  as  before  stated,  but  interrupted  his 
career  to  defend  the  Union.  He  became  a private  soldier  in  the 
engineer  corps  under  Colonel  Flad,  was  soon  promoted  sergeant, 
and  afterward  lieutenant,  receiving  his  honorable  discharge  in 
1864,  after  the  capture  of  Atlanta,  in  which  he  participated; 
coming  to  St.  Louis  in  1866  he  has  made  our  city  his  home  ever 
since.  By  no  means  a politician  in  the  usual  meaning  of  the 
word,  he  takes  nevertheless  a great  interest  in  political  and  other 
public  matters,  and  has  served  his  fellow-citizens  during  many 
years  as  a member  of  the  City  Council.  He  enjoys  the  esteem 
of  all  who  know  him,  and  numbers  among  the  truly  representative 
citizens  of  the  metropolis.  The  general  office  and  city  depot  is 
at  919  N.  Sixth  street. 

GREEN  TREE  BREWERY. 

Bell  Sidney  231.  B722,  729. 

This  is  one  of  the  oldest  St.  Louis  breweries,  dating  back  to 
1856,  in  which  year  Joseph  Schnaider  and  Max  Feuerbacher  as- 
sociated themselves  and  established  a brewery  under  the  above 
name  on  South  Second,  between  Myrtle  and  Spruce  streets,  where 
it  remained  until  1865,  in  which  year  the  present  buildings,  or, 
more  correctly  speaking,  some  of  them  were  erected  on  Eighth, 
Ninth  and  Sidney  streets,  but  the  partnership  was  soon  after  dis- 
solved, whereupon  Mr.  Louis  Schlossstein  became  the  partner  of 
33k 


— 614  — 


Mr.  Feuerbacher  in  the  Green  Tree  Brewery,  and  Mr.  Schnaider 
built  the  Chouteau  avenue  brewery,  on  Mississippi  and  Chouteau 
avenues.  Ill  health  compelled  Mr.  Feuerbacher  to  withdraw 
from  business  in  1884.  Previous  to  that  time  the  firm  name  of 
Feuerbacher  and  Schlossstein  had  been  changed  (1879)  to  the 
Green  Tree  Brewing  Co.,  incorporated  by  these  two  gentlemen 
and  Mr.  Henry  Nicolaus,  who  became  its  Superintendent  from 
that  time  on,  and  who  conducts  the  establishment  ever  since. 
It  has  in  course  of  time  been  greatly  enlarged  to  comply  with  the 
demands  of  its  continuous  growing  trade. 

HENRY  NICOLAUS. 

Mr.  Henry  Nicolaus  has  been  identified  with  the  brewery 
interest  of  our  city  for  a full  third  of  a century,  having  come 
here  in  1867,  after  an  apprenticeship  in  his  native  place  in 
Bavaria.  Becker  and  Hoppe  had  at  that  time  the  largest  malt 
house,  and  young  Nicolaus  soon  found  employment  with  them. 
This  was  soon  followed  by  a place  in  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brew- 
ery, which  he  kept  till  1872,  in  which  year  he  went  back  to  Ger- 
many to  make  himself  still  more  proficient  in  his  vocation.  He 
remained  there  for  some  time  studying  the  art  of  brewing  in 
Munich  and  Vienna,  and  after  returning  to  this  country  accepted 
a pjosition  in  the  celebrated  Muehlhaueser  Brewery,  of  Cincinnati. 
From  there  he  went  to  Keokuk  (Iowa)  as  foreman  in  the  brewery 
of  Leisy  & Bro.,  and  coming  back  to  St.  Louis  in  1879  he  made 
this  city  his  permanent  home.  His  connection  with  the  Green 
Tree  Brewery  began  the  same  year,  and  has  proved  most  fruitful 
to  the  establishment,  which  by  his  energy  and  untiring  industry 
has  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  After  the  retire- 
ment of  Mr.  Schlossstein  he  became  its  Manager,  which  position 
he  still  holds.  Mr.  Nicolaus  is  one  of  our  best-known  citizens,  a 
man  of  the  highest  integrity,  and  respected  by  all  who  know  him. 
He  is  a Director  of  the  Mechanic’s  National  Bank,  and  of  the 
Kinloch  Telephone  Co.,  interested  in  various  important  enter- 
prises, and  always  ready  to  promote  the  commerce,  industry  and 
general  welfare  of  the  community. 


— 515  — 


LOUIS  SCHLOSSSTEIN. 

The  three  brothers  Schlossstein,  George,  Louis  and  Dr.  Adolph 
Schlossstein,  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1852,  ’58  and  ’67  respectively; 
they  were  born  in  Albisheim  (Rhenish  Bavaria)  and  left  their  na- 
tive land  to  seek  a better  and  a wider  field  for  their  activity  in 
the  New  World.  They  found  what  they  sought.  Mr.  George 
Schlossstein  became  a prosperous  merchant  and  afterwards  a man- 
ufacturer and  left  an  honored  name  when  he  died  in  1897  ; Dr. 
Adolph  Schlossstein  is  since  more  than  thirty  years  a prominent 
physician,  with  a very  extensive  practice,  and  Mr.  Louis  Schloss- 
stein, whose  death  occurred  in  1901,  was  a true  representative  of 
that  class  of  men  who,  by  industry  and  perseverance,  business 
capacity  and  uprightness,  are  the  builders  of  their  own  success, 
the  promoters  of  public  interests  and  the  most  valuable  citizens 
of  a great  community.  He  arrived  here  in  1858,  being  then  in 
his  twenty-fifth  year,  equipped  with  a good  education,  and  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  brewer’s  trade  acquired  in  some  of 
the  largest  breweries  of  Germany  and  Austria.  The  position  of 
foreman  in  Uhrig’s  Brewery  was  occupied  by  him  for  nearly  five 
years,  and  till  1865,  in  which  year  he  became  the  partner  of  the 
late  Mr.  Feuerbacher  in  the  Green  Tree  Brewery.  His  practical 
experience  and  theoretical  knowledge  of  all  details  in  his  branch 
of  industry,  did  much  toward  the  extension  of  the  establishment 
and  the  improvement  of  its  product,  so  tliat  the  firm  of  Feuer- 
bacher & Schlossstein  soon  became  prominent  here  and  elsewhere. 
After  Mr.  Feuerbacher’s  death  (1884)  the  firm  and  business  were 
continued  by  the  surviving  partner  up  to  1889,  in  which  year  the 
Green  Tree  and  eleven  other  St.  Louis  breweries  were  consol- 
idated and  purchased  by  a syndicate  of  English  capitalists.  The 
management  remained  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  Schlossstein  until  1892 
when  he  resigned  his  position,  and  his  son-in-law,  Mr.  Henry 
Nicolaus,  became  his  successor.  Since  then,  and  up  to  the  time 
of  his  death,  Mr.  Schlossstein  devoted  himself  to  the  management 
of  his  private  interests  and  not  less  to  his  active  participation  in 
various  important  enterprises;  the  community  possessed  in  him  a 
most  worthy  citizen,  a promoter  of  the  public  welfare,  and  a man 


— 516  — 


of  liberal  views,  whose  loss  was  and  is  still  deeply  deplored  by  his 
fellow-citizens. 


HYDE  PARK  BREWERY. 

Bell  Tyler  454.  Kinloch  D462. 

This  brewery,  located  on  Salisbury  between  Twenty-first  and 
Twenty-second  streets,  derived  its  name  from  the  near  Hyde  Park, 
which  adorns  the  northern  part  of  the  city.  When  Mr.  Mar- 
quard  Forster  and  his  son  Mr.  C.  August  Forster  became  the 
owners  in  1876,  its  output  was  comparatively  small,  but  the  in- 
troduction of  modern  methods,  acquired  by  the  junior  partner 
during  several  years  of  study  at  the  most  celebrated  brewer’s 
schools  in  Germany,  was  soon  followed  by  a growing  trade  and 
the  enlargement  of  the  brewery  itself  and  its  capacit3^  It  was  at 
all  times  and  is  still  the  aim  of  the  Forsters  to  furnish  their 
patrons  a beverage  of  unsurpassed  quality  made  of  the  purest 
malt  and  the  best  hops  and  the  Hyde  Park  beer  is  therefore  a 
great  favorite  all  over  the  city.  The  brewery  was  conducted  by 
Mr.  C.  August  Forster  up  to  the  time  of  his  death,  which  occurred 
March  15th,  1902;  he  had  been  ably  assisted  in  the  management 
by  his  brother,  Mr.  C.  Marquard  Forster,  who  is  now  conducting 
the  affairs  of  the  establishment.  Mr.  Marquard  Forster,  the 
father,  who  came  here  in  1846,  was  for  many  years  engaged  in 
the  malting  branch  and  he  became  the  successor  of  Hunicke  and 
Wist,  purchasing  their  malt  house  on  the  southwest  corner  of 
Sixth  and  Gratiot  streets,  which  is  still  in  operation  for  the  supply 
of  the  brewery.  He  withdrew  some  years  ago  from  direct  activity 
in  the  brewery  business  and  devoted  himself  to  the  large  real 
estate  interest  acquired  by  him  in  course  of  time ; he  died  in 
February,  1900,  leaving  behind  him  an  honored  name  for  the  in- 
tegrity and  uprightness  which  he  had  shown  through  all  his  life. 
Mr.  C.  Marquard  Forster  is  a prominent  member  of  the  Mer- 
chants Exchange,  a very  active,  energetic  business  man,  identi- 
fied with  various  large  enterprises,  takes  a lively  interest  in  every 
movement  for  the  promotion  of  the  public  welfare  and  enjoys 
the  esteem  of  innumerable  warm  friends.  Mr.  Frank  J.  Forster, 
his  youngest  brother,  since  several  years  connected  with  the 


— 517 


brewery,  is  iu  all  respects  a worthy  scion  of  the  highly  respected 
family  whose  name  he  bears. 

WILLIAM  E.  HUPPERT  — KLAUSMANN’S  BREWERY. 

Bell  Carondelet  122a.  Kinloch  C229. 

Mr.  William  E.  Huppert,  the  manager  of  Klausmann’s  Brew- 
ery, which  belongs  to  the  St.  Louis  Brewing  Association  since 
1889,  has  for  many  years  been  connected  with  that  establish- 
ment, first  as  clerk,  then  as  bookkeeper  and  Assistant  Secretary, 
later  on  as  Cashier  and  after  the  death  of  Mr.  John  Krauss  as  its 
Manager.  We  therefore  say,  that  he  has  made  his  way  up  step 
by  step  to  the  top  of  the  ladder,  thereby  gaining  a thorough 
knowledge  of  the  brewery  branch  in  all  its  details.  The  present 
brewery,  located  at  the  extreme  south  end  of  the  city,  formerly 
called  Carondelet,  has  been  repeatedly  enlarged  in  consequence 
of  its  constant  extension  of  trade,  a fact  due  in  a great  measure 
to  Mr.  Hupperts  activity  and  energy.  A new  brew  and  bottling 
house  were  built  under  his  personal  direction,  and  the  entire 
plant,  one  of  the  best  equipped,  stands  under  bis  general  super- 
vision. The  commercial  and  industrial  interests  of  the  south  end 
have  in  him  one  of  their  most  active  promoters ; he  is  a Director 
and  Secretary  of  the  Carondelet  Milling  Company,  one  of  the 
founders  and  the  Vice-President  of  the  Southern  Commercial 
and  Savings  Bank,  a very  prominent  public-spirited  citizen,  a 
member  of  various  fraternal  and  social  organizations,  known  in 
wide  circles  and  well  liked  by  everybody.  He  was  born  in  the 
State  of  Illinois,  but  came  here  with  his  parents  when  only  eleven 
years  of  age,  and  may  therefore  justly  be  called  a St.  Louisan. 


— 518  — 


WM.  J.  LEMP  BREWING  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  702,  300.  Kinloch  C200,  B86,  87. 

The  brewing  of  “ Lagerbier  ” was  entirely  unknown  in  the 
western  part  of  this  country  until  1838,  in  which  year  Adam 
Lemp,  who  had  learned  his  trade  in  his  native  land  (Germany) 
commenced  to  make  this  kind  of  beer  in  St.  Louis.  The  brewery 
built  by  him  in  1840  on  Second  between  Walnut  and  Elm  streets, 
small  as  it  was  in  comparison  with  the  breweries  of  to-day, 
formed,  nevertheless,  the  foundation  of  one  of  - the  largest 
brewing  establishments  in  the  world.  Mr.  Adam  Lemp  died  in 
1862,  and  his  son,  Mr.  Wm.  J.  Lemp,  who  had  acquired  a 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  brewing  trade  in  his  father’s  brew- 
ery, became  his  successor.  The  facilities  on  Second  street  had 
been  sufficient  up  to  that  time,  but  wise  foresight  told  the  new 
proprietor,  that  the  near  future  would  require  afar  greater  estab- 
lishment, and  this  led  to  the  erection  of  a new  brewery  in  the 
southern  part  of  the  city.  The  various  buildings  cover  an 


/■  msmtM 

’r  ^ 

— 520  — 


area  of  five  city  blocks,  situated  between  Lemp  avenue,  South 
Broadway,  Cherokee  and  Thirteenth  streets,  in  a locality  most 
eligible  in  every  respect.  The  shipping  yards  comprise  six  more 
blocks  in  close  proximity  to  the  Mississippi  river  and  the  tracks 
of  the  Iron  Mountain  railroad,  and  a railway  line  owned  and 
operated  by  the  Lemp  Brewing  Company  connects  all  the  build- 
ings of  the  main  plant,  not  only  with  the  shipping  yards,  but  like- 
wise with  all  railroads  coming  to  St.  Louis.  The  substantial 
buildings  within  the  aforesaid  boundaries  include  the  brewery 
proper,  the  malt  houses,  the  refrigerators,  ice  and  electric-light 
plant,  bottling  department  and  stockhouse,  aside  from  the 
stables,  wagon  quarters  and  other  necessary  auxiliaries.  The 
main  buildings  are  seven  or  eight  stories  in  height,  their. interior 
arrangement  of  the  most  practical  character  and  the  entire 
equipment  is  up  to  date.  The  refrigerating  machines,  of 
newest  construction,  have  a capacity  of  800  tons  per  day, 
and  in  addition  thereto  150  tons  of  ice  are  daily  fur- 
nished by  the  ice  plant.  The  annual  output  amounts  to  over 
500,000  barrels,  and  the  sales  aggregate  3,500,000  dollars.  The 
bottling  department  issues  over  125,000  bottles  of  beer  per  day 
and  furnishes  to  visitors  a scene  of  wonderful  activity.  For  the 
transportation  of  the  vast  output  more  than  600  refrigerator  cars 
are  constantly  in  service  and  can  be  seen  on  almost  every  railroad 
in  the  United  States.  Five  hundred  and  fifty  hands  are  employed 
in  the  brewery  proper,  six  hundred  and  fifty  more  in  the  various 
other  departments,  and  in  addition  to  this  little  army  come  the 
employees  in  the  different  agencies  distributed  all  over  tlie 
country.  For  the  delivery  of  beer  in  the  city  more  than  fifty 
wagons  with  an  adequate  number  of  horses  are  required,  the 
local  consumption  of  Lemp’s  beer  being  very  large.  The  product 
of  this  brewery  is  shipped  to  all  parts  of  our  own  country,  Can- 
ada, British  Columbia,  Mexico,  Central  and  South  America, 
Hawaiian  Islands,  Cuba  and  the  Philippines,  Australia  and 
some  parts  of  Europe.  It  is  known  and  appreciated  for  its  ex- 
cellent quality  as  a pure,  health  and  strength-giving  beverage, 
carefully  prepared  and  well  kept,  so  that  it  may  reach  the  con- 
sumer in  an  unsurpassed  condition.  To  secure  this  has  been  the 
constant  aim  of  Mr.  Wm.  J.  Lemp  and  his  coworkers,  and  their 
exertions  brought  the  desired  result,  an  enviable  reputation  for 


— 521  — 


the  company  and  its  various  brands  of  keg  and  bottle  beer,  of 
which  they  make  Falstaff,  Tip  Top,  Extra  Pale,  Standard,  Tally 
and  Culmbacher. 

The  following  information  in  reference  to  these  brands,  coming 
from  headquarters,  will  certainly  be  of  interest  to  the  public: — 

“ Our  new  pipe  line  (accepted  by  the  Commissioner  of  Internal 
Revenue  of  the  United  States,  as  conforming  in  all  its  parts  to 
the  rigid  requirements  of  the  Government)  is  three  hundred  and 
fifty  feet  long,  passing  direct  from  the  extensive  beer  cellars  to 
the  Bottling  Department.  The  pipe  line  is  located  in  a subter- 
ranean conduit,  kept  at  the  freezing  point  to  insure  the  proper 
protection  to  the  beers,  it  connects  on  the  one  side  with  our  large 
two-hundred-barrel  tanks  in  the  cellars  and  with  the  filling  appa- 
ratus in  the  bottling  house  on  the  other,  thereby  forcing  the  beer 
at  freezing  temperature  direct  into  the  bottles,  thus  avoiding  ex- 
posure to  air  and  light.  From  this  it  follows  that  whenever  j'ou 
draw  the  coik  of  a bottle  of  Lemp’s  beer,  it  is  the  same  as  from 
the  wood.  By  adopting  these  safeguards  and  as  the  beer  passes 
to  the  pipe  line  through  filters  of  faultless  construction,  the  beer 
drawn  by  us  into  bottles  is  perfectly  free  from  germs.  The  facil- 
ities which  we  enjoy  in  the  new  Bottling  Department  render  a 
handling  and  rehandling  of  beer  and  bottles  unnecessary;  there 
is  but  one  continuous  process  from  the  time  the  beer  enters 
the  pipe  line  until  the  case  or  cask  of  beer  is  ready  to  be  loaded 
on  wagons  or  on  board  of  cars.  The  public  is  cordially  invited 
to  verify  our  statement  by  a visit  to  our  plant ; guides  will  take 
pleasure  in  conducting  visitors  through  all  departments.  They 
will  cheerfully  explain  the  different  stages  of  manufacture,  and 
give  such  other  information  as  may  he  desired.  We  have  no 
secrets,  and  shall  be  more  than  pleased  to  afford  our  friends  and 
the  public  an  opportunity  to  view  and  inspect  the  latest  improve- 
ments required  in  the  process  of  bottling  beer.” 

The  original  name  of  Western  Brewery  was  changed  in  1892, 
when  the  company  was  incoi  porated  under  its  present  name  ; until 
then  the  proprietorship  had  rested  with  Mr.  Wm.  J.  Lemp  exclu- 
sively, since  that  time  his  sons  were  admitted  as  partners.  The 
oflScers  of  the  corporation  are:  Wm.  J.  Lemp,  President;  Wm. 
J.  Lemp,  Jr.,  Vice-President;  Louis  J.  Lemp,  Second  Vice- 


— 523  — 


President;  Henry  Vahlkamp,  Hecretary ; and  Chas.  A..  Lemp, 
Treasurer.  All  the  sons  prepared  themselves  for  the  positions 
they  occupy  in  the  celebrated  Brewer’s  School  at  New  York  City, 
and  assist  their  senior  in  the  management  of  this  great  industrial 
establishment  in  a most  able  manner,  the  founder  of  which  is  still 
active  as  in  his  younger  years,  known  and  highly  esteemed  in  the 
community  as  a man  of  sterling  qualities,  broad  and  liberal  views 
and  at  all  times  ready  to  advance  the  interests  of  the  cit3',  which 
has  been  his  home  for  more  than  half  a century. 

NATIONAL  BREWERY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  11.  Kinloch  C163. 

When  the  late  Mr.  Anton  Griesedieck  in  1877  bought  the  old 
Stumpf’s  Brewery  on  Buena-Vista  and  Shenandoah  street  and 
commenced  to  operate  it,  the  plant  was  rather  insignificant  and 


the  beginning  a modest  one,  but  his  beer  was  good,  and  he  con- 
ducted his  business  in  such  a manner  that  the  number  of  custom- 
ers became  so  large  within  a short  time,  that  the  facilities  of 


— 524 


this  brewery  were  no  longer  sufficient.  It  was  therefore  sold  in 
1880  and  the  firm,  which  consisted  of  Anton  Griesedieck  and  his 
sons,  Henry  Griesedieck,  Junior,  and  Bernard  Griesedieck,  the 
firm  name  being  the  A.  Griesedieck  Brewing  Co.,  purchased 
thereupon  Christ  Staehlin’s  Brewery  on  Eighteenth  street  and 
Lafayette  avenue.  Eight  years  later  this  was  also  sold,  and 
almost  immediately  afterwards  a new  brewery  was  erected  on  the 
corner  of  Eighteenth  and  Gratiot  streets  by  Henry,  Bernard  and 
Joseph  Griesedieck,  Mr.  Anton  Griesedieck  having  in  the  mean* 
time  retired  from  active  business.  They  had  the  company  in- 
corporated under  the  present  name,  viz.,  National  Brewery  Com- 
pany, and  are  the  sole  proprietors  of  the  magnificent  plant,  which 
nearly  covers  an  entire  block.  The  substantial  buildings  contain 
a complete  equipment  of  modern  machinery  and  all  facilities  for 
the  production  of  pure  and  wholesome  beer,  not  excelled  in 
quality  and  taste  by  any  other  St.  Louis  brew.  The  principal 
brands  manufactured  by  the  National  Brewery  Co.  are  known  as 
the  Muenchner  and  the  Pale ; their  bottled  beer  bears  the  names 
of  White  Seal  and  Willuhafa  Bottle  Beer.  The  latest  addition  to 
the  establishment  consists  of  a large  warehouse  on  the  opposite 
side  of  Eighteenth  street.  The  malthouse  is  located  on  the  south 
side  of  Park  avenue  between  Eleventh  and  Twelfth  street  and 
stands  under  the  supervision  of  another  brother,  Mr.  Frank 
Griesedieck.  The  company  manufactures  ice  for  its  own  use  as 
well  as  for  sale  and  has  an  extensive  plant  for  this  purpose  on 
Thirteenth  and  Papin  streets.  The  National  Brewing  Company 
has  at  present  an  annual  output  of  over  100,000  and  a capacity 
of  250,000  barrels ; the  local  trade  is  very  large  and  the  extensive 
sales  outside  comprise  Missouri,  Illinois,  Iowa  and  Oklahoma. 
The  number  of  hands  employed  varies  between  150  and  160. 
The  officers  are : Henry  Griesedieck,  President ; Bernard  Griese- 
dieck, Secretary  and  Treasurer;  and  Joseph  Griesedieck,  Super- 
intendent ; all  three  are  men  of  great  activity,  giving  close  atten- 
tion to  the  conduct  of  their  business,  and  are  known  for  their 
integrity,  strictness  and  liberality.  Every  one  of  the  four 
brothers  named  in  this  article  is  a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Mer- 
chants Exchange  and  all  belong  to  various  commercial  and  social 
organizations. 


— 525  — 


LOUIS  OBERT  BREWING  CO. 

Bell  Sidney  431.  Kinloch  C106. 

The  brewery  of  this  company  was  formerly  called  the  Arsenal 
Brewery,  and  belonged  for  a number  of  years  to  Weiss  and 
Obert,  but  is,  since  1881,  the  sole  property  of  Mr.  Louis  Obert, 
who  can  well  be  proud  of  his  success  as  the  result  of  his  own 
energy  and  enterprise.  The  establishment  was,  in  the  beginning, 
a rather  small  concern,  but  he  has  made  it  what  it  is  to-day,  one 
of  the  largest  bx’ewery  plants  in  the  city.  It  may  be  stated  in 
this  connection  that  Mr.  Obert  refused  to  join  the  St.  Louis 
Brewing  Association,  by  which  thirteen  of  our  breweries  were 
consolidated  in  1889.  Since  that  time  his  brewery  became  more 
extensive  from  year  to  year,  so  that  new  and  larger  buildings 
had  to  be  added.  Mr.  Obert  learned  the  brewery  trade  in  his 
native  land,  Germany,  came  to  this  country  in  1863,  and  made 
■St.  Louis  his  home  ever  since.  Being  a practical  brewer  it  has 
been  his  constant  aim  to  supply  his  customers  with  beer  of  the 
best  quality.  He  is  active  from  morning  till  night,  and  gives  all 
his  time  to  the  supervision  and  management  of  his  business.  He 
is  a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  of  the  South  St.  Louis 
Sharpshooters  Organization,  the  South  St.  Louis  Horsemen’s  Club, 
and  of  various  other  societies,  a man  of  the  strictest  business 
principles,  and  is  one  of  the  best-known  citizens,  especially  on  the 
south  side,  where  old  and  young  respect  him.  The  officers  of  the 
Louis  Obert  Brewery  Company  are : Louis  Obert,  President ; 
Louis  Obert,  Jr.,  Vice-President  and  Treasurer,  and  August  H. 
Kuhs,  Secretary.  The  company  is  incorporated  with  a capital  of 
400,000  dollars,  and  is  located  at  2700  South  Twelfth  street, 
corner  Lynch,  where  the  various  buildings  cover  more  than  half  a 
block. 

CHAS.  W.  MEYER  — PHOENIX  BREWERY.  - 
Bell  Sidney  455.  Kinloch  C146. 

This  brewery,  oue  of  the  oldest  in  the  city,  was  originally 
known  as  Staehlin’s  Brewery’ ; was  until  1877  owned  and  conducted 
by  Mr.  Christian  Staehlin,  whose  father  had  built  it  in  1857. 


— 526  — 


It  afterwards  became  the  property  of  Mr.  Anton  Griesedieck  and 
is  since  1889  owned  by  the  St.  Louis  Brewing  Association  and 
since  quite  a number  of  years  managed  by  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Meyer, 
to  whose  efficiency  and  successful  management  the  reputation  of 
its  product  is  chiefly  due.  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Meyer  is  a native  of  St. 
Louis,  the  second  son  of  the  late  Chas.  F.  Meyer,  the  founder 
of  the  wholesale  grocery  firm  of  Meyer  & Krug,  organized  in 
1843,  and  afterwards  the  senior  partner  of  the  well-known  firm 
of  Meyer  & Meister.  Mr.  Chas.  F.  M«yer  was  for  many  years 
a member  of  the  Board  of  Public  Schools,  in  which  capacity  his 
faithful  services  were  duly  appreciated ; he  was  also  one  of  the 
incorporators  of  the  Franklin  Savings  Institution  and  for  many 
years  the  president  of  the  Germania  Club,  and  one  of  the  most 
prominent  representatives  of  our  commercial  community.  The 
son  after  receiving  an  excellent  education,  entered  active  business 
life  when  quite  young  and  was  during  a long  period  identified 
with  his  father’s  firm  ; he  combines  American  energy  and  enter- 
prise with  the  proverbial  German  industry  and  perseverance, 
strictness  and  reliability  and  is  well-known  in  mercantile  as  well 
as  social  circles.  The  Phoenix  Brewery  has  never  changed 
its  location,  being  now  half  a century  at  the  corner  of  Eighteenth 
street  and  Lafayette  avenue,  but  it  has  been  greatly  improved 
in  course  of  time  and  has  now  an  up-to-date  equipment. 

CHAS.  G.  STIFEL  BREWERY. 

Bell  Tyler  323.  Kinloch  A1537. 

The  active  and  useful  life  of  an  upright  well-meaning  business 
man,  excellent  citizen  and  true  patriot  came  to  an  end  when  Col- 
onel Chas.  G.  Stifel  was  called  away  from  earth  in  March,  1900. 
He  had  shortly  before  completed  his  eighty-first  year,  had  in  1897 
celelu’ated  his  golden  wedding,  and  lived  in  St.  Louis  for  more 
than  half  a century.  Soon  after  his  arrival  here  (in  1849)  he  ac- 
quired a share  in  the  old  City  Brewery,  a very  small  concern  when 
compared  with  the  breweries  of  later  days,  located  on  Cherry 
street,  now  Franklin  avenue,  between  Second  and  Third.  Its 
daily  capacity  of  eighty  barrels  was  perhaps  considered  much 
at  that  time,  but  he  foresaw  the  future  growth  of  the  city  and 


— 527 


built  in  1859  a new  brewery  at  Fourteenth  and  Howard  streets, 
whose  daily  capacity  amounts  at  present  to  350  or  a yearly  prod- 
uct of  over  100,000  barrels.  These  figures  indicate  better  than 
anything  else  his  progress  in  business  but  his  career  is,  aside  from 
that,  of  more  than  usual  interest.  He  came  to  America  when 
eighteen  years  old,  enlisted  in  1846  for  the  Mexican  war,  but  his 
company  was  never  sent  to  the  field  and  he  proved  his  loyalty  to 
his  adopted  country  in  1861  when  the  defense  of  the  Union 
became  necessary.  He  formed  and  drilled  in  his  brewery  a com- 
pany of  citizens  and  participated  with  them  in  the  three  months 
Home  Guard  service,  at  the  end  of  which  he  organized  one  of  the 
Missouri  volunteer  regiments  of  infantry,  became  its  colonel 
and  filled  this  position  with  honor  to  himself  and  the  State  until 
the  conditions  of  his  own  affairs  compelled  him  to  resign  and  to 
return  to  St.  Louis.  From  that  time  on  his  ability  and  energy 
were  principally  devoted  to  the  constant  improvement  and  exten- 
sion of  his  brewery  ; he  made  it  one  of  the  best  equipped  in  the  city 
and  its  product  a favorite  beer  wherever  it  is  known.  His 
great  success  enabled  him  to  become  interested  in  various 
other  enterprises  and  to  invest  large  sums  in  real  estate 
property  ; he  was  during  twenty  years  t he  President  of  the  North- 
western Savings  Bank  and  may  truly  be  called  a public-spirited 
citizen,  who  was  always  ready  to  assist  most  liberally  every 
laudable  movement  for  the  benefit  of  the  city  and  its  inhabitants. 
Advancing  age  caused  him  to  withdraw  from  active  business 
and  the  management  of  the  brewery  and  other  interests  rests 
since  many  years  in  the  hands  of  his  only  son,  Mr.  Otto  F.  Stifel, 
who  combines  American  enterprise  and  energy  with  German  indus- 
try and  perseverance  and  who  is  fully  imbued  with  the  strict 
business  principles  and  high  integrity  that  characterized  his  father. 
The  brewery  became  in  1889  the  propert}'  of  the  St.  Louis  Brew- 
ing Association,  and  Mr.  Otto  F.  Stifel  is  nowits  President;  he 
is  also  the  President  of  the  East  St.  Louis  Ice  and  Cold  Storage 
Company  ; is  a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange,  the  Mer- 
cantile and  the  Union  Clubs,  and  much  esteemed  for  his  per- 
sonal qualities  and  affable  manners. 


— 528  — 


MALT  HOPS  AND  BREWERS’  SUPPLIES. 

The  extensive  brewing  interests  centered  in  St.  Louis  create 
constantly  a great  demand  for  malt  and  though  most  of  our 
bieweries  have  large  malting  plants  of  their  own,  a large  part  of 
the  malt  used  by  them  has  to  be  supplied  from  malt  houses  owned 
by  others.  They  furnish  extensive  quantities  to  the  local  brew- 
eries, but  ship  much  more  to  adjacent  and  distant  States,  and 
their  output  forms  a large  portion  of  our  exterior  trade.  The  firms 
so  engaged  deal  also  in  hops  of  home  and  foreign  origin  and  the 
territory  of  sales  of  this  article  is  even  more  extensive  than  that 
of  malt.  The  dealing  in  brewers’  supplies  goes  hand  in  hand 
with  the  trade  in  matt  and  hops  and  constitutes  an  important 
branch  of  its  own.  The  prominent  firms  devoted  to  these  lines 
of  business  receive  due  mention  in  the  following  pages. 

E.  A.  BUSCH  & CO. 
brewers’  supplies. 

Bell  Main  691.  Kinloch  A809. 

The  breweries  of  St.  Louis  constitute  one  of  the  greatest  indus- 
trial factors  of  the  city,  and  it  is  therefore  only  natural  that  the 
dealing  in  brewers’  supplies  forms  an  important  mercantile  branch. 
Of  the  few  firms  which  devote  themselves  to  the  selling  and  man- 
ufacturing of  these  supplies  we  wish  to  call  particular  attention  to 
that  of  E.  A.  Busch  & Co.,  established  in  1894  by  Mr.  Edward 
A.  Busch,  a son  of  the  late  Ulrich  Busch  and  a nephew  of 
Adolphus  Busch,  the  President  of  the  Anheuser-Busch  Brew- 
ing Association.  It  was  in  this  great  establishment  that  E.  A. 
Busch  acquired  the  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  which 
prepared  him  so  well  for  the  business  he  now  conducts  and  which 
has  become  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  The  firm  keeps  a 
full  assortment  of  all  articles  known  as  brewers’  supplies  of  do- 
mestic and  foreign  manufacture,  and  the  territory  of  its  sales, 
aside  from  local  trade,  comprises  the  Western,  Southern  and 
Southwestern  States.  It  has  always  been  the  aim  of  the  house  to 


— 529  — 


give  its  patrons  the  greatest  satisfaction  in  regard  to  quality  and 
prices  and  to  execute  all  orders,  large  or  small,  with  the  most 
careful  attention.  Among  the  various  articles  of  the  firm’s  own 
manufacture  a superior  grade  of  brewers’  pitch  deserves  particu- 
lar mention  ; it  is  made  in  the  factory  on  Ninth  and  Lynch  streets 
and  sold  to  all  parts  of  the  country.  The  office  and  warehouse 
occupies  the  entire  building  number  108  South  Main  street, 
where  the  proprietor,  Mr.  Edward  A.  Busch,  can  be  found  at  his 
post  from  morning  till  night,  ever  ready  to  serve  his  customers. 
He  was  born  and  raised  in  this  city,  received  an  excellent  educa- 
tion here  and  abroad,  inherited  the  congenial  manners  of  his 
father,  has  a host  of  friends,  and  is  one  of  the  best-known  business 
men  of  St.  Louis. 

CHARLES  EHLERMANN  HOP  AND  MALT  CO. 

Bell  Main  1774.  Kinloch  D666. 

When  Charles  Ehlermann  left  his  native  land,  northern 
German}^  to  join  his  uncle,  Mr.  Ernst  Wattenberg,  then  a prom- 
inent merchant  in  St.  Louis,  and  now  the  principal  hop  importer 
of  New  York,  he  was  a youth  of  only  fourteen  years  of  age. 
He  had  received  a good  education  under  the  parental  roof,  and 
completed  it  here  in  a commercial  college,  to  make  him  still 
more  fit  for  his  duties  in  the  firm  of  Wattenberg,  Busch  & Co., 
dealers  in  hop  and  malt  and  brewers’  utensils,  in  which  he 
entered  as  an  apprentice,  and  from  which  he  emanated  as  the 
successor  and  proprietor.  During  his  connection  with  the  firm 
he  had  served  as  bookkeeper,  city  salesman  and  representative 
on  the  road,  had  acquired  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details 
in  the  hop  and  malt  business,  especially  of  malting,  after  Wat- 
tenberg, Busch  & Co.  had  added  the  operating  of  a malt  house 
to  their  business.  It  was  in  1863  when  the  old  firm  ceased  to 
exist,  whereupon  Mr.  Ehlermann  associated  himself  with  Chas. 
Rueppele,  but  soon  purchased  his  partner’s  interest,  and  in 
course  of  time  that  of  his  later  partner,  Philip  Carl.  The  con- 
stant growth  of  business  demanded  more  extensive  malting  facil- 
ities than  those  afforded  in  the  malt  house  on  Third  and  Plum 
streets,  Mr.  Ehlermann  bought  therefore  a large  piece  of  ground 
34k 


— 530  — 


on  Twenty-second  street  and  Scott  avenue,  adjoining  all  the  rail- 
road tracks  running  into  Union  Station,  so  that  cars  can  be 
switched  to  and  from  the  malt  house  with  the  greatest  convenience. 
The  building  erected  upon  this  site  in  1881  contains  in  its  many 
stories  the  most  approved  and  practical  malting  arrangements 
and  a very  large  grain  elevator.  The  firm  uses  only  the  best 
grades  of  barley  grown  in  the  principal  barley  producing  States  of 
the  West;  the  superior  quality  of  the  hops  sold  by  the  firm  comes 
either  from  Oregon, the  State  of  New  York,  or  from  Bohemia  (Saaz) 
and  Bavaria.  Mr.  Ehlermann  is  acknowledged  one  of  the  best 
judges  of  hop  and  malt,  and  gives  his  special  attention  to  the 
purchase  of  both.  The  house  also  deals  extensively  in  brewers’ 
utensils,  keeping  a full  assortment  permanently  on  hand.  The 
territory  of  sales  comprises  all  Western,  Southern  and  Northern 
States,  British  Columbia,  Mexico  and  parts  of  South  America. 
The  Ehlermann  Hop  and  Malt  Company’s  malt  house  has  a ca- 
pacity of  one  thousand  bushels  per  day  with  a working  force  of 
from  forty  to  fifty  hands.  The  company  enjoys  a well  deserved 
reputation  for  strict  and  fair  dealing,  and  has  earned  the  fullest 
confidence  of  its  customers.  Mr.  Charles  Ehlermann,  the  Presi- 
dent, is  well-known  all  over  the  country,  and  a tj’pical  represen- 
tative of  the  German-American  business  man,  combining  energy 
and  enterprise  with  industry  and  perseverance,  and  a great 
favorite  in  social  circles ; Mr.  Otto  Giesecke,  for  many  years 
identified  with  the  house,  is  the  eflScient  Vice-President  and  Secre- 
tary, and  likewise  highly  esteemed  by  all  who  know  him. 

FRANK  W.  FEUERBACHER  & CO. 

Kinloch  B716. 

The  malthouse  of  Frank  W.  Feuerbacher  & Co.  was  first 
located  on  South  Broadway,  between  Victor  and  Sidney  streets, 
but  occupies  since  a number  of  years  the  spacious  building,  No. 
2705  South  Broadway,  and  is  fully  equipped  with  all  facilities 
for  the  production  of  a first-class  article  of  malt.  Only  the  best 
barley  is  used  by  the  firm,  and  the  careful  handling  from  the  time 
of  its  arrival  to  the  sending  out  of  the  malt  has  given  the  latter 
a well-deserved  reputation  with  our  local  brewers  and  those  of 


531  — 


Missouri,  Illinois  and  old  Mexico,  which  latter  country  consumes 
a very  large  part  of  the  output.  Mr.  Frank  W.  Feuerbacher  is 
the  sole  proprietor,  and  began  operations  as  a maltster  in  1880, 
after  acquiring  a thorough  knowledge  of  the  art  of  brewing  in 
the  brewery  of  his  father,  the  late  Mr.  Max  Feuerbacher,  who, 
for  many  years,  stood  at  the  head  of  the  Green  Tree  Brewery  of 
this  city.  The  Feuerbachers  constitute  a brewer  family  of  olden 
date ; the  grandfather  of  Frank  W.  Feuerbacher  conducted  a 
brewery  in  Muehlhausen  (Germany)  ; his  father  learned  the  trade 
at  home,  and  made  a remarkable  success  in  it  after  coming  here. 
The  proprietor  of  the  malt  house  of  which  we  speak,  represents, 
therefore,  the  third  generation,  and  is,  like  his  ancestors,  a man 
of  the  highest  integrity  and  of  fair  dealing  in  business  and  all 
other  matters ; he  is  the  President  of  the  Southern  Commercial 
and  Savings  Bank,  to  which  we  refer  in  another  part  of  this  vol- 
ume, a member  of  the  St.  Louis  Merchants  Exchange,  and  of 
several  charitable  and  social  organizations,  being  a man  of  well- 
meaning,  kind  disposition,  ever  ready  to  assist  laudable  under- 
takings, and  to  promote  the  general  welfare. 

H.  GRIESEDIECK  & COMPANY. 

Kinloch  D.190. 

One  of  the  oldest  St.  Louis  malt  firms  is  that  of  H.  Griese- 
dieck  & Co.,  as  it  dates  back  to  the  year  1866.  Its  malt  house 
was  originally  located  at  706  Carr  street,  on  the  site  of  the  first 
Lafayette  Brewery,  but  the  growth  of  trade  required  more  space 
and  better  facilities,  so  that  the  much  larger  plant  at  1130  to 
1134  South  Twelfth  street  was  established  in  addition  to  that  on 
Carr  street.  Mr.  Henry  Griesedieck  began  operations  in  the 
aforesaid  year,  but  had  been  identified  with  the  malting  branch 
for  some  time  previous.  The  malt  house  on  Twelfth  street  con- 
tains the  most  modern  equipment  for  malting  purposes,  and  its 
yearly  output  amounts  to  150,000  bushels  barley  malt  of  su- 
perior quality,  the  firm  making  it  a rule  to  purchase  only  the 
best  brands  of  barley  and  to  provide  for  its  careful  handling.  It 
is  sold  to  St.  Louis  breweries  as  well  as  in  the  adjoining 
States  and  Texas.  The  firm  deals  also  extensively  in  hops  and 


— 532  — 


brewers’  supplies,  and  enjoys  a well-deserved  reputation  for  hon- 
est and  fair  dealing,  and  the  great  attention  given  to  all  orders. 
Mr.  Henry  Griesedieck,  who  died  in  1900,  was  an  old  citizen  of 
St.  Louis,  a man  of  the  highest  integrity,  much  respected  among 
business  men  and  well-liked  by  all  who  knew  him.  The  only  son 
of  the  founder,  Mr.  Paul  Griesedieck,  had  for  many  years  been 
the  able  assistant  of  his  father,  and  is  since  the  death  of  the  lat- 
ter, his  able  successor  in  the  ownership  and  management  of  the 
business.  The  two  malt  houses  are  conducted  under  his  per- 
sonal supervision,  to  which  he  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention, 
strictly  adhering  to  the  honest  business  principles  laid  down  by 
his  predecessor.  The  office  is  attended  to  by  Mr.  Theodore  L. 
Mann,  who  lias  been  connected  with  the  firm  for  a great  number 
of  years. 


TINKER  & SMITH  MALTING  CO. 

Kinloch  D13. 

Mr.  George  Tinker  may  justly  be  called  the  veteran  maltster  of 
this  city,  having  commenced  operations  in  this  industrial  branch 
in  1851,  more  than  half  a century  ago.  He  is  a native  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, in  which  State  he  spent  his  boyhood  ; after  learning  the  malt- 
ster’s trade  in  the  malthouse  of  his  uncle,  Joseph  Wainwright,  in 
Pittsburgh,  he  came  in  1850  to  St.  Louis  and  worked  first  in  the 
Fulton  Brewery,  owned  by  his  cousin,  Sam.  Wainwright,  who  later 
on  became  the  partner  of  Charles  A.  Fritz  in  the  firm  of  Fritz  and 
Wainwright.  The  brewing  industry  of  St.  Louis  was  at  that  time 
in  its  infancy ; there  existed  a number  of  breweries,  all  on  a small 
scale,  but  Mr.  Tinker  saw  in  advance  the  development  which 
the  future  was  bound  to  bring,  and  built  his  plans  upon  this  con- 
viction. He  established  a malthouse  on  Third  street,  between 
Plum  and  Cedar;  six  years  later  (in  1857)  he  associated  with 
himself  Mr.  William  Smith  and  their  business  became  so  exten- 
sive, that  a malthouse  of  far  greater  size  proved  necessary.  Such 
a one  was  built  and  opened  in  1864  on  Tenth  street,  reaching 
from  Franklin  avenue  to  Wash  street,  and  was  at  that 
time  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  whole  Western 
country.  During  that  period  and  up  to  about  1885  very 


— 533  — 


few  St.  Louis  breweries  did  tlieir  own  malting,  and  this 
fact  gave  the  firm  sufficient  patronage  to  warrant  con- 
stant enlargements  of  their  plant,  but  in  spite  of  these  exten- 
sions still  larger  accommodations  were  needed  and  this  caused 
the  erection  of  a malt  house  on  Seventeenth,  between  Market 
street  and  Clark  avenue.  The  incorporation  of  Tinker  & Smith 
Malting  Company  took  place  in  1879,  in  which  year  Mr.  Zach.  W. 
Tinker,  the  son  of  the  senior  partner,  became  a member  of  the 
firm,  which  for  years  and  years  supplied  many  local  and  a great 
number  of  breweries  outside  the  city  with  malt.  Mr.  Tinker’s 
thorough  knowledge  and  long  experience  in  his  line  gave  the 
product  of  the  establishment  a particular  prestige  for  superior 
quality  and  this  fame  is  still  attached  to  it.  The  malting  busi- 
ness underwent  a change  in  course  of  time,  all  the  large  breweries 
adding  their  own  malthouses  to  their  plants  and  the  Tinker  & 
Smith  Malt  House  forms  now  part  of  the  Columbia  Brewing 
Company  of  this  city,  in  which  Mr.  George  Tinker  is  a large 
shareholder  and  Mr.  Zach.  W.  Tinker,  of  whom  we  speak  else- 
where, the  Treasurer.  Mr.  George  Tinker  is  no  longer  active, 
but  his  advice  and  experience  renders  valuable  assistance  to  the 
younger  generation ; he  is  interested  in  several  important  enter- 
prises and  devotes  his  time  and  attention  to  the  taking  care  of 
these  interests.  He  has  always  been  a man  of  the  highest 
integrity  and  the  strictest  business  principles,  of  a well-meaning 
disposition,  liberal-minded  and  generous,  qualities  which  have 
won  him  the  confidence  and  esteem  of  all  who  know  him. 


CHAS.  F.  HERMANN. 

Many  of  our  retired  merchants  can  point  to  a more  or  less  in- 
teresting history  of  their  career,  but  very  few,  if  any  of  them,  can 
look  back  upon  such  an  eventful  life  as  that  of  our  old  fellow- 
citizen,  Mr.  Charles  F.  Hermann.  Born  in  the  ancient  city  of 
Mannheim  in  1826  as  the  son  of  Johann  Wilhelm  Hermann,  the 
proprietor  of  the  Mohren-Apotheke,  who  belonged  to  the 
notables  of  the  place,  he  received  his  education  under  the 
paternal  roof  from  highly  intelligent  parents  and  at  the  Lyceum 
of  his  native  town.  Talent  and  inclination  and  the  example 


— 534  — 


given  by  one  of  the  most  celebrated  scenic  painters  of  his  time, 
Professor  Muehldoerfer,  whose  bras’ll  gave  particular  luster  to 
the  court  theater  at  Mannheim,  awoke  in  young  Hermann  the 
desire  to  devote  himself  to  this  art,  but  the  father’s  wish  to  have 
his  son  become  a merchant  frustrated  the  latter  intention.  A 
friend  of  his  father  was  selected  to  acquaint  him  with  the  mys- 
teries of  the  retail  grocery  trade,  but  a few  weeks  were  sufficient 
to  convince  the  apprentice  that  he  would  never  make  a success  as 
a dispenser  of  coffee,  sugar  and  rice.  By  the  advice  of  an  older 
brother  who  held  a prominent  position  in  a banking  house  at  Lyons, 
the  seat  of  silk- weaving,  he  went  there,  hoping  that  his  outspoken 
ability  in  drawing  would  secure  him  a congenial  occupation 
in  one  of  the  great  silk  factories  of  that  place,  but  the  French 
mode  of  life  and  France  in  general  did  not  suit  him  ; he  returned 
to  Mannheim  and  after  a short  stay  at  home  he  entered  the 
service  of  a large  business  firm,  in  Cannstadt;  the  four  years  so 
spent  according  to  his  own  statement  in  a very  interesting  book, 
of  which  we  speak  later,  were  a loss  of  time  and  energy ; at  the 
end  of  the  four  years  Cannstadt  could  hold  him  no  longer  and 
he  acquired  a position  with  an  art  dealer  in  Mannheim,  who 
duly  appreciated  his  talent  and  taste,  but  a tempting  offer  from 
his  brother  brought  him  once  more  to  Lyons.  This  was  in 
1846.  The  French  Revolution  of  1848  was  not  without  effect 
upon  the  young  German  in  a foreign  country  ; trade  and  commerce 
were  at  a standstill  and  though  his  position  was  not  endangered 
he  preferred  to  resign,  served  several  months  in  the  National 
Guards,  then  returned  to  Germany,  where  the  revolutionary 
movements,  begun  in  March,  1848,  had  by  this  time  been 
suppressed  by  monarchic  bayonets,  but  the  new  outbreak  in 
Baden  in  the  spring  of  1848  was  from  the  start  so  hopeless, 
that  the  wise  counsel  of  his  good  mother  (his  father  had  died  the 
year  before)  caused  the  son  to  prevent  his  entanglement  in 
fruitless  difficulties  by  going  to  Switzerland  and  from  there 
to  Genua,  where  letters  of  recommendation  secured  him  the 
secretaryship  in  the  world-renowned  Hotel  Feder.  It  was  here 
where  the  officers  of  a United  States  warship,  lying  in  port,  came 
in  daily  contact  with  him,  and  their  narratives  aroused  in  him  the 
ardent  desire  to  see  the  new  world,  which  his  older  brother,  the 


— 535  — 


late  Dr.  J.  H.  Hermann,  so  well  known  in  our  city,  had  made  his 
home  in  the  fall  of  1849.  This  desire  would  probably  have  been 
fulfilled  much  sooner  had  it  not  been  for  the  objection  raised  by  his 
mother,  who  did  not  want  to  see  another  son  beyond  the  Atlantic, 
but  she  yielded  at  last  and  gave  her  consent  in  the  hope  that  he 
would  return  after  visiting  his  brother.  The  voyage  on  board 
of  an  American  sailing  vessel  lasted  forty-three  days,  the  trip 
from  New  York  to  Fayetteville,  Arkansas,  in  whose  immediate 
neighborhood  this  brother  had  settled,  absorbed  several  weeks  as 
the  greater  part  of  it  had  to  be  made  by  slow-going  river  craft. 
Hermannsburg,  which  name  had  been  given  the  place  by  Dr. 
Hermann,  became  the  home  of  the  younger  brother  in  the  spring 
of  1853.  Industrial  and  mercantile  pursuits  in  a sparsely  popu- 
lated locality  were  more  or  less  involuntarily  chosen  by  the 
newcomer,  but  he  succeeded  in  building  up  a lucrative  trade 
within  a comparatively  short  time.  Peace  and  prosperity  dwelt 
in  the  home  which  he  had  founded  for  his  family  — he  had  mar- 
ried in  September,  1854  — and  in  the  neighborhood,  inhabited 
by  industrious,  thrifty  farmers,  whose  labors  were  well  rewarded 
by  the  soil  and  climate  of  Arkansas ; and  outspoken  welfare 
reigned  in  the  entire  region  until  the  clouds  of  the  Civil  War 
began  to  darken  the  heretofore  serene  sky.  Situated  as  they 
were  near  the  frontier  of  Missouri  and  their  own  State,  both  of 
which  numbered  among  the  slave  States,  but  geographically  the 
next  neighbors  of  free  States,  Fayetteville  and  surroundings 
were  soon  exposed  to  all  the  hardships  and  cruelties  insep- 
arable from  war.  The  Hermanns  like  most  of  the  Germans 
in  Missouri  and  Arkansas,  were  loyal  to  the  Union,  but  the  people 
of  Arkansas  were  too  closely  affiliated  with  the  South  and  joined  at 
once  the  Confederate  States.  The  consequences  quickly  followed  ; 
the  border  States  became  the  battle  ground  for  many  bloody  en- 
counters, but  worse  than  that  were  the  dangers  with  which  the 
Unionists  were  threatened  by  the  guerrilla  warfare  of  marauding 
rebels  and  not  seldom  by  their  secesh  neighbors.  Mr.  Her. 
mann  and  his  family  lived  in  constant  fear,  the  dangers  multiplied 
from  day  to  day  ; their  anguish  and  fear,  only  too  well  founded, 
became  unbearable  and  the  safety  of  their  lives  rested  ultim- 
ately in  a hasty  flight,  leaving  all  their  possessions  behind  them. 


— 5o6  — 


With  the  assistance  and  under  the  protection  of  Northern  officers 
and  soldiers  both  brothers  were  enabled  to  bring  their  wives 
and  children  to  Washington,  Missouri,  where  they  found  refuge 
under  the  sheltering  roof  of  their  wive’s  family.  Mr.  Chas.  F. 
Hermann  had  lost  nearly  all  he  had  ; he  came  in  1864  to  St. 
Louis  to  seek  employment  and  found  it  in  the  office  of  Mr. 
Adolphus  Busch,  at  that  time  a dealer  in  malt,  hops  and  brewers’ 
supplies.  The  experience  thus  acquired  proved  more  than  useful 
to  him  as  it  led  to  the  establishment  of  his  own  business  in 
1865.  The  firm  of  Chas.  F.  Hermann  & Company,  in  which  Mr. 
Oscar  Jansen  was  for  a number  of  years  a partner,  became 
very  prominent  as  importers  of  Bavarian  and  Bohemian  hops 
and  dealers  in  brewers’  supplies.  Mr.  Hermann  withdrew  from 
active  business  in  1887  ; with  an  intermission  of  two  years  (1874 
and  1875)  during  which  he  attended  lectures  at  the  University  of 
Heidelberg,  he  has  devoted  nearly  a quarter  of  a century  to 
mercantile  pursuits  in  our  midst,  which  resulted  in  a handsome 
competency.  He  has  recently  published  a history  of  his  family, 
beginning  with  the  year  1650,  and  followed  up  to  the  seventh 
generation,  formed  by  his  own  grandchildren  — a highly  interest- 
ing work,  valuable  not  only  as  a historical  contribution,  but  also 
from  a literary  standpoint  and  especially  attractive  for  his  own 
impressions  and  the  vivid  description  of  scenes  and  happenings  in 
Arkansas  and  Missouri  during  the  War  of  the  Rebellion. 


HIGHWmE,  LIQUORS  AND  WINE. 

Highwine,  whisky  and  other  liquors,  as  well  as  wines,  are  sold 
and  distributed  in  large  quantities  by  St.  Louis  houses,  but  only 
a part  of  it  is  made  here,  the  rest  being  drawn  from  other 
States  of  the  Union  and  a certain  portion  from  Europe.  Some 
local  firms  own  distilleries  in  Kentucky,  the  home  of  Bourbon 
whisky,  the  celebrated  product  of  not  only  Bourbon  County  but 
of  many  other  counties  in  the  same  State.  The  supply  of  high- 
wine comes  principally  from  Illinois,  especially  the  Peoria  dis- 
trict. The  local  distilling  and  rectifying  is  confined  to  a few 
establishments,  but  the  number  of  wholesale  dealers  and  jobbers 


— 537  — 


in  these  commodities  is  very  large  and  some  of  them  have  an  ex- 
tensive trade  in  and  outside  the  city.  There  are  firms  which 
deal  exclusively  in  liquors,  and  others  which  sell  only  wine^, 
but  most  of  them  carry  both.  The  wine  trade  of  this  city  com- 
prises domestic  and  foreign  wines,  the  former  from  the  vintages 
of  California,  Missouri,  Ohio  and  Illinois,  the  latter  from  Ger- 
many and  France.  Rhine  and  Moselle  wine  and  Pfaelzer  (the 
product  of  the  Palatinate)  are  largely  imported,  and  France 
furnishes  especially  Bordeaux  and  the  various  brands  of  cham- 
pagne, but  we  have  in  our  midst  an  extensive  establishment 
for  the  manufacture  of  a much  favored  champagne  made  from 
Missouri  and  Ohio  grapes  of  which  we  speak  elsewhere.  The 
receipts  of  highwine  and  whisky  in  1901  were  145,225  and 
the  shipments  147,664  barrels ; receipts  of  wines  and  liquors 
within  the  same  period  comprised  23,760  barrels  and  95,933 
boxes  and  cases.  The  valuation  of  imported  spirituous  liquors 
in  that  year  amounted  to  21,032,  and  of  sparkling  wine  124,214 
dollars.  St.  Louis  wholesale  dealers  supply  the  Mississippi  Valley 
and  many  of  the  Western  and  Southern  States,  making  regular- 
sales  through  their  agents  and  traveling  representatives,  and  not 
a few  of  these  firms  rank  among  the  prominent  business  houses 
of  the  city. 

AMERICAN  WINE  CO. 

Bell  Lindell  731.  Kinloch  D584. 

Cook’s  Imperial  Champagne,  the  chief  product  of  the  American 
Wine  Company,  is  since  many  years  a household  word  in  first 
class  hotels  and  restaurants,  in  clubs  and  in  the  best  families  all 
over  the  country.  It  was  in  1859  when  Mr.  Isaac  Cook,  then  a 
resident  of  Chicago,  conceived  the  idea  to  produce  champagne 
from  American  grapes,  that  would  successfully  compete  with  the 
imported  article  from  France,  to  which  end  he  purchased  large 
tracts  of  land  in  the  best  wine  district  of  Ohio,  erected  an  ex- 
tensive plant  in  Sandusky,  where  the  grapes  are  pressed  and  the 
juice  kept  in  large  cellars  until  shipped  to  St.  Louis,  where  the 
champagne  is  made.  The  St.  Louis  establishment  of  the  Ameri- 
can Wine  Co.,  which  Mr.  Cook  organized  in  1866,  with  a paid-up 


— 538  — 


capital  of  350,000  dollars,  covers  a large  piece  of  ground  on 
Cass  near  Garrison  avenue  and  is  a model  in  its  equipment ; its 
capacity  for  manufacturing  reaches  10,000  bottles  per  day  and 
the  vaults  can  hold  over  a million.  The  excellent  qualities  of 
Cook’s  Imperial  make  it  a favorite  with  connoisseurs  all  over  the 
country  and  the  first  prize  for  purity,  flavor  and  taste  has  been 
awartled  it  at  many  Expositions  at  home  and  abroad.  The  still 
wines  of  the  company  are  not  less  celebrated  than  its  Mousseux. 
Mr.  Douglas  G.  Cook,  the  oldest  son  of  the  founder,  has  a thor- 
ough knowledge  of  all  the  details  pertaining  to  the  wine  branch 
and  is  the  President  of  the  company  since  his  father’s  death  (in 
June,  1886)  and  devotes  his  whole  time  to  the  management  and 
supervision  of  the  constantly  extending  business ; Mr.  Chas.  H. 
Neun  is  since  many  years  the  Secretary  and  Mr.  Jutes  Kurz,  a 
native  of  France  and  expert  in  champagne  manufacture,  the 
Superintendent. 

JOHN  BARDENHEIER  WINE  AND  LIQUOR  CO. 

Bell  Main  1080.  Kinloch  A643. 

A thirty  years’  existence  of  a mercantile  firm  means  a long  time 
of  active,  energetic  work,  and  Mr.  John  Bardenheier  can  look  back 
upon  such  a period  with  all  the  satisfaction,  which  success  gives 
to  the  honest,  enterprising  business  man.  The  spacious  double 
stores,  numbers  212  and  214  Market  street,  and  the  cellars  under- 
neath, contain  an  almost  unlimited  stock  of  wines  and  liquors, 
which  afford  the  customers  of  the  house  so  complete  an  assort- 
ment to  select  from,  that  it  would  be  difficult  to  find  better  oppor- 
tunities for  the  purchase  of  these  articles.  Direct  importations 
of  Rhine,  Moselle  and  Pfaelzer  wine,  including  red  Assmanns- 
haueser,  Oberingelsheimer  and  French  Bordeaux,  are  a special 
feature  of  the  house ; the  best  wines  of  American  growth  from 
the  vintages  of  California,  Missouri  and  Ohio  are  permanently 
kept  on  hand,  and  the  stock  of  liquors  comprises  among  others 
such  celebrated  brands  of  hand-made  sour  mash  Kentucky 
whiskies,  as  Woodford,  Old  Style  Honesty,  Moonlight,  Pure 
Rye,  etc. ; and  of  brandies,  the  King  of  all,  California  grape 
brandy,  besides  the  finest  imported  cognacs,  rums,  and  arracs. 


— 539  — 


Irish  and  Scotch  whiskies.  The  firm  has  also  the  agency  for  Dr. 
Vanderbilt’s  genuine  Holland  Maagbitters,  which  possesses  unsur- 
passed sanitary  and  tonic  properties.  Long  experience,  ample 
means  and  direct  purchases  enable  the  firm  to  give  their  patrons 
at  all  times  the  best  terms.  Mr.  John  Bardenheier,  the  President 
of  the  company,  is  a highly  intelligent  business  man,  has  trav- 
eled and  seen  a great  deal,  gives  the  fullest  attention  to  his  busi- 
ness, and  is  one  of  the  most  popular  merchants  of  St.  Louis.  His 
sons  are  actively  engaged  in  the  firm  and  worthy  scions  of  their 
ancestor.  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Bardenheier  is  Vice-President,  and 
Mr.  John  H.  Bardenheier,  Secretary  of  the  corporation,  and  they 
are  ably  assisted  by  their  younger  brother,  Joseph  A.  Bardenheier. 

A.  GRAF  DISTILLING  COMPANY. 

Bel)  Main  1898m.  Kinloch  B784. 

A business  existence  of  more  than  thirty-four  years  is  in  itself 
a proof  of  the  reliability  and  excellent  standing  of  a firm  and  Mr. 
August  Graf  can  look  back  over  such  a long  period,  spent  in  active 
business  life  at  the  head  of  its  own  establishment,  founded  by 
him  in  1867  and  ever  since  conducted  under  his  personal  manage- 
ment and  at  the  same  place.  The  firm  keeps  a very  large  stock 
on  band,  bonsisting  of  wines  and  liquors,  imported  and  domestic, 
pure  and  unadulterated.  The  Old  Capitol  Pure  Rye  Whisky  forms 
a specialty  of  the  house.  Few  wholesale  firms  in  the  city  can 
boast  of  such  a large  local  trade  and  such  extensive  sales  all  over 
Missouri,  Kansas,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Indiana,  and  Oklahoma,  as  the 
A.  Graf  Distilling  Company  and  its  trade  is  constantly  increasing 
as  a result  of  the  fair  and  liberal  dealing  with  all  its  customers. 
Great  care  is  given  to  the  handling  and  treatment  of  goods  and  the 
filling  of  orders,  large  or  small.  The  growth  of  trade  made  ad- 
ditional space  necessary  from  time  to  time  and  the  four  buildings 
Nos.  1323,  1325,  1327  and  1329  South  Seventh,  between  Rutger 
street  and  Park  avenue,  are  since  many  years  used  for  office, 
salesrooms  and  warehouses.  Another  evidence  of  the  firm’s 
permanent  success  is  its  recent  incorporation  with  a greatly 
increased  capital  of  100,000  dollars.  The  incorporators  are  Mr. 
August  Graf  and  his  sons,  Messrs.  Adolph  A.  and  Louis  J.  Graf, 


— 540  — 


wlio  are  their  father’s  able  assistants  in  the  conduct  of  the  busi- 
ness. Mr.  August  Graf  is  a Director  in  the  Lafayette  Bank  and 
one  of  the  best  known  business  men  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
city. 


HOMAN  DISTILLING  CO. 

Kinloch  B175. 

The  Homan  Distilling  Company  is  a comparative!}’  young  firm^ 
but  has  in  the  short  space  of  five  years  gained  not  only  an  exten- 
tensive  trade  but  also  a well  deserved  reputation  for  fair  dealing 
and  the  excellent  quality  of  the  liquors  and  wines,  domestic  and 
foreign,  with  which  it  supplies  the  market.  The  firm  was  incor- 
porated under  the  above  name  in  1897  by  Messrs.  Henry  C. 
Homan  and  John  L.  Weiners,  President  and  Vice-President  re- 
spectively. Mr.  G.  Limberg  holds  the  position  of  Secretary. 
They  are  distillers  of  the  Brookland  Club  Brand  and  Monogram 
Eye  Whiskies,  so  favorably  known  to  connoisseurs,  also  dealers 
in  and  importers  of  Brandies,  Rhine  and  Moselle  Wines,  and  their 
direct  importations  enable  them  to  furnish  their  customers  the 
best  unadulterated  goods  at  the  most  liberal  prices.  The  list  of 
wines  includes  some  of  the  finest  and  well  known  brands  from 
celebrated  German  vintages,  constantly  kept  on  hand,  likewise  a 
complete  assortment  of  French  cognacs  and  cordials.  The  firm’s 
local  trade,  wholesale  and  retail,  has  become  more  extensive 
from  year  to  year,  especially  so  the  department  for  private  con- 
sumers ; the  outside  sales  comprise  the  Western  and  Southern 
States  and  grows  continually.  The  success  of  the  firm  is  due  to 
its  fair  and  honorable  dealing  with  all  its  customers,  the  atten- 
tion given  to  all  orders,  large  or  small,  and  the  great  care  be- 
stowed upon  the  contents  of  the  cellars.  Mr.  Hy.  C.  Homan 
has  been  identified  with  the  liquor  and  wine  trade  for  twenty- 
five  years  and  has  a thorough  knowledge  and  experience  in  these 
branches,  besides  being  a very  affable  and  congenial  man  with  a 
very  large  circle  of  friends  and  acquaintances.  Office  and  sales- 
rooms are  at  410  Market  street,  opposite  the  Court  House. 


— 541  — 


METTE  & KANNE  DISTILLING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2305m.  Kinloch  A363. 

The  Mette  & Kanne  Distilling  Company  looks  back  over  an 
honorable  career  of  more  than  forty  years,  having  been  established 
as  early  as  1862  by  Mr.  Louis  Mette,  who  some  years  later 
formed  a co-partnership  with  Mr.  George  Kanne  under  the  firm 
name  of  Mette  & Kanne.  They  were  for  many  yeai-s  located  on 
North  Second,  near  Green  street  (now  Lucas)  avenue,  till  the 
<;onstant  growth  of  their  trade  made  larger  quarters  necessary 
a,nd  caused  a removal  to  No.  403  Main  street,  two  doors  north 
of  Locust,  which  entire  building  is  used  by  the  firm  for  its  rec- 
tifying department,  warehouse  purposes,  salesrooms,  and  offices. 
The  incorporation  under  the  present  name  took  place  in  1891.  They 
are  wholesale  dealers  in  domestic  and  imported  wines  and  liquors, 
and  whatever  they  put  on  the  market  is  of  the  purest  and  best 
qualitj-,  unadulterated  and  wholesome.  They  distribute  the  cele- 
brated St.  Gotthard  and  Dr.  Sims  Bitters,  tonics  of  acknowledged 
value  and  highly  recommended  by  prominent  physicians.  Aside 
from  their  extensive  local  trade  the  territory  in  which  their  goods 
are  sold  in  large  quantities,  comprises  Missouri,  Illinois,  and  many 
other  Western,  Southern,  and  Southwestern  States.  The  firm  is 
known  for  its  reliability  and  the  care  and  attention  given  to  the 
filling  of  all  orders,  large  or  small,  so  that  their  customers  can 
always  be  sure  to  be  served  with  the  greatest  promptness  from 
the  verj"  complete  stock  permanently  kept  on  hand.  Ample 
means  enable  the  firm  to  compete  favorably  with  others  in  the 
same  branch  and  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction  in 
regard  to  prices  and  quality.  The  stockholders  of  the  company 
form  the  Board  of  Directors  and  are  also  its  officers,  namely  : Louis 
Mette,  President;  Jos.  A.  Kanne,  Vice-President;  Jos.  P. 
Mette,  Treasurer;  Louis  P.  Kanne,  Secretary.  Mr.,  Louis 
Mette  was  born  in  Hannover  (North  Germany)  and  came  to  St. 
Louis  in  1850;  Mr.  George  Kanne  hails  from  Rhenish  Prussia, 
and  both  brought  with  them  the  industrial  and  frugal  habits, 
the  integrity  and  uprightness,  which  characterize  the  inhabitants 
of  their  native  countries.  The  great  success  of  the  firm  and  the 


— 542  — 


reputation  which  it  enjoys,  are  the  well-deserved  result  of  these 
meritorious  qualities  and  the  sons  of  the  two  original  partners 
follow  in  the  footsteps  of  their  seniors  by  adhering  to  the  strict 
business  principles  laid  down  by  them.  They  are  all  well  known 
in  commercial  circles  and  have  a host  of  friends.  Mr.  George 
Kanne  retired  in  1897  from  active  participation  in  the  manage- 
ment on  account  of  failing  health  and  lives  now  in  Peoria,  but 
retains  his  interest  in  the  firm  as  before. 


Geo.  Stark,  Prest.  Telephones: 

Ottmar  G.  Stark,  Vice-Prest.  Bell  Main  2070. 

ALBERT  Thiele,  Sec'y  & Treas.  Klnloch  A585. 

GREAT  WESTERN  WINE  & LIQUOR  CO. 

NATIVE  AND  IMPORTED 

WINES,  BRANDIES  & CORDIALS. 

S.  W.  Corner  Fourth  & Market  Sts., 

ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

NELSON  DISTILLING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2630.  Kinloch  B640. 

The  firm  of  Brueggemann  & Menke,  from  which  the  Nelson 
Distilling  Company  originated,  was  established  in  1878  by  Mr. 
George  H.  Brueggemann  and  Mr.  George  C.  Menke,  and  the  in- 
corporation of  the  company  took  place  in  1882  with  the  following 
incorporators:  George  H.  Brueggemann,  George  C.  Menke  and 
Sam.  Schleef.  The  present  officers  are:  George  C.  Menke,  Presi- 
dent; C.  F.  W.  Wiegand,  Vice-President  and  Gerhard  Heye, 
Secretary.  The  firm  was  for  many  years  located  on  North  Third 
near  Carr  street  but  occupies  now  much  larger  quarters  at  num- 
ber 812  North  Fourth  street,  which  building  reaches  through  to 
the  west  side  of  Third  street  thus  affording  ample  acommodations 


— 543  - 


for  storage,  salesrooms  and  offices.  The  firm  keeps  a large  and 
well  assorted  stock  of  liquors,  among  them  some  of  the  best 
brands  in  the  market,  which  are  sold  all  over  Missouri,  Illinois, 
and  Arkansas.  The  Nelson  Distilling  Company  have  always 
been  known  for  its  reliability,  its  fair  and  liberal  dealing  with  all 
its  customers,  and  enjoys  a weil-deserved  reputation  as  one  of  the 
most  reliable  houses  in  the  liquor  branch,  giving  the  greatest  at- 
tention to  the  execution  of  all  orders,  may  they  be  large  or  small, 
and  at  all  times  aiming  to  give  their  patrons  the  fullest  satisfaction. 


WILLIAM  H.  LEE  & CO. 
WHOLESALE  LIQUORS. 

BOB  BRIARLY.  MCGREGOR. 

PEMBERTON.  KINGSTON  RYE 

No.  31 1 N.  2nd  St.,  ST.  LOUIS. 

Bell  Main  2032.  Kinloch  BS29. 


G.  H.  OSSING  & COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2347m. 

This  firm  is  now  for  more  than  thirty  years  in  existence,  hav- 
ing been  established  in  1869  by  G.  H.  Ossing  and  Hermann 
Stamm.  After  the  latter’s  withdrawal,  a copartnership  was 
formed  between  Mr.  Ossing  and  Mr.  G.  F.  Seebold,  which  two 
gentlemen  conduct  the  business  ever  since.  The  firm  deals  in 
all  kinds  of  liquors  and  makes  a specialty  of  fine  Kentucky  whisky 
and  Eastern  ryes  from  the  most  prominent  distillery  houses. 
They  have  always  a large  stock  of  the  various  brands  on  hand. 


— 544 


likewise  of  imported  and  domestic  wines,  cordials,  etc.  It  is  the 
constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  supply  its  customers  with  articles  of  the 
^rest  qualities,  carefully  handled  and  pure  and  on  the  most  liberal 
conditions.  Both  partners  are  men  of  the  greatest  integrity  and 
strictest  business  principles,  reliable  in  all  their  dealings,  ex- 
cellent citizens,  and  enjoy  the  respect  of  all  who  know  them. 
The  sales  of  the  firm  are  principally  made  all  over  Missouri  and 
Illinois,  aside  from  an  extensive  city  trade.  The  office  and  ware- 
house are  at  number  11  North  Second,  between  Market  and 
Chestnut  streets,  and  all  orders,  large  or  small,  are  filled  with 
the  greatest  promptness  and  care,  a fact  duly  appreciated  by 
their  many  customers. 

CHAS.  REBSTOCK  AND  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  A802. 

There  is  a vast  difference  between  whisky  and  whisky,  and 
the  superior  article,  manufactured  and  distribnted  to  dealers  and 
jobbers  by  Chas.  Rebstock  and  Co.  may  justly  be  recommended  as 
healthful,  pure  and  free  from  detrimental  ingredients,  so  that  its  use 
is  frequently  prescribed  by  the  most  conscientious  physicians.  It  is 
a hand-made  sour  mash  whisky,  comes  from  the  distillery  atBergin, 
Kentucky,  and  is  sold  all  over  the  Western  and  Southern  States, 
also  in  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  South  Africa,  its  export  to  these 
foreign  countries  absorbing  a great  part  of  the  distillery’s  output. 
The  principal  brand  brought  in  the  market  by  the  firm  is  called 
“Old  Stonewall,’’  and  the  special  favorite  of  connoisseurs.  The 
house  is  one  of  the  oldest  in  its  line  in  our  city,  having  been 
established  in  1870  by  Mr.  Chas.  Rebstock,  the  sole  proprietor, 
who  by  his  energy  and  industry  has  succeeded  in  building  up  a 
very  extensive  trade.  He  was  born  in  Cincinnati,  came  during 
his  boyhood  with  his  parents  to  this  city  and  made  St.  Louis  his 
home  ever  since.  He  was  quite  young  when  he  went  into  busi- 
ness for  himself  and  soon  won  the  respect  and  esteem  of  his  fel- 
low-citizens ; he  is  a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange  and 
various  other  organizations  for  the  promotion  of  our  commercial 
interests.  Mr.  Rebstock  received  an  excellent  education,  is  a 
great  reader  and  spends  much  of  his  leisure  hours  in  his  well- 


— 545  — 


selected  library,  but  be  is  also  very  fond  of  traveling  and  has 
twice  made  a prolonged  voyage  around  the  world,  sojourning  for 
long  periods  in  China,  Japan,  the  Indies,  Australia,  the  Holy 
Land,  Turkey,  and  the  different  countries  of  Europe.  Being  very 
urbane  and  affable  in  his  ways  and  manners,  upright  and  honest  in 
alibis  dealings  and  without  any  prejudices,  he  is  highly  esteemed 
and  well  liked  in  mercantile  and  social  circles,  a German-Ameri- 
can  in  the  best  sense  of  the  word.  The  office  and  warehouse  were 
first  located  at  207  South  Second  street,  but  larger  accommoda- 
tions became  necessary  and  they  are  since  many  years  removed  to 
the  spacious  building  Noi  200  South  Main,  corner  of  Elm  street, 
which  is  entirely  used  for  the  firm’s  business. 


H.  A.  Steinwender.  a.  C.  Sellner.  G.  a.  Steinwender. 

STEINWENDER  & SELLNER 

Distillers, 

Importers, 
and  Dealers  in 

FINE  KENTUCKY  WHISKIES. 

No.  1 17  South  Broadwa)^  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 
Established  1870. 

Bell  Main  2835.  Kinloch  A886. 


EDWIN  SCHIELE  & COMPANY. 

Kinloch  AlSt. 

This  firm  was  originally  established  in  Cincinnati,  where  it 
remained  from  1896  to  1900,  in  which  latter  year  a change  of 
location  brought  it  to  St.  Louis,  the  city  in  which  Mr.  Edwin 
35k 


546  — 


Schiele  had  been  born  and  raised,  he  being  the  son  of  the  late 
Mr,  M.  Schiele,  a prominent  wholesale  merchant  of  the  greatest 
respectability.  The  trade  acquired  in  Cincinnati  was  transferred 
in  a large  measure  to  St.  Louis  and  extends  now  over  all  the 
Western  and  Southern  States,  especially  covering  Texas,  Arkan- 
sas, Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri  and  Illinois,  in  which  States 
Mr.  Schiele  and  his  partner,  Mr.  Dave  Kriegshaber,  have  a large 
personal  acquaintance  from  the  many  years  during  which  they 
represented  a Cincinnati  house  in  the  capacity  of  commercial 
travelers.  The  firm  manufactures  and  sells  high  grades  of 
whisky  only.  Autocrat  Rye  and  Geisha  Malt  Rye  being  their 
leading  brands.  The  reputation  which  the  firm  enjoys  is  based 
upon  the  fact  that  exclusively  a pure  and  unadulterated  article 
is  sent  out,  that  they  are  strict  and  reliable  in  all  their  dealings 
and  give  their  patrons  the  best  possible  conditions.  Great  care 
is  always  given  to  the  filling  of  orders  and  their  customers  can 
safely  rely  upon  the  quality  of  goods  shipped  from  this  house. 
The  firm  occupies  the  entire  building  No.  107  North  Main  street, 
and  has  a working  force  of  twenty-five  employees,  superintended 
over  by  the  two  young,  energetic  and  industrious  proprietors, 
who  devote  all  their  time  and  attention  to  the  management  of 
their  constantly  growing  business. 


TEUSCHER  & CO. 

Distillers  and 
Wholesale 
Liquor  Dealers. 

7 & 9 North  ^rd  Street,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 

Established  1873. 


Bell  Main  929. 


Klnloch  A697. 


— 547  — 


SIELEMANN  DISTILLING  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  B1315. 

One  of  the  best  known  firms  in  the  wholesale  wine  and  liquor 
branch  is  that  of  Sielemann  & Company  at  1300  North  Broadway, 
the  northeast  corner  of  O’Fallon  street.  This  business  was  estab- 
lished in  1893,  by  H.  E.  Sielemann,  Emil  Floerke  and  Walter 
Sielemann  under  the  firm  name  of  Sielemann  & Floerke,  but  is 
now  owned  and  conducted  by  Mr.  H.  E.  Sielemann  and  his  two 
sons,  Henry  and  Walter  Sielemann.  A large  stock  of  domestic 
and  foi’eign  wines  and  liquors  is  constantly  kept  on  hand,  so  that 
every  order  can  be  filled  without  delay.  The  house  deals  especi- 
ally in  Royal  Rose,  Sour  Mash  Bourbon  and  Old  Spike  Sour  Mash 
Bourbon  and  Rye  and  also  in  other  brands  of  whisky  at  prices  to 
suit  their  customers.  The  firm  has  a large  local  trade,  which  has 
grown  from  year  to  year  by  fair  and  upright  dealing  and  the 
distribution  of  only  pure  and  price-worthy  goods.  Mr.  H.  E.  Siele- 
mann came  to  St.  Louis  in  1866,  and  made  this  city  his  home 
ever  since ; he  hails  from  Lippe-Detmold  (North  Germany)  and 
possesses  all  the  charateristic  qualities  for  which  the  men  of  that 
country  are  justly  celebrated:  industry,  honesty  and  frugality. 
He  was  for  many  years  connected  with  the  H.  Gehner  Distil- 
ling Company,  has  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  in  this 
branch  and  is  ably  assisted  by  his  sons,  who  were  born  and  raised 
in  St.  Louis,  and  are  like  their  father  full  of  activity  and  energy. 

STRACKE  & CAESAR. 

The  copartnership  of  Mr.  Albert  Stracke  and  Mr.  Frederick 
Caesar  dates  back  to  the  year  1863,  and  was  formed  by  them  in 
Keokuk,  Iowa,  where  they  established  a wholesale  liquor  house 
under  the  firm  of  Stracke  & Caesar.  They  remained  in  that  city 
during  eleven  years,  but  became  tired  at  last  of  the  more  or  less 
stringent  prohibitory  laws  which  has  made  the  State  of  Iowa  so 
notorious,  not  to  say  obnoxious,  to  liberal-minded  people  and  all 
believers  in  personal  liberty.  It  was  in  consequence  of  this  state 
of  affairs,  that  the  firm  resolved  to  seek  a better  and  larger 


— 548  — 


field  for  its  operations,  and  St.  Louis  was  selected  as  the 
most  appropriate  place.  The  two  partners  came  here  in  1874 
and  immediately  opened  their  establishment  at  No.  208  North 
Second  street,  between  Pine  and  Olive,  at  that  time  the  center  of 
the  wholesale  grocery  trade  of  the  city.  It  speaks  well  for  the 
firm  that  it  still  holds  the  same  location  in  spite  of  the  fact  that 
so  many  other  houses  in  that  district  have  gone  further  west. 
Stracke  and  Caesar  remained  in  their  old  place,  kept  their  old 
customers  and  acquired  new  ones,  winning  and  retaining  their 
fullest  confidence  by  reliable  dealing  and  fair  treatment  of  their 
patrons  as  well  as  by  the  quality  of  their  goods.  They  have  at 
all  times  an  extensive  stock  of  liquors  on  hand  and  execute 
orders,  large  or  small,  with  the  greatest  care  and  attention.  Their 
assortment  comprises  the  best  brands  of  imported  and  domestic 
liquors,  including  among  others  such  celebrated  whiskies  as  Old 
Crow,  copper  distilled  whisky  from  Woodford  County,  Ky.,  and 
from  the  Hermitage  distillery  (also  copper  distilled)  in  Franklin 
County,  K}'.  Whatever  may  be  sold  by  the  firm  can  be  consid- 
ered pure,  unadulterated  and  satisfactory  to  dealers  and  con- 
sumers. The  owners  of  this  business  enjoy  the  respect  and 
esteem  of  the  commercial  community,  number  among  the  most 
prominent  merchants  of  St.  Louis,  are  public-spirited  citizens 
and  have  a large  circle  of  friends  here  and  elsewhere. 

WEST  END  HOTEL. 

Bell  Lindell  360.  Kinloch  C929.  Manager’s  Office,  Kinloch  1208. 

The  West  End  Hotel  is  exclusively  a family  hotel ; it  was  built 
as  such  and  the  constant  aim  of  its  management  is  to  make  it  a 
hotel  which  secures  for  its  patrons  all  the  comforts  of  an  own 
home  without  the  tribulations  and  disagreeable  features  more  or 
less  inseparable  from  the  conduct  of  a household.  In  other 
words,  to  live  in  the  West  End  Hotel  means  to  enjoy  home- 
life  without  its  cares,  to  be  free  from  all  annoyances  and  vex- 
ations caused  only  too  often  by  those  whom  you  need  to  keep 
your  house  in  order  or  on  whom  you  have  to  rely  for 
kitchen  and  table  supplies  and  hundred  other  things.  The  West 
End  Hotel  stands  on  the  corner  of  Vandeventer  avenue  and 


— 549  — 


West  Belle  Place,  far  away  from  the  business  district  of  the 
city,  from  dust  and  smoke,  but  conveniently  accessible- to  all 
street  car  lines.  Its  location  in  the  West  End  residence  part  of 
St.  Louis  gives  it  the  most  beautiful  surroundings,  with  wide  and 
clean  streets,  pure  air,  and  one  might  almost  say  a country  at- 
mosphere. The  building  was  constructed  after  the  best  plans. 
It  is  a massive  structure  five  stories  in  height ; every  part  of  it 
is  well  ventilated  and  light.  There  is  no  better  arranged  family 
hotel  in  the  whole  United  States  than  this  one,  whose  proprietors 
have  freely  spent  and  are  still  spending  large  amounts  of  money 


for  its  interior  and  never  tire  to  add  new  improvements.  No  ex- 
pense is  spared  in  the  furnishing  of  rooms  or  suits  of  rooms,  and 
their  walls  are  painted  as  a means  of  particular  cleanliness.  The 
spacious  parlors  are  furnished  and  decorated  with  superb  taste  ; 
the  large  dining-room,  beautiful  as  it  is  in  itself,  becomes  still 
more  so  by  the  attractive  table  arrangements,  including  the  finest 
china  and  glassware.  The  culinary  department  of  the  West  End 
Hotel  furnishes  meals  of  unexceptional  quality,  the  menus  being 
composed  of  solid  viands  and  delicacies  in  unlimited  variety. 
The  greatest  care  is  bestowed  upon  the  bathrooms  and  sanitary 
arrangements,  which  are  equal  to  those  in  the  most  luxurious 


— 550  — 


private  residences.  Kitchen  and  laundry  are  so  located  that  their 
existence  is  not  felt  by  the  inhabitants  of  the  hotel ; the  same 
may  be  said  of  the  heating  apparatus,  the  furnaces  being  smoke- 
consuming, likewise  the  boilers  for  the  engines  by  which  the 
elevators  and  the  dynamos  are  operated,  which  supply  every 
part  of  the  building  with  electric  light.  All  these  are  situated 
in  the  basement  or  cellar  floor,  but  entirely  separate  from  the 
storage  rooms,  the  wine  cellar,  etc.  This  latter  is  well  stocked 
with  the  flnest  brands  of  liquors,  a full  assortment  of  domestic 
and  imported  wines  and  champagnes.  The  large  and  handsome 
lobby  on  the  first  floor  forms  an  additional  attraction  by  not 
being  used  as  a public  resort  as  in  other  hotels,  so  that  ladies 
can  at  all  times  approach  the  olfice  without  the  least  embarrass- 
ment. The  West  End  Hotel  is  patronized  by  refined  men  and 
women  only,  and  only  such  are  accepted  within  its  walls,  a 
fact  which  is  a sufficient  proof  of  the  high  respectability  of 
this  magnificent  caravansary.  It  is  the  property  of  the  Forster 
family,  which  is  another  guaranty  of  its  character,  and  its 
management  lies  in  the  hands  of  Mr.  David  Lauber,  a hotel 
man  of  long  experience,  who  gives  his  personal  supervision  to 
even  the  smallest  details,  and  under  whose  superintendency  the 
most  attentive  service  is  rendered  to  those  who  enjoy  the  un- 
surpassed comfort  of  this  admirable  establishment. 

TABLE  SUPPLIES,  KESTAURAISTTS  AND 
PUBLIC  RESORTS. 

FAUST  & SONS  OYSTERS  AND  RESTAURANT  CO. 

Fulton  Market,  Bell  Main  1229m.  Kinloch  A873. 

Restaurant,  Bell  Main  30.  Kinloch  A877. 

The  traveler  bent  on  pleasure  or  to  become  acquainted  with  the 
country,  — the  merchant,  capitalist,  artist  or  professional  man  — 
coming  for  the  first  time  to  St.  Louis,  will  hardly  be  twenty-four 
hours  in  the  city  before  he  knows  all  about  Tony  Faust  and  his 
restaurant ; if  he  is  a foreigner,  he  may  have  heard  of  him  in 
Hamburg  and  Bremen,  in  Berlin  or  Vienna,  in  Paris  or  London ; 


— 551  — 


if  an  American  of  whatever  nationality  and  part  of  the  United 
States,  the  name  of  the  St.  Louis  caterer  may  be  known  to  him 
from  hearsay,  but  he  will  under  all  circumstances  lose  neither 
time  nor  opportunity  to  visit  Faust’s  restaurant  and  see  for  him- 
self. The  imposing  structure  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Broad- 
way and  Elm  street,  forming  a part  of  the  Southern  Hotel  Block, 
will  convince  the  stranger  that  he  comes  to  a public  place  of  un- 
usual dimensions  and  attraction,  and  when  he  sits  down,  alone  or 
with  some  friends,  to  a meal,  he  will  quickly  find  out  that  there 
is  a Delmonico  west  of  the  Mississippi  and  that  he  finds  himself 
in  an  establishment  which  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  its 
kind.  Mr.  Anthony  A.  Faust  began  his  career  in  our 
midst  in  1863  as  the  proprietor  of  a small  restaurant  in 
the  southern  part  of  St.  Louis  about  twenty  blocks  distant 
from  where  he  is  now ; he  prospered  and  resolved  to  locate 
in  the  center  of  business  and  traffic,  in  the  close  neigh- 
borhood of  our  largest  hotels  and  theaters,  and  with  this 
view  he  opened  in  1870  a well-appointed  establishment  at  the 
aforesaid  corner.  The  same  was  partly  destroyed  by  the  South- 
ern Hotel  fire  in  1877,  and  was  immediately  rebuilt  on  a larger 
scale,  including  a roof  garden,  the  first  ever  seen  in  this  country. 
But  this  was  not  the  only  new  feature  introduced  by  him : a year 
or  two  later  he  established  Faust’s  Fulton  Market  for  the  sale  of 
fish,  oysters,  poultry,  game  and  delicacies  of  every  nature,  first 
in  retail  and  soon  after  adding  a wholesale  department.  This  en- 
terprise met  with  a wonderful  success  and  has  become  more  ex- 
tensive from  year  to  year.  The  restaurant  business  grew  like- 
wise in  such  a measure,  that  larger  quarters  became  necessary,  so 
that  in  1889  the  present  substantial  building  was  erected  by 
Mr.  Faust.  The  interior  arrangements  are  unsurpassed  in  ele- 
gance and  comfort.  The  cuisine  is  justly  celebrated  for  the 
quality  of  its  viands,  and  so  are  the  contents  of  the  cellar.  The 
Fulton  Market  was,  in  course  of  time,  transferred  across  the 
street  to  414,  416  and  418  Elm  street.  This  establishment,  a 
marvel  of  beauty  and  taste,  is  a real  accommodation  to  the  public 
and  proves  a veritable  benefactor  to  thousands  of  households  by 
furnishing  them  at  all  times,  and  on  short  notice,  with  the 
choicest  eatables  from  every  part  of  the  globe,  with  unsurpassed 


— 552  — 

delicacies  of  every  description.  A complete  list  of  them  would 
till  several  pages  of  this  book.  A specialty  consists  in  ready- 
made dishes,  kept  on  hand  or  executed  according  to  order,  and 
the  delivery  system  of  the  firm  extending  to  the  outskirts  of  the 
city  is  so  perfect,  that  the  greatest  jtromptness  is  invariably  se- 
cured. Unrivaled  shipping  facilities  bring  fish,  oysters,  etc.,  fi'om 
sea  coasts  and  lakes  in  perfect  freshness  to  the  refrigerators  on 
Elm  street,  and  every  precaution  and  care  is  observed  in  the  in- 
terest of  patrons.  Mr.  A.  E.  Faust  gives  his  personal  attention 
to  the  general  management  and  supervision  of  the  different  de- 
partments. He  is  one  of  the  best-known  men  in  business  and 
social  circles,  very  affable,  a public-spirited  citizen,  and  has  a 
host  of  warm  friends.  The  Faust  & Sons  Oyster  and  Restaurant 
Co.  is  incorporated  under  the  Missouri  State  law.  Mr.  A.  E. 
Faust  is  its  President,  Mr.  E.  A.  Faust,  Vice-President,  and  Mr. 
A.  R.  Faust  the  Treasurer.  The  two  sons  combine,  like  their 
father,  German  perseverance  and  industry  with  American  enter- 
prise and  business  tact,  and  are  just  as  well  liked  as  the  famous 
“Tony  Faust”  himself.  The  oldest  son,  Mr.  E.  A,  Faust,  is 
since  several  years  the  second  Vice-President  of  the  Anheuser- 
Busch  Brewing  Association,  whose  various  celebrated  brands 
of  beer  on  tap  and  in  bottles  are  served  in  Faust’s  Restaurant 
and  Bar-room. 

CHEROKEE  GARDEN. 

Bell  Sidney  438.  Kinloch  C293. 

One  of  the  oldest  summer  gardens  and  public  resorts  in  our  city 
and  known  to  all  St.  Louisans,  is  the  Cherokee  Garden,  situated 
on  Iowa  avenue  and  Cherokee  street,  a favorite  place  not  only  of 
those  living  in  the  southern  and  southwestern  part  of  the  city  but 
frequently  patronized  by  ladies  and  gentlemen  from  all  other  di- 
rections. It  was  in  1867,  thirty-five  years  ago,  when  Philip  Besch 
and  his  wife  bonght  a tract  of  land  on  Cherokee  street  now 
bounded  east  by  Iowa  and  west  by  California  avenue,  where  at 
that  time  scarcely  any  houses  stood  in  the  neighborhood. 
There  they  built  a substantial  two-story  house  to  serve  as  a public 
resort  with  an  adjoining  garden,  and  it  did  not  take  long  before 


— 553  — 


the  establishment  became  justly  celebrated  for  the  good  order 
with  which  it  was  conducted,  and  the  excellent  quality  of  everything 
placed  before  its  guests  in  the  way  of  eatables  and  refreshments  of 
all  kinds.  Whatever  came  from  Mrs.  Besch’s  kitchen  was  of  the 
best  and  so  it  is  to  this  day  — the  place  has  retained  its  good  name 
and  is  still  a favorite  summer  garden,  the  rendezvous  of  our  best 
families.  Mr.  Besch  died  in  1879,  whereupon  his  widow  contin- 
ued the  management  with  remarkable  success.  She  is  now  the 
widow  of  her  second  husband,  Mr.  Christian  Morschel,  and  con- 
ducts the  affairs  with  undiminished  activity  and  the  greatest  at- 
tention for  her  guests ; her  two  sons,  Mr.  Henry  and  Mr.  Conrad 
G.  Besch,  although  engaged  in  other  enterprises  of  their  own, 
assist  their  mother  in  a most  laudable  manner,  and  the  old  and 
well-deserved  reputation  of  the  Cherokee  Garden  is  fully  upheld 
as  in  former  years. 


V.  FRANK. 

There  is  no  other  public  resort  south  of  Lafayette  avenue  so 
widely  known  as  that  of  Mr.  V.  Frank,  on  the  northeast  corner 
of  Victor  street  and  McNair  avenue,  kept  by  him  ever  since  1888 
and  well  patronized  by  the  most  respectable  elements.  The 
establishment  consists  of  a general  bar- room  with  handsome 
fixtures,  a large  adjoining  club  room  and  a well  appointed  bowling 
alley,  built  some  three  years  ago.  Everything  about  the  place  is 
neatly  arranged  and  has  the  air  of  comfort,  and  the  jovial  and 
accommodating  proprietor  is  a great  favorite  with  his  many 
customers.  Whatever  may  be  served  here  is  of  the  best  quality 
and  the  greatest  attention  is  always  paid  to  the  guests’  wishes. 
Mr.  Frank,  a native  of  Bavaria,  and  a miller  by  trade,  came  to 
this  country  in  1872,  first  to  New  Orleans,  where  he  immediately 
found  employment  in  one  of  the  largest  mills  ; he  understood  his 
profession  so  thoroughly,  that  he  became  head  miller  within  six 
months  and  kept  this  position  for  two  years,  when  his  health 
compelled  him  to  leave  New  Orleans  on  account  of  its  climate. 
Coming  to  St.  Louis,  his  first  engagement  here  was  at  the  Southern 
Mills  of  Engelke  & Feiner,  with  whom  he  remained  as  head 
miller  for  two  years,  then  as  such  during  eight  years  in  the 


— 554 


Yaeger  (Anchor)  Mills  till  their  total  destruction  by  fire,  where- 
upon Mr.  H.  Eggers  placed  him  in  charge  of  a mill  in  Red  Bud, 
Illinois  ; later  on  he  ran  a mill  of  his  own  atFieldon,  111.,  but  this 
burned  down  with  so  little  insurance  upon  it,  that  he  looked 
for  another  field  for  his  activity,  returned  to  St.  Louis  and  opened 
the  place  on  Victor  street,  where  he  has  met  with  a well-deserved 
success.  The  Victor  Street  Skat  Club,  the  most  prominent  of  its 
kind  in  the  city,  has  its  headquarters  in  the  above  mentioned  club- 
room  ever  since  its  organization  and  could  certainly  find  no 
better  accommodation  anywhere  else. 

CHARLES  SCHWEICKARDT— “ THE  COTTAGE”  IN 
FOREST  PARK. 

Bell  Forest  181. 

Most  visitors  of  our  city  want  to  see  Forest  Park,  of  which 
they  have  heard  so  much,  and  when  out  there  seldom  fail  to  visit 
“ The  Cottage,”  one  of  its  prominent  features,  and  the  favorite 
place  of  our  own  citizens.  It  was  in  1885  when  Charles  Schweick- 
ardt  and  the  late  John  F.  Holle  leased  the  “Forest  Park  Res- 
taurant,” then  located  on  the  north  side  of  the  park,  whose  rep- 
utation under  their  predecessor  had  been  all  but  good,  and  it 
required  great  exertions  and  financial  sacrifices  to  redeem  it  in 
the  eyes  of  the  community.  The  renewal  of  the  lease  in  1890 
was  bitterly  opposed  by  a small  clique  of  prohibitionists,  who  did 
not  want  a public  resort,  even  if  it  was  a first-class  one,  in  the 
park,  but  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State  finally  decided  that  the 
city  had  the  right  to  grant  such  a lease,  and  it  is  that  very  de- 
cision which  ten  years  later  formed  the  basis  for  the  lease  of  a 
part  of  Forest  Park  to  the  World’s  Fair  Commission.  The 
lease  so  required  by  Mr.  Schweickardt  referred  to  the 
present  location,  but  the  Cottage  built  there  was,  with 
all  its  contents,  destroyed  by  fire  in  May,  1894,  causing  a loss 
of  66,000  dollars,  of  which  only  one-third  was  covered  by  insur- 
ance. This  would  have  discouraged  many  others,  but  not  a man 
like  Chas.  Schweickardt,  and  within  sixty  days  a new  building 
was  ready  for  the  reception  of  guests.  “ The  Cottage  ” is  ever 
since  a center  of  attraction,  managed  in  a most  excellent  manner 


— 555  — 


and  patronized  during  all  seasons  of  the  year.  Mr.  Chas. 
Schweickardt  was  born  and  educated  in  Frankfort  on  the  Main ; 
he  came  to  the  United  States  in  1864  and  in  1875  to  St.  Louis, 
where  he  was  first  connected  with  one  of  our  breweries.  In 
partnership  with  his  old  friend  J.  Fritz  Holle  he  owned  and  con- 
ducted from  1880  till  1896  several  of  the  best  known  public 
resorts  in  the  business  center  of  the  city,  for  instance  on  Market 
street  opposite  the  court  house  and  on  the  southeast  corner  of 
Pine  and  Seventh  streets,  in  conjunction  with  his  establishment  in 
Forest  Park,  to  which  he  now  gives  his  whole  attention,  his 
partner  having  died  several  years  ago.  Mr.  Schweickardt  has 
always  been  a very  active  Republican  but  in  his  capacity  as  a 
State  Senator  (1896  till  1900)  he  has  faithfully  served  the  entire 
community  with  pronounced  ability  and  energy ; he  prevented, 
for  example,  the  passage  of  the  so-called  Pure  Food  bill  and  the 
application  of  the  State  school  bill  to  the  public  schools  of  St. 
Louis,  as  this  would  have  been  very  detrimental  to  the  latter  and 
a great  hardship  to  parents  ; he  furthermore  prevented  the  pass- 
ing of  the  beer  inspection  (hold-up)  bill,  which  was  finally  adop- 
ted as  a party  measure  at  the  conclusion  of  his  Senatorial  term. 
On  the  other  hand  he  was  instrumental  in  the  adoption  of  the 
bill,  which  creates  the  present  modus  of  our  school  board  elec- 
tions and  prescribes  the  management  of  our  public  schools  as  it 
is  now  in  force.  He  has  also  been  a member  of  one  or  the 
other  Congressional  Committee  ever  since  1883 ; belongs  to  vari- 
ous social  and  benevolent  organizations  and  is  a public-spirited 
citizen  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  word. 

GEORGE  VON  DER  BURG. 

Kinloch  U1376. 

Public  resorts  are  an  important  factor  in  the  life  of  a great 
city  ; they  are  just  as  much  of  a necessity  as  hotels  and  restau- 
rants and  the  proprietor  of  a first-class  well-conducted  saloon 
occupies  a valuable  position  in  the  community.  Mr.  George  Von 
der  Burg  can  justly  claim  these  qualifications  for  himself  and 
for  his  establishment.  Located  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Lafa- 
yette and  Ohio  avenues,  it  has  always  been  patronized  by  the  in- 


— 556  — 


habitants  of  Compton  Heights  and  the  Lafayette  Park  district, 
or  in  other  words  by  Americans  as  well  as  Germans  of  the  best 
society.  Mr.  Von  der  Burg,  a native  of  Munich  (Bavaria), 
came  to  St.  Louis  in  1880,  and  made  this  city  his  home  ever 
since ; he  gained  his  first  experience  as  a host  in  the  old  saloon 
attached  to  the  Winkelmeyer’s  Brewery,  on  Market  between  17th 
and  18th  streets,  and  after  opening  his  present  place  in  1891  he 
soon  won  an  enviable  reputation  not  only  for  the  excellent  quality 
of  everything  served  his  guests,  but  especially  for  his  great  polite- 
ness and  untiring  attention,  which  have  made  him  a great  favorite. 
The  patronage  enjoyed  by  him  has  grown  from  year  to  year  and 
necessitated  two  years  ago  the  enlargement  of  the  establishment, 
which  now  comprises  six  or  seven  apartments  including  a sepa- 
rate room  for  ladies  and  gentlemen.  So  great  an  attraction  is 
Von  der  Burg’s  place  that  on  Saturday  evening  and  Sunday 
afternoon  every  seat  is  taken  and  one  can  always  be  sure  to  find 
congenial  company  around  the  tables.  His  well-deserved  success 
and  his  popularity  are  the  natural  result  of  his  personal  exertions 
and  the  excellent  way  in  which  he  manages  his  business. 


FLORISTS. 

One  of  the  results  of  modern  civilization  is  the  marvelous  prog- 
ress made  in  the  culture  of  fiowers  and  their  use  for  decorative 
purposes.  Little  did  our  forefathers  suppose  what  a prominent 
place  the  florists’  art  would  occupy  in  the  world  of  fashion,  in  the 
realm  of  society.  It  is  a fact,  that  many  millions  of  dollars  are 
spent  every  year  in  this  country  alone  for  cut  flowers,  floral  de- 
signs and  decorations  and  that  the  demand  in  this  direction 
becomes  more  extensive  from  year  to  year.  A city  like  St.  Louis 
offers  naturally  a wide  field  for  florists  and  their  products  find  a 
ready  sale  all  the  year  round. 

RIESSEN  FLORAL  CO. 

Bell  Main  385a.  Kinloch  B191. 

The  Riessen  Floral  Company  is  one  of  the  foremost  represen- 
tatives of  this  branch  of  business ; it  was  incorporated  under  the 
laws  of  the  State  of  Missouri,  October  10,  1893,  by  B.  A.  Bue- 


— 557  — 


chel,  E.  C.  Buechel  and  M.  Riessen  and  ma}'  be  considered  the 
successor  of  the  florist,  Chas.  M.  Elleard,  whose  salesrooms  had 
for  quite  awhile  been  in  charge  of  Mrs.  Buechel,  who  takes  an 
active  part  in  the  conduct  of  the  business.  The  Arm  occupies  a 
spacious  store  in  the  Temple  Building,  Number  21  South  Broad- 
way, close  to  the  Southern  Hotel  and  the  Olympic  Theater  and  its 
establishment  forms  one  of  the  chief  attractions  in  that 
part  of  the  city.  The  gardens  and  hot  houses  of  the 
East  and  South  contribute  permanently  to  the  constantly  re- 
newed stock,  which  embraces  the  greatest  variety  of  flowers, 
plants,  shrubbery,  palms  and  other  ornamental  trees.  The  firm 
is  justly  celebrated  for  the  beauty  and  originality  of  its  floral  de- 
signs, and  the  decorating  done  by  it  has  won  the  admiration  of  even 
the  most  fastidious.  In  this  connection  we  could  give  a long  list, 
but  will  point  only  to  the  Veiled  Prophets’  balls  in  the  Merchants’ 
Exchange,  the  Carnival  festivities  of  the  Liederkranz,  the  ban- 
quets in  the  Southern  and  the  Planter’s  Hotels,  aside  from  the 
innumerable  weddings  and  other  occasions  where  the  Riessen 
Floral  Co.  had  charge  of  the  decorations  in  churches  and  resi- 
dences. They  are  executed  under  the  personal  directions  of  Mr. 
E.  C.  Buechel,  whose  excellent  taste  always  succeeds  in  pro- 
ducing truly  wonderful  effects.  He  is  a St.  Louisan  by  birth,  a 
connoisseur  in  art  matters,  has  a host  of  warm  friends,  is 
well  liked  by  everybody,  and  one  of  the  best  known  men  in  the 
city.  The  firm  has  a branch  in  the  Planters  Hotel,  where  a full 
assortment  of  flowers  is  always  kept  on  hand.  Orders  are  filled 
at  the  shortest  notice,  and  the  greatest  attention  paid  to  prompt 
delivery.  The  officers  of  the  company  are:  B.  A.  Buechel,  Presi- 
dent ; M.  Riessen,  Vice-President,  and  E.  C.  Buechel,  Secretary. 
The  latter,  though  his  time  is  greatly  taken  up  by  the  affairs  of 
the  firm,  devotes  himself  nevertheless  to  his  duties  as  a member 
of  various  organizations  in  which  his  active  participation  is  of 
great  value  and  dulj'  appreciated. 

WILLIAM  SCHRAY  & SONS. 

Bell  Sidney  433.  Kinloch  C280. 

Fifty  years  spent  in  St.  Louis  make  Mr.  W’illiam  Scbray  one 
of  the  pioneers  of  our  city,  but  one  may  call  him  at  the  same  time 
the  pioneer  of  florists  and  landscape  gardeners  in  our  midst.  He 


— 558 


received  bis  early  training  in  bis  vocation  with  a celebrated  gar- 
dener of  Stuttgart,  tbe  capital  of  Wurtemburg,  so  justly  famous  for 
its  parks  and  public  gardens.  Leaving  Germany  at  tbe  age  of 
eighteen,  be  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1852,  and  became  (1855)  a land- 
scape gardener  and  florist  for  tbe  late  Henry  Sbaw.  In  1857  be 
established  himself  as  a florist  and  nurseryman  at  the  corner  of 
Pennsylvania  and  Gasconade  avenues,  where  be  has  remained 
ever  since.  Tbe  large  tract  of  land  covering  several  acres,  is  bis 
own  property,  and  he  has  expended  thousands  of  dollars  in  tbe 
improvement  of  tbe  place,  which  is  now  and  since  many  years  a 
model  establishment.  His  two  sons,  Mr.  Emil  and  Mr.  Julius  F. 
Scbray,  are  their  father’s  partners,  and  his  able  assistants  in  the 
conduct  of  a business  which  has  grown  from  year  to  year  tilt  it 
has  become  one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  whole  West. 
Their  gardens  and  hothouses  contain  the  fullest  assortment  of 
flowers,  plants  and  ornamental  trees,  shrubbery,  etc.  The  laying 
out  of  grounds,  the  planting  and  the  stocking  of  greenhouses  is 
carefully  attended  to  by  them,  also  the  decorating  for  churches, 
weddings,  balls  and  other  festivities.  They  import  rare  plants 
and  flowers,  as  well  as  seeds,  in  the  various  seasons  of  the  year 
from  some  of  the  most  noted  florists  of  Europe,  and  give  the 
greatest  attention  to  all  orders  entrusted  to  them.  The  firm  is 
known  for  its  reliability  and  fair  dealing  with  all  customers.  Mr. 
William  Schray  was  one  of  the  founders  of  the  St.  Louis  Florists’ 
Association,  and  had,  in  former  year’s,  charge  of  the  floral  de- 
partment of  the  St.  Louis  Fair,  and  his  exhibits  there  and  in  Ex- 
position Hall,  have  always  been  awarded  first  prizes,  which  fact 
may  serve  as  another  evidence  of  the  superiority  of  the  estab- 
lishment. 


DRY  GOODS. 

The  St.  Louis  wholesale  trade  in  dry  goods  forms  a history  of 
uninterrupted  progress  from  an  early  period  of  modest  dimen- 
sion to  the  present  time,  in  which  this  branch  of  business  sur- 
passes all  others  in  volume,  extent  of  territory  and  amount  of 
sales.  The  geographical  situation,  the  great  waterways  of  the 


— 559  — 


Mississippi  and  Missouri,  the  continuous  improvement  of  rail- 
road connections,  made  our  city  in  course  of  time  the  principal 
distributing  point  for  dry  goods  and  kindred  branches  outside  of 
New  York.  The  territory  of  our  dry  goods  sales  reaches  now  on 
the  west  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  on  the  south  to  the  borders  of  Mex- 
ico, east  to  the  State  of  Ohio,  northwest  to  Oregon,  and  south- 
east to  Florida,  and  the  only  limit  to  its  further  extension  are 
freight  conditions,  over  which  we  have  not  yet  acquired  sufficient 
control.  Our  wholesale  dry  goods  firms,  without  exception,  buy 
from  the  manufacturer  direct,  at  home  and  abroad,  dispensing 
with  the  intervention  of  the  jobber,  thereby  being  enabled  to  give 
the  retailer  the  benefit  so  derived.  The  capital  invested  by  the^ 
various  firms  is  larger  than  that  of  any  other  branch,  and  the 
annual  sales  since  1897  amount  to  between  fifty  and  fifty- five 
million  dollars.  Years  ago  this  trade  was  concentrated  on  Main 
street  in  rather  dingy  quarters,  when  compared  with  the  palatial 
buildings  in  which  it  is  now  housed.  Washington  avenue,  the 
widest  and  finest  thoroughfare  in  the  city,  became  the  home  of 
the  old  firms  as  well  as  those  of  more  recent  date.  These 
magnificent  buildings  contain  all  the  year  round  goods  worth 
many  millions  of  dollars,  and  the  most  complete  assortment  of 
everything  included  in  the  dry  goods  and  notion  line.  Most 
of  the  firms  have  permanent  agents  in  the  manufacturing  centers 
of  the  East,  Great  Britain,  France,  Germany,  Switzerland  and 
Belgium,  aside  from  sending  their  buyers  at  regular  intervals  to 
these  places. 

Our  retail  dry  goods  houses  can  fairly  compete  with  the  largest 
establishments  of  New  York,  Boston,  Philadelphia,  and  Chicago, 
and  we  take  pleasure  to  speak  here  of  some  of  the  foremost  rep- 
resentatives of  this  branch  of  business. 

WM.  BARR  DRY  GOODS  CO. 

Bell  Park  715.  Kinloch  B895,  891. 

It  was  in  the  spring  of  1849  when  Ubsdell,  Pierson  & Co.,  a 
large  New  York  dry  goods  firm,  opened  a retail  dry  goods  store 
on  Third  and  Market  streets  in  this  city,  believing  St.  Louis  to 
be  the-  best*^  place  for  a Western  branch.  In  this  they  were  not 


— 560  — 


mistaken  ; the  small  beginning  was  the  nucleus  of  the  greatest  retail 
dry  goods  house  in  our  midst  and  one  of  the  largest  in  the  whole 
country,  as  the  Wm.  Barr  Dry  Goods  Company  is  its  offspring. 
More  than  half  a century  has  elapsed  since  that  time,  the  population 
has  grown  from  75,000  to  700,000,  and  the  firm  has  not  only  kept 
pace  with  this  development,  but  has  actually  superseded  it.  Its 
march  of  progress  was  clearly  signified  by  the  changes  of  its  loca- 
tion : from  Third  and  Market  to  the  corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive 
was  a first  step  on  the  way  to  future  greatness,  then  came  the 
movement  to  the  spacious  building  on  Fourth  between  Vine  and 
St.  Charles  street,  where  the  firm  remained  for  nearly  twenty 
years  up  to  1880,  in  which  year  it  took  possession  of  the  magnifi- 
cent structure  bounded  by  Olive,  Sixth  and  Locust  streets,  built 
especially  for  the  use  of  the  firm.  This  movement  inaugurated 
the  westward  march  of  the  retail  trade,  and  its  exodus  from  P'ourth 
street  changed  Olive  from  a residence  to  a business  street  and 
made  Barr’s  the  center  of  the  retail  district.  The  building  con- 
tains five  stories  and  a basement,  its  fioor  space  would  cover  a 
whole  city  block  and  its  interior  forms  a world  of  its  own ; it  is 
filled  from  cellar  to  roof  with  foreign  and  domestic  goods,  of  an 
unlimited  variety  in  the  different  lines  of  manufacture  and  indus- 
try, offering  their  patrons  an  unsurpassed  assortment  to  select 
fi'om  and  of  prices  to  suit  every  taste  and  pocketbook.  The  local 
and  neighboring  trade  is  of  course  predominant  but  the  orders 
by  mail  daily  received  of  all  parts  of  the  West  and  Southwest  keep 
the  shipping  department  busy  from  morning  until  night.  No  other 
house  can  boast  of  the  permanency  of  its  patronage  like  that 
of  Barr’s  and  this  fact  is  based  upon  the  great  reliability 
and  the  unexceptional  fair  dealing  of  the  firm,  whose  con- 
constant  aim  it  is  to  give  its  customers  the  fullest  satisfaction, 
may  the  purchase  be  large  or  small.  Mr.  Joseph  Franklin,  the 
head  of  this  mammoth  establishment,  came  here  in  1853  together 
with  Wm.  Barr  and  James  Duncan  as  the  I’epresentatives  of 
Ubsdell,  Pierson  & Co.  of  New  York,  from  which  firm  that  of 
Barr,  Duncan  & Co.,  emanated,  who  in  turn  were  succeeded  by 
Wm.  Barr  & Co.,  until  the  present  firm  became  incorporated 
(1870)  with  Wm.  Barr  (who  resides  in  New  York)  as  President; 
Jos.  Franklin  as  Vice-President ; Geo.  M.  Wright  as  Secretary 


— 561  — 


and  Treasurer;  General  Superintendent  Richard  Forrester  has 
been  connected  with  the  firm  for  a full  half  a century  and  has 
sold  goods  to  the  grandmothers  of  some  of  the  young  ladies  who 
now  constitute  a part  of  the  customers  of  this  mammoth  business 
house.  Mr.  Franklin  was  only  seventeen  years  of  age,  when  he 
become  connected  with  the  dry  goods  trade  and  his  thorough 
knowledge  of  all  its  details,  his  great  espei’ience,  sagacity  and 
watchfulness  make  him  particularly  fit  for  the  general  supervision 
and  management  of  such  a gigantic  concern  ; he  is  at  his  post 
from  morning  till  evening,  gives  the  closest  attention  to  business 
matters  and  exercises  the  chief  control  over  an  army  of  seven 
hundred  and  fifty  employees,  some  of  whom  have  been  with  the 
firm  for  a lifetime ; he  is  full  of  activity  and  energy,  liberal 
minded,  very  chai’itable  and  of  an  amiable  disposition,  imbued 
with  progressive  ideas  and  a man  of  the  highest  integrity,  taking 
a lively  interest  in  public  affairs  and  participating  in  every  move- 
ment for  the  good  of  our  city  and  the  promotion  of  commerce, 
educational  and  art  matters,  so  that  his  name  and  that  of  the 
Barr  Dry  Goods  Co.  have  long  ago  become  household  words 
far  beyond  the  limits  of  St.  Louis. 

Just  before  going  to  press  announcement  has  been  made,  that 
an  addition  to  the  building,  taking  in  all  the  space  from  its  west 
w’all  to  Seventh  street  will  soon  be  built,  so  that  the  entire  block 
on  Olive,  between  Sixth  and  Seventh  will  in  future  be  occupied 
b}?  the  firm,  which  will  give  it  more  floor  space  than  that  of  any 
other  local  retail  dry  goods  house. 

THE  GRAND  LEADER  — STIX,  BAER  & FULLER. 

Bell  Main  504,  2850.  Kinloch  B456. 

Ten  years,  a comparatively  short  period,  have  been  more  than 
sufficient  to  place  the  Grand  Leader  in  the  front  rank  of  our 
largest  retail  dry  goods  houses  — a greater  compliment  could 
hardly  be  made  to  any  firm,  when  we  contemplate  that  the  much 
older  houses  in  the  same  line  existed  twice  and  three  times  as  long 
before  they  reached  a similar  result.  Time  and  trade  conditions 
were  not  propitious  when  Messrs.  Stix,  Baer  & Fuller  opened  the 
Grand  Leader  in  1892,  and  the  financial  and  business  panic  of 
36k 


— 562  — 


1893,  whose  bad  effect  lasted  through  the  following  couple  of 
years,  was  certainly  not  very  favorable  to  the  young  firm,  but  a 
high  grade  of  business  ability,  untiring  activity,  combined  with 
energy  and  ample  means  overcame  all  obstacles  and  paved  the 
way  for  the  remarkable  success,  which  signifies  the  firm’s  career. 
They  were  first  located  on  the  west  side  of  Broadway,  between 
Morgan  street  and  Franklin  avenue,  but  the  constant  growth  of 
their  trade  required  much  larger  quarters,  and  such  were  secured 
by  the  lease  of  the  magnificent  structure,  which  covers  half  the 
block  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  Washington  ave- 
nue, originally  erected,  and  for  many  years  occupied  by  the 
wholesale  dry  goods  firm  of  Samuel  C.  Davis  & Co.  This  mas- 
sive building  contains  in  its  six  stories  the  various  departments 
which  form  this  great  bazar,  the  Mecca  of  St.  Louis  women,  the 
rendezvous  place  of  all  classes  where  the  fullest  assortment  of  all 
articles  generally  kept  in  such  establishments  is  at  the  command 
of  their  patrons.  An  immense  stock  of  goods  bought  from  the 
manufacturer,  or  directly  imported,  enable  the  firm  to  compete 
favorably  in  regard  to  prices  and  quality  of  goods,  and  the  multi- 
tude of  customers  seen  in  the  Grand  Leader  from  morning  till 
night,  speaks  better  than  anything  else  for  its  popularity.  The 
proprietors,  Messrs.  Chas.  A.  Stix,  Sigmund  Baer,  J.  A.  Baer 
and  A.  Fuller,  possess  a thorough  knowledge  of  all  the  details  of 
trade  and  along  business  experience,  they  are  enterprising  and 
liberal-minded,  and  are  well  known  and  esteemed  in  mercantile  and 
social  circles.  As  a further  evidence  of  the  continued  extension 
of  the  Grand  Leader’s  trade  we  will  conclude  with  the  simple 
statement,  that  the  number  of  employees,  of  which  there  were  two 
hundred  in  1892,  is  since  several  years  over  five  hundred,  and  is 
still  on  the  increase. 


SVOBODA  BROTHEKS,  LADIES’  TAILORS. 

The  last  quarter  of  the  nineteenth  century  has  brought  an  evo- 
lution in  the  world  of  fashion : the  ladies  tailor,  who  has  taken 
the  place  of  the  fashionable  dressmaker,  who  until  then  reigned 
supreme.  Refined  society  has  always  demanded  perfectness  in 
dress,  but  at  present  more  so  than  ever  before ; the  wardrobe 


— 563  — 


I 


plays  nowadays  an  important  and  conspicuous  part  in  our  fashion- 
able ladies’  life.  To  be  not  only  well  but  elegantly  dressed,  has  be- 
come a necessity  for  all  who  move  in  good  society  and  as  the  lat- 
ter is  abundantly  represented  in  our  city,  it  is  but  natural  that  the 
ladies’  tailor  has  an  extensive  field  in  our  midst.  Mr.  F.  F.  Svoboda 
may  truly  be  considered  the  foremost  representative  in  this  branch 
of  business,  as  he’stands  without  a rival,  whoever  his  competitors 
may  be.  Having  learned  and  worked  at  his  trade  in  Vienna  and 
Paris,  the  two  great  centers  of  fashion,  he  is  thoroughly  familiar 
with  all  the  details  of  the  branch  and  possesses  all  the  require- 
ments to  place  him  in  the  front  rank  of  the  St.  Louis  ladies’  tailors. 
Ever  since  he  opened  his  establishment,  his  patrons  became  con- 
vinced that  everything  emanating  from  it  was  not  only  the  re- 
production of  the  latest  Paris  and  London  fashions,  but  at  the 
same  time  unsurpassed  in  workmanship  and  finish,  in  taste  and 
brilliancy  of  conception ; the  cutting,  fitting  and  trimming  of 
costumes,  robes,  riding  habits,  etc.,  is  done  under  the  personal 
supervision  and  control  of  Mr.  Svoboda  with  careful  considera- 
tion of  the  wearer’s  individuality — a requirement  which  is  only 
too  often  lost  sight  o|  by  dressmakers  and  ladies’  tailors,  but 
which  is  never  overlooked  by  him.  It  is  therefore  no  wonder 
that  the  number  of  his  customers  has  grown  from  year  to  year 
and  that  new  ones  are  constantly  added  to  the  list  of  his  clients. 
It  is  his  permanent  aim  to  give  them  the  greatest  satisfaction 
in  every  respect  and  he  is  known  for  his  reliability,  strictness 
in  all  his  dealings  and  promptness  and  accuracy  in  the  execu- 
tion of  all  orders.  The  establishment  occupies  the  entire 
building  number  2620  Olive  street  and  contains  the  various  de- 
partments, among  them  a full  assortment  of  imported  and  domes- 
tic goods  of  superior  quality  including  the  most  elegant  trim- 
mings. It  is  a model  establishment  in  the  truest  sense  of  the 
word  and  Mr.  Svoboda  may  well  be  proud  of  his  success,  which 
is  the  deserved  result  of  his  own  exertions,  his  ability,  and  the 
untiring  attention  which  he  gives  to  his  business  duties. 


— 564  — 


Murray  Oarleton,  Pres.  J.  R.  Curley,  Sec. 

H.  AUGUSTINE,  Vice-Pres.  S.  G.  Wilson,  Treas. 


CARLETON  DRY  GOODS  CO. 

(Formerly  Wear,  IJoogher  & Co.) 


WHOLESALE  DRY  GOODS. 

900  to  912  Washington  Ave., 

ST.  LOUIS. 


Bell  Main  1101. 


Kinloch  B261. 


D.  D.  Walker,  Pres.  D.  R.  Calhoun,  2d  Vice-Pres. 

W.  H.  Walker,  Vice-Pres.  J.  S.  Walker,  Sec. 

O.  D.  Walker,  Jr.,  Treas. 


ELY  & WALKER  DRYGOODS  CO. 


WHOLESALE  DRY  GOODS. 


800  to  818  Washington  Ave. 


Bell  Park  650. 


Kinloch  B266. 


— 565  — 


CLOAKS  AKD  SUITS. 

N.  AND  J.  FRIEDMAN. 

Bell  Main  209a.  Kinloch  A1040. 

St.  Louis  is  since  many  years  the  center  of  the  cloak  trade  for 
the  whole  West.  The  distribution  of  this  article  was  in  times 
gone  by  confined  to  the  jobbing  houses,  the  Eastern  factories 
furnishing  the  goods ; but  this  has  changed  since  several  cloak 
factories  have  been  established  in  our  midst.  One  of  them  is 
owned  by  Messrs.  N.  and  J.  Friedman,  and  was  for  manj'  years 
located  at  411,  413  and  415  North  Eighth  street.  They  are  the 
successors  of  Max  Judd  & Co.,  who  began  the  manufacture  of 
cloaks  as  early  as  1878,  and  the  reputation  won  by  them  adheres 
in  the  same  great  measure  to  the  present  firm  which  consists  of 
Messrs.  Nathan,  Ferdinand  and  Jacob  Friedman,  who  devote  all 
their  time  and  attention  to  the  supervision  of  the  factory  proper 
and  the  sales  department.  The  firm  makes  cloaks,  suits,  skirts 
and  fur  garments,  and  supplies  the  trade  with  these  articles  in 
well-assorted  qualities,  securing  to  their  customers  a great 
variety  to  select  from.  It  need  hardly  be  said  that  great 
care  is  taken  in  regard  to  workmanship  and  finish,  as  well  as 
to  style.  About  500  hands  are  employed  by  this  firm,  and 
their  goods  are  sold  to  dealers  in  Missouri,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  the 
Dakotas,  Utah,  California,  Oregon  and  Arkansas.  The  build- 
ing occupied  for  so  many  years  proved  inadequate  for  the 
constantly  growing  trade  of  the  firm,  which  demanded  much 
larger  quarters.  The  result  of  this  necessity  was  the  purchase 
of  a lot  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Eighth  street  and  Lucas 
avenue,  measuring  66  by  105  feet  and  the  erection  of  a mas- 
sive eight-story  building.  Under  the  roof  of  this  magnificent 
structure  are  the  offices,  sample  and  salesrooms,  stock  department 
and  workshops,  the  latter  being  equipped  with  the  most  approved 
implements  and  facilities  for  manufacturing  purposes.  The  gen- 
tlemen composing  the  firm  are  well-known  business  men,  fully 
deserving  the  great  success  won  by  their  energy  and  enter- 


— 566  - 


prise,  and  their  coming  here  in  1894  must  be  considered  as  a 
valuable  addition  to  our  mercantile  and  industrial  community. 

JOHN  HUGHES  & CO. 

John  Hughes  and  Company,  manufacturers  of  cloaks  and 
ladies’  suits,  are  the  successors  of  Berkson,  Hughes  & Co.,  the 
present  owners  of  the  firm  being  Mr.  .John  Hughes  and  Mr.  Rob- 
ert Latz,  the  former  for  many  years  Superintendent  of  Max 
Judd  and  Co. , the  first  cloak  manufacturers  in  our  city,  with  which 
house  Mr.  Latz  had  likewise  been  connected  until  the  formation 
of  the  present  copartnership.  The  articles  of  their  manufacture 
comprise  cloaks  and  suits  for  ladies  and  children,  made  up  under 
their  own  supervision  from  the  best  material,  the  greatest  care 
being  given  to  workmanship  and  finish.  The  quality  of  their 
goods,  the  attention  given  to  the  filling  of  orders,  combined 
with  a long  acquaintance  among  the  trade,  have  gained  for  them 
an  extensive  patronage  in  the  Western  and  Southwestern  States 
and  an  always  fair  treatment  of  their  customers  has  been  re- 
warded by  deserved  success.  The  firm  was  formerly  located  at 
715  Washington  avenue,  but  occupies  now  the  large  building 
fi’om  909  to  915  Lucas  avenue,  containing  office,  salesrooms  and 
factory,  which  latter  is  thoroughly  equipped  for  the  demands  of 
their  constantly  growing  trade.  Both  partners  are  old  residents 
of  St.  Louis  and  well  known  in  the  business  community,  in  and 
outside  of  the  city. 

SINGER  BROTHERS. 

Bell  Main  23. 

Mr.  Adolph  and  Mr.  James  W.  Singer  formed  the  copartner- 
ship under  the  above  name  about  six  years  ago  for  the  man- 
ufacture of  cloaks,  and  other  ladies’  and  children’s  gar- 
ments, after  dissolving  their  partnership  in  the  firm  of  Bry  and 
Singer.  The  Messrs.  Singer  are  the  sons  of  the  late  Mr.  Ber- 
nard Singer,  who  died  many  years  ago,  and  the  integrity  and 
strict  business  principles  for  which  he  was  known  during  his  long 
and  useful  career  in  our  midst,  characterize  the  sons  just  as 
much.  They  are  St.  Louisans  by  birth,  received  an  excellent 


— 567 


education,  and  possess  all  the  good  qualifications  of  the  younger 
generation,  with  its  progressive  ideas,  enterprising  activity  and 
business  tact.  The  result  of  such  a combination  is  in  most  cases 
the  deserved  success,  and  it  gives  us  great  pleasure  to  state  that 
their  exertions  have  met  with  such  success  in  a remarkable  measure. 
The  firm  stands  in  the  front  rank  of  its  line,  and  enjoys  a well- 
earned  reputation  here  and  everywhere  outside  of  St.  Louis  where 
their  goods  are  sold.  The  articles  of  manufacture  comprise 
cloaks,  jackets,  capes,  suits,  and  skirts,  and  are  made  exclu- 
sively under  their  own  roof.  The  eight-story  building  on  the 
northwest  corner  of  Ninth  street  and  Lucas  avenue  is  entirely 
taken  up  by  the  various  departments  of  the  firm,  standing  on  a 
corner,  every  part  of  the  building  is  well  lighted  and  ventilated, 
securing  cleanliness  and  comfort  to  the  more  than  two  hundred 
hands  who  are  constantly  emplo\^ed  in  the  working-up  of  gar- 
ments. The  working  force^consists  of  experienced  designers  and 
cutters,  the  latter  using  electric  power  as  a valuable  auxiliary, 
and  those  running  the  sewing  machines,  which  are  also  moved  by 
electricity.  A number  of  traveling  men  represent  the  firm  in  the 
Western,  Southern  and  Northern  States,  where  the  product  of 
the  factory  finds  a ready  market,  based  upon  the  quality,  style  and 
careful  make-up  of  every  article  emanating  from  the  house. 
Both  brothers  are  well  known  in  our  commercial  community,  and 
great  favorites  in  society,  where  their  affable  manners  make  them 
always  welcome. 

MORRIS  HERZOG,  RETAIL  CLOAKS  AND  SUITS. 

Bell  Main  1582a.  Kinlocli  A422. 

The  cloak  and  suit  department  in  the  establishment  of  Strauss 
& Stumer,  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  St.  Charles  street, 
is  owned  and  conducted  by  Mr.  Morris  Herzog,  who  has  many 
years  experience  in  this  particular  branch,  in  which  he  has  been 
engaged  m our  city  for  more  than  ten  years.  He  conducted  first 
the  cloak  and  suit  department  in  “ Famous,”  became  then  the 
proprietor  of  the  Model  Cloak  Company  and  won  for  himself  an 
extensive  patronage  and  the  fullest  confidence  of  his  customers, 
who  know  that  the  goods  sold  by  him  are  what  they  are  repre- 


— 568  — 


sented  to  be.  The  large  assortment  constantly  kept  on  hand 
offers  an  almost  unlimited  variety  of  everything  included  in  the 
branch,  of  the  latest  style,  unsurpassed  in  quality  of  material 
and  workmanship  and  at  ijrices  to  suit  every  taste  and  every 
pocketbook.  Mr.  Herzog  is  always  at  his  place  of  business 
ready  to  serve  his  customers,  and  a corps  of  polite  and  experi- 
enced salesladies  are  in  attendance.  He  has  met  with  remarkable 
success  as  the  well-deserved  result  of  reliable  and  fair  dealing, 
and  this  is  what  the  ladies  know  and  appreciate. 


Nathan  Brt,  Pres.  Louis  15ry,  Vice-Pres.  & Treas. 

BRY  & BRO.  CLOAK  CO. 


MANUFACTUEERS  OF 

CLOAKS,  SUITS  AND  SKIRTS. 

looi  to  1005  Lucas  Ave., 

ST.  LOUIS. 

Klnloch  D937. 


PREMIUM  MANUFACTURING  COMPANY. 

Bell  2097,  2893a,  3097m.  Klnloch  C669. 

The  short-sighted  policy  of  the  Eastern  manufacturers,  who 
labored  under  the  impression  that  everything  they  made  was  good 
enough  for  the  West  and  South,  brought  the  Premium  Manu- 
facturing Co.  of  St.  Louis  into  existence.  The  Western  jobbers 
had  for  a long  time  been  satisfied  with  the  goods  of  the  Eastern 
markets,  owing  to  the  scarcity,  if  not  the  entire  lack  of  skilled 
labor  in  the  Western  States,  and  for  this  reason  had  to  rely  upon 


— 569  — 


the  factories  in  the  East.  It  was  early  in  1887,  when  Mr.  Wm.  Stix, 
who  had  for  years  been  identified  with  the  manufacture  of 
clothing  in  Cincinnati,  urged  upon  Mr.  E.  Michael  (one  of  his 
partners  in  the  firm  of  Rice,  Stix  & Co.)  the  necessity  to  make 
the  Western  trade  in  shirts,  overalls,  etc.,  independent  from  the 
Eastern  mannfacturers  by  the  establishment  of  a factory  in  our 
midst.  He  vouched  for  the  success  and  he  was  not  mistaken, 
as  his  prophecy  was  more  than  fulfilled.  A company  was  organ- 
ized and  incorporated  under  the  above  name  in  1887,  and  the  fol- 
lowing officers  were  elected:  Elias  Michael,  President;  Wm.  Stix, 
Vice-President  and  Treasurer;  F.  D.  Rice,  Secretary'.  Opera- 
tions were  at  once  begun,  first  at  303  North  Fourth  street,  with 
forty  sewing  machines  for  a start,  but  they  soon  became  insuffi- 
cient and  the  premises  inadequate  for  the  constantly  growing 
demand,  so  that  larger  quarters  were  needed  and  acquired 
by  renting  the  four-story  building,  1008-1010  and  1012  St. 
Charles  street,  but  the  uninterrupted  extension  of  the  trade  has 
reached  such  dimensions,  that  the  factory  has  to  be  enlarged 
without  delay  and  plans  for  this  purpose  are  already  considered. 
The  modest  beginning  has  developed  into  one  of  the  largest  man- 
ufacturing establishments  of  its  kind  in  the  West,  producing  over 
60,000  dozen  garments  per  annum,  and  this  immense  output  is 
exclusively  sold  and  distributed  over  the  whole  West,  Southwest 
and  South,  through  Rice,  Stix  & Co.,  of  this  city.  The  product 
of  the  Premium  Manufacturing  Co.  is  justly  celebrated  for  its 
quality  as  to  material  used  and  make-up,  it  has  become  a house- 
hold word  wherever  it  is  known,  and  sells  itself  as  the  retailers 
say. 


S.  GRABINSKY  & CO. 

Kinloch  B607. 

The  manufacture  of  ladies’  underwear  for  the  trade  is  of  com- 
paratively recent  date  ; we  might  say  that  female  apparel  of  every 
kind  was  in  former  times  mostly  made  by  private  individuals  for 
their  own  use  or  by  seamstresses  engaged  for  this  purpose  by  the 
consumer.  This  has  undergone  a great  change  during  the  last 
twenty-five  years,  since  which  time  ready-made  muslin  underwear 


570  — 


is  almost  exclusively  worn  and  its  manufacture  forms  now  a very 
important  branch  of  industry.  The  good  housewife  finds  it  much 
more  economical  and  time-saving  to  buy  the  various  articles  for 
herself  and  family  than  to  make  them,  and  there  is  hardly  a dry 
goods  store'  even  in  the  smallest  country  town  without  such  goods. 
One  of  the  most  extensive  manufacturing  firms  in  this  line  is 
located  in  St.  Louis;  it  is  the  well-known  house  of  S.  Grabinsky 
& Co.,  established  by  Mr.  S.  Grabinsky  in  1882.  Its  first  place, 
on  Broadway  and  Franklin  avenue,  became  soon  too  small  for  the 
constantly  growing  business  which  developed  from  year  to  year 
into  greater  dimensions  and  gives  how  employment  to  two  hundred 
and  fifty  hands.  The  product  of  the  firm  is  justly  celebrated  for 
its  good  material  and  unsurpassed  workmanship  and  is  sold  to  all 
parts  of  the  United  States.  Factory  and  salesroom  are  since 
many  years  located  at  717  and  719  and  721  North  Seventh  street, 
right  in  center  of  the  wholesale  district  and  easily  accessible 
from  every  part  of  the  city.  The  great  success  of  the  owners  is 
due  to  the  quality  of  their  articles,  strict  business  principles  and 
fair  dealing  with  all  their  customers. 

ST.  LOUIS  CORSET  COMPANY. 

Kicloch  C976. 

The  St.  Louis  Corset  Company  is  a Western  enterprise 
throughout,  founded  by  Western  men  and  conducted  by  them 
ever  since.  It  was  a rather  small  beginning  when  Messrs.  Alex- 
ander Davis,  Wm.  McCabe  and  Ernest  Edwards  established  a 
corset  factory  at  814  North  Twenty-first  street  some  years 
ago,  but  it  soon  developed  into  greater  dimensions,  so  that  more 
room  and  better  facilities  became  necessary,  and  the  large  build- 
ing, 1900  and  1902  Morgan  street,  erected  and  owned  by  the 
company,  is  the  best  evidence  of  the  firm’s  enviable  success. 
Its  three  stories  contain  large,  airy  rooms,  well  lighted  and  ven- 
tilated, are  fully  equipped  with  the  most  approved  machinery  and 
modern  appliances  for  the  manufacture  of  corsets,  corset- waists 
and  underskirts,  giving  constant  employment  to  one  hundred  and 
twenty-five  hands.  The  specific  merits  of  these  articles  consist 
in  their  exquisite  fit  and  finish,  the  carefully-selected  material 
and  the  price  at  which  they  are  sold  to  the  trade.  The  terri- 


— 571  — 


tory  of  their  sales  comprise  the  whole  United  States  from  _one 
end  to  the  other,  and  the  well-known  trade-mark 
has  become  a household  world  with  dealers  and 
consumers.  The  S.  T.  L.  is  a symbol  of  fair, 
honest  treatment  for  all  patrons  of  the  firm,  may  their  orders 
be  large  or  small,  and  it  is  their  particular  aim  to  give  the 
fullest  satisfaction  to  all  their  customers.  The  incorporation 


— 572  — 


of  the  company  took  place  in  1887  by  the  before-mentioned 
gentlemen.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  Wm.  McCabe, 
Pk  Edwards  and  A.  E.  Davis.  Mr.  McCabe  is  President,  Mr. 
PMwards,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  former,  a native  of 
Ireland,  has  an  extensive  experience  in  the  art  of  corset  mak- 
ing, having  been  Superintendent  of  a factory  in  Connecticut,  at 
that  time  the  largest  in  the  country,  but  outlived  long  by  the  St. 
Louis  establishment.  Mr.  Ernest  Edwards  was  born,  raised  and 
educated  in  Missouri  and  has  been  identified  with  corset  manu- 
facture for  more  than  eighteen  years.  In  conclusion  we  will  add 
that  the  workshops  of  the  St.  Louis  Corset  Co.  have  never  been 
closed  except  on  Sundays  and  holidays  — a feat  which  speaks 
volumes  for  the  firm’s  solidity  and  standing  in  the  industrial  and 
commercial  world. 

A.  FUEGER. 

Bell  Main  1101m. 

St.  Louis  can  boast  of  having  the  largest  wig  maker’s  and  cos- 
tumer’s establishment  in  this  part  of  the  United  States.  By  say- 
ing so  we  refer  to  Mr.  A.  Fueger,  whose  name  is,  more  than  any 
other  one,  familiar  to  the  theatrical  people  of  the  country,  they 
being  supplied  by  him  year  after  year  in  the  most  satisfactory 
way.  He  is  a native  of  Germany,  but  learned  his  trade  in  Paris, 
from  where  he  came  directly  to  this  city  in  1879,  where  he 
opened  hairdresser’s  and  wig-maker’s  rooms  at  207  South  Fourth 
street.  This  was  in  1880,  and  five  years  later  the  costumer’s 
branch  was  added.  Up  to  that  time  this  field  was  more  or  less 
in  its  infancy,  and  Mr.  Fueger  was  the  first  in  developing  it.  His 
energy  brought  soon  the  desired  results,  his  trade  became  more 
extensive  from  year  to  year,  and  his  establishment  occupies  now 
the  entire  building,  number  521  Walnut  street,  one  block  from  the 
Southern  Hotel  and  the  Olympic  Theater.  In  course  of  time  the 
following  costumers  were  bought  out  by  him : Mrs.  G.  Buff,  G. 
Spilling,  Miss  M.  Buergler,  Hugo  Sarner  and  Miss  L.  Zepp, 
His  assortment  of  costumes  is  so  complete  and  of  such  a variety, 
that  a whole  theatrical  company  can  be  fitted  out  by  him  for  any 
kind  of  performance  within  a couple  of  hours ; likewise  is  his 


— 573  — 


stock  for  masquerades  unsurpassed  in  quantity  and  quality,  so 
that  many  clubs  and  societies  here  and  elsewhere,  are  regularly 
furnished  by  him.  The  wigs  msde  by  him  and  his  able  assistants 
are  of  the  finest  workmanship,  and  were  awarded  the  first  pre- 
mium at  numerous  fairs  and  expositions.  Mr.  Fueger  gives  his 
personal  supervision  to  all  the  details  of  his  business,  is  very  at- 
tentive to  the  wishes  of  his  patrons,  has  a host  of  warm  friends, 
and  is  always  welcome  at  social  gatherings. 

ERICH  WELLMANN. 

Mr.  Erich  Wellmann  came  to  St.  Louis  as  a professional  actor 
and  singer  in  1866,  since  which  year  he  has  made  this  city  his 
permanent  home.  He  was  for  a long  time  a prominent  mem- 
ber of  the  Apollo  Theater  Stock  Company  and  proved  an  actor 
of  considerable  merit  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  him  in  his 
capacity  as  an  opera  singer  in  Theodore  Habelmann’s  cele- 
brated opera  company.  Mr.  Wellmann  retired  from  the  stage 
some  twenty-five  years  ago,  to  become  a costumer.  It  was  a 
modest  beginning,  but  be  soon  gained  a large  patronage  and 
his  business  became  more  extensive  and  increased  constantly 
not  only  in  our  own  city  and  vicinity  but  in  many  of  the 
Western  States.  He  devotes  all  his  time  to  the  preparing  of 
masquerades  and  stage  costumes  and  makes  the  furnishing  of 
societies,  large  or  small,  a specialty,  keeps  a very  complete  as- 
sortment of  the  most  beautiful  fancy  dresses  for  ladies  and 
gentlemen,  and  is  untiring  in  his  efforts  to  give  his  patrons  the 
fullest  satisfaction  b}^  close  attention  to  his  profession  and  the 
careful  manner  in  which  he  serves  his  customers.  His  ex- 
tensive stock  of  goods  enables  him  to  fill  the  largest  orders 
within  a very  short  time  and  he  has  often  shipped  a complete 
outfit  for  a theatrical  company  or  a social  organization  a couple 
of  hours  after  receiving  the  order.  Mr.  Wellmann  is  known 
for  his  reliability  and  promptness  in  all  his  transactions  -and  he 
can  point  with  justified  pride  to  his  well-deserved  success.  His 
place  of  business  and  his  workrooms  occupy  the  entire  build- 
ing No.  1628  South  Broadway,  where  he  can  be  found  at  his 
post  from  morning  till  night. 


— 574  — 


LUNGSTRAS  DYEING  & CLEANING  COMPANY. 
Bell  Main  66.  KinlochB761. 


The  Lungstras  Dyeiug  & Cleaning  Company  has  the  largest 
and  most  complete  works  of  its  kind  in  this  country.  They  were 
established  in  1872,  by  Mr.  Eugene  Lungstras,  who  by  theoreti- 
cal and  practical  knowledge  has  succeeded  to  improve  the  exten- 
sive plant  and  its  operations  in  all  its  details  in  such  a measure 
that  the  firm  has  since  many  years  become  truly  famous  and 
well  known  far  and  wide.  Science  and  technical  discoveries 
cause  frequent  changes  in  the  process  of  cleaning  and  dyeing, 
and  it  can  be  said,  that  they  are  always  tried  in  this  establish- 
ment and  introduced  if  meritorious.  The  machinery  used  in  the 
different  branches  of  the  Lungstras  works  are  of  the  newest  con- 
struction, the  working  force  consists  of  over  a hundred  skilled 
hands  superintended  by  a number  of  experts  in  every  depart- 
ment. It  is  the  constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  give  its  patrons  the 
fullest  satisfaction  ; even  the  smallest  article  receives  all  the  re- 
quired care  and  attention,  and  this  is  one  of  the  reasons  that  the 
number  of  customers  grows  uninterruptedly  in  the  city  as  well  as 
outside  of  it.  All  kinds  of  garments,  for  men  and  women,  are 
cleaned  and  dyed  without  taking  them  apart  and  they  appear  as 
good  as  new.  Working  for  the  trade  (renovating  shop-worn 
goods)  forms  a specialty,  that  is  highly  appreciated  by  busi- 
ness houses  here  and  elsewhere.  The  renovating  of  carpets  is 
another  specialty,  for  which  the  firm  enjoys  a well-earned  repu- 


— 575  — 


tation.  The  new  process  by  which  compressed  air  is  forced' 
through  the  texture  of  the  carpet  drives  every  particle  of  dust 
and  germs  of  any  kind  out  and  secures  an  unsurpassed  result. 
The  French  method  of  dry-cleaning  used  for  dresses,  laces  and 
lace-curtains,  and  all  delicate  fabrics,  is  also  a specialty.  Four 
branches  serve  for  the  accommodation  of  patrons  in  the  city ; 
they  are  located  at  619  Locust,  2326  Franklin  avenue,  1044 
North  Vandeventer  and  corner  of  Morgan  street  and  Taylor 
avenue.  Eleven  wagons  attend  to  the  calling  for  and  delivering 
of  goods  in  all  parts  of  the  city.  The  factory  buildings,  sub- 
stantial and  well  adapted  to  their  purposes,  erected  from  time  to 
time  by  the  proprietors,  cover  an  entire  block  on  Park  avenue  be- 
tween Thirteenth  and  Fourteenth  streets.  The  technical  part  of 
the  establishment  stands  under  the  supervision  of  Mr.  Robert 
Lungstras,  son  of  the  President  of  the  company,  who  prepared 
himself  for  his  duties  during  a several  years  stay  in  England, 
France  and  Germany.  The  business  management  lies  in  the 
hands  of  Mr.  Eugene  Lungstras,  the  President,  and  Mr.  J.  F. 
Springe,  the  Secretary  of  the  company,  which  was  incorporated 
in  1882.  These  three  gentlemen  devote  their  time  and  energy 
exclusively  to  this  great  establishment  and  their  constant  care 
and  labor  has  been  justly  rewarded  by  an  unrivaled  success,  the 
result  of  faithful  and  always  satisfactory  service  to  their  patrons. 
Mr.  Eugene  Lungstras  is  a member  of  the  Merchants  Exchange 
and  of  different  organizations  and  he  as  well  as  his  son  and  Mr. 
Springe  are  well  known  and  highly  esteemed  in  commercial  and 
social  circles. 

THE  CHEMICAL  BUILDING. 

Bell  Main  '2998.  Kinloch  A465. 

The  Chemical  Building  was  erected  in  1895  on  the  northeast  cor- 
ner of  Olive  and  Eighth  streets,  the  site  of  the  old  Erskin  Build- 
ing, by  a number  of  capitalists  of  our  city,  who  organized  and 
incorporated  a company  for  that  purpose.  Being  directly  oppo- 
site the  Post  Office,  Custom  House  and  United  States  Court,  the 
locality  is  of  course  much  sought  for  offices  and  it  is  therefore 
but  natural,  that  the  Chemical  Building  has  very  seldom  vacant 


— 577  — 


rooms  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  it  contains  two  hundred  and  eighty 
of  them.  The  structure  is  sixteen  stories  high  aside  from  a well 
finished  and  handsomely  decorated  basement.  The  first  floor  is 
divided  into  stores  and  a large  entrance  hall,  from  which  four 
elevators  extend  to  the  roof.  Southern  exposure,  modern  equip- 
ment and  a careful  management  make  it  most  desirable  for  ten- 
ants and  this  is  proven  by  the  fact  that  changes  are  of  rare  oc- 
currence. The  Turner  Building,  which  adjoins  it  on  the  north, 
has  recently  been  purchased  by  the  company  and  will  be  rebuilt  so 
as  to  form  a part  of  the  Chemical,  giving  it  one  hundred  and  twenty 
to  one  hundred  and  fifty  additional  rooms.  The  following 
gentlemen  are  the  officers  of  the  corporation : N.  C.  Chapman, 
President;  Claude  Kilpatrick,  Vice-President;  Francis  Kuhn, 
Treasurer;  E.  A.  Faulhaber,  Secretary,  and  Isaac  T.  Cook, 
Superintendent;  who,  with  Estill  McHenry  and  Wm.  L.  Wright, 
constitute  the  Board  of  Directors. 

WATCHES  AND  JEWELRY. 

The  trade  in  watches,  jewelry  and  silverware  may  be  con- 
sidered a criterion  of  the  wealth  of  a community.  Watches  are  a 
necessity,  jewelry  and  silverware  are  not,  but  history  tells  us  that 
the  most  ancient  nations  of  the  world  were  not  without  them  and 
the  gold  and  silversmith’s  art  dates  back  to  the  old  Egyptians, 
Eomans  and  Greeks.  Modern  times  brought  great  improvements 
in  the  branch ; the  watches  of  to-day  are  wonders  of  mechanical 
skill.  The  silverware  of  the  present  is  both  useful  and  ornamental 
in  the  highest  degree  and  the  most  refined  taste  is  shown  in  the 
manufacture  of  jewelry.  Our  city  has  some  representative  firms 
in  this  branch  of  trade,  wholesale  as  well  as  retail,  and  the  num- 
ber of  retail  jewelry  stores  found  almost  in  every  part  of  town  is 
surprisingly  large. 

L . BAUMAN  JEWELRY  CO. 

Kinloch  B466. 

Many  of  the  greatest  business  houses  of  this  country  had  a 
very  small  beginning  and  the  above  firm  is  one  of  them.  Its 
founder,  Mr.  Louis  Bauman,  a watchmaker  by  trade,  was  a native 
37k 


— 578  — 


of  Bavaria,  and  came  to  the  United  States  as  early  as  1836.  After 
keeping  a watch  and  jewelry  store  in  New  York  he  removed  in 
1840  to  Mobile,  Alabama.  Here  he  continued  the  same  business 
branch  until  1843,  when  the  yellow  fever  epidemic  made  him 
leave  the  place  and  come  to  St.  Louis.  Here  he  was  first  located 
in  a one-story  frame  house  on  the  northeast  corner  of  Fourth 
and  Pine  streets  and  afterwards  on  Market  between  Main  and 
Second  streets.  The  great  fire  of  1849  swept  his  store 
away,  and  when  the  large  iron  safe  was  dug  out  from  the 
smoldering  debris,  its  contents  were  almost  a total  loss,  but 
he  had  not  lost  his  courage  and  energy,  and  opened  without 
delay  a new  store  on  Market  a few  doors  west  of  Third  street. 
A narrow  door  and  a small  window  constituted  the  front  of 
this  place  and  it  can  be  said  that  from  this  modest  retail  bus- 
iness emanated  the  largest  wholesale  and  jobbing  house  in  the 
watch  and  jewelry  line  ever  established  in  this  city.  The  next 
removal  and  the  inauguration  of  the  wholesale  trade  took 
place  in  1863,  when  the  old  firm  of  L.  Bauman  was  changed  into 
that  of  L.  Bauman  & Sons.  They  occupied  during  several  years 
a large  store  on  the  west  side  of  Fifth,  between  Market  and 
Walnut  streets,  then  an  entire  three-story  building  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  block ; still  larger  quarters  becoming  necessary, 
they  removed  to  North  Broadway  near  Locust,  and  the  present 
firm,  incorporated  in  1882  (Bauman,  Sr.,  having  died  a year  pre- 
vious), was  until  1902  located  at  No.  607  Washington  avenue, 
in  the  Lindell  Hotel  block.  During  the  lifetime  of  Mr.  Louis 
Bauman,  his  three  sons,  Solomon,  Meyer  and  Samuel  C.  Bauman, 
his  son-in-law,  M.  A.  Rosenblatt,  and  August  Kurtzeborn, 
were  admitted  into  partnership,  the  latter  a watchmaker  by  pro- 
fession, having  joined  the  elder  Bauman  when  a young  man  of 
eighteen  years.  Two  of  the  brothers,  Solomon  and  Samuel  C.,  also 
M.  A.  Rosenblatt,  have  died,  and  Mr.  Kurtzeborn  withdrew  a few 
years  ago.  Mr.  Meyer  Bauman,  who  stood  at  the  head  of  the 
firm  during  a long  period,  retired  quite  recently  from  active  man- 
agement, and  the  officers  of  the  company  are  now  as  follows : 
Alvin  L.  Bauman,  President;  Louis  Bauman,  Vice-President,  and 
A.  L.  Lehman,  Secretary  and  Treasurer.  The  firm  is  justly 
known  for  its  fair  dealing,  and  the  superior  quality  of  the  arti- 


cles  either  manufactured  by  them  or  sold  by  their  jobbing  de- 
partment. Their  assortment  in  diamonds,  watches,  jewelry, 
gold  and  silverware  is  the  largest  and  most  complete  in  this  part 
of  the  country.  Office  and  warerooms  are  now  on  the  main  floor 
of  the  Equitable  Building,  northwest  corner  Sixth  and  Locust 
streets. 


SOL.  LOEWENSTEIN  JEWELRY  CO., 

ESTABLISHED  1S70. 

Wholesale  Dealers  in 

WATCHES  AND  JEWELRY, 

COLUMBIA  THEATER  BUILDING, 

S.  W.  Corner  Sixth  and  St.  Charles  Sts., 


ST.  LOUIS. 


FRED.  W.  DROSTEN. 

Kinloch  A1740. 

One  of  the  handsomest  and  largest  jewelry  and  watchmaker’s 
establishments  in  St.  Louis  is  that  of  F.  W.  Drosten,  occupying 
the  whole  Pine  street  front  of  the  Fullerton  Building,' southeast 
corner  of  Seventh  street,  where  street  railroad  lines  pass  in  almost 
every  direction.  The  proprietor  of  this  elegant  store,  Mr. 
Fredrick  William  Drosten,  is  a native  of  this  city,  was  born  on 
the  19th  of  January,  1858,  and  received  an  excellent  education, 
first  in  the  German  Institute  under  the  tutorship  of  John  Evser, 


— 580  — 


a well-known  pedagogue,  and  afterwards  as  a student  of  Wash- 
ington University,  whereupon  he  served  an  apprenticeship  of 
two  years  in  a jeweler’s  shop  and  of  three  more  years  with  one  of 
the  best  watchmakers  of  the  city;  he  then  acquired  further  ex- 
perience during  the  following  three  years  as  salesman  and  watch- 
maker in  the  employ  of  Wm.  Loeffel,  a prominent  jeweler  on  South 
Broadway.  It  was  in  1880  when  Mr.  Drosten  established  his 
own  business  at  619  Olive  street,  at  which  time  this  great 
thoroughfare  began  to  develop  as  one  of  the  principal  retail 
streets,  and  it  was  not  long  before  his  store  became  one  of  the 
attractions  of  the  retail  district.  A thorough  knowledge  of  all 
the  details  of  his  branch,  ample  means,  strict  business  principles 
and  close  attention  to  duty  formed  the  basis  of  his  success ; his 
trade  became  more  extensive  from  year  to  year,  so  much  so,  that 
the  store  on  Olive  street  proved  inadequate  for  the  constantly 
growing  business,  and  larger  quarters  were  demanded.  The 
Fullerton  Building  was  not  half  finished  when  Mr.  Drosten 
secured  a lease  for  his  present  premises,  of  which  he  took  posses- 
sion in  the  spring  of  1898.  Here  the  most  complete  assortment 
of  gold  and  silver  ware,  watches  and  jewelry,  offers  at  all  times 
the  fullest  opportunity  to  the  purchaser  of  selecting  the  desired 
article  and  the  great  variety  always  kept  on  hand  affords  cus- 
tomers unsurpassed  facilities.  Mr.  Drosten  is  a man  of  fine 
attainments  and  tastes,  an  art  connoisseur,  very  affable  in  his 
ways  and  manners  and  a great  favorite  in  social  circles.  He  is  one 
of  the  founders  of  the  Union  Club,  a member  of  the  Mercantile 
Club  and  the  Liederkranz,  belongs  to  the  Masonic  Fraternity  and 
takes  an  active  interest  in  everything  pertaining  to  the  good  and 
welfare  of  the  community.  He  is  a true  representative  of  the 
Gevman-American  business  man,  combining  German  diligence 
and  perseverance  with  American  energy  and  enterprise,  enjoys 
an  enviable  reputation  in  the  commercial  world,  the  fullest  confi- 
dence of  his  customers  and  his  personal  magnetism  has  won  for 
him  a host  of  warm  friends.  His  father,  Mr.  William  Drosten, 
hailed  from  Boon  on  the  Rhine,  came  to  St.  Louis  in  1849,  after 
participating  in  the  revolutionary  movement  of  that  period ; he 
was  a confectioner  by  trade  and  kept  for  many  years  a confec- 
tionery and  coffee  house  on  Third  street,  where  now  the  Mer- 


— 581  — 


chants  Exchange  stands.  He  retired  from  business  with  a hand- 
some competency  and  died  in  1885,  highly  esteemed  as  an 
upright,  honorable  and  well-meaning  man  and  patriotic  citizen 
of  his  adopted  countr3% 


MERMOD  & JACCARD  JEWELRY  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  9t9.  Kinloch  B870. 

This  is  the  oldest  house  of  its  branch  in  this  city,  its  origin 
dating  back  to  the  year  1845.  The  senior  member  of  the  firm, 
Mr.  A.  S.  Mermod,  celebrated  in  1895  the  fiftieth  anniversary 
of  his  arrival  in  St.  Louis  and  his  connection  with  the  Jaccards. 
It  was  in  1864  when  Messrs.  A.  S.  Mermod,  D.  C.  Jaccard,  C. 
E.  Mathey  and  Goodman  King  formed  the  copartnership,  which 
in  course  of  time  developed  into  the  grandest  establishment  of 
its  kind  in  the  world.  The  incorporation  under  the  above  name 
took  place  in  1883,  Mr.  Mathey,  Sr.,  died  in  1895,  Mr.  Jaccard, 
in  1899,  sincerely  deplored  by  all  who  knew  them.  The  officers 
of  the  company  are:  A.  S.  Mermod,  President;  Goodman  King, 
Vice-President  and  Secretary ; C.  F.  Mathey  (who  succeeded  his 
father).  Treasurer.  The  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  A.  S. 
Mermod,  E.  A.  Jaccard,  Goodman  King  and  C.  F.  Mathey.  The 
business  of  the  firm  comprises  the  manufacture,  importation  and 
sale,  wholesale  and  retail,  of  diamonds,  watches,  jewelry,  silver- 
ware, clocks,  bronzes,  music-boxes,  works  of  art  and  society 
stationery,  and  their  extensive  stock  constitutes  an  assortment 
unsurpassed  in  completeness,  value  and  beauty  in  this,  or  any 
other  country.  The  establishment  occupies  several  stories  in  the 
magnificent  Mermod- Jaccard  Building  on  the  northwest  corner 
of  Broadway  and  Locust  street,  and  forms  one  of  the  greatest 
attractions  to  the  visitors  of  our  city.  The  gentlemen  composing 
the  firm  devote  all  their  time  and  energy  to  the  management  and 
supervision  of  the  various  departments,  and  a corps  of  polite  and 
experienced  employees  gives  their  fullest  attention  to  all  callers. 


— 582 


cum  A,  GLASS  AND  QUEENS  WARE. 

The  local  consumption  in  these  articles  is  naturally  very  large, 
but  still  larger  is  the  outside  demand  supplied  from  here.  The  Mis- 
sissippi Valley  and  the  territory  west  of  St.  Louis  formed  at  an 
early  date  an  extensive  market  for  these  goods,  and  the  river 
trade,  so  prominent  in  former  years,  assisted  materially  in  making 
this  city  the  center  of  this  branch  of  trade  west  of  the  Mississippi. 
Multiplied  railroad  facilities  afterwards  did  their  share  for  keep- 
ing this  trade  in  our  midst,  and  it  formed  since  many  years  an 
important  part  of  our  commerce. 

MEIER  CHINA  GLASS  CO. 

Bell  Main  750m.  Kiuloch  A346. 

This  young  firm  is  the  offspring  and  direct  successor  of  the 
oldest  St.  Louis  firm  in  this  branch.  It  was  as  early  as  1857 
when  Mr.  E.  F.  W.  Meier,  in  partnership  with  Mr.  Henry  West- 
ermann,  established  the  firm  of  Westermann  and  Meier  on  Main 
between  Morgan  street  and  Lucas  avenue.  This  partnership  was 
dissolved  later  on  whereupon  Mr.  Meier  founded  the  firm  of  E.  F. 
W.  Meier  & Sons  which  was  first  located  on  Washington  avenue 
between  Broadway  and  Sixth  street,  but  larger  quarters  became 
necessary  and  such  were  acquired  in  the  double  building  No.  511 
and  513  North  Main  street,  which  afforded  all  the  facilities  for 
the  transaction  of  their  constantly  growing  business.  Direct 
importation  from  England,  France,  Germany  and  Austria, 
among  them  the  celebrated  china  of  Haviland  (Limoges),  Sevres, 
Dresden,  Berlin  and  other  noted  factories ; glassware  from 
Bohemia,  the  center  of  the  cut  glass  industrjq  enabled  the  firm 
to  compete  in  all  these  articles  with  the  largest  importers  of 
New  York.  The  same  was  the  case  in  regard  to  domestic 
glass  and  queensware,  so  that  customers  could  make  their 
selections  from  the  greatest  variety  as  to  quality,  style  and  price. 
Mr.  E.  F.  W.  Meier  resolved  to  withdraw  from  active  business 
life  in  the  spring  of  1902,  whereupon  his  two  sons  and  part- 
ners, Messrs.  Fred  and  Alex.  Meier,  established  the  Meier  China 


— 583  — 


and  Glass  Cotnpanj^,  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
Missouri  and  located  at  312  and  314  North  Eighth  street,  opposite 
the  Post  Office,  where  a full  assortment  of  all  articles  in  their  line 
will  always  be  found.  The  house  makes  the  outfitting  of  clubs, 
hotels,  restaurants  and  bars  a specialty  and  can  provide  them  at 
the  shortest  notice.  Ample  means  and  long  experience  in  the 
branch  enables  the  new  firm  to  serve  their  patrons  in  the  same 
way  and  manner,  which  formed  the  basis  of  success  in  the 
past.  The  strict  business  principles  with  which  the  old  firm 
was  conducted  are  followed  by  the  owners  of  the  new,  who  still 
have  the  advice  and  good  counsel  of  the  founder  of  the  firm, 
who  can  be  found  in  the  office  of  the  company  every  day. 
Mr.  E.  F.  W.  Meier,  a native  of  Westphalia  (Germany),  made 
St.  Louis  his  home  more  than  half  a century  ago ; he  soon  won 
the  esteem  and  respect  of  our  mercantile  circles  and  the  com- 
munity at  large.  His  fellow-citizens  have  repeatedly  honored 
him  in  various  ways,  electing  him  in  course  of  time  to  both 
branches  of  municipal  legislature,  to  the  presidency  of  the  city 
council  and  other  places  of  public  trust.  He  is  since  moi’e 
than  twenty-five  years  the  Treasurer  of  the  German  Evangeli- 
cal Lutheran  Synod  of  Missouri,  Ohio,  etc.,  in  which  capacity 
millions  of  dollars  have  passed  through  his  hands,  for  which  only 
his  name  and  his  integrity  formed  the  bond,  a fact  of  such 
rare  occurrence  that  it  deserves  special  mention.  He  is  a mem- 
ber of  the  Merchants  Exchange  and  of  several  commercial, 
educational  and  benevolent  organizations  and  enjoys  the  friend- 
ship and  esteem  of  many  of  our  best  citzens. 


TOYS,  TOTION^S  FIREWOEKS. 

The  manufacture  of  toys  on  this  side  of  the  ocean  is  of  com- 
paratively recent  date  and  is  still  rather  limited,  only  certain 
kinds  being  made  in  this  country,  especially  those  made  of  tin 
and  similar  metals,  the  bulk  of  toys  sold  in  America  hails  from 
Germany  and  France  and  the  importation  is  more  formidable  than 
the  general  public  may  imagine.  The  toy  trade  is  usually  com- 
bined with  the  trade  in  notions  of  various  descriptions,  domestic 


— 584  — 


and  foreign,  and  with  the  sale  of  fireworks  — the  great  and  in- 
dispensable auxiliary  in  the  celebration  of  the  glorious  Fourth 
and  the  entry  of  a new  year. 

H.  P.  FABRICIUS  TOY  AND  NOTION  CO. 

Bell  Main  2341.  Kinloch  B650. 

This  is  the  oldest  wholesale  and  retail  toy^and  notion  firm  in 
the  city,  having  been  established  as  early  as  1862  by  Mr.  H.  P. 
Fabricius  and  conducted  by  him  till  death  ended  his  useful  active 
life  in  1885.  The  incorporation  under  the  name  of  The  H.  P. 
Fabricius  Toy  and  Notion  Company  took  place  in  1887  with  Mrs. 
Agathe  Fabricius,  the  widow  of  the  founder,  as  President,  and 
his  son,  Mr.  H.  H.  Fabricius,  as  Secretary  and  Tueasurer.  The 
business  was  located  during  a long  period  on  Fourth  between 
Morgan  street  and  Franklin  avenue,  but  occupies  since  many 
years  a double  building  on  Fourth  (Nos.  703  and  705)  between 
Lucas  avenue  and  Morgan  streets.  These  two  buildings  contain 
the  sample  rooms,  warehouses  and  office  of  the  firm  which 
carries  an  immense  stock  of  the  various  articles  comprised  in  the 
toy  and  notion  branches  of  domestic  and  foreign  manufacture. 
The  house  has  permanently  its  buyers  in  the  East  and  in  Europe, 
who  supply  it  constantly  with  the  newest  products  of  the  factories, 
especially  from  the  toy  manufacturing  districts  of  Germany  and 
all  sorts  of  notions  from  the  European  continent  and  the  Eastern 
States.  The  firm  makes  the  sale  of  fireworks  a specialty  of  which 
it  keeps  a larger  assortment  than  any  other  house  in  the  city* 
Ample  means  and  direct  purchases  and  importations  from  first 
hands  enable  the  firm  to  give  its  customers  the  fullest  satisfaction 
as  to  prices  and  quality  of  goods.  Mr.  H.  H.  Fabricius,  who 
directs  the  affairs  of  the  company,  is  a native  of  this  city  and 
became  identified  with  his  father’s  business  when  quite  young, 
thereby  acquiring  a thorough  knowledge  and  experience  of  all 
the  details  of  the  branch ; he  devotes  all  his  time  and  attention  to 
the  management  of  this  extensive  establishment  and  is  known  as 
a business  man  of  the  strictest  integrity  and  promptness  in  all  his 
transactions. 


— 585  — 


DAY  RUBBER  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2368.  Kinloch  A403. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1882  by  S.  J.  and  A.  W.  Day  and 
incorporated  in  1884  by  A.  W.  Day,  who  is  the  President  and 
Treasurer;  Robt.  C.  Day,  Vice-President;  and  E.  B.  Wilder, 
Secretary ; the  three  gentlemen  forming  the  Board  of  Directors. 
They  are  wholesale  and  retail  dealers  in  rubber  goods,  leather 
belting  and  supplies,  as  jobbers  and  manufacturers  agents, 
keep  constantly  a complete  assortment  of  all  articles  pertaining 
to  these  branches  on  hand  and  carry  the  largest  and  broadest 
line  of  rubber  goods,  leather  belting,  and  fancy  rubber  hose  in 
the  United  States.  The  company  occupies  the  entire  building. 
No.  415  North  Fourth  street,  the  lower  floor  contains  the  retail 
department,  the  upper  stories  serve  for  wholesale,  wareroom, 
packing,  and  shipping  purposes.  The  territory  of  sales  comprises 
the  South  and  Southwest  in  general,  but  certain  articles  are 
sold  to  all  parts  of  the  country  and  Mexico.  Great  care  and 
attention  is  given  to  the  filling  of  all  orders  from  the  largest  to 
the  smallest  and  all  goods  are  thoroughly  examined  before  ship- 
ped. Thirty  employees  constitute  the  working  force  in  the  city 
and  thirteen  traveling  salesmen  represent  the  firm  in  the  various 
States.  The  Day  Rubber  Co.  enjoys  a well  deserved  reputation 
for  fair  and  upright  dealing  with  all  its  customers  and  the  quality 
of  the  goods  which  they  place  on  the  market.  The  three  gentle- 
men named  above  number  among  the  best  known  business  men 
in  our  city  and  are  much  respected  in  our  mercantile  circles. 


MILLIXERY. 

The  wholesale  millinery  trade  of  St.  Louis  stands  side  by 
side  with  its  wholesale  dry  goods  trade  and  supplies  the  same 
large  territory.  Until  a few  years  ago  the  sales  in  the  various 
States  were  mostly  made  through  the  traveling  representatives 
of  the  respective  firms,  but  this  has  undeigone  a change,  since 
many  dealers  and  milliners  prefer  to  come  here  at  regular  inter- 


— 586  — 


vals,  to  make  their  purchases  from  the  stock  and  not  by  sample. 
This  innovation  has  proved  very  satisfactory  to  all  concerned, 
but  this  does  by  no  means  dispense  with  the  valuable  services 
of  the  affable  drummer,  who  is  especially  welcome  when  he  rep- 
resents the  following  well-known  firms. 

GAIER  & STROH  MILLINERY  CO. 

Bell  Main  2229m. 

The  wholesale  millinery  firm  of  Gaier  & Stroh,  from  which  the 
above  company  originates,  was  established  in  1871  by  Ernst 
Gaier  and  William  Stroh ; they  were  first  located  on  Fourth,  near 
Olive  street,  where  they  remained  for  eight  years,  after  which 
they  removed  to  619  N.  Broadway,  five  years  later  to  No.  519 
Locust,  from  where  they  went  to  the  southwest  corner  Fourth 
and  Washington  avenue,  the  Veranda  or  Armory  Hall  Building, 
in  which  they  occupied  the  two  upper  floors.  After  the  death  of 
Mr.  William  Stroh  (1894)  the  Gaier  & Stroh  Millinery  Company 
was  organized  and  incorporated  by  Messrs.  Ernst  Gaier,  Eugene 
R.  Stroh,  Louis  Blase,  J.  B.  Donnewald  and  Max  Wachtel,  who 
constitute  the  Board  of  Directors  with  Ernst  Gaier  as  President 
and  Treasurer ; Louis  Blase,  Vice-President,  and  Eugene  R. 
Stroh,  Secretary.  The  continued  extension  of  their  trade  made  in 
course  of  time  larger  quarters  necessary,  and  such  were  secured 
by  the  removal  to  the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  St. 
Charles  street,  where  the  offices,  workshops,  show  and  salesrooms, 
packing  and  shipping  departments  are  distributed  over  three  large 
floors.  The  firm  does  a jobbing  trade  in  all  articles  pertaining  to 
the  millinery  branch  of  home  and  foreign  manufacture  with  direct 
importations  from  Europe.  There  is  nothing  in  the  millinery 
line  that  could  not  be  found  in  the  complete  assortment 
of  their  extensive  stock,  comprising  a full  variety  of  the  most 
modern  goods  in  accordance  with  prevailing  fashions.  Over 
fifty  hands  are  usually  employed  the  whole  year  around  and 
during  the  spring  and  fall  seasons  an  additional  number  is  re- 
quired in  the  trimming  department.  Twelve  traveling  men  visit 
the  customers  in  regular  intervals  and  the  city  trade  is  taken  care 
of  by  an  appropriate  number  of  salesmen.  The  gentlemen  com- 


587  — 


posing  the  firm  possess  a large  experience  and  ample  means,  give 
their  constant  attention  to  their  business  duties  and  make  it  their 
particular  aim  to  give  their  patrons  full  satisfaction  in  regard  to 
prices  and  qualities  of  goods,  which  the  firm  distributes  in  Mis- 
souri, Illinois,  Kansas,  Arkansas,  Texas,  Mississippi,  Wyoming, 
Utah  and  the  Indian  Territory.  The  house  is  known  for  its  up- 
right dealing  and  fairness  and  the  partners  of  the  firm,  active  and 
enterprising  as  they  are,  have  an  enviable  standing  in  our  busi- 
ness community  as  well  as  in  societ}',  fully  deserving  the  success 
with  which  their  industry  and  perseverance  have  been  rewarded. 

LEVIS-ZUKOSKI  MERCANTILE  CO. 

Bell  Main  286.  Kinloch  D940. 

This  is  the  oldest  wholesale  millinery  house  in  the  city,  as  it  ema- 
nates from  the  firm  of  Rosenheim  & Cook,  established  in  1 854,  nearly 
half  a century  ago.  Rosenheim  & Cook  were  succeeded  by  Rosen- 
heim. Levis  & Co  , Mr.  W.  A.  Zukoski  being  the  third  partner; 
the  firm  name  was  changed  to  the  Rosenheim,  Levis-Zukoski 
Mercantile  Company,  incorporated  in  1893,  and  the  present  style 
of  the  firm  adopted  a couple  of  years  later  after  the  withdrawal 
of  the  senior  partner.  The  business  was  first  located  on  Main 
street,  afterwards  on  Fourth  between  Locust  and  St.  Charles, 
later  on  during  a number  of  years  at  the  northeast  corner  of 
Washington  avenue  and  Ninth,  but  even  this  large  building  be- 
came inadequate  as  still  more  room  was  needed  by  the  constant 
growth  and  extension  of  the  firm’s  trade.  The  four  adjoining 
seven-story  buildings  1113-15-17  and  1119  Washington  avenue 
answer  these  requirements  and  are  now  the  home  of  the  largest  es- 
tablishment of  its  kind  in  the  United  States.  The  firm  devotes  itself 
to  the  importing  of  millinery  goods,  the  manufacture  of  trimmed 
hats  and  jobbing  trade  in  ladies’  furnishing  articles  and  takes  the 
lead  as  to  the  variety  and  completeness  of  stock  extensiveness  of 
its  plant  and  actual  sales  in  the  whole  country.  It  is  a little  world 
of  its  own,  this  bee-hive  of  activity,  divided  into  the  various  de- 
partments in  which  several  hundred  employees  are  bus}"  from 
morning  till  evening  and  during  the  principal  seasons  late  into  the 
night  hours  ; each  department  has  its  own  Superintendent  and  all 


— 588  - 


stand  under  the  general  supervision  of  Messrs.  Leo  Levis  and  W. 
A.  Zukoski,  both  of  whom  have  been  connected  with  the  house 
from  its  inception  and  will  therefore  in  a few  years  celebrate 
their  fiftieth  anniversary.  The  territory  of  sales  extends  from 
California  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  from  Indiana  to  Central 
America  and  North  to  the  Dakotas.  Twenty-five  commercial 
travelers  represent  the  firm  in  twenty-six  States  and  Territories 
aside  from  sample  rooms  in  San  Francisco,  California,  Salt  Lake 
City,  Utah,  and  Denver,  Colorado.  The  purchasing  department 
has  offices  in  Paris  (160  Rue  Montmartre)  and  New  York  (room 
728  Cable  Building).  Very  ample  means,  a thorough  knowledge 
and  long  experience  in  everything  pertaining  to  the  branch, 
enables  the  firm  to  supply  the  trade  at  all  times  with  the  most 
modern  styles  and  goods  of  the  best  quality  on  the  most  favora- 
able  terms,  and  the  strictest  reliability  in  all  its  transactions  has 
won  for  it  the  unlimited  confidence  of  innumerable  customers, 
many  of  whom  have  been  dealing  with  the  house  for  a period  of 
over  forty  years.  Mr.  L.  Levis  is  the  President,  Mr.  W.  A. 
Zukoski,  the  Vice-President  and  Secretary ; Mr.  S.  Levis  the 
Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Company,  they  constitute  the  board 
of  Directors  and  number  among  the  most  prominent  representa- 
tives of  our  mercantile  and  social  circles. 

THE  ROSENTHAL-SLOAN  MILLINERY  CO. 

Beil  Main  2648.  Kinloch  B469. 

The  original  firm  of  I.  B.  Rosenthal  & Co.  was  established  in 
1874  and  continued  under  that  name  until  1888,  when  it  was 
changed  to  I.  B.  Rosenthal  Millinery  Co.,  incorporated  by  I.  B. 
Rosenthal,  Seymore  Lipsis,  and  J.  C.  Morall.  The  first  place  of 
business,  at  211  North  Fourth  street,  soon  proved  too  small  for 
their  growing  trade  and  this  caused  a removal  to  the  northeast 
corner  of  Broadway  and  Washington  avenue,  where  they  remained 
for  many  years  till  still  larger  quarters  became  indispensable ; 
they  were  secured  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Washington  avenue 
and  Seventh  street  in  January,  1898,  but  even  this  large  building 
became  inadequate  and  this  led  to  another  removal  (in  1901) 
to  1017  Washington  avenue.  The  Rosenthal-Sloan  Millinery 


— 589  — 


Company  is  the  successor  of  the  former  firm  and  has  the 
following  otlicers:  I.  B.  Rosenthal,  President;  Wm.  G.  Sloan, 
First;  Herman  Emanuel,  Second  Vice-President;  Solomon  Block, 
Secretary ; Jacob  C.  Morall,  Assistant  Secretary ; and  Smith  W. 
Sommers,  Treasurer.  The  firm  devotes  itself  exclusively  to  the 
millinery  line  as  importers  and  jobbers  of  velvets,  ribbons,  laces, 
veiling,  flowers,  feathers,  hats,  and  millinery  novelties,  and  its 
large  stock  in  these  various  articles,  always  kept  on  hand,  affords 
its  customers  an  almost  unlimited  assortment  to  select  from.  The 
territory  of  sales  is  bounded  east  by  Ohio,  north  by  the  lakes, 
west  by  the  Pacific  coast,  and  south  by  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
The  number  of  employees  never  falls  below  150,  but  during  the 
two  principal  seasons  of  the  year  at  least  100  more  hands  are 
needed  in  the  trimming  department.  It  is  their  constant  aim  to 
give  their  customers  the  fullest  satisfaction  in  regard  to  quality 
and  price  of  goods  and  to  serve  them  in  the  most  reliable  and 
prompt  manner,  filling  all  orders  with  the  greatest  care  and 
attention. 


HATS  AND  CAPS  — WHOLESALE. 

ROTHSCHILD  BROTHERS. 

Bell  Main  2614.  Kinloch  D996. 

To  speak  of  a firm  as  the  largest  in  its  line  in  the  world  is 
saying  a great  deal,  but  it  is  only  stating  a fact,  which  can- 
not be  contradicted,  when  we  refer  to  Rothschild  Brothers, 
manufacturers  and  jobbers  of  hats,  caps  and  gloves,  a St.  Louis 
house,  of  which  the  business  community  of  the  whole  United 
States  may  well  be  proud.  The  origin  of  the  firm  dates  back  to 
187  2,  in  which  year  Jonas  Meyberg  and  Albert  and  Julius 
Rothschild  formed  a copartnership  under  the  name  of  J'.  Meyberg 
& Company.  They  were  first  located  at  North  Ninth  street,  then 
at  209  North  Main  street,  afterwards  (1882)  on  Broadway  and 
Locust  street,  where  now  the  Mermod-Jaccard  building  stands. 
In  the  year  just  named  the  style  of  the  firm  was  changed  to 
Meyberg  and  Rothschild  Brothers.  Rothschild  Brothers  became 


— 590 


the  successors  of  this  firm  in  1887,  shortly  before  their  removal 
to  817  Washington  avenue.  This  building,  large  as  it  was,  soon 
proved  inadequate  for  the  constantly  gi'owing  trade,  which  made 
more  extensive  quarters  necessary  and  they  were  acquired  on 
the  southwest  corner  of  Eleventh  street  and  Washington  avenue, 
1100,  1102  and  1104  on  the  latter  thoroughfare,  extending  south 
to  St.  Charles  street.  The  five  stories  with  a floor  space  of 
52,000  square  feet  contain  the  offices,  sample  and  warerooms 
of  the  firm,  the  largest  stock  and  greatest  assortment  in  the  hat 
and  cap  branch  kept  by  any  house  in  this  and  any  other 
country.  Of  the  well-known  brands  for  which  Rothschild  Broth- 
ers are  famous,  we  will  mention  the  World  Wide,  Metropolitan, 
Giant,  St.  Louis  and  Star  brand,  which  latter  is  the  particular 
specialty  of  the  house.  They  are  unsurpassed  in  material,  work- 
manship, style  and  durability,  they  are  worn  from  Indiana 
to  the  Pacific  Coast,  from  Oregon  and  Washington  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  in  preference  to  all  others,  and  the  forty  traveling  represen- 
tatives of  the  firm  are  welcome,  wherever  they  make  their  appear- 
ance. As  an  evidence  of  the  great  resources  and  unlimited  facili- 
ties which  the  firm  commands,  the  simple  fact  will  be  sufficient, 
that  the  United  States  Government  awarded  to  them  three  times 
within  three  years  the  contracts  for  (over  50,000  hats)  for  the 
army  in  Cuba  and  the  Philippines  in  spite  of  a very  lively  compe- 
tition by  some  of  the  oldest  and  largest  hat  factories  in  the 
country.  The  illustrated  catalogues  of  Rothschild  Brothers  com- 
prise an  immense  variety  of  hats  for  men,  boys  and  ladies,  of 
caps,  gloves,  also  of  specialties  and  novelties  for  the  retail  hat 
trade,  they  being  the  only  house  west  of  New  York,  which  car- 
ries a full  assortment  of  these  supplies.  The  celebrated  R.  & T. 
hats  of  the  Raymond  & Torwegge  Hat  Manufacturing  Co.  at  St. 
Louis  are  exclusively  placed  on  the  market  by  Rothschild  Bros., 
who  are  the  principal  owners  of  the  factory  and  distribute  its  en- 
tire output.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  that  Rotshchild  Bros, 
are  the  actual  leaders  in  their  line,  having  outrivaled  all  their 
competitors,  and  that  their  trade  is  continually  increasing,  adding 
from  year  to  year  new  customers  to  the  innumerable  old  ones, 
whose  confidence  and  good  will  the  firm  has  won  by  its  reliable 
and  liberal  dealing,  the  result  of  the  very  ample  means,  strict 


— 591  — 


business  principles  and  the  care  given  to  the  filling  of  all  orders 
large  or  small.  The  death  of  Mr.  Julius  Rothschild  in  January, 
1901,  has  caused  no  change  whatsoever  in  the  conduct  and  scope 
of  the  business,  which  is  conducted  on  the  same  well-approved  basis 
as  before.  Mr.  Albert  Rothschild,  the  head  of  the  establishment, 
devotes  all  his  time  and  energy  to  its  management,  being  ably 
assisted  by  a large  corps  of  experienced  coworkers,  one  of 
whom,  the  office  manager,  Mr.  Adolph  Bernd,  has  been  connected 
with  the  house  for  more  than  twenty  years. 


HATS  AND  CAPS  — DETAIL. 

THE  GUERDAN  HAT  COMPANY. 

KiDloch  A876. 

Nearly  half  a century  has  elapsed  since  Mr.  Nicholas  Guerdan 
became  an  apprentice  with  Baldwin  & Randall,  the  proprietors  of 
a retail  hat  and  cap  store  on  the  southeast  corner  of  Second  and 
Market  streets ; it  was  in  1852  when  he  entered  the  business  as  a 
boy  of  only  thirteen  years  of  age,  and  he  adapted  himself  so 
quickly  to  his  duties,  and  showed  such  marked  ability,  that  he 
soon  rose  to  the  position  of  a salesman,  which  led  within  a com- 
paratively very  short  time  to  a partnership  with  Mr.  Joseph  Gray, 
who  had  become  the  successor  of  the  first-named  firm.  The  firm 
of  Gray  and  Guerdan  became  a household  word  with  St.  Louisans 
through  the  exertions  and  the  personal  magnetism  of  the  junior 
partner,  who  after  the  death  of  Mr.  Gray,  in  1870,  became  the 
sole  owner.  The  Guerdan  Hat  Company  was  incorporated  in 
1880,  and  eight  years  later  the  removal  to  Broadway  and  Walnut 
streets,  on  the  ground  floor  of  the  Southern  Hotel,  resolved  upon. 
This  proved  an  excellent  move,  the  location  being  a most  desira- 
ble one,  and  it  has  been  followed  by  the  retention  of  the  old  and 
a constant  addition  of  new  customers.  The  firm  keeps  at  all 
times  a complete  assortment  of  the  best  hats  which  are  in  the 
market,  and  makes  a specialty  of  the  celebrated  Stetson  hats, 
and  whatever  may  be  bought  from  “ Nick,”  as  he  is  familiarly 
called  by  his  innumerable  friends,  is  iu  quality  and  value  always 


— 592  — 


what  it  is  represented  to  be.  Mr.  Nic.  Guerdan  is  one  of  the 
best  known  men  in  the  branch  to  the  manufacturers  not  less  than 
to  the  customers,  and  his  standing  in  the  business  community  is 
best  signified  by  the  fact  that  the  firm  has  never  asked  for  an  ex- 
tension or  a compromise,  that  bills  are  never  presented  twice  to 
the  house  if  correct,  and  every  account  is  settled  when  due. 
The  owners  and  officers  are:  Francis  Guerdan,  President;  Albert 
J.  Guerdan,  Vice-President,  and  Nic.  Guerdan,  Secretary  and 
Business  Manager.  These  three  gentlemen,  with  Mr.  John  B. 
Stetson,  the  celebrated  hat  manufacturer  of  Philadelphia,  con- 
stitute the  Board  of  Directors  of  this,  the  oldest  hat  firm  in  the 
city. 


ADOLPH  GLASER  & BROTHER. 

Kinloch  B478. 

This  firm  was  established  in  1898  by  Mr.  Adolph  Glaser,  who 
associated  with  himself  his  youngest  brother,  Sigmund  Glaser, 
after  the  old  firm  of  Glaser  Brothers,  consisting  of  Messrs. 
Louis,  Joseph  and  Adolph  Glaser,  had  ceased  operations.  The 
copartnership  of  the  three  brothers  had  been  dissolved  after  an 
honorable  business  career  of  nearly  twenty  years,  the  principal 
cause  for  the  winding  up  the  affairs  of  the  firm  being  the  destruc- 
tion and  total  loss  of  their  immense  stock  of  goods  by  fire, 
whereupon  Mr.  Louis  Glaser  retired  altogether  from  active  busi- 
ness. His  brother  Joseph  sought  a new  field  for  his  activity  by 
becoming  a financial  broker,  and  Mr.  Adolph  Glaser  went  with- 
out delay  into  the  embroidery,  lace  and  curtain  branch,  in  which 
he  possessed  an  experience  of  many  years.  The  firm  buys  do- 
mestic and  foreign  goods  invariably  direct  from  the  factories  and 
sells  exclusively  to  the  trade,  thereby  saving  its  customers  the 
profit  otherwise  taken  by  the  jobber.  The  purchases  in  Europe 
are  made  through  its  own  offices  in  Nottingham  (England),  Bel- 
fast (Ireland),  Calais  (France),  Brussels  (Belgium),  St.  Gall 
(Switzerland)  and  Plauen  (Voigtland,  Saxony).  These  importa- 
tions comprise  principally  all  kinds  of  embroidery,  laces,  cur- 
tains and  handkerchiefs,  and  coming  from  first  hands,  without 
any  middleman,  enable  the  house  to  give  its  patrons  the  best  of 


— 593  — 


terms.  The  premises  occupied  them  at  819  Washington 
avenue,  right  in  the  center  of  the  wholesale  district,  contain  at 
all  times  the  fullest  assortment  of  the  various  articles,  offering  to 
the  customers  an  almost  unlimited  stock  to  select  from.  Orders 
received  by  mail  and  through  their  traveling  representatives  are 
carefully  and  promptly  executed,  and  the  territory  of  sales  ex- 
tends over  Missouri,  Illinois,  Kansas,  Indiana,  Tennessee,  Ken- 
tucky, Texas  and  Arkansas.  The  fair  dealing  and  strict  business 
methods,  for  which  the  old  firm  was  known,  are  strenuously  ad- 
hered to  by  the  new  one,  whose  trade  is  constantly  growing  and 
whose  reputation  is  fully  deserved.  The  two  brothers  are  highly 
esteemed  in  our  commercial  as  well  as  social  circles,  are  active 
and  energetic  business  men  and  always  ready  to  assist  in  matters 
of  public  interest. 

MORISSE  AND  MAURER. 

St.  Louis,  Hohenems  and  St.  Gall. 

The  demand  for  fine  embroidery  and  real  laces  is  of  compara- 
tively recent  date  as  far  as  this  country  is  concerned ; only  the 
last  twenty  or  twenty-five  years  have  made  the  trade  in  these 
articles  more  and  more  important,  but  it  forms  now  a conspic- 
uous commercial  branch.  There  are  only  a few  firms  in  the 
United  States  devoted  to  the  importing  and  jobbing  of  embroid- 
eries, laces,  lace  curtains,  veilings,  etc.,  and  Morisse  and 
Maurer,  of  this  city,  number  among  the  foremost  representa- 
tives of  this  particular  line  of  industry.  The  St.  Louis  house 
was  established  in  1886,  by  Mr.  Ernst  Morisse  of  this  city  and 
Jahreis  and  Maurer  of  St.  Gall  (Switzerland).  The  factories 
are  located  at  St.  Gall  and  Hohenems,  the  center  of  the  embroid- 
ery industry,  for  which  the  Swiss  nation  is  so  justly  celebrated 
all  over  the  world.  The  close  atfiliation  of  the  St.  Louis  firm 
with  the  two  factories  in  Europe  is  of  unequaled  advantage  to 
the  former,  enabling  it  to  offer  its  pati’ons  the  latest  styles,  the 
fullest  assortment  and  the  lowest  prices  consistent  with  quality. 
The  principal  articles  imported  and  sold  are,  aside  from  embroid- 
eries in  general,  laces  and  lace  curtains,  lace  bed-sets  and  pil- 
low shams,  of  which  an  unlimited  variety  is  always  kept  on  hand, 
38k 


594  — 


affording  their  customers  an.  unsurpassed  selection  and  enabling 
them  to  purchase  match  sets  as  no  other  house  in  America  can 
furnish.  They  are  the  originators  of  putting  embroidery  in 
eighteen  and  nineteen  yard  pieces,  so  that  dealers  can  buy  a large 
assortment  at  a small  outlay.  The  firm  handles  immense  quantities 
of  the  aforesaid  goods  and  distributes  them  through  the  agency 
of  eight  traveling  salesmen  in  Missouri,  Illinois,  Iowa,  Indiana, 
Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Missis- 
sippi, Arkansas  and  Texas.  The  warerooms  and  offices  at  704, 
706  and  708  Washington  avenue  are  centrally  located  in  the 
wholesale  district  and  Mr.  Ernst  Morisse,  since  several  years  the 
sole  proprietor  of  the  local  firm,  is  always  ready  to  welcome 
his  customers  and  to  show  them  the  newest  and  choicest  designs. 

CORTICELLI  SILK  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2437a.  Kinloch  C673. 

Corticelli  Spool  Silk  has  long  been  a household  word  in  every* 
part  of  this  country,  being  justly  celebrated  for  its  qualities  and 
its  results  in  the  innumerable  uses  to  which  it  is  applied.  It  is 
acknowledged  to  be  without  a rival  as  to  material,  finish,  dui’a- 
bility  and  appearance  and  stands  unsurpassed  as  a producer  of 
the  finest  needlework.  No  other  spool  silk  has  won  such  general 
favor  as  the  Corticelli  among  all  those  who  use  spool  silk  in  the 
various  industrial  branches,  especially  tailoring,  dressmaking  and 
embroidering.  The  company  which  produces  the  Corticelli  Silk 
is  one  of  the  oldest  manufacturing  concerns  in  the  United  States, 
having  been  established  as  earlj^  as  1838  at  Florence,  Mass.  The 
phenomenal  development  of  its  business  is  best  shown  by  the  fact 
that  the  company  owns  and  conducts  since  many  years  large 
factories  in  Florence,  Leeds  and  Haydenville,  Mass.,  Hartford, 
Conn.,  and  St.  Johns,  P.  Q.,  whose  immense  output  is  distributed 
through  agencies  located  in  New  York,  Boston,  Philadelphia, 
Cincinnati,  Chicago,  St.  Paul,  San  Francisco,  Montreal, 
Toronto,  Winnipeg  and  Gloversville.  St.  Louis  is  the  chief 
distributing  point  for  the  West  and  South,  and  the  Corti- 
celli Silk  Company  has  in  Mr.  Clark  H.  Sampson,  who 
established  the  agency  in  1879,  a most  efficient  representative,  to 


— 595 


whose  untiring  activity  and  energy,  administrative  talent  and 
circumspection  the  constant  growth  of  its  sales  must  be  ascribed. 
It  would  require  many  pages  of  this  volume  to  enumerate  the 
manifold  articles  manufactured  and  sold  by  the  company  and 
to  name  the  numerous  purposes  for  which  they  serve,  but 
we  will  at  least  point  to  some  particular  specialties,  as 
for  instance  various  kinds  of  embroidery,  crochet  and 
knitting  silk  in  all  colors,  silk  and  velvet  ribbons,  trim- 
mings, braids  of  all  kinds,  silk  underwear  and  mit- 

tens, stamped  linens  for  embroidery,  etc.  Descriptive  and 
illustrated  catalogues  are  freely  distributed  by  the  firm,  and 
aside  from  them  two  valuable  publications  issued:  the  Corticelli 
Home  Needle  Worli  and  the  Home  Needle  Work  Quarterly  Magazine, 
containing  the  most  modern  designs  for  all  sorts  of  fancy  needle 
work  and  all  desirable  instruction  for  making  them.  Mr.  Clark  H. 
Sampson  is  a native  of  Massachusetts  and  possesses  the  prover- 
bial business  ability  and  tenacity,  for  which  the  sons  of  New  En- 
gland are  known ; he  is  a man  of  the  broadest  and  most  liberal 
views  ; well-meaning  and  generous,  taking  an  active  part  in  every- 
thing tending  to  the  prosperity  and  welfare  of  the  community  and 
promoting  all  public  interests  in  every  possible  way.  He  has 
frequently  been  elected  to  positions  of  honor  and  trust,  especially 
as  chairman  or  treasurer  of  committees,  for  the  raising  of  funds 
in  the  interest  of  the  city,  which  he  has  made  his  home  and  where 
he  enjoys  the  well  deserved  respect  and  esteem  in  mercantile 
and  social  circles  ; he  is  the  President  of  the  Colonial  Trust  Com- 
pany, one  of  the  most  prosperous  financial  institutions  of  our  city. 
The  office  and  salesrooms  of  the  Corticelli  Silk  Company  occupy 
the  entire  building  southwest  corner  Tenth  and  St.  Charles 
streets. 


THE  CLOTHING  TRADE. 

What  we  have  said  about  the  dry  goods  trade  of  St.  Louis  is 
also  applicable  to  the  clothing  branch,  but  there  lies  a 
noteworthy  distinction  in  the  fact  that  the  firms  of  which 
we  speak  on  the  following  pages,  place  only  goods  of  their  own 


— 596  — 


manufacture  on  the  market.  They  have  succeeded,  at  least 
in  a very  large  measure,  to  overcome  Eastern  competition  and  to 
make  the  city  the  principal  distributing  point  in  theii  branch  over 
a vast  territory,  thereby  securing  a large  revenue  to  our  com- 
merce and  steady  employment  to  thousands  of  men  and  women. 
Side  by  side  with  this  branch  goes  the  manufacture  of  children’s 
garments.  It  is  obvious,  that  large  capital  is  invested  in  these 
branches,  which  constitutes  such  an  important  factor  in  our  home 
industry  and  the  parties  engaged  therein  deserve  the  thanks  of 
the  community  for  their  enterprise  and  energy. 

BAER,  OLIVER  & SINGER  CLOTHING  CO. 

Bell  Main  2268.  Kinloch  B468. 

Mr.  Adolph  Baer,  the  senior  member  of  the  above  firm,  began 
his  business  career  in  this  city  as  early  as  1867,  in  which  year  the 
wholesale  clothing  house  of  Kaufman  & Baer  was  established  at 
number  404  North  Main  street.  This  firm  was  succeeded  in  1878 
by  Singer,  Baer  & Co.  under  which  name  it  remained  until  the 
death  of  Mr.  Bernard  Singer,  which  occured  in  1882,  whereupon 
the  style  of  the  firm  changed  to  Baer,  Seasongood  & Co.  The 
demise  of  Mr.  Seasongood  caused  another  change  in  the  firm’s 
name  to  Baer,  Singer  & Co.,  whicli  in  turn  was  altered  to  the 
present  name,  the  Baer-Oliver-Singer  Clothing  Company,  whose 
officers  are  as  follows : Adolph  Baer,  President ; John  Oliver, 
Vice-President;  Louis  B.  Singer,  Second  Vice-President;  L.  B. 
■Cunningham,  Secretary;  and  Alfred  Baer,  Treasurer.  These 
gentlemen  are  now  conducting  the  affairs  of  the  firm  with  the 
same  success  with  which  Mr.  Adolph  Baer  has  met  during  the 
many  previous  years.  When  the  exodus  of  the  wholesale  houses 
from  Main  street  set  in,  the  firm  was  one  of  the  first  to  move 
further  west;  it  located  in  the  Lindell  Hotel  block,  number  617 
Washington  avenue,  but  larger  quarters  became  necessary  in 
course  of  time  and  they  removed  to  Washington  avenue,  north- 
east corner  of  Eighth  street,  where  they  occupied  a very  large 
double  building,  but  even  this  proved  insufficient  and  they  are 
now  installed  in  the  recently  erected  eight  story  building,  1108 
Washington  avenue.  They  devote  themselves  to  the  manufac- 


— 597  — 


ture  and  sale  of  men’s  and  boys’  clothing  of  various  grades  and 
supply  the  trade  with  goods,  which  can  favorably  compete  with 
any  other  house  in  regard  to  material,  style  and  finish.  Their 
trade  has  extended  from  year  to  year  and  embraces  Missouri, 
Illinois,  Arkansas,  Kansas,  Iowa,  Indian  Territory,  Oklahoma, 
Louisiana,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  and  Mississippi.  It  has  always 
been  the  constant  aim  of  the  firm  to  give  its  customers  the 
fullest  satisfaction  as  to  quality,  prices  and  the  prompt  filling 
of  all  orders,  and  it  has  gained  a well-founded  reputation  for 
fair  dealing  with  all.  The  members  of  the  firm  enjoy  the  esteem  ^ 
of  the  mercantile  world  here  and  elsewhere,  have  a host  of 
warm  friends  and  number  among  the  most  welcome  in  our  social 
circles. 


A.  HAAS  & SON. 

Kinloch  D999. 

This  is  a comparatively  young  firm  with  an  old  experienced 
business  man  at  its  head,  Mr.  A.  Haas  being  in  the  clothing 
manufacturing  branch  ever  since  1865,  in  which  year  he  settled 
in  St.  Louis.  He  belongs  therefore  to  the  older  generation  of  our 
commercial  community,  is  one  of  our  best  known  merchants  and 
honorable  citizens,  enjoying  a well-merited  reputation  for  up- 
rightness and  fair  dealing  and  always  willing  to  further  the  public 
welfare.  His  connection  with  the  firm  of  Marx  and  Haas  termin- 
ated in  1893  and  after  taking  a much  needed  rest  from  many 
years  of  uninterrupted  activity  he  again  entered  the  field  by 
establishing  the  above  firm  in  partnership  with  his  oldest  son,  Mr. 
Max  Haas,  who  has  grown  up  in  this  particular  branch  of  busi- 
ness after  graduating  from  the  St.  Louis  High  School.  A.  Haas 
and  Son  devote  themselves  to  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  men’s 
and  boys’  trousers  and  knee  pants  of  the  best  material,  worsted 
goods  and  casimirs  being  principally  used  in  their  make-up ; the 
greatest  attention  is  given  to  style,  workmanship  and  finish  and 
the  output  of  their  factory  finds  a ready  sale  in  the  Western  and 
Southwestern  States,  where  the  house  is  represented  by  a com- 
mensurate number  of  commercial  travelers.  The  firm  employs 
over  100  hands  in  the  manufacturing  department,  which  occu- 


598  — 


pies  the  upper  stories  of  number  1106  Washington  avenue, 
the  lower  floors  serving  for  salesrooms  and  offices. 

LOTH  JEANS  CLOTHING  COMPANY. 

Kinloch  B1447. 

Mr.  Adolph  Loth,  the  founder  of  the  above  firm,  is  an  old 
St.  Louis  merchant,  he  came  here  more  than  forty  years  ago  and 
soon  after  embarked  in  business  of  his  own  by  forming  a copart- 
nership with  Mr.  A.'  Kramer  in  the  wholesale  hosiery  and  notion 
branch.  After  the  latter’s  withdrawal  Mr.  Loth  continued  this 
business  for  a number  of  years,  but  changed  his  field  of  activity 
in  1890,  in  which  year  he  commenced  the  manufacture  of  jeans 
clothing.  The  organization  of  the  Loth  Jeans  Clothing  Company 
was  effected  in  the  same  year  with  Ad.  Loth  as  President,  J. 
Goldsmith  as  Vice-President  and  Albert  Loth  as  Secretary  and 
Treasurer.  The  quality  and  careful  workmanship  of  their  goods 
gained  for  them  immediately  a ready  market  and  the  constantly 
growing  demand  made  larger  quarters  necessai’y  and  their  pres- 
ent location  in  the  spacious  building,  914  Pine  street,  affords 
them  all  the  required  and  desirable  accommodations  and  facilities 
for  factory  purposes,  salesrooms  and  offices.  Three  hundred 
hands  are  constantly  employed  by  the  firm  and  the  territory  of 
sales  extends  to  Buffalo  in  the  East,  the  Pacific  coast  in  the  West 
and  the  Gulf  States  in  the  South.  Modern  make-up,  price- 
worthy material  and  durability  are  the  special  qualification  of 
their  output  and  the  firm  is  favorably  known  for  its  fair  dealing. 
Mr.  Ad.  Loth  has  at  all  times  taken  an  active  interest  in  public 
affairs,  especially  in  charitable  matters,  and  has  a host  of  warm 
friends  in  this  city  and  elsewhere,  and  his  sons  follow  in  their 
father’s  footsteps. 

MARX  & HAAS  JEANS  CLOTHING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  2872.  Kinloch  D980. 

St.  Louis  is  since  many  years  the  acknowledged  center  of  the 
Jeans  trade  for  the  West,  Southwest  and  South,  and  the  Marx  & 
Haas  Jeans  Clothing  Co.  may  with  all  justification  be  called  the 


— 599  — 


leading  house  in  this  branch  of  business.  The  firm  had,  like 
many  others,  a small  beginning,  but  developed  in  course  of  time 
to  its  present  standing  and  without  any  rival  of  equal  promi- 
nence. The  business  was  established  in  1855  by  Mr.  Sol.  Marx, 
the  father  of  the  present  owners.  It  was  first  located  on  North 
Third  street,  at  that  time  called  Broadway,  from  there  it  was 
removed  to  Main  street,  afterwards  to  Fifth  near  Washington 
avenue.  The  commodious  quarters  at  616  and  618  Seventh  street 
(Lindell  Hotel  block)  were  then  occupied  for  a long  time,  till 
more  room  became  necessary,  for  which  reason  the  large  building 
‘ on  the  southeast  corner  of  Tenth  and  Lucas  avenue  was  taken, 
but  even  this  was  no  longer  adequate  to  the  constant  growth  of 
the  establishment  and  therefore  a new  building  was  erected  on 
the  southwest  corner  of  Thirteenth  street  and  Washington  avenue, 
one  of  the  most  desirable  localities  on  this  principal  business 
thoroughfare  of  the  city.  This  building  covers  100,000  feet 
square  and  enables  the  company  to  double  its  capacity.  At 
present  more  than  2,000  hands  are  employed  in  producing  the 
garments,  whose  superior  quality  gives  the  Rabbit  Brand  of 
Jeans  Clothing  — a rabbit  head  being  the  registered  trade- 
mark — an  enviable  reputation  among  dealers  as  well  as  consumers. 
Trousers  are  a specialty  of  the  firm,  but  their  dust  coats  and 
corduroys  are  just  as  much  celebrated  for  their  cut,  make-up  and 
fit  and  every  garment  is  warranted  to  give  perfect  satisfaction. 
They  are  made  up  under  the  supervision  of  experienced  tailors 
and  every  piece  is  closely  examined  before  it  leaves  the  shops. 
Twenty-two  traveling  men  attend  to  the  sale  of  the  immense  out- 
put, the  average  of  which  may  be  imagined  from  the  fact,  that 
much  more  than  a million  garments  were  sold  in  1901.  The 
territory  of  sales  embraces  almost  every  part  of  the  Union  with 
the  exception  of  the  extreme  Northeast  and  the  Southeastern 
States ; outside  of  the  United  States  their  goods  are  sold  in 
Mexico  and  Hawaii.  The  company  was  reorganized  and  incor- 
porated under  the  present  firm  name  in  1893  by  its  owners  and 
officers,  viz'. : Harry  N.  Marx,  President ; Edmund  J.  Marx,  First, 
Benj.  F.  Marx,  Second  Vice-President ; Berman  Haas,  Secretary 
and  Treasurer.  Industry,  energy,  fair  dealing  and  close  atten- 
tion to  business  results  in  the  continued  success  of  the  company 


— 600  — 


whose  members  are  not  less  prominent  in  commercial  than  in 
social  circles.  The  two  oldest  brothers  were  born  in  Richmond, 
Mo.,  Harry  N.  Marx  in  1853,  Benj.  F.  in  1855  ; Edmund  J.  is  a 
St.  Lonisan  by  birth  (born  1861)  the  family  having  come  here  in 
1853.  They  are  proud  of  their  native  State  and  the  city,  which 
they  have  made  their  home  and  also  of  their  achievements  as  busi" 
ness  men.  Two  younger  brothers,  Walter  and  Joseph  Marx,  are 
now  also  actively  identified  with  the  firm,  likewise  their  brother- 
in-law,  Alex.  Loeb. 

ROSENTHAL  & DESBPIRGER. 

The  factory,  salesroom  and  office  of  Rosenthal  and  Desberger, 
manufacturers  of  and  dealers  in  a general  line  of  medium  and 
low-priced  clothing  for  men,  youths  and  children,  are  right  in  the 
center  of  the  wholesale  trade,  namely,  on  Lucas  avenue,  in  the 
Mary  Building  (Nos.  810  and  812),  where  one  hundred  and 
fifty  hands  are  constantly  employed  in  the  different  manufactur- 
ing departments  of  the  firm.  Their  sales  comprise  the  following 
States:  Missouri,  Illinois,  Texas,  Kansas,  Arkansas,  Louisiana, 
Mississippi  and  Tennessee,  and  their  goods  are  much  appreciated 
for  style,  workmanship  and  durability.  Mr.  Aron  Rosenthal 
came  to  this  city  in  1866  and  was  for  eight  years  identified  with 
the  great  clothing  house  of  R.  and  W.  Goldstein,  which  gave 
him  an  opportunity  to  make  himself  thoroughly  acquainted  with 
all  the  details  of  the  branch.  After  severing  his  connection  with 
this  firm  he  started  a business  of  his  own  in  the  same  line,  asso- 
ciating for  this  purpose  with  Mr.  Geo.  White  under  the  firm  name 
of  White  and  Rosenthal,  located  at  No.  418  Washington  avenue. 
This  partnership  was  dissolved  a few  years  later  and  a new  one 
formed  by  A.  Rosenthal  and  S.  Desberger,  the  latter  gentleman 
adding  his  long  business  experience  to  that  of  bis  partner.  The 
firm’s  trade  has  grown  from  year  to  year  and  in  a very  success- 
ful way.  Mr.  Rosenthal  and  Mr.  Desberger,  both  active  and 
energetic  business  men,  are  ably  assisted  by  Mr.  Ab^  Rosenthal, 
the  oldest  son  of  the  senior  partner,  and  all  three  are  well  known 
in  our  commercial  and  social  circles. 


— 601  — 


SCHWAB  CLOTHING  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  1815.  Kinloch  D995. 

The  manufacture  of  clothing  forms  one  of  the  most  important 
industrial  branches  centering  in  this  city  and  the  Schwab  Clothing 
Company  may  justly  be  called  the  foremost  representative  of  the 
branch.  The  house  selected  St.  Louis  as  its  field  of  action  in 
1879  after  a successful  career  of  nearly  twenty  years  in  Memphis, 
Tenn.  The  firm  manufactures  a complete  line  of  clothing  for 
men,  youths  and  boys,  in  various  qualities  and  prices,  the  newest 
styles,  and  with  due  care  for  a good  fit,  made  up  by  more  than 
500  hands  employed  in  its  workshops.  The  latter  together  with 
the  salesrooms  and  offices  occupy  nine  stories  of  a recently 
erected  building  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Washington  avenue 
and  Twelfth  street,  on  the  principal  thoroughfare  of  our  whole- 
sale district.  The  quality  of  the  goods  as  to  material  and  work- 
manship has  gained  for  them  a market  comprising  all  ihe  terri- 
tory between  the  Alleghanies  and  the  Pacific  coast,  the  Southern 
and  Southwestern  States,  where  the  traveling  representatives  of 
the  firm  are  always  welcome  to  their  innumerable  customers. 
The  company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
Missouri  with  a paid-up  capital  of  three  hundred  thousand  dol- 
lars, which  is  now  increased  to  one  million,  by  Isaac,  Max  and 
Jacob  Schwab ; after  the  death  of  the  latter,  which  occurred  in 
1895,  his  son,  Mr.  Leon  J.  Schwab,  became  his  successor  in  the 
firm,  whose  officers  then  were:  Isaac  Schwab,  President;  Leon 
J.  Schwab,  Vice-President;  and  Max  Schwab,  Secretary  and 
Treasurer.  Mr.  Isaac  Schwab  followed  his  brother  into  eternity 
in  May,  1902,  leaving  the  management  of  the  firm  in  the  hands 
of  his  competent  partners.  He  was  a man  of  sterling  qualities, 
the  personification  of  integrity  and  strictness  and  the  affairs  of 
the  company  will  always  be  conducted  in  accordance  with  the 
principles  laid  down  by  its  founder.  The  firm  enjoys  a well 
earned  reputation  for  its  reliable  dealing,  the  care  and  attention 
given  to  the  filling  of  all  orders  and  stands  in  the  front  rank  of 
our  business  community. 


— 602  — 


F.  B.  HAUCK  CLOTH  CO. 

Kinloch  B1066. 

This  firm  is  the  oldest  of  its  branch  in  our  city,  having  been  es- 
tablished as  early  as  1863  and  it  will  therefore  soon  look  back 
over  an  existence  of  forty  years.  This  fact  alone  speaks  for  its 
stability,  but  it  can  also  point  to  another  significant  feature  in  its 
history.  It  has  remained  at  the  same  place  during  all  these  many 
years,  1 13  North  Broadway,  the  only  change  consists  in  the  fact, 
that  the  old  house  was  taken'down  and  a new  substantial  building, 
the  property  of  the  firm,  was  erected  in  1884.  Mr.  F.  B.  Hauck, 
who  bad  come  to  St.  Louis  in  1853,  established  a business  in  1863 
at  which  time  the  number  of  merchant  tailors  was  comparatively 
small,  but  it  soon  grew  larger  and  with  the  growing  consumption 
of  cloth  and  woolens  came  the  expansion  of  Mr.  Hauck’s  business- 
It  became  more  and  more  extensive  and  this  led  to  the  incor- 
poration of  the  F.  B.  Hauck  Cloth  Company  in  1885,  with 
F.  B.  Hauck,  Chas.  Hauck,  and  Chas.  J.  Mack,  as  incor- 
porators and  owners.  Mr.  Chas.  Hauck  died  in  1900, 
since  which  time  Mr.  F.  M.  Hauck  became  a member  of  the  firm. 
The  officers  are  as  follows : Mr.  F.  B.  Hauck,  President ; Mr. 
Chas.  G.  Mack,  Vice-President  and  Treasurer ; and  Mr.  F.  M. 
Hauck,  Secretary.  The  house  keeps  constantly  a very  large  stock 
of  imported  and  domestic  woolens  and  a full  assortment  of  tailor’s 
trimmings ; the  imported  goods  come  from  England,  France, 
the  Netherlands,  Germany  and  Austria,  the  domestic  from  the  best 
Eastern  manufacturers.  Aside  from  an  extensive  city  trade  the 
sales  of  the  firm  are  distributed  over  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Wis- 
consin, Minnesota,  Kentucky,  the  South  and  all  States  and  terri- 
tories west  of  the  Mississippi,  where  the  representatives  of  the 
house  make  their  regular  rounds.  The  strict  reliable  and  fair 
dealing  with  all  its  customers  has  won  an  enviable  reputation  for 
the  company  and  has  placed  it  in  the  front  rank  of  its  competi- 
tors. Mr.  Chas.  J.  Mack  conducts  the  affairs  of  the  firm  since 
many  years  and  gives  all  his  time  and  personal  attention  to  its 
management ; he  has  made  this  city  his  home  ever  since  1855  and 
is  well  known  in  commercial  as  well  as  social  circles.  The  firm  uses 


— 603  — 


four  spacious  floors  for  its  salesrooms  and  an  adequate  number  of 
•experienced  and  polite  salesmen  are  always  ready. to  show  goods 
and  serve  customers.  Particular  care  is  given  to  the  filling  of 
orders  and  the  prompt  shipment  of  goods. 

SCHMITZ  AND  SCHRODER. 

Kinloch  A424. 

What  enterprise  and  perseverance,  ability  and  industry  can 
accomplish  even  in  a comparatively  short  period,  is  clearly  shown 
by  the  success  of  the  above  firm.  It  was  in  1890  when  Mr. 
Rudolph  Schmitz  and  Mr.  Sam  W.  Schroder  formed  a copartner- 
ship for  the  manufacture  of  and  wholesale  trade  in  men’s  and 
boys’  clothing.  They  were  first  located  on  Eighth  street  oppo- 
site the  post  office,  afterwards  on  Washington  avenue  near 
Eighth  street  and  occupy  since  several  years  the  large  five-story 
building  on  the  northwest  corner  of  Sixth  and  St.  Charles. 
This  removal  became  necessary  when  the  former  place  proved 
inadequate  for  their  constantly  increasing  business.  Up  to  1896 
they  confined  themselves  exclusively  to  the  manufacturing  and 
wholesale  trade  but  added  in  that  year  a retail  department,  since 
then  so  well  known  as  the  Good  Luck  Clothing  Company,  whose 
trade-mark  has  become  justly  celebrated.  All  the  garments  sold 
by  the  firm,  wholesale  as  well  as  retail,  are  without  exception 
made  on  their  own  premises  and  under  the  personal  supervision 
of  the  proprietors,  whose  aim  it  is  to  give  their  customers  the 
fullest  satisfaction.  The  upper  stories  of  the  building  serve  for 
factory  purposes,  are  well  ventilated  and  scrupulously  clean ; 
over  two  hundred  hands  are  permanently  employed  in  the  work- 
shops in  making  up  garments  of  foreign  and  domestic  goods  ; 
they  are  sold  all  over  the  West  and  Northwest,  the  firm  adher- 
ing from  the  start  to  the  principle  of  popular  prices.  The  sales- 
rooms contain  at  ail  times  a complete  assortment  of  clothing  of 
the  latest  style,  affording  customers  all  facilities  for  purchasing 
just  what  they  want.  Mr.  Schmitz  is  since  more  than  thirty 
years  a resident  of  this  city  ; Mr.  Schroder  had  formerly  lived  in 
Cincinnati  and  came  here  in  1890 ; both  gentlemen  give  their 
fullest  attention  to  their  business,  their  success  is  well-deserved 
and  they  are  most  favorably  known  here  and  elsewhere. 


604  — 


Bell  Main  1791m.  Kinloch  B530. 


We  are  direct  makers  of  the  clothing'  we  sell. 
Every  suit  and  garment  for  man  and  boy  being  the 
product  of  our  own  factory,  made  up  from  the  best 
woolens  the  world’s  mills  produce,  enabling  us  to 
supply  the  public  with  the  highest  class  suits  and 
garments  at  the  lowest  price  consistent  with  Quality 
and  Style. 

HUMPHREY’S 

Is  a household  word  through  St.  Louis  and  the 
West.  For  26  years  we  have  supplied  old  and 
young  at  St.  Louis  with  Good  Clothing,  Hats 
and  Furnishings  from  the  commodious  building 
on  Broadway  and  Pine  we  have  occupied  since  1873. 
There  are  few  citizens  during  that  stretch  of  time, 
who  have  not  given  an  evidence  of  their  apprecia- 
tion by  becoming  patrons  of 

HUMPtlRKY’S. 


— 605  — 


L.  BERTRAM  CADY  COMPANY,  MERCHANT  TAILORS. 

Bell  2672a.  Kinloch  B839. 

The  L.  Bertram  Cady  Company,  merchant  tailors,  occupies  a 
suit  of  elegant  rooms  on  the  second  floor  of  the  Third  National 
Bank  Building  (entrance,  421  Olive  street)  and  it  may  truly  be 
said  that  they  are  the  headquarters  of  the  most  fastidious  gentle- 
men of  our  city,  with  whom  a fashionable,  perfect  attire  is  a 
standing  rule  and  whose  taste  serves  as  an  example  for  others. 
The  firm  was  incorporated  in  1886  in  New  York  by  Mr.  Cady  and 
a partner,  who  is  still  in  charge  of  their  establishment  on  Fifth 
avenue ; the  St.  Louis  house  is  conducted  by  Mr.  Cady,  who 
came  here  with  the  intention  to  give  this  city  a merchant  tailor- 
ing establishment  second  to  none  in  the  Eastern  metropolis.  To 
this  end  he  brought  with  him  a corps  of  scientific  cutters  and 
skilled  tailors  and  he  continues  to  get  his  workmen  from  New 
York,  a noteworthy  fact,  as  this  is  not  done  by  any  other  St. 
Louis  firm.  A large  stock  of  imported  and  domestic  goods  of 
the  best  quality  enables  his  patrons  to  make  their  selection  from 
a complete  assortment  modern  in  every  season.  Coats,  vests  and 
pants  made  in  this  establishment  are  unsurpassed  in  material, 
style  and  finish.  It  is  true  that  the  prices  are  high,  even  higher 
than  elsewhere,  but  the  customers  know  that  they  receive  full 
value  for  what  they  pay,  and  that  it  is  Mr.  Cady’s  constant  aim 
to  give  his  patrons  satisfaction  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  word. 
Mr.  L.  Bertram  Cady  is  the  President  of  the  company,  and  ex- 
ercises a personal  supervision  over  the  whole  establishment ; Mr. 
R.  J.  Allen  is  the  Secretary,  and  both  gentlemen  devote  all  their 
time  and  ability  to  the  fulfillment  of  their  duties. 

THE  FAMOUS. 

Bell  Main  115.  Kinloch  665. 

“ The  Famous  ” was  and  is  the  well-selected  name  for  the  great 
business  concern  established  twenty-nine  years  ago  on  Franklin 
avenue,  between  Seventh  and  Eighth  streets,  but  since  1880  on 
the  northwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  Morgan  street.  We  say 


— 606  — 


that  the  name  was  well  chosen  from  the  fact  that  the  establishment 
has  become  famous,  not  only  in  St.  Louis  and  its  vicinity,  but 
throughout  Missouri,  Southern  Illinois  and  in  many  other  parts  of 
the  West.  It  is  actually  one  of  the  places  which  visitors  from 
elsewhere  seldom  neglect  to  include  in  their  wanderings  through 
our  city  and  upon  which  St.  Louisans  look  with  justified  pride. 
The  five  stories  of  the  “Famous”  building  contain  the 
various  departments,  which  constitute  this  grand  bazar,^ 
comprising  a complete  assortment  of  all  articles  worn  and 
used  by  men,  women  and  children,  besides  the  many  other 
goods  found  under  the  same  roof.  The  basement  contains 
household  wares ; on  the  ground  floor  are  boots  and  shoes, 
notions,  hats  and  caps,  gents’  furnishing  goods,  etc.  ; the 
second  story  serves  exclusively  for  the  sale  of  gentlemen’s, 
boys  and  children’s  clothing,  the  twenty-one  thousand  square 
feet  of  floor  space  being  hardly  sufficient  for  the  immense 
stock  constantly  kept  on  hand.  The  millinery  department, 
ladies’  and  children’s  cloaks,  etc.,  are  quartered  in  the  third 
story,  and  the  remaining  floors  are  used  for  office  and  storage 
purposes.  The  multitude  of  customers,  which  may  be  seen  here 
from  morning  till  night,  is  served  by  a large  corps  of  polite  sales- 
men and  salesladies  under  the  superintendence  of  attentive  floor 
managers,  and  the  goods  form  an  almost  unlimited  assortment 
in  quality  and  price.  The  firm  of  D.  May  & Co.  acquired  the 
proprietorship  of  “Famous”  in  March,  1892,  and  comprises 
the  following  owners : D.  Majq  M.  Shoenberg,  J.  E.  Shoenberg 
and  L.  D.  Shoenberg.  Mr.  M.  Shoenberg  is  the  only  partner  re- 
siding in  this  city;  Mr,  D.  May  lives  in  Denver,  Colorado,  con- 
ducting the  May  Shoe  and  Clothing  Company ; Mr.  L.  D. 
Shoenberg  is  the  head  of  the  May  Company  in  Cleveland, 
Ohio,  and  Mr.  J.  E.  Shoenberg  is  the  resident  buyer  in  New 
York  City  for  the  different  houses,  enabling  them  to  purchase 
at  great  advantage  from  the  Eastern  manufacturers  and  importers 
direct.  The  three  establishments,  in  St.  Louis,  Denver  and 
Cleveland,  sell  more  clothing  in  retail  than  any  other  firm  in  the 
United  States,  and  their  ample  means  afford  them  unequaled 
facilities  which  in  turn  benefit  their  customers. 


— 607  — 


BOOTS  AND  SHOES. 

St.  Louis  is  since  many  years  the  center  of  the  boot  and  shoe 
manufacture,  and  of  the  largest  jobbing  trade  in  these  articles. 
The  number  of  hands  employed  in  the  various  boot  and  shoe  fac- 
tories in  this  city  has  grown  from  year  to  year,  and  is  now  esti- 
mated between  six  and  seven  thousand.  The  output  of  1901  is 
at  least  one-third  larger  than  that  of  1900,  and  the  amount  of 
sales  have  increased  from  thirty-seven  and  a half  million  in  1900  to 
forty-three  and  a half  million  dollars  in  1901.  Figures  in  detail 
would  show  that  the  manufacturers  in  this  line  had  a golden 
harvest  since  many  years,  and  all  indications  lead  to  the  belief 
that  the  expansion  of  trade  in  this  branch  is  still  on  the  increase. 

J.  G.  BRANDT  SHOE  COMPANY. 

Bell  Main  572.  Kinloch  B160. 

It  was  a very  modest  beginning  when  Mr.  J.  G.  Brandt  opened 
a retail  shoe  store  on  the  south  side  of  Franklin  avenue  between 
Fifth  and  Sixth  street.  This  was  in  1867,  and  the  thii’ty-five  years 
which  have  since  elapsed,  has  seen  the  continued  development  of  the 
once  small  establishment  to  the  now  largest  of  its  branch  in  the 
country.  Mr.  Brandt’s  trade  became  larger  from  year  to  year,  mak- 
ing additional  room  necessary  and  he  rented  the  adjoining  store, 
but  the  place  so  gained  proved  inadequate  for  the  constantly  grow- 
ing business,  and  still  larger  accommodations  were  indispensable. 
The  removal  to  the  southwest  corner  of  Broadway  and  Lucas 
avenue  was  the  consequence.  This  most  eligible  locality  is 
since  1885  the  home  of  the  Brandt  Shoe  Company  and  the  very 
Mecca  to  which  thousands  of  men,  women  and  children,  from  the 
octogenarian  to  the  smallest  boy  and  girl,  wend  their  way  day 
after  day,  in  search  of  good  footwear.  Brandt’s  boots  and  shoes 
have  long  ago  become  a household  word  not  only  with  the 
inhabitants  of  this  city,  but  also  in  neighboring  towns  and  with 
visitors  of  even  more  distant  places.  This  enviable  reputation 
was  and  is  still  secured  by  the  reliable  dealing,  the  strictness  and 
integrity  of  the  Grm — every  article  sold  by  the  house  is  in  quality 


608  — 


and  value  what  it  is  represented  to  be  and  there  is  never  a devia- 
tion from  this  rule.  Mr.  Brandt  retired  from  active  business 
in  1892  an  account  of  ill-health,  but  the  principles  laid  down 
by  him  are  strictly  adhered  to  as  before.  The  company  was 
incorporated  in  the  year  just  named  and  the  present  officers  are 
as  follows:  H.  A.  Harrington,  President;  Geo.  Barnard,  Secre- 
tary ; and  Frank  Ames,  Treasurer.  The  latter  gentleman  is  since 
several  years  also  the  manager  of  the  entire  business,  his 
promotion  to  this  important  position  being  based  upon  the 
fact  that  he  is  since  more  than  twenty  years  connected 
with  the  firm,  and  that  he  possesses  all  the  necessary  quali- 
fications for  the  supervision  and  conduct  of  so  vast  an  estab- 
lishment. It  speaks  volumes  for  the  firm,  that  manj’  of  its 
seventy-five  employees  have  been  identified  with  it  for  a great 
number  of  years,  thereby  acquiring  a thorough  knowledge  of  all 
the  details  of  the  firm’s  trade,  the  demands  and  wishes  of  the 
customers.  In  conclusion,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  firm  car- 
ries permanently  a stock  of  two  hundred  thousand  dollars  worth 
of  goods,  and  that  even  this  amount  will  not  be  sufficient  in  the 
near  future ; it  may,  therefore,  truthfully  be  said  that  the  Brandt 
Shoe  Company  has  no  rival  in  its  line  in  the  whole  United  States. 

A WORD  TO  THE  READER. 

In  closing  this  extensive  review  of  our  financial  institutions, 
our  exchanges  and  various  corporations,  mercantile  and  indus- 
trial firms,  etc.,  we  may  be  justified  in  saying  that  they  represent 
the  bone  and  sinew  of  our  city  and  its  prosperty,  and  that  the 
names  found  in  the  preceding  pages  number  among  the  best  of 
our  community. 

The  following  pages  constitute  an  appendix  containing  infor- 
mation which  could  not  be  properly  classified  in  the  foregoing 
chapters,  useful  and  interesting  information,  to  which  we  call  the 
reader’s  kind  attention. 


— 609  — 


APPENDIX. 

OUR  COKGRESSME^^^. 

THE  TENTH  DISTRICT. 

The  representative  of  the  Tenth  Congressional  District  of  Mis- 
souri, Hon.  Richard  Bartholdi,  has  served  in  this  capacity  since 
the  fourth  of  March,  1892,  having  been  elected  for  five  consecu- 
tive terms,  and  there  is  not  the  least  doubt  of  his  re-election  for 
a sixth  term.  This  fact  alone  is  a sufficient  evidence  of  the  high 
esteem  in  which  he  is  held  not  only  by  his  constituents,  but  by 
the  whole  community.  He  began  his  Congressional  career  in  the 
Fifty-third  Congress  (1892)  and  devoted  himself  at  once  with  so 
much  ability  and  energy  to  all  matters  pertaining  to  immigration, 
that  Speaker  Reed  selected  him  for  the  chairmanship  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Immigration  in  the  next  Congress.  He  went  twice  to 
Europe,  visiting  the  principal  ports,  to  gain  the  fullest  infor- 
mation on  the  question  by  personal  observation.  So  well  did  he 
fulfill  the  important  duties  of  this  position,  that  he  remained  its 
incumbent  during  the  Fifty-fifth  Congress.  A perhaps  still  more 
important  chairmanship,  as  far  as  our  own  State  and  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  are  concerned,  was  given  him  in  the  Fifty-sixth  and 
Fifty-seventh,  namely,  that  of  the  Committee  on  the  Mississippi 
River  and  Levees  Improvements.  He  has  always  been  one  of  the 
most  active  members  of  the  House,  has  given  close  attention  to 
the  interest  of  our  State  and  city,  and  has  never  failed  to  comply 
with  the  wishes  of  his  constituents  to  the  best  of  his  ability.  As 
a warm  defender  of  personal  liberty  he  strenuously  opposed  all 
encroachments  upon  them.  Mr.  Bartholdt  developed  .particular 
energy  and  circumspection  in  some  of  the  most  important 
matters,  for  instance  the  revoking  of  the  Sherman  Bill  for 
the  purchase  of  silver,  the  appropriations  for  the  improve, 
ment  of  the  Mississippi  and  Missouri,  the  reduction  of  the 
internal  revenue  tax  on  beer,  the  emission  of  more  gold 
39k 


— 610  — 


bonds ; the  advancement  of  Jefferson  Barracks  from  a re- 
cruiting station  to  a full  military  post  was  one  of  his  achieve- 
ments, for  which  St.  Louis  is  much  indebted  to  him,  but  especial 
mention  must  be  made  of  his  successful  labors  in  connection 
with  the  World's  Fair,  and  the  recent  large  appropriation  for  a 
new  Post  Office  Building  in  this  city  is  due  to  his  exertions.  Mr. 
Bartholdt  is  a native  of  Germany  and  came  to  this  country  in  1871 
when  a youth  of  eighteen  years,  equipped  with  good  schooling 
and  the  arduous  desire  to  make  his  mark  in  the  world ; an  uncle 
of  his  published  at  that  time  a daily  paper  in  Brooklyn  and  young 
Bartholdt  learned  in  his  composing  room  the  art  of  typesetting, 
advanced  after  two  years  to  a reporter’s  position  and  soon  devel- 
oped into  a good  Journalist  as  correspondent  of  the  New  York 
Staatszeitung  in  Albany  during  the  sessions  of  the  legislature. 
Later  on  he  was  entrusted  with  the  foreign  department  of  that 
paper.  This  position  he  resigned  on  account  of  his  wife’s,  the 
daughter  of  a St.  Louis  family,  desire  to  live  here,  which  brought 
him  to  this  city  in  1884 ; he  became  editor  of  the  Tribune,  but 
relinquished  Journalism  some  eight  years  later  and  entered  the 
political  arena.  As  a member  of  the  Board  of  Public  Schools  and 
its  President  (1890  to  1892)  he  was  foremost  instrumental  in 
the  introduction  of  many  important  reforms  in  the  administration 
as  well  as  in  the  conduct  of  our  schools.  In  conclusion  we  will 
add,  that  the  Republican  Congressional  Convention  of  the  district, 
held  in  May,  1902,  nominated  him  again  for  the  place  he  has  so 
ably  filled  during  the  past  ten  years  and  that  this  nomination  is 
synonymous  with  his  re-election. 

THE  ELEVENTH  DISTRICT. 

No  better  proof  ©f  the  valuable  services  rendered  by  Congress- 
man Hob.  Chas.  F.  Joy,  could  be  given  than  by  the  simple  fact, 
that  he  has  been  elected  five  times  in  succession  to  represent  the 
Eleventh  District  of  Missouri  in  the  halls  of  our  national  legis- 
lative body.  He  was  first  elected  in  1892  for  the  Fifty-third 
Congress,  but  his  election  was  contested  by  his  Democratic  oppo- 
nent, Hon.  John  J.  O’Neil,  to  whom  the  seat  was  awarded,  where- 
upon his  constituents  nominated  and  elected  him  again  in  1894  by 


— 611 


an  overwhelming  majority  and  they  continued  to  do  so  on  the 
following  three  elections,  viz.,  in  1896,  1898  and  1900,  and  there 
is  no  doubt  that  he  will  be  re-elected  for  the  next  term  in  recog- 
nition of  his  past  efforts  and  achievements.  Mr.  Joy  has,  during 
all  this  time,  proved  a most  faithful  representative,  guarding  the 
interests  of  St.  Louis  and  the  whole  State  with  never-ceasing 
watchfulness.  It  is  but  natural  that  he  devoted  his  attention  es- 
pecially to  his  own  district,  and  the  direct  interest  of  his  con- 
stituents, the  inhabitants  of  the  northern  part  of  the  city,  which 
has  in  course  of  time  become  the  center  of  various  industrial 
branches  with  numei’ous  manufacturing  establishments.  Among 
the  important  measures  secured  by  his  work  and  personal  in- 
fluence are  two  of  specific  value : the  passage  of  a bill  for  the 
erection  of  a third  bridge  across  the  Mississippi,  between  this 
city  and  the  eastern  shore,  and  the  appropriation  of  five  million 
dollars  for  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Centennial  Exposition,  aside 
from  his  activity  as  a member  of  the  Committee  on  Mississippi 
River  and  Levee  Improvements.  He  has  always  possessed,  and 
is  still  enjoying  the  confidence  of  his  fellow-citizens,  a confidence 
of  which  he  may  well  be  proud.  A short  biographical  sketch 
will  no  doubt  interest  our  readers  and  we  give  it  here  in  a concise 
form.  Charles  Frederick  Joy  was  born  in  1849  in  Morgan  County, 
Illinois,  to  which  State  his  parents  had  come  from  New  Hamp- 
shire, where  his  ancestors  had  lived  for  two  centuries.  His 
father  owned  a farm,  and  the  son  grew  up  as  a plain  farmer  boy 
until  he  reached  his  fifteenth  year,  when  he  resolved  to  leave  the 
farm  and  prepare  himself  for  the  ministry.  A neighboring  clergy- 
man gave  him  the  necessary  lessons  to  enable  him  to  enter  a 
university,  whereupon  he  went  to  Yale  College  in  1870.  His 
theological  studies  were  finished  in  1874,  and  he  was  ready  for 
the  pulpit,  but  concluded  to  choose  the  legal  profession  as  his 
future  vocation.  Another  year  at  Yale,  followed  by  diligent 
private  study,  during  a similar  period  as  tutor  in  the  family  of  a 
wealthy  Pennsylvanian,  prepared  him  suflficieutly  for  a course  in 
the  St.  Louis  Law  School,  which  he  entered  immediately  after 
his  arrival  in  this  city  in  the  fall  of  1876  ; after  his  admission  to 
the  bar  he  formed  a partnership  with  Joseph  R.  Harris,  which 
was  dissolved  on  account  of  the  latter  becoming  the  prosecuting 


— 612  — 


attorney  of  the  St.  Louis  Criminal  Court.  He  was  then  associated 
with  Wm.  H.  Sampson  for  one  year,  since  which  lime  he  has  at- 
tended to  his  law  practice  without  a partner,  gaining  an  enviable 
reputation  as  a trial  lawyer.  He  has  won  for  himself  a host  of 
warm  friends  among  business  and  professional  men,  and  is  well- 
liked  by  all  who  know  him  for  his  truly  affable  manners  and  his 
social  qualities,  belongs  to  several  clubs  and  has  always  been  a 
very  active  member  of  the  order  of  Elks. 

THE  TWELFTH  DISTRICT. 

The  Twelfth  Congressional  District  has  de  facto  been  without 
a representative  during  the  Fifty-seventh  Congress,  the  contest 
between  the  two  opposing  candidates,  Butler  and  Horton,  still 
pending  before  the  House.  The  district  was  during  the  two 
preceding  terms  so  ably  represented  by  the  late  Hon.  Chas,  E. 
Pearce^  that  we  deem  it  but  proper  to  refer  to  him  in  this  volume 
as  a justly  deserved  tribute  to  his  efficient  services. 

The  Republican  Convention  of  the  Twelfth  Congressional  Dis- 
trict, held  in  May,  1896,  nominated  Major  Chas.  E.  Pearce 
unanimously  for  the  House  of  Representatives  and  he  was  elected 
in  the  following  November  by  the  largest  marjority  ever  received 
by  a Congressional  candidate  in  that  district.  He  declined  a 
re-election,  but  at  the  urgent  request  of  his  constituents  he  con- 
sented to  accept  the  nomination  for  a second  term  and  was  re- 
elected in  1898,  and  would  undoubtedly  have  been  elected  again 
in  1900,  had  he  not  ref  used  the  candidacy.  He  had  come  to  St. 
Louis  in  1866  and  made  our  city  his  permanent  home,  following  the 
practice  of  law  with  marked  success.  He  was  born  near  Utica, 
N.  Y.,  and  received  his  early  education  in  the  Fairfield  Seminary  ; 
after  graduating  at  Union  College  he,  with  many  of  his  class- 
mates, entered  the  Union  army  in  1862,  and  was  soon  made  cap- 
tain of  his  company,  and  later  on  promoted  to  the  rank  of  major 
for  meritorious  conduct  in  the  field  ; he  participated  in  a great 
number  of  the  severest  battles  fought  during  the  war.  As  pro- 
vost-marshal of  the  Eastern  District  of  North  Carolina  he  de- 
voted much  time  and  labor  to  the  organization  of  the  Freedmen’s 
Bureau,  for  which  he  was  publicly  thanked  by  the  citizens  of 


— 613 


Wilmington.  His  military  career  closed  in  the  fall  of  1865,  by 
which  time  nearly  the  entire  army  had  been  mustered  out.  De- 
clining an  offered  commission  in  the  regular  army,  he  returned 
home  and  came  to  St.  Louis,  as  stated  before.  It  did  not  take 
him  long  to  familiarize  himself  with  the  political  conditions,  the 
agricultural  and  other  resources  of  Missouri,  as  well  as  with  the 
commercial  and  industrial  interests  of  St.  Louis,  and  this  en- 
abled him  soon  to  take  an  active  part  in  public  affairs.  An 
ardent  Republican,  he  was  always  one  of  the  strongest  defenders 
of  the  party’s  principles,  and  an  energetic  campaigner  in  all  its 
contests.  Major  Pearce  was  elected  in  1872  Commander  of  the 
old  St.  Louis  National  Guards,  and  after  the  riot  of  1878  organ- 
ized and  became  colonel  of  the  First  Regiment.  In  1892  he  was 
chosen  Commander  of  the  Loyal  Legion  of  Missouri.  At  inter- 
vals he  traveled  extensively  in  Europe  and  the  Orient,  and  de- 
voted much  time  to  investigate  industrial  conditions  existing  in 
foreign  countries ; a trip  around  the  world  was  made  by  him  in 
1894,  during  which  he  spent  several  months  in  India,  China,  and 
Japan,  and  the  information  gained  thereby,  and  later  on  in  the  West 
Indies,  was  effectually  utilized  by  him  as  a member  of  Congress. 
His  career  as  such  proved  him  a faithful,  conscientious,  painstaking 
lawmaker,  and  an  able  representative  of  his  constituents  and  the 
State  at  large.  Our  World’s  Fair  had  in  him  an  energetic  champion 
and  so  had  many  other  measures  of  special  importance  to  St.  Louis, 
and  it  was  therefore  greatly  regretted  when  he  positively  refused 
a re-election,  but  still  greater  was  the  general  regret,  when  the 
continued  failing  of  his  health  resulted  in  his  death  in  1901,  as 
clearly  shown  by  the  resolutions  adopted  by  the  bar  association, 
fraternal  and  military  organizations  in  honor  of  his  memory. 


THE  MUNICIPALITY. 

The  history  of  St.  Louis,  whieh  forms  the  first  chapter  of  this 
volume,  contains  sufficient  information  about  the  organization  of 
the  town  and  city  government,  so  that  a repetition  would  be 
superfluous.  The  following  pages  therefore  refer  only  to  the 
present  administration,  its  principal  branches  and  officials. 


— 614  — 


EXECUTIVE  DEPARTMENT. 

ROLL  A WELLS,  MAYOR. 

The  municipal  election  in  1901  placed  Mr.  Rolla  Wells  at  the 
head  of  the  city  government  and  gave  St.  Louis  a mayor  of  ster- 
ling qualities,  a man  of  never  doubted  integrity,  possessing  all  the 
requirements  of  so  exalted  and  responsible  a position.  His  election 
was  the  cause  of  general  satisfaction  to  all  classes  of  the  population 
after  a severe  fight  between  the  two  principal  political  parties,  but 
during  the  heat  of  the  campaign  not  one  word  derogatory  to  the 
character  of  the  Democratic  candidate  was  uttered  by  the  oppo- 
sition. It  was  conceded  on  all  sides  that  the  welfare  of  the  com- 
munity rested  in  safe  hands,  that  the  dignity  of  the  otfice  would 
never  be  lost  sight  of  and  that  the  duties  pertaining  to  it  would  be 
conscientiously  f ulfilled'by  the  new  incumbent.  But  fifteen  months 
have  elapsed  since  Mr.  Wells  became  the  chief  magistrate  of  this 
metropolis,  the  fourth  great  city  of  the  Union,  and  the  good  re- 
sults of  his  administration  are  clearly  visible  even  after  this  short 
period.  His  great  executive  ability  and  circumspection,  hereto- 
fore evidenced  in  various  capacities,  his  administrative  talents,  his 
familiarity  with  the  city’s  conditions  and  wants,  and  above  all  his 
ardent  desire  to  improve  these  conditions  and  to  let  the  new  St. 
Louis  supersede  the  old  one,  will  make  him  the  model  mayor  of 
the  World’s  Fair  city.  Mr.  Rolla  Wells  is  a St.  Louisan  by 
birth,  the  only  son  of  Mr.  Erastus  Wells,  for  many  years  a 
member  and  President  of  the  City  Council  respectively  and  dur- 
ing eight  years  the  representative  of  this  city  in  the  lower  branch 
of  Congress.  #The  son  after  graduating  at  Washington  Univer- 
sity, received  his  training  for  practical  business  life  under  his 
father’s  eyes  in  the  office  of  the  Olive  and  Market  streets  railway 
lines,  owned  and  presided  over  by  his  senior.  He  was  for  a 
number  of  years  the  Assistant  General  Manager  of  this  system 
and  succeeded  Mr.  Alfred  W.  Henry  as  General  Manager  after 
this  gentleman’s  death  in  1879,  holding  this  position  until  the 
purchase  of  the  roads  by  other  parties.  The  failing  health  of  the 
elder  Wells  made  it  necessary  for  the  son  to  assume  the  care 
and  management  of  the  large  business  and  property  interests  of 


— 615  — 


his  father,  the  burden  fell  upon  comparatively  young  shoulders, 
but  he  fulfilled  his  duties  in  a manner  marked  by  fidelity  to  his 
trust  and  sagacity  of  management.  These  qualifications  have  signi- 
fied his  whole  career  and  have  made  him  one  of  the  most  promi- 
nent representatives  of  our  commercial  and  industrial  community, 
who  participates  in  all  movements  tending  to  promote  the  best 
interests  of  our  city.  He  is  a man  of  broad  liberal  views  and  of 
progressive  ideas,  of  great  activity  and  enei’gy,  of  most  urbane 
manners,  ready  to  listen  to  every  one  — with  one  word:  just  the 
man  for  the  place  he  occupies. 

JAMES  T.  PLAYER,  COMPTROLLER. 

Mr.  James  Yeatman  Player  became,  in  April,  1891,  Comp- 
ti’oller  of  the  city  and  thereby  the  successor  of  his  uncle,  Mr.  Isaac 
H.  Sturgeon,  who  has  held  that  position  from  1893  to  1901. 
Mr.  Player  began  his  career  in  this  city,  after  finishing  his 
studies  at  Yale  College,  in  1870,  as  a clerk  in  the  old  Merchants’ 
bank,  but  soon  afterward  entered  the  employ  of  the  Board  of  Public 
Schools,  first  in  a subordinate  position,  from  which  he  quickly  rose 
to  that  of  chief  clerk,  and  in  1890  to  the  responsible  office  of 
Secretary  and  Treasurer,  which  he  kept  for  seven  years, 
whereupon  ill-health  compelled  him  to  resign.  After  recuperating 
in  California  he  returned  to  St.  Louis,  became  connected  with 
the  real  estate  trade  and  accepted  in  1901  the  Democratic  nomi- 
nation for  Comptroller,  which  resulted  in  his  election,  whereby 
the  community  secured  an  eminently  capable  and  honest  official 
in  that  important  place. 

BERNARD  DIERKES,  AUDITOR. 

When  Mr.  Bernard  Dierkes  was  nominated  for  the  City  Audi- 
tor’s place  on  the  Wells  ticket,  his  nomination  was  hailed  with 
delight  not  only  by  the  Democratic  party,  but  also  by  many  of 
his  political  opponents,  for  they  were  convinced  that  he  would 
make  an  excellent  officer  and  a faithful  guardian  of  the  city’s  in- 
terests. His  election  gave,  therefore,  general  satisfaction.  He 
had  served  the  community  once  before  in  the  responsible  and 
very  important  position  of  prosecuting  attorney  of  the  Court  of 


— 616  — 


Criminal  Correction,  which  place  he  held  from  1878  to  189'4,-  be- 
ing re-elected  from  term  to  term.  It  was  in  this  capacity  that  he, 
by  his  impartiality  and  conscientious  acting,  won  the  fullest  confi- 
dence of  his  fellow-citizens  irrespective  of  party  lines,  so  that  his 
re-election  was  always  a foregone  conclusion.  Mr.  Dierkes  was 
born  in  St.  Louis  in  1849,  received  his  education  in  his  native 
city  and  chose  the  legal  profession  when  quite  young,  practicing 
law  until  his  election  as  prosecuting  attorney.  He  is  well  versed 
in  English  and  German  literature,  is  the  author  of  a historical 
drama  and  highly  appreciated  as  a singer,  having  for  many  years 
been  a member  of  various  church  choirs  and  appearing  in  many 
of  our  best  concerts  to  the  delight  of  his  hearers.  An  accom- 
plished scholar,  as  he  is,  he  sought  to  extend  the  general  knowl- 
edge and  especially  the  culture  of  music  by  going  to  Europe  in 
1898,  residing  for  more  than  two  years  in  Leipsic,  one  of  the 
musical  centers  of  Germany,  devoting  part  of  this  time  to  travels 
in  the  old  country,  and  his  letters,  published  in  the  papers  of  our 
city,  proved  of  great  interest  to  the  readers.  He  has  a host  of 
friends  and  is  at  all  times  welcome  in  social  circles  and  at  enter- 
tainments, to  which  he  generally  contributes  his  fullest  share. 


JAMES  M.  PRANCISCUS,  JR.,  TREASURER. 

The  election  held  in  April,  1901,  placed  Mr.  James  M.  Frau- 
ciscus,  Jr.,  at  the  head  of  the  city  treasury,  for  which  responsi- 
ble position  he  had  been  nominated  by  the  Democratic  City  Con- 
vention on  account  of  his  particular  fitness  for  this  important 
office.  As  the  son  of  the  late  James  M.  Franciscus,  for  many 
years  a prominent  banker,  he  received  an  excellent  education, 
which  he  completed  at  Washington  University  ; after  finishing  his 
studies  he  entered  the  employ  of  the  Simmons  Hardware  Com- 
pany, was  afterwards  in  the  Auditor’s  department  of  the  Wabash 
Railroad  and  later  on  bookkeeper  in  the  Third  National  Bank. 
He  officiated  twice  as  commissioner  of  the  Lindell  Estate,  giving 
bonds  of  700,000  and  450,000  dollars  respectively,  and  of  the  D. 
A.  January  Estate  with  a bond  of  485,000  dollars,  and  his  ad- 
ministration of  these  two  vast  estates  gave  general  satisfaction  to 
all  <Joncerned.  The  same  may  be  said  of  his  services  as  a mem- 


— 617  — 


\ 


ber  of  the  Mullanphy  Board.  He  is  since  1889  a partner  in  the 
well-known  real  estate  firm  of  Moffett  & Franciscus,  a member  of 
the  Merchants  Exchange  and  of  several  commercial  and  social 
organizations,  and  much  devoted  to  the  interests  and  welfare  of 
our  city,  in  which  he  was  born  in  1866. 

JOHN  j.  o’brien,  assessor. 

The  present  President  of  the  Board  of  Assessors,  Mr.  John  J. 
O’Brien,  occupies  this  important  office  for  the  third  time,  first 
during  two  consecutive  terms,  from  1886  to  1894,  and  now  since 
April,  1901.  He  had  for  thirty  years  been  engaged  in  the  build- 
ing trade  and  had  erected  numerous  down-town  buildings  before 
the  more  modern  steel  construction  was  inaugurated.  The 
knowledge  and  experience  gained  in  this  vocation  made  him  an 
expert  in  the  assessment  of  real  estate  values,  and  therefore  es- 
pecially able  to  fill  the  position  in  which  the  vote  of  his  fellow- 
citizens  has  again  placed  him  as  a deserved  acknowledgment  of 
his  faithful  and  conscientious  services.  Mr.  O’Brien  was  born 
in  Hartford,  Connecticut,  from  where  his  parents  came  to  this 
cit}"  in  1854;  he  was  then  only  twelve  years  of  age  and  made 
good  use  of  the  facilities  which  a large  city  afford  the  industrious,  , 
ambitious  young  man,  who  soon  made  his  mark  in  life.  After 
the  adoption  of  the  new  city  charter  (1877)  he  was  elected  to  the 
City  Council,  in  which  capacity  he  exhibited  the  same  probity 
and  honesty  which  afterwards  signified  his  public  career  and  for 
which  he  enj03's  the  well-deserved  esteem  of  the  community. 

L.  F.  HAMMER,  JR.,  CITT  COLLECTOR. 

The  present  incumbent  of  the  City  Collector’s  office,  Mr.  L. 
F.  Hammer,  Jr.,  was  born  and  educated  in  this  city,  the  oldest 
son  of  Mr.  L.  F.  Hammer,  Senior,  the  well-known  Dr}'  Plate 
Manufacturer  and  former  proprietor  of  a photograph  gallery, 
which  is  still  carried  on  by  his  sons.  Mr.  L.  F.  Hammer,  Jr., 
has  always  taken  an  active  interest  in  municipal  affairs  and  poli- 
tics and  being  a prominent  member  of  the  Democratic  party,  and 
also  of  the  South  Broadway  Merchants  Association,  whose  Presi- 
dent he  had  been  for  a number  of  years,  he  was  in  1899  placed 


— 618  — 


on  the  Democratic  ticket  as  candidate  for  the  office  of  Recorder 
of  Deeds  and  received  only  two  thousand  votes  less  than  his  op- 
ponent, though  the  balance  of  the  ticket  was  defeated  by  a 
majority  of  eighteen  thousand  votes.  The  Democratic  City  Con- 
vention in  the  spring  of  1901  nominated  him  for  the  Collector- 
ship,  he  was  elected  by  a very  large  majority  and  has  proven  a 
faithful  and  efficient  Revenue  Collector,  constantly  at  his  post  and 
well  liked  by  all  who  come  in  contact  with  him.  Mr.  Hammer 
belongs  to  various  mercantile,  fraternal  and  social  organiza- 
tions and  has  frequently  occupied  responsible  positions  in  one  or 
the  other  of  them  in  recognition  of  his  ability  and  integrity. 

PATRICK  R.  FITZGIBBON,  REGISTER. 

Mr.  P.  R.  Fitzgibbon  may  truly  be  considered  a prominent 
representative  of  the  Irish-American  element  of  this  city,  whose 
interests  have  in  him  an  ever  watchful  protector  and  promoter. 
The  Democratic  party  has  enjoyed  his  good  services  since  many 
years  and  acknowledged  this  by  nominating  him  in  the  spring 
election  of  1901  to  the  position  he  occupies  and  for  which  he 
possesses  all  the  desirable  qualifications. 


BOARD  OF  PUBLIC  IMPROVEMENTS. 

The  Board  of  Public  Improvements,  created  by  the  city 
charter  of  1877,  is  composed  as  follows:  — 

Hiram  Phillips,  President;  Chas.  Varrelmann,  Street  Com- 
missioner; Edward  FlaO,  Water  Commissioner;  Franklin  L. 
Ridgley,  Park  Commissioner ; Edward  A.  Hermann,  Sewer  Com- 
missioner ; Jos.  P.  Whyte,  Harbor  and  Wharf  Commissioner. 

HIRAM  PHILLIPS,  PRESIDENT  BOARD  OF  PUBLIC  IMPROVEMENTS. 

Mr.  Phillips  is  a civil  engineer  of  great  experience,  was  a 
member  of  the  Mississippi  River  Improvement  Commission,  for 
years  professor  of  engineering  at  the  State  University  of  Mis- 
souri, and  is  a member  of  the  American  Society  of  Engineers, 
and  of  the  Engineers’  Club  of  St.  Louis. 


— 619  — 


CHARLES  VARRELMANN,  STREET  COMMISSIONER. 

No  branch  of  our  municipal  administration  is  of  greater  im- 
portance than  the  Street  Department;  well  built  and  well  kept 
streets  are  just  as  essential  to  the  welfare  of  a community  as,  for 
instance,  the  ample  supply  of  water  or  appropriate  sanitary  pro- 
visions. What  i«  now  known  as  the  Street  Department  stood 
formerly  under  the  direction  of  a city  engineer ; the  city  charter, 
which  went  into  force  after  the  separation  of  city  and  county, 
created  the  Board  of  Public  Improvements  and  a Street  Com- 
missioner as  one  of  its  members.  Mr.  Charles  Varrelmann  holds 
this  important  position  since  May,  1899,  and  his  appointment  can 
with  all  justification  be  considered  as  based  upon  the  civil-service 
princple,  on  account  of  the  fact  that  he  had  been  identified 
with  the  Street  Department  for  more  than  a quarter  of  a century. 
His  ability  as  a professional  civil  engineer  was  soon  appreciated 
by  the  chiefs  of  the  department ; he  was  placed  at  the  head  of 
the  street- building  division,  and  his  services  proved  so  valuable 
that  he  remained  in  this  responsible  position  under  all  adminis- 
trations. Thoroughly  familiar  with  the  workings  of  the  office  in 
all  its  details,  equipped  with  the  experience  of  so  many  years,  a 
man  of  sterling  integrity,  Mr.  Varrelmann  is  one  of  the  city  offi- 
cials who  possess  the  unlimited  confidence  of  the  entire  commu- 
nity, as  everybody  knows  that  the  public  interest  will  always  be 
well  guarded  by  him,  that  unscrupulous  contractors  will  not  be 
permitted  to  victimize  the  eity  treasury,  and  unearned  wages  will 
not  be  paid  out  as  long  as  he  conducts  the  Street  Department. 

EDWARD  FLAD,  WATER  COMMISSIONER. 

Mr.  Edward  Flad  is  the  son  of  Col.  Henry  Flad,  who  was  the 
most  valuable  assistant  of  Capt.  Eads  in  the  planning  and  erecting 
of  our  grand  bridge  and  after  the  organization  of'  the  Board  of 
Public  Improvements  its  first  President,  which  place  he  occupied 
during  eighteen  years ; he  then  declined  a re-election,  but  be- 
came soon  after  the  President  of  the  Mississippi  Improvement 
Commission  which  office  he  held  up  to  the  time  of  his  death. 
The  son  is  likewise  a civil  engineer  by  profession,  and  was  in 


— 620 


1899  appointed  successor  ot  Water  Commissioner  Holman,  who 
greatly  improved  the  old  and  constructed  the  new  waterworks 
of  this  city. 


F.  L.  RIDGELY,  PARK  COMMISSIONER. 

The  office  of  Park  Commissioner  is  one  of  the  most  important 
in  the  municipal  administration  ; public  parks  are  a necessity  in 
large  cities,  a valuable  auxiliary  to  general  health  and  welfare, 
enjoyed  by  all  classes  of  the  population  and  a source  of  pleasure 
and  comfort  to  old  and  young.  It  is  therefore  but  natural  that  the 
greatest  care  and  attention  ought  to  be  given  them,  that  nothing 
should  remain  undone  to  keep  them  at  all  times  in  the  best  con- 
dition and  that  their  management  should  always  rest  in  the 
proper  hands.  It  therefore  caused  general  satisfaction  when 
Mayor  Walbridge  appointed  Mr.  Franklin  L.  Ridgely  for  the 
office  of  Park  Commissioner  in  1895,  and  still  more  so  when  he 
was  retained  in  his  position  for  a second  term.  Being  an  enthu- 
siastic lover  of  nature  and  a man  of  the  highest  culture.  Captain 
Ridgely  devotes  all  his  time  to  the  supervision  of  the  various 
parks,  which  form  the  field  of  his  activity  and  surveillance,  and 
it  is  his  constant  aim  to  improve  and  beautify  them  as  much  as 
possible.  The  result  of  his  energy  and  industry  is  well-known 
to  our  citizens  and  to  the  visitors  of  our  city,  who  seldom  fail  to 
include  the  parks  in  their  programme  of  sight-seeing,  and  who 
admire  them  for  the  manner  in  which  they  are  kept  and  the 
care  bestowed  upon  them.  This  is,  in  a great  measure,  due  to 
Mr.  Ridgely’s  personal  exertions,  his  excellent  taste  and  the 
great  interest  he  takes  in  his  work,  which  from  the  start  proved 
very  congenial  to  him.  He  is  a native  of  Baltimore,  Md.,  the 
son  of  Captain  Henderson  Ridgely,  a gallant  officer  of  the  U.  S. 
army,  who  found  his  death  in  the  war  with  Mexico.  The  son 
received  his  education  in  the  Naval  Academy  at  Annapolis,  and 
unlike  many  other  Marylanders,  went  to  the  defense  of  the  Union 
in  1861,  being  appointed  a lieutenant  in  the  Fourth  Regiment  of 
the  regular  army  by  President  Lincoln.  After  the  war  he  came 
to  8t.  Louis  and  made  our  city  his  permanent  home.  He  was  for 
years  a member  of  the  wholesale  dry  goods  firm  of  Henderson^ 


— 621  — 


Ridgely  & Co.,  became  later  the  Vice-President,  and  afterwards 
the  President  of  the  Wiggins  Ferry  Company  and  was  also  Presi- 
dent of  the  East  St.  Louis  Connecting  Railroad  for  a number  of 
years.  These  various  positions  gave  him  a valuable  expenence, 
which  he  now  utilizes,  not  only  iu  his  specific  department,  but 
also  in  his  capacity  as  a member  of  the  Board  of  Public  Improve- 
ments, where  his  advice  and  business  tact  is  deservedly  appre- 
ciated. As  a gentleman  of  refined  tastes  and  most  amiable  man- 
ners he  is  a great  favorite  in  society  ; as  a citizen  he  is  known  as 
a liberal-minded  promoter  of  all  public  interests,  and  he  enjoys 
the  warm  friendship  and  esteem  of  his  contemporaries. 

EDWARD  A.  HERMANN,  SEWER  COMMISSIONER. 

The  important  position  of  Sewer  Commissioner  is  held  by  Mr. 
Edward  A.  Hermann,  the  second  son  of  our  old  and  well-known 
fellow-citizen,  Chas.  F.  Hermann,  of  whom  we  speak  in  another 
part  of  this  volume.  Mr.  Edward  A.  Hermann  was  born  in 
Hermannsburg,  Aik.,  in  1856,  and  came  to  St.  Louis  after  the 
breaking  out  of  the  civil  war  as  his  parents  were  compelled  to 
leave  their  home  in  Arkansas  on  account  of  their  Union  senti- 
ments. He  received  his  early  education  in  the  public  schools 
and  the  high  school  of  this  city,  accompanied  his  parents  to 
Europe,  where  the  family  resided  for  nearly  two  years  and  after 
returning  to  this  country  he  entered  the  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute  (School  of  Engineering),  at  Troy,  N.  Y.,  from  which  he 
graduated  as  civil  engineer  in  1879.  Since  that  time  he  has  been 
permanently  engaged  in  his  vocation,  flrst  in  surveying  coalmines 
in  Carbondale,  111.,  then  as  draftsman  in  the  bridge  department 
of  this  city,  whereupon  he  became  assistant  engineer  of  the  Lake 
Erie  and  Western  Railroad,  subsequently  assistant  engineer  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Railroad  Co.,  and  during  the  following  eight 
years  he  occupied  the  position  of  first  assistant  engineer  of  the 
Cleveland,  Cincinnati,  Chicago  and  St.  Louis  Railroad,  commonly 
known  as  the  Big  Four.  The  hard  irregular  work  and  constant 
strain  of  railroad  life  impaired  his  health  in  such  a measure,  that 
he  resigned  this  office  and  accepted  the  place  of  Engineer  of 
Surveys  in  the  Street  Department  of  St.  Louis,  which  position  he 


— 622  — 


held  for  four  years  and  was  then  appointed  Sewer  Commissioner. 
As  the  head  of  this  important  branch  of  ouf  municipal  adminis- 
tration Mr.  Hermann  has  proved  a most  able  and  efficient  officer 
and  a valuable  member  of  the  Board  of  Public  Improvements. 
He  possesses  a large  and  varied  experience  in  all  kinds  of 
engineering  construction  work,  has  written  numerous  articles  on 
engineering  topics  which  were  published  in  the  Railroad  Gazette 
and  the  Engineering  News,  of  New  York,  N.  Y.,  has  also  written 
a book  on  “Steam  Shovels  and  Steam  Shovel  Work”  published 
by  the  latter  named  journal.  In  conclusion  we  will  only  add, 
that  Mr.  Hermann  devotes  all  his  time  to  the  duties  of  his  office, 
that  he  is  prominent  in  his  profession  and  a member  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  and  the  St.  Louis  Civil 
Engineer’s  Club. 


JOS.  P.  WHYTE,  WHARF  AND  HARBOR  COMMISSIONER. 

We  speak  of  Mr.  Whyte  in  another  part  of  this  volume  as  the 
former  President  of  the  Eeal  Estate  Exchange  and  his  efficient 
services  as  City  License  Collector,  which  place  he  resigned,  but 
accepted  afterwards,  at  the  request  of  Mayor  Wells,  the  appoint- 
ment of  Harbor  and  Wharf  Commissioner,  in  which  capacity  he 
will  be  just  as  much  appreciated  as  in  his  former  position. 

BOARD  OF  HEALTH. 

The  Board  of  Health,  created  by  the  charter  adopted  in  1877, 
is  composed  of  the  Health  Commissioner,  two  physicians  and  one 
police  commissioner.  It  consists  at  present  of  Health  Commis- 
sioner Dr.  Max  C.  Starkloff,  Dr.  H.  N.  Chapman,  Dr.  Albert 
Merrell  and  of  Andrew  F.  Blong  as  representative  of  the  Police 
Board.  Mr.  Chas.  W.  Francis  is  since  1883  the  chief  sanitary 
officer  of  the  city.  Dr.  Wm.  C.  Teichmann  since  a number  of 
years  the  city  chemist,  and  Dr.  Chas.  A.  Snodgrass,  the  re- 
cently appointed  bacteriologist.  Dr.  Herman  L.  Nietert  is  the 
resident  physician  of  the  City  Hospital,  Dr.  N.  G.  Hawley, 
Superintendent  of  the  Female  Hospital,  and  Dr.  Edward  C.  Runge, 
Superintendent  of  the  Insane  Asylum. 


— 623 


DR.  R.  M.  FUNKHODSER,  CORONER. 

The  great  importance  of  the  Coroner’s  otfice  in  a citj’  of  such 
magnitude  as  ours  is  obvious  to  and  understood  by  every  intelli- 
gent mind,  and  to  dwell  at  length  upon  this  indisputable  fact 
would  be  more  than  superfluous.  St.  Louis  had  the  good 
fortune  that  most  of  the  gentlemen  who  in  course  of  time  offi- 
ciated as  coroners,  were  particularly  fit  for  the  position  and  the 
duties  involved. 

To  illustrate  this  we  only  need  to  mention  the  names  of  Dr. 
Boisliniere,  Dr.  Armand,  Dr.  Auler,  Dr.  Frank,  and  to  point  to 
the  present  incumbent.  Dr.  Robert  M.  Funkhouser,  elected  by 
an  overwhelming  majority  of  votes  in  November,  1900.  He  had 
not  sought  the  office ; to  the  contrary,  he  had  to  be  pressed  to 
accept  the  nomination  offered  him  in  the  most  flattering  manner, 
and  his  election  caused  unbounded  satisfaction  to  the  entire  com- 
munity, as  everybody  was  convinced  that  he  would  fulfill  the 
duties  thereby  entrusted  upon  him  with  the  greatest  ability  and 
impartiality  and  that  the  public  welfare  will  be  scrupu- 
lously guarded  as  long  as  he  conducts  the  affairs  of  the 
office.  Dr.  Funkhouser  was  born  in  this  city,  where  his 
father,  R.  M.  Funkhouser,  Senior,  one  of  the  most  prom- 
inent merchants  and  bankers,  had  lived  from  1840  till 
1868,  at  which  time  he  transferred  the  field  of  his  activity 
to  New  York,  in  which  city  he  died  in  1898.  The  subject 
of  this  brief  sketch,  Robert  Monroe  Funkhouser,  Junior,  received 
his  early  education  in  private  schools,  later  on  he  graduated 
at  the  University  of  Virginia  and  afterwards  at  Dartmouth  Col- 
lege, New  Hampshire.  He  devoted  the  next  few  years  to  the  study 
of  law  and  medicine  at  Columbia  Law  School  and  the  University  of 
New  York  respectively,  receiving  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws 
from  the  former  and  the  Doctor’s  diploma  from  the  latter.  He  was 
admitted  to  the  bar  in  New  York  and  St.  Louis,  but  chose  the 
medical  profession  for  his  life’s  vocation.  Being  both  a lawyer  as 
well  as  a physician,  this  twofold  capacity  makes  him  all  the  more 
valuable  as  coroner.  He  made  our  city  his  permanent  home  in 
1875,  and  soon  gained  a large  medical  practice  and  great  promi- 
nence as  an  instructor  and  his  lectures  and  demonstrations  at 


624  — 


the  Missouri  and  at  the  Beaumont  Medical  College  (one  of  whose 
founders  he  was)  were  highly  appreciated.  As  an  ardent  and 
zealous  devotee  to  his  science  he  has  frequently  contributed  to 
medical  magazines  and  journals,  especially  on  surgical  and  ana- 
tomical topics.  Dr.  Funkhouser  is  a member  of  the  leading 
medical  organizations  and  of  various  other  societies,  a man  of 
the  broadest  views,  liberal  and  always  ready  to  serve  benevolent 
purposes  professionally  and  otherwise,  a highly  cultured  gentle- 
man, a true  representative  of  progressive  Americanism  with  its 
characteristic  and  noble  qualities. 

JOS.  F.  DICKMANN,  SHERIFF. 

The  present  Sheriff,  Mr.  Jos.  F.  Dickmann,  is  a native  of 
Prussia  and  came  to  the  United  States  when  quite  young,  pos- 
sessing the  industrial  habits,  honesty  and  perseverance,  which 
form  the  principal  qualities  of  the  German  nation.  He  soon 
acquired  employment  and  worked  his  way  up  from  a storekeeper’s 
place  to  the  proprietorship  of  his  own  business,  in  which  he  met 
with  all  desirable  success  in  consequence  of  his  fair  and 
upright  dealing.  It  was  in  1878,  when  he  established  himself 
in  the  seed  business,  which  became  more  extensive  from  year 
to  year,  and  this  led  in  1897  to  the  incorporation  of  the  Jos.  F. 
Dickmann  Seed  Company,  which  now  bears  the  name  of  the  Dick- 
mann-Dusard  Seed  Company,  with  Mr.  Jos.  F.  Dickmann  as 
President ; Mr.  Jos.  T.  Dusard,  Secretary ; and  Mr.  M.  Dusard, 
Treasurer.  The  firm  is  located  at  1110  and  1112  North  Third 
Street.  Mr.  Jos.  F.  Dickmann  was  elected  Sheriff  in  November, 
1900,  and  his  administration  of  this  responsible  and  important 
office  has  earned  for  him  the  praise  of  judges,  attorneys  and  the 
public  in  general  and  has  given  the  fullest  satisfaction  to  all  con- 
cerned by  the  pi’omptness  and  punctuality,  with  which  the  busi- 
ness of  the  office  is  conducted. 


THE  FIRE  DEPARTMENT. 

We  speak  on  pages  24  and  25  of  the  volunteer  fire  companies 
of  olden  times,  as  they  existed  until  1857,  in  which  year  the  paid 
fire  department  was  organized.  It  began  operations  in  1858 


— 625  — 


with  7 steam  engines  and  71  men.  To-day  the  department 
has  504  men  and  12  ofBcers,  with  the  following  apparatus : 38 
steam  engines,  5 double  hose  wagons,  14  combination  hose  wagons 
and  chemical  engines,  13  combination  hose  reels  and  chemical 
engines,  7 ordinary  hose  reels,  6 aerial  hook  and  ladder  trucks, 
6 City  service  hook  and  ladder  trucks,  2 water  towers,  9 fuel 
wagons,  8 hauling  wagons,  and  14  officer’s  vehicles. 

All  hook  and  ladder  trucks  are  equipped  with  ropes,  life 
saving  nets,  Pompier  ladder,  and  belts  for  life  saving,  hand  fire 
extinguishers,  etc.  The  reserve  apparatus  consists  of  9 steam 
engines,  1 combination  hose  wagon  and  chemical  engine,  1 
double  hose  wagon,  1 double  tank  chemical  engine,  9 hose  reels, 
1 aerial  hook  and  ladder  truck,  and  4 officers’  vehicles.  The 
department  has  in  use  87,000  feet  2^  inch  cotton  rubber  lined 
fire  hose,  10,500  feet,  3 inch  cotton  rubber  lined  fire  hose,  and 
6000  feet  J inch  chemical  hose.  The  department  has  257  horses, 
uses  37  houses,  all  the  property  of  the  City. 

The  present  officers  of  the  department  are  as  follows : Charles 
E.  Swingley,  Chief  of  Department;  Thomas  W.  Rucker,  First 
Assistant  Chief ; Thomas  Haines,  William  Busch,  Patrick 
Shay,  Andrew  Coughlin,  William  F.  Hillenkoetter,  Henry  C. 
Shockey,  John  F.  Barry,  and  Alex.  P.  Christie,  Assistant  Chiefs ; 
Ben.  E.  Swingley,  Secretai-y;  and  Robert  C.  Jenks,  Assistant 
Secretary. 

Very  extensive  and  complete  as  this  equipment  appears  to  be 
it  is  nevertheless  not  adequate  to  the  growth  of  the  city  and  the 
uninterrupted  extension  of  the  territory  to  be  covered.  It  has 
been  the  constant  aim  of  Chief  Swingley  not  only  to  improve  the 
service  of  the  department  and  make  it  as  perfect  as  possible,  but 
to  have  more  engines  added  so  as  to  protect  every  part  of  the 
city  more  properly.  The  efficiency  of  officers  and  men  is  too 
well  known,  their  bravery  has  been  too  often  proven,  to  require 
more  than  the  simple  statement  that  our  Fire  Department  is 
one  of  the  branches  of  the  municipal  government  of  which  the 
community  may  be  proud  with  the  fullest  justification. 

In  addition  to  the  foregoing  we  refer  the  reader  to  that  part  of 
the  history  of  St.  Louis  (pages  13  to  41)  where  we  enumerate  the 
big  fires  which  have  occurred  since  1849. 

40k 


— 626  — 


Mr.  Chas.  E.  Swingley  was  born  on  a farm  in  Ogle  County, 
Illinois,  January  3d,  1849,  and  is  therefore  a man  in  the  prime  of 
life.  He  was  very  young  when  his  parents  moved  to  St.  Louis, 
where  he  was  educated  in  the  public  schools  and  afterwards 
learned  the  bricklayer’s  trade,  which  he  abandoned  in  1869  after 
receiving  a place  in  the  Fire  Department.  He  began  as  pipeman  on 
the  old  Union  No.  2,  and  has  filled  every  position  in  the  department 
with  which  he  is  identified  for  thirty-three  years.  He  was  appointed 
Chief  in  1895,  and  has  ever  since  given  the  fullest  satisfaction  as  an 
energetic,  zealous  and  conscientious  official  whose  ambition  it  is 
to  devote  his  ability  and  experience  to  the  best  fulfillment  of  his 
duties  and  in  the  interest  of  the  community. 


FIRE  AND  POLICE  TELEGRAPH. 

St.  Louis  was  tlie  third  city  of  the  world  to  adopt  the  now 
universal  electrical  system  of  receiving  and  transmitting  alarms 
of  fire.  The  manner  in  which  alarms  were  given  previous  to 
that,  is  described  in  another  chapter  of  this  volume.  The  tele- 
graph system  was  introduced  in  February,  1858,  with  forty-five 
manuals  or  crank  fire  alarm  telegraph  boxes,  four  bell  tower 
strikers  and  a central  signal  station  under  the  roof  of  the  court- 
house. For  the  complete  apparatus  and  outfit  the  sum  of  $45,000 
was  paid  by  the  city.  The  first  alarm  was  given  on  February 
25,  1858,  from  the  box  at  the  corner  of  Fourth  street  and 
Franklin  avenue.  Thirty  more  boxes  of  the  same  kind  were 
added  in  1863,  making  a total  of  seventy-five  crank  boxes,  a 
very  appropriate  name,  as  they  were  surely  the  crankiest  and 
most  unreliable  pieces  of  mechanism.  Seventy-five  automatic 
boxes  were  added,  and  all  the  crank  boxes  were  changed  to  the 
automatic  pattern  in  1867.  By  additions  made  from  time  to  time 
975  boxes  are  now  in  operation,  all  of  the  modern  Gamewell  pat- 
tern. Within  the  last  two  years  all  the  wires  of  the  fire  alarm 
and  the  police  patrol,  and  the  municipal  telephone  system  have 
been  placed  underground  in  the  district  bounded  by  the  river, 
Jefferson  avenue.  Spruce  and  Wash  streets.  All  the  fire  alarm 
and  patz’ol  boxes  have  been  placed  on  neat  iron  pedestals,  and  a 
new  central  office,  provided  with  the  most  modern  equipments. 


— 627  — 


has  been  located  in  the  new  City  Hail.  In  1868  the  number  of 
alarms  averaged  ten  per  month,  the  present  monthly  average  is 
one  hundred  and  sixty-five.  The  department  stands  under  the 
direction  of  Mr.  Silas  Benedict,  since  ten  years,  who  was  ap- 
pointed its  Superintendent  in  1892,  and  who  never  ceases  to  in- 
troduce and  add  new  improvements,  though  it  can  be  claimed,, 
that  there  is  hardly  room  for  such,  as  we  can  boast  that  our  alarm 
system  is  as  perfect  and  efficient  as  that  of  any  other  great  city 
and  not  surpassed  on  this  nor  on  the  European  continent.  Mr.. 
Benedict’s  connection  with  the  department,  which  is  so  ably  mana- 
ged by  him,  dates  back  to  1866  ; during  these  thirty-six  years  he 
has  filled  every  position  which  it  comprises ; he  began,  as  he 
told  the  writer  some  time  ago,  with  a very  modest  occupation, 
shaving  oar  stems,  which  were  at  that  time  used  for  telegraph 
poles,  and  from  this  humble  place  he  worked  his  way  up  to  the 
top  of  the  ladder,  which  is  certainly  the  best  evidence  of  valuable 
services  and  efficiency. 

LEGISLATIVE  DEPARTMENT. 

The  legislative  department  of  the  city  government  comprise& 
two  branches : the  upper  branch,  the  city  council,  consists  at 
present  of  the  following  thirteen  members : Joseph  L.  Hornsby, 
Joseph  Boyce,  W.  R.  Hodges,  Aug.  H.  Hoffmann,  E.  A.  Mey- 
seuburg,  Eben  Richards,  Louis  Schnell,  Charles  E.  Gibson,  Geo^ 
D.  Markham,  Joseph  Spiegelhalter,  Jr.,  James  P.  Newell,  Jere- 
miah Sheehan,  and  Wm.  Horton. 

The  officers  of  the  council  are : Joseph  L.  Hornsby,  President ; 
Joseph  Boyce,  Vice-President ; Geo.  F.  Mockler,  Secretary  t 
Cortez  A.  Kitchen,  Assistant  Secretary  ; and  Richard  M.  Wray, 
Sergeant-at-Arms. 

The  lower  branch,  called  the  House  of  Delegates,  contains  one 
representative  from  each  of  the  twenty-eight  wards,  namely,  in 
numerical  order,  as  follows:  Gustav  H.  Oberbeck,  Frank  M. 
Stanze,  John  P.  Sweeney,  Thomas  E.  Kinney,  James  H.  Cronin, 
Charles  J.  Denny,  Henry  Pfeffie,  Chas.  Troll,  Oliver  J.  Funsch, 
Otto  F.  Karbe,  Edward  Koeln,  Fred  G.  Zachritz,  Ed.  E.  Murrell, 
John  B.  Williams,  Andrew  Gazzolo,  Jr.,  John  J.  Buike,  James  J.. 


— 628  — 


Howard,  John  H.  Klute,  Samuel  B.  Stanard,  Chas.  F.  Kelly, 
J.  J.  Hannigan,  John  R.  Fontana,  H.  A.  Faulkner,  Thomas  J. 
Buckley,  Christian  A.  Windmuller,  James  T.  Brennan,  Chas. 
L.  Geraghty,  and  Paul  Reiss. 

The  officers  are:  Chas.  F.  Kelly,  Speaker;  Chas.  L.  Geraghty, 
Speaker  pro  tern ; Joseph  N.  Judge,  Clerk;  Nicholas  H.  Grif- 
fin, Assistant  Clerk;  Michael  J.  Howard,  Sergeant-at-Arms. 

■lOSEPH  L.  HORNSBY,  PRESIDENT  CITY  COUNCIL. 

Our  community  had  frequently  the  good  fortune  to  have  men 
of  sterling  qualities  for  President  of  the  City  Council,  as  for  in- 
stance Erastus  Wells,  John  H.  Lightner,  E.  S.  Rowse,  Chas. 
Nagel  and  others  and  the  same  can  be  said  of  the  present  incum- 
bent, Mr.  Joseph  L.  Hornsby,  elected  in  April,  1901.  Mr.  Hornsby 
is  a St.  Louisan  by  birrh,  a graduate  of  the  St.  Louis  Univer- 
sity, and  the  St.  Louis  Law  School ; he  began  his  pro- 
fessional career  in  the  office  of  Governor  Trusten  Polk, 
and  is  since  many  years  the  senior  member  of  the  law  firm  of 
Hornsby  and  Harris,  whose  offices  are  in  the  Rialto  Building, 
southeast  corner  of  Fourth  and  Olive  streets.  His  first  politi- 
cal position  was  that  of  a member  of  the  State  Legislature  from 
1883  to  1885,  having  been  elected  with  an  overwhelming  majority, 
in  1893  he  received  the  Democratic  nomination  and  the  indorse- 
ment of  the  Independent  party  for  the  City  Council,  and  over 
two  thousand  more  votes  were  given  him  than  any  other  candi- 
date on  the  Democratic  ticket,  which,  however,  was  defeated. 
Since  then  he  has  kept  out  of  active  politics  until  the  spring 
election  in  1901,  when  his  fellow-citizens  demanded  his  good 
services  once  more.  Impartiality,  integrity  and  the  honest  de- 
sire to  protect  the  welfare  of  the  community  and  to  guard  the 
interests  of  the  city  have  signified  his  course  as  presiding  officer 
of  the  Conncil,  and  he  has  proved  all  the  more  efficient  by  being 
thoroughly  familiar  with  municipal  affairs  and  a very  able  jurist. 
Mr.  Hornsby  is  a son  of  Dr.  N.  L.  Hornsby,  one  of  the  oldest 
residents  of  our  city. 


— 629 


LEGAL  DEPARTMENT. 

The  five  officials  who  constitute  this  department  are : Charles 
W.  Bates,  Counselor ; William  F.  Woerner,  Associate ; Carl 
Unger,  Second  Associate;  Alexander  Nicholson,  Assistant,  and 
W.  B.  Dryden,  Clerk. 

HENRY  A.  CLOVER,  JUNIOR. 

Mr.  Henry  A.  Clover,  Jr.,  the  Prosecuting  Attorney  of  the 
Court  of  Criminal  Correction,  is  a pnblic  official  whose  career 
as  such  has  always  been  signified  by  the  most  conscientious  ful- 
fillment of  his  duties  and  whose  conduct  in  office  has  won  him  the 
respect  and  esteem  of  all  good  citizens.  Mr.  Clover  belongs  to  a 
famil}'  of  jurists;  his  father,  the  late  Judge  Henry  A.  Clover,  who 
died  in  1900,  was  one  of  the  most  prominent  attorneys  of  this 
State,  which  he  served  as  a member  of  the  Legislature  and  of  the 
Constitutional  Convention  of  1865 ; he  was  during  seven  years 
Judge  of  the  Criminal  Court  of  St.  Louis  County  and  from  1864 
to  1869  City  Counsellor  and  an  ornament  to  bar  and  bench. 
His  two  sons,  worthy  scions  of  their  ancestor,  followed  in  the 
father’s  footsteps  by  becoming  lawyers  of  noted  ability  ; the  elder, 
Ashley  C.  Clover,  made  his  mark  as  Circuit  Attorney  in  the  Crim- 
inal Court,  and  the  younger,  Henry  A.  Clover,  Jr.,  gave  so  gi-eat 
satisfaction  as  City  Attorney,  to  which  office  he  was  appointed  by 
Mayor  Walbridge,  that  he  was  elected  by  popular  vote  to  the  im- 
portant position  of  Prosecutor  in  the  Court  of  Criminal  Correc- 
tion, in  which  capacity  he  has  earned  the  gratitude  of  the  law 
abiding  community  by  his  impartiality  and  energy,  his  untiring 
activity  in  the  execution  of  the  laws  in  spite  of  the  many  obstacles 
placed  in  his  way  not  only  by  offenders  and  their  friends, 
but  especially  by  a certain  class  of  politicians  who  for  years  have 
made  the  Four  Courts  a hotbed  of  corruption.  He  is  a' native  of 
this  city,  graduated  with  high  honors  from  the  St.  Louis  Law 
School,  and  being  only  thirty-seven  years  old,  has  certainly  a 
brilliant  future  before  him. 

ARCHIBALD  CARR. 

Mr.  Archibald  Carr,  one  of  the  best-known  city  officials,  has 
served  the  public  in  various  capacities,  in  all  of  which  he  has 


— 630  — 


§iven  the  fullest  satisfaction,  through  the  conscientious  fulfill- 
ment of  his  duties  and  painstaking  care  with  which  he  has  con- 
ducted every  office  to  which  the  confidence  of  his  fellow-citizens 
has  elected  him.  Mr.  Carr  began  his  public  career  as  Deputy 
Sheriff,  was  then  elected  City  Marshal,  and  is  now  for  the  second 
time  Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court  for  criminal  causes.  His  renom- 
iuation  for  a second  term,  and  his  re-election,  may  be  considered 
the  best  indorsement  a public  officer  can  receive,  and  a clear  evi- 
dence of  his  merits.  His  great  urbanity  and  the  courteous  way 
with  which  everybody  is  treated  by  him,  are  bound  to  make 
a most  favorable  impression  upon  all  who  come  in  contact  with 
him,  and  the  efficiency  and  strictness  with  which  the  office  is  man- 
aged  by  him  has  won  him  the  unlimited  praise  of  judges,  attor- 
neys, and  the  general  public,  but  it  is,  above  all,  his  honesty  and 
integrity  which,  in  conjunction  with  his  great  ability,  have  been 
and  are  appreciated  by  his  fellow-citizens.  These  qualities  should 
be  found  in  every  one  upon  whom  a public  trust  is  bestowed,  but 
this  is  nowadays  not  always  the  case,  and  deserves,  therefore, 
special  mention.  Communities,  large  or  small,  need  just  such 
men  as  Archibald  Carr  to  fill  positions  of  importance,  reliable, 
trustworthy  and  able,  in  whose  hands  the  welfare  of  the  com- 
monwealth is  carefully  guarded. 

GARRARD  STRODE,  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATOR. 

Two  officials  of  the  commonwealth  are  the  de  facto  et  de  jure 
protectors  of  widows  and  orphans:  the  Probate  Judge  and  the 
Public  Administrator.  They  are  likewise  the  legal  protectors  of 
heirs  and  estates,  as  well  as  of  those  who  have  claims  against 
them.  The  office  of  the  Public  Administrator  is  therefore  one 
of  the  most  important  and  responsible.  The  present  incumbent, 
Mr.  Garrard  Strode,  was  the  people’s  choice  in  November,  1900, 
when  he  was  elected  by  a large  majority  of  votes.  The  duties 
of  the  position  were  by  no  means  new  to  him,  he  had  been  a dep- 
uty clerk  in  the  Probate  Court  for  nearly  eight  years  under  Judge 
Woerner,  who  was  considered  one  of  the  greatest  authorities  on 
the  law  of  administration  ; this  was  followed  by  a number  of  years 
employ  under  Public  Administrator  M.  D.  Lewis,  and  the  exper- 
ience gained  in  these  positions  fitted  Mr.  Strode  in  a most  complete 


— 631  — 


manner  for  the  duties  entrusted  to  him  by  his  fellow-citizens. 
Equipped  with  a thorough  knowledge  of  administi’ation  mat- 
ters, he  devotes  his  ability  to  these  duties  with  the  greatest 
fidelity  and  is  known  as  courteous  and  accommodating  to  every- 
body. He  is  a St.  Louisan  by  birth,  went  through  the  Public 
Schools,  is  a graduate  of  Washington  University,  and  enjoys  the 
confidence  of  the  public  and  the  respect  of  all  who  come  in  con- 
tact with  him.  His  office  in  the  Lincoln  Trust  Building,  South- 
west corner  of  Seventh  and  Chestnut  streets,  is  easily  accessible 
from  all  parts  of  the  city,  and  there  he  will  be  found  from  morn- 
ing till  evening  if  not  engaged  in  court. 


DR.  WM.  C.  RICHARDSON. 

Few  men  are  more  widely  and  better  known  in  our  community 
than  Dr.  Wm.  C.  Richardson,  for  many  years  the  efficient  Grand 
Secretary  of  the  Ancient  Order  of  United  Workmen  and  during 
two  terms  the  incumbent  of  the  Public  Administrator’s  office,  in 
which  responsible  and  important  position  he  won  the  confidence 
and  respect  of  all  interested  parties  for  the  conscientious  and 
painstaking  method  with  which  he  fulfilled  his  duties.  He  was 
born  in  the  State  of  Iowa,  joined  the  Union  Army  as  a member 
of  the  I7th  Illinois  Cavalry  regiment  when  a boy  of  only  four- 
teen years,  received  his  honorable  dischai'ge  at  the  close  of  the 
civil  war  and  came  to  St.  Louis,  to  devote  himself  to  the  study  of 
medicine  at  the  Homoepathic  College  of  which  he  afterwards  be- 
came a professor  and  later  on  the  dean  of  the  faculty.  Follow- 
ing his  profession  with  marked  success,  he  spent  his  leisure  hours 
in  the  study  of  vital  statistics  with  special  reference  to  benefi- 
ciary organizations  and  gained  therein  such  an  extensive  knowl- 
edge, as  to  be  considered  an  authority  on  the  subject  and  the 
excellent  standing  of  the  aforesaid  order  is  in  a great  measure 
due  to  him  and  his  good  advice.  He  is  a man  of  great  executive 
ability,  clear  judgment  and  untiring  activity,  well  read  and  of 
refined  tastes,  stands  at  present  in  the  prime  of  life  and  possesses 
a host  of  warm  friends  and  the  high  esteem  of  all  who  know  him. 
As  an  evidence  of  his  great  popularity  it  may  be  mentioned  that 
he  was  the  only  Republican  candidate  who  received  a majority  of 


— 632  — 


votes  at  the  time  of  his  first  election  to  the  Administratorship, 
all  other  victorious  candidates  belonged  to  the  Democratic  party, 
a fact  of  which  he  may  well  be  proud. 

HENRY  TROLL. 

Mr.  Henry  Troll,  the  late  incumbent  of  the  responsible  posi- 
tion of  Circuit  Clerk,  was  twice  before  elected  Sheriff  of  this  city 
and  sat  for  seven  consecutive  years  in  the  Board  of  Directors  of 
our  Public  Schools,  having  previous  to  that  time  served  the  com- 
munity as  a member  of  the  Mullanphy  Board.  In  all  of  these 
positions  of  trust  he  has  fully  merited  the  confidence  bestowed 
upon  him  by  his  fellow-citizens  and  has  always  proven  an  honest, 
upright  official,  attentive  to  his  duties  and  conscientious  in  their  ful- 
fillment. He  was  born  in  Edenkoben  (Rhenish  Bavaria),  and 
came  to  St.  Louis,  accompanied  by  his  parents,  when  a boy  of 
fifteen.  He  was  among  the  first  who  went  into  the  field  to  de- 
fend the  Union  after  the  outbreak  of  the  civil  war  and  his.  gallant 
services  were  duly  rewarded  by  his  promotions  to  lieutenant  and 
later  on  to  captain,  in  which  latter  capacity  he  was  honorably 
mustered  out  at  the  end  of  1864.  His  military  career  was  fol- 
lowed by  a not  less  honorable  one  in  civil  and  official  life,  as  evi- 
denced by  the  majority  of  votes  which  he  received  whenever  he 
appeared  as  a canditate  before  the  public.  Captain  Troll  was  at 
the  time  of  his  death  (1902)  just  as  popular  among  all  classes, 
as  when  he  first  entered  political  life,  and  this  is  saying  a great 
deal ; he  was  a favorite  in  social  circles  especially  among  the 
German  element  and  took  an  active  interest  in  public  matters,  be- 
longed to  different  organizations  and  enjoyed  the  warm  friendship 
of  many  of  our  best  citizens,  irrespective  pf  nationality  or  politi- 
cal affiliations. 

THOMAS  B.  RODGERS. 

Few  public  men  of  our  city  are  so  well  and  so  widely  known  as 
Col.  Thomas  B.  Rodgers,  the  efficient  Assistant  Adjutant  General 
of  the  G.  A.  R.  Department  of  Missouri.  He  is  a native  of  the 
grand  old  State  of  Pennsylvania  and  was  only  twenty-one  years  of 
age  at  the  time  of  his  admission  to  the  bar,  had  just  commenced 


--  633  — 


the  practive  of  law  when  the  civil  war  broke  out  and  caused  him 
to  enter  the  army  for  the  defense  of  the  Union.  He  was  captured 
at  the  Battle  of  Gettysburg  and  kept  in  Libby  Prison  for  nine 
months,  whereupon  he  returned  to  the  Army  of  the  Potomac, 
from  which  he  received  his  honorable  discharge  after  four  years 
service,  having  been  promoted  from  lieutenant  to  lieutenant- 
colonel.  Coming  to  St.  Louis  after  the  end  of  the  war  he  has 
made  this  city  his  home  ever  since.  He  was  for  three  years 
employed  by  the  government  in  examining  the  war  claims  of 
this  State,  was  afterwards  engaged  in  the  real  estate  and  in- 
surance branch  and  was  appointed  Deputy  Circuit  Clerk  in  1879 
and  was  elected  Clerk  of  the  Circuit  Court  in  1894  with  a majority 
of  4,000  votes  over  his  Democratic  opponent.  As  one  of  the  most 
prominent  members  of  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic  he  held 
for  eight  years  the  Assistant  Adjutant-Generalship  in  the  Mis- 
souri Department,  to  which  position  he  was  again  elected  later 
on  and  is  occupying  it  now.  He  was  the  First  Commander  of 
Frank  P.  Blair  Post,  and  from  1896  to  1897  Commander  of  the 
Department  of  Missouri.  Taking  an  active  interest  in  educa- 
tional matters,  he  was  a member  of  the  School  Board  in  1876 
and  1877  and  during  the  same  period  Vice-President  of  the 
Library  Board,  serving  with  the  greatest  fidelity  and  ability  in 
all  his  official  positions.  He  is  now  giving  all  his  time  and 
attention  to  his  duties  in  the  Adjutant  General’s  office  (in  the 
Temple  Building)  where  his  efficient  services  are  duly  appreciated 
by  the  members  of  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic.  Col.  Rod- 
gers has  a host  of  friends  on  account  of  his  great  urbanity  and 
his  most  aimable  and  courteous  manners  in  his  intercourse  with 
each  and  all. 


THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS. 

Due  reference  to  the  foundation  of  our  Public  School  system 
being  made  in  the  first  chapter  of  this  volume,  we  will  here  speak 
only  of  the  present  status  of  the  schools  under  the  management 
of  the  Board  of  Education.  There  are  now  eighty- three  school  dis- 
tricts with  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  schoolhouses,  one  High 


— 634  — 


School,  to  which  two  more  will  soon  be  added.  The  school  build- 
ings erected  in  recent  years  are  modern  in  every  respect,  and 
models  of  practical  interior  arrangement.  No  money  is  spared 
in  their  construction,  nothing  is  left  undone  to  secure  the  best 
sanitary  conditions  and  to  provide  them  with  all  auxiliaries  per- 
taining to  a thorough  schooling.  The  results  of  the  prevailing 
system  of  instruction,  the  plan  of  studies  and  the  discipline, 
have  become  more  gratifying  from  year  to  year,  and  are 
constantly  receiving  the  highest  encomiums  from  the  great- 
est authorities  in  matters  of  education.  The  corps  of  teach- 
ers numbers  more  than  1,800,  the  annual  expense  for  teach- 
ers salaries  averages  at  present  $1,100,000,  for  officers  some- 
what over  $51,000  and  the  janitor’s  service  costs  about  $120,000 
per  annum.  The  yearly  income  from  taxes  and  other  sources 
averages  two  millions,  and  the  value  of  the  schoolhouses,  not  in- 
cluding other  real  estate  property,  is  over  six  millions.  The 
yearly  revenue  from  the  real  estate  property  of  the  school  fund 
amounts  to  about  $75,000. 

BOARD  OF  EDUCATION. 

The  present  officers  of  the  Board  of  Education  are:  John 
Scbroers,  President;  Calvin  M.  Woodward,  Vice-President;  C.  L. 
Hammerstein,  Secretary  and  Treasurer;  Chas.  P.  Mason,  Audi- 
tor ; F.  Louis  Soldan,  Superintendent  of  Instruction  ; Roderick 
E.  Rombauer,  Attorney ; John  A.  Long,  Supply  Commissioner ; 
Wm.  B.  Ittner,  Commissioner  of  Scjiool  Buildings.  The  Board 
consists  of  the  following  members:  John  Schroers,  Calvin  M. 
Woodward,  Christopher  W.  Johnson,  Robert  Moore,  Henry 
Droste,  Edward  C.  Eliot,  James  L.  Ford,  Wm.  G.  Moore,  John 
A.  Harrison,  Wm.  Taussig,  Robert  B.  Dula  and  Louis  Fusz. 

Of  the  salaried  officers  of  the  Board  we  will  especially  refer  to 
the  Secretary  and  Treasurer,  Mr.  C.  L.  Hammerstein  and  the 
Superintendent  of  Instruction,  Mr.  F.  Louis  Soldan. 

The  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  St.  Louis  Public  Schools 
holds  one  of  the  most  responsible  positions  in  a city  of  such  mag- 
nitude and  it  is  therefore  of  the  utmost  necessity  that  the  incum- 
bent of  this  office  possess  not  only  the  required  ability,  but  also 


— 635  — 


all  other  qualifications  for  such  an  important  trust.  The  present 
official,  Mr.  C.  L.  Hammer  stein,  entered  the  service  of  the  School 
Board  nearly  twenty-five  years  ago,  first  as  assistant  in  the  Secre- 
tary’s and  Treasurer’s  office,  from  1890  to  1898  as  Auditor,  and 
was  then  elected  by  the  Board  to  the  place  he  now  occupies.  His 
appointment  was  the  well-deserved  reward  for  the  fidelity  with 
which  he  had  fulfilled  his  former  duties  and  the  Board  could  cer- 
tainly have  made  no  better  selection.  Mr.  Hammerstein  is  a Mis- 
sourian by  birth;  he  hails  from  Washington  (Franklin  County), 
and  after  passing  through  the  public  schools  of  his  native  cit^^, 
he  had  to  earn  a living  when  quite  young;  his  first  employment 
was  in  the  office  of  the  County  Assessor,  later  on  with  tbe  United 
States  Internal  Revenue  Collector  of  that  district,  but  the  ardent 
desire  to  add  to  his  learning  brought  him  to  St.  Louis.  Here  he 
made  good  use  of  the  opportunities  offered  by  a large  city ; 
he  worked  during  the  day  in  an  architect’s  office  and 
studied  in  the  evening  — in  this  way  he  prepared  himself  for 
practical  life  and  how  well  he  succeeded  in  doing  so  is  clearly 
evidenced  by  his  career  and  the  confidence  and  high  esteem 
which  he  enjoys. 

Mr.  F.  Louis  Soldan’s  connection  with  the  Public  Schools  of 
St.  Louis  began  in  1868,  in  which  year  he  was  appointed 
teacher  of  modern  languages  in  the  High  School ; three  years 
later  followed  his  promotion  to  the  position  of  principal  of  the 
Normal  School,  which  under  his  management  became  widely 
known  as  a very  valuable  factor  of  our  educational  system.  In 
1887  he  was  placed  at  the  head  of  both  Normal  and  High  School, 
whereby  the  sphere  of  his  activity  and  usefulness  was  sufficiently 
enlarged,  to  make  his  services  still  more  valuable.  He  holds  the 
important  position  of  Superintendent  of  Instruction  since  1895. 
The  work  of  his  predecessors,  such  as  Divoll,  Harris  and  Long 
was  not  only  continued  by  him,  but  our  school  .system  has  be- 
come greatly  improved  under  his  direction  as  a result  of  his  pro- 
found pedagogical  knowledge,  his  practical  experience  as  a 
teacher  and  his  administrative  talent ; he  is  recognized  all  over 
the  country  as  one  of  the  ablest  educators  and  is  constantly  called 
on  by  educational  associations  and  similar  bodies  as  lecturer 
and  adviser  and  was  frequently  elected  to  preside  over  their  de- 


— 636  — 


liberations.  In  conclusion  it  may  truly  be  said  of  him,  that  the 
flattering  recognition  bestowed  upon  our  Public  Schools  since 
many  years  are  chiefly  due  to  his  untiring  activity  and  energy. 


WASHINGTON  UNIVERSITY. 

It  was  on  the  22d  of  February,  1853,  that  the  Missouri  legis- 
lature granted  a charter  for  an  institution  of  learning,  to  be 
called  the  Eliot  Seminary,  but  at  the  request  of  Rev.  William  G. 
Eliot,  in  whose  honor  the  name  had  been  chosen,  the  title  was 
changed  to  Washington  Institute,  and  soon  after  to  Washington 
University,  as  the  plans  for  its  development  broadened.  One  of 
the  fundamental  conditions  laid  down  in  its  constitution,  and 
later  on  embodied  in  its  charter,  reads  as  follows: — 

“No  instruction,  either  sectarian  in  religion,  or  partisan  in 
politics,  shall  be  allowed  in  any  department  of  said  University; 
and  no  sectarian  or  party  test  shall  be  allowed  in  the  election  of 
professor's,  teachers  or  other  officers  of  said  university ; or  in  the 
admission  of  scholars  thereto,  or  for  any  purpose  whatever.” 

This  irrevocable  condition  secures  the  university  for  all  time  to 
come  against  the  dangers  of  religious  and  political  dissensions. 
The  first  building  erected  by  the  University  was  the  present  south 
wing  on  Seventeenth  street  near  Washington  avenue,  where  a 
school  was  opened  in  1856,  the  ancestor  of  the  present  Smith 
Academy.  The  formal  inauguration  took  place  on  the  23d 
of  April,  1857,  on  which  occasion  the  Honorable  Edward  Ev- 
erett was  the  principal  orator  of  the  day.  The  college  building 
on  the  corner  of  Seventeenth  street  and  Washington  avenue  was 
erected  in  the  beginning  of  the  sixties.  The  Law  School  was 
established  in  1867,  the  Art  School  in  1879  and  the  Manual  Train- 
ing School  in  the  year  following.  A separate  building  for  this 
latter  was  erected  on  the  southwest  corner  of  Eighteenth  street  and 
Washington  avenue,  and  an  addition  to  it  built  in  1882,  as  the 
original  accommodations  soon  proved  inadequate  for  the  proper 
conduct  of  the  school.  The  Mary  Institute,  a school  for  girls,  was 
organized  as  a part  of  the  University  as  early  as  1859,  first 
located  on  Lucas  Place  (now  Locust  street),  between  Four- 
teenth and  Fifteenth,  where  it  remained  until  1878  in  which  year 


- 637  — 


it" was  removed  to  Twenty-seventh  and  Locust  streets,  and  it  is 
now  housed  in  a recently-finished  building,  the  property  of  the 
University,  on  the  corner  of  McPherson  and  Lake  avenues. 

The  St.  Louis  Medical  College,  founded  in  1842  (popularly 
called  Pope’s  College),  was  merged  into  the  University  in  1891, 
as  was  the  Missouri  Medical  College,  established  in  1840,  in 
1899;  these  two  in  conjunction  with  the  Missouri  Dental  Col- 
lege, which  had  been  established  as  a branch  of  the  Univer- 
sity in  1879,  now  form  the  medical  department  of  Washington 
University.  The  Henry  Shaw  School  of  Botany,  another  ad- 
junct, was  added  in  1885.  The  undergraduate  department 
comprises  the  college  of  which  Prof.  Marshall  S.  Snow  is  Dean, 
and  the  School  of  Engineering.  Dr.  Calvin  M.  Woodward  is 
Dean  of  the  latter  and  also  director  of  the  Manual  Training 
School,  which  he  had  organized  as  the  first  ever  established  in 
this  country.  Many  former  scholars  of  those  two  schools  oc- 
cupy important  positions  as  civil,  mechanical  or  electrical  en- 
gineers, architects  and  in  kindred  vocations.  The  Manual 
Training  School  is  a secondary  or  preparatory  school  between 
the  district  or  grammar  school  on  the  one  hand  and  the  high- 
grade  engineering  school  on  the  other.  The  plan  of  study  and 
system  of  instruction  laid  down  by  Prof.  Woodward  have  proven 
so  effective  that  they  have  been  adopted  by  similar  schools 
throughout  the  United  States.  Dr.  George  W.  Krall  is  the  prin- 
cipal of  the  Manual  Training,  Prof.  H.  C.  Ives  of  the  Art  School. 
Smith  Academy  prepares  its  pupils  for  any  college,  technical 
school  or  for  practical  life ; Dr.  Chas.  P.  Curd  is  its  principal 
and  Mr.  Edmund  H.  Sears  occupies  the  same  position  at  Mary 
Institute.  The  prestige  so  long  enjoyed  by  the  before-mentioned 
Medical  colleges,  now  constituting  the  Medical  branch,  with  Dr. 
Robert  Luedeking  as  Dean,  is  fully  evidenced  by  the  constantly 
increased  number  of  students,  and  the  same  is  observed  in  the 
other  departments.  The  various  faculties  comprise  a corps  of 
more  than  two  hundred  lecturers  and  professors,  an  array  of  ex- 
perienced, able  and  conscientious  instructors.  The  Chancellors 
of  Washington  University  have  seldom  changed;  the  first.  Prof. 
Hoyt,  served  from  1858  to  the  time  of  his  death  in  1862  ; he  was 
followed  by  Prof.  Chauvenet,  who  died  in  1870,  whereupon  Rev. 


— 638  — 


Wm.  G.  Eliot  became  his  successor.  He  was  called  from  earth 
in  1887  after  seventeen  years  of  faithful  service.  From  this 
time  on  the  duties  of  the  office  were  performed  by  the  Dean, 
Prof.  Snow,  until  1891,  since  which  3^ear  the  present  incum- 
bent, Prof.  Winfield  Scott  Chaplin,  holds  this  responsible  posi- 
tion, filling  it  to  the  unlimited  satisfaction  of  all  concerned. 

Washington  University  had  from  the  start  many  warm  friends, 
whose  liberal  endowments  and  contributions  secured  manifold 
improvements  from  time  to  time  ; it  would  neither  be  possible  nor 
proper  to  name  all  these  benefactors ; a few  of  those  who  have 
gone  to  their  eternal  rest,  may,  nevertheless,  be  mentioned  r 
Wayman  Crow,  James  E.  Yeatman,  Hudson  E.  Bridge,  James 
Smith,  Geo.  Partridge,  John  T.  Davis,  Geo.  E.  Leighton, 
Geo.  A.  Madill,  Henry  Hitchcock,  etc.  Unprecedented 
generous  gifts  were  bestowed  upon  the  Institution  during  the 
last  few  years,  after  it  had  been  resolved  to  place  the  University 
in  a better  adapted  locality.  The  westward  march  of  trade  and 
industry,  the  transfer  of  residences  in  a westerly  direction,  made 
the  present  location  more  and  more  undesirable  and  led  to  the 
purchase  of  a tract  of  land  unsurpassed  in  every  way  for  the 
creation  of  a new  home  in  keeping  with  the  demands  of  modern 
times.  One  hundred  acres  of  land  northwest  of  Forest  Park 
were  bought  In  1896  and  fifty  more,  adjoining  them  on  the  south, 
were  added  later  on.  The  sum  of  650,000  dollars  was  pledged 
for  the  erection  of  the  necessary  buildings  and  a further  sum  of 
500,000  dollars  was  subscribed  as  an  addition  to  the  Endowment 
Fund  of  the  Undergraduate  Department.  Five  of  the  principal 
buildings,  for  which  the  costs  were  borne  by  Messrs.  Samuel  Cup- 
pies,  R.  S.  Brookings,  Adolphus  Busch  and  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Liggett, 
were  ready  for  occupancy  for  the  fall  semester  of  1902,  but  it 
was  found  of  great  advantage  to  the  Univerity  to  lease  the 
grounds  and  buildings  to  the  World’s  Fair  Company  for  Exposi- 
tion purposes  and  they  will  therefore  not  be  used  by  the  Univer- 
sity before  the  spring  of  1905.  Temporary  quarters  for  the  Un- 
dergraduate Department  will  be  provided  on  the  northeast  corner 
of  Locust  and  Beaumont  streets,  in  the  old  Mary  Institute,  and  a 
new  building  which  will  be  erected  immediatley  adjoining,  where 
the  provisions  for  all  the  departments  will  be  much  better  in 


— 639 


every  way  than  they  have  been  in  the  building  on  Washington 
avenue.  With  the  accommodations  and  facilities  so  afforded, 
even  if  they  are  but  temporary,  the  new  era  of  this  cherished 
alma  mater  is  now  before  us  and  the  future  of  Washington  Uni- 
versity seems  all  the  more  assured  in  view  of  the  caliber  and 
character  of  the  men  who  stand  at  the  head  of  its  administration. 
The  present  Board  of  Directors  consists  of  the  following  gentle- 
men: E.  S.  Brookings,  Henry  W.  Eliot,  Edwin  Harrison,  Samuel 
Guppies,  Chas.  Nagel,  George  O.  Carpenter,  Jr.,  Isaac  H.  Lion- 
berger,  Alfred  L.  Shapleigh,  Isaac  W.  Morton,  Adolphus  Busch, 
David  R.  Francis,  and  William  E.  Guy.  Mr.  R.  S.  Brookings  is 
the  President ; Mr.  Isaac  W.  Morton,  Vice-President ; Mr.  Geo. 
M.  Bartlett,  Secretary ; and  Chancellor  Chaplin  the  Treasurer. 


MERCANTILE  LIBRARY. 

It  was  a small,  and  we  may  say  an  insignificant  beginning, 
when  the  St.  Louis  Mercantile  Library  Association  opened  the 
doors  of  the  modest  library  in  April,  1846,  in  primitive  quarters 
rented  on  the  corner  of  Main  and  Pine  streets.  Several  months 
before  a meeting  had  been  held,  which  resulted  in  the  forming  of 
an  association  for  the  establishment  of  a library  to  be  used  by 
merchants  and  their  employees,  but  those  of  other  vocations  were 
cordially  invited  to  join.  At  the  end  of  the  year  nearly  1,700 
volumes  were  at  the  disposal  of  the  283  members,  the  cash  receipts 
had  amounted  to  2,700  dollars  and  the  property  was  valued  at 
1,865  dollars.  This  constituted  the  nucleus  of  the  present  library, 
comprising  125,000  volumes,  under  the  roof  of  the  magnificent 
building,  erected  and  owned  by  the  company  since  1888,  which 
replaced  the  original  library  hall,  built  in  1854  by  a separate 
corporation,  which  transferred  the  property  in  course  of  time  to 
the  Library  Association.  The  present  valuation  of  the  new  library 
building  is  set  down  at  400,000,  the  value  of  the  library  itself  at 
295,000  dollars,  and  the  income  for  the  year  1901  from  rentals,  the 
library  proper  and  other  sources  amounted  to  about  60,000  dollars. 
The  shelves  of  the  Mercantile  Library  contain  a carefully  selected 
assortment  of  works  of  all  branches  of  science,  encyclopedias  and 
other  books  of  information,  works  of  fiction,  the  English,  French, 


— 640  — 


Spanish,  German,  Latin  and  Greek  Classics  and  an  abundance 
of  bound  magazines,  periodicals  and  journals.  The  Reading- 
Room  is  supplied  with  a large  number  of  newspapers  and  the  best 
modern  literature  of  the  day.  All  this  shows  the  remarkable  and 
highly  satisfactory  development  of  the  institution  of  which  our 
city  ma}'  justly  be  proud.  It  is  but  in  order  to  point  to  the  val- 
uable services  rendered  the  institution  by  the  late  Mr.  John  N. 
Dyer,  its  Librarian  from  1861  to  1889,  in  which  year  he  died. 
The  Association  had  the  goodfortune,  to  find  a most  worthy  and 
able  successor  in  Dr.  Horace  Kephart,  who  during  the  past  twelve 
years  has  done  much  for  the  improvement  of  the  library  and  who 
has  proven  a very  conscientious  and  painstaking  guardian  of  its 
interests.  Mr.  Wm.  H.  H.  Anderson,  since  1890  the  Actuary 
of  the  Association,  had  been  the  Assistant  Librarian  from  1858 
till  his  promotion  to  his  present  position,  his  connection  with  the 
institution  therefore  covers  a period  of  forty-four  years,  surely 
the  best  evidence  of  his  efBciency. 

THE  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

The  Public  Library  of  St.  Louis  is  an  offspring  of  the  Public 
School  Library,  founded  in  1865  by  Mr.  Ira  Divoll,  at  that  time 
Superintendent  of  our  Public  Schools.  The  Institution  had  a 
modest  beginning,  but  developed  in  course  of  time  in  a very  grati- 
fying way  in  spite  of  rather  limited  means.  It  received  some 
very  liberal  donations  of  books  during  the  first  few  years,  as  for 
instance  nearly  700  volumes  from  the  German  Educational  In- 
stitute, over  1,000  from  the  Franklin  Library  Association,  and 
5,630  which  Henry  Ames  had  previously  presented  to  the  O’Fal- 
lon Polytechnic  Institute.  All  this  gave  the  School  Librar}^  a 
good  start  and  as  the  number  of  persons  who  acquired  a life 
membership  by  the  payment  of  twelve  dollars,  and  of  others  who 
paid  an  annual  fee  of  three  dollars,  increased  from  year  to  year, 
the  income  grew  in  proportion  and  enabled  the  purchase  of  books 
in  commensurate  quantities.  But  it  was  not  a free  library  as 
other  large  cities  had  them  long  before  and  the  demand  for  such 
a one  led  to  a movement  which  ultimately  resulted  in  a transfer 
to  the  city  in  1894,  whereby  the  latter  became  the  owner  of  the 


— 641  — 


library,  which  since  that  time  is  entirely  free  for  everybody.  The 
School  Board  was  thereby  relieved  of  a yearly  expense  of  about 
20,000  dollars,  and  the  city  was  authorized  bj'  a popular  vote  to 
levy  a special  tax  of  one-fifth  of  a mill  per  annum  for  library 
purposes.  The  number  of  volumes  is  at  present  more  than 
140,000,  with  an  adequate  selection  of  newspapers  and  periodi- 
cals for  use  in  the  Reading-Rooms.  Mr.  F.  M.  Crunden,  since 
1877  the  efficient  librarian,  has  earned  well-deserved  praise  for 
the  innumerable  improvements  made  b}"  him,  but  he  is  entitled 
to  still  greater  thanks,  as  it  is  chiefly  due  to  his  exertions  that 
Mr.  Carnegie  has  appropriated  a million  dollars  for  a new  library 
and  the  establishment  of  several  branch  libraries.  The  new  Cen- 
tral Library  will  be  housed  in  a building  to  be  erected  on  the 
site  of  the  Exposition  Building,  which  is  to  be  torn  down  after 
the  close  of  the  World’s  Fair.  The  officers  of  the  Library  Board 
are:  F.  W.  Lehmann,  President;  Geo.  O.  Carpenter,  Jr.,  Vice- 
President  ; F.  M.  Crunden,  Librarian  and  Secretary. 

The  following  gentlemen  constitute  the  Board  of  Directors : 
Geo.  O.  Carpenter,  Jr.,  Morris  Glaser,  John  F.  Lee,  F.  W. 
Lehmann,  William  Maffitt,  J.  W.  Morton,  Edward  L.  Preetorius, 
O’Neil  Ryan  and  Ellis  Wainwright. 

THE  DAILY  PRESS. 

The  destiny  of  nations,  the  fate  of  royal  houses,  has  frequently 
been  decided  not  by  the  sword,  but  by  the  pen,  and  the  press  is, 
therefore,  called  tbe  sixth  of  the  great  powers,  side  by  side  with 
the  other  five  political  ones  which  constitute  the  so-called  Euro- 
pean concert.  We  of  the  United  States  recognize  but  one  great 
power,  the  will  of  the  people,  but  we  do  not  fail  to  see  another 
great  power  in  the  public  press.  Culture  and  civilization  go 
hand  in  hand  with  the  latter,  which  is  very  often  their  forerun- 
ner, opening  the  road  for  them.  States  and  cities  owe  their  de- 
velopment in  a great  measure  to  the  press.  The  newspapers  of 
this  country  exert  an  influence  which  cannot  be  underrated,  and 
seldom  is  this  influence  misused  by  them.  The  newspapers  of 
North  America  can  boast  of  possessing  a degree  of  perfectness 
far  surpassing  the  press  of  the  Old  World  in  enterprise,  energy, 
41k 


— 642  — 


activity  and  celerity.  The  daily  papers  of  St.  Louis  stand  in  the 
front  rank  of  American  journalism ; they  have  always  been  and 
are  the  untiring  promoters  of  the  community’s  best  interests,  the 
faithful  exponents  of  the  city’s  wants,  and  the  loyal  furtherers 
of  everything  tending  to  the  good  of  the  Commonweath. 
There  is  hardly  an  important  movement,  a great  enterprise  un- 
dertaken without  the  assistance  of  the  press.  They  are  often 
launched  into  existence  or  afterwards  taken  care  of  by  printer’s 
ink.  The  most  valuable  improvements  have  frequently  origi- 
nated in  editorial  rooms  or  have  at  least  found  their  warmest  de- 
fense in  the  columns  of  our  newspapers.  It  is  the  writer’s  welcome 
duty  to  speak  in  the  following  pages  of  our  daily  journals,  and  he 
does  so  in  the  order  of  their  ancienty : — 

The  St.  Louis  Republic,  which  name  was  substituted  in  1888 
for  that  of  Missouri  Republican,  is  the  senior  of  the  local  press 
and  requires  only  five  more  years  to  complete  its  hundredth 
year.  Founded  in  1808  as  the  Missouri  Gazette,  this  name  was 
changed  in  1822  to  the  Missoxiri  Republican,  whose  ownership 
underwent  several  changes,  but  became  stable  in  1854,  in  which 
year  George  Knapp  purchased  the  interests  of  his  partners  and 
established  the  firm  of  Geo.  Knapp  & Co.,  consisting  of  the  two 
brothers,  George  and  John  Knapp,  and  Nathaniel  Paschall,  who 
occupied  the  editorial  chair  until  his  death  in  1866,  whereupon 
Mr.  Hyde  succeeded  him.  Hyde  resigned  in  1884.  None  of  his 
three  or  four  successors  held  the  position  for  any  length  of  time, 
except  the  present  incumbent,  Joseph  A.  Graham.  The  firm 
of  Geo.  Knapp  & Co.  has  never  been  changed.  Mr.  Charles  W. 
Knapp,  who  entered  the  journalistic  career  when  quite  young, 
and  who  repeatedly  had  editorial  charge  of  the  paper;  is  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  corporation,  and  the  General  Manager  (editorial  and 
otherwise)  of  the  paper,  which  is  the  recognized  and  most  influen- 
tial organ  of  the  Democratic  party  of  Missouri. 

The  Abend  Anzeiger,  the  second  oldest  of  our  daily  papers, 
is  the  successor  of  the  Anzeiger  des  Westens,  established  in  1835 
and  for  many  years  edited  by  Wm.  Weber.  Arthur  Olshausen  was 
for  a time  one  of  its  owners,  but  the  prestige  of  the  paper  must 
be  ascribed  to  Henry  Boernstein,  who  became  its  editor  and  prop- 


— 643  — 


rietor  in  1850.  It  bad  been  an  anti-slavery  paper  from  its  in- 
ception and  became  an  outspoken  Republican  organ  under  Boern- 
stein,  but  was  changed  to  a liberal  Democratic  journal  by  Carl 
Daenzer,  who  became  its  editor  in  1863  and  who  kept  this  posi- 
tion till  1898,  since  which  year  the  Abend  Anzeiger  is  published 
by  the  German-American  Press  Association  as  a carefully  edited 
independent  paper. 

The  WestUche  Post,  was  established  in  1857.  Its  first  publish- 
ers and  editors  were  Carl  Daenzer,  Daniel  Hertle  and  Dr.  Fred- 
erick Wenzel ; they  sold  it  in  1860  to  Theodor  Olshausen  and 
Henry  Lischer.  The  latter  soon  disposed  of  his  interest  to  Ernst 
Hemann.  Theodor  Olshausen,  wishing  to  return  to  Europe,  hav- 
ing previously  bought  out  his  partner  Hemann,  sold  the  West- 
liche  Post  in  1864  to  his  brother  Arthur,  Dr.  Emil  Preetorius, 
and  Theodor  Plate,  the  firm  now  being  Plate,  Olshausen  & Com- 
pany. The  partnership  was  dissolved  in  1880  by  the  withdrawal 
of  Plate  and  Olshausen,  who  sold  their  shares  to  Dr.  Preetorius 
and  Carl  Schurz,  which  latter  held  an  interest  in  the  paper  since 
1867.  The  Westliche  Post  Association  was  then  organized  with 
Dr.  Preetorius  as  President ; Carl  Schurz  as  Vice-President ; and 
Felix  Coste  as  Secretary.  The  German-American  Press  Associa- 
tion, formed  in  1898  as  successor  of  the  Westliche  Post  Associa- 
tion, has  the  following  officers;  Emil  Preetorius,  President; 
Carl  Schurz,  Vice-President ; John  Schroers,  Secretary ; and 
Edward  L.  Preetorius,  Treasurer.  The  business  management 
lies  in  the  hands  of  the  two  latter.  Dr.  Preetorius,  the  Chief 
Editor,  has  occupied  the  editorial  chair  ever  since  1864,  and  is 
one  of  the  veterans  of  the  Press.  The  paper  needs  only 
five  more  years  to  its  fiftieth  anniversary ; all  we  said  in  the 
introductory  lines  of  this  chapter  fully  applies  to  it ; it  has 
grown  with  the  city  as  the  watchful  guardian  of  the  community’s 
welfare,  and  its  editorials,  as  well  as  its  business  management, 
combine  German  thoroughness  with  American  enterprise,  as 
shown  every  day  by  the  completeness  of  its  columns.  The 
Westliche  Post  is  the  only  German  paper  of  this  city  which 
as  a member  of  the  Associated  Press  receives  the  telegraphic 
reports  from  every  part  of  the  Union,  and  the  cable  dispatches 
from  the  whole  world,  and  has,  aside  from  a corps  of  able  edi- 


— 644  — 


torial  writers,  and  a large  repoitorial  staff,  more  contributors  and 
domestic  and  foreign  correspondence  than  any  of  its  German- 
American  contemporaries. 

The  Globe-Democrat  is  published  under  this  name  since  1875, 
but  its  origin  dates  back  to  1857,  in  which  year  William  McKee 
and  William  Hill  established  the  Missouri  Democrat,  of  which 
George  W.  Fishback,  and,  later  on,  D.  M.  Houser,  became  part 
owners.  Among  the  editors  of  the  Democrat  were  such  able 
writers  as  Francis  P.  Blair,  B.  Gratz  Brown  (afterwards  Gov- 
ernor of  Missouri),  Peter  L.  Foy,  and  J.  B.  McCullagh.  In 
1872  a disagreement  between  the  partners  resulted  in  the  with- 
drawal of  Messrs.  McKee  and  Houser,  who  sold  their 
interest  to  Mr.  Fishback,  but  not  wishing  to  remain  inactive, 
they  soon  established  a new  paper,  the  Globe,  like  the 
Democrat,  a Republican  organ.  The  consolidation  of  the 
two  papers  and  adoption  of  the  present  name  took  place  in  1875. 
Editor  McCullagh  had  first  remained  with  the  Democrat  but 
shortly  after  joined  the  Globe  and  became  the  managing  editor  of 
the  consolidated  papers  and  it  was  chiefly  due  to  his  great 
journalistic  ability  that  the  Globe-Democrat  became  known  far 
and  wide.  The  untimely  death  of  this  brilliant  writer  and  edito- 
rial manager  (on  31st  of  December,  1896)  was  a great  loss  to  the 
journalistic  world  and  deeply  deplored.  Since  that  time  the  place' 
is  filled  by  the  present  editor,  Henry  King,  who  for  many  years 
previous  had  been  a member  of  the  editorial  staff  of  the  paper. 
D.  M.  Houser,  whose  connection  with  the  press  covers  a period  of 
fully  forty-five  years,  is  the  President  of  the  Globe  Printing 
Company  and  at  the  same  time  the  General  Manager,  Chas.  H. 
McKee  the  Vice-President  and  H.  C.  Ganter,  Treasurer. 

The  Post-Disx>atch  is  the  offspring  of  the  Dispatch,  established 
in  1864,  a paper  of  which  it  may  truly  be  said,  that  it  has  few 
rivals  in  regard  to  a checkered  career,  as  its  ownership  under- 
went innumerable  changes  within  the  fourteen  years  during 
which  it  appeared  under  that  name.  Several  of  the  proprietors, 
who  followed  each  other  in  short  succession,  lost  a fortune  in 
the  venture  and  it  was  ultimately  purchased  by  Joseph  Pulitzer 
who  is  its  owner  and  publisher  since  1878.  After  a consolidation 


— 645  — 


with  the  Evening  Post,  published  for  about  a year  by  that  able 
journalist,  John  A.  Dillon  (now  and  since  many  years  on  the 
York  World)  the  name  of  Post- Dispatch  was  adopted.  Pulitzer 
and  Dillon  were  for  two  years  Associate  Editors  and  partners  ; the 
partnership  was  then  dissolved  and  the  former  became  the  sole 
owner,  but  left  St.  Louis  in  1883,  leaving  the  management  of  the 
Post- Dispatch  in  the  hands  of  trusted  employees.  Harry  L.  Dun- 
lap is  since  several  years  the  Managing  Editor ; Wm.  Steigers,  for 
more  than  twenty  years  connected  with  the  paper,  is  the  Business 
Manager,  and  Frank  R.  O’Neil,  the  well-known  St.  Louis  jour" 
nalist.  Assistant  Business  Manager. 

The  AmeriJca  had  its  origin  in  the  desire  of  a number  of  in- 
fluential Catholic  citizens  of  St.  Louis,  to  have  a daily  paper 
representing  their  views  without  becoming  an  outspoken  religious 
organ.  With  this  object  the  German  Literary  Society  was 
organized  in  1872,  by  Henry  J.  Spaunhorst  and  others  and  the 
first  number  of  the  Amerika  issued  in  October  of  the  same  year. 
The  officers  of  the  corporation  were  for  many  years  as  follows : 
Henry  J.  Spaunhorst,  President ; John  H.  Grefenkamp,  Vice- 
President  ; and  Anthony  Roeslein,  Secretary.  Anton  Helmich 
was  the  Editor  till  1878,  whereupon  the  Assistant  Editor,  Dr. 
Edward  Preuss,  became  his  successor ; he  held  this  position  until 
the  spring  of  1902,  when  the  condition  of  his  health  compelled 
him  to  resign,  having  an  able  successor  in  Arthur  Preuss,  one 
of  his  sons.  The  present  officers  of  the  German  Literary  Society 
are : William  Druhe,  President ; Joseph  Gummersbach,  Vice-Pre- 
sident; Arthur  Preuss,  Secretary;  and  John  Peitzmeier,  Business 
Manager. 

The  Evening  Chronicle  exists  since  1880,  in  which  year  J.  E. 
Scripps,  proprietor  of  the  Detroit  Tribune,  organized  a circuit 
of  afternoon  papers  and  located  one  of  them  in  St.  Louis.  It 
was  sold  for  two  cents,  but  became  the  first  penny  paper  in  our 
city  a few  years  later.  Its  dimensions  were  enlarged  in  course 
of  time,  but  it  has  no  Sunday  issue.  Being  a non-partisan 
paper,  its  patronage  has  increased  without  interruption  and  it  is 
much  appreciated  by  its  readers. 


— 646  — 


The  St.  Louis  Star  emanated  from  the  Sunday  Sayings,  a 
weekly  paper,  established  in  1884,  and  changed  in  1888  into  a 
daily  evening  paper  under  the  name  of  Star  Sayings  in  which  ex- 
Congressman  Nathan  Frank  acquired  a large  interest  in  the 
following  year.  The  name  was  abbreviated  in  January,  1896, 
since  which  time  it  is  known  as  the  St.  Louis  Star.  It  is  a 
staunch  Republican  organ  and  a strong  supporter  of  the  adminis- 
tration. The  editor,  John  F.  Magner,  is  a well-known  journalist 
of  great  experience ; he  was  for  many  years  City  Editor  of  the 
Post-Dispatch,  then  quite  a while  connected  with  the  Globe-Demo- 
crat, and  can  truly  be  called  a very  active  and  energetic  newspaper 
man.  Another  St.  Louis  journalist,  M.  J.  Lowenstein,  formerly 
City  Editor  of  the  Republic,  and  afterwards  on  the  New  York 
World,  is  the  Star’s  efficient  business  manager.  The  officers  of  the 
Star  Publishing  Company  are:  Hon.  Nathan  Frank,  President ; 
August  Frank,  Vice-President  and  Treasurer;  and  M.  J.  Lo- 
wenstein, Secretary. 

The  St.  Louis  World,  the  newest  of  our  daily  papers,  is  an 
exponent  of  liberal  progressive  ideas  and  gives  special  attention 
to  local  news  and  the  events  of  the  sporting  world.  Its  editor, 
Alfred  Spink,  has  been  connected  with  the  St.  Louis  press  for  a 
quarter  of  a century  and  has  always  been  regarded  as  an  author- 
ity on  matters  of  sport,  but  he  is  at  the  same  time  well-versed 
and  thoroughly  informed  in  the  political  affairs  of  State  and  city 
and  an  experienced  journalist  in  general.  The  St.  Louis  World 
is  owned  by  the  World  Publishing  Company,  of  which  Mr. 
Spink  is  the  President.  Mr.  E.  L.  McCarthy  is  the  Business 
Manager. 

From  the  foregoing  it  will  be  seen  that  St.  Louis  is  well-pro- 
vided with  daily  chroniclers  of  the  affairs  of  the  whole  world,  and 
that  the  inhabitants  of  this  city  are  supplied  morning  and  evening 
with  abundant  information  from  near  and  far  by  a truly  met- 
ropolitan press  which  can  well  compare  with  that  of  any  of  the 
other  great  cities  of  this  country. 


— 647  — 


GOULD’S  DIRECTORIES. 

The  Directory  of  a large  city  constitutes  a most  valuable 
auxiliary  for  trade  and  commerce  and  has  long  ago  become  a 
necessity  for  the  merchant  and  manufacturer,  the  bank  official 
and  the  professional  man.  It  is  in  fact  the  greatest  information 
bureau,  ever-ready  to  give  correct  answers ; it  saves  time  and 
labor  and  is  therefore,  aside  from  its  other  qualifications,  indis- 
pensable from  an  economical  standpoint. 

Gould’s  St.  Louis  Directory  has  been  published  without  inter- 
ruption since  1872  and  has  been  constantly  improved  from  year 
to  year  by  the  addition  of  numerous  important  features ; it  has 
kept  pace  with  the  growth  of  the  city  in  volume  and  quality  and 
stands  unsurpassed  as  to  completeness  and  well  selected  contents- 

Besides  the  City  Directory  proper  a Business  Directory,  called 
Commercial  Register,  is  issued  by  the  Goulds  in  October  of  each 
year,  a handbook  especially  devoted  to  details  about  corpora- 
tions, mercantile  and  manufacturing  firms,  financial  institutions, 
etc.  A special  feature  of  this  edition  is  a business  guide  ar- 
ranged by  streets. 

The  Blue  Book,  which  leaves  the  press  each  November,  is  to 
society  what  the  City  Directory  proper  is  to  the  public  at  large, 
but  it  forms  at  the  same  time  a highly  useful  adviser  for  the 
retail  dealer  whom  it  enables  to  place  his  circulars  and  price  lists 
in  the  hands  of  those  whose  patronage  he  seeks. 

Mr.  D.  B.  Gould,  the  founder  of  the  Gould  Directory  Com- 
pany. died  in  1901,  since  which  time  the  management  lies  in  the 
hands  of  his  son,  Mr.  Edward  M.  Gould,  who  is  now  the  President 
of  the  company  and  whose  aim  it  is  to  continue  the  publication 
of  the  three  Directories  in  accordance  with  the  plan  and  system 
laid  down  by  his  predecessor. 

THE  ST.  LOUIS  POST  OFFICE. 

The  primitive  postal  arrangements  as  they  prevailed  after  the 
establishment  of  a post  office  in  1804  and  for  a good  many  years 
later,  are  briefly  described  in  the  first  chapter  of  this  volume,  the 
various  removals  from  one  locality  to  the  other  are  likewise  men- 


— 648  — 


tioned  and  we  can  now  stale  that  the  immense  increase  of  mail 
matter  has  made  even  the  present  building  inadequate  for  the 
handling  of  the  constantly  growing  business,  so  that  the  govern- 
ment has  granted  the  erection  of  a second  post  office  building  in 
the  immediate  vicinity  of  Union  Station.  To  what  dimensions  our 
postal  service  has  grown  is  best  shown  by  the  following  figures 
furnished  by  Postmaster  Fred  W.  Baumhoff : — 


Statement  op  Business  Transacted  at  the  St.  Louis  Post 
Office  During  1901. 

REVENUES. 

Beceipts.  Expenditures. 

$2,240,429.72  $1,241,282.07 

Increase  in  receipts $208,764.95 

Increase  in  net  revenue 79,573.45 

Distribution  and  Dispatch  of  Mails  Originating  in  St. 

Louis. 

Total  pounds  handled  in  1901 30,521,550 

Increase 456,629 

Total  number  pieces  outgoing  handled  in  1901 245,784,171 

Increase 20,748.501 


Received  from  Postal  Routes  and  Other  Post  Offices. 


Total  pounds .......6,561,386 

Total  pieces  handled 94,506,880 

Mail  Matter  Collected  and  Delivered  by  City  Delivery. 

Total  pounds 18,437,827 

Total  pieces 378,194,367 


Local  Drop  Mail. 

Pounds. 


Letters 904,961 

Cards 36,968 

Circulars 148,780 

Second  Class  .' 273,549 

Third  Class 289,788 


Pieces. 

54,297,660 

5.545.200 

5.951.200 
3,009.039 
5,795,760 


— 649  — 


Receipt  and  Dispatch  of  Eeoistered  Mail. 

Total  number 2,843,506 

Issuing  and  Payment  of  Monet  Orders. 

Number.  Amount. 


1,157,718 

$8,395,089.32 

Number  of  Employes. 

Number  of  clerks 

Number  of  carriers 

634 

486 

Total 

1,120 

Since  the  foregoing  information  has  been  received.  Postmaster 
Baumhoff  has  asked  for  additional  65  clerks  and  30  carriers,  and 
there  is  no  doubt,  that  his  request  will  be  granted  by  the  depart- 
ment in  view  of  the  uninterrupted  growth  of  business  in  the 
Post  Office  of  St.  Louis. 


— 650  — 


I 


lEfORMITIES 

Corrected 


Our  success  In  the  treatment  of  deformities  during 
the  thirty  years  we  hare  been  engaged  in  this  work 
Justifies  our  opinion  that  ninety  per  cent  of  these 
cases  can  be  cured  when  treated  in  time  by  our 
methods.  The  methods  we  use  are  radicaliy  different 
from  those  generaliy  empioyed,  and  our  results  are 
eminently  more  satisfactory.  We  will  guarantee  to 
straighten  any  case  of  crooked  or  club  feet,  so  long 
as  the  patient  is  of  reasonable  age.  Hip  Disease  in 
any  stage  yields  to  our  methods ; while  we  have  dem- 
onstrated in  scores  of  instances  that  spinal  diseases 
and  deformities  can  be  perfectly  and  permanently 
cured.  We  have  special  facilities  for  the  treatment 
of  Infantile  Paralysis,  and  can  cure  deformed  and 
diseasedlimbsand  joints  without  surgical  operations. 
Write  us  regarding  any  case  of  deformity  or  paral- 
ysis, for  our  opinion  is  Invaluable  to  those  afflicted. 
We  send  our  pamphlet  to  any  address  upon  request. 


THE  L.  C.  McLAIN 
MEDICAL  & SURGICAL  INSTITUTE 

3100  Pine  Street,  ST.  LOUIS,  MO. 


I 


— 651  — 


IXDEX. 


PAGE 


Abadie,  E.  H 321 

Abeles  and  Taussig 233 

Abeles,  Adolph 190 

Abeles,  Julius  D 319 

Abeles,  Robert 233,  319 

Ackert,  Charles  H 171 

Adam,  Frank,  Electric  Co — 321 

Adam,  Frank 322 

Adam,  Fred.  B 322 

Adam,  L 322 

Adams,  Elmer  B 186 

Adler-Goldman  CommissonCo.  128 

Adler,  Ben 128 

Aiple  & Hemmelmann  Real  Es- 
tate Co 134 

Aiple,  Albert  J 134 

Albrecht,  Hermann  S 294 

Allen,  A.  A 55 

Allen,  J.  H 128 

Allen,  N.  D 190 

Allen,  R.  J 605 

Allen,  Thomas 196 

Allis,  H.  P 263 

Aloe,  A.  S.,  Company 416 

Aloe,  Albert  S 416 

Aloe,  Alfred 417 

Aloe,  David  B 417 

Aloe,  Louis  P 417 

Aloe,  Sidney  A 417 

Altheimer  & Rawlings  Invest- 
ment Co 149 

Altheimer,  Ben 148,  149 

Altinger,  Charles 196 

Amelung,  John  H.  192 

American  Brewing  Co.,  The. . . 498 
American  Car  & Foundry  Co...  271 

American  Exchange  Bank 158 

American  Guaranty  Fund  Mu- 
tual Fire  Insurance  Co.  of 

St.  Louis 189 

American  Mineral  Water  Co..  442 

American  Rattan  Works 255 

American  Wine  Co 537 

Ames,  Henry  Semple 186,  640 

Ames,  Frank 608 

Anderson,  Lorenzo  E... 141,  183, 184 
Anderson,  Wm.  H.  H 640 


PAGE 

Anchor  Iron  Works  & Bolt  Fac- 


tory   306 

Anheuser-Busch  Brewing  As- 
sociation   499 

Anheuser,  Eberhard 500 

Annan,  Burs  & Co 114 

Annan,  Rogers 114 

Anschuetz,  Otto 339 

Anthony-Wayne  Mfg.  Co 265 

Anton,  P.  G 367 

Armstrong,  F.  P 474 

Arndt,  Christian 472 

Arnold,  Henry 247,  489 

Asior,  Johann  Jacob 16 

Atwood,  J.  C 439 

Aufrichtig,  Alois 297 

Augst,  G.  A.  W 161 

Augustin,  H 564 

Austin,  C.  A 171 

Bach,  Louis 194 

Bach,  L.  P 377 

Backer,  Geo.  H 109 

Backer,  Mathias 110 

Bacon,  Williamson 186 

Baer-Oliver-Singer  Clothing  Co. 596 

Baer,  Adolph 596 

Baer,  Alfred 596 

Baer,  J.  A 562 

Baer,  Sigmund 562 

Baggot,  Amos 135 

Baggot,  William 135 

Baggot,  William,  Jr 135 

Bain,  Geo 102,  109 

Baker,  Geo.  A 160 

Baker,  Geo.  F 324 

Ballard,  J.R 96 

Ballmann,  Max 340 

Bang,  Adolph - 118 

Bardenheier,  John,  Wine  & 

Liquor  Co 538 

Bardenheier,  Chas.  W 539 

Bardenheier,  John 538 

Bardenheier,  John  H 539 

Bardenheier,  Joseph  A 539 

Barker,  James. 209 

Barnard,  Geo.  D.  & Co 392 


— 652  — 


PAGE 

Barnard,  Geo.  D 393 

Barnard,  Geo 608 

Barnes  Business  College 378 

Barnes,  Arthur  J 379 

Barnes,  C.  R 397 

Barnett,  Haynes  & Barnett, 

61,  70.  82 

Barnett,  G.  .J 333 

Barr,  Wm.,  Dry  Goods  Co 559 

Barr,  Wm 560 

Barry,  John  F 625 

Barry,  R.F 171 

Barth,  Robert 165,  404 

Barthel,  M 494 

Bartholdt,  Richard.  609 

Bartholow,  Thos.  J 171 

Bartlett,  Geo.  M 396,  639 

Bates,  Chas.  W 629 

Battaile,  L.  A 158 

Bauer  Flour  Co 110 

Bauer,  Andrew 110 

Bauer,  A.  H 148,  149,  160 

Bauer,  Chas 367 

Bauer,  H 110 

Bauman,  L , Jewelry  Co ,.  577 

Bauman,  Alvin  L 578 

Bauman,  Louis 577,  578 

Bauman,  Louis 578 

Bauman,  Meyer 578 

Bauman,  Samuel  C 578 

Bauman,  Solomon 578 

Baumhoff,  Fred  W 648 

Bausch,  Robert 417 

Baxter  Moulding  Co 267 

Baxter,  C.  0 258 

Beck,  Arnold 174 

Beck,  Geo 433 

Beck,  H.  W.  & Sons 107 

Beck,  H.  W 107 

Becker,  Casper  F 196 

Becker,  Hugo ..  489 

Becker,  John,  Jr 480 

Beckert,  John,  Jr 175 

Becktold  Printing  & Book  Man- 

ufacturina:  Co 397 

Becktold,  Louis 398 

Becktold,  Wm.  B 397 

Beggs,  C.  H 211 

Behrens,  F.  S 167 

Behrens,  Louis  G 203 

Beimler,  August 192 

Beims,  Edmund  W 259 

Belker,  Bernard 513 

Bell,  J.  W 141,  173,  183,  184 

Bell,  Nicholas  M 55 

Benas,  J.  L 244 


PAGE 


Benecke,  Robert 412 

Benedict,  A.  W 466 

Benedict,  Silas 627 

Benoist,  Eugene  H 186 

Benton,  Thos.  H 97 

Berblinger,  August 290 

Berger," W.  E 168 

Bergesch,  Fred 203 

Bernd,  Adolph 591 

Berninghaus,  E.  O 496 

Bernuth,  Fr.  von 193 

Berry-Horn  Coal  Co 216 

Berry,  A.  L 216 

Berry,  J.  M 190 

Besch,  Conrad 553 

Besch,  Henry  C 553 

Besch,  Mrs.  Julia 553 

Besch,  Philip 552 

Beyer,  F.  & Son 371 

Beyer,  F 372 

Beyer,  Theodore 372 

Biebinger,  F.  W..  161,  194,  195,  203 

Biebinger,  Oscar  L 433 

Bierbaum,  F.  W 174 

Biermann,  H.  H 195 

Bindschadler,  Edward 432 

Bischof,  Henry 125 

Bischof,  Henry,  Jr 126 

Bischof,  Gustave 125,  192 

Bixby,  D.  A 271 

Bixby,  Wm.  K 187,  176,  214 

Blackford,  G.  R 328 

Blackmer,  L.  R 183 

Blaine,  James  G 45 

Blair,  Frank  P 94,  644 

Blair,  James  L 55 

Blake,  Chas.  R 183 

Blake,  James  P 134 

Blauke,  C.  F.,  Tea  & Coffee  Co.  468 

Blanke,  C.  F 56,  168,  468,  469 

Blanke,  R.  H 469 

Blase,  Louis 586 

Blees-Moore  Instrument  Co..  419 

Blees,  Col.  F.  W 419 

Blessing,  J.  H 148 

Bleyer,  S.  T 138 

Block,  J.  C.  H.  D 161,  190 

Block,  Solomon 589 

Bloess  Lumber  Co 232 

Bloess,  Theodore 192 

Blong,  Andrew  F 622 

Blossom,  H.  M.  & Co 197 

Blossom,  H.  A 197 

Blossom,  H.  M 197 

Bluraeyer,  Conrad 174 

Boatmen’s  Bank 159 


— 653  — 


PAGE 

Boeck,  Adam  & Co 136 

Boeck,  Adam 136 

Boeck,  Geo.  H 137 

Boeck,  Walter  A 137 

Boeck,  Wm 367 

Boeckeler  Lumber  Co 233 

Boeckeler,  Adolph,  Sr 233 

Boeckeler,  Adolph 234 

Boeckeler,  Henry  A 233 

Boeckeler,  Wm.  L 234 

Boeddecker,  Mrs.  Emily 342 

Boehmen,  Franz 349 

Boehmen,  John 342 

Boeker,  Anton 255 

Boernstein,  Heinrich 643 

Boettler,  Adolph 191,  456 

Boettler,  Miss  E 457 

Boggy,  Louis  V 177 

Bohn,  F.  W 68 

Boisselier,  C.  D 336 

Bokern,  Edward  A 142 

Boland,  J.  L.,  Book  & Station- 
ery Co 384 

Boland,  John  L 187,  384 

Boland,  Joseph  M 385 

Bollin,  John  D 443 

Bollman  Bros.  Co 372 

Bollman,  Henry 372 

Bollman,  Oscar  H 373 

Bollman,  Otto 373 

Boltz,  Fred  C 266 

Bornefels,  J 472 

Bowes,  D 207 

Bowman,  Sam.  & Co 137 

Bowman,  Sam 137 

Boyce,  Joseph 627 

Boyd,  A.  Shapleigh 460 

Boyle,  Wilbur  F 55,  57 

Brace,  C.  T 285 

Branch  Saw  Co 307 

Branch,  Joseph  C 308 

Branch,  Joseph  W 308 

Brandenburger,  Wm.  & Son...  224 

Brandt,  J.  G.,  Shoe  Co 607 

Brandt,  H.  W 397 

Brandt,  J.  G 607 

Braun,  Adolph 214,  487 

Brecht,  G.  V.,  Butcher  Supply 

Co '.  303 

Brecht,  G.V 303 

Brecht,  G.  V.,  Jr 304 

Brennan,  Hugh 164 

Brennan,  James  T 628 

Bridge,  Hudson  E 638 

Brinckwirth-Nolker  Brewing 
Co 504 


PAGE 


Brinckwirth,  Fredericka 505 

Brinckwirth,  Louis  . 164,  505 

Brinson,  L.  B 97 

Brock,  James  E 186 

Brockman,  F.  W.,  Commission 

Co 121 

Brockman,  F.  W 121 

Brockmeier,  F.  C 104 

Broeckhardt,  Leopold 367 

Brookings,  Robert  S.178,  187, 

462,  638 

Brooks,  E.  S 125 

Brosseau,  Z,  P 319 

Brotherton,  Marshall 172 

Brown,  A.  D 55,  57,  181 

Brown,  B 472 

Brown,  B.  Gratz 644 

Brown,  D.  S 183 

Brown,  Geo.  W...55,  179,  183,  184 
Brown,  Paul.  ..55,  58,  158,  183,  184 

Browning,  L.  A 162 

Brownlee,  J.  A 171 

Bruce,  Warren 197 

Bruckner,  Anton 362,  368 

Brueggemann,  George  H 542 

Brush,  James  C 226 

Brush,  Sam  T 226 

Bry  & liro.  Cloak  Co 568 

Bry,  Louis 568 

Bry,  Nathan 568 

Buchanan,  R 395 

Buck,  M.  M 160 

Buckingham,  John 359 

Buckley,  Thomas  J 628 

Buddeus,  George 367 

Buechel,  B.  A 556 

Buechel,  E.  C 557 

Buechel,  Robert  367 

Buff  & Rau 442 

Buff,  Jacob 443 

Buhl,  Robert 367 

Bullock,  R.  B 168 

Burbridge,  C.  T 267 

Burckhardt,  John  H 196 

Burg,  Philip,  Grocery  Co 480 

Burg,  Fred 481 

Burg,  Henry..... 114 

Burg,  Philip 480 

Burg,  Philip.  Jr 481 

Burgess,  L.  R 385 

Burke,  John  J 627 

Burmeister,  Henry 123 

Burnham,  C.  B 172 

Busch,  Adolphus. . .55,  57,  176, 

187,  500,  638 
Busch,  Augustus  A — 176,  181,  504 


— 654 


PAGE 

Busch,  Edward  A.  & Co 528 

Busch,  Edward  A 528 

Busch,  Floyd  E 447 

Busch,  Ulrich 628 

Busch,  Wm 625 

Buschmann  & Co 100 

Buschmann,  C.  L 161 

Bush,  Isidor 137,  167 

Buss,  J.  B.,  Flour  Mills 112 

Buss,  John  B 100 

Butler  & Son 273 

Butler,  Edward 274 

Butler,  Edward,  Jr 274 

Butler,  James  G 56,  183,  184 

Cady,  L.  Bertram  & Co 605 

Cady,  L.  Bertram.*. 605 

Caesar,  Frederick 547 

Caldwell,  C.  A 162 

Calhoun,  D.  R 664 

Campbell,  James.. 55,  183,  184,  321 

Carl,  Francis 304 

Carl  Philip 529 

Carleton  Dry  Goods  Co 564 

Carleton,  Murray 55,  141,  564 

Carpenter,  Geo.  O.,  173,  181, 

182,  639,  641 

Carpenter,  James  M *133,  168 

Carr,  Archibald 629 

Carr,  A.  W 217 

Carrere  & Hastings 61,  73,  74 

Case,  J.  B 182 

Casey,  Frank  J 445 

Catlin,  Daniel...  158,  159,  177,  187 

Caulfield,  H.  L 183 

Chadwick,  Geo.  W 359 

Chanslor,  Eraison 159 

Chaplin,  Winfield  Scott 638 

Chapman,  Dr.  H.  N 622 

Chapman,  N.  C 235,  577 

Chappell,  W.  C 382 

Chappell,  W.  L 382 

Charless,  Joseph 170 

Charlton,  Geo.  J 207 

Chase,  Edward 152,  188 

Chase,  H.  & L.,  Bag  Co 114 

Chauvenet,  Regis 85 

Chemical  Building,  The 575 

Cherokee  Garden 552 

Chesbrough,  J.  M 208 

Chester,  E.  S 266 

Chouteau,  August 97 

Chouteau,  Harrison  & Valle. . . 109 

Chouteau,  Pierre 55,  58 

Christie,  Alex.  P 625 

Christopher,  E.  M 299 


PAGE 


Claes  & Lehnbeuter  Mfg.  Co...  258 

Claes,  Casper 258 

Clark,  Chas 172,  186 

Clemens,  F.  W 191 

Clements,  Dr.  E.  B 419 

Clover,  Henry  A 629 

Clover,  Henry  A.,  Jr 629 

Cobb,  Seth  W 66,  58 

Cockrell.  F.  M 49 

Cockrell,  J.  H 190 

Coffin,  E.  H 182 

Cole,  Nathan 173 

Coleman,  W.  H 208 

Collins,  Martin  & Sons 198 

Collins,  H.  B 149,  154 

Collins,  Martin 198 

Collins,  Thos.  R 198 

Colman,  Norman  J 127 

Columbia  Brewing  Company..  506 
Columbia  Mineral  Water  Co..  443 
Commercial  Building,  The....  317 

Commonwealth  Trust  Co 180 

Compton  & Sons  Lithograph- 
ing and  Printing  Co 398 

Compton,  C.  B 399 

Compton,  P.  C 399 

Compton,  Richard  J 398 

Compton,  Richard  J.,  Jr 399 

Concordia  Publishing  House..  403 

Cone,  C.  S 178 

Consolidated  Coal  Co.,  The...  217 

Consumer’s  Brewing  Co 508 

Cook,  Chas.  B 427 

Cook,  Douglas  G 538 

Cook,  Isaac 637 

Cook,  Isaac  T 577 

Cooke,  John  R 179 

Conrad,  ,J.  F.,  Grocer  Co 482 

Conrad,  Adam 194 

Conrad,  J.  F 168 

Conrad,  Louis  P 482 

Conrad,  F.  E 482 

Conrad,  J.  F 482 

Conrad,  Oscar  J 482 

Conradcs,  J.  H.,  Chair  and 

Parlor  Furniture  Co 251 

Conrades,  E.  H 203,  219,  252 

Conrades,  J.  H 251 

Conrades,  J.  H.,  Jr 252 

Conrades,  T.  H 252 

Conrath,  Louis,  Coll,  of  Music  342 

Conrath,  Louis 343,  367 

Continental  National  Bank  of 

St.  Louis 159 

Cordes,  A.  C 190 

Cornett  Brothers 483 


— 655  — 


PAGE 

Cornett,  August 483 

Cornett,  Edward 191,  483 

Cornett,  Francis 161 

Cornett,  Henry 483 

Corticelli  Silk  Company 594 

Coste,  Felix 165,  172,  643 

Coste,  Felix 474 

Coste,  Paui 172 

Coughlin,  Andrew 625 

Couper,  E 450 

Courtney,  Mathew 125 

Cowen,  W.  B 173 

Cox,  Cbas.  A 172 

Coyle,  James  F 55,  57 

Cram,  G.  T 55,  57,  179 

Cramer,  G.,  Dry  Plate  Co 409 

Cramer,  Adolph  G 412 

Cramer,  Emile  L 412 

Cramer,  F.  Ernest 410,  412 

Cramer,  Gustave,  184,  410,  411,  412 

Cramer,  Otto 167 

Crawford,  G.  Lacey 148 

Cronin,  James  H 627 

Crow,  Wayman 165,  638 

Crunden,  F.  M 641 

Crystal  Water  Co 444 

Cummings,  P 175 

Cunningham,  L.  B 596 

Cuno,  Chas.  A 190 

Cupples  Station 462 

Cupples,  Samuel 639,  462,  467 

Curby,  J.  L..  311 

Curd,  Chas.  P 637 

Curley,  J.  E 564 

Cuthbert,  C.  Mac  J 308 

Cutter,  Norman  J 82 

Cutts,  Geo.  T 217 

Daenzer,  Carl 643 

Daly,  L.  L 147 

Dauernheim,  Charles,  Wall 

Paper  Co 262 

Dauernheim,  Charles 263 

Dauernheim,  D 263 

Dauernheim,  Philip 328 

Daughaday,  Hamilton  445 

Davis,  Alexander 570 

Davis,  John  D 55,  58 

Davis,  John  T 178,  187,  638 

Davis,  H.  N 100,  178 

Davis,  Samuel  C 181,  562 

Day  Rubber  Company 585 

Day,  A.  W 585 

Day,  Robert  C 585 

Day,  S.  J 585 

Day,  Thomas  D 460 


PAGE 

Dean,  W.  B 324 

Deere,  C.  H 281 

Deer,  John 281 

Deibel,  Fred 168 

Deist er,  Frank 103 

De  Lano,  S.  S 271 

De  Menil,  Alex.  N 55,  57,  58 

Denkmann,  F.  C.  A 249 

Denny,  Chas.  J 627 

Desberger,  S 600 

Desloge,  Jules 159 

Desnoyer,  J.  B 171 

Devoy  & Feuerborn 218 

Devoy,  Edward 167,218 

De  Vol,  Frank 361 

Dickmann,  Jos.  F 624 

Dieckmann,  Coal  Co 218 

Dieckmann,  John  H 97,  149 

Dieckmann,  Louis  C 218 

Dieckmann,  Henry  C 219 

Dieckriede,  Chas.  B 478 

Diehm,  Ferdinand 162 

Dienst,  Dr.  Alexander 338 

Dierkes,  Bernard. 615 

Diesing,  Victor 450 

Dillon,  John  A 645 

Dillon,  W.  A 432 

Divoll,  Ira 640 

Dixey,  Henry 369 

Doan,  Thomas 398 

Dohriner,  Chas 132 

Dodd,S.M.55,  58,  141.  173,  181,  321 

Dodson-Braun  Mfg.  Co 486 

Dodson,  John  W 487 

Doellner,  A.  H 310 

D’Oench,  Guido  176 

D’Oench,  Wm 190 

Doerr,  Peter  169 

Donk  Brothers  Coal  & Coke  Co.  219 

Donk,  August  F 219 

Donk,  Edmund  C 219 

Donnewald,  J.  B 586 

Donovan,  J.T 133 

Douglas,  Alexander 160,  211 

Douglas,  A.  G 182 

Down-Draft  Boiler  Works 296 

Dozier,  L.  D.,  55,  141,  172, 183,  184 

Drake,  Tracy  C 445 

Drew,  F.  A 172 

Droege,  Albert  J 237 

Droste,  Henry 195,  634 

Drosten,  Fred  W 579 

Drosten,  William 580 

Druhe  Hardwood  Lumber  Co..  234 

Druhe,  John 234 

Druhe,  Wm 235,645 


— 656  — 


PAGE 


PAGE 


Drummond,  Harrison  I.,  56,  57, 

172,  186 

Drummond,  C.  R 149 

Drummond,  James  T 171 

Drummond,  John  N 179 

Drummond,  Wm.  R 183 

Dryden,  W.  B 629 

Duestrow,  Louis 191 

Duffy,  Joseph  A 221 

Dula,  R.  B 56,  58,  172,  634 

Dukes,  F.  H 324 

Duncan,  A.  H 158 

Duncan,  James 560 

Duncan,  Wm 183 

Dunham,  John  S 179 

Dunker,  Henry 183,  261 

Dunker,  Chas.  H 261 

Dunlap,  Henry  L 645 

Dunn,  James 335 

Dunn,  Thomas 190 

Durant,  Geo.  F 183 

Dusard,  Jos.  T 624 

Dusard,  M 624 

Dussuchal,  Eugene 367 

Dyer,  E.  H 436 

Dyer,  John  N 640 


Eads,  James  B 84 

Eagle  Vinegar  & Pickle  Works..  487 

Eames&  Young 61,77,  82 

Eaton,  F.  H 271 

Eau  Claire-St.  Louis  Lumber 

Co 236 

Edgar,  T.  B 159 

Edison,  W.  R 68 

Edwards,  Albert  J 154 

Edwards,  B.  F 173 

Edwards,  Ernest 570,  572 

Edwards,  Geo.  B 193 

Edwards,  Geo.  L 56,  57,  148 

Eggers  Milling  Co 103 

Eggers,  Edward 165,  196,  203 

Eggers,  H 654 

Eggers,  H.  B 100,  103 

Eggers,  H.  B.,  Jr 103 

Eggers,  F.  W 103 

Ehlermann,  Chas.,  Hop  & Malt 

Co 528 

Ehlermann,  Chas 176,  529 

Ehling,  Victor 343 

Eichele,  Augustus 377 

Einstmann,  Andrew... _ 118 

Eiseman,  Ben ’. . . . 160,  183 

Eisenhardt,  Hermann 194 

Ellard,  Chas.  M 199,  557 

Eliot,  Edward  C 634 

Eliot,  Henry  W 639 


Eliot,  Howard 56,  187,  324 

Eliot,  Wm.  G 637 

Elson,  Louis  C 359 

Ely  & Walker  Dry  Goods  Co. . 564 

Emanuel,  Herman 589 

Embre-McLean  Carriage  Co..  272 

Emery,  Stephen 359 

Engelke  & Feiner  Milling  Co. . 103 

Engelke,  John 103 

Engelsmann,  Geo 315 

Engelsmann,  H 315 

Enslin,  Chas 165,  173 

Eppelsheimer,  Frank 105 

Epstein  Brothers,  The 344 

Epstein,  Abe 345 

Epstein,  Herman 345 

Epstein,  J.  1 138 

Epstein,  Marcus 345 

Erker  Brothers  Optical  Co 417 

Erker,  Adolph  P 418 

Erker,  August  A 418 

Erker,  Josephine 418 

Essmueller  Mill  Furnishing 

Co .• 289 

Essmueller,  Fred.  H 290 

Essmueller,  Wm.  C 290 

Espenschied,  Fred.  F 193 

Estey  Company,  The 374 

Estey,  Jacob 374 

Estey,  Julius  J 375 

Estey,  J.  Gray 376 

Estey,  J.  Harry 375 

European  Steamship  Agency . . 214 

Evans,  J.  M 266 

Evers,  John  H 174 

Everts,  Chas 264 

Everts,  E 265 

Everts,  Frank 265,  336 

Ewing,  August  B. 186 

Ewing,  Wm.  L 171,  177 

Fabricius  Toy  & Notion  Co ... . 584 

Fabricius,  Agathe,  Mrs 584 

Fabricius,  H.  H 584 

Fabricius,  H.  P 584 

Fagin,  Aron  W 100 

Fairbanks,  Morse  & Co 316 

Fairbanks,  Erastus 316 

Fairbanks,  Thadeus 316 

Fairbanks,  Wm.  P 317 

Famous,  The 605 

Farish,  J.  Hamilton 134 

Farmer,  J.  B 190 

Farrar,  James  S 133 

Farrelly,  Thos.  F 142 

Faulhaber,  E.  A 577 

Faulkner,  H.  A 628 


— 657  — 


PAGE 

Faust  & Sons  Oyster  and  Res- 


taurant Co 550 

Faust,  A.  E 550,  552 

Faust,  A.  R 552 

Faust,  E.  A 162,  504,  552 

Feiner,  Eugene  J 104 

Feiner,  Frank 103 

Feiner,  Geo.  W 104 

Felton,  S.M 56 

Ferguson,  Forrest 162 

Ferguson,  D.  K 171 

Ferrenbach,  Thomas 164 

Fertig,  B.J 495 

Feuerbacher,  Frank  W.  & Co...  530 

Feuerbacher,  Max 513,  531 

Feuerbacher,  Frank  W 175,  530 

Feuerborn,  E.  R 218 

Fick,  Aug 1 174 

Fienup,  F 164 

Filley,  Chauncey  1 198 

Filley,  John  D 187 

Fink,  Conrad 477 

Finkelnburg,  G.  A 188 

Fire  Department,  The 624 

Fire  Insurance  Companies  and 

Agencies 188 

Fire  & Police  Telegraph 626 

Fischer  Flour  Co 105 

Fischer,  Frederick 346,  367 

Fischer,  Dr.  Jos.  A 337 

Fischer,  J.  C 105 

Fish,  A.  G 309 

Fishback,  Geo.  W 644 

Fitzgibbon,  Patrick  R 618 

Flachman,  Hy 315 

Flad,  Edward 619 

Flad,  Henry 85,  143,  619 

Flanagan  & Co 100 

Flersheim,  G.  W 391 

Flickinger,  Dr.  Adam 338 

Floerke,  Emil 547 

Follenius,  R.  H.,  Marble  Works  462 

Follenius,  R.  H 203,  462 

Fontana,  John  R 628 

Forbes,  Jas.  H 162 

Forbes,  Robert  M 163 

Ford,  E.  A 208 

Ford,  Geo.  R 447 

Ford,  James  L 634 

Fordyce,  S.  W 187 

Forman,  H.  A 161 

Forrester,  Richard 561 

Forster,  C.  August 487,  516 

Forster,  C.  Marquard. .183,  487,  516 
Forster,  Frank  J 516 

42k 


PAGE 


Forster,  Marquard ,=....  516 

Forster,  Mary.... 487 

Fourth  National  Bank 160 

Fowler,  John 187 

Fox  Bros.  Manufacturing  Co..  245 

Fox,  E.  W 156 

Fox,  H.  L 164 

Fox,  Geo.  C 245 

Fox,  Philip  J 245 

Foy,  Peter  L 644 

Francis,  Chas.  W 622 

Francis,  David  R 47,  48,  50, 

55,  56,  57,  134,  172,  183,  639 

Francis,  J.  D.  P 149 

Francis,  T.  H 97 

Franciscus,  James  M 616 

Franciscus,  James  M.,  Jr 616 

Frank,  August 646 

Frank,  Nathan 56,  646 

Frank,  V 553 

Franklin  Bank 162 

Franklin,  Joseph 178,  560 

Franklin  Mutual  Insurance  Co. 

of  St.  Louis 190 

Frederick,  A.  H 56 

Frederick,  G.  H 310 

Frederick,  Henry 270 

Freiichs,  Dr.  F.  W 429 

Freudenan,Wm 447 

Freund  Brothers  Bread  Co 451 

Freund,  Fred  S 453 

Freund,  Leopold 176,  451,  453 

Freund,  Morris 451 

Freund,  Simon 451,  453 

Friedman,  N.  and  J 565 

Friedman,  Ferdinand 565 

Friedman,  Jacob 565 

Friedman,  Nathan 565 

Frisco  Line,  The 210 

Fritch,  Arthur,  Foundry  & Ma- 
chine Co 290 

Fritch,  Arthur 291 

Fritch,  C.R 194 

Fritsche,  Charles  E 271 

Fritz,  Chas.  A 532 

Fritz,  Geo.  J 176 

Froehlich,  Carl ' 347 

FroehllchjEgmont 347 

Froehlich,  Max 348 

Front  Rank  Steel  Furnace  Co.  300 

Frye,  W.  G 348 

Fueger,  A 672 

Fuller,  A 562 

Fullerton  Building,  The 203 

Fullerton,  Humphry 204 


— 658  — 


PAGE 

Fullerton,  Joseph  Scott 204 

Funkhouser,  K.  M 172,  623 

Funkhouser,  Dr.  R.  M 172,  624 

Funsch,  Oliver  J 627 

Fusz  & Backer 99 

Fusz,  Louis 109,  110,  166,  634 

Fusz,  Paul no 

Fusz,  Mrs.  Regina 109 

Gaier  & Stroh  Millinery  Co...  586 

Gaier,  Ernst 586 

Galbreath,  G.  W 179 

Ganahl,  John  J.,  Lumber  Co. . . 236 

Ganahl, Fidel 237 

Ganahl,  John  J 236,  243 

Ganahl,  Louis  J 236 

Ganahl,  M.  L 237 

Ganahl,  Theodore  C 236 

Ganter,  H.  C 644 

Gardner,  Wm.  A 96 

Garrell,  Julius  C 183 

Garrels,  G.  W 163 

Garrigues,  Robert 193 

Garrison,  0.  L 382 

Garnett  & Allen  Paper  Com- 
pany  381 

Garnett,  Jno 280 

Gartside  Coal  Co 220 

Gartside,  Chas.  E 221 

Gartside,  James.... 221 

Gartside,  Joseph 221 

Gast,  August,  Bank  Note  and 

Lithographing  Co 399 

Gast,  August 400 

Gast,  A.  T 513 

Gast  Brewing  Co 512 

Gast,  Ferdinand 513 

Gast,  Paulus 190,  512 

Gast,  U.  S 513 

Gauss,  C.  F 172,  183 

.Gazzolo,  Andrew,  Jr 627 

Geeks,  Frank 348 

Geeks,  Frank,  Jr 348 

Gehner,  August  & Co 139 

Gehner,  August... 55,  140,  164, 

186,  192 

Gehner,  H 647 

Gehrke,  Geo 203 

Geraghty,  L 628 

German-American  Bank 163 

Germania  Fire  Insurance  Co. 

of  New  York 193 

German  Mutual  Fire  Insurance 

Co.  of  St.  Louis 192 

German  Mutual  Life  Insurance 
Co.  of  St.  Louis 202 


PAGE 

German  Savings  Institution. ..  165 

Gessler,  Edward  A. 

291 

Geyer,  Miss  Annie 

367 

Gibson,  Chas.  E 

627 

Gideonsen,  H 

458 

Giesecke,  Otto 

530 

Gieselman,  F.  H 

117 

Giessler,  William  J 

493 

Gilbert,  A.  M 

317 

Gilbert,  Cass 59,  61 

, 76, 

82 

Gilbert,  Fitch 

235 

Gildehaus,  Henry 

478 

Giraldin,  Wm.  A 

133 

Girard,  Stephen 

45 

Givan,  Noah  M 

68 

Glaser,  Adolph  & Bro 

592 

Glaser,  Adolph 

592 

Glaser,  Joseph  & Son 

156 

Glaser,  Carl 

156 

Glaser,  Joseph 

156, 

592 

Glaser,  Louis 

592 

Glaser,  Morris 153, 

171, 

641 

Glaser,  Sigmund 

592 

Glendale  Coal  & Mining  Co... 

224 

Goddard,  E.  & Sons 

100 

Goddard,  Elbridge 

100 

Goddard,  George  H 

172, 

186 

Goebel,  Frederick 

195 

Goertz,  August 

162 

Goetz,  Charles  W.,  Lime  & 
Cement  Co 

328 

Goetz,  Charles  W 

329 

Goetz,  L 

329 

Goetz,  M.  E 

329 

Goldman,  J.  D 

128 

Goldsmith,  J 

.598 

Goldsmith,  T.  G 

434 

Goldstein,  Robert 

600 

Goldstein,  Wm 

600 

Goltra,  Edward  F 

181 

Gordon,  H.  B 

460 

Gotshall,  D.  H 

397 

Gottschalk,  Charles  W . . . . 

196 

Gottschalk,  Louis 

167 

Gould’s  Directory 

647 

Gould,  D.  B 

647 

Gould,  Edward  M 

647 

Gould,  Jay 

90 

Gould,  Wm.  F 

Grabinsky,  S.  & Co 

219 

569 

Grabinsky,  S 

570 

Graf,  A.,  Distilling  Co.... 
Graf,  Adolph  A 

539 

539 

Graf,  August 

.340, 

539 

Graf,  Louis  J 

539 

Grafeman  Dairy  Company. 

449 

— 659  — 


PAGE 

Grafeman,  Win 450 

Graham  Paper  Co 381 

Graham,  B.  B 171,  187,  381 

Graham,  Joseph  A 642 

Graham,  H.  B 381 

Grand  Leader,  The,  Stix,  Baer, 

& Fuller 561 

Grant,  A.  D 148 

Grant,  D.  A 447 

Grant,  Ulysses  S 98 

Graves,  H.  F 223 

Graves,  N.O 324 

Gray,  Joseph 591 

Gray,  William  H 388 

Great  Western  Paper  Box  Co. . 493 
Great  Western  Wine  & Liquor 

Co 542 

Grefenkamp,  John  H 645 

Green,  Chas 133 

Green,  James 171,  181,  327 

Green,  T.  T 328 

Green  Tree  Brewery 513 

Gregg,  Norris  B 56,  57,  435 

Gregg.  Wm.  H.,  Jr 436 

Gregory,  Chas.  R 124 

Grether,  John 136 

Griesedieck,  Anton 523,  526 

Griesedieck,  Bernard 524 

Griesedieck,  Franz... ^ 505 

Griesedieck,  Frank 524 

Griesedieck,  H.  & Co 531 

Griesedieck,  Henry 195,  631 

Griesedieck,  Henry  C 508 

Griesedieck,  Henry,  Jr 183, 

184,  336,  524 

Griesedieck,  Joseph 524 

Griesedieck,  Paul 532 

Griffin,  Nicholas 628 

Groepper,  Joseph  P 243 

Grote,  H.  C 473 

Grubbs,  Hartwell  B 458 

Gruen,  Jacob 192 

Gruner,  Philip  & Bros.,  Lum- 
ber Co 237 

Gruner,  G.  A 238 

Gruner,  Louis  238 

Gruner,  M 238 

Gruner,  Philip 238 

Guerdan  Hat  Co.,  The 591 

Guerdan,  Albert  J 592 

Guerdan,  Francis 592 

Guerdan,  Nicholas 203,  592 

Gummersbach,  Joseph.... 387,  645 

Gundlach,  Peter 196 

Guntly,  Ed 499 

Guy,  Wm.  E 187,  639 


PAGE 

Haarstick,  Henry  C...102,  113, 

177,  187,  429 


Haarstick,  Wm.  T 56,  97,  173 

Haas,  A.  & Son 597 

Haas,  A 597 

Haas,  Berman 590 

Haas,  J.  G.,  Soap  Co 489' 

Haas,  J.  G 489' 

Haas,  Lleber  & Coste 474 

Haas,  Max 597 

Haas,  R.  T 474 

Haase,  A.  C.  L.  & Sons,  Fish 

Co 479 

Haase,  A.  C.  L 193,  479 

Haenschen,  Gustave 115 

Haerting,  Hugo 191 

Hafferkamp,  H 242 

Hager,  C.  & Sons,  Hinge  Mnfg. 

Co 305 

Hager,  A.  W 305 

Hager,  Chas 305 

Hager,  Chas.,  Jr 305 

Haines,  John  H 474 

Haines,  Thomas 625 

Hale,  W.  B 395 

Hamburger,  E 455 

Hammer  Dry  Plate  Co 413 

Hammer,  L.  F 193,  414 

Hammer,  L.  F.,  Jr 617 

Hammerstein,  C.  L 634 

Hammerstein,  Louis 349 

Hamilton,  Alex 221 

Hamilton,  Chas 183 

Hanebrink,  C.  J Ill 

Hanigan,  J.  J 628 

Hansen,  Geo.  H 395 

Harless,  Adolphus 442 

Harding,  Russell 181 

Harrington,  H.  A 608 

Harris,  Joseph  R 611 

Harris,  Lloyd  G 266 

Harrison,  Edwin 639 

Harrison,  John  A 634 

Hart,  A.  B 56,  58 

Hartmann,  E.,  Hide  & Leather 

Co 313 

Hartmann,  Ernst .'.<....195,  314 

Hartmann,  R.  & Co 122 

Hartmann,  R 122,  314 

Hatch,  Stephen  D 231 

Hatfield,  C.  F 68 

Haucb,  Dr.  E.  F 203 

Hauck,  F.  B.,  Cloth  Co 602 

Hauck,  Chas 602 

Hauck,  F.  B 602 

Hauck,  F.  M 602 


660  — 


p. 

Hauck,  Fi'ed 

Hawley,  G.  E 

Hawley,  Dr.  N.  G 

Hawes,  J.  H 

Haydel,  Harry  L 

Haynes,  W.  G 

Hayes,  Frank  P 

Hayes,  Jos.  M . 160, 

Heed,  K.  B 

Heerich,  Geo 

Hegel,  Ferdinand  H.... 

Hehrlein,  Wm 

Heidsieck,  H 

Hell,  Henry,  Chemical  Co 

Hell,  Henry 

Heim,  Fred,  Dealer  in  Lumber, 

etc 

Heim,  Fred 

Heinrich,  John  P 

Heinrichsofen,  Wm 

Heintz,  Emil 

Held,  Geo.  A 

Heller,  M.  J.,  Lumber  Co 

Heller,  Michael 

Heller,  M.  J 

Hellery,  M.  F 

Helmbacher,  Michael 

Helmerich,  G.  J 

Helmich,  Anton 

Heman,  Ernst 

Hemmelmann,  Theodore,  Jr . . . 

Henneman,  Alexander 

Henning,  E.  M 

Henry,  Alfred  W 

Henseler  Oil  Co 

Henseler,  George 

Henseler,  H 

Henze,  F.  W 

Herder,  B 

Herf  & Frerichs  Chemical  Co.. 

Herf,  Oscar 

Hermann,  Chas.  F.  167,  533,  536, 

Hermann,  Edward 618, 

Hermann,  Dr.  J.  H 

Herold,  Ferdinand 

Herold,  Robert. 

Herold,  Theodore 

Herthel,  Adolph 

Hertle,  Daniel 

Herzog,  Morris,  Cloaks  & Suits 

Herzog,  Morris 

Herzog,  Theophil 

Herzog,  Wm 

Heuer,  H.  F 

Hewit,  A 

Heye,  Gerhard 


PAGE 

Hezel  Milling  Co 100 

Hiemenz,  J.  D 192 

Hiemenz,  Henry,  Jr 141,  164 

Higley,  Harry  B 402 

Hill,  B.  W 177 

Hill,  Dr.  Frederick 192 

Hill,  Geo.  W 109 

Hill,  Walker 56,  158,  159,  214 

Hill,  Wm 644 

Hillenkoetter,  F 626 

Hilke,  Christoph 97,  195 

Hilton,  Alexander 211 

Hlrschberg,  Louis  C 165 

Hitchcock,  Ethan  Allen 48 

Hitchcock,  G.  N 160 

Hitchcock,  Henry 638 

Hodgeman,  Chas.  B 148,  154 

Hodges,  W.  R 627 

Hoelke,  E 429 

Hoerr’s  Condensed  Phosphor- 
ous Water 445 

Hoerr,  John 445 

Hoerr,  John,  Jr 445 

Hoevel,  F'elix 174 

Hofmann  Bros.  Produce  Co. . . 122 

Hofmann,  Ernst  G 122 

Hofmann,  Frederick  W 122 

Hofmann,  Louis. 123 

Hofmann,  Oscar  L 123 

Hoffmann,  Aug.  H 174,  627 

Hoffman,  Geo.  F 172 

Hoffman,  Sebastian 240 

Hoffman,  S.  E 172,  186 

Hoffmeister,  Geo 175 

Hohmann,  John  H 269 

Holbrook,  Wm.  J 141 

Holle,  John  F 554 

Hollister,  H.  M 317 

Holm,  Kobert 504 

Holman  Paper  Box  Co 492 

Holman,  J.  B 492 

Holman,  J.  E 492 

Hollman,  Frederick  G 155 

Hollmann,  Julius  G 105 

Holmes,  John  A 56 

Holmes,  J.  A.,  Lumber  Co....  242 

Holmes,  R.  H 242 

Holmes,  John  A 173 

Holmes,  J.  H 242 

Holtgrewe,  Geo 254 

Holtgrewe,  F.  W 254 

Holthaus,  Anton 259 

Homan  Distilling  Co 540 

Homan,  Henry  C 540 

Homann,  Wm,,  Saddlery  Co...  276 
Homann,  Henry  J 277 


AGE 

203 

284 

622 

395 

134 

300 

186 

181 

128 

350 

291 

495 

484 

428 

429 

239 

239 

167 

195 

191 

168 

239 

239 

240 

446 

169 

167 

645 

643 

134 

351 

177 

614 

439 

439 

439 

455 

387 

429 

429 

621 

621 

535 

508 

508 

508 

167 

643 

567 

567 

385 

167 

244 

117 

542 


— 661  — 


PAGE 


Homann,  Rudolph  B 277 

Homann,  Wm 276 

Homer,  Truman  G 82 

Homeyer,  H.  A 472 

Hopson,  J ,T 450 

Horn,  Benjamin 164 

Horn,  Chas.  W 203 

Horn,  Henry 216 

Horn,  Thomas 216 

Hornsby,  Joseph  L 627,  628 

Horton,  Wm 627 

Hospes,  Richard 165 

Houser,  D.  M 55,  58,  187,  644 

How,  John 177 

Howard,  James  J 628 

Howard,  Michael  J 628 

Howenstein,  James  W 188 

Hoyt  Metal  Co 288 

Hoyt,  C.  C 288 

Hoyt,  E.  R 289 

Hubbard,  Ernst  H 159 

Hubbard,  R.M 171 

Huey,  Theo.  A 68 

Hughes  & Co 566 

Hughes,  John 566 

Huiskamp,  A.  R 414 

Huiskamp,  H.  C 190,  415 

Huiskamp,  H.  J 190,  415 

Huiskamp,  J.  E 190 

Hull,  Leon  L 133 

Humphreys 604 

Hunicke,  Herman 166 

Hunicke,  Julius; 442 

Huppert,  W.  E.' 175,  517 

Hurricane  Cold  Store  Co 225 

Hurk  & O’Reilly 140 

Huttig,  Chas.  H 55,  58,  68, 

171,  179,  186 

Hutchinson,  R.  R 171 

Hyatt,  H.  A.,  Photographic 

Supplies 415 

Hyatt,  H.  A 415 

Hyatt,  Harry 416 

Hyde,  Wm 642 

Hyde  Park  Brewery 516 

Hydraulic  Press  Brick  Co 323 

Ibotson,  Henry  C 186 

Idler,  Louis 484 

Iglehart,  F.  J 171 

Imbs,  J.  F.,  Milling  Co 102 

Imbs,  A.  V ...  102 

Imbs,  J.  F 102 

Imbs,  J.  J li)2 

Imse,  R.  C 249 

Ingalls,  M.  E 56 


PAGE 

International  Bank 167 

Interstate  Car  Transfer  Co 214 

Israel,  Bernard - ....  174 

Ittner,  Anthony,  Brick  Co 325 

Ittner,  Anthony 325,  327 

Ittner,  Benjamin  F 327 

Ittner,  Geo.  W 327 

Ittner,  Warren  W 327 

Ittner,  Wm.B 634 

Ives,  H.  C 637 

Jaccard,  E.  A 581 

Jaccard,  D.  C 581 

Jacoby,  M 193 

Jancke,  Madame  Wilhelmine 

Runge 352 

Jankrow,  C 403 

Jefferson  Bank 158 

Jefferson  Mills Ill 

Jefferson  Mutual  Fire  Insur- 
ance Company  of  St.  Louis..  194 

Jefferson,  Thomas 42,  51,  52 

Jenks,  Robert  C 625 

Jerrolds,  E.  H 469 

Jett,  E.  T.,  Book  and  News  Co.  388 

Jinkins,  B.  C 148 

Judd,  Max 565 

Jungenfeld,  E 336 

Jochum,  Miss  Kate 367 

Jahannes,  Chas.  P 227 

Johnson,  Christopher  W 634 

Johnson,  Mrs.  Dr  1167 

Johnston,  J.  T.  M 68 

Jones,  Breckenridge. . 56,  141,186 

Jones,  G.  1 396 

Jones,  L.  F 177 

Jones,  Robert  McKittrick 187 

Joy,  Chas.  F 610 

Joy,  Duncan 128 

Judge,  Jos.  N 628 

Kahle,  Geo 301,303 

Kaime,  J.  E.  & Bro 144 

Kaime,  David  F 144 

Kaime,  Edwin  F 144 

Kaime,  James  E 144 

Kaiser,  Geo.  E '. 475 

Kaiser,  Henry 191,  475 

Kaiser,  John  G.,  Grocer  Co — 475 

Kaiser,  John  G 194,  475 

Kaiser,  Jacob  & Co 256 

Kaiser,  Jacob 196,  257 

Kaiser,  J.  H 161 

Kaiser,  J.  W 247 

Kaiser,  Mrs.  Mary 475 

Kalb,  G.  0 194 


— 662  — 


PAGE 


Kalb,  Theo 429 

Kalbfleisch,  Henry 100 

Kalkmann,  Miss  Adelaide 367 

Kammerer,  M.  A 175 

Kanne,  George 541 

Kanne,  Joseph  A 541 

Kanne,  Louis  P 541 

Karbe,  Otto  F 627 

Karlskind,  Frank  G 192 

Kastor,  H.  W.  & Sons,  Adver- 
tising Co 406 

Kastor,  Arthur  G 407 

Kastor,  E.  H 407 

Kastor,  Fred  W 407 

Kastor,  H.  B 406 

Kastor,  H.  \V 406 

Kastor,  R.  H 407 

Kastor,  W.  B 407 

Kauffman,  Jno.  W 99 

Kavanaugh,  W.  K 214 

KehlorBros 99,  106 

Kehlor  Mills 100 

Kehlor,  James  B.  M 106,  179 

Kehlor,  John 107 

Kehr,  Adolph 203 

Kehr,  Gustav 193 

Kehrmann,  S.,  Insurance  Co. ..  199 

Kehrmann,  S 199 

Kehrmann,  S.,  Jr 200 

Keller-Tamm  Mfg.  Co 266 

Keller,  Geo 267 

Keller,  M.  L 267 

Kelley,  A.  T 158 

Kelley,  Chas.  F 628 

Kelley,  Taylor  D 460 

Kelso,  Wm.  H 57 

Kennard,  S.  M 55,  58,  68,  158 

181,  214 

Kennedy,  W.  J 394 

Kennett,  Luther  M 97 

Kenrick,  Archbishop 22 

Kephart,  Dr.  Horace 640 

Kerwin,  Daniel 306 

Ketcheson,  J.  H 408 

Kieselhorst  Piano  Co 375 

Kieselhorst,  Edwin  A 376 

Kieselhorst,  John  A 375 

Kilgen,  R.  F 134 

Kinner,  Dr.  Hugo 203 

King,  Goodman 56,  58,  581 

Kingsland  Mnfg.  Co 278 

Kingsland,  Geo 278 

Kingsland,  L.  D 278 

Kinney,  Thos.  E 627 

Kinsella,  W.  J 56,  58,  171,  181 

Kinsey,  W.  M 175 


PAGE 

Kircher,  Chas.  E 164 

Kircher,  Chas.  J 402 

Kirchner,  H.  Wm,  Architect 

and  Structural  Engineer 332 

Kirchner,  H.  H 332 

Kirchner,  H.  W 322 

Kitchen,  Cortez  A 322 

Klasing,  August 627 

Klausmann’s  Brewery 517 

Klausmeier,  Wm 450 

Kleine,  F.  W.,  Coal  Co 222 

Kleine,  F.  W 222 

Kline,  Geo.  R 397 

Klinge,  Henry 506 

Klinger,  W 104 

Klipstein  Chemical  Co 431 

Klipstein,  Christian 431 

Klipstein,  E.  C 432 

Klipstein,  Theodore  C 431 

Klute,  John  H 628 

Knapp,  Geo 95,  642 

Knapp,  Chas.  W 56,  642 

Knapp,  John 642 

Kneight,  H.  F 179 

Knopf,  Geo.  B 330 

Knox,  C.  G 171,  181 

Kobusch,  Geo.  J. 271 

Koch,  Gustav 200 

Koehler,  Caspar 506,  510 

Koehler,  Henry 498 

Koehler,  Henry,  Jr 176,  498 

Koehler,  Hugo  A 498 

Koehler,  Julius  H 506 

Koehler,  Oscar  C 498 

Koeln,  Edward 627 

Koenig  Lumber  Co 240 

Koenig,  F.  A 240 

Koenig,  F.  A.,  Jr 241 

Koenig,  G.  A 241 

Koenig,  Wm.  & Co 279 

Koenig,  Wm 166,  196,  280 

Koken  Iron  Works 309 

Koken,  Wm.  T 309 

Kohn  & Co 151 

Kohn,  David 151 

Kohn,  Wm.  M 151 

Koppelman  Furniture  Co 253 

Koppelman,  John  H 253 

Koppelman,  M 254 

Koppen,  Chas.  W 309 

Kortkamp,  E.  H 194 

Kossack,  Wm 169 

Kotany,  M 148,  150 

Krall,  Dr.  Geo.  W 637 

Kraemer,  Louis 163 

Kramer,  A 598 


— 663  — 


PAGE 

Kraus,  Chas 315 

Krauss,  Christ 175 

KrausSjJohn ...175,  517 

Krausse,  Emile  B 440 

Krenniug,  Francis 203 

Krieckhaus,  Aug 192,  196,  203 

Kriegshaber,  David 546 

Kroeger,  Adolph 353 

Kroeger,  E.  R . . . . 353,  357,  367,  378 

Kroger,  Wm 234 

Krusch,  Julius 253 

Kruse,  Henry 447 

Krutzsch,  Herman 293 

Kuehne,  Albert 197 

Kuhl,  Max 443 

Kuhn,  Francis 577 

Kuhn,  James  S 218 

Kuhs,  Augustus  H ..  525 

Kunkel,  Chas 356,  357 

Kunkel,  Jacob 356 

Kuntz,  Geo.  H 402 

Kupferer,  Joseph 176 

Kupferle,  John 192 

Kurlbaum,  Julius 196 

Kurtzeborn,  August 196,  578 

Kurz,  Julius 538 

Lackland,  Rufus  J. 95,  159 

Laclede  Building,  The 229 

Laclede  Fire  Brick  Co 327 

Laclede,  Pierre  Liguest 13 

Laderaann,  Otto  C 510,  512 

Ladies’  Tailors,  Svoboda  Bros.  562 

Laduc,  P.  A 172 

Lafayette  Bank 169 

Lager,  Bernard 192 

Lakey,  Wm.  G 186 

Lane,  J.  R 49 

Lane,  Dr.  Wm.  Carr 15 

Lang,  August  J 175 

Lange,  Louis,  Publishing  Co. . 404 

Lange,  Ernest 405 

Lange,  Louis 404 

Lange,  Theodore 405 

Lange,  William 356 

Lange,  Wm.  C 167 

Langenberg,  Carl  H 300 

Langenberg,  H.  F . . . .'  158,  190,  300 

Landau,  Louis  & Co 476 

Landau,  Alex 476 

Landau,  Louis 476 

Lammert,  Martin 164 

Larkin  & Scheffer  Chemical  Co.  430 

Larkin,  E.  H 430 

Larkin,  Thomas  H 431 

Latal,  J.  J 330 


PAGE 


Latz,  Robert 566 

Lauber,  David 559 

Laughlin,  J.  R 204 

Lawrence,  Dr.  J.  J 56 

Lay,  George 175 

Layman,  A 312 

Lee,  John  F 214,  641 

Lee,  Wm.  H 56,  57,  134,  172 

Lee,  Wm.  H.  & Co 543 

Legg,  Jerome  B 333 

Lehman,  A.  L 578 

Lehmann,  F.  W 56,  58,  641 

Lehnbeuter,  Joseph 258 

Leighton,  George  E 638 

Leisse,  August 167 

Lembach,  Phil 447 

Lemp,  Wm.  J.,  Brewing  Co.  ..  518 

Lemp,  Adam 518 

Lemp,  Chas.  A 523 

Lemp,  Louis  521 

Lemp,  Wm.  J ....56,  166,  518,  521 

Lemp,  Wm.J.,  Jr 521 

Leonhardt  & Schuricht 100 

Leser,  Fred 169 

Lesser  Cotton  Co 129 

Lesser,  Julius 128 

Levis-Zukoski  Mercantile  Co.  587 

Levis,  Leo 588 

Levis,  S 588 

Llewellyn,  F.  J 310 

Llewellyn,  F.  P 310 

Lewin,  Dr.  W.  A 421 

Lewis,  J.  A 160 

Lewis,  G.  W 162 

Lewis,  M.  D.  630 

Lichtenstein,  Victor 357 

Lieber,  Leslie 474 

Liggett,  Mrs.  Elizabeth 638 

Lightner,  John  H 628 

Limberg,  G 540 

Limberg,  Rudolph  506 

Linck,  J.  J 402 

Lincoln  Trust  Co 182 

Lindemann,  E.  A 191 

Lindenschmidt,  Jos 192 

Lingenfeldern  & Bokern  ......  142 

Lingenfelder,  Eugene  J 142 

Link,  Ernst 192 

Link,  Theodore  C.  61,  70,  82, 

88,  334 

Linsenmann,  C.  C 235 

Lionberger,  Isaac  H 134,  639 

Lionberger,  John  R 179 

Lippelt,  Lewis  A.  J. 143 

Lipsis  & Seymore 588 

Lischer,  Henry 643 


— 664  — 


PAGE 

Little,  Wm.  C.  & Bro.  Inv.  Co.  152 


Little,  Akien  H 152 

Little,  H.  C.. 152 

Little,  Wm  C 148,  149,  152 

Livingstone,  Kobert 43 

Locnmiller,  Wm 450 

Lockwood,  R.  J 177,  214 

Lockwood,  Jas.  Y 158,214 

Loeb,  Alex 600 

Loeffel.Wm 580 

Loewenstein,  Sol.,  Jewelry  Co..  579 

Logemann,  F.  H.. 251 

Lohman,  Theodore 267 

Long,  John  A 634 

Loth  Jeans  Clothing  Co 598 

Loth,  Albert 598 

Loth,  Adolph 598 

Lowenstein,  M.  J 646 

Lubke,  Geo.  W 183 

Lucas,  J.  B.  C 158,  214 

Luedeking,  Carl 431 

Luedeking,  Dr  .Robert 637 

Lullman,  JohnC 192 

Luugstras  Dyeing& Cleaning  Co  574 

Lungstras,  Eugene 575 

Lungstras,  Robert 575 

Luth,  Fred  L 125 

Lyle,  Hugh  R 186 

McBride,  W.  G 271 

McCabe,  Wm 570 

McCarthy,  E.  L 646 

McClary,  H.  C 317 

McCluny,  John  H. 177 

McClure,  G.  E 225 

McCullagh,  J.  B 644 

McDonald,  J.  W 56 

McDowell’s  College 39 

McGehee,  James  S 94 

McGrew,  Geo.  J 393 

McHenry,  Estill 577 

McKee,  Chas.  H 644 

McKee,  William 644 

McKinney  Bread  Co. 463 

McKinney,  John  F 454 

McKittrick,  Thomas  H, 

56,  57,  141,  173,  187 

McLain,  B.  L 207 

McLain,  L.  C 650 

McLure,  Chas.  D 187 

McMillan,  C.  H 183 

McMillan,  N.  A 187 

Mc.VIillin,  Emerson 183 

Macbeth,  Malcolm 133 

Mack,  Chas.  J 602 

Madill,  A 638 


PAGE 

Madison  Coal  Co 227 

Maffitt,  P.  C 178 

MaiHtt,  Wm 183,  641 

Magner,  John  F 646 

Maguire,  John 133 

Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works.  432 
Mallinckrodt,  Edward.  187,  433,  434 

Malvern  Lumber  Co 243 

Mann,  Theodore  L 532 

Mannebach,  Cvrus  C 450 

Manning,  L.  W- . . 190 

Mansur  & Tebbetts 37 

Mansur  - Tebbetts  Implement 

Co 280 

Mansur,  Alvah 280 

Mansur,  C.  W 281 

Marbes,  C 235 

Markham,  Geo.  D 56,  184,  627 

Marks,  Dennis 100 

Marks,  Jos 499 

Marquard,  John  H 196 

Marquis,  P.  S 330 

Marshall,  Ernst 190 

Marshall,  Finnis  E 56,  160 

Marshall,  J.  A 190 

Martin,  Gottlieb 203 

Mason,  Chas.  P 634 

Matthews,  Geo.  J 315 

Mathews,  Leonard 154 

Mathey,  C.  F 581 

Mauntel,  Borgess  & Co 105 

Marx  & Haas  Jeans  Clothing 

Co 598 

Marx,  Benj.  F 599 

Marx,  Edmund  J 599 

Marx,  Harry  N 600 

Marx,  Joseph 600 

Marx,  Sol 599 

Marx,  Walter 600 

May,  D 606 

Mechanic’s  National  Bank,  The  170 

Medart  Patent  Pulley  Co 315 

Medart,  Frederick 315 

Medart,  Philip. . 316 

Medart,  Wm 316 

Mehling,  Henry 192 

Meier  China  & Glass  Co 582 

Meier,  Alex . 582 

Meier,  E.  F.  W 582 

Meier,  Fred 582 

Meier,  Herman  H 196 

Meier,  Henry 162,  190 

Meier,  Henry,  Jr 163 

Meier,  Theodore  G 137 

Meinhardt,  Chas 446 

Meissner,  Geo.  N 454 


— 665  — 


PAGE 

Meister,  Frederick  Wm 165,  287 

Meister,  Otto  F 166,  287 

Menges,  John  J 164 

Menke,  George  C 542 

Mercantile  Library 639 

Mercantiie  Trust  Co 183 

Merchants-Laclede  National 

Bank,  The 171 

Mermod  cSb  Jaccard  Jewelry  Co.  581 

Mermod  & Jaccard 37 

Mermod,  A.  S 581 

Merreil,  J.  S.,  Drug  Co 432 

Merrell,  Dr.  Albert 622 

Merreil,  Geo.  K 423 

Merrell,  Hubert  S 423 

Merrell,  Jacob  S 423 

Merrill,  C.  L 173 

Mersman,  Joseph  C...115,  161,  286 

Methudv.  L 241 

Mette  & Kaune  Distillin"  Co..  541 

Mette,  Joseph  P 541 

Mette,  Louis 541 

Meyberg,  Jonas  589 

Meyer,  Albert  H 192 

Meyer,  Alfred  C.  F 176 

Meyer  Bros.  Drug  Co 424 

Meyer,  Chas.  F 190,  526 

Meyer,  C.  F.  G 56,  424,  426 

Meyer,  Chas.  W 525 

Meyer,  E 335 

Meyer,  Edwin  J 196,  303 

Meyer,  F.  W 446 

Meyer,  Geo.  A 158 

Meyer,  Geo.  F 242,  268 

Meyer,  G.  J 426 

Meyer  & Guye 105 

Meyer,  John  F.  & Sons 108 

Meyer,  Ferdinand  P 108 

Meyer,  Henry  A 108 

Meyer,  John  F 108 

Meyer,  Louis  S 108^ 

Meyer,  J.  F.  W 425 

Meyer,  J.  H.  Aug 167,  182,  183 

Meyer,  J.  P 149 

Meyer,  Theodore  F 426 

Meyer-Meinhardt  Soda  Co 446 

Meyersieck,  Edward 456 

Meysenburg,  E.  A 164,  627 

Meysenburg,  G 164 

Michael,  E 181,  569 

Middlekauff,  F.  G 324 

Miller,  Cass  L 231 

Miller,  H.  J 171 

Miller,  M.  E 317 

Miller,  W.  H 68 

Miller,  W.  M 285 


PAGE 


Milliman,  J.  C 46 

Mills,  G.  A.  H 187 

Mills,  J.  W 170 

Mills,  H.  K 289 

Miltenberger,  Eugene 177 

Minche,  Ernest 196 

Mississippi  Valley  Trust  Co. . , 185 

Missouri  Belting  Co 314 

Missouri  Furniture  Co 254 

^Missouri  & Illinois  Coal  Co...  222 
Missouri,  Kansas  & Texas 

Railroad,  The 209 

Missouri  Malleable  Iron  Co...  285 

Moberly,  J.  B 184 

Mockler,  Geo.  F 627 

Moffett,  Leslie  A 133 

Moffltt-West  Drug  Co 426 

Moll,  A.,  Grocery  Co 483 

Moll,  Adolph 162,  483,  485 

Moll,  Ottomar  A 357 

Moll,  Paul 163,  484 

Monroe,  James 42,  44 

Moore,  Dr.  J.  W 419 

Moore,  Homer 358 

Moore,  Robert 634 

Moore,  Wm.  G 634 

Morell,  J.  C 588 

Morgan,  Geo.  H 95 

Mori,  Paul 361,  367 

Morisse  .and  Maurer 593 

Morisse,  Ernst 593 

Morschel,  Christ 553 

Morse,  Chas.  H 317 

Mortimer,  Steven 266 

Morton,  I.  W..56,  58,  187,  639,  641 

Moser  Cigar  Box  Co 494 

Moser,  Joseph  N 494 

Moser,  Otto 494 

Mound  City  Paint  & Color 

Co 434 

Mountfort,  Wm.  H 415 

Mueller,  C.  F.  A. 134 

Muench,  Hugo 203 

Muir,  John 260 

Murrell,  Ed.  E 627 

Mutschler,  Ludwig 290 

>’affz,  H..E 258 

Nagel,  Chas 176,  628,  639 

Nagel,  Frank  A 508 

Napoleon,  1 42 

Nasse,  August 477 

National  Ammoniac  Co.,  The..  434 
National  Bank  of  Commerce  in 

St.  Louis 172 

National  Brewery  Co 523 


— 666  — 


PAGE 

National  Enameling  and  Stamp- 


ing Co 298 

Nedderhut,  August 166 

Nedderhut,  Wm 408 

Nelson  Distilling  Co 542 

Nelson^  N.  O 150 

Nemours,  Paul 367 

Neun,  Chas.  H 538 

Newcomb  Bros.  Wall  Paper  Co  263 

Newcomb,  Geo.  A 263 

Newcomb,  Frank  S 263 

Newell,  James  P 627 

Nicholson,  Alexander 629 

Nicholson,  David 114 

Nicolaus,  Henry 171,  181,  514 

Nickerson,  Jno 173 

Niedringhaus,  Chas.,  House 

Furnishing  Co 255 

Niedringhaus,  A.  C 255 

Niedringhaus,  Chas 255 

Niedringhaus,  F.  G 56,228 

Niedringhaus,  Geo.  W 426 

Niedringhaus,  Thos.  K 299 

Niedringhaus,  Wm.  F....  298,  426 

Nieman,  Gustave 140 

Niemann,  Gustave  W 164 

Niemann,  Wm 164 

Nies,  John 192 

Nietert,  Dr.  Herman  L 622 

Nixon-Jones  Printing  Co 396 

Nixon,  Frank. 396 

Nobbe,  Frederick 439 

Noel,  Chas.  P 407 

Nolke,  Frank 266 

Nolkemper,  Wra 254 

Nolker,  Wm.  F..  56,  164,  186, 

192,  505 

Norden,  H 410 

Norvell-Shapleigh  Hardware  Co  460 

Norvell,  S 460 

Northrup,  Reid 181 

Northwestern  Savings  Bank.. . 174 

Nugent,  D.  C 56,  184 

Nulson,  Anthony  J 203,  286 

Nulson,  F.  E 243,  286 

Nulson,  John  C 191,  285 

Nulson,  M.  J 243 

O’Brien,  John  J 134,617 

O’Fallon,  John  J 172 

O’Neil,  Frank  R 433,  645 

O’Neil,  John  J 610 

O’Neil,  Peter 183 

O’Reilly,  Gerald  B 134 

O’Reilly,  M.  B 141 

Oberbeck,  Gustav  H 627 


PAGE 

Obernier,  Frank 149 

Obernier,  Joseph  F 175 

Obernier,  Robert 176 

Obernier,  Peter 174 

Obert,  Louis,  Brewing  Co 525 

Obert,  Louis 525 

Obert,  Louis,  Jr 526 

Ocker,  Louis  H 496 

Oesterly,  Louis 370 

Oesterly,  Otto 370 

Old  Rock  Bakery,  The 454 

Oliver,  John 596 

Oishausen,  Arthur 642 

Olshausen,  Theodore 643 

Oonk,  Christ 174,  271 

Orear,  E.T ^ 190 

Orr,  Edward  S 56,  58,  179 

Orr,  Isaac  H 187 

Orthwein,  Chas.  F.,  Sons 114 

Orthwein,  Chas.  F 112,  116 

Orthwein,  C.  C 116 

Orthwein,  Frederick  C 116 

Orthwein,  Wm.  D.,  Grain  Co..  116 

Orthwein,  Wm.  D 100.  112, 

117,  186 

Orthwein,  Walter  E 116,  149 

Orthwein,  W.  J 116,  160 

Ossing,  G.  H.  & Co 543 

Ossing,  G.  H 543 

Osterhaus,  P.  J 202 

Ottmann,  C 258 

Overstolz,  Hermann 213,  214 

Owens,  John  J 492 

Paddock-Hawley  Iron  Co 284 

Paddock,  Gaius 285 

Paae  & Krausse  Mfg.  & Mining 

Co 440 

Page,  Daniel  D 98 

Page,  Thomas  M 440 

Page,  Wm.  H 440 

Palm,  Wm 165 

Papin  & Tontrup 139 

Papin,  Harry  E 426 

Papin,  Theophile,  Jr 139 

Paramore,  E.  E 172 

Parker,  Frank  S 134 

Parker,  Geo.  W 56,  68,  160 

Parsons,  Chas 177 

Partridge,  Geo 638 

Paschall,  Nathaniel  642 

Patchell,  W.  J 310 

Patrick,  J.  & W 248 

Paul,  John 169 

Paul,  Oscar  343 

Pauly  Jail  Building  Co 311 


— 667  — 


PAGE 


Pauly,  John 312 

Pauly,  Joseph 312 

Pauly,  Peter  J 313 

Pauly,  Peter  J.,  Jr 313 

Pavyer  Printing  Machine 

Works  291 

Pavyer,  Ben.  J 292 

Pavyer,  James  G 292 

Pearce,  Chas.  E 612 

Pearl,  Meyer  447 

Peitzmeier,  John 645 

Pennsylvania  Railroad 208 

Peper,  Christ 161 

Perkins,  C.  W 449 

Peters,  P.  J 192 

Pfeffle,  Henry 627 

Pfeifer,  Chas 85 

Ptisterer,  F 383 

Philibert  & Johanning  Mfg.  Co.  247 

Phillips,  D.  A 172 

Phillips,  Hiram 618 

Phillips,  E.  F 127 

Phoenix  Brewery 525 

Pickel,  Wm 164 

Pierce,  E.  S.  F 466 

Pierce,  H.  Clay... 56,  141,  173,  861 

Pierce,  Lawrence  B 181 

Pike,  S.  B 321 

Placke,  L.  F 164 

Plant,  Sam 100 

Plate,  Theodor 643 

Platt  & Thornburgh  Paint  Co.  437 

Platt,  Chas.  R 438 

Platt,  Henry  S 162,  437 

Platt,  Henry  S.,  Jr 438 

Platt,  Philip  C 437,  438 

Player,  James  Y 615 

Pommer,  Wm.  H 362 

Pope,  Dr.  Chas.  A 23 

Poppen,  Richard  S 363,  370 

Popper,  Edward 151 

Pozzoni,  J.  A.,  Complexion 

Powder  Co 427 

Pozzoni,  J.  A 427 

Pozzoni,  Mrs.  Josephine 428 

Prather,  J.  G 135 

Preetorius,  Edward  L 641,  643 

Preetorius,  Dr.  Emil 643 

Price,  Wilbur  B ;,...  186 

Preisler,  E.,  Architect  and  Su- 
perintendent  335 

Preisler,  Ernest 335 

Premium  Mfg.  Co 568 

Preuss,  Arthur 645 

Preuss,  Dr.  Edward 645 

Priest,  John  G 133 


PAGE 

Priest,  H.  S 160 

Progressive  Paper  Box  Co 493 

Prosser,  Thos.  J 68 

Public  School  Library 640 

Pulitzer,  Jos 644 

(juade  Coal  Co 223 

Quade,  Chas 223 

Quade,  Henry  C 223 

Quesnel,  C.  J 117 

Quesnel,  Edward 118 

Quick  Meal  Stove  Co 302 

Rainwater,  C.  C 890 

Ramsey,  Joseph,  Jr. 66,  57,  58, 

186,  187 

Ramsey,  W.  W 400 

Rankin,  David 172 

Rankin,  David,  Jr 56 

Rassieur,  Leo 192,  193,  310 

Ratermann,  H 174 

Rau,  Ferdinand 443 

Rausher,  Albert 219 

Rawlings,  E.  W 148,  149 

Read,  Edward  M 375 

Rebstock,  Chas.  & Co 544 

Rebstock,  Chas 176,541,  890 

Red  Cross  Vinegar  Co 488 

Regina  Flour  Mill  Co 109 

Rehbein,  Chas 248,  249 

Rehbein,  Henry 249 

Reheis-Rolfes  Lumber  Co 243 

Reheis,  John  A 243 

Rein,  H.  S 149 

Reinstaedler,  Henry 330 

Reipschlaeger,  Wm  163,  195 

Reis,  H.  F 237 

Reiss,  Paul 628 

Reith,  Edw.  B 478 

Reller,  Geo 121 

Renard,  Louis 261 

Better,  Jacob 433 

Reuss,  Chas.  C 176,  504 

Eeyburn,  Valle 183,  184 

Rhinesmith,  John ;..  266 

Rice,  Stix  & Co 569 

Rice,  F.  D 569 

Rice,  F.  R 158 

Rice,  Jonathan 56,  183,  184 

Richards,  Eben 141,  627 

Richards,  W.  K 393 

Richardson,  James 155 

Richardson,  Dr.  Wm.  C 631 

Richarz,  J.  P 407 

Richter,  Dr.  Geo 126 

Riddle  Rehlein  Mfg.  Co 248 


— 668  — 


PAGE 

Riddle,  F.  C.  & Bro.  Casket  Co.  274 


Riddle,  Frank  C 

274, 

275 

Riddle,  Geo.  T 

163, 

248 

Riddle,  Harry  S 

274 

Riddle,  Robert  M 

274 

Ridgley,  Franklin  L 

.618, 

620 

Ridgley,  Henderson 

620 

Riesen  Floral  Co 

556 

Riesen,  M 

557 

Riesenberg,  H 

249 

Ringen  Stove  Co 

301 

Ringen,  John 

301, 

302 

Ritsert,  Louis 

471 

Roach,  Jas.  H 

450 

Roberts,  John  C 

183 

Robinson,  A G '. . . 

207 

Robinson,  A.  T 

68 

Robyn,  Alfred  G - . 

364 

Robvn,  Alwin 

45'1 

Robyn,  Paul 

.200, 

202 

Robyn,  Wm 

.202, 

364 

Rodgers,  Thomas  B 

.632, 

633 

Roe,  John  J 

177 

Roeder,  Philip 

.388, 

389 

Roeslein  & Robyn 

200 

Roeslein,  Anthony 200, 

201, 

645 

Roever,  F 

196 

Roever,  Louis 

196 

Rolfes,  Henry  G 

243 

Rombauer,  Roderick  E 

634 

Rombauer,  R.  J 

169 

Rosenberg,  Gus 

128 

Rosenblatt,  M.  A 

578 

Rosenfeld,  Isaac,  Jr 

165, 

177 

Rosenheim,  M 

587 

Rosenthal  c&  Desbf*rger.  .. 

600 

Rosenthal,  Sloan  Millinery 

Co., 

The 

588 

Rosenthal,  Abe 

600 

Rosenthal,  Aron 

600 

Rosenthal,  I.  B 

589 

Roth,  Adam,  Grocery  Co. . 

477 

Roth,  Adam — 

.477, 

478 

Roth,  Fred 

472 

Roth,  Geo.  A 

478 

Roth,  John  H 

478 

Roth,  Will  K 

478 

Rothschild  Bros 

589 

Rothschild,  Albert 

.589, 

591 

Rothschild,  Julius  

591 

Rowse,  E.  C . 

136 

Rowse,  E.  S 

.133, 

628 

Rubenstein,  H 

447 

Rucker,  Thomas  W 

625 

Rueckoldt,  George 

260 

Rueppele,  Chas 

529 

PAGE 

Ruhe,  Henry 456,  457 

Rule,  A.  A 183 

Rumsey,  L.  M 187 

Rumsey,  Moses 177,  186 

Ruoge,  Dr.  Edward  C 622 

Runyan,  Van  L 162 

Rust,  M.  A 102 

Rust,  W.  A 236 

Rutherford,  Thos.  S 158 

Rutledge,  James  E 224 

Rutledge,  Robert 134 

Rutledge  & Taylor 223 

Ruykhaver,  Chas 193 

Ryan,  O’Neil 641 

St.  Louis  & Big  Muddy  Coal 

Co.,  The 225 

St.  Louis  Car  Co 271 

St.  Louis  Cooperate  Co 267 

St.  Louis  Corset  Co 570 

St.  Louis  Dressed  Beef  and  Pro- 
vision Co 125 

St.  Louis  Distributing  Agency 
of  the  Veronica  Natural  Med- 
icinal Water 448 

St.  Louis  Iron  & Machine 

Works 292 

St.  Louis  News  Co.,  The 391 

St.  Louis  Paper  Co 382 

St.  Louis  Roofing.  Co 329 

St.  Louis  Sash  and  Door  Works  249 

St.  Louis  Union  Trust  Co 186 

St.  Louis  Victoria  Flour  Mills  112 
St.  Louis  Woodenware  Works.  264 

Saenger,  Felix 342 

Saler,  Francis 165,  203 

Salomon,  Albert 493 

Salzgeber,  Richard 414 

Sample,  Robert  W 438 

Sampson,  Clark  H 56,  595 

Sampson,  Wm.  H 612 

Sands,  John 439 

Sausseuthaler,  Peter 507,  510 

Sawyer,  F.  O.  Paper  Co 383 

Sawyer,  Frank  K 383 

Sawyer,  Frank  0 382,  384 

Sayers,  Henry  & Co 123 

Schaefer,  Louis 125 

Scharr  Bros.  Engraving  Co 401 

Scharr,  Gustav  F 401,  402 

Scharr,  John 401,  402 

Scharr,  John,  Jr 402 

Scharr,  Walter  C 402 

Scheffer,  H.  W 431 

Schenk,  Joseph  F 263 

Schenkel,  Henry 489 


— 669  - 


PAGE 

Schei’pe,  John  S 309 

Schiele,  Edwin  & Co 545 

Schiele,  Edwin 546 

Schiele,  M 546 

Schiele,  Sidney 132,  134 

Schillinger,  Chas 366 

Schillinser,  Fred 366 

Schira,  Julius 482 

Schleef,  Sam 542 

SchleifCarth,  A 420 

Schleiffarth,  Chas.  & Co 420 

Schleifiarth,  Chas 420 

Schleiffarth,  Dr.  Chas.  W . . 420,  421 

Schleiffarth,  Dr.  Edgar  L 421 

Schlossstein,  Dr.  Adolph 515 

Schlossstein,  Geo 515 

Schlossstein,  Louis, 

176,  513,  514,  515 

Schmick,  W.  L 217 

Schmidt,  Louis 163 

Schmidt,  Otto 193 

Schmieding,  F.  E 161 

Schmitz  & Schroeder 603 

Schmitz,  Otto 196 

Schmitz,  Kudolph 603 

Schnaider,  Joseph 513,  514 

Schneider,  F.  A.  H 203 

Schneider,  Louis 194 

Schnell,  Louis 627 

Schoellhorn-Albrecht  Machine 

Co 294 

Schoellhorn,  August 294 

Schoen’s  Orchestra  and  Violin 

School 364 

Schoen,  J.  L 364 

Schoenbeck,  Louis  W 195 

Schoenthaler  Mfg.  Co 496 

Schoenthaler,  A.  D 496 

Schorr,  Jacob  B 174 

Schorr,  J.  W 507 

Schotten,  Wm.  & Co 469 

Schotten,  Christian 470 

Schotten,  Hubertus 470 

Schotten,  Julius 56,  470,  471 

Schotten,  Wm - 470 

Schray,  Wm.  & Sons 557 

Schray,  Emil 558 

Schray,  Julius  F 558 

Schray,  Wm 557,  558 

Schroder,  Sam.  W 603 

Schroers,  John....  ,.56,  58,  634,  643 

Schuchmann  Realty  Co 144 

Schuchmann,  Gustavus 144,  145 

Schueler,  M.  A 402 

Schultz,  Amos  H 348 

Schultz,  Charles  0 116 


PAGE 

Schultz,  Carl 442 

Schultz,  Edward 194 

Schum,  Oliver  R 442 

Schum,  Richard  C 442 

Schumau,  Hugo 193 

Schurz,  Carl 643 

Schwab  Clothing  Co 601 

Schwab,  Jacob 601 

Schwab,  Isack 56,171,  601 

Schwab,  Leon 601 

Schwab,  Max 601 

Schwedtman,  Ferdinand... 321 

Schweich,  Jos.  H 396 

Schweickardt,  Chas 555 

Schweickardt,  Chas  — The  Cot- 
tage in  Forest  Park 554 

Scott,  Henry  C 172,  222 

Scott,  S.  D 407 

Scott,  W.S 223 

Scott-Stewart  Pressroom  Co.  407 

Scott,  Stewart 407,  408 

Scripps,  J.  E 645 

Scruggs,  McClure,  Coat  Co...  225 

Scruggs,  Chas.  0 225 

Scruggs,  R.  M 56,  225 

Scudder,  C.  R 172 

Scudder,  John  A 177,  187 

Scullin,  Harry 183,  184 

Scullin,  John 56,  187 

Sears,  Edmund  H 637 

Sears,  S.  G 99,  100 

Seebold,  G.  F 543 

Seed,  M.  A.,  Dry  Plate  Co 414 

Seed,  M.  A 414,  415 

Seibert,  Chas 168 

Seidl,  Anton 360 

Seidel,  Julius 235 

Seifried,  Wm 196 

Sellers,  John  M 192,  193,  330 

Sellner,  A.  C 

Sellner  Gas  & Electrical  Fix- 
ture Mfg.  Co • 322 

Senter  Commission  Co 130 

Senter,  Chas.  P 131 

Senter,  John  A 128,  131 

Senter,  Wm.  M 127,  130 

Sessinghaus  Milling  Co..,.  99,  111 

Sessinghaus,  Frederick Ill 

Sessinghaus,  Gustaveus Ill 

Sessinghaus,  Oscar Ill 

Sessinghaus,  Theodore Ill 

Shands,  Joseph  G. 98 

Shapleigh,  Augustus  F 460,  461 

Shapleigh,  A.  L..  56,  172,  460,  639 

Shapleigh,  R.  W 460 

Sharp,  Chris.,  Com.  Co 117 


— 670  — 


PAGE 

Sharp,  Chris 117,  118 

ShattiDger  Piano  & Music  Co  . 376 

Shaltiuger,  A 376,377 

Shattinger,  Oliver 377 

Shaw,  Henry 30,  558,  637 

Shay,  Patrick 625 

She«han,  Jeremiah 627 

Shepley,  John  F 187 

Shoenberg,  J.  E 606 

Shoenberg,  L.  D 606 

Shoenberg,  M 606 

Shock,  Floyd 303 

Shockey,  Henry  C 625 

Sieleraann  Distilling  Co 547 

Sielemann,  Henry 547 

Sielemann,  H.  E 547 

Sielemann,  Walter 547 

Siever,  Wm 196 

Simon,  Henry 451 

Simon,  J.  M 151 

Simon,  E.  C 141,  173,  187 

Simonson,  J.  H 266 

Singer  Brothers 566 

Singer,  Bernard 566,  596 

Singer,  Adolph 566 

Singer,  James  W 566 

Singer,  Louis  B 596 

Singer,  R, 149,  151 

Skiff,  Frederick  J.  V 58 

Skinner- Kennedy  Stationery 

Co 394 

Skinner,  A.  B 394 

Skinner,  Warren 394 

Skrainka  Construction  Co 331 

Skrainka,  Fred 331 

Skrainka,  Joseph 331 

Skrainka,  Louis 331 

Skrainka,  Phillipp 331 

Skrainka,  Morris 331 

Skrainka,  Wm 331 

Sloan,  Wm.  G 589 

Smith,  Alex.  H...  100,  101,  112,  458 

Smith,  Daniel  E 114 

Smith,  James 638 

Smith,  J.  E 56,  58 

Smith,  J.  W 456 

Smith,  K.  F.  X 383 

Smith,  Wm 532 

Smith,  Wm.  E 324 

Snodgrass,  Dr.  Chas.  A 622 

Snow,  Marshall  S 637 

Snyder,  Bryan 211 

Sobolewski,  E 342,  362 

Soldan,  F.  Louis 634,  635 

Sommers,  David 162 

Sommers,  Smith  W. 589 


PAGE 

Somerville,  J.  C 410,  412,  415 

Souper,  Thos.  E 158 

Southern  Commercial  and  Sav- 
ings Bank 175 

Southern  Cooperage  Co 269 

South  Side  Bank  of  St.  Louis.  176 

Spackler,  A.  J 263 

Spaunhorst,  Henry  J. . 190,  191,  645 

Spencer,  Alex.  H 99 

Spencer,  Corwin  H..55,  57,  68, 

160,  183,  184 

Spencer,  H.  B 158 

Spencer,  Samuel 56 

Spiegelhalter,  Dr.  Joseph 184 

Spiegelhalter,  Jos.  Jr 627 

Spiering,  Ernst 342,  366 

Spilling,  G 572 

Spink,  Alfred 646 

Sprague,  Henry 183 

Spraul,  Mrs.  Louise 508 

Springe,  J.  F 575 

Springer,  Henry 126 

Staehlin,  Christ 524,  525 

Stamm,  Hermann 543 

Stanard,  E.  0 100,  187 

Stanard,  Samuel  B 628 

Standard  Stamping  Co 299 

Stanze,  Frank  M 627 

Star  Bottling  Co 447 

Stark,  Geo 542 

Stark,  Ottmar  G 542 

Starkloff,  Dr.  Max  C 622 

State  National  Bank  of  St. 

Louis 177 

Staudinger,  Chas.  W 504 

Staudte,  Rueckoldt  Manufac- 
turing Co 260 

Staudte,  Wm.L 260 

Steele,  W.H 168 

Stegall,  Harry  W 458 

Stegeman,  John  D 253,  254 

Stegeman,  L 254 

Steinbiss,  H.  W 56 

Steigers,  W.  C 56,  58 

Steigers,  Wm  645 

Steiner  Engraving  & Badge  Co.  402 

Steiner,  Chas.  W 402 

Steinkaemper,  Fr 174 

Steinway,  W.  J 373 

Steinway,  Wm 373 

Steinwender  & Sellner 545 

Steinwender-Stoffregen  Coffee 

Co 471 

Steinwender,  G.  A 545 

Steinwender,  H.  A 546 

Steinwender,  Julius 471 


— 671  — 


PAGE 

SterliDET,  E.  C 324 

Sterling,  F.  W 324 

Stern,  A 132 

Stern,  Maurice 132 

Stetson,  John  B 592 

Steutermann,  F 367 

Stevens,  Walter  B. . .45,  55,  56, 

57,  210 

Stewart  Boiler  Co 296 

Stewart,  A.  C 187 

Stierlin,  Frederick  C 377,  378 

Stifel,  A.  C 167 

Stifel,  C.  A 192,  195,  203,  510 

Stifel’s,  Chas.  G.,  Brewery 526 

Stifel,  Chas.  G... 149,  174,  203,  526 

Stifel,  Hermann  C 149 

Stifel,  Otto  F 174,  181,  433,  525 

Stille,  A.  H 187 

Stinde,  C.  R 165,  190 

Stix,  Chas.  A 56,  562 

Stix,  Wm 569 

Stobi,  William 

Stockstroem,  C.  A 166,  301,  303 

Stockstroem,  E.  H 301 

Stockstroem,  Louis 301,  303 

Stockton,  R.  H 56,  57 

Stoddard,  Thos.  A 179,  188 

Stoffregen,  Chas 471,  472 

Stoffregen,  Hermann 196, 

309,  471,  480 

Stolle,  Caspar....  161,  164,  194,  203 

Stracke  & Caesar 547 

Stracke,  Albert 547 

Strassberger’s  Conservatory  of 

Music 366 

Strassberger,  Bruno 367 

Strassberger,  Clemens 366,  367 

Strat,  F.  W 175 

Straub,  A.  W 167,  192,  510 

Strauss,  Adalbert 243 

Strauss,  C.  T 243 

Streeper,  Chas 367 

Strode,  Garrard 630 

Stroh,  Eugene  R 586 

Stroh,  William 586 

Stumpf,  E.  H 485 

Stumpf,  Louis,  Grocer  Co 485 

Stumpf,  Louis 485 

Stumpf,  L.  C 485 

Stupp  Bros.  Bridge  & Iron  Co..  311 

Stupp,  George 311 

Stupp,  John 311 

Stupp,  Julius 311 

Stupp,  Peter 311 

Sturgeon,  Isaac  H 615 

Sturgeon,  Pope 171 


PAGE 

Sturgeon,  R.  T 172 

Stute  & Co 487 

Sullivan,  John  S 183,  184 

Svoboda,  F.  F 563 

Sweeney,  John  P 627 

Swingley,  Ben  E 625 

Swingley,  Chas.  E 622,  625 

Swingley,  W.  S 289 

Taggart,  Frank  S 286 

Tamm  Brothers 228 

Tamm,  H.  S 229 

Tamm,  Jacob  229,  264 

Tamm,  Max  229 

Tamm,  Theodore 264,  267 

Tamm,  Wm.  B 265 

Tansey,  Geo.  J 56,  96 

Taussig,  B.  J 233 

Taussig,  Dr.  Wm..  84,  88,  91, 

92,  187,  634 

Taylor,  C.  H 121 

Taylor,  Daniel  G 198 

Taylor,  J.  C 128 

Taylor,  J.  Knox 59,  61,  62,  82 

Taylor,  Isaac  S.  .60,  61,  66,  69, 

73,  82 

Taylor,  N.  W 208 

Taylor,  Scott  R 224 

Tebbetts,  G.  S 281 

Tebbetts,  L.  B 160,  182,  281 

Teichmann  Com.  Co 118 

Teichmann,  Chas  H..118,  120,  195 

Teichmann,  Otto  L 97,  118,  120 

Teichmann,  Dr.  Wm  C 622 

Terry,  Albert  T 134 

Terry,  John  H 133 

Teuscher  & Co 546 

Thai,  Gustave  488 

Thai,  Robert  488 

Thalmann  Printing  Ink  Co 408 

Thalmann,  B 408 

Thamer,  Julius 194 

Theegarten,  Paul  194 

Thiebes-Stierlin  Music  Co 377 

Thiebes,  Arthur  C 378 

Thiele,  Albert 542 

Third  National  Bank., 178 

Thomas,  E.  A 245 

Thomas,  James  S 198 

Thomas,  John  R 385 

Thompson,  Wm.  B Ill 

Thompson,  R.  H 242 

Thompson,  Wm.  H..47,  50,  55, 

56,  57,  58,  68,  134,  141,  173 

Thomson,  Wm.  H 159 

Thornburgh,  Robert 437 


— 672  — 


PAGE 


Thornburgh,  Robert  D 435 

Thornburgh,  W.  H 438 

Thuemler,  Traugolt 203 

Tiernan,  James 395 

Tillford,  Wm 415 

Timmermann,  Gerhard  H..292,  393 

Timraermann,  John  H 293 

Tinker  & Smith  Malting  Co...  532 

Tinker,  Geo 164,  533 

Tinker,  Zach.  W 162,  506,  533 

Tinsley,  John  S 393 

Tirmenstein,  Martin  S 404 

Tirrill,  J.  P 381 

Title  Guaranty  Trust  Co 141 

Tittmann,  Harold 268 

Tolle,  John  F 99 

Tompkins,  Logan. 178 

Tontrup,  Louis  H. 139 

Trauernicht,  Wra 164 

Traunmiller,  Jas 510 

Traunmiller,  Mathias 610 

Trebus,  Chas.  J 402 

Trorlicht,  Duncker  & Eenard..  261 

Trorlicht,  John  H 261 

Trorlicht,  Henry  H 261 

Troll,  Chas 627 

Troll,  Henry 632 

Tucker,  Chas.  L 99 

Turner,  Chas.  H. 56,57, 171,  181,  182 

Turner,  J.  J 56 

Tutt,  Thos.  E 179 

Uhlman,  C.  T 167 

Ulrich,  Fred 175 

Uhri,  Wm.  C 166,  196,  203 

Uhrig,  Franz  Joseph 510,  512 

Unger,  Carl 629 

Union  Biscuit  Co 458 

Union  Iron  and  Foundry  Co., 


Updike,  Geo.  W 106 

Upshaw,  R.W 128 

Ustick,  E.  T 393 

Vahlkamp,  Henry 192,  523 

Van  Beck,  Geo.  W 393 

Van  Blarcom,  J.  C.56, 141,  173,  186 

Van  Blarcom,  Wm.  D 202 

Van  Brunt  and  Howe.  ..61,  81,  82 

Vander  Lippe,  Albert 146 

Vander  Lippe,  P.  F 145 

Van  Hook,  L.  N 128 

Valle,  Neree 177 

Varrelmann,  Chas 618 

Vieh,  George  ClifEord 368 

Vierling,  Frederick  186 


PAGE 

Vieths,  Claus 192 

Vogel,  Benjamin 369 

Vogel,  Chas.  F 146,  192 

Vogel,  Guido 369 

Vogler,  H.  A 469 

Vogler,  Julius 124 

Voigtmau,  G.  F 493 

Vollmar,  Miss  Carrie 370 

Vollmar,  Miss  Julia 370 

Volkening,  L.  & Sons,  Book  & 

Stationery  Co 389 

Volkening,  Chas 390 

Volkening,  E 304,  390 

Volkening,  F 390 

Volkening,  H 390 

Volkening,  Louis 389,  390 

Volkening,  R 390 

Von  Ahnen,  P.  C 485 

Von  Der  Ahe,  Miss  Annie. ..  i 367 

Von  der  Burg,  George 555,  556 

Von  Phul,  Henry 98 

Voyce,  Chas 145 

Wabash  E.  R 212 

Wachtel,  Max 586 

Wade,  Festus  J.,  56,  57,  58,  141, 

183,  184  324 

Wagner  Electric  Manufactur- 
ing Co 319 

Wagner,  Edward 499 

Wagner,  Ernst 508 

Wagner,  G 183 

Wagner,  H.  A 321 

Walbridge,  C.  P 55,  57,  423 

Waldauer,  A 366 

Waldstein  Lumber  Co 244 

Waldstein,  F 244 

Waldstein,  Nathan 244 

Wahl,  John 165 

Wainwright,  Ellis 641 

Wainwright,  Joseph 532 

Wainwright,  Sam 532 

Walker  & Kimbal....61,  72,  73,  82 
Walker,  D.  D....134,  183,  184,  564 

Walker,  D.  D.,  Jr 564 

Walker,  G.  H 149 

Walker,  J.  S 564 

Walker,  R.  F 97 

Walker,  W.  H 564 

Wall,  C.  W 426 

Wall,  L.  J.  W 168,  400 

Wallace,  M.  B 466 

Walsh,  Edward 98 

Walsh,  Julius  S....  56,  57,  92,  186 

Walsh,  Robert  W 336 

Walsh,  Thomas  W 336 


— 673  — 


PAGE 

Walther,  ChflS.  F 192 

Walther,  Lambert  E 203 

Walther,  W.  K 192 

Wansler  Boiler  & Sheet  Iron 

Works  Co 295 

Wangle!',  Joseph  F 295 

Wangle!',  C.  J 296 

Wangler,  J.  A 296 

Wangler,  Joseph  F 295,  296 

Warner,  A.  D 434 

Warner,  C.  G 56,  173,  181 

Washington  Mutual  FIp'  In- 
surance Co.  of  Si  . Louis....  196 

Watson,  James  S 179 

Wallenberg,  Erm  st 5;I9 

Weber,  Ballihaser 164 

Weber,  Chas.  L 192 

Weber,  F.  F 271 

Weber,  J.  C 294 

Weber,  Peter Iu6 

Weber,  Wm 64? 

Wedemeyer,  H 418 

Weiners,  John  L 540 

Weinhagen,  George 314 

Weisert,  John 167 

Weiss,  Peter 192 

Welch,  Aikrnan 145 

Welle-Boettler  Bakery  (^o....  451 

Welle,  Albert  F 456,  457 

Welles,  Edgar  T.  217 

Wellman,  Erich 573 

Wellman,  F.  0 396 

Wells,  Erastus 33,  614,  628 

Wells,  Holla 134,  178,  186,  6l4 

Wells,  W B 56,  179,  183 

Wenneker.  Chas.  F 56,  68 

Wenzel,  Frederick 643 

Wcinse,  H.  H 148 

Werth,  G L 189 

Werth,  J.  C 190 

Wertheimer,  J.  J 56,  57,  172 

Wessling,  Rudolph 194 

West,  Allen  T 187 

West,  Courtney  H 426 

West,  Thos.  H 141,  187 

Westen,  Edward,  Teas  & Spice 

Co 472 

Westen,  Ed  ward  473,  474 

Westen,  M 473,  474 

West  End  Hotel 548 

Westerbeck,  Fred 174 

Westermann,  Henry 582 

Western  Dairy  Co 450 

Westinghouse  Electric  Mnfg. 

Co 88 

Weyerhaueser,  Frederick 250 

43k 


PAGE 


Weyerhaueser,  J.  P 249 

Wheeler,  J.  II 359 

Whitaker  & Co 153 

Whitaker,  Edwards. ..  56,  154, 

159,  187 

White,  Geo 600 

White,  Sibley  J 167 

Whitehead,  S.  A 97 

Whitelaw,  Oscar  M 97 

Whitman  Agricultural  Co 282 

Whitman,  Chas.  E 282 

Whitman,  G.  F 283 

Whitman,  II.  L 283 

Whitman,  Luther 282 

Whitmore,  D.  R 96 

VVh'tmore,  Henry 99 

Whitmore,  H R 97 

Whvte,  Jos.  P.,  Real  Estate 

Co 147 

Whyte,  Jos.  P 133,  618,  622 

Wichman,  A.  C.  F 266 

Wichman,  H.  N 266 

Widman,  Walsh  & Boisselier. 

61,  78,  82,  336 

Widman,  F 336 

Widmann,  F 176 

Wiedmaun,  J.  J.,  The,  Cigar 

Bo.x  Co 495 

Wiedmann,  August  H 495 

Wiedmaun,  J.  J 495,  496 

Wiegand,  Charles 299 

Wiegand,  C.  F.  W 542 

Wiegand,  Geo 299 

Wiegand,  Geo.,  Jr 299 

Wiest,  Adam 128 

W^ilder,  E.  B 585 

Wilhelmi,  Otto  J 203 

Wilkins,  Wm  T 130 

Will,  G.  A 269 

Williams,  John  B 627 

Willhartitz,  A 370 

Wilmot,  F 190 

Wilson,  E.  S 207 

Witson,  Geo.  W 183 

Wilson,  S.  G 564 

Wilson,  Wm.  C 133 

Winchell,  B.  L 211 

Wiudmuller,  A 628 

Wines,  Geo.  W 431 

Winkelmeyer,  Adolph  E...458,  459 

Winkelmeyer,  Christopher 67 

Winkelmeyer,  Christiana 510 

Winkelmeyer,  Julius 167,  510 

Wippern,  Adolphus 162,  163 

Wippern,  Geo.  A 196 

Wirthliu,  Oliver  R 269 


— 674  — 


PAGE 

Wirthlin,  Robert  L 270 

Witte,  Ernst 1G4 

Witter,  Anton 391 

Witter,  C 390 

Witter,  Hugo 390,  391 

Witter,  Ludwig - 390,  391 

Witter,  R.  C 391 

Witter,  Wm.  A 391 

Woerheide,  A.  A.  B. ..  56,  141, 

182,  183 

Woerner,  Wm.  F 629 

Woestman,  John  B...  101,  162,  191 

Woeatman,  L.  H 458 

Woffort,  M 131 

Wolff.  A.  L.  & Co 131 

Wolff  A.  L 131 

Wolff,  Edward  B 133 

Wolff,  Marcus  A 133 

Wollbrinck,  Henry 97 

Wollbrinck,  J.  H 125 

Weltering,  J.  H 121 

Wood,  Henry.... 168 

Woods,  J.  M 182 

Woodward,  Calvin  M 634,  637 

Woodward  & Tiernan  Printing 

Co 394 

Woodward,  Edgar  B 395 

Woodward,  Walter  B 395 


PAGE 

Woodward,  Wm.  H....  56,68,  394 

Wormser  Filter  Plate  Co 433 

Wauters,  Jacques 367 

Wray,  Richard  M 627 

Wright,  Geo.  M 56,  660 

Wright,  Thos 134,  179,  183 

Wright,  Wm.  L 577 

Wulflng,  Dieckriede  & Co 478 

Wulflng,  Chas 478 

Wunsch,  Andrew 398 

Wurst  Coal  & Hauling  Co 227 

Wurst,  Andrew  C 227 

Wyman,  Chas.  H.  & Co 154 

Wyman,  Chas.  H 155 

Wyman,  Edward.. 22,  134,  144,  156 

Yeager,  Henry  C 99,  554 

Yeatman,  James  E 171,  638 

Yantfs,  W.  G 460 

Yoakum,  B.  F 56,  187,  211 

Zachritz,  Fred  G 627 

Zelle,  Fred  E. 195 

Zeller,  Carl 214 

Zeller,  Geo.  A 392 

Zeibig,  Frederick  G 134 

Zukoski,  W.  A 588 


